%^s,^i^jt-  ^^ 


mm 

m 

Kv^^ii 

^HP%i 

Bfc^iCliB 

^^^LgJt 

fe^jjg^B 

W^i 

Sflfe^^ 

id^i 

B 

i 

•r  _  w      w 


f.c^/f~^>^<^-^^'/*\C.Xlk'^    . 


GKAMMAK 


OF    THE 


HEBREW  LANGUAGE. 


WILLIAM  HENRY  GREEN, 

PROFESSOR   IN   THE   THEOLOGICAL    SEMINARY   AT   PRINCETON,    N.    J. 


THIRD  EDITION, 


'NEW  YORK: 
JOHX  WILEY  &  SON,  PUBLISHERS, 

2  Clinton  Hall,  Astor  Place. 
1871. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  of  1861,  by 

JOnX  WILEY, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


PREFACE 


This  work  was  begun  at  the  instance  of  my  friend, 
preceptor,  and  colleague,  Dr.  J.  Addison  Alexander,  The 
aid  of  his  counsels  and  suggestions  was  freely  promised  in 
the  undertaking ;  and  he  was  to  give  to  it  the  sanction  of 
his  name  before  the  public.  It  appears  shorn  of  these  ad- 
vantages. A  few  consultations  respecting  the  general  plan 
of  the  book  and  the  method  to  be  observed  in  its  prepara- 
tion, were  all  that  could  be  had  before  this  greatest  of 
American  orientalists  and  scholars  was  taken  from  us.  De- 
prived thus  early  of  his  invaluable  assistance,  I  have  yet 
found  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  the  prosecution  of  a  task 
begun  tinder  such  auspices,  and  which  seemed  still  to  link 
me  to  one  mth  whom  I  count  it  one  of  the  greatest  blessings 
of  my  life  to  have  been  associated. 

The  grammatical  system  of  Gesenius  has,  from  causes 
which  can  readily  be  explained,  had  a  predominance  in  this 
country  to  which  it  is  not  justly  entitled.  The  grammar  of 
Prof.  Stuart,  for  a  long  time  the  text-book  in  most  common 
use,  was  substantially  a  reproduction  of  that  of  Gesenius. 
Nordheimer  was  an  adherent  of  the  same  sptem  in  its  essen- 
tial features,  though  he  illustrated  jlj^itli  ^voiiderful  clearness 
and  philosopliicaljact/  And  finally,  the  smaller  grammar  of 
Gesenius  became  current  in  the  excellent  translation  of  Prof. 
Conant.  Now,  while  Gesenius  is  unquestionably  the  prince 
-_^_  of  Hebrew  lexicographers,  Ewald  is  as  certainly  entitled  to 


IV  PREFACE. 

the  precedence  among  grammarians ;  and  the  latter  cannot 
be  ignored  by  him  who  would  appreciate  correctly  the  exist- 
ing state  of  oriental  learning. 

The  present  work  is  mainly  based  upon  the  three  leading 
grammars  of  Gesenius,  Ewald,  and  Nordheimer,  and  the  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  combine  whatever  is  valuable  in 
each.  Tor  the  sake  of  a  more  complete  survey  of  the  history 
of  opinion,  the  grammars  of  R.  Chayug,  R.  Kimchi,  Reuch- 
lin,  Buxtorf,  Schultens,  Simonis,  Robertson,  Lee,  Stier, 
Hupfeld,  Freytag,  Nagelsbach,  and  Stuart,  besides  others  of 
less  consequence  from  Jewish  or  Christian  sources,  have  also 
been  consulted  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  The  author 
has  not,  however,  contented  himself  with  an  indolent  com- 
pilation ;  but,  while  availing  himself  freely  of  the  labours 
of  his  predecessors,  he  has  sought  to  maintain  an  independ- 
ent position  by  investigating  the  whole  subject  freshly  and 
thoroughly  for  himself.  His  design  in  the  following  pages 
has  been  to  reflect  the  phenomena  of  the  language  precisely 
as  they  are  exhibited  in  the  Hebrew  Bible ;  and  it  is  be- 
lieved that  this  is  more  exactly  accomplished  than  it  has  been 
in  any  preceding  grammar.  The  rule  was  adopted  at  the 
outset,  and  rigorously  adhered  to,  that  no  supposititious 
forms  should  be  admitted,  that  no  example  should  be  al- 
leged which  is  not  found  in  actual  use,  that  no  statement 
should  be  made  and  no  rule  given  the  evidence  of  which  had 
not  personally  been  subjected  to  careful  scrutiny.  Thus,  for 
example,  before  treating  of  any  class  of  verbs,  perfect  or  im- 
perfect, every  verb  of  that  description  in  the  language  was 
separately  traced  through  all  its  forms  as  shown  by  a  con- 
cordance ;  the  facts  were  thus  absolutely  ascertained  in  the 
first  instance  before  a  single  paradigm  was  prepared  or  a 
word  of  explanation  written. 

Some  may  be  disposed,  at  first,  to  look  suspiciously 
upon  the  triple  division  of  the  Hebrew   vowels,   adopted 


PREFACE.  V 

from  Ewald,  as  an  innovation:  further  reflection,  however, 
will  show  that  it  is  the  only  division  consistent  with  ac- 
curacy, and  it  is  really  more  ancient  than  the  one  which 
commonly  prevails. 

The  importance  of  the  accent,  especially  to  the  proper 
understanding  of  the  vowels  of  a  word  and  the  laws  of 
*      vowel-changes,  is  such  that  the  example  of  Ewald  has  been 
followed  in  constantly  marking  its  position  by  an  appropriate 
sign.     He  uses  a  Methegh  for  this  purpose,  which  is  objec- 
tionable on  account  of  the  liability  to  error  and  confusion 
when  the  same  sign  is  used  for  distinct  purposes.     The  use 
of  any  one  of  the  many  Hebrew  accents  would  also  be  liable 
to  objection,  since  they  not  only  indicate  the  tone  syllable, 
but  have  besides  a  conjunctive  or  disjunctive  force,  which  it 
would  be  out  of  place  to  suggest.     Accordingly,  a  special 
symbol  has  been  employed,  analogous  to  that  which  is  in  use 
in  our  oAvn  and  other  languages,  thus  ^12)5  Mtal' . 
^         The  remarks  upon  the  consecution  of  poetic   accents 
were  in  type  before  the  appearance  of  the  able  discussion  of 
^    ,  that  subject  by  Baer,  in  an  appendix  to  the  Commentary  of 
I       Delitzsch  upon  the  Psalms.     The  rules  of  Baer,  however, 
<5^     depend  for  their  justification  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
V      accurate  accentuation  of  his  own  recent  edition  of  the  He- 
^^      brew  Psalter,  which  departs  in  numerous  instances  from  the 
^'      current  editions  as  they  do  in  fact  from  one  another.     Inas- 
£      much  as  this  is  a  question  which  can  only  be  settled  by 
1%^      manuscripts  that  are  not  accessible  in  this  country,  it  seems 
^      best  to  Avait  until  it  has  been  tested  and  pronounced  upon 
by  those  who  are  capable  of  doing  so.     AYhat  has  here  been 
N^    written  on  that  subject,  has  accordingly  been  suffered  to  re- 
^      main,  imperfect  and  unsatisfactory  as  it  is. 
^         The  laws  which  regulate  the  formation  of  nouns  have 
been  derived  from  Ewald,  with  a  few  modifications  chiefly 
"j^        tending  to  simplify  them. 

.1 


VI  PREFACE. 

The  declensions  of  nouns,  as  made  out  by  Gesenlus, 
have  the  merit  of  affording  a  convenient  and  tolerably 
complete  classification  of  their  forms  and  of  the  changes 
to  which  each  is  linble.  Nordheimer  abandoned  them 
for  a  method  of  his  own,  in  wliicli  he  aimed  at  greater 
simplicity,  but  in  reality  rendered  the  subject  more  per- 
plexed. The  system  of  Ewald  is  complicated  with  the 
derivation  and  formation  of  nouns,  fi'om  Avliich  their 
subsequent  modifications  are  quite  distinct.  The  fact 
is,  however,  that  there  are  no  declen^ons,  properly 
speaking,  in  Hebrew;  and  the  attempt  to  foist  upon  the 
language  Avhat  is  alien  to  its  nature/ embarrasses  the  subject 
instead  of  relieving  it.V  A  few  general  rules  respecting  the 
vowel-changes,  which  are  liable  to  occur  in  different  kinds 
of  syllables,  solve  the  whole  mystery,  and  are  all  that  the 
case  requires  or  even  admits. 

In  the  syntax  the  aim  has  been  to  develop  not  so  much 
what  is  common  to  the  Hebrew  w4th  other  languages,  as 
what  is  characteristic  and  distinctive  of  the  former,  those 
points  being  particularly  dwelt  upon  which  are  of  chief  im- 
portance to  the  interpreter. 

In  the  entire  work  special  reference  has  been  had  to  the 
wants  of  theoloG:ical  students.  The  author  has  endeavoured 
to  make  it  at  once  elementary  and  thorough,  so  that  it  might 
both  ser^^e  as  a  manual  for  beginners  and  yet  possess  all  that 
completeness  which  is  demanded  by  riper  scholars.  The 
parts  of  most  immediate  importance  to  those  commencing 
the  study  of  the  language  arc  distinguished  by  being  printed 
in  large  type. 


_______  Princeton,  August  22c?,  1861.  ^ 


coisrTEisrTS. 


PAET  I.— OETHOGRAPHY. 
Divisions  of  Grammar,  §  1. 

OETHOGEAPHIC     SYMBOLS. 

The   Letters. — Alphabet,  §  2  ;    Sounds,  §  3  ;    Double  forms,  §  4 ;    Is'ames, 

§  5  ;     Order,  §  6  ;     Classification,  §  7 ;     Words  never  divided,  §  8 ; 

Abbreviations  and  Signs  of  Xumber,  §  9. 
The  Yowels. — Masoretic  Points,  §10;    Yowel  Letters,  §11;    Signs  for  the 

Vowels,  §12;    Mutual  Eelation  of  this  twofold  Notation,  §§13,  14; 

Pure  and  Diphthongal  Vowels,  §  15. 
Sh'va,  silent  and  vocal,  simple  and  compound,  §  16. 
Pattahh  Furtive,  §  17. 
Syllables,  §  18. 
Ambiguous  Signs.— Hhivik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  §19.1;   Kamets  and 

Kamets-Hhatuph,  §  19.  2 ;    Silent  and  Vocal  Sh'va,  §  20. 
Points  affecting  Consonants  : — Daghesh-lene,  §§21,  22. 

Daghesh-forte,  §23;  different  kinds,  §24;  omission  of,  §25. 
Mappik,  §26. 
Raphe,  §27. 
Points   attached    to   Words.— Accents,   their   design,   §  28 ;    forms  and 

classes,  §29;    like  forms  distinguished,  §30;    poetic  accents,  §31; 

position  as  determined  by  the  character  of  the  syllables,  §  32.  1 ;  in 

uninflected  words,  §  32.  2.  3 ;  with  affixes,  suffixes  and  prefixes,  §  33 ; 

use  in  distinguishing  words,  §  34 ;  shifted  in  special  cases,  §  35. 
Consecution  of  the  Accents  in  Pros^.— Clauses  and  their  subdivisions, 

§  36  ;  tabular  view,  §  37 ;  expl.ination  of  the  table,  §  38 ;  adaptation  of 

the  trains  of  accents  to  sentences,  §  39. 


Vili  CONTENTS. 

Poetic  row5rc?/f/ow.— Clauses  and  their  subdivisions,  §40;  tabular  view 
and  explanation,  §  41 ;  adaptation  of  the  trains  of  accents  to  sen- 
tences, §42. 

Makkeph,  §43. 

Methegh,  its  form  and  position,  §44;  special  rules,  §45;  K'ri  and 
K'tiiibh,  meaning  of  the  terms,  §46 ;  constant  K'ris  not  noted  in  the 
margin,  §47  ;  their  design  and  value,  §48. 

Accuracy  of  the  points,  §  40. 

OETHOGRAPniC     CHANGES. 

Significant  mutations  belong  to  the  domain  of  the  lexicon,  §§  50,  51 ;  eu' 
phonic  mutations  to  the  domain  of  grammar,  §  52. 

MrxATioxs  OF  Consonants  at  the  beginning  of  syllables,  §53;  at  the  closet 
of  syllables,  §54;  at  the  end  of  words,  §55  ;  special  rules,  §56. 

CnANGES  OF  Consonants  to  Vowels  in  reduplicated  syllables  and  letters 
and  in  quiescents,  §  57. 

Mutations  of  Vowels,  significant  and  euphonic,  §58;  due  to  syllabic 
changes,  §  59  ;  to  contiguous  gutturals,  §  60 ;  to  concurrent  conso- 
nants, §  61 ;  concurring  vowels,  §  62 ;  proximity  of  vowels,  §  68  ;  the 
accent,  §  64 ;  pause  accents,  §  65 ;  shortening  or  lengthening  of 
words,  §  66. 


PAKT  II.— ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  "Words. — Design  of  Etymology,  three  stages  in  the  growth  of 

words,  §67;    pronominal   and   verbal   roots,   §68;    formation   and 

inflection  of  w^ords  by  external  and  internal  changes,  §  69 ;  parts  of 

speech,  §70, 

Pronouns  personal,  §71;    pronominal  suffixes,  §72;    demonstrative,  §73; 

relative,  §  74 ;  interrogative  and  indefinite,  §  75. 
Verbs,  the  species  and  their  signification,  §§  76-80. 

Perfect  Verbs,  §  81 ;    formation  of  the  species,  §§  82,  83 ;  their  inflection, 
§?  84,  85*.  1  ;    paradigm  of  b^p,  §  85.  2. 
liemarks  on  the  Perfect  F(?r Js.—Kal  preterite,  §86;    Infinitive,  §87; 
Future,  §88;  Imperative,  §  89  •,^  Participles,  §  90 ;  Niphal,  §  91 ;  Piel, 
§92;-Pua],  §93;  Hiphil,  §94;  Hophal,  §95;  Hithpael,  §  96. 
Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future,  §  97 ;  and  Imperative,  §  98. 
Vav  Conversive  with  the  Future,  §90  ;  with  the  Preterite,  §  100. 
Ver])s  with  suffixes,  §5  101, 102;  paradigm,  §103  ;  Remarks  on  the  Per- 
fect Verbs  with  suffixes.  Preterite,  §104;   Future,  §105;    Infinitive 
and  Imjjerative,  §  100. 
Imperfect  Verbs,  classified,  §  107. 

Pc  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§108,  109;    paradigm,  §110; 
Remarks,  §§111-115. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Ayin  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §116;  paradigm,  §117;  Re- 
marks, §§118-122. 

Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  123 ;  paradigm,  §  124 ; 
Remarks,  §§  125-128. 

Pe  Nun  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  129  ;  paradigm,  §  130  ;  Remarks, 
§§131,  132. 

Ajin  Doubled  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§133-137;  paradigm,  §138; 
Remarks,  §§  139-142. 

Pe  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  143-145  ;  paradigm,  §  146 ;  Re- 
marks, §§147-151. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  152-154 ;  para- 
digm, §155;  Remarks,  §§156-161. 

Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §162;  paradigm,  §163;  Re- 
marks, §§164-167. 

Lamedh  He  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§168,  169;  paradigm,  §170; 
shortened  future  and  imperative,  §  171 ;  Remarks,  §§  172-177. 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs,  §  178. 

Defective  Verbs,  §  179. 

Quadriliteral  Verbs,  §  180. 
Kouifs,  their  formation,  §181;    Class  L  §§182-186;  Class  IL  §§187,  188; 
Class  III  §§  189-192;  Class  IV.  §§193,  194;  MultUiterals,  §195. 

Gender  and  Nuniber. — Feminine  endings,  §  196  ;  anomalies  in  the  use  of, 
§197;  employment  in  the  formation  of  words,  §198;  plural  end- 
ings, §  199  ;  anomalies,  §  200  ;  nouns  confined  to  one  number,  §  201 ; 
Dual  ending,  §  202  ;  usage  of  the  dual,  §  203  ;  changes  consequent 
upon  afiixing  the  endings  for  gender  and  number,  §§  206-211. 

The  Construct  State,  its  meaning  and  formation,  §§  212-216. 

Declension  of  Nouns,  paradigm,  §  217. 

Paragogic  Vowels  added  to  Nouns,  §§218,  219. 

Nouns  with  suffixes,  §§  220,  221 ;  paradigm,  §  222. 
NuMEEALS.— Cardinal  numbers,  §§223-226;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §227. 
Peefixed   Paeticles,  §228;    the  Article,  §229:    the  Interrogative,  §230; 

Inseparable  prepositions,  §§  231-233  ;    Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234. 
Sepaeate  Paeticles. — Adverbs,  §  235  ;    with  suflSxes,  §236;    Prepositions, 
§237;  with  suffixes,  §  238 ;  Conjunctions,  §239  ;  Interjections,  §  240. 


PART  III.— SYNTAX. 


Office  of  Syntax,  §241.  1;  Elements  of  the  sentence,  §241.  2. 

The  Subject,  a  noun  or  pronoun,  §  242  ;  when  omitted,  §  243  ;  its  exten- 
sion, §244. 

The  Article,  when  used,  §  245  ;  nouns  definite  without  it,  §  246 ;  omitted 
in  poetry,  §  247 ;  indefinite  nouns,  §  248. 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives  qualifying  a  noun,  §  249. 


X  CONTENTS. 

Kumerals. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§250,  251 ;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §252. 

Apposition,  §253. 

The  Construct  state  and  Suffixes,  §§25-4^256;  resolved  bj  tbe  preposition  \ 
§257. 

The  Predicate,  Copula,  §  258  ;  Nouns,  adjectives,  and  demonstratives,  §  259. 

Comparison  of  adjectives,  ^  260. 

Y^ls, — Hebrew  conception  of  time,  §261 ;  the  primary  tenses:  use  of  tbe 
preterite,  §  262  ;  the  future,  §  263  ;  paragogic  and  apocopated  future, 
§264;  the  secondary  tenses,  §265;  participles,  §266;  Infinitive, 
§§267-269. 

Olject  of  Verbs. — The  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs,  §  270  ;  transitive  con- 
struction of  intransitive  verbs,  §  271 ;  indirect  object  of  verbs,  §  272 ; 
verbs  with  more  than  one  object,  §  273. 

Adverbs  and  adverbial  expressions,  §  274. 

Neglect  of  agreement,  §  275 ;  compound  subject,  §  276 ;  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct, §277;  dual  nouns,  §278;  changes  of  person,  §279. 

Repetition  of  nouns,  §  280  ;  pronouns,  §  281 ;  verbs,  §  282. 

Interrogative  Sentences,  §§  283,  284. 

Compound  Sentences. — Relative  pronoun,  §  285 ;  poetic  use  of  the  de- 
monstrative, §  286 ;  conjunctions,  §  287. 

Grammaticax  Analysis,  ..... 

In-dex  I.     Subjects,  .  •  •  •  • 

Index  II.    Texts  of  Scripture,  .... 

Index  III.  Hebrew  "Words,  .... 

Index  IY.  Hebrew  Grammatical  Terms, 


page 

s315 

u 

323 

u 

331 

(( 

343 

t( 

399 

PART  FIEST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

§1.  Language  is  the  communication  of  thought  by  means 
of  spoken  or  written  sounds.  The  utterance  of  a  single  thought 
constitutes  a  sentence.  Each  sentence  is  composed  of  words 
expressing  individual  conceptions  or  their  relations.  And 
words  are  made  up  of  sounds  produced  by  the  organs  of 
speech  and  represented  by  written  signs.  It  is  the  province 
of  grammar  as  the  science  of  language  to  investigate  these 
several  elements.  It  hence  consists  of  three  parts.  First, 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  the  sounds  employed  and  the 
mode  of  representing  them.  Second,  Etymology,  which  treats 
of  the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  formation,  and  the 
changes  which  they  undergo.  Third,  Syntax,  which  treats  of 
sentences,  or  ihe  manner  in  which  words  are  joined  together 
to  express  ideas.  The  task  of  the  Hebrew  grammarian  is  to 
furnish  a  complete  exhibition  of  the  phenomena  of  this  partic- 
ular language,  carefully  digested  and  referred  as  far  as  practi- 
cable to  their  appropriate  causes  in  the  organs  of  speech  and 
the  operations  of  the  mind. 


The  Letters. 

§2.  The  Hebrew  being  no  longer  a  spoken  tongue,  is 
only  known  as  the  language  of  books,  and  particularly  of  the 
Old  Testament,  which  is  the  most  interesting  and  important 
as  well  as  the  only  pure  monument  of  it.     The  first  step 


2  ORTHOGRAPHY.  P 

towards  its  investigation  must  accordingly  be  to  ascertain  the 
meaping  of  the  symbols  in  which  it  is  recorded.  Then 
having  learned  its  sounds,  as  they  are  thus  represented,  it 
will  be  possible  to  advance  one  step  further,  and  inquire  into 
the  laws  by  which  these  are  governed  in  then*  employment 
and  mutations. 

The  symbols  used  in  writing  Hebrew  are  of  two  sorts, 
viz.  letters  (ni'Tiii?)  and  points  (a''"i^p?).  The  number  of  the 
letters  is  twenty -two ;  these  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and 
are  exclusively  consonants.  The  following  alphabetical  table 
exhibits  their  forms,  English  equivalents,  names,  and  numeri- 
cal values,  together  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  Rab- 
binical character  employed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the 
commentaries  and  other  writings  of  the  modern  Jews. 


^3 

LETTERS. 

d 

Order. 

Forms  and  Equivalents. 

1 

Names. 

Rabbinical 
Alphabet. 

Numerical 
values. 

1 

i5 

1- 

?;b^     Aleph 

(> 

1 

2 

1 

Bh,  B 

n-^3     Beth 

3 

2 

3 

^ 

Gh,  G 

b-c^^     Gi'-mel 

J 

3 

4 

"I 

D1),D 

nb^     Da'-leth 

7 

4 

5 

n 

H 

i^n     He 

P 

5 

6 

1 

V 

in     Vav 

1 

6 

7 

T 

Z 

'j^'t     Zayin 

1 

7 

8 

n 

Hh 

n-in     Hheth 

r 

8 

9 

12 

T 

n^p     Teth 

p 

9 

10 

n 

Y 

ni-*     Yodh 

> 

10 

11 

3   1 

Kh,  K 

?13     Kaph 

1  = 

20 

12 

b 

L 

"i)aV    La'-medh 

i 

30 

13 

12   D 

M 

D12     Mem 

DP 

40 

14 

2     1 

N 

I^D     Nun 

i^ 

50 

15 

D 

S 

Tf)20     Sa'-mekh 

P 

GO 

16 

2? 

^•^i?     Ayin 

r 

70 

17 

S   ?! 

Ph,P 

i52      Pc 

c^t 

80 

18 

^r 

Ts 

•1^2     Tsa'-dhe 

p 

90 

19 

p 

K 

?lip     Koph 

? 

100 

20 

n 

R 

r-in     Resli 

•5 

200 

21 

tJ 

Sh,  S 

■{I©     Shin 

t 

300 

22 

n 

Th,  T 

nn    Tav 

p 

400 

^3.  There  is  always  more  or  less  difficulty  in  represent- 
ing the  sounds  of  one  language  by  those  of  another.  But 
this  is  in  the  case  of  the  Hebrew  greatly  aggravated  by  its 
having  been  for  ages  a  dead  language,  so  that  some  of  its 


4  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §3 

souiuls  cannot  now  be  accurately  determined,  and  also  by  its 
belonging  to  a  different  family  or  group  of  tongues  from  our 
own,  possessing  sounds  entirely  foreign  to  the  English,  for 
which  it  consequently  affords  no  equivalent,  and  which  are  in 
fact  incapable  of  being  pronounced  by  our  organs.  The 
equivalents  of  the  foregoing  table  are  not  therefore  to  be  re- 
garded as  in  every  instance  exact  representations  of  the  proper 
powers  of  the  letters.  They  are  simply  approximations  suffi- 
ciently near  the  truth  for  every  practical  purpose,  the  best 
which  can  now  be  proposed,  and  sanctioned  by  tradition  and 
the  conventional  usao-e  of  the  best  Hebraists. 

o 

1.  It  will  be  observed  that  a  double  pronunciation  has 
been  assigned  to  seven  of  the  letters.  A  native  Hebrew  would 
readily  decide  without  assistance  which  of  these  was  to  be 
adopted  in  any  given  case,  just  as  we  are  sensible  of  no  in- 
convenience from  the  various  sounds  of  the  English  letters 
which  are  so  embarrassing  to  foreigners  learning  our  language. 
The  ambiguity  is  in  every  case  removed,  however,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  a  dot  or  point  indicating  which  sound  they  are  to 
receive.  Thus  S  with  a  point  in  its  bosom  has  the  sound  of 
h,  n  unpointed  that  of  the  corresponding  y,  or  as  it  is  com- 
monly represented  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  notation,  hh ;  I 
is  pronounced  as  y,  r^  unpointed  had  an  aspirated  sound  which 
may  accordingly  be  represented  hj  f/h,  but  as  it  is  difficult  to 
produce  it,  or  even  to  determine  w^ith  exactness  what  it  was, 
and  as  tlicre  is  no  corresponding  sound  in  English,  the  aspira- 
tion is  mostly  neglected,  and  the  letter,  whether  pointed  or  not, 
sounded  indifferently  as  y ;  "n  is  d,  "^  unpointed  is  the  aspirate 
(Ih,  equivalent  to  ih  in  the ;  3  is  k,  D  unpointed  its  aspirate  kh, 
perhaps  resembling  the  German  ch  in  ich,  though  its  aspira* 
tion,  like  that  of  5,  is  commonly  neglected  in  modern  reading  ; 
£  is  7;,  S  unpointed  \^  ph  or/;  n  is  /,  n  unpointed  th  in  iJdn. 
The  letter  t  with  a  dot  over  its  right  arm  is  pronounced  like 
sh,  and  called  ShJn ;  t)  with  a  dot  over  its  left  arm  is  called 
Sin,  and  pronounced  like  s,  no  attempt  being  made  in  modern 


§3  LETTERS.  5 

usage  to  discriminate  between  its  sound  and  that  of  c 
Samekli.  Although  there  may  anciently  have  been  a  disthic- 
tion  between  them,  this  can  no  longer  be  defined  nor  even 
positively  asserted ;  it  has  therefore  been  thought  unneces- 
sary to  preserve  the  individuality  of  these  letters  in  the 
notation,  and  both  of  them  will  accordingly  be  represented 
by  s. 

a.  The  double  sound  of  the  first  six  of  the  letters  just  named  is  purely 
euphonic,  and  has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  meaning  of  the  words  in 
which  they  stand.  The  case  of  U  is  different.  Its  primary  sound  was  that 
o'C  sh.  as  is  evident  from  the  contrast  in  Judg.  12  :  6  of  rb2'^"  shibboleth 
with  r?2p  sibboleth.  In  certain  words,  however,  and  sometimes  for  the 
sake  of  creating  a  distinction  between  different  words  of  like  orthography, 
it  received  the  sound  of  s.  thus  almost  assuming  the  character  of  a  distinct 
letter,  e.  g.  "i'JJ  to  break,  "i2'J  to  hope.  That  Sin  and  Samekh  were  dis- 
tinguishable to  the  ear,  appears  probable  from  the  fact  that  there  are  words 
of  separate  significations  which  differ  only  in  the  use  of  one  or  the  other 
of  these  letters,  and  in  which  they  are  never  interchanged,  e.  g.  bid  to  be 
bereaced,  bib  to  be  wise,  bro  to  be  foolish  ;  isiy  to  be  drunken.  "3b  to  hire, 
*^yo  to  shut  up;  i^b  to  look,  nrj  to  rule,  ">siD  to  turn  back;  rscb  a  lip, 
MED  to  destroy.  The  close  affinity  between  the  sounds  which  they  repre- 
sent is,  however,  shown  by  the  fact  that  D  is  in  a  few  instances  written  for 
b,  e.  g.  no?  Ps.  4 :  7  from  x'ci: ,  r^Bs'J  Eccles.  1 :  17  for  MP2D  .  The  original 
identity  of  b  and  b  is  apparent  from  the  etymological  connection  between 
"ii<b  leaven  and  rixbTa  a  vessel  in  which  bread  is  leavened ;  ij'b  to  shudder, 
n^in^b  horrible,  causing  a  shudder.  In  Arabic  the  division  of  single  letters 
into  two  distinguished  by  diacritical  points  is  carried'to  a  much  greater 
length,  the  alphabet  of  that  language  being  by  this  means  enlarged  from 
twenty-two  to  twenty-eight  letters 

2.  In  their  original  power  t2  t  differed  from  n  f,  and  2  k 
from  p  k,  for  these  letters  are  not  confused  nor  liable  to  inter- 
change, and  the  distinction  is  preserved  to  this  day  in  the 
cognate  Arabic ;  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  state  intelligibly  where- 
in the  difference  consisted.  They  are  currently  pronounced 
precisely  alike. 

3.  The  letter  n  has  a  stronger  sound  than  n  the  simple 
h,  and  is  accordingly  represented  by  hh  ;  "i  is  represented  by 
r,  although  it  had  some  peculiarity  of  sound  which  Ave  can- 
not at  this  day  attempt  to  reproduce,  by  which  it  was  allied 
to  the  guttm^als. 


6  ORTHOGRAPHY.  V^ 

4.  For  two  letters,  x  and  5?,  no  equivalent  has  been  given 
in  the  table,  and  they  are  commonly  altogether  neglected  in 
pronunciation,  x  is  the  weakest  of  the  letters,  and  was  prob- 
ably always  maudible.  It  stands  for  the  slight  and  involun- 
tary emission  of  breath  necessary  to  the  utterance  of  a  vowel 
unattended  by  a  more  distinct  consonant  sound.  It  there- 
fore merely  serves  to  mark  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  the 
syllable  of  which  it  is  a  part,  while  to  the  ear  it  is  entirely 
lost  in  the  accompanying  or  preceding  vowel.  Its  power  has 
been  likened  to  that  of  the  smooth  breathing  (')  of  the 
Greeks  or  the  English  silent  h  in  hour.  On  the  other  hand 
5?  had  a  deep  guttural  sound  which  was  always  heard,  but 
like  that  of  the  corresponding  letter  among  the  Arabs  is  very 
difficult  of  utterance  by  occidental  organs  ;  consequently  no 
attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.  In  the  Septuagint  it  is  some- 
times represented  by  y,  sometimes  by  the  rough  and  some- 
times by  the  smooth  breathing ;  thus  fr^i*^?  T6[.Loqqa,  ''^y 
'llh,  p!?^?  'JjLiah]?c.  Some  of  the  modern  Jews  give  it  the 
sound  of  7f(/  or  of  the  French  ^n  in  campagne,  either  wherever 
it  occurs  or  only  at  the  end  of  words,  e.  g.  nti^  Slimang,  "l^!? 
gnambdh. 

§4.  The  forms  of  the  letters  exhibited  in  the  preceding 
table,  though  found  without  important  variation  in  all  existing 
manuscripts,  are  not  the  original  ones.  An  older  character 
is  preserved  upon  the  Jewish  coins  struck  in  the  age  of  the 
Maccabees,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the 
Samaritan  and  still  more  to  the  Phenician.  Some  of  the 
steps  in  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  can  still  be  traced 
upon  extant  monuments.  There  was  first  a  cursive  tendency, 
disposing  to  unite  the  different  letters  of  the  same  word, 
which  is  the  established  practice  in  Syriac  and  Arabic.  This 
was  followed  by  a  predominance  of  the  calligraphic  principle, 
which  again  separated  the  letters  and  reduced  them  to  their 
present  rectangular  forms  and  nearly  uniform  size.  The 
cursive  stage  has,  however,  left  its  traces  upon  the  five  letters 


$5  LETTERS.  7 

which  appear  in  the  table  with  double  forms  ;  D  "a  2  S  2  when 
standinc;  at  the  besrinnino:  or  in  the  middle  of  words  termi- 
nate  in  a  bottom  horizontal  stroke,  wdiich  is  the  remnant  of 
the  connecting  link  with  the  following  letter ;  at  the  end  of 
words  no  such  link  was  needed,  and  the  letter  was  continued 
vertically  downward  in  a  sort  of  terminal  flourish  thus,  1  ]  C]  f , 
or  closed  up  by  joining  its  last  with  its  initial  stroke,  thus  D. 

a.  The  few  instances  in  which  final  letters  are  found  in  the  middle  of 
words,  as  n2-iab  Isa.  9:  6,  or  their  ordinary  forms  at  the  end.  as  "CT}  Neh. 
2  :  13,  3T3  Job  38  :  1,  are  probably  due  to  the  inadvertence  of  early  tran- 
scribers which  has  been  faithfully  perpetuated  since,  or  if  intentional  they 
may  have  had  a  connection  now  unknown  with  the  enumeration  of  letters 
or  the  si<rnification  of  words.  The  same  maybe  said  of  letters  larger  than 
usual,  as  nsDl  Ps.  SO:  16,  or  smaller,  as  a^^^a'TS  Gen.  2:4.  or  above  the 
line,  as  i-:';^  Ps.  SO  :  14.  or  inverted,  as  :?b:a  Num.  10 :  35,  (in  manuscripts 
and  the  older  editions,  e.  g.  thatof  Stephanus  in  1541).orwith  extraordinary 
points,  as  ^if^n^i^'^T  Gen.  33 :  4.  X^Vs  Ps.  27  :  13.  in  all  which  the  Rabbins  find 
concealed  meanino-s  of  the  most  fanciful  and  absurd  character.  Thus  in 
their  opinion  the  suspended  3  in  nir'^a  Judg.  18  :  30  suggests  that  the  idola- 
ters described  were  descended  from  Moses  but  had  the  character  of  Ma- 
nasseh.  In  ")1~y  Lev.  11 :  42  the  Vav,  which  is  of  unusual  size,  is  the  middle 
letter  of  the  Pentateuch;  "i"'?."'^^)  Gen.  16:  5  with  an  extraordinary  point 
over  the  second  Yodh,  is  the  only  instance  in  which  the  word  is  written  with 
that  letter;  the  large  letters  in  Deut.  6:  4  emphasize  the  capital  article  of 
the  Jewish  faith.  All  such  anomalous  forms  or  marks,  with  the  conceits  of 
the  Rabbins  respecting  them,  are  reviewed  in  detail  in  Buxtorf's  Tiberias, 
pp.  152  etc. 

§5.  All  the  names  of  the  letters  were  probably  significant 
at  first,  although  the  meanings  of  some  of  them  are  now  doubt- 
ful or  obscure.  It  is  commonly  supposed  that  these  describe 
the  objects  to  which  their  forms  originally  bore  a  rude  resem- 
blance. If  this  be  so,  however,  the  mutations  which  they 
have  since  undergone  are  such,  that  the  relation  is  no  longer 
traceable,  unless  it  be  faintly  in  a  few.  The  power  of  the 
letter  is  in  every  instance  the  initial  sound  of  its  name. 

a.  The  opinion  advocated  by  Schultens.  Fundamenta  Ling.  Heb.  p.  10, 
that  the  invention  of  the  letters  was  long  anterior  to  that  of  their  names, 
and  that  the  latter  was  a  pedagogical  expedient  to  ficilitate  the  learning  of 
the  letters  by  associating  their  forms  and  sounds  with  familiar  objects,  has 
met  with  little  favour  and  possesses  little  intrinsic  probability.    An  interest- 


8  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §6 

ing  corroboration  of  the  antiquity  of  these  names  is  found  in  their  preserva 
tion  in  the  Greek  alphabet,  though  destitute  of  meaning  in  tliat  language, 
the  Greeks  havl'ng  borrowed  their  letters  at  an  early  period  from  the  Phe- 
nicians.and  hence  the  appended  a  oi^"A\(pa,  etc.,  whicl> points  to  the  Ara- 
maeic  form  XD^N . 

b.  The  Semitic  derivation  of  the  names  proves  mcontestabiy  that  the 
alphabet  had  its  origin  among  a  people  speaking  a  language  kindred  to 
the  Hebrew.  Their  most  probable  meanings,  so  far  as  they  are  still  ex- 
plicable, are  as  follows,  viz:  Aleph,  an  ox ;  Beth,  a  house;  Gimel,  acamel; 
Daleth,  a  door  ;  He.  doubtful,  possibly  a  window;  Vav,  a  hook ;  Zayin,  a 
weapon;  Hheth.  probably  a  fence;  Teth,  probably  a  snake  ;  Yodh.  a  hand; 
Kaph,  the  palm  of  the  hand  ;  Lamedh.  an  ox-goad  ;  Mem.  water ;  Nun,  a 
fish;  Samekh,  a/j/-o/;;  Ayin,  aneye;  Fe,amouth;  Tsadhe,  a fsh- hook  or 
a  Jiunter^s  dart ;  Koph,  perhaps  the  back  of  the  head  ;  Resh,  a  head;  Shin, 
a  tooth  ;  Tav,  a  cross  mark. 

§6.  The  order  of  the  letters  appears  to  be  entirely  arbi- 
trary, though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  three  middle 
mutes  n  ^  T  succeed  each  other,  as  in  like  manner  the  three 
liquids  b  "a  3  •  The  juxtaposition  of  a  few  of  the  letters  may 
perhaps  be  owing  to  the  kindred  signification  of  their  names, 
e.  g.  Yodh  and  Kaph  the  hand,  Mem  tvater  and  Nun  a  fish, 
Resh  the  head^w^  Shin  a  tooth.  The  antiquity  of  the  existing 
arrangement  of  the  alphabet  is  shown,  1.  by  psalms  and  other 
portions  of  the  Old  Testament  in  which  successive  clauses  or 
verses  begin  with  the  letters  disposed  in  regular  order,  viz. 
Ps.  25  (P  omitted),  34,  37  (alternate  verses,  5?  omitted).  111 
(every  clause),  112  (every  clause),  119  (each  letter  eight 
times),  145  (2  omitted),  Prov.  31 :  10-31,  Lam.  ch.  1,  2,  3 
(each  letter  three  times),  4.  In  the  first  chapter  of  Lamenta- 
tions the  order  is  exactly  preserved,  but  in  the  remaining 
three  chapters  2?  and  B  are  transposed.  2.  By  the  corres- 
pondence of  the  Greek  and  Poman  alphabets,  which  have 
sprung  from  the  same  origin  wdth  the  Hebrew. 

a.  The  most  ingenious  attempt  to  discover  a  regular  structure  in  the 
Hebrew  alphabet  is  that  of  Lepsius,  in  an  essay  upon  this  subject  published 
in  1836.  Omitting  the  sibilants  and  Resh,  he  finds  the  following  triple 
correspondence  of  a  breathing  succeeded  by  the  same  three  mutes  carried 
through  eacU  of  the  three  orders,  the  second  rank  being  enlarged  by  the 
addition  of  the  liquids. 


%7 


LETTERS. 


Breathings. 

Mutes. 

1 

Liqaids. 

Middle 

Smooth 

Rough 

n 

3   a   n 
1  n  13 
fi  p   n 

(^=) 

baa 

Curious  as  this  result  certainly  is,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  alleged 
correspondence  is  in  part  imaginary,  and  the  method  by  which  it  is  reached 
is  too  arbitrary  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  this  scheme  was  really  in 
the,  mind  of  the  author  of  the  alphabet,  much  less  to  sustain  the  further 
speculations  built  upon  it,  reducing  the  original  number  and  modifying  the 
powers  of  the  letters. 

b.  It  is  curious  to  see  how,  in  the  adaptation  of  the  alphabet  to  different 
languages,  the  sounds  of  the  letters  have  been  modified,  needless  ones 
dropped,  and  others  found  necessary  added  at  the  end.  without  disturbing 
the  arrangement  of  the  original  stock.  Thus  the  Greeks  dropped  i  and  p, 
only  retaining  them  as  numerical  signs,  while  the  Roman  alphabet  has  F 
and  d;  on  the  other  hand  the  Romans  found  a  and  D  superfluous,- while 
the  Greeks  made  of  them  ,9-  and  ^ ;  5  and  T ,  in  Greek  y  and  ^,  become  in 
Latin  C  and  G,  while  n,  in  Latin  H,  is  in  Greek  converted  like  the  rest  of 
the  gutturals  into  a  vowel  rj, 

§  7.  The  letters  may  be  variously  divided : 

1.  First,  with  respect  to  the  organs  by  which. they  are 
pronounced.  fojjTWjIjDy  -ihe. 

Gutturals     )!i     r\     r\     ^  TJi  rrjd  6, 


Palatals  ^ 

Linguals  ^ 

Oj^  Si  hi  Id  n  /^^Dentals  T 

Labials  n 


1  has  been  differently  classed,  but  as  its  peculiarities  are 
those  of  the  gutturals,  it  is  usually  reckoned  with  them. 

2.  Secondly,  according  to  their  respective  strength,  into 
three  classes,  which  may  be  denominated  weak,  medium,  and 
strong.  The  strong  consonants  offer  the  greatest  resistance 
to  change,  and  are  capable  of  entering  into  any  combinations 
which  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  may  require.  The 
weak  have  not  this  capacity,  but  Avhen  analogy  would  bring 
them  into  combinations  foreign  to  their  nature,  they  are  either 


io 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


i 


liable  to  mutation  themselves  or  occasion  changes  in  tlie  rest 
of  the  word.  Those  of  medimn  strength  have  neither  the 
absolute  stability  of  the  former  nor  the  feeble  and  fluctuating 
character  of  the  latter. 


t 


> 


K 


^ 


Weak, 


Medium, 


Strong, 


Vowel-Letters, 
Gutturals. 

Liquids, 

Sibilants,  orPeii^dl^,  p.  g, 

Aspirates  and  Mutes. 


The  special  characteristics  of  these  several  classes  and  the 
influence  which  they  exert  upon  the  constitution  of  words 
will  be  considered  hereafter.  It  is  suflicient  to  remark  here 
that  the  vowel-letters  are  so  called  because  they  sometimes 
represent  not  consonant  but  vowel-sounds. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  while  the  p,  k,  and  ^mutes  agree  in  having 
smooth  S  3  n  and  middle  forms  2  5  *i ,  which  may  be  either  aspirated  or 
nnaspirated.  the  two  last  have  each  an  additional  representative  p  M  which 
is  lacking  to  the  first.  This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  two  of  the  alpha- 
betic Psalms,  Ps.  25.  34,  repeat  S  as  the  initial  of  the  closing  verse,  has 
given  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  the  missing  p  mute  was  supplied  by  this 
letter,  having  a  double  sound  and  a  double  place  in  the  alphabet.  In  curi- 
ous coincidence  with  this  ingenious  but  unsustamed  hypothesis,  the  Ethio- 
pic  alphabet  has  an  additional  p,  and  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets 
agree  one  step  and  only  one  beyond  the  letter  T,  viz.  in  adding  next  a 
labial,  which  in  Greek  is  divided  into  v  and  (j).  and  in  Latin  into  U  and  V, 
as  "^  into  I  and  J. 

3.  Thirdly,  The  letters  may  be  divided,  with  respect  to 
their  function  in  the  formation  of  words,  into  radicals  and 
seniles.  The  former,  which  comprise  just  one  half  of  the 
alphabet,  are  never  employed  except  in  the  roots  or  radical 
portions  of  words.  The  latter  may  also  enter  into  the  con- 
stitution of  roots,  but  they  are  likewise  put  to  the  less  inde- 
pendent use  of  the  formation  of  derivatives  and  inflections, 
of  prefixes  and  suffixes.      The  serviles  are  embraced  in  the 


5  8  LETTERS.  11 

memorial  words  nbpi  r^w  in-ix  (Ethan  Moses  and  Caleb) ;  of 
these,  besides  other  uses,  in'^x  are  prefixed  to  form  the  future 
of  verbs,  and  the  remainder  are  prefixed  as  particles  to  nouns. 
The  letters  'i^'nfisiJin  are  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns  from 
their  roots.  The  only  exception  to  the  division  now  stated 
is  the  substitution  of  t3  for  servile  ri  in  a  certain  class  of  cases, 
as  explained  §  54.  4. 

a.  Kimchi  in  his  Mikhlol  (bibsis)  fol.  46.  gives  several  additional  ana- 
grams of  the  serviles  made  out  by  different  grammarians  as  aids  to  the 
memory,  e.  g.  n3"^2  ^rzn.h'Ci^Q:  for  his  work  is  understanding ;  n^b'j  "<3X 
SP'^s  /  Solomon  am  loriling ;  n32n  "jX  "^TSib;*:  only  build  thou  my  peace ; 
■plan  nx  bTOS  like  a  branch  of  the  father  of  multitude ;  irbx  zr^z  n^r^ 
Moses  has  written  to  us.  To  which  Nordheimer  has  added  "^an^TO  y.n  b^^ 
consult  the  riches  of  my  book. 

§  8.  In  Hebrew  writing  and  printing,  words  are  never 
divided.  Hence  various  expedients  are  resorted  to  upon 
occasion,  in  manuscripts  and  old  printed  editions,  to  fill  out 
the  lines,  such  as  giving  a  broad  form  to  certain  letters,  >^  n 
-7  zz  r-i ,  occupying  the  vacant  space  with  some  letter,  as  p, 
repeated  as  often  as  may  be  necessary,  or  with  the  first  letters 
of  the  next  word,  which  were  not,  however,  accounted  part 
of  the  text,  as  they  were  left  without  vowels,  and  the  word 
was  written  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  line. 
The  same  end  is  accomplished  more  neatly  in  modern  print- 
ing by  judicious  spacing. 

§  9.  1.  The  later  Jews  make  frequent  use  of  abbreviations. 
There  are  none,  however,  in  the  text  of  the  Hebrew  Bible ; 
such  as  are  found  in  the  margin  are  explained  in  a  special 
lexicon  at  the  back  of  the  editions  in  most  common  use,  e.  g. 
1-^1  for  "^■ai:^l  et  comjMio  =  etc. 

2.  The  numerical  employment  of  the  letters,  common  to 
the  Hebrews  with  the  Greeks,  is  indicated  in  the  table  of  the 
alphabet.  The  hundreds  from  500  to  900  are  represented 
either  by  the  five  final  letters  or  by  the  combination  of  n  with 
the  letters  immediately  preceding ;  thus  T  or  pn  500,  D  or  'in 
600,  1  rn  or  pin  700,  q  or  nn  800,  y  or  pnn  900.     Thou- 


12  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  10 

• 

sands  are  represented  by  units  with  two  dots  placed  over  tliem, 
thus  i^  1000,  etc.  Compound  numbers  are  formed  by  joining 
the  appropriate  units  to  the  tens  and  hundreds,  thus  ^DJn  421. 
Pifteen  is,  however,  made  not  by  T\^ ,  which  are  the  initial 
letters  of  the  divine  name  Jehovah,  rnn*",  but  by  it:  9-|-6. 

This  use  of  the  letters  is  found  in  the  accessories  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  e.  g.  in  the  numeration  of  the  chapters  and  verses, 
and  in  the  Masoretic  notes,  but  not  in  the  text  itself.  AVhethei 
these  or  any  other  signs  of  number  were  ever  employed  by 
the  original  writers  of  Scripture,  or  by  the  scribes  in  copying 
it,  may  be  a  doubtful  matter.  It  has  been  ingeniously  con- 
jectured, and  with  a  show  of  plausibility,  that  some  of  the 
discrepancies  of  numbers  in  the  Old  Testament  may  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  the  existence  of  such  a  system  of 
symbols,  in  which  errors  might  more  easily  arise  than  in  fully 
written  words. 


The   Vowels. 

§  10.  The  letters  now  explained  constitute  the  body  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  These  are  all  that  belonged  to  it  in  its 
original  form,  and  so  long  as  the  language  was  a  living  one 
nothing  more  was  necessary,  for  the  reader  could  mentally 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  the  notation  from  his  familiarity 
with  his  native  tongue.  But  when  Hebrew  ceased  to  be 
spoken  the  case  was  different ;  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
pronunciation  could  no  longer  be  presumed,  and  difficulties 
would  arise  from  the  ambiguity  of  individual  words  and  their 
doubtful  relation  to  one  another.  It  is  the  design  of  the 
Masoretic  points  ( rnic^  tradition)  to  remedy  or  obviate  these 
inconveniences  by  supplying  what  was  lacking  in  this  mode 
of  writing.  The  authors  of  this  system  did  not  venture  to 
make  any  change  in  the  letters  of  the  sacred  text.  The  signs 
which  they  introduced  were  entirely  supplementary,  consist- 
ing of  dots  and  marks  about  the  text  fixing  its  true  pronun. 


511  VOWELS.  13 

elation  and  auxiliary  to  its  proper  interpretation.  This  has 
been  done  with  the  utmost  nicety  and  minuteness,  and  with 
such  evident  accuracy  and  care  as  to  make  them  rehable  and 
etlicient  if  not  indispensable  helps.  These  points  or  signs  are 
of  tln'ce  kinds,  1.  those  representing  the  vowels,  2.  those 
afFecthig  the  consonants,  3.  those  attached  to  words. 

a.  As  illustrations  of  the  ambigruity  both  as  to  sound  and  sense  of  indi- 
vidual words  when  written  by  the  letters  only,  it  may  be  stared  that  ^zn 
is  in  Gen.  12:  4  "'2"  he  spoke,  in  Ex.  6:  29  "is"!  speak  and  "i^  speak- 
ing, in  Prov.  25:  11  "n"n  spoken.,  in  Gen.  37  :  14  ^i"  uord.  in  1  Kin.  G:  16  "li*!! 
the  oracle  or  most  holy  place  of  the  temple,  in  Ex.*9:  3  "izt  pestilence.  So 
pw""!  is  in  Gen.  29:  10  P'4^]  and  he  tcatered.  and  in  the  next  verse  pT?"^ 
and  he  kissed  ;  N3"'T  occurs  twice  in  Gen.  29 :  23,  the  first  time  it  is  X2*^  and 
he  brought,  the  second  S<!h^T  and  he  came;  n'^T^Z'Cn^-  is  in  Jer.  32:  37  first 
C^r'ndn^  and  I  will  bring  them  again,  and  then  f'nTrn';  and  I  will  cause 
them  to  dwell;  c^^T  is  in  Gen.  14  :  19  c-'b^j  heaven,  and  in  Isa.  5  :  20  a^"b'v!i 
putting.  This  ambiguity  is,  however,  in  most  cases  removed  by  the  con- 
nection in  which  the  words  are  found,  so  that  there  is  little  practical  diffi- 
culty for  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  language.  Modern  Hebrew 
is  commonly  written  and  read  without  the  points:  and  the  same  is  true  of 
its  kindred  tongues  the  Syriac  and  Arabic,  though  each  of  these  has  a 
system  of  points  additional  to  the  letters. 

§  11.  1.  The  alphabet,  as  has  been  seen,  consisted  exclu- 
sively of  consonants,  since  these  were  regarded- as  a  sufficiently 
exact  representation  of  the  syllables  into  which  in  Hebrew 
they  invariably  enter.  And  the  omission  of  the  vowels  occa- 
sioned less  embarrassment,  because  in  the  Semitic  family  of 
languages  generally,  unlike  the  Indo-European,  they  form  no 
part,  properly  speaking,  of  the  radical  structure  of  the  Avord, 
and  consequently  do  not  aid  in  expressing  its  essential  mean- 
ing, but  only  its  nicer  shades  and  modifications.  Still  some 
notation  of  vowels  was  always  necessary,  and  this  was  furnish- 
ed in  a  scanty  measure  by  the  vowel-letters,  or,  as  they  are 
also  called,  quiescents,  or  W2«^r^5  lectionis  (guides  in  reading). 
The  weakest  of  the  palatals  "^  was  taken  as  the  representative 
of  the  vowels  i  and  B  of  the  same  organ  to  which  in  sound 
it  bears  a  close  affinity ;  the  weakest  of  the  labials  i  was  in 
Uke  manner  made  to  represent  its  cognates  it  and  o ;  and  the 


14  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §11 

two  ^veak  gutturals  x  and  n  \yere  ^Titten  for  the  guttural 
vowel  a,  as  well  as  for  tlie  compound  vowels  t  and  o  of  which 
a  is  one  of  the  elements.  Letters  were  more  rarely  employed 
to  represent  short  vowels ;  n  or  "^  for  c  is  the  most  frequent 
case  ;  others  are  exceptional. 

a.  Medial  a  when  written  at  all,  as  it  very  rarely  is,  is  denoted  by  X ,  e.  g. 
•jxb  lat  Judg.  4  :  21,  :xi  dag  Neh.  13:  leK'thibh.  cxp  kam  Hos.  10:  14, 
bT.xtr  "zazel  Lev.  16:  8,  u;x"i  rash  Prov.  10:  4  and  in  a  few  other  passages, 
niax-i  sometimes  for  ramoth,  "i*T:J  tsavvar.  ~XDX12X  Hos.  4  :  6  if  not  an 
error  in  the  text  perhaps  lor  emasak  ;  final  a.  which  is  much  more  frequent- 
ly written,  is  denoted  by  ti,  e.  g.  nb:i  gala,  nsiTS  malka.  nnx  alia,  rarely 
and  only  as  an  Arameeism  by  X .  e.  g.  Nan  hhogga  Isa.  19  :  17.  xn'^p  kothhn 
Ezek.  27 :  31  K'thibh,  5<n=:  gahh'ha  Ezek.  31 :  5  K'thibh.  The  writing  of 
e  and  2.  0  and  u  is  optional  in  the  middle  of  words  but  necessary  at  the  end, 
e.  g.  nr.-'i:i  or  S"'n"':s:  tsivmthim,  "^piiri  tsivv'ilhl ;  iZ'J  or  l^vr  shiihhu.  in 
the  former  position  "^  stands  for  the  first  pair  of  vowels,  and  1  ^ov  the  second, 
e.  g.  np"^2'^7a  menlkoth.  "^na'DS  ri'sugholhl;  x  for  e  and  o  so  situated  is  rare 
and  exceptional,  e.  g.  ^"Xn  resh  Prov.  6  :  11.  30 :  8.  and  perhaps  ^SD""  panels 
Eccles.  12:5  ;  nxT  zolh.  nx-.s  ;)Oro//i  Ezek.  31 :  8.  nrx:22  hitstsothav  Ezek. 
47:  11.  At  the  end  of  words  e  is  commonly  expressed  by  "^ ,  and  e  by  i , 
though  n  is  frequently  and  X  rarely  employed  for  the  same  purpose,  e.  g. 
^zh^  malkhe,  '^b^  malko;  ^^r^  h'ye.  nrns  paro ;  X5  lo.  Final  e  is  re 
presented  by  n,  medial  e  if  written  at  all  by  "^ ,  e.  g.  rrin""  yMye.  T^z^^'X^r  or 
na-'nn  tiK'yena. 

h.  The  employment  of  the  vowel-letters  in  conformity  with  the  scale 
]ust  given,  is  further  governed,  (1.)  By  usage,  which  is  in  many  words  and 
forms  almost  or  quite  invariable;  in  others  it  fluctuates,  thus  sohhebh  ia 
commonly  -20  or  2210,  only  once  2^20  2  Kin.  8:21  ;  ya^kohh  is  npr""  ex- 
cept in  Jer.  33:26  where  it  is  2pri;  thease  is  nryn.  but  in  Ex.  25:31 
rrryT  ;  etham  according  to  the  analogy  of  similar  grammatical  forms  would 
be  cnx,  but  in  Ps.  19:  14  it  is  cr^x ;  hennr  is  in  Jer.  2:11  written  in  both 
the  usual  and  an  unusual  way.  "^rn  and  n^^'n  ;  mUakhlm  is  C"^=br  except 
in  2  Sam.  11:1,  where  it  is  c-rxb-o;  gbhuloth  is  in  Deut.  32  :  S  rbza,  in 
Isa.  10:  13  rbizs,  in  Ps.  74:17  r".b":25;  lo  meaning  not  is  xb.  meaning  to 
him  is  lb,  though  these  are  occasionally  interchanged  ;  zo  is  written  both 
nt  and  IT;  and  po  he,  is  and  XS.  (2.)  The  indisposition  to  multiply  the 
vowel-letters  unduly  in  the  same  word,  e.  g.  'lo^h  mbx ,  'lohim  c^nbx ; 
ndthun  "|ir3 ,  nUhunlm  E':r3  or  c:ir3 .  (3.)  The  increased  tendency  to  their 
employment  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible,  e.  g.  ma  ko^hh  Dan.  11:6, 
always  elsewhere  nz  ;  ;r"np  kodhesh  Dan.  1 1  :  30.  for  Cip  ;  tti  ddndh  in 
the  books  of  Chronicles.  Ezra.  Nehemiah  and  Zechariah.  elsewhere  com- 
monly "J'T.  This  must,  however,  be  taken  with  considerable  abatement, 
as  is  shown  by  such  examples  as  add'irini  C"'i'^nx  Ex.  15: 10.  C.'ix  Ezek. 
32:18. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  those  cases  in  which  X  is  used  to  record 
vowels  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  those  in  which  it  properly 


^12 


VOWELS. 


15 


belongs  to  the  consonantal  structure  of  the  word,  though  from  its  weak 
ne&s  it  may  have  lost  its  sound,  as  i<:ii3  matsa,  *)"-'X~  rlshon.  §  57.  2. 

2.  When  used  to  represent  the  Hebrew  vowels,  a  ia 
sounded  as  in  father,  a  as  in  fat^  t  as  in  t/ierey  t  as  in  ??iet, 
I  as  in  machine,  i  as  in  /» ?';^  6  as  in  ?iofey  6  as  in  not,  u  as  in 
rule,  and  it  as  in  full.  The  quantity  will  be  marked  when 
the  vowels  are  long,  but  not  when  they  are  short. 

§  12.  There  are  nine  points  or  masoretic  signs  represent- 
ing vowels  (rrir^rp  motio?is,  viz.,  by  which  consonants  are 
moved  or  pronounced) ;  of  these  three  are  long,  three  short, 
and  three  doubtfid.  They  are  shown  in  the  following  table, 
the  horizontal  stroke  indicating  their  position  with  reference 
to  the  letters  of  the  text. 


Lon^  Vowels. 
•fsg  Ka'-mets     a 
^is.  Tse'-re        t 
Dbih  Hho'-lem    o 


Short  Vowels, 
nns  Pdt-tahh 
biric  Se'-^hol 
^^bn  ^lyp^  Ka'-mets  Hha-tuph'  b 


a    - 


Bouhtful  Vowels 
"PT^     Hhi'-rik         ~^ 
pn^b     Shu-rek 
T^s?     Kib'-buts 


I  or  I 


_  >     i/  or  II 


All  these  vowel-points  are  written  under  the  letter  after 
which  they  are  pronounced  except  two,  viz.,  Hholem  and 
Shurek.  Hholem  is  placed  over  the  left  edge  of  the  letter 
to  which  it  belongs,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  the 
accent  R'bhi^  which  is  a  dot  over  its  centre.  When  fol- 
lowed by  TT  or  preceded  by  t:  it  coincides  \vith  the  diacritical 
pomt  over  the  letter,  e.  g.  nr^  mbshe,  xiin  sbnt ;  when  it 
follows  12?  or  precedes  iu  it  is  written  over  its  opposite  arm. 


16  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^12 

e.  g.  ^rbiij  shomtr,  fc£";ir\  tirjjos.  Its  presence  in  these  cases 
must  accordingly  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If 
preceded  by  a  letter  without  a  vowel-sign,  ilJ  will  be  osh  and 
'i:  OS  ;  if  it  have  itself  no  vowel-sign,  iu  will  be  so  and  izJ  sho, 
except  at  the  end  of  words.  Shurek  is  a  dot  in  the 
bosom  of  the  letter  Vav,  thus  ^  It  Avill  be  observed  that 
there  is  a  double  notation  of  the  vowel  u.  When  there  is  a 
1  in  the  text  this  vowel,  whether  long  or  short,  is  indicated 
by  a  single  dot  within  it,  and  called  Shurek ;  in  the  absence 
of  1  it  is  indicated  by  three  dots  placed  obliquely  beneath 
the  letter  to  which  it  belongs,  and  called  Kibbuts. 

a.  The  division  of  the  vowels  given  above  differs  from  the  common 
one  into  five  long  and  five  short,  according  to  which  Hhirik  is  counted  as 
two.  viz.,  Hhirik  magnum  '^.  =  2,  and  Hhirik  parvum  -r  =  i;  and  Shurek 
is  reckoned  a  distinct  vowel  from  Kibbuts,  the  former  being  u  and  the  latter 
u.  To  this  there  are  two  objections.  (1.)  It  confuses  the  masoretic  signs 
with  the  letters  of  the  text,  as  though  they  were  coeval  with  them  and 
formed  part  of  the  same  primitive  mode  of  writing,  instead  of  being  quite 
distinct  in  origin  and  character.  The  masoreticj^ vowel-sign  is  not  "^ .  but 
--.  The  punctuators  never  introduced  the  letter  "^  into  the  text;  they 
found  it  already  written  precisely  where  it  is  at  present,  and  all  that  they 
did  was  to  add  the  point.  And  instead  of  using  two  signs  for  i.  as  they 
had  done  in  the  case  of  a,  e.  and  o,  they  used  but  one.  viz.,  a  dot  beneath 
the  letter,  whether  i  was  long  or  short.  The  confusion  of  things  thus  sep- 
arate in  their  nature  was  pardonable  at  a  time  when  the  points  were  sup- 
posed to  be  an  original  constituent  of  the  sacred  text,  but  not  now  when 
their  more  recent  origin  is  universally  admitted.  (2.)  It  is  inaccurate. 
The  distinction  between  "^ .  and  -r-,  ^1  and  T,  is  not  one  of  quantity,  for  I 
and  u  are  expressed  indifferently  with  or  without  Yodh  and  Vav. 

Gesenius.  in  his  Lehrgebaude.  while  he  retains  the  division  of  the 
vowels  into  five  long  and  five  short,  admits  that  it  is  erroneous  and  calcu- 
lated to  mislead;  and  it  has  been  discarded  by  Rodiger  in  the  latest  edi- 
tions of  his  smaller  grammar.  That  which  was  proposed  by  Gesenius, 
however,  as  a  substitute,  is  perplexed  and  obscure,  and  ibr  this  reason,  if 
there  were  no  others,  is  unfitted  for  the  wants  of  pupils  in  the  early  stage 
of  their  progress.  On  the  other  hand,  the  triple  arrangement  here 
adopted  after  the  example  of  Evvald,  has  the  recommendation  not  only  of 
clearness  and  correctness,  but  of  being,  instead  of  an  innovation,  a  return  to 
old  opinions.  The  scheme  of  five  long  and  five  short  vowels  originated 
with  Moses  and  David  Kimchi,  who  were  led  to  it  by  a  comparison  of  the 
Latin  and  its  derivatives.  From  them  it  was  adopted  by  Reuchlin  in  his 
Rudimenta  Hebraica,  and  thus  became  current  among  Christians.  The 
Jewish  grammarians,  before  the  Kimchis,  however,  reckoned  Kibbuts  and 
Shurek  as  one  vowel.  Hhirik   as  one,  and   even  Kamets   and  Kamets- 


§13.  VOWELS.  17 

HhatLiph  us  one  on  account  of  the  identity  of  the  symbol  employed  to 
represent  them.  They  thus  made  out  seven  vowels,  the  same  number  as 
in  Greek,  where  the  distinction  into  loner,  short  and  doubtliil  also  pre- 
vails. That  the  literary  impulses  of  the  Orientals  were  chiefly  received 
from  the  Greeks  is  well  known ;  that  the  suggestion  of  a  vowel-system 
came  to  the  Syrians  from  this  quarter  is  certain,  both  from  direct  testi 
rnony  to  this  effect  and  from  the  shapes  of  their  vowels,  which  still  betray 
their  origin.  May  not  the  Hebrews  have  learned  something  from  the 
same  school  ? 

b.  The  names  of  the  vowels,  with  the  exception  of  Kamets-Hhatuph 
contain  the  .sounds  of  the  vowels  which  they  are  intended  to  represent, 
Kibbuts  in  the  last,  the  others  in  their  first  syllable.  Their  signification 
;g  indicative  either  of  the  figure  of  the  vowel  or  the  mode  of  pronouncing 
it.  Kamets  and  Kibbuts,  contraction,  i.  ..  of  the  mouth ;  Pattahh.  open- 
ing;  Tsere.  bursting  forth  ;  Seghol,  rlasler  of  grapes  ;  Hhirik.  gnashing  ; 
Hholem,  strength;  Kamets-Hhatuph.  hurried  Kamets;  ShuTek, whistling. 
It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  notwithstanding  the  diversity  of  the 
voAvel-systems  in  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  Hebrew,  the  name  Pattahh  is 
common  to  them  all. 


§13.  This  later  and  more  complete  method  of  noting 
the  vowels  does  not  displace  but  is  superinduced  upon  the 
scanty  one  previously  described.  Hence  it  comes  to  pass 
that  such  vowels  as  were  indicated  by  letters  in  the  first  in- 
stance are  now  doubly  wiitten,  i.  e.  both  by  letters  and 
points.  By  this  combination  each  of  the  two  methods  sen^s 
to  illustrate  and  explain  the  other.  Thus  the  added  signs 
determine  whether  the  letters  ''ins^  (which  have  been  formed 
into  the  technical  word  '^inj?  Eh'vX)  are  in  any  given  case  to 
be  regarded  as  vowels  or  as  consonants.  If  these  letter^  are 
themselves  followed  by  a  vow^el  or  a  Sh  va,  §16,  or  have  a 
Daghesh  forte,  §23,  they  retain  their  consonant  sound ;  for 
two  vow^els  never  come  together  in  Hebrew,  and  Sh'va  and 
Daghesh  forte  belong  only  to  consonants  :  thus  "^^p  kdveka, 
tmi  mifswih  (where  3:  being  provided  with  a  separate  point, 
the  Hholem  must  belong  after  i),  n^nn  vhaya  D!p  Idyyam. 
Otherwise  they  quiesce  in  a  preceding  or  accompanying 
vowel-sign,  provided  it  is  homogeneous  with  themselves;  ^<^''^^ 
that  is  to  say,  they  have  the  sound  indicated  by  it,  the  vowel-  /^^^ 
sign  merely  interpreting  what  was  originally  denoted  by  the  o^triu 


18  ORTHOGRAPHY.  •  §14 

letter.  B  and  i  are  homogeneous  to  '^ ,  o  and  e*^  to  "i ,  and 
these  being  the  only  vowels  which  they  were  ever  employed 
to  represent,  they  can  quiesce  in  no  others ;  thus  ""a.  bl,  ^^ 
■nS,  i5"'5  j^c,  in  do,  ^b  /iZ,  but  ^y^  sdray,  '^in  c/by,  ''iSa  galay, 
*in  tai\  'il?"'?  sMltv,  IT  ziv ;  the  combination  V^  is  pronounced 
av,  'i\2y  and  \3:j  67;^(/^;,  "Tirio  and  'i^io  sthdv.  A,  e,  and  o 
are  homoo;eneous  to  i5  and  <^ .  These  letters  deviate  so  far 
from  the  rule  just  given  that  i^  from  its  extreme  weakness 
not  only  quiesces  when  it  is  properly  a  vowel-letter,  but  Diay 
give  up  its  consonant  sound  and  -character  after  any  vowel 
whatever,  e.  g.  5<i:i5"j  titB,  IviL'^^n  rishon,  nji^s  pura ;  n  is 
never  used  as  a  vowel-letter  except  at  the  end  of  words,  and 
there  it  always  quiesces  unless  it  receives  a  Mappik,  §26. 

a.  As  a  letter  was  scarcely  ever  used  to  express  o,  the  quiescence  of  \ 
In  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  very  rare,  and  where  it  does  occur  the  margin 
always  substitutes  a  reading  without  the  1,  e.  g.  "T^Si^"?  Jer.  27 ;  20, 
n^3=-n  Ezek.  27: 15,  ^^i'^^l^^^  Ps.  30:4,  ^H-msD-;  Isa.  44;  17,  "biD^  Jer. 
33 : 'S,  Vs-bin^ii  Nah.  1:3.  In  nvaix  2  Chron.  8:18.  and  ^^n'^a  Deut. 
32:  13.  "  represents  or  quiesces  in  the  still  briefer  o  of  Hhateph-Kamets, 
§  16.  3. 

h.  In  a  few  proper  names  medial  n  quiesces  at  the  end  of  the  first 
member  of  the  compound,  e.  g.  n^kn-i5  Num.  1 :  10,  b^nbr  2  Sam.  2: 19, 
also  written  bx-n'^^?  ]  Chron.  2:16.  In  such  words  as  n^ris  Jer.  22:6, 
nisr  Deut.  21 : 7.  n  does  not  quiesce  in  Kibbuts,  for  the  points  belong  to 
the  marginal  readings  1-12:13,  122"iJ  §  46. 


§14.  On  the  other  hand  the  vowel-letters  shed  light 
upon  the  stability  of  the  vowels  and  the  quantity  of  the 
doubtful  signs.  1.  As  z  was  scarcely  ever  and  a  seldom 
represented  by  a  vowel -letter,  Hhiiik  with  Yodh  (■<.)  is  almost 
invariably  long  and  Shurek  (^)  commonly  so.  2.  The  occa- 
sional absence  in  individual  cases  of  the  vowel-letters,  does 
not  determine  the  quantity  of  the  signs  for  i  and  tt ;  but 
their  uniform  absence  in  any  particular  words  or  forms  makes 
it  almost  certain  that  the  vowel  is  short.  3.  The  occasional 
presence  of  1  and  ''  to  represent  one  of  their  homogeneous 
'ong  vowels  proves  nothing  as  to  its  character ;  but  if  in  any 


515,  16  VOWELS.  ''  19 

word  or  form  these  letters  are  regularly  written,  the  vowel  is, 
as  a  general  rule,  immutable.  When  i  and  ^  stand  for  their 
long  homogeneous  vowels,  these  latter  are  said  to  be  written 
fully,  e.  g.  bip /('o/,  "i"'?  nir,  r^.'a  mutli ;  without  these  quies- 
cent letters  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectively,  e.  g. 
•^n^pn  Jtf'klmbthl,  D'b3  kamus. 

a.  Hhirik  with  Yodh  is  short  in  T'n^rn^  vah^mittlv  1  Sam.  17:35 
Tj-'H^i^^a  bikk'rothekha  Ps.  45:  10,  -rrr^^'^h'likk'hath  Prov.  30:17.  In 
:bp^i:  1  Chron.  12:  1.  20.  i  is  probably  long,  although  the  word  is  always 
elsewhere  written  without  the  Yodh ;  as  it  sometimes  has  a  secondary 
accent  on  the  first  syllable  and  sometimes  not  (see  1  Sam.  30:  1).  it  may 
have  had  a  twofold  pronunciation  tsik'^lag.  and  tsiklag.  Shurek  as  u  ia 
of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  e.  g.  "'fsin  hhukke,  D'^k^ixb  Vummim, 
nsrin  hhiikka  Ps.  102 :  5,  C^52!i5bx  2  Chron.  2  ;7,  n'r.T  Ezek.  16 :  34. 

§15.  The  vowels  may  be  fiu'ther  distinguished  into  pure,  ^^n^ 
a,  i,  u,  and  diphthongal,  e^  o ;  e  being  a  combination  of  ^and^^^"^/^ 
i,  or  intermediate  between  them,  and  o  holding  the  same  re-  'Vzru^-/ 
lation  to  a  and  u.       ^^  ^     j>t^  ^  ,,   ^  ^eZlx 

Sh'vA.  0  feotfl.>^<? 

.    .     .  •  ^  7^J^ 

§16.    1.  The  absence  of  a  vowel  is  indicated  by  —  Sh'va    — ^ 

(xiiS  emjjtiness,  or  as  written  by  Chayug,  the  oldest  of  Jew- 
ish grammarians,  ^^'^)^  which  serves  to  assure  the  reader  that 
one  has  not  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  accordingly 
placed  under  all  vowelless  consonants  except  at  the  end  of 
words,  where  it  is  regarded  as  unnecessary,  the  absence  of  a 
vowel  being  there  a  matter  of  course.  If,  however,  the  last 
letter  of  a  word  be  1 ,  or  if  it  be  immediately  preceded  by 
another  vowelless  letter,  or  be  doubled  by  the  point  called 
Daghesh-forte,  §  23,  Sh'va  is  written  to  preclude  the  doubt 
which  is  possible  in  these  cases,  e.  g.  DDnrM,  ^|>'a,  pTSp, 
P'n'bK,  px,  pn:.  Shva  is  not  given  to  a  quiescent  letter, 
since  it  represents  not  a  consonant  but  a  vowel,  e.  g.  '"•p'^rr?, 
nor  as  a  general  rule  to  a  final   consonant  preceded  by  a 


20  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  10 

quiescent;  thus  n^i^n,  nxn^  Ruth  3 ;  4 ;  n^^ni  Isa.  62:3, 
though  in  this  case  it  is  sometimes  written,  e.  g.  ri^^ni  2  Sam. 

14  :  3  ;  n-i^ni  2  Sam.  14  :  2 ;  ri'^'^ni  Judg.  13  :  3;  n^iin 

1  Kin.  11:13.  X  at  the  end  of  a  Avord,  preceded  either  by 
i^z2  a  vowelless  letter  or  a  quiescent,  is  termed  dtiant,  and  is  left 
^^    unpointed,  e.  g.  i^tpn  xn^]  xian  x^n^  ^^^^y-i^ur'yt-i^j  ywc^^ty-^ 

~  a.  Final  "j  may  receive  ShVa  for  the  sake  of  distinction  not  only  from 

Tj ,  as  already  suggested,  but  also  from  "i  with  which  it  might  be  in  danger 
of  being  confounded  in  manuscripts;  Freytag  conjectures  that  it  is  prop- 
erly a  part  of  the  letter,  like  the  stroke  in  the  corresponding  final  {^^  \n 
Arabic.  In  such  forms  as  I'^Bs'i  Sh'va  is  omitted  with  the  closing  lettera 
because  the  "^  is  not  sounded. 

2.  Sh'va  may  be  either  silent  (nj  quiescens),  or  vocal 
(5^5  mobile).  At  the  close  of  syllables  it  is  silent.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  a  syllable  the  Hebrews  always  facilitated  the 
pronunciation  of  concurrent  consonants  by  the  introduction 
of  a  hiatus  or  slight  breathing  between  them  ;  a  Sh'va  so 
situated  is  consequently  said  to  be  vocal,  and  has  a  sound 
approaching  that  of  a  hastily  uttered  e,  as  in  given.  This 
will  be  represented  by  an  apostrophe,  thus,  "is^i^in  b'midhhar, 
on'ii^s  pkadhtem, 

a.  According  to  Kimchi  (Mikhlol  fol.  189)  Sh'va  was  pronounced  in 
three  different  ways,  according  to  circumstances.  (1.)  Before  a  guttural 
it  inclined  to  the  sound  of  the  following  vowel,  e.  g.  '^2^<']'  y"ahbedh,  rxb 
fteth.  ^""n  rf"w,  and  if  accompanied  by  Methegh.  §44,  it  had  the  full  sound 
of  that  vowel,  e.  g.  ^xb  suu.  "^nn  llhhl.  CDirb  loolam.  (2.)  Before  Yodh 
it  inclined  to  /,  e.  g.  -pS'.'^S  b'ya  kohh,  m'-^S  k'yoni,  and  with  Methegh  was 
sounded  as  Hhirik.  e.  g.  "1^3  hiyadh.  (3.)  Before  any  other  letter  it  in- 
clined to  a.  e.  g.  I^i"^2  b^rakha.  D'^3-'ba  g^UUm.  and  with  Methegh  was 
pronounced  as  Pattahh  nil:np?722  bamakhetoth. 

3.  Sh'va  may,  again,  be  simple  or  compound.  Some- 
times, particularly  when  the  first  consonant  is  a  guttural, 
which  from  its  weakness  is  in  danger  of  not  being  distinctly 
heard,  the  hiatus  becomes  still  more  audible,  and  is  assimi- 
lated in  sound  to  the  short  guttural  vowel  a,  or  the  diph- 
thongal t  or  0,  into  which  it  enters.   This  assimilation  is  rep- 


^17  VOWELS.  21 

resented  by  combining  the  sign  for  ShVa  with  those  for  the 
short  vowels,  thus  forming  what  are  called  the  compound 
Sh'vas  ill  distinction  from  the  simple  Sh'va  previously  ex- 
plained. 

These  are, 

Hhateph-Pattahh      — ;      thus,  "lb?  %ibdh. 
Hhatcph-Seghol        ~\      thus,  "^biJ:  %or. 
Hhatcph-Kamets      ~.  ;      thus,    "'bn  UUHi, 

a.  Hhateph  (^^^  stiatchiug)  denotes  the  rapidity  of  utterance  or  the 
hurried  character  of  the  sounds  represented  by  these  symbols, 

b.  The  compound  Sh'vas.  though  for  the  most  part  restricted  to  the 
gutturals,  are  occasionally  written  under  other  consonants  in  place  of  sim- 
ple Sh'va.  to  indicate  more  distinctly  that  it  is  vocal:  thus,  Hhateph- 
Pattahh  zhu  Gen.  2:12,   r^b-\zn   Gen.   27:38;    Hhateph-Kamets  nnpb 

--I  I  ■  T  T  -:  I-  '  t  ■•  'r:l\ 

Gen.  2:23,  n:zn:;x  Jer.  31:33;  but  never  Hhateph-Seghol  except 
cH^bzj  2  Sam.  6:5  in  some  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus.  This  is 
done  with  so  little  uniformity  that  the  same  word  is  differently  written  in 
this  respect,  e.  g.  n^rsa  2  Kin.  2  :  1.  ^"'^^^'pjl  ver.  11. 

Pattahh   Furtive^     '^  ^    IfT,  ^  ^'T  ^^^  ^^ 

§17.    A  similar   hiatus  or  slight  transition    sound  was 

used  at  the  end  of  words  in  connection  with  the  gutturals. 

\Vhen£,^,  or  the  consonantal  t^  at  the  end  of  words  is'^re- 

/.   c^eded  by  aj^ng  Ifetoogeiieous  vowel  (i.  e.  ajiotlier  thaij^r/), 

'^^  or  is  followed  by  another  "^^welless  consonant,  it  receives  a 

Pattahh  furtive  — ,  which  resembles  in  sound  an  extremely 

short  a,  and  is  pronounced  before  the  letter  under  Avhich  it 

is  written,  e.  g.  D^"^   rii^'M,  ?i2"<?  shamo>' ,  ^^%y^    mafjUhVh, 

Vpyii:  shama"t,  ^n;^  ^^'V^Z/J. 

a.  Some  grammarians  deny  that  Pattahh  furtive  can  be  Riund  under  a 
penultimate  guttural,  contending  that  the  vowel-sign  is  in  such  cases  a 
proper  Pattahh.  and  that  ns'^ir  should  accordingly  be  read  shamaat,  and 
nn-  yihhod.  But  both  the  Sh'va  under  the  final  letter,  §16.  and  the 
Daghesh-lene  in  it.  §  21.  show  that  the  guttural  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 
The  sign  beneath  it  must  consequently  be  Pattahh  furtive,  and  represent 
an  antecedent  vowel-sound.  In  some  manuscripts  Pattahh  furtive  is  writ- 
ten as  Hhateph-Pattahh.  or  even  as  simple  Sh'v^a ;  thus,  V^p^-^  or  V^p,"^  for 


22  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^18 

Syllables. 

§18.  1.  Syllables  are  formed  by  the  combination  of 
consonants  and  vowels.  As  two  vowels  never  come  too^etliei 
in  the  same  word  in  Hebrew  without  an  inteiTening  conso- 
nant, there  can  never  be  more  than  one  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable ;  and  with  the  single  exception  of  i  occurrmg  at  the 
beginning  of  words,  no  syllable  ever  consists  of  a  vowel 
alone.  Every  syllable,  with  the  exception  just  stated,  must 
begin  with  a  consonant,  and  may  begin  with  two,  but  never 
with  more  than  two.  Syllables  ending  with  a  vow^el,  whether 
represented  by  a  quiescent  letter  or  not,  are  called  simple, 
e.  g.  T^  PMidj  i'b'^^  O'ld.  (The  first  syllable  of  this  second 
example  begins,  it  will  be  perceived,  with  the  consonant  3? , 
though  this  disappears  in  the  notation  given  of  its  sound.) 
Syllables  ending  with  a  consonant,  or,  as  is  possible  at  the 
close  of  a  word,  with  two  consonants,  are  said  to  be  mixed : 
thus  DMp  kam-tem,  ^^^r?  ha-lakht.  As  the  vocal  ShVas, 
whether  simple  or  compound,  are  ^t  vowels^  properly  speak- 
ing, but  simply  involuntaiy  transition  sounds,  they,  with  the 
consonants  under  which  they  stand,  cannot  form  distinct 
syllables,  but  are  attached  tq^  ^M/oithe  following  vowel. 
Pattahh  furtive  in  like  manner  belongs  to  the  Syllable  formed 
-CC  by  the  preceding  vowel.  Thus  ?i"iT  zrb'',  "^i^f  ""ni  are  mono- 
x\,\  syllables. 

2.  Long  vowels  always  stand  in  simple  syllables,  and 
short  vowels  in  mixed  syllables,  unless  they  be  accented. 
But  accented  syllables,  wdiether  simple  or  mixed,  may  con- 
tain indifferently  a  long  or  a  short  vowel. 

a.    The  following  may  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  division  of  Hebrew 
words  into  their  proper  syllables  ;  thus. 

a-dha'm      ^lo-hi'm    b'ro'       b'yo'm     a-dha'm   tO-I'dho'th     se'-pher      ze' 
Gen.  5 :  \.    "ink      rt'^^      «=''^''^!       nsi^i'ia 

O-tHo'    a-sa'    *lo-hi'm    bidh-rafi'tb 


§19  SYLLABLES.  28 

b.  The  reason  of  tne  ruiC  for  the  quantity  of  syllables  appears  to  be 
this.  In  consequence  of  their  brevity,  ihe  short  vowels  required  ihe  ad 
dition  of  a  following  consonant  to  make  the  utterance  lull  and  complete 
unless  the  want  ol'this  was  compensated  by  the  greater  energy  of  pronun- 
ciation due  to  the  accent.  The  long  vowels  were  sufficiently  complete 
without  any  such  addition,  though  they  were  capable  of  receiving  it  under 
the  new  energy  imparted  by  the  accent.  This  pervading  regularity, 
which  is  so  striking  a  feature  of  the  Hebrew  language,  was  the  foundation 
of  the  systenia  morarum  advocated  by  some  of  the  older  grammarians  of 
Holland  and  Germany.  The  idea  of  this  was,  that  each  syllable  was 
equal  to  three  morae,  that  is,  three  rests,  or  a  bar  of  three  beats ;  a  long 
vowel  being  equivalent  to  two  morae.  or  two  beats,  a  short  vowel  to  one, 
and  the  initial  or  final  consonant  or  consonants  also  to  one  :  thus  ribisj? 
k  (1)  +  a  (2)  =  3.  t  (I)  +  a  (1)  +  U  (!)  =:  3.  An  accented  syllable 
might  have  one  moi^a  or  beat  either  more  or  less  than  the  normal  quan- 
tity. This  system  was  not  only  proposed  by  way  of  grammatical  explana- 
tion, but  also  made  the  basis  of  a  peculiar  theory  ot  Hebrew  prosody.  See 
Gesenius,  Geschichte  d.  Heb.  Sprache.  p.  123. 

c.  The  cases  in  which  short  vowels  occur  in  imaccented  simple  sylla- 
bles, are  all  due  to  the  disturbing  influence  exerted  by  the  weak  letters 
upon  the  normal  forms  of  w'ords ;  thus.  rvr\  Jid-elh  is  lor  rrn,  and  X^inn 
ha-hu  for  hdh-hu  :  such  words  as  H'J"n .  x~D ,  xbc,  n:n.  nsfj?  are  formed 
after  the  analogy  of  7|^^.  A  long  vowel  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable 
is  found  in  but  one  word,  and  that  of  foreign  origin,  ^22X'C;::b3  bel-Vshats- 
tsd?  ,  though  here,  as  in  the  majority  of  instances  falling  under  the  previ- 
ous remark,  the  syllable  receives,  if  not  the  primary,  yet  the  secondary 
accent,  e.  g.  '^rm"'"n.  D'^nnn,  "lids^'n.     The  same  is  the  case  when  a  loner 

'  »  •  •  r-   ■  ■     T   r.*  -I-  ,1  . 

vowel  is  retained  before  Makkeph,  e.  g.  '^'?"r"w\  In  the  Arabic,  which  is 
exceedingly  rich  in  vowels,  there  are  comparatively  few  mixed  syllables; 
nearly  every  consonant  has  its  own  vowel,  and  this  more  frequently  short 
than  long.  The  Chaldee,  which  is  more  sparing  in  its  use  of  vowels  than 
the  Hebrew,  observes  in  general  the  same  rule  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  syllables,  though  not  with  the  same  inflexible  consistency. 


Ambiguous  Signs. 

§19.  It  will  now  be  possible,  by  aid  of  the  principles 
already  recited,  to  determine  the  quantity  of  the  doubtful 
vowels,  and  to  remove  the  ambiguity  which  appears  to  exist 
in  certain  vowel-signs. 

1.  Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  in  unaccented  simple 
syllables,  must  be  long,  and  in  unaccented  mixed  sylhibles, 
short,  e.  g.  i^JT!'  or  tJT.  yi-rash,  ^in^^  ythh-nu,  i'i^n^  or  i3na 
ghUu-lb,    nr  or  "ih^  yul-ladh,   D^ij^   or  D2^  kul-lam,  "^ri?!? 


24  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §19 

or  ''•t:?12  mduzzi.  In  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or 
mixed,  they  are  always  long,  e.  g.  nn^p  or  n^n^'ir  si-hlm,  "'p  ll, 
!:25  or  b^n5  g'hhiXl,  ^r.iri^  or  ^nib-i^  dWu-sJui-hu,  the  only  ex- 
ception being  that  llhirik  is  short  in  the  monosjdlabic  parti- 
cles 2^5,  ^^ ,  D?' ,  1^ ,  and  in  some  abbreviated  verbal  forms 
of  the  class  called  Lamedh-He,  e.  g.  T^^,  s-ir*-?,  n"i^. 

The  only  cases  of  remaining  doubt  are  those  in  which 
these  vowels  are  followed  by  a  letter  with  ShVa,  either  sim- 
ple or  compound.  If  the  former,  it  might  be  a  question 
whether  it  was  silent  or  vocal,  and  consequently  whether  the 
syllable  was  simple  or  mixed.  If  the  latter,  though  the  syl- 
lable is  of  course  simple,  the  weak  letter  which  follows  may 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  law.  Here  the  etymology 
must  decide.  The  vowel  is  long  or  short  as  the  grammatical 
form  may  require ;  thus  in  "^.'7,'?,  ^^T^J^  ,  'i'^"ns^n';i  Gen.  22  :  8, 
which  follow  the  analogy  of  ^'-^jp^ ,  and  in  ""ino  Isa.  10  :  34, 
iil3p  the  first  vowel  is  short ;  in  oi'???  j  ^^??  the  first  vowel 
is  long.  In  a  few  instances  the  grammatical  form  in  which 
Hhirik  is  employed  is  itself  doubtful ;  the  distinction  is  then 
made  by  means  of  Methegh,  §44,  which  is  added  to  the  vowel- 
sign  if  it  is  long,  but  not  if  it  is  short ;  thus,  "ii5i_';>  7/i-ru,  from 
Nn;*  to  fear,  and  T^iy"}  yi-slinU  from  "ji?^  to  sleejj ;  but  ^i^n*^ 
yir-u  from  risn  to  see,  and  V:©^  yisli-nu  from  r.rir  to  do  a 
second  time. 

2.  Kamets  a  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  o  are  both  repre- 
sented by  the  same  sign  (  t  ),  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
rules  similar  to  those  just  given.  In  an  unaccented  simple 
syllable  it  is  Kamets ;  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable  it  is 
Kamets-Hhatuph ;  in  an  accented  syllable,  Avhether  simple 
or  mixed  it  is  Kamets,  e.  g.  "%^  dd-bhdr,  Tsn  hliojA-shi, 
nn'b  md-veth,  ftis^  Idm-md,  D^^na  bot-twi.  Before  a  letter  with 
simple  Sh'va,  the  distinction  is  mostly  made  by  Methegh, 
§44  ;  without  ^lethegh  it  is  always  Kamets-Hliatupli,  with 
it  commonly  Kamets,  e.  g.  5"'^?'7  hJioklt-md,  n^s^n  hhd-klimd. 
Before  a  guttural  with  Hhateph-Kamets  or  Kamets-Hhatuph 


§19  AMBIGUOUS    SIGNS.  25 

it  is  frequently  o,  though  standing  in  a  simple  syllable  and 
accompanied  by  Methegh,  e.  g.  '^'^ns  bo-hh''ri,  01^"^!  to 
obhdhtm.  The  surest  criterion,  however,  and  in  many  cases 
the  only  decisive  one,  is  found  in  the  etymology.  If  the 
vowel  be  derived  from  Hliolem,  or  the  grammatical  form  re- 
quires an  0  or  a  short  voAvel,  it  is  Kamets-Hhatnph ;  but  if 
it  be  derived  from  Pattahh,  or  the  form  requires  an  a  or  a 
long  vowel,  it  is  Kamets  -.  thus  rii^:i5i  with  the  prefixed  con- 
junction v€>'niyybth,  n^:xn  with  the  article  ha^'nlyija  ;  ";^  j;;  in 
the  Hophal  yd'madh,  ^rnifr;'  Isa.  44  :  13  in  the  Piel  ytUa''' 
rtliu.  The  first  vowel  is  h  in  "^TiV^^  hoxw  "ini,  n^r-;;:  from 
t-:p,  cirir  from  tnu:,  '^rr.jpTr:;?  Isa.  38  :  14,  ^T'^^'^^  Num.  22 : 
11,  ^5""ns;  Num.  23  :  7  and  the  like,  and  the  first  two  vow- 
els in  such  words  as  D?'r<^  from  -?s,  crc^^'a  Isa.  30  :  12  from 
ci5^,  abn^i^  Deut.  20  : 2,  ^ni:;^  Hos.  13  :  14,  ^v^l  2  Chron. 
10:10,  cr'-^g  2  Kin.  15:10,  because  they  are  shortened 
from  Hholem.  On  the  other  hand  the  first  vowel  is  a  iu 
•^•7™  Job  16:19  from  "ini?,  D^ir^n  from  r^n ,  T'^n  from 
nisa,  and  in  p^k^,  V^^y?,  and  the  like,  because  it  is  originally 
and  properly  Kamets.  The  word  •"''^'^ij  is  in  Ps.  86  :  2  the 
imperative  shomrCi,  in  Job  10:12  the  preterite  shCimrd. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  a  syllable 
bearing  a  conjunctive  accent,  viz.:  "^snn  Ps.  38:21,  ^3  Ps.  35:10,  also 
Prov.  19:  7  (in  some  copies),  and  in  the  judgment  of  EwaM  ^ro  Judg. 
19 :  5.  comp.  ver.  8  and  3S  Ezek.  41  :  25  ;  in  Dan.  11:12  c--^7  the  points 
belong  to  the  marginal  reading  C^n.  and  the  v^owel  is  consequently  Ka- 
mets. There  are  also  a  few  cases  in  which  Kamets  remains  in  a  mixed 
syllaMe.  deprived  of  its  accent  by  Makkeph.  §43.  without  receiving 
Methegh,  viz.  :  -ryo  Ps.  16  :  5,  "^-np  Ps.  55:  19.  22.  '7\Z^.  Ps.  74 : 5 ;  and  a 
final  unaccented  Kamets  is  not  affected  by  the  insertion  of  Dacrhcsh-forte 
conjunctive.  §  24.  in  the  initial  letter  of  the  following  word,  e.  g.  nil"  nnb^ 
Gen.  31:13.  When  an  accent  takes  the  place  of  Methegh.  it  serves 
equally  to  distinguish  /I  from  6.  e.  g.  -Eri;"]  Ex.  21  :22  vhiagh^ph '2.  ^"^^zizA 
Ex.  21  :  35  umaWru.  §45.  5. 

b.  Inasmucii  as  ^'^Jl'^s  is  derived  from  ■"n'2  mnhhar,  its  first  vowel 
might  be  suspected  to  be  a;  but  as  it  is  so  constantly  written  with 
Hhatoph-Kamets.  the  preceding  vowel  is  probably  conformed  to  it.  It  is 
consequently  regarded  and  pronounced  as  o.  Kimchi  (Mikhlol,  fol.  188) 
declares  that  the  first  vowel  in  -p-i-  1  Sam.  13:  21,  nib"^^  Eccles.  12 :  11 


/VM 


26  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  20 

and  T'b'n  Num.  24  :  7  was  universally  held  to  be  Kamets.  and  that  with  the 
exception  oC  Rabbi  Jonah  ben  Gannach,  who  was  of  a  contrary  mind,  the 
same  unanimity  prevailed  in  regard  to  the  first  vowel  of  l^^^^i^^  Ezek.  40: 
43.  As,  however,  this  last  word  is  in  every  other  place  written  without 
the  Methegh,  and  there  is  no  analogy  for  such  words  as  those  mentioned 
above  having  a  in  their  initial  syllable,  the  best  authorities  are  now  agreed 
that  the  vowel  is  6.  and  the  words  are  accordingly  read  dorbhan.  etc.  In 
fi^'Ci^  jaspe7\  and  rpin  emerald,  Ezek.  28:13.  which  are  mentioned  by 
Kimchi  in  the  same  connection,  the  first  vowel  is  Kamets. 

c.  In  some  manuscripts  and  a  few  of  the  older  printed  books,  e.  g.  Ste- 
phanus'  Hebrew  Bible  and  Reuchlin's  Rudimenta  Hebraica.  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  is  denoted  by  (  t:  ),  It  then  differs  from  Kamets,  but  is  liable  to 
be  confounded  with  Hhateph-Kamets.  It  can.  however,  be  distinguished 
from  it  by  the  circumstance  that  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  always  followed 
either  by  simple  ShVa.  Daghesh-forte,  or  Methegh  ;  none  of  which  ever 
immediately  succeed  Hhateph-Kamets.  Such  a  form  as  "i^^ij^  Ezek.  26:  9 
in  the  editions  of  Michaelis  and  Van  der  Hooght  is  an  impossible  one  if  (  t:  ) 
have  its  ordinary  meaning. 

d.  It  is  surprising  that  in  so  minute  and  careful  a  system  of  orthogra- 
phy as  that  of  the  Masorites,  there  should  be  no  symbol  for  6  distinct  from 
that  for  a;  and  some  have  felt  constrained  in  consequence  to  suppose  that 
the  signs  for  these  two  vowels  were  originally  different,  but  became 
assimilated  in  the  course  of  transcription.  This  seems  unlikely,  however. 
The  probability  is  that  a  and  6,  whose  resemblance  even  we  can  perceive, 
were  so  closely  allied  in  the  genuine  Hebrew  pronunciation,  that  one  sign 
was  thought  sufficient  to  represent  them,  especially  as  the  Masorites  were 
intent  simply  on  indicating  sounds  without  concerning  themselves  with 
grammatical  relations. 


§  20.  1.  As  simple  Sh'va  is  vocal  at  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  and  silent  at  its  close,  there  can  be  no  cloubt  as  to  its 
character  Avhen  it  stands  under  initial  or  final  letters.  Pre- 
ceding the  first  voAvel  of  a  word  it  must  of  course  be  vocal, 
and  follgwing  the  last  vowel  it  must  be  silent,  ^^^^]  zkhartdm, 
n'^bj  zCd'hart.  In  the  jliddle  of  a  word,  the  question  w^hether 
it  belongs  to  the  syllable  of  the  'preceding  or  the  lollowing 
vowel  must  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If  a  ^om- 
p]ete  syllable  precedes,  that  is,  either  an  unaccented  ^ng_ 
vowel', or  a'V^owell^  Gmsonant, serving  as  the  complement^ 
of  a*^revious  phort Vowel,  it  is  vocal.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel  which  cannot  make  a  complete  syllable  with- 
_  out  the  aid  of  a  follow^ing  consonant,  or  by  a  long  accented    y 


Lb^^    ^    ife     '-o-V^Ni-Vvvv  €A^/r   »J\  ^^'  /<d;vC-  CC    i    PjkX,^   t^ 


^  21  DAGHESH-LENE.  27 

vowel,  it  is  silent:  ''"b^'T  zo-kJtrB,  TC]7\  tiz-kWu,  TOT  zikh-ir^ 
Msb^jjpn  tiktbl-na.  Sli'va  under  a  letter  doubled  by  Dagliesli 
forte,  §  23,  is  vocal,  'such  a  letter  being  equivalent  to  two, 
the  fifst'  of  which  completes  the  pitvious  syllable,  and  the 
second  begins  the  syllable  which  follows :  a^i9jn  —  vry^VsTX 
haZ'Zkhdrim. 

2.  In  addition  to  this  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  Sh'va  is    (^v^ 
vocal  after  what  may  be  called  Tntejinediate  syllables ;  that  ^^^>n/vv 
is  to  say,  when  the  consonant  under  which  it  stands  pcr-f^^"^ 
forms,  as  it  occasionally  does,  the  double  office  of  completing  ^  '^ 
one  syllable  and  beginning  the  next.     Thus,  when  it  follows  3S ■- 
a  consonant  from  which  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted, 
^Tlj|pn;^n  vay  hhak' shii  for  vay-yhhak-k'sliU,  or  the  first  of  two 
similar  letters,  in  order  that  the  reduplication  may  be  made 
more    distinct,    ^^bn  haVlu,    n^bp  kiVlath,  ibbs  tsiVlo,  ''bbx 
aVlay,  ^pjpn  hhik'kt,  and  in  several  other  cases,  which  will  be 
more  particularly  described  in  §  22. 

a.  The  same  double  office  is  performed  by  gutturals  beginning  one 
syllable  and  yet  inclining  to  complete  the  one  before  it.  §  18.  2.  c.  In 
n?n.  for  example.  3J  belongs  in  a  measure  to  both  syllables.  It  properly 
begins  the  second,  and  yet  it  is  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  just  as  if  il 
ended  the  first,  which  is  accordingly  to  be  reckoned  an  intermediate  sylla- 
ble, being  in  strictness  neither  simple  nor  mixed,  but  partaking  of  tho 
nature  of  both. 


Daghesh-Lene. 

§  21.  The  second  class  of  signs  added  to  the  Hebrew 
text  are  those  which  are  designed  to  guide  in  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  consonants.  These  are  the  diacritical  point  over 
Shin,  Daghesh-lene,  Daghesh-forte,  jNlappik,  and  Raphe. 
The  use  of  the  first  of  these  has  already  been  sufficiently 
explained,  §  3.  1. 

1.  Daghesh-lene  (bp  i:^y()  is  a  point  inserted  in  the  six 
letters  n  s  D  ^  ^  n  (technically  called  B'yhadif  K'pJiath), 
to  indicate  the  loss  of  their  aspiration,  e.  g.  n*^^^,  a  b,  etc. 


28  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  21 

"As  these  letters   are  always  aspirated  i^fter  a 'X^at el-sound, 
t.        ) however  sUght,  andB|ver  as  aiiTiitial  iitter^mce  or  when  W- 
^^-  t>K  lowing  a  ^onsona^^They  Invariablj  "^guire   I3aghesh-lene 
AViL^^Nvhenevei'  they  are  Kot  liiimgd lately  "ph;gceded  by  aA^^el  or 
a  *Vocal    Shjva."/»It  is  consequently  inserted  in  the  Thitial 
^pimte  of  a  word  which  Begins  a^^erse,  !n'^i^i5"i3  Gen.  1:1, 
2/,  or^  which  lollows  a  word  beanng  a  ^junctive  accent  ((inas- 
much as  this  represents  a  pause  of  longer  or  shorter  dura- 
tion), ^xs  -n^n^  Ex.'  1 : 1,  IS  .  hp::?  Gen.  3  :  22,)or%'ding  in  a 
consonant,  \:n-'::« ,  ^s^t!  n^bi^^  Gen.  24  :  42  ^but  Vot  if  it  fol- 
lows a  word  foding  in  a^Vowel  and  having  a  conjunctive 
accent,  D°rin  ^:^,  '^r^n  r.n^n  Gen.  1 :  2.^The  sacred   name 
^/iT^4minirp  is  followed  by  Daghesh-lene,  even  though  it  may  have  a 
^^^^^^     conjunctive  accent,  Num.  10  :  29,  Deut.  3  :  26,  Josh.  10  :  30, 
11  :  8,  Ps.  18  :  21,  because  in  reading  the  Jews  always  sub-    . 
stitute  for  it  the  word  ''inif!,  which  ends  in  a  consonant:^  In 
a  very  few  cases,  however,  e.  g.  nn  '^:i^5  Ps.  68  :  18,  v»rmg 
Isa.  34:11,  r^n  ib-ij  Ezek.  23:42    IJaghesh-lene  is  not  in- 
serted after  a  \T)wel-letter,  which  retains  its  consonant  sound. 
2.   Dagheshdene  is  inserted  in  a  medial  or  final  aspirate 
preceded  by  a  vowelless  consonant,  whether  this  be  accom- 
panied by  silent  Sh'va  or  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  X^^^ir^ic?,  ri^'istj; 
but  not  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  vocal  ShVa,  whether 
simple  or  compound,  e.  g.  si^ini,  °^7^?  •  £^ 

a.  The  primary  signification  of  the  name  Daghesh  is  commonly  ex- 
plained from  the  Syriac  ^-^^^?  (-'?'^))  to  which  Castellus  in  his  lexicon 
gives  the  sense  o^  'piercing.  This  is  by  some  applied  to  the  puncture  or 
point  which  is  its  written  sign,  by  others  to  its  power  of  sharpening  the 
Bound  of  letters  by  removing  their  aspiration  or  doubling  them.  Buxtorf, 
however,  in  his  Chaldee  Lexicon,  disputes  the  existence  of  such  a  root  in 
(fither  Syriac  or  Chaldee.  alleging  that  in  Prov.  12:  18,  the  passage  quoted 
to  prov^e  the  word,  the  true  reading  is  \.M^h  (Ni:35"i).  The  six  letters  which 
receive  Daghesh-lene  in  Hebrew  have  the  same  twofold  pronunciation  m 
Syriac.  a  red  dot  called  Rukhokh  (^c9  s(iftness).  being  written  beneath 
them  when  they  were  to  be  aspirated,  and  another  called  Kushoi  (^ 
hardness),  being  written  above  them  when  they  were  not. 


^  22  DAGHESH-LENE.  29 

b.  Grammarians  are  not  agreed  whether  the  aspirated  or  nnaspirated 
sound  of  these  consonants  was  the  original  one.  There  being  no  data  for 
the  settlement  of  the  question,  each  decides  it  by  his  own  theory  of  pho- 
netic changes.  The  correctness  of  the  Masoretic  punctuation  has  some- 
times been  questioned  in  regard  to  this  matter,  on  the  ground  of  the  im- 
probability of  such  fluctuation  in  the  sound  of  these  letters  in  the  same 
word.  But  besides  the  Syriac  analogy  just  referred  to.  the  Sanskrit  lan- 
guage shows  the  almost  unlimited  extent  to  which  euphonic  changes  may 
be  carried  by  a  people  possessing  a  sensitive  and  discriminating  ear.  The 
Sanskrit  aspirates,  besides  being  subjected  to  other  mutations  which  can- 
not here  be  detailed,  regularly  lose  their  aspiration  when  finals,  and  under 
certain  conditions  when  medials,  throwing  it  back,  where  this  is  possible, 
upon  a  previous  letter.  Bopp  Kritische  Grammatik,  pp.  30.  42.  Similar 
laws  prev^ail  to  some  extent  in  Greek,  e.  g.  6pti,TpL)(6<;'i  rpe'^o),  ^/j€i//<o;  ^uoj, 
€Tv6r]v  ;  ovK  €)(id,  ov;^  c^oj  ;  /xe6''  v/xlv. 


§  22.  The  absence  of  Daghesli-leiie  in  an  aspirate  some- 
times shows  a  preceding  simple  Sh'va  to  be  vocal  when  this 
would  not  otherwise  have  been  known.  In  most  of  the  cases 
referred  to,  a  letter  originally  belonging  to  the  succeeding 
syllable  is  by  the  prefixing  of  a  short  vowel  drawn  back  to 
complete  the  syllable  before  it ;  instead,  however,  of  giving 
up  its  previous  connection  altogether,  it  forms  an  interme- 
diate syllable,  §20.  2,  the  Sh'va  remaining  vocal  though  the 
antecedent  vowel  is  short ;  thus,  nnb  Thhabh  with  the  prefix 
^  becomes  si'^s  birbhabh,  not  ^ibs  bil-babh. 

a.  The  particular  instances  in  which  this  may  occur  are  the  following, 
viz.  :  (1)  The  Kal  imperative  of  verbs  and  the  Kal  infinitive  with  suffixes, 
e.  g.  H^zf ,  i"i:s^ .  cnz:J.  ^:^3S*  from  "iz?. ;  yet  with  occasional  exceptions,  aa 
D25DX3  Lev.' 23  :  39.  (2)  Those  forms  of  Pe  Guttural  verbs  in  which  the 
first  radical  assumes  a  short  vowel  in  place  of  the  silent  Sh'va  in  the  reg 
ular  inflexion,  e.  gr.  nsr-".  Cizs^'n  for  ^^iv^ .  narn.  (3)  The  construct 
plural  of  nouns  ''Ir?  from  c^^iz?. .  risrs  from  nisrs,  r"'z"in  from  niiinn, 
though  with  occasional  exceptions,  as  "Bi""}  Cant.  8  :  6.  but  "2^"!  Ps.  70:4, 
i^r :£  Isa.  5  :  10.  r-iann  Ps.  69  :  10,  "2^3  Gen.  50 :  23.  but  rh^sna  Judg.  7:6: 
''•733.  'n:3  trom  "i^3  are  peculiar  in  omitting  Daghesh  in  the  singular  with 
suffixes.  (4)  Three  feminine  nouns  ending  in  r^.  rirb^  from  T|'>^,  ^'^'^\l 
from  *i"?.7.,  r"z:J  (only  occurring  with  suffixes)  from  "izr,  but  not  ri'n-i'O 
Also  a  lew  other  nouns  ofdiff^erent  forms,  viz.:  C"r2"iv  but  '^rs'i^,  nrs"^', 
''3-}3J.  -^''zy^'.  c^'^^"!^;  "O^^;  '^rp?  Josh.  15:38,  crnp^  JoVh.  15:56. 
(5)  After  prefixes,  as  He  interrogative,  e.g.  t^P^n^n  Gen.  29:5  from 
°'^^'l?-  and  inseparable  prepositions,  e.g.  '''■'3'«5  from  ~"'3'1 ,  rijns  from  r;'!^, 
•3*13  from  ^3*^.    Usasre  is  not  unilbrm  in  the  case  of  Kal  infinitives  follow- 


30  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^23 

ing  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  S'in^lp.  n"r.r3;  V&33.  ^2:5.  Vsjb;  X2^^ 

Isa.  31  : 4  n'i^h  Num.  4:  23,  8:  24;  n^sb,  n'2;3.     (6)' Tlie' suffixes  of  the'\'^^'^ 

second  person  Ti,  dd,  'D  never  recei veJJaghesh-Ienef  rj33 .  cinpa.  J(vtaJitJ<)Hv  ^rv*^ 

These  rules  are  sometimes  of  importance  in  etymology;  thus.  Tj'?3i-!?/V'''/^  * 
Ezek.  27:12  must  have  as  its  ground  form  ■p--J5,  not  TiaTJ ;  and  zZ'}i<--1-CnX-^ 
Hos.  7  : 6,  C2nn  Ps.  90  ;  10  cannot  be  infinitives  with  suffixes,  but  must  be  W.  .5  k/ 
from  the  segholates  anx.  nn"^.  S  ^  a^^^u^  t^KJ^^~^ /la  ^^^-cnz^cx^ ,        }^"^JL^^ 

b.  The  omission  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  letter  of  T,'q^T\  Prov.  30 :  6,  '"^ 
abbreviated  from  r)"'Din  or  rioin ,  is  exceptional.  The  Daghesh  occasion- 
ally occurring  in  initial  aspirates  al'ter  words  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having 
a  conjunctive  accent,  is  best  explained  not  as  an  exception  to  the  ordinary 
rules,  but  as  Daghesh  forte  conjunctive.  §  24,  e.  g.  '^^i'S  t^^"^^.  Gen.  11 :  31 
and  elsewhere,  yra  n^nx  Gen.  46:  28,  nxs  nx5  Ex.  15: 1/2I,  inbxj  ^i]  Ex. 
15:13.  ncc  n-'t^i  Deut.  16:1  (com.p.  siDS  n^b^  Gen.  20:9),  C2  ri-.-^n^xi 
Dent.  31:28  (cx)mp.  "^b  nn^^si  Isa.  8:2),  ni^23  ^n-iT  Josh.  8:24,  10^20, 
7~:2  ~'\'-i  Gen.  35 :  29,  12  nnrs'  Isa.  40  : 7.  See  also'  Gen.  39  :  12,  Ex.  14: 
4.  17,  Isa.  10:9,  Job  9:2.  Ex.'"l5:  11.  16,  Ps.  35:  10,  Isa.  54:  12,  Jer.  20:  9, 
Dan.  3:3.  5:11.  The  old  strife  as  to  the  Daghesh  in  thevword  C^rilJ  two 
is  not  yet  settled.  Kimchi  explained  it  as  Daghesh-lene  upon  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  word  was  abridged  from  C^nrx  ;  Schultens  as  Daghesh- 
forte  arising  from  an  assimilated  3,  contending  that  it  was  for  C'^nai  from 
c^n^TT ;  Nordheimer  as  an  anomalous  Daghesh-lene,  introduced  as  a 
euphonic  expedient  to  prevent  the  combination  of  an  aspirated  n  with  a 
sibilant,  such  as  is  obviated  in  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  by  a  transposition 
that  would  here  be  inadmissible.  The  puzzle  is  still  further  perplexed  by 
the  circumstance  that  it  once  appears  with  the  preposition  "i^  Avithout  the 
Daorhesh;  "'rT:;^  Judg.  16  :  28,  and  again  with  the  same  preposition  with  it, 
C'ri'l'Ta  Jon.  4:  11,  the  Methegh  showing  the  Sh'va  to  be  vocal,  as  might" 
also  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted. 


DAGHESH-rORTE. 

§  23.  1.  When  the  same  consonant  was  repeated  with  a 
vowel  or  even  the  shghtest  hiatus  intervening,  so  that  suc- 
cessive movements  of  the  organs  of  speech  were  required  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  Hebrews  invariably  wrote  the  letter 
twice.  When,  however,  there  was  no  interval  between  the 
reduplicated  consonants,  and  the  only  audible  result  was  a 
more  protracted  or  vehement  utterance  of  the  same  sound 
effected  by  a  single  effort  of  the  organs,  the  letter  was  written 
but  once.  This  fact  the  jMasoretic  punctuators  have  indi- 
cated by  placing  a  point  called  Daghesli-forte  (pjn  rrn)  in 
the  bosom  of  a  letter  so  afiPected,  to  show  that  it  is  to  be 

i^WJL-^z^^tl^^q^  ~,^  ^/U^rrt;  ^  ^^-r^^t^t^C    ^i^-^^e^  ^M^^ /^ 


^  24  DAGHESH-rORTE.  31 

doubled  in  the  pronunciation ;  thus,  ^%^"\  vayijimmal.  Da- 
ghesh-forte  may  be  found  in  any  letter  with  the  exception 
of  the  gutturals  X  n  n  r ,  which  on  account  of  their  weak 
ness  do  not  admit  of  reduplication.  The  letter  n,  par- 
taking of  this  w^ith  other  peculiarities  of  the  gutturals,  re- 
ceives it  only  in  a  very  few  exceptional  cases,  e.  g.  '^ri^'^Tr , 

2.  The  aspirates,  when  doubled,  always  at  the  same  time 
lose  their  aspiration ;  thus,  "ipB^i  yippCiktdli.  Daghesh-forte 
in  these  letters  is  readily  distinguishable  from  Daghesh-lene 
by  the  consideration  that  a  consonant  cannot  be  pronounced 
double  except  after  a  vowel.  A  point  in  one  of  the  aspirates 
is,  therefore,  Daghesh-forte  if  a  vowel  precedes,  otherwise  it 
is  Daghesh-lene. 

3.  Daghesh-forte  in  1  may  be  distinguished  from  Shurek 
in  the  same  way.  Inasmuch  as  two  vowels  cannot  come  to- 
gether in  the  same  Avord,  if  a  vowel  precedes  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte,  if  not  it  is  Shurek. 


a.  Some  Grammarians  speak  of  Daghesh-forte  impUcitum  in  the  gut- 
turals, by  which  they  mean  that  these  letters  appear  in  certain  cases  tc 
complete  a  foregoing  syllable  as  well  as  to  begin  that  in  which  they  prop- 
erly stand,  in  ppite  of  the  omission  of  Daghesh.  which  analogy  would  re- 
quire them  to  receive.  As  these  are  included  under  what  have  already, 
§20.  2.  a.  been  exphiined  as  intermediate  syllables,  it  is  not  thought  neces- 
sary to  employ  an  additional  term. 

6.  The  Arabs  have  a  sign  of  reduplication,  Teshdid  (  *  ),  which  is 
written  above  the  doubled  letter.  The  Syrians  have  no  written  sign  for 
this  purpose,  and  it  is  disputed  whether  their  letters  were  ever  doubled  in 
pronunciation.  According  to  Asseman  Biblioth.  Orient.  III.  2.  p.  379,  the 
Western  differed  from  the  Eastern  Syrians  in  this  respect.  '"  Occidentalea 
nullibi  literas  o-eminant." 


§  24.  Different  epithets  have  been  applied  to  Daghesh- 
forte  to  describe  its  various  uses  or  the  occasions  of  its  em- 
ployment. 1.  TMien  separate  letters,  whether  originally 
alike,  or  made  so  by  assimilation,  are  by  the  inflection  or 
formation  of  words  brought  into  juxtaposition,  the  Daghesli- 


32  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  24 

forte  which  represents  such  a  doublmg  is  called  compensa 
tive;  e.  g.  '^r?'']?,  formed  by  appending  the  syllable  "'n  to  the 
root  rns ;  ipn:  composed  of  the  same  syllable  and  the  root 
inj ,  whose  last  letter  is  changed  to  n  to  conform  with  that 
which  follows  ;  ^^b  from  nno.  2.  When  the  reduplication  is 
indicative  of  a  particular  grammatical  form  the  Daghesh- 
forte  is  called  characteristic,  e.  g.  in  the  Piel,  Pual,  and 
Hithpael  of  verbs  ;  as,  -fSn,  ^^nrn,  and  certain  forms  of  nouns, 
as,  "1*35  .  3.  When  it  has  arisen  from  the  necessity  of  con- 
verting a  previous  simple  syllable  into  a  mixed  one  in  order 
to  preserve  the  quantity  of  a  short  vowel  which  it  contains, 
it  is  Daghesh-forte  conservative;  e.  g.  13^  for  no;^.  4.  When 
the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  doubled  under  the  influence  of 
the  final  vowel  of  the  word  preceding,  it  is  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive;  e.  g.  nT-r.Ta,  !r^^-n;;in;;i ,  ?S52  ^)2^p.  5.  When  the 
last  letter  of  an  intermediate  syllable  is  doubled  in  order  to 
make  the  following  hiatus  or  vocal  Sh'va  more  distinct,  it  is 
Daghesh-forte  dirimens  or  separative,  because  the  letter  which 
receives  it  is  thus  separated  in  part  from  the  syllable  to  which 
it  belongs ;  e.  g.  ^i::^  innhlw  for  ^y:rj  mbhc.  6.  AVhen  the 
first  letter  of  a  final  syllable  is  doubled  under  the  influence 
of  a  previous  vowel  bearing  the  accent  (mostly  a  pause  ac- 
cent, §  36.  2.  <3;.),  for  the  sake  of  increased  fullness  and  force 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  Daghesh-forte  emphatic ;  e.  g.  "^ibin  for 
^^10 .  In  the  first  three  uses  named  above  Daghesh-forte  is 
said  to  be  essential,  in  the  last  three  it  is  euphonic. 


a.  Dncrliesh-forte  conjunctive  occurs  regularly  after  the  pronoun  nr, 
e.  g.  D^r:-n?:^  -ia  n??  Ps.  133:  1,  and  in  a  multitude  of  cases  after  final  Ka- 
mets  or  Seg-hoi  in  words  accented  on  the  penult  or  followed  by  Makkeph. 
§  43,  e.  g.  ri<.rnnpb  Gen.  2 :  23,  ci--nl:=x  Deut.  27  : 1,  ib  r^r}^.rr\  Num.  25 :  13, 
^s-nr3>'  Gen.  30  :''33  ;  •^;n;!-!^T  Num.'  34:6,  7,  9.  'TC.n^' 'riL:-2  Ex.  13:1 
(where  the  accent  is  on  the  ultimate),  T|'b"'^2.^'l?  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  edi 
lions),  more  rarely  after  other  vowels,  e.g.  ^^22  ^^^p  Gen.  19:  14.  xb  !n^5<"'5 
1  Sam.  8:  19,  once  after  the  liquid  "i,  e.  g.  N^  "^^.x^^  1  Kin.  11:22.  See 
also  §  22.  b.  In  a  few  instances  words  thus  united  are  written  as  one,  e.  g. 
ma  Ex.4:  2  for   HT  nia,  so  C3^i3  Isa.  3:15,  nxbna  Mai.  1:13,  nkaxDa 

..  -  ..  _  ;  V  T   -  3  T  T    :    -  '  T    :        -   1 


§  25  DAGHESH-FORTE.  33 

Isa.   27:8,  and  possibly  tSx^X  Isa.    33:7.     See  Dr.  Alexander's   Com 
mentary  upon  this  passage. 

b.  Daghesh-forte  separative  occurs  only  in  the  following  examples: 

nnsx  Hos.  3 :  2.  "Tunis':  1  Sam.  28  :  10.       ibao  Isa.  9:3,  10  : 

^•'n-i-^is^a  Ps.  45 :  10.  njs-^r.-irfts  (?)     Ezek.  ''  ''      27. 

D-ini-Tn  Am.  5  :  25.  '  '                       13  :  20.  "^ass  Deut.  32 :  32. 

nn;rs?,^2n  Gen.  18:21.  ?;nib33  Isa.  33: 1.  "'rrsr  2    Sam.   23: 

'  rrinsn  Gen.  37  :  32.  i'^'^^  o^  'i^'^'-**2  Ps.  '  27,  Jer.  29 :  27. 

■a^n  Gen.  17  :  17.  89 :  45.  ca'^rsis  Isa.  58  :  3. 

cn^x^.n  1  Sam.    10:  rA'^}^-q  Joel  1 :  17.  cs-^'r-is?  Am.  5  :21. 

24,    17  :  25,  C-^-inis^  Job  9:18.  '  "^'ap??  (?)Cant.  1  :8. 

2  Kin.  6 :  32.  X'^l^'^.  ^^^-  ^  •  ^'^'  ^'■-i^S'  Ps.  89  :  52. 

cnl-iar.  Job  17 : 2.  iL'n;?^  Ex.  15:17.  ^"'P.'ia;?:?  Ps.  77  :  20. 

ii-'Esin  Ex.  2 :  3.  ^^;p_'Ci  Deut.  23 :  11.  riz'ii;J  Prov.  27 :  25. 

sins^n'nn  (?)  Judg.  20:  !1S23  Job  30  :  8.  ^S^n^?":?  Ps.  119  ;  139. 

43.  rTiS3  Ps.  141:3.  ■«:^np^::  Ps.  88: 17. 

msj-nri  1  Sam.  1 : 6.  nns::  Prov.  4 :  13.  cr'r^p?  (?)   Ps.   37  : 

-^l^^n  Isa.  57:6.  !infl3;5P:  Judg. 20: 32.  '      '     15.1sa.5:28. 

rni?-^  Gen.  49 :  10.  "iaaD  Jer.  4 :  7.  -^ba!!)  Zech.  4  :  12. 

rnp^b  Prov.  30: 17.  "  '  bsibauj  Ps.  58  :  9. 


This  list  is  corrected  and  enlarged  from  Gesen.  Lehrg.  pp.  86  ff.  Those 
words  which  are  followed  by  a  note  of  interrogation  (?)  are  found  in  some 
editions  but  not  in  others.  Daghesh  separative  may  be  found  after  He 
interrogativ^e  in  some  instances  not  included  in  the  above  list. 

c.  Daghesh-forte  emphatic  occurs  only  in  *^"in  Judg.  5  :  7.  1  Sam.  2:5; 
si^n^'i  Job  29  :  21  ;  sinn;^  or  Jinn;]  Job  21:13;  iini'':  Isa.  33 :  12,  Jer.  51 :  58  ; 
n-j^b  Ezek.  21:  15;  rjipa  Ezek.  6:9;  nnrp  Jer.  51:30;  ^isr;  Ezek.  27- 
19;>l^il7(?)  Isa.  19:6;  and  probably  ^^nnn  Job  13:9  (not  in  pause). 


§  25.  In  order  to  the  distinct  utterance  of  a  reduplicated 
consonant,  it  must  be  followed  as  well  as  preceded  by  a 
vowel-sound.  Daghesh-forte  is  consequently  never  written 
in  a  final  vowelless  letter,  with  the  exception  of  the  two  words 
nx ,  nnp ,  both  of  which  end  in  aspirates  whose  pronuncia- 
tion would  be  changed  by  the  removal  of  the  Daghesh.  In 
every  other  instance  the  doubling  is  neglected,  even  though 
the  letter  be  an  aspii'ate,  which  will  for  this  reason  resume 
its  aspiration ;  e.  g.  ^fe ,  ^5jb;  no,  "^^D;  1\h^^  abridged  from 
nsn^t! ;  ^i^^  from  r^^:r^^ .  In  a  medial  letter  with  Sh'va 
Daghesh  may  be  written,  because  the  Sh'va  being  thus  ren^ 
dered  vocal  the  reduplication  can  be  made  audible  by  means 
3 


34  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  26,  27 

of  the  hiatus  which  it  represents ;  it  is,  however,  quite  as 
frequently  omitted,  the  Sh'va  commonly  remaining  vocal  as 
if  it  were  inserted,  and  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally 
substituted  for  simple  to  indicate  this  fact,  §  16.  3.  h.\  e.  g. 
D'^'i'i^  for  D"'1!i5?,  ikes  for  i^ss,  particularly  after  prefixes,  as 
Vav  conversive,  the  article  and  preposition  "a,  so  "'H!^^ ,  ''^^^^''?r}. 
It  is  seldom  omitted  from  a  medial  aspirate  on  account  of  the 
change  in  its  sound  involved :  yet  even  this  is  done  occasion- 
ally, e.  g.  ^^r^^  Judg.  8  :  2  for  n^i^s^,  ^ir.n  Isa.  22  :  10  for 
^17\7\ ,  piDT  from  li"i|!T .  In  a  few  rare  instances  it  is  dropped 
from  a  letter  followed  by  a  vowel,  when  the  laws  of  syllables 
will  permit  and  the  pronunciation  will  not  be  materially 
affected ;  e.  g.  nzi^n  Ruth  1:13  for  n3i?n . 

Mappik. 

§  26.  Mappik  (p""!^  bringing  out  or  uttering),  is  a  point 
in  one  of  the  letters  i5  n  l  'i,  showing  that  it  represents  a 
consonant  and  not  a  vowel,  or  in  other  words  that  it  does 
not  quiesce  in  the  preceding  vowel-sign.  It  is  unnecessary, 
however,  to  employ  any  notation  for  this  purpose  in  the  case 
of  i^  1  and  '',  for  their  quiescence  can  be  readily  determined 
in  aU  cases  by  the  rules  already  given,  §  13.  Although  it  is 
much  more  extensively  used  in  manuscripts,  therefore,  Map- 
pik is  in  modern  editions  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  only  inserted 
in  finai  r»  when  it  retains  its  consonantal  power ;  e.  g.  n^ii? 
artsah,  ^'^'^^^  artsd,  •^ni?^  VMliMli,  nnfpb  laJchha.  The  point 
four  times  found  in  x,  iS^'^i^l  Gen.  43:26,  Ezra  8:18, 
'N:-^ir\  Lev.  23 :  17,  ^i^n  Job  33  :  21,  though  called  aDaghesh 
in  the  Masoretic  notes  in  the  margin,  is  probably  to  be  re- 
garded as  Mappik. 

Raphe. 

§  27.  Raphe  (ns^  iceal),  is  a  small  horizontal  stroke 
placed  over  a  letter,  and  denotes  the  opposite  of  Daghesh- 


5  28  ACCENTS.  35 

lene,  Dagliesh-forte,  or  INIappik,  as  the  case  may  be.  As  no 
inconvenience  can  arise  from  its  omission,  it  is  only  occa- 
sionally nsed  in  modern  Bibles,  and  not  with  entire  uni- 
formity in  the  different  editions.  It  is  chiefly  found  Avliere 
a  Mappik  has  been  omitted  in  n ,  which  according  to  analogy 
might  be  expected  to  be  inserted,  e.g.  J^'793*^  Ex.  9:18, 
tr.v'm  Lev.  13:4,  ni^'^nn  Num.  15:28,  hb  Num.  32:42, 
myi^-Q  Job  31 :  22  in  some  copies.  In  ?i^-™?^n  Ex.  20 : 4, 
Deut.  5:8,  it  is  the  opposite  of  Daghesh-forte,  and  shows 
that  ^  may  either  be  doubled  agreeably  to  the  point  in  its 
bosom  or  not.  In  nk^n  )kb  Ex.  20:13,  Deut.  5  :  17,  it  is  the 
opposite  of  Daghesh-lene,  and  shows  that  the  n  may  either 
have  its  unaspirated  sound,  as  the  Daghesh  indicates,  or 
may  be  aspirated.  It  is  often  referred  to  in  the  marginal 
Masoretic  notes  even  where  it  is  no  longer  found  in  the  text, 
e.g.Judg.  16:16,28.  -     f^^^'/c^n^  ri^^ 

Accents  ^^^^^^-J-^^. 

§  28.  The  third  class  of  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text 
are  those  which  relate  to  the  words.     These  are  the^ficcents;  ctjj 
Makkeph,  Methegh,  and  the  K'ri.     An  accent  (D?i2)  is  writ- 
ten upon  every  word  with  a  twofold  design,  Ist^of^imiTking 
its  tone-syllable,  and  2dly,  of  indicating  its  relation  to  other 
words  in  the  sentence.     The  grea^  number  of  the  accents 
has  respect  entirely  to  this  secQijjL  function,  there  being  no_^ 
\  difference  in  the  quality  of  the  stress  laid  upon  particular 
syllables,  such  for  example  as  is  marked  by  the  Greek  acute, 
grave,  and  circnmflex,  bjit_only  that  difference  in  its  amount  "-^-^^ 
\\jiich^^rises_ftwn_th^^  emphasis  naturally  laid  upon 

the  different  members  of  a  clause  or  period.  The  punc- 
tuators have  attempted  not  only  to  indicate  the  pauses  to  be 
made  in  reading,  as  is  done  by  the  stops  in  use  in  other  Ian 
guages,  but  to  represent  to  the  eye  the  precise  position  held 


W       .  ^1  ORTHOGRAtHT.       n        .     ^       "        429 

by  each  word  in  the  structure   of  the   sentence,  and  the 
various  grades  of  attraction  or  repulsion  arising  from  the  re- 
lations whether   co-ordinate   or   subordinate   which  subsist 
among  them.     Every  sentence  is  fancifully  regarded  as  a  ter- 
ritory, which,  partitioned  ^into  its  several  clauses,  forms  em- 
pires, kingdoms,  and  principalities, ''ruled  by  their  respective 
^  ^  sovereigns,  eacji  of  whom  has  his  own  tram  of  inferiors  and 
dependants.     The  accents  are  accordingly  divided  into  Dis 
junctives  or  Rulers  (n^'pbia),  and  Qonjunct^gg  or  Servants^ 
(n-'^n?).     The  former  indicate  that  the  word  upon~^which 
they  are  placed  is  more  or  less  separated  from  those  that 
follow ;  they  mark  thus  the  end_oLa_cl^ge  or  of  the  section 2^,^.2-^/^ 
0^  a  clause  over  which  they^xert  control.     The  latter  indi-    ^ 
Gate  that  the  word  over  or  under  which  they  are  written  is 
ggnng^g^  with^  what  follows^  and,belongs  to  the^ clause  oi 
section  ruled  by  the  next  succeeding  Disjunctive. 

a.  The  stress  of  voice  denoted  by  the  accent  must  not  be  confounded 
with  quantity.  An  accented  syllable  may  nevertheless  be  short,  the 
energy  with  which  it  is  pronounced  not  necessarily  affecting  its  length. 

h.  The  Jews  made  use  of  the  accents  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantilla- 
tion  of  the  synagogue,  whence  they  are  also  called  nis'^SS.  In  the  judg- 
ment of  some  this  is  a  part,  and  perhaps  a  leading  part,  of  their  original 
design.  Their  great  variety,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  accents  of  oppo- 
site powers  upon  the  same  word,  and  the  distinct  system  of  poetical 
accents,  favor  this  opinion.  Such  as  are  curious  to  know  the  details  may 
find  the  mode  of  their  employment  for  this  purpose  explained  at  length  in 
Bartoloccii  Bibliotheca  Magna  Rabbinica,  vol.  iv.  pp.  427-444. 

^29.  The  Disjunctive  accents  may  be  divided  into  four 
classes  of  various  rank  or  power,  as  follows,  viz : 

Class  I.  Emperors. 


29 


I 

ACCENTS. 

Class  II.  King%. 

3. 

S'gholta 

(') 

;x>5^;>. 

ZaUeph  KalOn 

-cr 

V^Pr    ^P^ 

Zakepli_GadhOJ 

i  =('r 

^"^M  ^Ipl 

»6. 

Tiphhha 

(J 

Class  III.  Lulce». 

IT  :  • 

9*^-^ 

R'bhr 

-{■)'- 

?">h-i 

x>  — ■ 

*8. 

Shalsheleth 

C) 

rblrbir 

♦9. 

Zarka 

n 

^p.r. 

postp. 

10. 

Pashta 

C) 

i<-j;rs3 

poslp. 

11. 

Y'thibh 

L) 

prep. 

12. 

T'bhir 

Class  IV.   Counts. 

I'^ajn 

14. 

Pazer^ 
Karne  Phara 

^  15. 

T'llsha  Gh'dhola    ^  {!Y^  ^ 

prep. 

%  — 
16. 

Geresh 

o 

17. 

G'rashayim 

(") 

■  ^y^iTi 

*18. 

P'slk 

(') 

•  pnos? 

37 


The  Conjunctive  accents,  or  Servants,  are  the  follomngj 


VIZ. 


*19.   Merka 
*20.   Munahh 

21.    MerUKh'phula 
*22.    ^lahpakh 

23.    Darga 
*21:.    Kadhma 
♦25.   Yerahh  ben  Yomo      (^) 

26.    T'llsha  K'taniia  C) 


nr!is=  xsn^    '7^;^^  >j^^iti^ 
(   )  «?-5 


(J 
(J 


38  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  30 

a.  Merka  Kh'phiila  has  sometimes  been  reckoned  among  the  Disjunc 
tiveiSj  as  by  Gesenius  in  his  Lehrgebaude  ;  but  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  the  word  Ibllowing  that  on  which  it  stands  in  Ex.  5:15.  Ezek 
14:4,  proves  that  it  is  a  Conjunctive. 

h.  According  to  their  most  probable  significations,  the  names  of  the 
accents  appear  to  be  in  part  borrowed  from  their  forms  and  in  part  from 
their  uses.  Tlius  the  Disjunctives;  Silluk,  ent/;  Athnahh,  resi;  Segholta, 
hunch  of  grapes  ;  Zakeph.  small  and  great,  causing  suspension  ;  Tiphhha, 
^,  palm  of  the  hand ;  R'bhi",  squarex)V  reposing  ;  Shalsheleth,  c/tcrm;  Zarka, 
dispersion;  Pashiii,  c.rpansioji  or  lelting  down  {\.\\q  voice);  Y'thibh.  s?7- 
iingslill;  T'bhir,  interruption  ;  Pazer,  separator  ;  Karne  Phara,  a  AeZ/ers 
horns  J  T'lisha;  great  and  smaW,  shield ;  Geresh.  expidsion ;  G'rashayinij 
double  Geresh;  P'sik,  cut  off.  Conjunctives:  Merka,  prolonging;  Mu- 
nahh,  (a  trumpet)  at  rest,  i.  e.,  in  its  proper  position ;  Merka  Kh'phuia, 
double  Merka  ;  Mahpakh,  (a  trumpet)  ,2?zyer/ec/ ;  Bar ga,  progress  ;  Kadh- 
ma,  beginning  ;  Yerahh  ben-Yomo.  moon  a  day  old. 

Other  names  are  given  to  some  of  these  accents,  particularly  where  they 
occur  in  certain  situations  or  combinations;  thus  Tiphhha  is  also  called 
Tarhha  ( i<-r\y^_  ).  Munahh  with  P'sik  is  called  L'gharmeh  (  nian^b  ).  etc. 

c.  The  classification  of  the  Disjunctives,  according  to  their  respective 
powers  and  the  laws  of  their  consecution,  has  been  the  work  of  Christian 
writers,  from  whom  all  accurate  investigations  of  the  accentual  system 
have  proceeded.  In  fact,  this  whole  subject  is  treated  by  the  Jewish 
grammarians  in  the  crudest  and  most  perplexed  manner.  Buxtorf  says,  in 
his  Thesaurus  Grammaticus.  p.  45:  Accentuum  ratio  hactenus  nee  a  quo- 
quam  nostrorum  nee  ab  ipsis  etiam  Hebraeis  sufficienter  explicata  est. 
The  division  exhibited  above  is  the  one  now  commonly  adopted.  The 
current  names,  Imperatores,  Reges,  Duces,  Comites,  are  those  used  by 
Wasmuth  in  his  Institutio  Accent.  Heb.  1664.  Others  have  divided  them 
differently.  The  learned  PfeifTer,  author  of  the  Dubia  Vexata,  distin- 
guishes one  Emperor,  one  Archduke,  four  Dukes,  seven  Counts,  and  five 
Barons.  Boston,  the  well-known  author  of  the  Fourfold  State,  in  an  elab- 
orate Latin  treatise  upon  this  subject  left  by  him  in  manuscript  and  pub- 
lished shortly  after  his  death,  distributes  them  into  three  classes  of 
superior  and  one  of  inferior  rank.  Mention  is  made,  in  a  commendatory 
preface  by  Mill,  the  distinguished  critic  of  the  New  Testament,  of  another 
manuscript  in  English,  in  which  Boston  applied  his  views  practically  in  a 
■  twofold  translation  of  the  first  twenty-three  chapters  of  Genesis,  with 
copious  notes,  both  philological  and  theological.  This,  it  is  believed,  has 
never  been  published.    A  curious  little  book' upon  the  Canon  by  Ferdinand  vJ 

Parkhurst.  London,  1660,  makes  six  Regal  and  ten  Principial  Disjunctives,     ,     of  y 
Y'thibh  and  P'sik  being  omitted  altogether.      .  JP  i5  Cri'mi?Ul  t(.0?f  ^H 

^rM » §  3Q  ]^  Fourteen  of  the  accents  are  written  over,  and  eleven 
^      under,  the  words  to  which  they  are  attachedyPjik,  whose 

Ji  vk,  only  use^is  jto^modify  the  ]^^5  of  other  acge^s^  is  written 
Vraft^  the  word  toT^hich  it  belongs,  and  ui^the  same  Ijiie, 


5>30  ACCENTS.  39 

In^^   with  it.     The  place  of  the  accents  is  either  over  or  under  the 
— '     letter  .preceding ;  the  tone-vm\^el,'  with  the  exQcp^mi  of  the       .i 
<:  ^)  prepositives<Y'thibh  and  T'Hsha  Gh'dhola,  which  always  ac-         '' 

conipany  the  initial  lettei-  of  thcjvordr  and  the  poppositive^s  /;) 
''/.BylDltS*,  Zarka,  Pashtl,  and  T^lisha  Kjtanna,  which'^stand 
,  *•  ri  7^iipon  the  ^jigl^le^er  jfi-Tthibh  is  only  used  Avhen  the  first  is.  ^X^ 
(d^,  the  tone-sjlIable.^-Pashta  is  repeated  if  the  word  on  which 
^W^it  stands  is  accented  on  the f penult,  e.  g.  ^nn  Gen.  1  : 2,  or 
'^'/^e^tejids  wjth  two  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  ntbj^i  Ruth  3  : 7,  or  if 
t^^-  tlie  las^ letter  has  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  TT  Gen.  33  :  13,  and  ^=_ 
in  some  manuscripts  and  editions  there  is  a  like  ^repetition  of        o 
^i'  S'gll^^txi  and  Zarka.  \  \Vhen^a  wgrd  bears  the  other  preposi-   ^"^^ 
tivgJor,|;ostp^itives,  there  is%£thmg  to  naark  itsjone- syllable^ 
^'unless  this  may  chance  to  be  the  one  upon  which  the  nature 
of  the  accent^ in^qu^stion^r^ukes  it  to  be  pjaced.  ' 
2.  Silluk  has  the  same  form  as  Methegh,  §44;  but  the 
p   b  former  invariably  stands  on   the   tone-syUable    of  the    last 
w ordain  the_verse,  while  ^lethegh  is  never  written  imdef^ 
^',    tmigrsyhableJ^P^shta  is  likewise  distinguished  from  Kadhma 
^      only  by  its  positioii  ly^on^  the  last  letter  of  the  word,  and 
5^fter  the  superscribed  vowel,  if  there  be  one,  e.  g.  '^t"^5  Gen.. 
- —   1  :  7,  "rs<b)2  Gen.  24 :  7l^while  Kadhma  is  placed  upon  the 
let|gr^>¥€€gdin^ the  tone-vowel,  e.  g.  "ir^f  Gen.  2:19:  where 
^^thjs^chances  to  be  a  finajjetter ythe_la\vs_of_consecution  only^ 
can  decide^;  thus,  in  Ti?"?T  Gen.  26:4,  ^i^ss  Deut.  16  :  3,  the 
accent  is  Pashta,  but  in  ^?7Tb^  Gen.   17:8,  ?ir,s^  1  Sam. 
%      29  :  6,  it  is  Kadhma. ll^\[^thi^  is  di^iguished  from  Mahpak^ 
by  being  written  mider  the_firsMgttei-  of  the  wordy^nd  taking 
precedence  of  its  voweljif  tliis  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  2Tr5?^Gen. 
iTTTT^Gen.  31 : 6,  Deut.  10  :  17J;TMahp^akli belongs  pder. 
the^  consonant  which  precedes  the  tone-vowel,  and  a^er  its_ 
vowel-sign  if  this^  be_su]3scnbexl,   e.  g.  ^\)}T^  Gen.  2  :  14,  "^1 
Gen732  :  33,  Ceut.  4  :  7lr^Vhen  the  m^ialjyllable  bjars  the 
tone^and  there  is  no_  subscribed  vowel,  the  laws  of  consecu« 
tioiLiQiist  decije ;  thus,  in  i^^n  the  accent  is  Y'thibh  in  Gen. 


40 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


Pl 


3:15,   44:17;    Deut.    10:17;    but   Mahpakli   in    JosL 
17:1. 

^31.  The  accents  already  explained  are  called  the  prosaic 
accents,  and  are  found  in  all  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament 
with  the  exception  of  the  Psalms  (D^!?nr\),  Proverbs  ("'Ip^^'a), 
and  the  poetic  portion  of  Job  (li^),  whose  initials  form  the 
technical  word  m^_ .  Here  a  different  system  of  accentua- 
tion prevails.  Thirteen  of  the  prosaic  accents,  one-half  of  the 
whole  number,  nowhere  occur  in  the  books  just  named,  viz. : 
S'gholta,  Zakeph-Katon,  and  Zakeph-Gadhol  of  the  Kings, 
Pashta,  Y'thibh,  and  T'bhir  of  the  Dukes,  Karne  Phara, 
T'Hsha  Gh'dhola,  Geresh,  and  G'rashayim,  of  the  Counts, 
Merka  Kh'phula,  Darga,  and  T'hsha  K'tanna  of  the  Con- 
junctives. Such  as  are  common  to  both  systems  are  in  the 
previous  table  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  The  powers  of 
some  of  these,  however,  are  altered,  so  that  a  new  arrange- 
ment of  them  is  necessary ;  and  they  are  supplemented  by 
additional  signs  formed  by  combinuig  the  prosaic  accents  or 
assigning  them  unusual  positions.  The  scale  of  the  poetical 
or  metrical  accents  thus  constituted  is  as  follows,  viz.  1       ^ 


O 


eii(i 


Disjunctive  Accents. 

Class  I. 

1. 

Silluk 

i\) 

:  ^I32n 

2. 

Athnahh 

u 

lizsii 

3. 

Merka-Mahpakh 

o 

1      T     - 

Class  IT. 

^ 

4. 

R'bhi" 

O 

niasn 

5. 

Pazer 

C) 

^iasn 

6. 

R'bhi''  Geresh 

(•') 

liisn 

Y. 

Tiphhha 

initial 

(.) 

prep. 

8. 

Zarka 

D 

•n-hsn 

posfp. 

9. 

P'sik 

(0 

1  'liasn 

poslp. 

i32 


POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT. 


41 


OoNJUNOTivE  Accents. 

10. 

Merka 

^■insrj 

11. 

Merka-Zarka 

w     / 

Tir^n 

12. 

Mahpakh 

V-<  / 

ni23n 

13. 

Mahpakh-Zarka 

^•13  an 

14- 

Munahh 

\j  ) 

J    T     - 

15. 

Muiiahh  superior 

/  "*  \ 

linin 

16. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

V  v>' 

^I'^^n 

17. 

Kadhma 

/  ^  \ 

^izsri 

18. 

Tiphhha 

V  V  / 

\ » - 

19. 

Shalsheleth 

(  ^\ 

^izsn 

a.  It  will  be  perceived  that  there  are  fewer  Disjunctives  but  more 
Conjunctives  than  are  exhibited  by  the  prosaic  accents.  Alerka-^Ialipakh 
answers  substantially  to  S'gholta;  R'hbi''-Geresh  to  Tiphhha  before  Silluk, 
and  Tiphhha  initial  to  Tiphhha  before  Athnahh.  Tiphhha  and  Shalshe- 
leth are  transferred  from  the  list  of  Disjunctives  to  that  of  the  Conjunc- 
tives, wheitce  it  comes  to  pass  that  if  a  word  bearing  either  of  these 
accents  terminates  in  a  vowel.  Daghesh-lene  will  not  be  inserted  in  a  fol- 
lowing initial  aspirate,  e.  g.  tiVDZ  nirrj^  Ps.  31 :  10,  C"»nrE  X'zia  Prov.  8 :  3, 
ni^T^n  sit'sn^  Ps.  10:2. 

b.  P'sik.  in  the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  is  never  used  alone  but 
always  in  conjunction  with  another  accent.  It  serves  to  strengthen  Dis- 
junctives and  to  reduce  the  power  of  Conjunctives  without  disturbing  the 
order  of  their  consecution.  It  is  thus  used  with  Merka-Mahpakh  Ps.  5:13, 
Pazer  Ps.  10 :  14,  Tiphhha  initial  Ps.  31:4,  Mahpakh  Ps.  5 :  9,  Munahh 
Prov.  1:22;  Merka  Ps.  10:13,  Kadhma  Ps  10:5,  Shalsheleth  Ps.  7:6. 


Position  oe  the  Accent 


§  32.  The  accent  in  Hebrew  may  fall  either  upon  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate  syllable,  but  never  at  a  greater 
remove  from  the  end  of  the  word.  In  the  former  case 
words  are  technically  termed  Milra  f  S^'ibp  /ro;;^  below),  and 
m  the  latter  Milel  (b^ibtj  from  above). 


42  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  33 

1.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  considered  in  rela- 
tion either  to  the  syllabic  or  to  the  etymological  structure 
of  a  word,  that  is  to  say,  as  affected  by  the  nature  of  its  syl- 
lables on  the  one  hand  or  of  the  elements  of  which  it  is  com- 
posed as  a  significant  part  of  speech  on  the  other.  It  is  so 
far  determined  by  the  syllabic    structure  of  words,  that  a 

cl  I  long  mixed  syllable  or  a  short^sijnple  syllable,  whether  in  the 
^^<x  ultimate  or  the  penultimate,  must  receive  the  accent,  §18.  2. 
^^nt.\jthus:  pT^^"^,  roiii^ni,  rnii?,  n-i^ 

2.  Considered  in  reference  to  their  etymological  structure, 
words  exist  in  two  conditions,  (1.)  their  primary  uninflected 
state,  by  which  their  essential  and  proper  meaning  is  con- 
veyed;   (2.)  with  added  affixes   and  prefixes,  by  which  that 

y  meaning  is  variously  modified.  ^^In  their  nude  or  primary 
-'  state  all  words,  whether  primitives  or  derivatives,  are  ac- 
cented upon  the  ultimate,  and  so  continue  to  Avhat^yerjiexion, 
involving  no  terminational  appendage^  they  may  be  sub- 
jected. Thus,-ip2,  nps,  ^pb,  ^-^s,  ^j^s,  np2\  "ipenn;  -jtot, 
•jinDt;  ^ia"i^,  '^k'l'Q;  W^^^. ;  cs^i"";  '':??.?. 

3.  The  only  ej^eptjon^  is  a  class  of  words  called  ^ 
gholates,  injvvhich  the  last  vowel  does^  not  belong  originally, 

V      or]essentidly  to_th^j(m    but_isjntrodiicedfoi^ the  sake  of^ 

'  '    softening  the^  pronunciation,  §61.  2;  these  are  accented  on 

the  pendtimate,  as  tjbfe,  ^sfa,  ni?,  ri^i  ^  ^nn,  n;ns,  b^^ ,  bj^, 

a.  fT^^"^  Is.  50:  8  is  said  to  be  the  only  instance  ofa  word  accented  on 
the  antepenult.  The  proper  tone-syllable  of  this  word  is  the  ultimate,  but 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent  by  §  35,  the  vowel  next  preceding,  which 
has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  is  unessential  to  the  form,  cannot  receive  it,  so 
that  it  necessarily  falls  upon  the  one  still  further  back. 

§  33.  The  additions  which  words  may  receive  at  the  be- 
ginning or  end  affect  the  accent  in  proportion  to  the  respect- 
ive weight  accorded  to  them.  Additions  to  the  end  of  words 
are  of  two  sorts,  which  may  be  distinguished  as  affixes  and 
suffixes.     Affixes  are  so  welded  to  the  word  or  merged  in  it 


^33  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  43 

that  in  the  popular  consciousness  tliey  have  become  an  in- 
tegral part  of  it,  and  their  independent  existence  or  separate 
origin  is  no  longer  thought  of;  such  are  the  personal  inflec- 
tions of  verbs  and  the  terminations  indicating  gender  and 
number  in  nouns  and  adjectives.  Suffixes  are  not  so  inti- 
mately blended  with  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  as 
to  have  lost  their  individual  identity  and  independent  charac- 
ter, and  consequently  are  of  greater  weight  as  respects  the 
accent;  such  are  the  fragmentary  pronouns  appended  to 
verbs,  uouns,  and  prepositions. 

1.  If  the  appendage  consists  of  a  vowel  (as  n^,  h,  i, 
i,  ^,,  "^J,  or  begins  with  one  (as  t^^,  ^,,  V^,  D^.,  ni,  1\^,  ^..,  n^, 
1^,  d;i_,  tj;^_),  and  can  consequently  only  be  pronounced  by 
the  aid  of  the  final  consonant  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  at- 
tached, it  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself  or  to  its  initial  vowel 
from  a  noun,  adjective,  participle,  or  preposition,  as  "^^2"^ , 
i-b^,  D^'}?'^,  ^^^"1 ,  V^r^  p  ^'^^^^  from  ^i^ ;  D^'teii^,  ''^'"E, 
from  Tr"p .  Such  an  appendage  to  a  verb,  if  a  suffix,  will 
so  far  accord  with  the  rule  just  given  as  to  carry  the  accent 
forward  one  syllable ;  but  the  accent  will  remain  in  its  origi- 
nal position  if  it  be  an  affix,  unless  it  is  either  dissyllabic  or 
causes  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  previously  accented ;  D'^inn 
with  a  suffix  ^^^^^;\i. ,  but  with  an  affix  ^tJ-^nnn  j  ^qv  with  a 
suffix  i'ln? ,  but  with  an  affix  ^"in? ,  ^^nj ;  Djb  ,  r.rp  ,  ^.)2^ ;  bjp, 

^)p.  >  '^'^P. ,  ^^'^P ;  ^b?  ,  J^^O?  .  ^^k'^:  •  It  is  to  be  obsei^ed, 
however,  that  a  paragogic  n^  or  n, ,  §  61.  6,  attached  to 
nouns,  pronouns,  and  adverbs,  and  occasionally  a  paragogic 
■'.  does  not  disturb  the  position  of  the  accent,  e.  g.  y^x , 
n^-)i<;  n:,r.n2;  so  n^n,  n^wV,nisT?,  -^nin  Lam.  1:1,  but 
"ir.xbr  Isa.  1:21;  neither  does  the '  feminine  ending  n^, 
which  is  a  Segholate  formation,  e.g.  ni^is ,  nninia !     ^^-cj/K^'Uiic. 

a.  Paragogic  n^  receives  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  in  d^n   ^^S^iq 
Gen.  28:2,  5,  6,  7.' 

2.  The   appending  of   a   simple  syllable,  such   as   the 


44  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 

suffixes  ''P ,  ^3 ,  ^ri ,  n ,  ii3 ,  or  the  verbal  affixes  n ,  ''n ,  ^5 ,  nj , 
will  not  alter  the  position  of  the  accent  provided  it  originally 
stood  upon  the  ultimate ;  if,  however,  its  original  place  was 
the  penult,  or  if  the  syllable  in  question  be  attached  to  the 
word  by  a  union  vowel,  the  accent  must  be  carried  forward 
one  syllable  to  prevent  its  standing  on  the  antepenult,  which 
is  never  admissible:  n53 ,  '^.HDS,  iia&s,  "^p??©?;  Ci^'a,  npjkia, 
^rricjc-a  ;  bp,  ni'ip,  "^n^'ip.  Suffixes  appended  to  a  word  ending 
with  a  consonant  mostly  require  a  connecting  vowel,  and  con- 
sequently shift  the  position  of  the  accent.  Affixes,  by  reason 
of  the  less  weight  accorded  to  them,  commonly  do  not.  The 
suffix  ^  follows  the  general  rule  when  preceded  by  a  union 
vowel,  but  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  when  it  is  not,  e.  g. 
"'t  >  ^s^*^ ,  ^1^ ,  ^■'ii? .  A  consonantal  appendage  to  a  long  un- 
accented vowel,  inasmuch  as  it  converts  the  ultimate  into  a 
mixed  syllable,  necessarily  draws  the  accent  upon  it  from  the 
penult,  §32.  1,  e.g.  '^r^cji?^ ,  I'^ncx^,  D^nci^^ ;  ^ni-a^,  'j^S^'a^ 

3.  A  mixed  syllable,  whether  an  affix  as  on ,  "jn,  or  suffix 
asQ?,  19,  on,  in,  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself,  DPp>n 
from  tj^n ;  DD^ba ,  ci^Dbia,  from  l^fa ;  Dnbpn  from  n^nn  .  In 
the  unusual  form  Dnbs  2  Sam.  23  :  6,  the  accent  stands  upon 
the  union  vowel. 

4.  The  only  prefixes  which  exercise  any  influence  upon 
the  position  of  the  accent,  are  the  Vav  conversive  of  the 
future,  which  draws  back  the  accent  from  a  mixed  ultimate 
to  a  simple  penult,  nfci^\  "rc&^^.,  nfc.":,  mrjii ;  and  the  Vav  con- 
versive of  the  preterite,  which  throws  it  forward  from  the 
penult  to  a  simple  ultimate,  VT}^^ ,  ^7^'^)  >  ^t^?  »  ^^^rl"  * 

a.  Some  languages  invariably  accent  the  same  part  of  the  word  ;  thus, 
Bohemian  and  Lettish  the  initial  syllable,  Polish  and  Lazian,  one  of  the 
Caucasian  tongues,  the  penult  of  all  polysyllables.  Others,  in  which 
more  freedom  is  allowed,  have  no  respect  to  the  etymological  structure  of 
words,  but  are  guided  entirely  by  the  character  of  their  syllables.  Thus, 
in  Arabic  and  Latin  words  are  accented  according  to  the  quantity  of  the 
penult;  the  accent  is  given  to  the  penult  if  it  is  long,  to  the  antepenult 


^34,  35  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  45 

if  the  penult  is  short.  In  others  still  the  etymological  principle  is  the 
prevailing  one,  and  this  often  has  a  wider  scope  than  in  Hebrew.  Thus, 
in  Greek  the  accent  has  the  range  of  the  last  three  syllables.  In  San- 
scrit it  may  stand  upon  any  syllable  whatever  even  of  the  longest  words. 
In  English  it  fs  almost  equally  free.  e.  g.  ptremptorily,  inconsideralion^  its 
removal  li-oiA  its  primary  position  upon  the  radical  portion  of  the  word 
being  conditioned  by  the  respective  weight  of  the  Ibrmative  syllables  ap- 
pended, e.  g.  person^  personate,  personally^  personify,  personality,  per- 
sonijicdtion. 


§  34.  The  location  of  the  accent  being  thus  influenced 
by  the  etymological  structiu"e  of  words,  it  may  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish words  of  Hke  appearance  but  different  formation. 
Thus,  nr-a  Gen.  30  : 1,  nxn  Gen.  29 :  6,  are  participles,  but 
nria  Gen.  35  :  18,  r.i^i  Gen.  29  :  9,  are  preterites,  the  femi- 
nine affix  receiving  the  accent  in  one  case  but  not  in  the  other, 
§  33.  1.  So  ^ib  t/tej/  huilt  from  n':n,  but  ^:3  in  us ;  ^i>?  they 
carried  cajjtive  from  niffi ,  but  ^sfe  thei/  returned  from  S^i' ; 
triif  he  has  seized,  but  TH^j  Job  23  :  9  I  sJiall  see  fi'om  t"iTn  ; 
V^*i  it  shall  be  evil  from  "sin ,  yni)  he  shall  feed  from  nin ; 
Tvrq  he  ioas  rebellious,  fT^ia  it  was  bitter  from  ^)3  ;  ^12'^'p  arise 
thou  (fem.),  ^'i^^'p  my  risiny  up. 

§  35.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  shifted  from  the 
following  causes,  viz. : 

1.  A  Conjunctive  is  frequently  removed  from  the  ultimate 
to  the  penult  if  a  Disjunctive  immediately  follows,  whether 
upon  a  monosyllable  or  a  dissyllable  accented  on  the  penult, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  unpleasant  concurrence  of  two  ac- 
cented syllables  in  closely  connected  words,  e.  g.  n^b  X'lg 
Gen.  1  :  5,  ^^i  n:in  Gen.  4:17,  ^h  nbr^j  Deut.  32  :  36, 
%y]  ^";nsnn  Ps.  2  -.12,  i^  rr^  Isa.  3G:8.  In  a  few  excep- 
tional cases  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  remains  to  mark 
the  original  tone-syllable,  after  the  principal  accent  has  been 
thrown  back,  ri?  nynb  Num.  24  :  22,  ^^%  biD  Isa.  40  : 7, 
a?  y^n  Deut.  4  :  33. 

2.  The  special  emphasis  given  to  the  last  word  of  a 
clause  or  section,  and  represented  by  what  are  called  the 


46  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  8G 

pause  accents,  ^  36,  2,  a,  is  sometimes  rendered  more  distinct 
by  a  change  of  the  accented  syllable  from  the  ultimate  to  the 
penult,  e.  g.  ^?:x ,  ^pix ;  nn5< ,  nrx ;  rh^j ,  nny ;  ^33 ,  ^bg ;  or 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultimate,  particularly  in*  the  case  of 
.forms  with  Vav  conversive  of  the  future  tjb^ ,  tfb^i  ;  so 
b^5;^i ,  Dp^n ,  yc^'^i .  The  accent  is  in  a  few  instances  at- 
tracted to  a  short  final  syllable  ending  in  a  weak  letter,  which 
either  loses  its  sound  entirely,  converting  the  syllable  into  a 
simple  one,  or  requires  considerable  effort  and  energy  of  voice 
to  make  it  distinctly  heard,  e.  g.  ^^^-^  Gen.  41  :  33  for  i^ni) ; 
so  .s^n  Zech.  9  :  5,  Mic.  7:10,  S?iiJn  Ps.  39  :  14  for  ^tr\ . 


Consecution  of  Accents  in  Prose. 

§36.  1.  The  second  use  of  the  accents  is  to  point  out 
the  relation  of  words  to  one  another.  The  Disjunctives  in- 
dicate a  greater  or  less  separation  between  the  word  on  which 
they  stand  and  the  following  one  ;  the  Conjunctives  indicate 
a  connection.  The  greatest  separation  of  all  is  effected  by 
Silluk,  which  is  written  under  the  last  word  of  every  verse, 
and  is  followed  invariably  by  two  dots  vertically  placed  ( : ), 
called  Soph  Pasuk  (P^cs  qio  end  of  the  verse).  The  next  in 
power  are  Athnahh  and  S'gholta.  When  a  verse  was  to  be 
divided  into  two  clauses,  Athnahh  was  placed  under  the  last 
word  of  the  first  clause,  Silluk  maintaining  its  position  at 
the  end  of  the  verse.  If  it  was  to  be  divided  into  three 
clauses,  which  is  the  greatest  number  that  any  verse  can 
have,  the  last  word  of  the  first  clause  receives  S'gholta,  the 
last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and  the  last  of  all  Silluk. 
Verses  of  one  clause  range  from  Gen.  26  :  6,  containing 
three  words,  to  such  as  Jer.  13: 13  and  1  Chron.  28  :  1,  con- 
taining more  than  twenty :  the  most  common  division  is  into 
two  clauses,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:1:  yiicn  .  .  .  D^n'b2<  ;  three  clauses 


^  87       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.        47 

are   much   less   frequent,    Gen.    1:7  '•  15  •  ^'^U'?^  •  •  •  ^'^P'?\3 
23  :  16,  2-i  :  30,  26  :  28. 


a.  In  Job  1  :  8   S'gholta  occurs  in  a  verse  of  two  clauses  -without  Ath 
nalih.  probably  because  the  accentuation  is  conformed  to  that  of  Job  2  :  3. 

2.  Each  of  these  clauses  is  capable  of  subdivision  to 
wha-tever  extent  its  length  or  character  may  seem  to  demand 
by  the  Disjunctives  Zakepji  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhql,  R/bhi,% 
^  Pazer,  and  'Flisha  Gh'dhgla,  according  to  the  number  of  sec- 
""^  tionsto  be  made  and  the  various  degrees  of  their  completeness. 
Thus,  in  Josh.  1  : 8  the  clause  of  Athnahh  is  divided  into 
five  sections,  ^  .  niir^b  . .  nb^?  . . .  ^^2^  . . .  Tri-a^"* ,  in  2  Kin. 
1  :  6  into  six,  VOP?  •  •  •  "^^i^-  H!?^  .  ^i^'?^!'?  . .  '"'t''^?  . .  l''^5? . 
The  choice  of  the  accent  to  govern  a  particular  section  de- 
pends not  only  upon  its  power,  but  likewise  upon  its  rank, 
th-e  more  exalted  officer  standing  in  ordinary  cases  nearer 
the  sovereign.  Accordingly  toward  the  beginning  of  a  clause 
an  inferior  Disjunctive  will  be  used,  even  though  the  separa- 
tion is  such  as  would  require  an  accent  of  much  higher 
power  to  indicate  it  in  a  more  advanced  portion  of  the  same 
clause.  These  accents,  moreover,  have  not  a  fixed  value  like 
the  stops  in  other  languages ;  their  power  is  not  absolute  but 
relative,  and  varies  endlessly  with  the  circumstances  of  the 
case.  Athnahh  in  Gen.  1 :1  marks  the  o-reatest  division  in  the 
verse,  but  that  is  not  sufficient  to  require  a  comma.  In  the 
next  verse  Zakeph  Katon  is  equal  to  a  semicolon  in  the  first 
clause  and  less  than  a  comma  in  the  second.  In  Gen.  27:16 
the  separation  indicated  by  R'bhi*  is  Avholly  rhythmical. 

Tciii^^  AceeTifs;  ^ 

p  /J^od^  ct.  Tfiose  accents  which,  as  above  described,  mark  the  limits  ofolauses 

'  •        x"^     •  •  '  -  —      ,  ^^        — , 

'and  sections,  are  denominated  pause  accents,  vi*^  •  — —  f 

§37.  In  the  sections  thus  created  the  accents  are  dis- 
posed relatively  to  the  Disjunctive  which  marks  its  close. 
Each  ruler  has  his  servant  and  subordinate   officer,  whose 


48 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


U7 


function  it  is  to  wait  upon  him.  In  other  words,  each  Dis- 
junctive is  regularly  preceded  by  a  particular  Conjunctive  and 
inferior  Disjunctive ;  and  the  train  of  accents  in  each  section 
is  formed  by  arranging  the  Disjunctives  in  their  fixed  order 
of  succession  with  or  without  their  regular  Conjunctives  until 
all  its  words  are  supphed.  The  trains  proper  to  the  different 
sections  are  shown  in  the  following  table  : 


Primary 
Sections. 

ii 

(5 

CO 

a 
t 

in 

o 
O 

So 

m 

> 

is 
\\ 

ft 

Is 
ft 

H 

> 

O 

P 
O 

* 
1 

4 

■  1-i 

^1 

T) 

Xk.l 

<s 

A 

..C) 

S^' 

^ 

k:)L) 

Secondary 
Skctions. 

KutcfK 

\ 

5>^ 

• 

.  H 

J  J  J  J 

J 

7 

? 

Unpsual 
Sections. 

• 

1 

^; 

,;> 

«</» 

V  J  J  J  J  J 

/ry^  <£jiA^'  cC^ajl^w  fli  JjIsl  cx^^^^^oa-voC^.  ^^[M^cJ^^ 


KJ\..Lj-  oA  \  l^J^     f^  0^<YjtX\A  \h   ^  o^l 


A 


v,jva->       '"11w/<W'^<>^ 


J^h^rxij^a 


§  38       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.        49 

a.  Accents  of  like  forms  are  readily  distinguishable  in  the  table  by  the 
column  in  which  they  stand.  Where  perspicuity  requires  it  the  distinction 
will  hereafter  be  inade  by  appending  their  initial  letters,  thus  :  Kadhma  * 
Pashta  >  Mahpakh  ^"j  Y'thibh*''. 

§  38.  JExplanation  of  the  Table. — The  trains  preceding 
the  three  principal  accents  are  exhibited  in  the  horizontal 
lines  of  the  uppermost  division ;  those  of  the  ordinary  de- 
pendent sections  in  the  middle  division,  and  those  of  rare 
occurrence  at  the  bottom. 

1.  Train  of  Silluh. — If  Silluk  be  immediately  preceded 
by  a  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Merka ;  if  a  Disjunctive  precede 
it  in  the  same  section,  with  or  without  an  intervening  ]\Ierka, 
it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.     If  there  be  a  Conjunctive 
before  Tiphhha,  it  will  be  Merka,  Gen.  1  : 1 ;  if  two  Con- 
junctives, which  occurs   but  fourteen   times,  they  will  be 
Merka  Kh'phula  and  Darga,  Gen.  27:25,  Lev.   10:1,  2 
Chron.  20  :  30.     The  next  Disjunctive  before  Tiphhha,  in 
the  same  section,  will  be  T'bhir,  Gen.  1:4.    If  'Fbhlr  be  pre-  -X-Z^o 
ceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Darga,  Gen.  1  :  12,  or  ^>^'7^ 
IMerka,  Gen.  1  :  26 ;  if  by  two,  the  second  will  be  Kadhma,"^^"^ 
I  Sam.  15  :  33,  or  Munahh,   Gen.  2:4;  and  if  by  three,  "^^^^ 
the  third  will  be  T'lisha  K'tanna,   Gen.   2:19.     The  next 
Disjunctive  before  T'bhir,  in  the  same  section,  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  2G  :  11,  27  : 4,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  23  :  4.     If  Geresh 
be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen. 
24  :  7,  or  Munahh,  Isa.  60  :  17 ;  if  by  a  second,  it  will  be 
T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Munahh  with   P'sik,  Gen. 
28  :  9 ;  if  by  a  third,  it  will  be  Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34  ;  if 
by  a  fourth,  it  will  also  be  Munahh,  Deut.  1  :  19. 

a.  The  parentheses  of  the  table  contain  alternate  accents.  Thus, 
Merka  is  substituted  for  Darga  and  for  Mahpakh  (before  Pashta  in  the 
clause  of  Zakeph  Katon)  if  no  more  than  one  vowel  intervenes  between 
the  Conjunctive  and  the  king  which  it  precedes,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22.  Gen. 
1 :  24.  26  ;  Gen.  5:17,  Deut.  1 :  2,  35.  Munahh  is  also  regularly  substi- 
tuted for  Kadhma,  whenever  the  accent  stands  on  the  initial  letter  of  the 
word,  Gen.  25:8.  Gen.  19:35;  1  Kin.  19:7.  Deut.  1:28;  Gen.  19:12; 
4 


50  ORTHOGRAPHY.  J  38 

Eccl.  5  :  7.     G'rashayim  takes  the  place  of  Geresh  provided  the  accent  is 
on  the  ultimate  and  it  is  not  preceded  by  Kadhma  either  on  the  same  or 
the  previous  word,  Ex.  16  :  23,  36  :  3.     When  two  accents  are  included  in  a 
parenthesis  the  meaning  is  that  if  an  additional  accent  is  required,  these 
two  will  take  the  place  of  the  one  before  the  parenthesis.}  P'sik  has  no 
separate  place  in  the  consecution,  but  is  joined  with  the  other  accents  to 
modify    their   power.     It   is   constantly^associated    with   the  Disjunctive 
Shalsheleth   to   add   to   its  strength:  and^  occasionally,  with  the  different 
V  Conjjiniitiv;es  to  r^diacejlieir^trength,  but  wjthout  disturbing  th^25l5^'' 
irccyu'\A  of-their  consecution,  e.g.  with  Merka  Ex.  16:5,   Munahh   Gen.   46:2, 
7^/    J  Maiipakh  Ex.  30:34.  Kadhma  Lev.  11:32,  Darga  Gen.  42:13,  T'liaha 
^/|        \K'tanna  1  Sam.  12:3. 

2.  Train  of  Athnalih. — If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a 
Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Munahli,  Gen.  1:1;  if  by  a  Disjunc- 
tive in  its  own  section,  it  will  be  Tiphliha,  Gen.  1:1.  The 
accents  which  precede  Tiphhha  have  already  been  mentioned 
in  explaining  the  train  of  Silluk. 

3.  Train  of  8'gliolta. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
S'gholta  wdll  be  Munahh,  Gen.  3:3;  if  there  be  two,  the 
second  will  be  Munahh,  Lev.  8  :  31,  or  Merka,  Gen.  3  :  14. 
The  first  Disjunctive  in  its  section  will  be  Zarka,  Gen.  1:28; 
and  if  this  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Mu- 
nahh, Gen.  1  :  7,  or  Merka,  1  Chron.  5:18;  if  by  two,  the 
second  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen.  30  :  16,  31  :  32 ;  if  by  three, 
the  second  will  be  Munahh  and  the  third  Kadhma,  Lev. 
4  :  35.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Zarka  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  24  :  7,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  39  : 3.  The  accents  pre- 
ceding these  have  been  explained  in  1. 

4.  Train  of  Zakeph  Katon, — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
Zakeph  Katon  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  2,  the  second  like- 
wise Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  45.  The  first  Disjunctive  will  be 
Pashta,  Gen.  1:2;  or,  if  the  proper  place  of  the  accent  be 
the  first  letter  of  the  word,  Y'thibh,  Gen.  1:11,  2:11. 
The  first  Conjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be  Mahpakh,  Gen. 
1  : 9,  or  Merka,  Gen.  1:2;  the  second,  Kadhma,  Gen. 
39  :  19,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  12;  the  third  will  be  T'lisha 
K'tanna,  Ezr.  3  :  11.     Tlie  Disjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be 


J  38       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         51 

Geresh,  Gen.  1  :  24,  or  G'rasliayim,  Gen.  1:11;  the  further 
consecution  is  explained  in  1. 

a.  In  some  instances  Pashta  is  found  not  in  the  train  of  Zakeph  Katon, 
but  seeming  to  govern  an  independent  section,  e.g.  Ex.  29:20,  Deut. 
9:6,  Josh.  l^O:  11,  2  Sam.  14  : 7,  2  Chron.  18:  23. 

5.  Zakeph  Gadhol  is  mostly  used  instead  of  Zakeph 
Katon  when  no  other  accent  precedes  it  in  its  own  section, 
whether  upon  the  same  word  or  one  before  it :  "^S?  ?I^5  Gen. 
9  :  4  (in  some  editions),  in  which  it  is  preceded  by  Munahh, 
is  exceptional. 

6.  Train  of  B'd/d''.—T\\G  first  Conjunctive  before  R'bhia^ 
will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:9;  the  second,  Munahh  commonly 
with  P'sik,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Darga,  Gen.  6:15;  the  third, 
Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen.  7  :  23,  31 :  29,  or  Merka,  Ex. 
14  :  10.  The  Disjunctive  before  R'bhi^will  be  Geresh,  Ex. 
16  :  3,  or  G'rashayim,  Deut.  1:11,  which  are  preceded  as 
in  1. 

7.  Train  of  Fazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34,  by  two,  Ezek.  9:2,  by  three,  1 
Sam.  14  :  34,  or  by  four,  Isa.  66  :  20. 

8.  Train  of  Tlisha  6'/^V//^o/«.— T'hsha  Gh'dhola  is  the 
weakest  of  the  Disjunctives  which  are  ever  set  to  rule  inde- 
pendent sections.  Its  weakness  is  in  fact  such,  that  it  is 
sometimes  drawn  into  the  section  of  a  stronger  Disjunctive  ; 
thus,  in  Gen.  1:12,  Lev.  4  :  7,  1  Sam.  17  :  51,  Isa.  9  :  5, 
Neh.  5  :  18,  it  takes  the  place  of  T'lisha  K'tanna  among  the 
antecedents  of  Pashta,  standing  between  it  and,  Geresh  or 
G'rashayim ;  in  Gen.  13  : 1,  21  :  14,  Deut.  26  :  12,  it  stands 
similarly  between  T'bhir  and  Geresh  or  G'rashayim.  And 
in  many  cases,  perhaps  in  most,  when  it  rules  a  section  of 
its  own,  this  is  a  mere  subsection,  not  so  much  a  division  of 
one  of  the  principal  clauses  as  a  fragment  broken  off  from 
one  of  the  larger  sections  at  a  point  where  T'lisha  K'tanna 
would  have  stood  had  the  connection  been  sufficiently  close 


52  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  39 

to  require  a  Conjunctive,  e.  g.  Gen.  19:2,  1  Kin.  20  :  28. 
That  this  is  not  always  so  appears,  however,  from  examples 
like  2  Sam.  14  :  32,  Gen.  7  :  7,  Isa.  66  :  19,  Jer.  39  :  5,  and 
particularly  Gen.  31  :  52,  w^here  nn^tJi^i  corresponds  to  the 
preceding  ''^^'Di^ .  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  may  be  preceded  by 
one  Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  46,  by  tw^o.  Josh.  .2:1,  by  three, 
or  by  four,  1  Kin.  2:5. 

9.  Shalsheleth  occurs  but  seven  times,  viz..  Gen.  19:16, 
24  :  12,  39  :  8,  Lev.  8  :  23,  Isa.  13  :  8,  Am.  1  :  2,  Ezr.  5 :  12, 
and  in  every  instance  stands  upon  the  initial  word  of  the 
verse,  and  is  accompanied  by  P'sik.  It  has  consequently  no 
antecedents. 

10.  Karne  Phara  is  only  used  sixteen  times.  Its  section 
never  contains  less  than  three  words :  its  immediate  prede- 
cessor is  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  to  which  may  be  added 
one  Munahh,  Num!  35  :  5,  Neh.  5  :  13,  13:5,  2  Chron. 
24  :  5  ;  two,  2  Kin.  10  :  5,  Jer.  38  :  25,  Est.  7  :  9,  Neh.  1 :  6, 
2  Chron.  35:7;  three.  Josh.  19  :  51,  2  Sam.  4  :  2,  Jer. 
13  :  13  ;  four,  1  Chron.  28  :  1 ;  or  five,  Ezek.  48: 21. 

§39.  1.  The  complete  trains  of  the  several  accents  con- 
tain one  Disjunctive  from  each  of  the  inferior  orders,  dis- 
posed in  due  succession  of  rank,  with  one  Conjunctive 
immediately  preceding  the  first  class  of  Disjunctives,  two 
Conjunctives  preceding  the  second  class,  three  the  third  class, 
four  or  more  the  fourth  class.  These  trains  are  adapted  to 
sections  of  different  length  and  character  by  omitting  such 
of  the  Conjunctives,  and  more  rarely  by  repeating  such  of 
the  Disjunctives,  as  the  mutual  relations  of  the  words  may 
seem  to  require,  and  breaking  off.  the  series  as  soon  as  every 
word  in  the  section  is  supplied.  Thus,  while  the  general 
order  of  consecution  is  fixed  and  invariable,  there  is  the 
utmost  liberty  and  variety  in  particular  cases. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  Conjunctives  go  beyond  the  number 
here  assigned.     Thus.  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  two  Munahhs  in  Ex.  3:  4, 


§  39        CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         53 

and.  accordinof  to  some  editions,  in  Isa.  48:  11.  T'bhir  is  preceded  by  four 
Conjunctives.  Josh.  10:  11,  2  Chron.  22:  11,  Isa.  66:20;  Pashta  by  four, 
Sx.  5  :  8.  2  Kin.  5  :  1,  and  even  by  five,  Josli.  19  :  51. 


2.  If  a  section  consists  of  but  a  single  word,  this  will  re- 
ceive the  appropriate  Disjunctive,  the  entire  antecedent  series 
of  the  table  being  then  omitted  as  unnecessary ;  thus,  Silluk 
:nb^l  Gen.  5:5;  Athnahh  '\'n^^'\  Gen.  24:34;  Zakeph 
Katon  r\\^eD^  Isa.  I  :  30 ;  R'blii^  n-ji^Tj)  Gen.  7:19;  Pazer 
ni3S-]  Gen.  22  :  2 ;  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  pn  Gen.  19  :  8.  This, 
as  has  been  already  said,  is  the  regular  length  of  the  sections 
of  Zakeph  Gadhol  and  Shalsheleth;  but  those  of  S'gholta 
are  never  composed  of  less  than  two  words,  and  those  of 
Karne  Phara  never  of  less  than  three. 

3.  In  sections  of  greater  length  there  is  a  disposition 
towards  a  regular  alternation  of  Disjunctives  and  Conjunc- 
tives upon  successive  words,  e.  g.  Gen.  23  :  II  ?  ,  ,  ^  ,  ,  , , 
Gen.  24  :  7  .,  \  '  '*,  and  consequently  though  two  or  more 
Conjunctives  may  be  allowed  before  a  particular  Disjunctive, 
only  the  first  of  these  is  in  the  majority  of  cases  employed. 
The  actual  relations  of  words  may,  however,  so  interfere  with 
this  regularity  as  on  the  one  hand  to  cause,  the  intervening 
Conjunctives  to  be  dropped  entirely,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:22  ,,.,., 
1  Chi'on.  15  :  18  '''',/'''',  or,  on  the  other,  to  introduce 
as  many  Conjunctives  as  the  table  will  admit,  e.  g.  Gen. 
3:14  \  ,  \^  '^\  But  if  either  of  the  three  primarv  sec- 
tions consist  of  but  two  words,  the  first  must  have  a  Dis- 
junctive accent,  however  close  its  relation  may  be  to  the 
second,  e.  g.  :  0^2  rig^i  Gen.  9:20,  Dj-^r?  -np??:  Gen.  3:5, 
•insir-^  nn-j  Gen.  19:4. 


a.  In  Gen.  24  :  15.  where,  however,  editions  differ,  Silluk  is  in  a  section 
of  two  words  immediately  preceded  by  Merka. 

b.  Sometimes  an  excluded  term  of  the  series  will  take  the  place  of  the 
eecondary  accent  Methegh.  §44.  Tiphhha  is  thus  five  times  written  upon 
*he  same  word  with  Silluk.   e.  g.  Num.   15  :  21,  and  eleven  times  with 


54  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  4C 

Athnahh.  e.  g.  Num.  28 :  26.  Munahh,  Gen.  21 :  17,  for  which  Kadhma  is 
sometimes  substituted,  Gen.  18:  21,  often  stands  upon  the  same  word  with 
Zakeph  Katon.  Kadhma  is  also  joined  in  this  manner  with  Munahh,  Lev. 
10:12,  Merka,  Judg.  21:21,  Neh.  12:44,  Mahpakh.  Lev.  25:46,  and 
Geresh.  Ex.  16  :  15.  21  :  22,  35.     Mahpakh  with  Munahh.  Lam.  4  :  9. 

4.  Occasionally  a  subordinate  Disjunctive  or  its  alternate 
is  repeated  in  the  same  section  with  or  without  its  ante- 
cedents.     Thus,   T'bhir,  Deut.  26:2 '^^  ,   '' ,  so 

Deut.  30  :  20,  1  Sam.  20  :  21,  2  Kin.  17  :  36.  Zarka,  2  Kin. 
1  :  16  "//"/,  so  ver.  6,  Gen.  42  :  21,  Jer.  21 : 4,  Neh. 
2:12.  Vashtai  Gen.  24:14,  42,  48,  65;  1  Kin.  20:9. 
Pashta,  Pashta  and  Y'thibh,  2  Kin.  10:30,  Ezr.  7:25. 
Geresh  and  G'rashayim,  Gen.  28  :  9. 

a.  There  is  a  double  accentuation  of  part  of  Gen.  35  :  22j  and  of  the 
entire  decalogue,  both  in  Ex.  20:  2-17,  and  Deut.  5:  6-21,  which  involves 
a  double  vocalization  in  certain  words,  e.g.  :^b3  Ex^  20:3,  i.e.  either 
:'^23  or  ""is.  Single  words  also  occur  w^th  alternative  accents,  e.g.  with 
G'rashayim  or  Geresh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  nY  Gen.  5:29,  ^innp  Lev. 
10  :  4,  -i-i;'  2  Kin.  17 :  13,  nKxb?  Ezek.  48  :  10,  ni<V  Zeph.  2:15. 


Poetic  Consecution:  /^.  ^r^^^^/^^-^ 

^407  1.  The  principle  of  the  consecution  is  the  same  in  ^^^ 
the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  although  there  is  consid-  ^= 
erable  diversity  in  the  details.  There  is  a  like  division  of 
verses  into  clauses  and  sections  ruled  by  a  Disjunctive  at  the 
end,  which  imposes  upon  them  its  own  special  train  of 
accents.  The  sections  are  fewer,  however,  and  the  trains 
shorter  than  in  prose,  on  account  of  the  greater  brevity  of 
the  sentences  in  poetry  for  the  most  part.  But  this  reduc- 
tion is  more  than  compensated  by  the  new  complexity  arising 
from  the  latitude  allowed  in  the  choice  of  Conjunctives, 
which  it  seems  impossible  to  reduce  to  fixed  rules,  and  is 
probably  to  be  referred  to  their  use  as  musical  notes  for  the 


§  40  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  55 

cantillation  of  the  synagogue.  It  should  be  added,  that  the 
embarrassment  arising  from  this  inherent  complexity  of  the 
subject  is  seriously  aggravated  by  the  numerous  discrepancies 
in  the  different  editions  of  the  Bible,  by  which  the  true  ac- 
centuation in  the  three  poetical  books  is  often  involved  in 
doubt  and  uncertainty. 

a.  In  addition  to  availing  himself  of  the  researches  of  others,  particu- 
larly of  Nordheimer  and  Evvald  in  their  discussions  of  this  subject,  the 
author  has  examined  verse  by  verse  the  entire  book  of  Proverbs  and  the 
first  division  of  the  Psalms  (Ps.  1-41),  as  well  as  other  selected  Psalms 
and  portions  of  Job.  As  the  result,  he  confesses  himself  quite  unable  to 
disentangle  the  mystery;  and  as  the  only  contribution  he  can  make 
towards  its  solution  he  has  concluded  to  present  in  detail,  and  in  as  con- 
venient a  form  as  possible,  the  facts  observed,  hoping  that  some  future  ex- 
ploration may  discover  the  principle  of  order,  if  any  such  principle  there 
be,  in  this  apparently  inextricable  confusion. 

2.  Verses  may  consist  of  one,  two,  or  three  clauses,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  three  Disjunctives  of  the  first  class.  If 
the  verse  contain  but  one  clause,  Silluk  will  be  written  upon 
the  last  word,  Ps.  4  :  1 ;  if  it  contain  tw^o  clauses,  the  divi- 
sion will  be  made  by  Athnahh,  Ps.  1:4,  or  by  ]\Ierka- 
Mahpakh,  Ps.  1  :  2.  3  :  3,  upon  the  last  w^ord  of  the  first 
clause  ;  if  it  contain  three,  the  last  w^ord  of  the  first  Avill  have 
Merka-Mahpakh,  the  last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and 
the  last  word  of  the  third  SiUuk,  Ps.  1  :  1.  Clauses  may 
consist  of  a  single  section  when  no  subdivision  of  them  is 
necessary ;  or  they  may  consist  of  two  or  more  sections, 
when  the  subdivision  is  effected  by  R'bhi^'  or  Pazer,  e.  g. 

: •  Ps.   18  :  51,  :    . ^  Prov.   1  :  10, '.  *  Ps. 

41:7, *  /  Ps.  7:6,,  : •  .."Ps.  17:14. 


56 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


§41 


§41.  The  order  of  the  accents  in  the  various  sections 


is  exhibited  in  the  following  table  : 


Principal 

Sk€TIONS. 

H 
>  H-i 

is 

Conjunctives. 

fi 

So 
(5 

Conjunctives. 

« 
1 

.OUjiCv 

.'    V. 

»r 

.;.(.):< 

or  -"s               : 

<  • 

•  -1 

(S 

UJ:    Ll:  UJ. 

.0 

.in. 

:H':!h:i 

"r(:)i^i\)]^ 

< 

■H 

CO 

scbordixate 
Sections. 

• 

• 

•i;-!H;:H:'i 

H 

■%-w^ 

Explanation  of  the  Table. 

a.  Train  of  Silluk. — If  Silluk  is  preceded  by  a  single  Conjunctive,  it 
will  be  Munahh,  Prov.  1 :  4,  or  Merka  either  alone  as  Prov.  1:2,  or  com- 
pounded with  Zarka.  Ps.  10 :  5,  and  P'sik,  Ps.  10  :  3.  If  it  be  preceded  by- 
two  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  Ps.  5:5,^^  Ps.  10:6,^  ^  Prov.  12:  1 
(in  some  editions),        Prov.  25  :  26,  ■*  ^  Ps.  18  :  7,  "^  ■*  Ps.  36  :  1,  or  ■"  '  Prov. 


5  41  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  57 

8: 13.    If  it  be  preceded  by  three  Conjunctives,  they  will  be.^  ^  ^  Ps,  24:6 

*  Ps.  10  :  2  (or  ^^  /  Ps.  7  :  6),  ^  ^  ^  Prov.  26 :  25  (or  ^  ^  /  Ps.  28  :  8  or  ^  ^  ^ 
Prov.  29: 13),  ^  .  ''  Ps.  4:  8,  ^  ^  '  Prov.  3:27,  ''■'*.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
four  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ^  /  ,  Ps.  89:2,  ^  ,  /  ^  Ps.  32:5,  or 
■^  ■*  *^  Ps.  3  :  3  (in  some  editions  ^  ''  \).  If  it  be  preceded  by  five  Con- 
junctives, they  will  be  ^  ^  * ^  ^  Job  32:6,  37:12  (in  this  latter  example 
some  editions  substitute  a  Makkeph  for  Merka). 

If  Silluk  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
R'bhi^-Geresh,  Ps.  1:1,  5:3,  10.     R'bhi"-Geresh  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive, ,   Ps.  5:4  ;  by  two,^  ^  Ps.  8:2,  or^  ^  Ps.  31 :  10,  19;  by  three, 
or  Ps.  73:4. 

There  are  occasional  deviations  from  the  Conjunctives  of  the  table; 
thus,  R'bhi"-Geresh  is  in  Ps.  34:8  preceded  by  ^  "  ^.  In  some  of  these 
cases,  however,  editions  differ  in  their  notation  of  the  accents.  Thus,  in 
Ps.  5:7  some  editions  have  ^  "*  before  Silluk,  others  ^^  ";  in  Ps.  18:36, 
Prov.  30: 17,  some  have  ^  ,  others  ^  ;  in  Ps.  20:2  some  have  ^   ,^ ;  others 

;  in  Prov.  24  :S  some  have  ^  ^  ,  others  ^  ,  the  two  words  being  joined 
by  Makkeph.  So,  again,  some  editions  have  in  Ps.  9:  11  ^  before  R'bhi*- 
Geresh,  in  Ps.  18*:  44  ,  in  Prov.  27:19  .  in  Prov.  21:17  ;  while 
other  editions  do  not  depart  in  these  passages  from  the  order  given  in  the 
table.     Similar  discrepancies  exist  in  the  other  sections  likewise. 

h.  Train  of  Afhnahh. — Athnahh  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive, 
^  Ps.  5:8  (or  ^^  Prov.  8:30,  34).  ^  Ps.  5  :  3  (or  ^  Ps.  35  :  21,  /  Ps.  69:2), 
^  Prov.  23:3.^  Ps.  14:3,  Prov.  6:3  (or  ^  ^  Prov.  16:10);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:8  (or^  _^  Ps.  7:17),  ^  ^  Prov.  28:25,  Ps.  5:2  (in  some  editions  the 
latter  example  has  ),  Ps.  14:5,        Prov.  11:12.  14 -.21,      '    Ps. 

37:1.        Prov.   8:21,        Ps.  25 :  16 ;  by  three,  Prov.  24:21.  Ps. 

6:6  (or^  ^  ^  "*  Ps.  9:10,  or  ^  ^    ^^   Ps.  16:10),  ^   ^   ^  Ps.  10:17,  ^    '    '  Prov. 
8:13,  Ps.  18:50,       .     ,  Ps.   10:13,  ^  *    Prov.  6:27.     "   '   'Ps.72:3: 

by  four,  Prov.  3;  12,  Prov.  24:16.  Ps.  34:7.        ■"    Ps 

32:2  (in  some  editions).  ■*  Prov.  1 :  19    "       ■■    Ps.  65:2. 

If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
Tiphhha  initial,  Ps.  1  :  6,  26  :  4.  Tiphhha  initial  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,  ^  Ps.  5  :6  ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps.  9: 19  (or  ^  ^  "  Ps.  14  :  1,  or  ^  Ps. 
16:9),^  ■"  Ps.  32:11,^  ^  Pe.  35:  14,  15,^  /  Prov.  25:20;  by  three.  ^^ 
Ps.  23:6,,  ,  /  Ps.  27:1,^  /  ^  Ps.  12:5  (or  ^  ^  ^  "  Prov.  27:14),^*^'* 
Ps.  9  :  14. 

c.   Train  of  Merka-Mahpakh.—Merka-Mahpakh  maybe  preceded  by 
one  Conjunctive,  which  is  almost  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  Ps.  1:1 


58  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  42 

though  occasionally  it  is,  in  some  editions  at  least,  Merka,  Ps.l5:5,  35:  10, 
or  Mahpakh,  Ps.  24:8,  31: 10.  If  it  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its 
own  section,  Zarka  will  be  employed,  Ps.  1 :  1,  Prov.  1:11. 

Zarka  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ^  Ps.   12:  7  (or  ^^  Prov. 
1 :  22),  ^  Ps.  6  :  3,  ^ ,  Ps.  12 :  3,  /  Ps.   31:12;  by  two,  ^   ^ '  Prov.  30  :  15  (in 
some  editions,  /),  ^  ^  Ps.  24:'l0  (or  ^   ^^  Ps.  13:6),,  ,  ^  Ps.  21:10,  ^  * 
Ps.  27 :  2  (or  /  ^  "   Ps.  35 :  26),  /  **  Ps.  7  ;  10 ;  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  29  :  9, 

'     Ps.  31  :  14,     '     "       Ps.  10  :  14;  or  by  four,  '     Ps.  40  :  6. 

d.  Train  of  Rhhi". — R'bhi"  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ,  Ps. 
5  :  1,  ^  Ps.  8  :  2  (or  /  Ps.  23  :  4,  or  ^  ^  Ps.  6:7),^  Prov.  28  :  22,  '  Ps.  22  :  25, 
*Pe.  ll:2(or    '  Ps.  5  :  11) ;  by  two,        Prov.  8  :  33.        Ps.  28  :  7   (or 

Ps.  18:3),,  /  Ps.  9:7,^  \  ^  Ps.  11:4,^  /  Ps.  26 :  1,  \  Ps.  27  :  6  (or  "*  ^^ 
Ps.  5:9),^/'  Prov.  6  :  22, ,  \  Ps.  18:1  (or  /  /  Ps.  7:7,  or  / ,;  Ps. 
39  :  5),  ,  *''  Job  16 :  10 ;  or  by  three, ,  ,  \  Ps.  40 :  7,  ^  ,  \  Ps.  41  :  7  (or 
^  "  /  ^  Ps.  39 :  6,  or  ^  "  /  ^  "  Ps.  3 :  8,  or  ^  /  ^  "  Ps.  41 :  14),  W  Ps. 
19:14  (or',  \  "  Ps.  39:12),  ■*,  '  ■*  Ps.  40  :  11, ,     /  '  Prov.  24:31. 

e.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ^  Ps. 
89:20  (or,  ^  Prov.  30:8),'  Ps.  32:5  (or,  '  Ps.  17:14);  by  two,  _  Ps. 
5 :  10,  Prov.  7  :  23  (or  ^  ,^  Ps.  28 :  5),  /  Ps.  13  :  3  (or  ^  /  Prov.  27  :  10), 
^^  Ps.  90:4, ,  \  Ps.  7:6,  ,  \  Ps.  39:  13,  ^  ,  Ps.  11:2,  /  Ps.  5:12;  or 
by  three,  ^*  Ps.  22:35,  23  :  4,  ^  ,  ,  Prov.  23:29  (where  sone  editions 
have        *). 

§42.  The  trains  of  these  several  accents  are  adjusted 
to  sections  of  varying  length  by  expedients  similai  to  those 
employed  with  the  prose  accents,  viz. :  1.  Omitting  the  Con- 
jmictives  in  whole  or  in  part.  2.  Repeating  the  Disjmic- 
tives,  e.  g.  *'  Ps.  14  : 1,  "Ps.  17  :  14,  or  their  equivalents,  e.  g. 
Tiphhha  initial  before  *'  Ps.  7:10,  before  '  Ps.  9  : 1 ;  '  before 
"  Ps.  18  : 1,  before  •  Ps.  22  :  15  ;  "  before  Tiphhha  initial  Ps. 
16:17.  3.  Writing  two  accents  upon  the  same  word, 
an-^niy^'M  Ps.  5:11,  '^nin  Ps.  27:11,  ^i^"?:!:!  Ps.  18:16. 
4.  Uniting  two  or  more  words  by  Makkeph,  so  that  they 
require  but  a  single  accent.  5.  Writing  the  difiPerent  parts 
of  a  compound  accent  upon  separate  words ;  thus,  Merka- 
Mahpakh  '^:&$  b^tix  Ps.  6  : 3,  Merka-Zarka  T^n  -^5  Ps.  22:9, 
Mahpakh-Zaika  n&^n  ^i  Prov.  6 : 3. 


§43  MAKKEPH.  59 

a.  Sometimes  when  two  accents  are  written  upon  the  same  worl.  one 
is  the  alternate  of  the  other;  thus,  ?^'3  Prov.  1 :  19,  may  be  either  y^2  or 
S::3  according  as  the  accent  remains  in  its  proper  position  in  the  ultimate, 
or  is  thrown  back  upon  the  penult  in  consequence  of  the  next  word  being 
accented  upon  its  initial  syllable. 


Makkeph. 

§43.  Makkeph  (^^'^  jouiw(f)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  by 
which    two,    three,    or   even    four   words    may   be   united. 
^S-]Pi<,   ^rnir?n-cs    Gen.    30:31,   '^H't^:    Gen.    33:11, 
iHrs-brniji  Gen.  12  :  20,  25  :  5,  Ex.  20  :  11,  rrs-in'n-bj-b:^ 
Ex.  22  :  8,  fnir-^rn-b^-b:?  Job  41  :  26.     It  belongs  properly 
to   the  ^:]SccentuaLsysteni,  words  which  are  closely  related ] St6~ 
being  often  connected  in  this  manner  in  order  to  Obviate  VlUJi- 
the   necessity  ol_  unduly  multiplyijig   C^junctiye   accents.  |/' 
Thus,  the  first  fifteen  words  of  Ex.  22  : 8  are  in  this  manner 
reduced  to  eight.    Monosyllabic  partides^are  fxecjuendy,  and 
some  almost  constantly,  linked  with  the  Succeeding  or  fi-e- 
cedmg  word,  of  which  they  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  manner 

^penda^esj  thus,  bx ,  b:? ,  r&5 ,  biD ,  bjc ,  ]s ,  na ,  &{p ,  etc.    Exam- 
ples are  not  wanting,  however,  of  J^ger  words  similarly 
united,  e.  g.  □"'■ir™'^  Dent.  19:15,  nbyn-£sD  1  Kin.  17:21, 
nin^i-nri?  Isa.  31 : 4.  i  This  use  of  Makkeph  is  not  to  be  £^-  ^  ^ 
founded  with  that  of  the  hvphen  in  modern  languages  between  ^ 
the  members  of   a  compoimcl^  as  self-same,  master-huUder, 
Words  united  by  Makkeph  are  still  as  Separate  as  ever  in  char- 
acter and  signification;  but  they  are'^'onounced  together^and  S. 
areiAccented  as^ though  t^iey  formed  but  ^^le  ^vord.     Hence,  '^ 
whatever  number  of  words  be  thus  joined,  the  Bst  only  will 
receive  an  accent.     And,  as  a  further  consequence,  if  a  word 

preceding  Makkeph  properly  ends  in  a  Jong  mixed  syllable, 
this  will,  by  the  loss  of  the  accent,  be  Shortened,  ""i  t2?-ri{ ,  >4- 
f]i3rb3 ,  HD'-j^rirn ,  or  failing  this,  will  commonly  receive  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  ?|bi"'-Dig,  Mi^^r??. 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  44 

a.  Tsere  remains  before  Makkeph  in  "(3,  ^3.  ^?,  "j^?  ;  it  sometimes  re- 
mains and  is  sometimes  shortened  in  C'lJ,  "O^^  sia:.  ns  e.g.  Gen.  16:13 
h'in'i'-c'ii ,  but  ver.  15  133"nd  .  It  once,  remains  according  to  some  editions 
in  ~ni<  Job  41:26,  a  word  which  is  three  times  written  rx  without 
Makkeph.  Ps.  47  :  5,  60 :  2,  Prov.  3  :  12.  Comp.  §  19.  2,  a. 
^f  b.  Makkeph  is  occasionally  found  in  the  middle  of  a  long  word,  which 

ry-^C^  r  has  been  erroneously  divided  into  two,  e.g.  n^E~nE7  Jer.  46 :  20,  and 
^XZ^n^^  perhaps  n'ip"n;r2  Isa.  61 :  1.  Sometimes  words  are  thus  divided  without 
^"^'oj  I  ^  Makkeph  to  unite  the  sundered  parts,  e.  g.  D^3r  ^3  Lam.  4:  3.  =n"^nb  "ina 
Hc2^l  2  Chron.  34:  6,  and  probably  Jiiin  ^idnx  Hos.  4:  18,  nins  nsnb  Isa.  2  :'20'. 
rt^'^f^-  (See  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentary  on  this  pas.sage.)  The  last  two  ex- 
YVY^»  amples  are  plainly  intended  by  the  punctuators  to  be  read  as  separate 
words.  This  might  likewise  be  done  in  the  preceding  examples  if  they 
were  pointed  ciii?  ^S  and  cn^na  nna  . 


Methegh. 

§44.  Methegh  (^t^''9.  bridle),  a  small  perpendicular  stroke 
under  the  initial  letter  of  the  syUable  to  which  it  belongs, 
is  a  secondary  accent  denoting  a  stress  of  voice  inferior  to 
the  main  accent.  As  this  latter  always  has  its  place  in 
Hebrew  either  upon  the  ultimate  or  the  penult,  distinctness 
was  promoted  and  monotony  relieved,  especially  in  long 
words,  by  giving  prominence  to  one  or  more  of  the  antece- 
dent syllables.  There  is  a  natural  tendency  to  heighten  the 
force  of  the  accent  by  passing  lightly  over  the  immediately 
preceding  syllable,  this  diminished  force  creating  in  its  turn 
a  new  stress  upon  that  next  beyond  it,  and  so  on  in  alternate 
elevations  and  depressions  to  the  beginning  of  the  w^ord. 
Agreeably  to  the  principle  just  stated,  Methegh  regularly 
stan(jls  in  polysyllables  upon  the  second  syllable  before  the 
accent,  and  again  upon  the  fourth  if  the  word  have  so  many, 
e.  g.  D'iii^n,  qo55;,  '^rik-'^si;' ,  dh^p?,  Drpm^ciz'a,  nirb^r™. 
And  so  upon  two  or  more  w^ords  connected  by  Makkeph, 
which  are  pronounced  as  one,  e.  g.  Vrnxn';^  Gen.  22  :  8, 
orip-Di^-'S  1  Sam.  21 :  7. 

a.  Sometimes,  however,  particularly  when  the  nature  of  the  syllables 
requires  it,  §32.  1,  Methegh  takes  the  place  of  the  principal  acf^ent  before 


§45  METHEGH.  61 

Makkeph  irrespectiv^e  of  the  position  of  the  accent  upon  the  following 
word,  i?-- i';s'rn  Num.  21:  3n.  ycjan—br  Num.  21:  33,  bia-Tib^.  Jer.  34: 1 
D^n-nb-bDi  Gen.  30:  32,  i'^J.-xibr^/ 1  Sarii.  21 :  12,  ■^S-^3  Ex.  19*:  5. 

b.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  position  of  Methegh  is  determined  by 
that  ofthe  tone-syllable,  not  by  tbat  of  the  accentual  sign  when  these  are 
not  coincident,  as  ti-equently  happens  with  prepositives  and  postpositives, 
e.g.  ■""'''^Iv!  Deut.  4:26.  ?:^r1ni'n  Josh.  22:27,  where  the  tone  falls  on 
the  penult,  C'^p^in'"'  Jer.  26:21,  where  the  tone  is  upon  the  ultimate. 


§45.  The  secondary  accent  is  liable  to  be  shifted  from 
its  normal  position  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

1.  If  the  syllable  which  shonld  receive  it  is  mixed,  it 
may  be  given  in  preference  to  an  antecedent  simple  syllable, 
e.g.  nn/SOTicn  2  Sam.  22:24,  tf'^nnna^  Job  1:7,  n^innrnr 
Ezek.  42  :  5,  t:J^5fn"bN^  Gen.  43:7;  or  if  none  such  precede, 
it  may  be  omitted  altogether,  e.  g.  DCij^i^n  Jer.  33  :  24, 
''PS^^^T^n  1  Kin.  21 : 1,  rnsf^n-bs-njj  Deut.  6:25. 

2.  It  is  always  given  to  simple  syllables  when  followed 
by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  whether  simple  or  compound,  or  a  vowel 
which  has  arisen  from  Sh Va,  the  slight  pronunciation  proper 
to  the  Sh'va  or  its  derivative  giving  new  prominence  to  the 
preceding  vowel,  ^nri^'; ,  r^T}-^^ ,  ^i'^J,  f^'i^i^??  Gen.  30  :  38, 
^T^^,v ;  sometimes  to  intermediate  syllables,  §  20.  2,  e.g. 
^bno  Isa.  9:17,  10:34,  T\^^y  Obad.  ver.  11,  particularly 
after  He  interrogative  or  when  Daghesh-forte  has  been 
omitted  as  after  the  article,  Vav  conversive,  and  the  prepo- 
sition I'Q,  e.  ff.  bTZJ'on ,  nrrnn ,  ^5bn ,  ninss ,  o-'i^^n^s:-  ,  nki-cb , 
'•n!^!  ;  rarely  and  only  as  an  exception  to  a  mixed  syllable 
standing  in  the  first  place  before  the  principal  accent,  e.  g 
xfcnn  Gen.  1 :  11,  Q-^r^sn  Ex.  12  :  7,  Zech.  14  :  2. 


a.  It  hence  appears  how  Methegh  comes  to  be  of  use  in  distinguishing 
the  doubtful  vowels,  §  19.  and  to  what  extent  it  can  be  relied  upon  for  this 
end.  As  it  invariably  accompanies  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable  when 
followed  by  vocal  Sh'va,  it  must  always  be  found  with  a.  I,  and  fi  preced- 
ing Sh'va.  inasmuch  as  this  will  necessarily  be  vocal.  Initial  ^  u.  the  un 
emphatic  conjunction,  is  an  exception,  with  which  it  is  commonly  not 
written,  e.  g.  ni;?:^  Gen.  6:  19,  nxb^J)  Gen.  31  :  4,  though  it  is  sometimcB, 


62  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^45 

e.  g.  ^^^^Hr?  Gen.  1  :  IS,  nrr^;i  Judg.  5 :  12.  The  absence  of  Methegh, 
except  in  the  case  just  mentioned,  is  consequently  conclusive  evidence,  of 
the  shortness  of  the  vowel.  As,  however,  short  vdwels  in  intermediate 
syllables,  and  in  a  few  rare  instances  even  in  mixed  syllables,  may  receive 
Methegh.  the  presence  of  this  sign  does  not  of  itself  determine  the  vowe' 
to  be  long;  the  ultimate  decision  must  in  this  case  depend  on  other  con- 
siderations. 


3.  AVhen  by  the  operation  of  the  preceding  rule  Me- 
thegh comes  to  stand  in  the  first  place  before  the  accent, 
another  Methegh  is  nevertheless  occasionally  found  in  the 
second  place,  the  two  thus  standing  in  immediate  succession, 
e.  g.  ron^Qa  Gen.  32  :  22,  ^i:?;:j  Gen.  45:25;  and  even  three 
occur  upon  successive  syllables,  e.  g.  ^'i^^J^i^m  Isa.  22  :  19. 
Bat  commonly  where  there  is  more  than  one  Methegh,  their 
position  relatively  to  each  other  is  governed  by  the  same 
rules  as  the  position  of  Methegh  generally  with  relation  to 
the    principal    accent,    e.  g.    ^n?^tS''b ,    nhTjJni ,    ^rn-^nnxi , 

4.  Methegh  is  sometimes  written  under  a  letter  with 
Sh'va,  e.  g.  ^5;■^blj  Job  1 :  11,  2  :  5,  i£^?"W  Job  19  :  6,  rij?nS3 
Ps.  2  :  3,  nisnias  Jer.  49  :  18,  ^?^|i  Ruth  1 :  11. 


a.  A  Methegh  so  situated  is  called  Gaya  (5<^^3:3'  bellowing)  by  Jewish 
grammarians,  and,  according  to  Elias  Levita,  it  occurs  eighty-four  times, 
the  number  yielded  by  its  name  arithmetically  reckoned.  Methegh  upon 
a  short  vowel  before  a  compound  Sh'va  was  called  Ma"rlkh  ("""^X]?  pro- 
longing),  with  a  short  Hhirik  it  was  called  Hhlruk  (  p^iT)  gnashing). 


5.  The  place  of  Methegh  is  frequently  supplied  by  an 
accent  chosen  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  consecution,  §  39. 
3.  d.,  e.  g.  a^^nsii:  Isa.  66  :  13,  Dh^n'bsb  Deut.  12  :  31, 
D"}???^  Zech.  7:14,  Nn^-b?i  Num.  10:23,  ^bn^^^i  Josh. 
22:12. 


a.  The  want  of  consistency  or  of  uniformity,  which  may  be  occasion 
ally  observed,  in  regard  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  Methegh,  e.  g. 
ni'nx'r  Cant.  1:7,  ninx^a  Cant.  3:1;  chii:  Cant.  6 :  5.  cfi^rLam.  4:9; 


§  46  K  RI    AND    K  THIBH.  .    63 

nidir  Num.  31:12,  rin"^?  Josh.  4:13.  and  the  discrepancies  between 
different  manuscripts  and  editions,  e.  g.  nzbx  or  nibx  Gen.  45 :  28, 
nnTarsixb  or  nnTST-^sb  Ps.  81 :  3,  if  not  arising  in  the  first  instance  from 
clerical  errors,  are  probably  to  be  attributed  to  the  inferior  importance  cf 
the  sign  itself,  whose  place  might  be  presumed  to  be  sufficiently  determniej 
even  if  not  written. 


K'ri  and  K'thibh. 

§46.  Various  notes  extracted  from  the  Masora  (ri'^ic'a 
traditioii),  a  collection  of  remarks  upon  the  text,  are  found 
in  the  margin  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  which  are  explained  in 
the  glossary  at  the  end  of  most  editions.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  are  the  various  readings  known  as  the  K'rl 
(''"lip  read),  and  K'thibh  (^^r??  written).  If  in  any  instance 
traditional  usage  sanctioned  a  reading  different  from  that 
which  was  written  in  the  text  or  the  K'thibh,  the  punctuators 
did  not  venture  to  alter  the  text  itself  for  the  sake  of  making 
tlie  correction ;  they  went  no  further  than  to  connect  with 
the  letters  of  the  text  the  vowels  of  the  word  to  be  substi- 
tuted for  it  in  reading  or  the  K'ri,  with  a  reference  to  the 
margin  where  the  letters  of  the  substitute  might  be  found. 
Thus,  with  the  word  I'^'aj^^i  Josh.  6  :  7  is  connected  the 
marginal  note  ''ip  "i'ai5-«n.  The  vowels  here  attached  to  the 
K'thibh  belong  not  to  it  but  to  the  unpointed  word  in  the 
margin,  which  is  accordingly  "^^i^^i .  The  proper  vowels  for 
the  pronunciation  of  the  K'thibh  are  not  written,  but  must 
be  supplied  from  a  knowledge  of  the  form  indicated  by  the 
letters,  which  in  this  case  is  -n^i^;^^ .  Again,  in  ver.  9,  l^pn 
in  the  text  refers  to  p  "^ypn  in  the  margin ;  the  K'ri  is  here 
•^Jpn ,  and  the  K'thibh,  whose  vowels  are  left  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  reader,  ^rpn.  Jer.  42:6  has  !i?x  where  the 
marginal  note  is  ''^p  i:n:x  ;  the  K'ri  is  accordingly  ^*-^V^, , 
and  the  K'thibh  ^is5 .  In  order  to  indicate  that  a  given  word 
was  to  be  omitted  in  reading,  it  was  left  unpointed,  and  the 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  47 

note  ^^p  i^bi  n'lriD ,  written  but  not  read,  placed  in  the  margin, 
e.  g.  ^yir\  Ezek.  48  :  16,  xd  2  Kin.  5  :  18,  ^1T  Jer.  51 :  3. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  a  word  was  to  be  suppHed,  its  vowels 
were  inserted  in  the  text  and  its  letters  placed  in  the  margin, 
with  the  note  n^~^  xbn  "iip,  read  hut  not  written,  e.  g.  Judg. 
20:13  in  the  text  ^,.,  and  in  the  margin  "^m ,  to  be  read 
:.::? ;  so  Jer.  31 :  38  D"^X| .  In  1  Kin.  21  :  8  the  first  letter 
of  D"'1?9n  is  left  unpointed  as  superfluous,  and  in  Job  2  : 7 
1?,  is  explained  by  the  margin  to  stand  for  "I3?'i :  so  Jer.  18:23 
rT<^  for  rrf^^ . 

a.  The  number  of  these  marginal  readings  differs  in  different  editions. 
Ehas  Levita  states  that  there  are  848.  Others  have  computed  them  to 
be  1,000  J  others  still,  1,200. 

§47.  Sometimes  a  different  reading  from  that  of  the  text 
is  suggested  by  the  points  alone  without  a  marginal  note 
being  added  in  explanation,  as  when  a  particular  word  or 
orthography  is  regularly  substituted  for  another  of  frequent 
occurrence.  These  cases  are  presumed  to  be  so  familiar  to 
the  reader  as  to  require  no  other  index  of  their  existence 
than  the  presence  of  the  appropriate  vowels.  Thus,  the 
divine  name  nin'^ ,  which  the  Jews  had  a  superstitious  dread 
of  pronouncing,  Avas  and  still  is  read  by  them  as  if  it  were 
^j'^,  Lord,  whose  points  it  accordingly  receives,  rm^  ^  unless 
these  two  names  stand  in  immediate  connection,  when,  to 
avoid  repetition,  it  is  read  D^si'^iJ^  and  pointed  ron;;  Gen. 
15:2,  liab.  3:19.  The  antiquity  of  this  superstition  is 
attested  by  the  Kvpio<i  of  the  Septuagint,  followed  in  the 
English  as  well  as  in  other  modern  versions  by  the  rendering 
Lord.  The  true  sound  of  the  name  never  having  been 
noted,  is  now  lost ;  the  only  clue  that  is  left  being  its  ety- 
mology and  the  form  which  it  'assumes  in  composition, 
§  62.  1,  from  which  the  conclusion  has  been  variously  drawn 
that  it  was  nin;;,  ^O*?.,  or  nnn"^.  The  common  pronunciation 
Jehovah  is  manifestly  founded  upon  the  error  of  combining 


§48  K  RI    AND    K  THIBH.  65 

the  consonants  of  this  word  with  the  vowels  of  another  and' 
an  entirely  diflerent  one.  There  is,  however,  especially  as  it 
is  uncertain  whether  Yaltve  or  Yah"va,  or  either  of  these,  was 
its  original  sound,  no  good  reason  for  abandoning  the  pro- 
nunciation familiar  to  the  Christian  world  and  hallowed  by 
the  association  of  constant  usage  for  the  sake  of  adopting 
another  which  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  phonetically  more 
exact,  any  more  than  we  need  be  guilty  of  the  pedantry  of 
preferring  Yeshayalm  to  Isaiah  because  it  approaches  more 
nearly  to  the  original  pronunciation  of  the  prophet's  name. 
Other  standing  K'ris,  unnoted  in  the  margin,  are  i^in ,  \\\q 
form  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  feminine  which  is 
used  throughout  the  Pentateuch ;  this  is  designed  to  be  read 
S'^n,  though  the  sound  indicated  by  the  letters  is  in  all  proba- 
bility N^n .     So  nDiryffi';^  read  "lii?? ,  and  p?t'^n^  read  ai^^ir^n;! . 

§48.  In  the  absence  of  definite  information  respecting 
the  origin  and  sources  of  these  various  readings,  it  is  difficult 
to  determine  with  absolute  precision  the  weight  to  which 
they  are  respectively  entitled.  The  current  opinion  of  tlie 
ablest  Hebraists,  based  upon  a  careful  scrutiny  of  their  in- 
ternal character  and  the  relation  which  ordinarily  appears  to 
subsist  between  them,  is  that  while  tiie  K'ri  may  perhaps,  in 
a  few  cases,  correct  errors  in  the  K'thibh,  and  so  restore  the 
original  jea ding,  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  an 
explanatoiy  gloss  rather  than  an  emendation.  With  the  rare 
exceptions  already  suggested,  the  K'thibh  is  esteemed  the 
true  reading,  the  object  of  the  K'ri  being  to  remove  ortho- 
graphical anomalies,  secure  grammatical  uniformity,  substi- 
tute usual  for  unusual,  prevaihng  for  obsolete  words  and 
forms,  and  occasionally  to  introduce  euphemistic  expressions. 
While  the  K'ri  is  probably  not  to  l^e  esteemed  the  original 
reading,  therefore,  it  deserves  attention  as  the  grammatical 
or  exegetical  comment  of  a  steadfast  tradition. 


66  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  49 

Accuracy  or  the  Points. 

§49.  1.  All  the  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text  designed 
to  facilitate  its  reading  have  now  been  considered.  The  cor- 
rectness of  the  pronunciation,  which  they  yield,  is  vouched 
for  not  only  by  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  universally 
held  by  the  Jews,  but  by  the  scrupulous  minuteness  of  the 
system,  its  consistency  with  itself  and  with  the  vowel-letters 
of  the  text,  its  affinity  with  and  yet  independence  of  the 
vocalization  of  the  kindred  languages  the  Arabic  and  Syriac, 
and  the  veneration  for  the  already  established  text  which 
evidently  characterized  its  authors,  since  they  did  not  venture 
to  change  the  text  even  in  the  slightest  particular. 

2.  The  only  additional  information  which  has  come  down 
to  us  respecting  the  true  sound  of  Hebrew  words,  is  furnished 
by  the  mode  of  writing  proper  names  in  the  Septuagint 
version,  and  the  few  Hebrew  words  preserved  by  ancient 
authors,  particularly  Origen  and  Jerome.  These  have  been 
subjected  to  an  elaborate  comparison  with  the  Masoretic 
punctuation,  and  the  result  has  been  to  establish  their  sub- 
stantial agreement  in  the  main,  with,  however,  not  a  few 
remarkable  points  of  divergence.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
it  should  be  observed,  that  the  Hebrew  pronunciation  of  the 
Seventy  is  inferred  entirely  from  their  mode  of  spelling 
proper  names,  not  from  words  in  living  use  in  the  language. 
The  chances  of  inaccuracy,  on  the  part  of  the  translators,  are 
here  peculiarly  great.  Many  names  were  not  familiar  and 
were  of  rare  occurrence ;  and  as  no  system  of  vowel  notation 
then  existed,  they  were  left  entirely  to  their  independent 
knowledge  of  the  sound  of  each  individual  word.  These 
words  were  written  by  them  in  a  foreign  alphabet,  whose 
sounds  did  not  coincide  precisely  with  those  of  the  Hebrew, 
and  in  which  the  proper  equivalents  varied  somewhat  accord- 
ing to  their  combinations.     The  true  sound  was  also  de- 


^49  ACCURACY    OF    THE   POINTS.  67 

parted  from  sometimes  because  the  laws  of  Greek  euphony 
forbade  its  exact  reproduction.  The  negUgence  with  which 
they  are  chargeable  elsewhere  was  also  probably  aggravated 
here,  and  in  fact  there  are  many  instances  in  which  they  not 
merely  deviate  from  the  vowels  but  transpose  or  change  the 
letters.  Leaving  out  of  view,  therefore,  such  incidental  dis- 
crepancies as  are  to  be  accounted  for  in  the  ways  now  sug- 
gested, a  thorough  and  extended  examination  of  the  subject 
reveals,  with  all  the  general  agreement,  a  number  of  regular 
and  systematic  deviations. 

a.  These  are  thus  stated  by  Ewakl.  Lehrbuch.  p.  116.  (1.)  An  e  or  i  de- 
rived from  a  is  written  a.  as  nnn  &apa,  Cl^bz  BaXaa/A.  "(i"2a  Ta/Sawv,  C^Ta 
MapLafx ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  a  is  sometimes  written  e,  rra^'^bnx 
OXt/3efxa.  Tip  Kcve^.  ra  Te^,  especially  before  n,  as  nnp  Kope,  nnt  Zape. 
(2.)  e  is  written  for  i  and  6  for  u,  C^ns  XcTratot.  CiH-^^  Tcewa,  "ilJ?"!!} 
TeSewv.  O'^-i-J'S  Mea-paifji  r-^nx^  Oxo^a^.  n^T:?  O^ta.  (3.)  for  the  diph- 
thongal e  and  0  their  constituents  ai  and  au  are  substituted,  'ipp  Katvav, 
•123  Na^av.  (4.)  The  vowel  letters  are  softened  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  N'^p*;i  ovLKpa,  '^3'1'^1  oviSa/Srjp.  (5.)  Vocal  Sh'va  is  written  as  a 
full  vowel,  commonly  a,  or  if  an  o  follow,  o,  rixn^  ^ajSaoi^,  hii.VJ^  Payovr;X, 
cn^l'^S  X-cpov^Lfji,  -"ip  2o8o/u,a ;  the  final  vowel  of  Segholates  is  also 
written  6  if  o  precedes,  T\k^  MoXox-  "?."  yojjiop. 

3.  The  regularity  of  these  deviations  seems  to  be  best 
accounted  for  by  the  assumption  that  the  pronunciation 
represented  in  the  Septuagint  is  that  which  prevailed  among 
the  Jews  in  Egypt,  which  would  naturally  be  less  pure  than 
that  of  Palestine  represented  in  the  vowel  points,  and  which, 
moreover,  betrays  in  the  particulars  recited  above  a  strong 
leaning  to  Aramaean  forms  and  sounds.  Accordingly  the 
view  now  commonly  entertained  is  that  the  vowel  notation 
of  the  Masorites  is  correct,  at  least  in  all  essential  particulars, 
and  that  it  is  properly  to  be  put  at  the  basis  of  all  investiga* 
tions  into  the  phenomena  of  the  language. 


68  OKTHOGKAPHY.  ^  50 


Orthographic  Changes. 

§50.  The  signs  thus  far  described  represent  all  the 
sounds  of  the  Hebrew  language.  Its  stock  of  words  is 
formed  by  combining  these  in  various  significant  ways.  The 
laws  of  such'  combinations,  and  especially  the  mutations  to 
which  they  are  subject,  or  which  they  occasion,  next  demand 
attention.  When  a  particular  idea  has  been  attached  to  a 
certain  combination  of  sounds,  its  different  modifications 
may  naturally  be  expressed  by  slightly  varying  those  sounds. 
This  may  take  place, 

1.  By  the  substitution  of  one  letter  for  another  of  like 
character,  and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  organ,  e.  g. : 

iT^n  to  be,  exist,  ri^n  to  live  ;  ?23  to  pour  forth,  X23  the  same  idea  ap- 
plied to  words,  to  prophesy ;  p3r  to  encircle  the  neck  with  an  ornament, 
psn  to  strangle,  psx  applied  to  sounds  uttered  in  strangulation,  to  groan; 
^i''^  to  go  about  as  a  spy,  PS"!  to  go  about  as  a.  merchant;  d:3  to  collect, 
D'^T.aa  treasures;  ^"^25  a  cup,  5.'2i3  or  J'Sip  a  helmet  (of  similar  shape); 
Ti'i  tender,  delicate,  pn  thin  ;  "li^n  to  make  straight,  'Sn  to  straighten  the 
beam  of  the  balance,  to  weigh  ;  1133  first  born,  1^33  first  ripe,  ip3  the  first 
portion  of  the  day,  the  morning  ;  nbn  to  suspend,  nb'n  applied  to  a  bucket, 
to  let  doicn ;  ITS  to  cut,  i^i^  to  reap;  -Inj  gold,  -His  yellow;  '\'0'^  to  con- 
ceal, *|E"^  and  "fSIS  to  hide  away  as  treasures,  "ED  to  cover  with  boards ; 
l^rs  to  destroy  by  tearing  down,  TTna  to  destroy  by  uprooting ;  n^::  to  slay, 
nnt  to  sacrifice ;  bnn  to  bind,  Vna  to  bound  ;  rrna  to  break  up,  jiee,  Hia 
to  break  out,  blossom,  pia  to  break  in  pieces ;  ~:2;^  to  cut  ofif.  -^n  to  hew 
stone,  '2'^T\  to  cut  wood. ;  "in3  to  surround,  iii^  to  encircle  the  head  with  a 
crown  ;  T|r3  to  pour  out,  T|03  to  pour  hi  libation  or  in  casting  metals ;  "iH^ 
to  shine,  iny  to  be  pure;  nnn  to  engrave,  bin  to  plough;  ")n3  to  prove, 
ins  to  approve,  choose  ;  nn\a  /o  (/r/'rzA-,  its  causative  ni^irn  ;  -nn  to  break 
through,  ipn  to  investigate  ;  3^3  to  place,  its  reflexive  SSE'^nrt. 

2.  By  the  transposition  of  letters,  e.  g.  : 

I'lB  to  deal  violently,  i^S  to  urge  ;  irsj^  to  cut  with  the  sickle,  reap,  y\p^ 
to  cut  with  the  teeth,  bite;  vltL'3  to  blow,  T!iS3  breath;  &i3  to  collect,  D3D 
riches,  ni3^G^  storehouses. 

3.  By  the  addition  of  a  letter  : 

Thus,  from  the  letters  12S,  in  which  inheres  the  idea  of  compression, 
are  formed  ii^  to  bind,  '^'^1  to  press  together,  i:il<   to  heap   up,  ""^"^   to  be 


^  51  ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES.  69 

siraitenpcl.  "^3  to  guard,  besiege.  "^^  to  restrain,  isn  an  enclosure  ;  from  Ta 
are  formed  "iji  to  cut.  Tnj  /o  n<^  off.  t^is  /o  cu/  /oose.  go  away.  TT2  ^o  shear, 
5Ta  /o  plunder,  r"'T^  /ieir/i  stone;  t'"^!:  ^o  unfold,  make  distinct,  T'ij'^B  ^r* 
spread  out ;  cnr  a  vineyard,  i^'^'^S  a  garden. 

§  51.  Such  literal  changes  as  those  just  recited  not  onl}' 
serve  to  express  new  shades  of  meaning,  but  even  where  the 
nieanhig  remains  precisely  the  same,  they  may  represent 
diversities  of  other  sorts.     Thus,  the  distinction  may  be, 

1.  In  point  of  currency  or  style :  One  form  of  the  word 
being  in  more  common  and  familiar  use,  the  other  more  rare 
and  savoring,  perhaps,  of  the  elevated  or  poetic  style,  e.  g. ; 

i:£3  to  guard.  "^liS  poetic;  di'^a  cypress,  n'i'^3  once  in  poetry;  "i?0  to 
shut,  rarely  "'r9  5  '"""^^P  storm,  '^'}^'^  rare  and  poetic;  ~r^  lo  cover,  once 
Tjs'j  :  ~r'n  to  be  quenched,  once  T\'-i'l ;  -3;n  to  abhor,  once  2Xn  ;  bro  to  be 
foolish,  once  bos  ;  T\h''J  iniquity,  once  n'br  . 

2.  Of  antiquity :  The  pronunciation  of  a  word  or  its 
form  may  undergo  changes  in  the  lapse  of  time.  Of  the 
few  instances  of  this  sort,  which  our  imperfect  data  enable 
us  to  fix  upon  with  some  measure  of  confidence,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  taken  as  specimens,  e.  g. : 

To  laugh  in  the  Pentateuch  pns,  in  other  books  (Judg.  16:25  ex- 
cepted) pnb  ;  to  cry  out  in  the  Pentateuch  p?^,  oidy  once  (Ex.  2  :  23) 
p5T  which  is  the  more  frequent  form  in  other  books  ;  2b3  .  riarr  a.  lamb, 
occur  in  the  Pentateuch  interchangeably  with  ^123 ,  i^bns,  which  are  the 
only  forms  found  in  other  books  ;  a  sceptre  133'I3 .  but  in  the  book  of  Esther 
IS'^nnd  ;  Damascus  p"r'^;'=5  ,  in  Chronicles  pbia'n'n  ;  how  1  Chron,  13:  12, 
Dan.  10  :  17  Ti'^D  ,  in  earher  books  rpx  . 

3.  Of  Dialect :  The  same  word  may  come  to  be  pro- 
nounced differently  by  those  who  speak  distinct  though  re- 
lated languages.  Thus,  the  Aramaean  dialects,  the  Chaldee 
and  Syriac,  in  very  many  words  regularly  substitute  x  for  the 
Hebrew  final  T\ ,  and  the  corresponding  Unguals  for  the  He- 
brew sibilants,  2i  being  sometimes  still  further  weakened  by 
the  loss  even  of  the  Ungual  sound  to  that  of  the  guttural  V , 
e.  2f.  : 


70  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  52 

Heb.  nrn  to  icander,   Chald.   xra  ,  Syr.  ]L4,  ;  Heb.  nnj  gold.  Chald. 
sr:''=?5    Syr.  IcCT?;  Heb.  ^^is  a  rocA:,  Chald.   ^rj  ,    Syr.   ]?^  ;  Heb.  Trbd 

G  -    ^ 

^Aree.  Chald.  nbn  ,  Syr.  I^Z ,  Arab,  e?^*  5  Heb.  ^nx  /Ae  earlh,  Arab. 
ijoJ;  Chald.  ynx,  Syr.  ]l^?j  .  Other  consonant  changes:  Heb.  "ja  a  so??, 
Arab,  ^o"!  ,  Chald.  12  ,  Syr.  j-L ;  Heb.bi:;^  ^o  A-///,  Arab.  JJcsJ  Heb. 
bbp":,  Syr.  ^^Q^ua-J;  Heb.  X&3  o,  ^/tro/ie,  Chald.  "DniiSjSyr.  ilic?as,  Arab. 
tLS;  Heb.  np^bn  a  feld,  Chald.  wsbpn  ,  Syr.  \L1 ,  Eth.  iIl4»A.  I  . 

4.  Of  simple  euphony :  An  alternate  form  of  a  word 
may  be  produced  to  facilitate  its  pronunciation  or  make  its 
sound  more  pleasing,  e.  g. : 

"l^y'^X ,  ■^^^iX  purple;  Ciab ,  "(Wb  to  hate;  f^3'4^  ,  «^^^^3  chamber^ 
•jas/nzr  Achan;  -^xnsJi^s  ,  n^s-i-i3133  Nebuchadnezzar;  ax^ ,  il^in 
Doeg ;  D^apbx,  Q'^53^«bi<  almug  or  algum  trees  ;  m'j'Snb^,  mr^nTa  Zee/A. 

a.  Mere  varieties  of  orthography  must  not  be  mistaken  for  consonantal 
changes,  e.  g.  t<b  occasionally  for  ib  and  vice  versd,  probably  r^ibsb  for 
Mbsp,  and  such  permutations  of  gutturals  as  abound  in  the  manuscripts 
of  the  Samaritans,  who,  making  no  distinction  in  the  sounds  of  these 
letters,  perpetually  confounded  them  in  writing,  Gesen.  Sam.  Pent.  p.  52. 
A  like  faulty  pronunciation  has  been  attributed  to  the  Galileans,  to  which 
there  is  a  probable  allusion  in  Matt.  26:73.     Buxtorf  Lex.  Chald.  p.  434. 

§  52.  The  changes  thus  far  described  result  in  the  pro- 
duction of  distinct  words,  and  belong  to  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon  rather  than  of  the  grammar.  The  lexicographer  re- 
gards such  words  as  cognate,  and  traces  them  back  to  their 
common  source ;  but,  in  the  view  of  the  grammarian,  they 
are  totally  distinct.  The  mutations  with  which  the  latter 
concerns  himself  are  such  as  take  place  in  the  direct  deriva- 
tion and  inflection  of  words.  These  are  altogether  euphonic, 
are  more  restricted  in  their  character,  and  take  place  within 
far  narrower  limits,  than  those  heretofore  considered.  When 
words  are  subjected  to  grammatical  changes  their  sounds 
are  brought  into  new  connections,  attended,  it  may  be,  with 


^  53  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  71 

a  difficulty  of  utterance  whicli  detnancls  some  measure  of 
relief,  or  tliey  pass  readily  and  naturally  into  other  sounds, 
which  are  easier  of  pronunciation  or  more  agreeable  to  the 
ear.  The  mutations  thus  induced  are  of  Three  sorts,  viz. : 
/►CoiiSQiiant  Changes,  tlie<ipon\ersion  of  Consonants  into 
Vowels,  andSVowel^^hanges.  These  will  require  to  be  con- 
sidered separately. 


Consonant  Changes. 


§  53.  The  first  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
affect  the  consonants.  These  mostly  arise  from  the  concur- 
rence of  two  consonants,  creating  a  difficulty  in  the  pronun- 
ciation or  yielding  a  sound  displeasing  to  the  ear.  This  may 
take  place  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  a  syllable. 
Syllables  in  Hebrew  may,  and  often  do,  begin  with  twoj?on- 
sonants,  §18.  1;  but  the  necessity  of  this/is  avoided  mffyj/ih 
certain  cases  by  the  following  expedients  : 

1.  In  the  beginning  of  words  the  "Weak  letter  n  is  some- 
times  "prefixed  with  a  ^iort_vowel,  thus  creating  a  no^initial 
syllable  ^to  which  the  first  consonant  may  be  transferred. 

fl ,   Pt  as  ^es*S  '-  ^ 

a.  TheGnl^msiances  of  this  are  afforded  by  the  %econ^  and  Seventh 
conjugations  of  verbs,  the  Nij>hal  and  Hithpael,  e.  g.  ^i:;?^  =:  baprti  for 
bc5;?3;  '^h:^,':^p,  probablyfor  b-^;rn  §82.  5.  h.  In  ui^-nx  Ezek.  14 :  3  X  is 
prefixed  instead  of  n  . 'nProsthesis_is  more  common  in   the  domain  of  the 

>C     -^xicon.  jWjiejie  X  is  ahvays_the  letter  used,  e.g.  ?'i'^T ,  ?i^.Tj<  arm  ;  birn, 

^        birrx    yesterday.     A   prefixed  N^  is  even  occasiopjilly  employed  to  sojTten^ 
the  pronunciation  witliout  the  necessity  stated  above,  e.  g.  cni^nx  .  c"55X  , 

^        C'^ris-^'ix,  c^j?TX.     ^^n  Chaldee  nnx  blood,  Heb.  n-ir-^x  garden.  B.e\). 

J^Oh-ia.     In  Arabic  the  concurrence  of  two  consonants  at  the  begirming  of  a 
word  is  regularly  obviated  by  prefixing  I .     Comp.  Greek  x^^'^^  ^X'^^'^- 


/ 


2.  The  ¥rst  of  the  concurrent  consonants,  if  it  has  a 
comparatively  Jeeble^sound,  is  sometimes  dropped. 


72  ORTHOGEAPHY.  §  53 

^  a.  Tit  IS  occurs  llegularly  in 'Verbs  whose  fii'^  radical  is  ^  or  J^,  and  in 

'n71'»€^.iiGs_^rived  from  siiclT  verbs,  e.g.  -ij  for  "u:^ ,  HrTj  for  ns"'i'fT  ^^S  Tor 
Q  ^-'"^b^di,  •,n'i>)7^5,  ^n  Ezek.  2:10  for  "^n:,  brurn  Ezek,  1:4  for  H'^'H? ,  and 
«<-^  perhaps  "N3  Am.  8:8  for  '<^'0.  '  -^ 

A       '^    X  is  thus  dropped  in  iJPia  for  ^3n:x,b  for  "i^'X  ;  alsoin  a  lew  instances  from 
fv^  the  beginning  of  the  second'^llable  of  words,  e.g.  ?i1^.i<|^^  Ezek.  28:16  ,^ 

i  for  T1-I3XX1  :  riX   Job'^siTTl  for  -pTNX  ;  D-nsion  Eccl.  4:' 14  for  C^'^^^Oxn  :  J  ~^' 

,:^  o^^fl^n  2Chron.  22:5  for  D-^JsnNn  ;  p-nD^^  Ezek.  20:37  for  r'^cx^;  rbb^    ^5-/: 

1|l  1    Kin.   5:25   with    Daghesh-lbrte    conservative   for   nbiixTD  ;    -Hx    Prov.  ~ 

.;i  8:17  for   znxx ;   -PT^    Prov.    17:4    for    TTXri;    r»riu:    1    Sam.  1:17   Ibr 

^  T|r)^X^  •      These  examples  likewise  admit  of  a  diti'erent  explanation;  js^ 

,1  may  give  up  its  consonantal  power,  losing  its  sound  in  that  of  the  pre- 

^  ceding  vowel,  agreeably   to  §57.  2  (2),   after   which  it  may  readily  be 

j^  dropped  altogether. 

^  ^  is  occasionally  dropped  from   the  participles  of  the  Pual  or  fourth 

o  conjugation,   as  n^b  for  nj^b^:  ;  b  in    nj^  for  nj^b  ;  n  in  nsb  Ex.  3:2  for 

'^  ^^'1^;   ^T'^!^  Ex.'7:22  forftin^-jnb/.Ex.  7:]li)and  perhaps  3  in  nn^iD 

Gen.  49 :  11,  which  appears  to  be  for  nh^iDD  . 

b.  The  rejection  of  a  consonant  from  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  when 
not  immediately  followed  by  another  consonant,  is  exceptional  ;  as  IT 
Judg.  9:11  for  "i^^  ;  nnn  2  Sam.  22:41  for  nnn; ;  In  Ezek.  33:30  for 
Tnx  ;  niErn  Neh.  3 :  13  for  nierxn  ;  ^nbnnri  Judg.  9 : 9  for  ^nb^nnn,  and 
perhaps  zid  Jer.  42:  10,  which  seems  to  be  tor  SittJV 

3.  Tlie.^coiid  consonant  is  sometimes  dropped,  If  it  is  a 
letter  of  leeMe  sound. 

/.  ^■ 

a.  TMg  is  llgjzujarly  the  case  with  J]^ of  the  j^lJcle^  and  ofA;;exbal  "Pre- 
fixeSfJknd  ^as  the "nnal T^^djcal  ofV^rbsj  e.g.  t^'^^.h  for  n";2fjb;  bqj?^  for 
^'^T^n*:;  ^^3  tor  ^^'ba7a* 

It  occurs  besides  in  a  few  sporadic  examples  with  these  sarne  letters, 
and  more  rarely  still  with  N  ,  1 ,  and  3? ,  e.  g.  iT  for  int ,  "ij  Ezek.  2  :  10  for 
"113,  liS'rii  for  -JS^in"^,  nS^'^P?  and  wB^^p?  with  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive for  ^ns^qp';  and  iinn^-jp  ;  !i'n*_i  Lam.  3:53  for  ^^^^1,  Tirrn  Gen. 
3  :  16  for  r,i:i"'in';  ^ssb^  Job  35  :  11  for  ^iSE^XTa  ,  D^isn  Ex.  26:  24  for  D'^isXFi, 
hT}-^  Isa.  13  :  20  for  bfix-; ,  ^sntni  2  Sam.  22  :'40  for  "^3^7X^1 ;  ^3  Isa.  3  :  24 
for  "''S,  ""r  for  ^'Z  .  C''c;j  for  D"^""^ ;  "^3  as  a  particle  of  entreaty,  probably 
for  ^rin,  np'l"3  Am.  8:8  (K'thibh)  for  J^^'i^^'? ;  ^3  the  name  of  a  Baby- 
lonish deity  for  br3  is  a  foreign  contraction.  The  conjecture  that  133 
Mic.  1  :  10  is  for  i3:>'3  in  Accho  is  ingenious  and  favoured  by  the  occurrence 
of  r;3  ill  Gatk  in  the  parallel  clause;  but  it  is  at  variance  with  the  points, 
which,  upon  this  hypothesis,  should  be  133. 

h.  In  rare  cases  this  rejection  occurs  even  after  a  mixed  syllable, 
whose  final  consonant  is  thus  drawn  forward,  e.g.  rirx  for  nnrx,  n?2n 
Job  29:6  for  HN^n,  Z%TT\  Ex.  2:4  for  ik^rn  and 'probably  pcx  Ps. 
139  :  8  with  Daghesh-forte  conservative  for  pboit . 


§54  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  73 

§  54.  'V^lien  tlil^fconcurrence  takes  place  at  the  (plose  of 
a  syllable,  whether  the  secojid  consonant  belongs  to  the  same 
syllable  with  the  first, as, at  the  end  of  words;  or  to  a  djfier« 
egt  syllable^as  in  the  middle  of  words,  the  following  changes 
may  be  produced.    ^ 

1 .  An  ijspirate  ipllqwing  another  consonant  Jj^s^  its 
aspiration,  §21;  or^if  it  be  brought  inttr juxtaposition  with 
its  J^^  so  as  to  form  a  doubled  letter,  the  aspiration  of  both 

^^/^  will  be  removed,  §23.  2,15nless^he  combination  occurs  at 

^  '•"  the  |nd  of  a  word,  where  the  reduplication  is  not  expressed, 

§  25.     Thus,  rjq  for  t\Tfa  ,  D^rn  for  niznnn ,  ^nnb  for  innnb , 

but  nn  from  nnn,  trrta  1  Kin.  1  -.  15  for  TTfytii  or  ^in'llt^)?, 

nin)2  Ezek.  4  :  3  for  ni^nn^ ,  t^hm  Mai  1 :  14  for  T'^ni?^  . 

2.  The  ^iJ  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  ^in  certain 
cases ^s^smiilatei  to  the  second,  the  doubling  thus  occasioned 
being  expressed ^s  in  the  case  of  letters  originally  alike, by 
Daghesh-forte,  fegept  at  the  ^^  of  words,  §25,  where 
Daghesh  disappears  or  is  only  virtually  present,  being  re- 
sumed upon  the  addition  of  a  fresh  vowel  or  syllable.  This 
is  most  frequently  the  case  with  the  liquid  - ,  rarely  Avith  b 
and  "^  and  only  in  particular  Avords ;  so  n  of  the  Hithpael 
of  verbs  before  1  and  "J ,  and  in  a  few  instairces  before  sibi- 
lants and  other  letters,  and  T  at  the  end  of  a  few  words 
before  n.  Thus,  in':  for  irp,  nni?  for  r^?^?^  ;  "i^^  ^oi'  '^P^^ 
ni?  Ezek.  27  :  23  for  nibs  Am.  6:2;  ^5'?  for  "^b  nrx ;  \<53^:i 
for  ^i^s'^n':,  i^^^'j  for  «i2t:n\  ^i-rn  for  ^i^jrn,  ciait^n  for 
cfcirnn ,  ^snan  for  ^ibrnn ,  nfesn  for  nfesnn ;  tb  for  n^b ,  ttv^ 
for  n^nx . 

a.  So  perhaps  3  in  nsia  according  to  Gesenius  for  H0=?3  and  C^  for 
baa.  Compare  Greek  o-vyyei/r;?  for  crvi/yer7;s,  Teru/x/xai  for  TeTUTr/xat,  and 
Eng.  il-logical.  ir-religion,  im-mature  formed  by  the  negative  prefix  in. 

3.  A  few  isolated  cases  occur  of  the  reverse  process  more 
common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  by  which  a  doubled  letter  is 
resolved  into  two  different  consonants  by  the  change  of  the 


74  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^55 

first  or  the  second  member  of  the  reduplication  to  a  liquid 
"lor  3,  e.g.  ^^^^  forbiDti,  pi?^^'^  for  ptJ^Tf ,  0^:t:p^  Isa. 
28  :  11  for  v''t?'2,  "^ifp  Job  18  :  2  in  the  judgment  of  some 
for  ^k?  ends,  though  others  make  the  2  a  radical,  and  give 
the  word  the  sense  of  snares.  The  conjecture  that  "^atin  Ps. 
64  :  7,  Lam.  3  :  22  is  for  ^lari  is  unnecessary  and  unwar- 
ranted. 

4.  When  n  of  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  would  stand  before 
a  sibilant,  it  is  transposed  with  o  and  IB ,  and  with  2r  it  is  in 
addition  chano;ed  to  t2.  Thus,  nnnoia  for  incnis,  nisrn^:'  for 
^■fe^O? ,  "1?™?  for  "i^ijri? ,  PT^??  fo^  Pt^'^?  • 

a.  In  nsiJiiitinn  Jer.  49:  3  the  transposition  does  not  take  place  incon- 
sequence of  the  number  of  similar  letteTNs  which  would  thus  be  brought 
into  proximity.  In  the  cognate  languages  n  is  likewise  transposed  with  t 
and  changed  to  ^:  thus,  Chald.  ■|^"n!«l  lor  "lainn;  so,  also,  in  Syriac  and 
Arabic.  The  only  example  of  a  Hebrew  verb  whose  first  letter  is  T  ap- 
pearing in  this  conjugation  is  sistn  Isa.  1:16,  where  n  is  assimilated 
agreeably  to  2.  Compare  with  these  transpositions  the  frequent  Doric 
change  of  ^  (=  8cr)  into  aB,  as  o-vptcrSco  for  crtipt^co. 

§55.  The  occurrence  of  a  consonant  at  the  end  of  a 
word  may,  inasmuch  as  the  succeeding  word  must  necessarily 
begin  with  one,  be  regarded  as  an  additional  case  of  the  con- 
currence of  consonants.  As  the  contact  is  less  close,  how- 
ever, than  when  they  meet  in  the  same  word,  it  is  less  fruitful 
of  changes  than  in  the  cases  already  considered. 

1.  There  are  three  instances  in  which  it  has  been  doubt- 
fully conjectured  that  a  final  1  has  been  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing initial  "a ;  viz.  uiwii^'}  Isa.  35:1  presumed  to  be  for 
•j^irb^;  Di^^s  Num.  3  :49  for  "ji^^s  Ex.  21  :  30,  Ps.  49  :  9  ; 
D^oGen.  28:12. 

a.  Final  consonants  are  in  Sanskrit  perpetually  modified  by  the  initia* 
letter  of  the  following  word.     But  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  this  is  so  in 
Hebrew,  even  in  the  examples  alleged,  as  the  forms  admit  of  a  diflfcrent 
explanation.     See  in  regard  to  the  first  passage,  Dr.  Alexander's  Com 
mentary. 


§  56  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  75 

2.  A  few  cases  occur  of  the  rejection  of  a  letter,  chiefly 
1  and  ^ ,  fi'oni  the  end  of  a  word. 


a.  "i  of  the  verbal  endings  "y^  and  "i"^  ^  is  almost  always  dropped,  being 
only  retained  as  an  archaic  or  emphatic  form,  and  chiefly  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  e.  g.  ■|15t;;  Dent.  8  :  16,  but  mostly  d"};;;  inain  Gen.  32:20,  com- 
monly ^nanp!;  ')''b?^n  Ruth  3:4.  commonly  ""br n .  So,  too,  in  some 
proper  nouns,  'ji'^t'^  Zech.  12:  11.  in;i73  Josh.  12  :2l  ;  'i^*'^,  whose  original 
*]  is  shown  in  the  derivative  "'V^''^  and  is  perpetuated  in  the  modern  name 
Seilun. 

b.  In  like  manner  a  is  rejected  from  the  dual  and  plural  terminations 
of  nouns  upon  their  entering  into  the  close  connection  of  the  construct 
Btate  with  the  following  word.  "^pTX  from  C^ITX,  "^na  from  n"n3 . 

c.  If  the  feminine  endings  n^  and  n^  have,  as  is  probable,  a  common 
origin,  this  may  be  best  explained  by  the  assumption  that  n  is  in  many 
cases  rejected  Irom  the  termination,  leaving  only  the  vowel,  though  it  is 
always  retained  when  any  addition  is  made  to  the  word:  thus,  the  con- 
struct state  n^=r|,  absolute  '"^^rf^j  but  with  a  suffix  "^n^sn ;  n^-j;^ 
(comp.  ri'TX  Deut.  32  :  36),  '^:r3::p.  It  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  this 
phenomenon  does  not  establish  the  possibility  of  an  interchange  between 
the  consonants  n  and  n,  because  n  in  this  case  represents  not  h  but  the 
vowel  a. 


§  56.  A  few  other  changes  remain  to  be  mentioned  which 
are  due  to  special  causes. 

1.  Nun  is  often  inserted  in  certain  forms  of  verbal 
suffixes  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  two  vowels,  ^nnny^i 
Jer.  5:22,  or  §53.  3.  a.  ix'in:?,^,  Isa.  33:21  for  ^nnn?;, 
^nrrriinx  Ex.  15:2  for  ^nfe^ini^.  Comp.  Gr.  ai/oo-to?  and 
Enghsh  indefinite  article  a?i. 

2.  Vav  at  the  beginning  of  words  is  changed  to  "^ ,  e.  g. 
"-ib^  for  "i:?J ,  "i"?:  for  ^bi ,  b'lbp;'  for  bbpT .  The  only  exceptions 
are  the  four  words  IJ ,  nil  Prov.  21  :  8,  n^i  Gen.  11  :  30, 
nb*;  2  Sam.  6  :23  (Kri),  and  the  prefixes  Vav  Conjunctive 
and  Vav  Conversive. 

3.  Vav,  though  capable  of  being  reduplicated,  e.  g.  "4.;^ 
is  in  most  instances  relieved  from  this  necessity  by  the  sub- 
stitution of  '^,  or  by  doubling  the  following  letter  in  its 
stead,  e.  g.  u'l^^^  or  D^T^,  for  u^"^^ , 


76  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  57 

a.  In  one  instance  after  such  a  change  of  1  to  "^j  a  following  '^  suffers 
the  contrary  change  to  1  to  prevent  the  triple  recurrence  of  the  sama 
letter,  T\^.l1^,  Isa.  6  :  9  for  T)^^'ix^. 

4.  Yodli  before  the  plural  termination  U^ .  is  in  a  few 
cases  clianged  to  ^5  to  prevent  the  conjunction  of  like 
sounds,  0^5? V5n  Hos.  11  :  7  for  D^^bn  Josh.  10  :  26  ;  n^xinsz 
Hos.  11  :  8  for  a'?h:2  Gen.  10  :  19 ;  D-'X^^^  from  "^n^^;  Q^icnsr 
(also  riixDi^)  for  D^'^nit ;  \>?i!:a  Jer.  38  :  12  for  ^ibn  (or  as  some 
read,  r^ibs)  ver.  11. 


a.  In  like  manner  t  is  changed  to  ^t  before  m"  in  the  word  m'xs  for 
riii3  from  ni3;  it  is  consequently  unnecessary  to  assume,  as  Gesenius  does, 
a  sinorular  nx:  which  never  occurs. 


Change  of  Consonants  to  Vowels. 

§57.  The  second  class  of  changes  is  the  conversion  of 
consonants  into  vowels,  or  the  substitution  of  the  latter  foi 
the  former.     This  occurs, 

1.  Occasionally  in  reduplicated  syllables  or  letters,  nii3 

for  nsns ;  nistpit:  for  nirjst:;  bia  for  bsbn  Gen.  11:9;  ninbar 
2  Chron.  35  :  13  from  nn^2?  Prov.  19  :  24. 

2.  Much  more  frequently  with  the  quiescents. 

(1)  A  prefixed  )  is  softened  to  its  homogeneous  vowel  u 
before  other  labials  or  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  ri'^i'^,  ^h"]^;  the 
softening  of  an  initial  "^  to  z  only  occurs  in  ''iiJ'^N:  1  Chron. 
2  :  13  for  ^fc^  ver.  ]  2,  T»i?5  2  Sam.  14  :  19,  Mic.  6  :  10  for  td.?  . 

(2)  Medial  or  final  quiescents  without  vowels  of  their 
own  often  lose  their  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel. 
This  is  invariably  the  case  with  1  and  '^  following  their  homo- 
geneous vowels,  e.  g.  Ti^n  for  ^"^iri  §  59,  rri^rr^a  for  n^in^n, 
unless  they  are  doubled,  as  "'itj^^a ,  njs,  and  occasionally  even 


§  57  CHANGE    OF    CONSONANTS    TO    VOWELS.  77 

then,  e.  g.  '^'O'^ia  for  ^^';^ .  Final  i^  always,  and  medial  x  fre- 
quently, gives  up  its  consonant  sound  after  any  vowel  what- 
ever, e.  g.  i5?"Q ,  x'i^  ,  rxib  for  r^^ib . 

a.  Medial  X  regularly  loses  its  consonantal  power  in  the  future  Kal  of 
Pe  Aleph  verbs,  e.  g;.  bss^  ;  in  "itx  preceded  by  b,  thus  "^^xb  ;  in  ='nbx 
and  certain  forms  ol'  *|i"is  preceded  by  the  prefixes  3  b  D  ", ,  thus,  c^hbxb  , 
inbxb  but  niPwXb;  "^nxb,  i^pxb,  "^bixb  but  V'""^.'? ,  ^inxb.  ^;'^pxb.  The 
following  examples  are  of  a  more  individual  character,  e.g.  HiXj  for  n"j^X3, 
T^ivi^^  1  Kin.  11:39  for  nsrx^  ribsDxn  Num.  11:4,  c^pfxa  Jer.  40'A, 
rj'^nxiJXiJ  Isa.  14:  23.  In  a  few  cases  this  has  led  to  a  change  of  ortho- 
graphy, the  X  which  is  no  longer  heard  being  dropped,  or  another  vowel 
letter  substituted  for  it.  e.  g.  ^ibsTi  Ezek.  42:5.  and  b^iix  Hos.  11 :4  from 
bix,  liii^n  Job  8:8  for  'p'^lix-i,' TTin  Deut.  32:32  for  UXi ,  and  the  exam- 
ples cited  §53.  2,  a. 

b.  The  consonant  n  never  loses  its  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel 
like  the  rest  of  the  quiescents.  The  letter  n  is  often  used  to  denote  a 
vowel,  but  if  in  any  word  it  properly  expresses  a  consonant  this  is  never 
converted  into  a  vowel,  or  vice  versd.  The  exceptions  are  apparent  not 
real,  as  in  the  frequent  abbreviation  of  the  ending  ^in^  in  proper  names  to 
rr^ ,  thus  ^!^  ;I^Tn  .  fi^pTIi .  The  change  here  does  not  consist  in  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  ^  and  the  softening  of  the  consonant  n,  but  the  syllable 
in  is  dropped,  whereupon  final  Kamets  is  written  by  its  appropriate  vowel 
letter,  §11.  1.  a.  just  as  ^in^s"'^  after  the  rejection  of  in^  becomes  ni"'!3  . 
So  in  those  rare  cases  in  which  n  is  substituted  (or  the  suffix  n,  e.g. 
nn:^b  Lev,  13:4  for  ^-nrb .  The  proper  name  ^i<rl'l^  Num.  34:28  is  de- 
rived not  from  srnQ  but  nns,  a  root  of  kindred  meaning,  of  whose  exist- 
ence, though  otherwise  unattested,  this  word  is  itself  a  sufficient  voucher. 

(3)  Medial  i^  often  gives  its  vowel  to  a  preceding  vowel- 
less  letter  and  rests  in  its  sound ;  "^  occasionally  does  the 
same  with  a  homogeneous  vowel,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel- 
less  prefix. 

a.  Thus.  X:  D-'iix'n  for  o^iixn ,  nxan  for  nx'jn;  ^'^ii^  Ezek.  25:6 
from  -JX^r  ver.  15;  XJi^ij  Ps.  139:20  lor  ^x'vl):  .  so  x^'is';'  Jer."l0:5;  ''3;:1X-| 
from  in^ixn;  nxnia  Neh.  6:8for  =xni3  ;  Xin  Isa.  51:20,  ixn  Deut.  14:5; 
c^X"jn  1  Sam.  ']4:33  for  n\s-jn; 'n^2X3  Isa.  10:13  lbr^"^2X3;  icSfXT 
Zech.  11:5  for  ^'i'"X^ ;  this  even  occurs  after  mixed  syllables,  e.  g.  nixbia 
for  n=xb^  ;  "I'xr  tor  V"xr :  r.xn;rb  for  rxnpb,  particularly  in  proper- 
nouns  bxii^r"^  for  hiiV/qtl ,  bxinn  tor  bx?-:n.'  So,  ^:',i-in-3  Eccles.  2: 13 
for  ■)nn":3;  rbb-iT  Jer.  25:36  for  n^b";! ;  rn;3-'b  Prov.  30:17  for  nhis-^b. 
There  is  no  instance  of  this  with  l .  on  the  contrary,  m'SE'^p  Cant.  5:2,  12. 

(4)  At  the  end  of  words  1  and  "^ ,  when  without  a  vowel 
of  their  own  and  preceded  by  a  vowelless  letter,  invariably 


78  OBTHOGRAPHY.  §  58 

quiesce  in  their  homogeneous  vowels,  "\  in  an  unaccented  u, 
'^  in  ij  which  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  and  frequently 
causes  the  dissolution  of  a  previous  syllable  and  the  rejection 
of  its  vowel,  ^na  for  ^na ,  ^.np,TJ3:>  for  innir-^ ;  ^n";  for  '?n:i ,  "'^a 
for  ^'ns ,  ''ii  for  ^m  . 

(5)  When  preceded  or  accompanied  hy  heterogeneous 
vowels,  1  and  "^  are  sometimes  dropped,  or  if  the  vowel  be  a, 
they  not  unfrequently  combine  with  it,  forming  the  diph- 
thongal 0  and  e,  §62.  l,e.  g.  pi^n  for  pi?;'n,  r\%  for  '<^,  n^a 
for  ^? ,  Dji  for  nng ,  n^pn  for  D^npn ,  m  for  nnti ;  n^iin  for 
n'^i'in,  it^Hd  for  tJi'i? ,  riii  construct  state  of  rij'o,  rr^i  const, 
of  n^i ,  b-^^^n  for  b'^^^'n,  r.i):  for  ^^^'? . 

a.  Vav  rarely  remains  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel  unless  accompanied 
by  weak  letters,  by  contrast  with  which  it  becomes  comparatively  strong, 
e.  g.  nin,  ^^_^,  ni'i . 


Vowel  Changes. 

§  58.  1.  The  third  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
take  place  in  the  vowels.  The  primary  office  of  the  vowels 
is  to  aid  in  pronouncing  the  consonants,  to  which  conse- 
quently they  are  quite  subordinate,  merely  occupying,  so  to 
speak,  the  interstices  between  them.  Their  number  and 
variety  being  greater,  however,  than  is  demanded  for  this 
single  purpose,  they  have  besides  to  a  certain  extent  an  in- 
dependent value  and  meaning  of  their  own  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  words.  (1)  Changes  of  vowels,  while  they  cannot 
like  a  difference  of  consonants  create  distinct  verbal  roots,  are 
yet  fruitful  of  those  minor  modifications  of  which  etymology 
takes  cognizance,  such  as  the  formation  of  derivatives  and 
grammatical  inflexions,  e.  g.  '^l?  to  he  (jreat,  bnj  greatness, 
bin5  great;  "^b?  he  hilled,  bit:]^  to  kill,  ^'^P  kill  thou,  bbp 
killing,  '^^iDp  killed;  D^D  a  horse,  ^6^0  a  mare,  (2)  They 
may  indicate  differences  in  the  forms  of  words  which  have 


§58  VOWEL    CHANGES.  79 

arisen  in  the  lapse  of  time;  n:?:  in  the  Pentateuch  means  in- 
differently girl  or  hofj,  in  later  books  girl  is  rrp^^: ;  i5^n  in  the 
Pentateuch  lie  or  she,  in  other  books  she  is  always  s^-^n ;  the 
form  of  the  demonstrative  nrjn  is  found  only  in  Genesis, 
T^n  in  writers  after  the  time  of  Moses,  ^T?n  in  Ezekiel; 
the  plural  of  the  demonstrative  in  the  Pentateuch  bs  or  r.>>c , 
elsewhere,  with  a  single  exception,  hIdx  .  The  imperfect  no- 
tation of  the  vowels  in  the  original  mode  of  wiiting  by  letters 
alone  has,  however,  left  us  without  the  means  of  ascertaining 
to  what  extent  such  changes  may  have  taken  place.  (3)  They 
may  indicate  diversity  of  dialect,  e.  g.  bt:;?  to  kill,  Chald.  ^^p, 

Syr.  V^Ld  ,  Arab.  JuS* ,  Ethiop.  ^^-tA: . 

2.  The  vowel  changes  with  which  orthography  is  con- 
cerned, on  the  other  hand,  are  purely  euphonic,  being  in 
themselves  void  of  significance,  and  springing  solely  from  the 
natural  preference  for  what  is  easier  of  utterance  or  more 
agreeable  to  the  ear.  Orthographically  considered,  vowels 
are  either  mutable  or  immutable,  the  latter  being  unaffected 
by  those  circumstances  which  occasion  changes  in  the  former. 
A  vowel  may  be  immutable  by  nature,  or  made  so  by  posi- 
tion. A  short  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  before  the  ac- 
cent is  ordinarily  immutable  by  position,  being  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  common  causes  of  mutation,  e.  g.  "^^"^^  •^'^lir^ . 
Long  vowels  are  immutable  by  nature  in  certain  w^ords  or 
classes  of  words ;  but  they  are  only  distinguishable  as  such 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  etym.ological  forms  which  require 
them.  It  may,  however,  be  observed,  as  a  general  though 
not  an  invariable  rule,  that  the  vowels  of  such  words  and 
forms  as  are  prevailingly  written  with  the  vowel  letters  are 
less  liable  to  mutation  than  those  which  are  prevailingly 
written  without  them.  Mutable  vowels  are  liable  to  changes 
both  of  quantity,  from  long  to  short,  and  the  reverse,  and 
of  quality  from  pure  to  mixed  {it  to  o,  i  to  e,  a  to  r)  and  the 
reverse,   these  changes  being  confined,  except  in  rare  in- 


80  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  59,  60 

stances,  to  the  cognate  forms ;  thus,  i  never  passes  mto  u  or 
0,  nor  these  into  a.  Only  as  c  stands  in  relation  to  both  i 
and  a^  it  serves  to  mediate  the  interval  between  them,  and 
thus  accounts  for  the  occasional  changes  of  i  to  a  or  the  re- 
verse, e.  g.  b-^ippn ,  nrj;:n ;  rn  for  n:3 ,  "^na ;  d^  ,  ^bm  comp. 

"^?  >  °?7v  • 

a.  The  exceptional  change  from  u  or  o  to  ^  occurs  only  in  the  pro- 
nouns, e.g.  nnbyp.  belbre  suffixes  ^nb::)?  ;  and  in  the  particle  rs  .  before 
suffixes  rx .  There  are  also  a  {ew  examples  of  the  change  of  short 
vowels  in  mixed  syllables  before  the  accent,  e.  g.  n^S'^p  ,  construct  n^S"!^, 
plural  riisn-q. 

§59.  The  mutations  of  vovi^els  are  due  to  one  or  other 
of  the  follomng  causes,  viz. :  1.  Syllabic  changes.  2.  The 
influence  of  consonants.  3.  The  influence  of  vowels.  4.  The 
accent.  5.  The  shortening  or  lengthening  of  words.  As  the 
vowel  of  unaccented  mixed  syllables  is  always  short,  and  that 
of  simple  syllables  long,  §18.  2,  it  is  evident  that  a  change 
in  the  character  of  a  syllable  will  involve  a  corresponding 
change  in  its  vowel,  unless  the  accent  interfere  to  prevent. 
Accordingly,  when  for  any  cause  a  mixed  syllable  becomes 
simple,  its  short  vowel  will  be  converted  into  a  long  one ; 
and  Avhen  a  simple  syllable  becomes  mixed,  the  reverse 
change  will  take  place,  e.  g.  "in ,  n^inn ;  n^]b ,  nrg .  In 
the  case  of  the  vowels  i  and  u  there  is  frequently  an  addi- 
tional change  of  quality,  viz.,  of  ^  to  e  and  u  to  o,  e.  g.  D^pn 
for  D'^'iirn;  1:13  for  "jiiD  in  place  of  1^3  §  56.  3. 

a.  Daghesh-forte  is  thus  resolved  by  the  prolongation  of  the  previous 
vowel  in  '^^•Q'p_ .  ^"I'i'^p ;  ':::|s ,  ^'^.^^:>  ''H'^'n.,  ^ui^^n  ;  n^rnia,  c^i^ii^s; 
ipn.  ipin;  n^'ijpr  Eccies.  9':  12  for  c-iiri^^Ta  §33.  2. a;  ^^pQrn  for  iiipsni-i ; 
nn"'3  Lam.  1:8.  if  this  is  for  rrns  see  ver.  17;  and  if  the  conjecture  of 
Gesenius  (Thesaurus,  p.  483)  be  correct  as  to  the  true  reading  in  1  Chron. 
23:6,24:3  cpbni  for  cp^nv 

§  60.  Contiguous  consonants  may  give  rise  to  vowel 
changes  by  their  individual  peculiarities,  as  is  the  case  with 


4j2^  ^r 


^  60  VOWEL    CHANGES.  81 

the  gutturals,  or  by  their  concurrence.     The  pecuharities  of 
the  gutturals  are  foiufold,  viz. : 

1.  A  preference  for  the  vowel (Pattahh)  of  the  same'' organ,  /'^  , 
rAf  into  which,  consequently,  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel  crry,^ 
^I  is  fi^equently  converted,  e.  g.  nb'i  for  nbi ;  nvi  for  u^i ;  ?iii?  ^^V 
^  >  for  tn'Tj-^ ;  r^tb  for  yiii:? ;  ^rj^^ri?  from  i^riu .  "^^^ 

a.  The  instances  in  which  this  permutation  occurs  cannot  easily  be 
embraced  under  any  general  rules.  In  some  cases  it  was  optional;  in 
others, usage  decides  for  it  or  against  it  without,  however,  being  absolutely 
uniform.  The  following  statements  embrace  what  is  of  most  importance. 
(1)  The  stability  of  the  vowel  often  depends  upon  the  weight  attached  to 
it  in  the  etymological  form  ;  thus,  r^d  in  the  imperative  but  not  in  the  in- 
finitive for  i-'c'J;  'Jh^"^  for  rill"7,  but  riuj  not  :.'ia  Ibr  ^hb.  (2)  The 
vowel  preceding  the  guttural  is  more  liable  to  change  than  that  which 
succeeds  it  e.  g.  rrd^  always,  but  br^^  and  bir^ri;  n:nn  but  onni;  i\ps^_ 
but  ^'^^^^  .  (3)  An  accented  vowel  is  sometimes  retained  where  one  un- 
accented would  suffer  change,  e.  g.  ^2n^'^_  but  )^\^;  "n^v,  nnb  .  (4)  O  and 
u  are  less  subject  to  alteration  than  i  and  e,  e.g.  Vs^S  for  b?b ;  a  which  is 
already  cognate  WMth  the  gutturals  is  mostly  retained,  though  it  occasion- 
ally becomes  a  before  n .  e.  g.  C^nx  from  n5<,  "'ni^^^  Job  31 :24  (in  most 
copies)  from  n-jz-a,  n:a';>  from  rin:a'^ .  (5)  :<  in  many  cases  prefers  the 
diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o,  thus  btip'x,  Txi?:?,  ;ii<'^^n,  nox;;  but  n!TnDX^_; 
K'd^,  bix^.  (6)  ">  partakes  of  this  preference  ibr  d  to  a  limited  extent, 
e.g.  *p;?D  for  ^ph  or  ^D^i;  Xi*]  from  nxn*^ . 

2.  The  reception  of  Pattahh  furtive,  §  17,  at  the  end  of  a  ^^  ^'^'^ 
word  after  a  long  heterogeneous 'vowel  (i.e.  any  other  than^^9  ^ 
a),  or  before  a  vowelless  final  consonant,  e.  g.  T;^ ,  ?^^ii^^,  rj3,^^^J^ 

a.  This  is  necessary  when  the  vowel  preceding  a  final  guttural  cannot 
be  converted  into  Pattahh.  Sometimes  the  form  with  Pattahh  and  that  with 
Pattahh  furtive  occur  interchangeably,  e.  g.  T]^'^h  and  n^rb ,  or  with  a 
slight  distinction,  as  nl'rx,  in  pause  Jn^'rx;  IjilT^,  construct  n2|^.  In 
a  few  instances  a  guttural  preceding  a  final  vowelless  letter  takes  simple 
Sh'va  instead  of  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  Pi"pb  1  Kin.  14  :  3,  and  in  most 
editions  rini'j  Jer.  13  :  25.  As  final  X  is  always  either  quiescent  or  otiant, 
it  never  receives  Pattahh  furtive.  The  letter  "i  never  takes  it  unless  it  be 
in  a  single  instance,  and  that  in  a  penultimate  syllable  t{^y^  Ps.  7:6, 
which  is  probably  to  be  read  yi^rdoph  ;  though  it  might  be  pronounced 
yiraddoph.  which  some  conceive  to  be  an  anomalous  form  for  ?1"t^^^  ,  after 
the  analogy  of  pn^;;'  Gen.  21:6,  the  compound  Sh'va  being  lengthened 
into  a  vowel  followed  by  euphonic  Daghesh,  as  in  the  related  words 
6 


82  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  60 

nn!i2n  Tsa.  1:6.  and  Si^^ri.  Isa.  53:5,  while  others  adopt  the  explanation 
of' the  old  Jewish  Grammarians,  that  it  is  a  peculiar  combination  of  the 
Kal  ^{^T.  and  the  Piel  f]^']': . 

3.  A  preference  for  compound  ratlier  than  simple  SliVa, 
§16.  3,  whether  silent  or  vocal,  inasmuch  as  the  gutturals 
are  more  readily  made  audible  at  the  beginning  than  at  the 
close  of  a  syllable,  and  the  hiatus  accompanying  them  as- 
sumes more  of  the  complexion  of  a  vowel  than  is  usual  with 
stronger  consonants. 

a.  The  gutturals  occasionally  retain  simple  Sh'va  when  silent.     This 

is  regularly  done  by  a  final  radical  n,  n  or  S,  followed  by  a  servile  letter, 

e.  s.   nnns,   isr'n^,   cnr'i';',   cnrrir^ ,   innsd^a,   with  few  exceptions  as 

r^^f^T.  'Hos.  8:2,  V,!i3?:V  Gen.  26:  29,  c^ss-^pin"  2  Sam.  21 :  6.     Other  cases 

have  more  of  a  casual  or  sporadic  character,  and  occur  chiefly  with  the 

stronger  gutturals  n  and  n .  !^r|n^,  "l^H?.,  ^t^.?. -.  '"^-^^i  '^^^.^p^H  ^  ^"'--t.^^ 

but  mi'-n^.  ii.'in'i^  but  ^tlian;;',  nirn:  a  posstssioii,  but  nbna  from  bns  a 

brook;  more  rarely  with  x'and  2?'  c'^s'D  Lev.  4:  13,  NTrs'S  1   Kin.   15.-  16, 

=•^53  Isa.  11 :  15,  nnSJir  Deut.  25  :  7  but  in  pause  trrnJ^lT  Isa.  28  :  6.  i-^-ixa 

Ex!  15  :  6;  *i  has  for  the  most  part  simple  Sh'va  niin ,  c'^^^'?,  though  in 

a  few  instances  it  has  co'mpound  is^i.^!  ^^^^T'^i??!]  • 

/       6.  (1)  Among  the  compound  ShVas  the  preference,  unless  there  is  some 

\  reason  for  choosing  another,  is^^ordinarily  given  toHhateph^  PattahL  as 

.  )  the  simplest  and  most  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  gutturals,  and 

]  to  this  an  antecedent  Hhirik.  when  unessential  to  the  form,  is  commonly 

l^made  to  correspond,  e.  g.  n^?. ,  n^^,;i  for  "iia^7 .)  Sometimes,  particularly 

with  X  (see  1.  a.  5.)  Hhateph  Segho'l  is  taken  T\^h^_  .  ni^i^x  .  nnjx ,  r^x, 

^.^x.  cinx.  cn^-^n,  tit?,  nr.s,  Ti^-ii;  Joel  2:5,  TjvTnx';'  Jer.  13  :2i.  which 

not  infrequently  becomes  Hhateph  Pattahh  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 

word  TjnrX;  "^rx  Prov.  25  : 7,  ini3J<. ,  i^liit^ ,  ^inJiTqx';  Judg.  10:2,  or  the 

carryingforward  of  its  accent  "^n-iixn  ,  in-|3xni ,  "'n^'nnri ,  '^r.^'nqni . 

(2)  If,  however,  z  or  6,  characteristic  of  the  form,  precede,  this  commonly 
determines  the  Sh'va  to  be  selected,  e.  g.  "r^^^n  for  T'^^'H,  "''^^!,?  ^or  "i^^^, 
i3i;o  for  ^7?Q;  though  sometimes  Hhateph  Pattahh  is  retained  and  the 
intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2,  resolved  into  a  simple  one  by  prolonging  the 
vowels,  e.  g.  n'}i?n  ^^^^^'  "^  '  ^-  '"^^^"^^  ^''-^  ^^^-  ^  '  ^^'  Hhirik  may.  how- 
ever, remain  short,  e.  g.  "?nn  ,  y':J^\^ ,  ^^n^^  Job  6:  22,  particularly  if  a 
Daghesh-lbrte  has  been  omitted  from  the  guttural,  e.g.  r.£wH3  Jer.  3:8, 
though  even  in  this  case  the  assimilation  sometimes  takes  place,  e.  g. 
iiin;;.  Gen.  30:39  for  ^'QPl'! ,  =i'^!jfi<  Judg.  5:28  for  ntijX.  If  a  vowel  has 
been  rejected  from  the  form,  the  corresponding  Hhateph  is  generally  pre- 
ferred, e.g.  D'^'^s^  from  *Ei^,  D^^^n,  "^'inrn  Ezek.  16:33,  ^x^  Gen. 
16 :  13  ;  i^T^irr)  l  'kin.  13  :  20  from's-^lin  ;  '''i-rn^  Gen.  37  :  22  fromn-^liin. 
There  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same  word  being  variously  written 
in  this  respect,  e.  g.   ^inx   Ruth  3 :  15,  ^ITPX  Cant.  2 :  15 ;  =innxn^   and 


a/t^ 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  83 

Jirrnxn':  Tsa.  44: 13  ;  ^J'l^'^^n  Job  16: 16  (K'ri  in  some  copies),  *l">"a'ii:ri  Lam. 
1 :  20/  iiwSi/n  Isa.  52  :  1 4'.  "inxn  1  Sam.  28  :  14. 

c.  Belbre  another  guttural  the  compound  Sh'va  is  frequently  re- 
placed by  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  e.g.  Ty^^,^^  for  Ti^X^,  •^rT'^r'n 
for  ''n'i*'S'n  ,  caTixri  for  CSTix^n  ;  and  occasionally  under  X  by  a  long 
vowel  before  other  letters  as  well  as  gutturals,  or  by  a  short  vowel  with 
Daghesh,  e.  g.  c-^'inx  for  C^^^rx,  Vnm.X,  D^l^S  for  D^nx,  IITX  for  nilX , 
"iSJ<  for  1OX  .  This  disposition  to  render  the  gutturals  more  audible  by  the 
aid  of  a  vowel  is  further  shown  by  their  attracting  to  themselves  the 
vowel  of  another  letter,  particularly  in  triliteral  monosyllables,  c.  g.  2?'iT  -  j? 
for  sn:  {"ll),  3?6n.  yjD,  -L-'i'^ .  rnp  2  Kin.  12:9,L^irxa  for  irxiO"^^',/"^ 
also"  -,1$^^?  Ex.  2  :  20  for'  )i<^j:>'  Ruth'l  :  20,  ^nnNtn  Prov.'l :  22  I'br  ^^in.^nT^^.'/p^ 
sin'izxn 'Job  20:26  for  iin^DwSn,  cAjdni  Zech.'V ':  14  for  Dn:?DXT.  and  by  ^r*-^'* 
their  sometimes  causing  an  antecedent  or  accompanying  vowel   to  be  re-  V  — 

tained  where  analogy  would  require   its  rejection,  e.  g.  '^5<2£i^  for  '^'if.'S.i^  ^ ^^'^^ 
from  wsii^a,  *^J<-jrj,    "^i;^^  .    ''C?"'")0  and  "^G^":©,    c^-^sina  from    -1^3   comp.  l^^^''\ 
1.  a.  (4/,  ^in^r^Vl  Deut.'32 :  10 ;  n'nr:a,-  rBrn  '.  '  '  4y/xJL^  '^^ 

4.  An  incapacity  for  being  doubled,  whence  they  never     ^' 
receive  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  previous  syllable  thus  becom-        .  .yl 
ing  a  simple  one,  its  vowel  is  generally  lengthened,  ^  59,  a  to  'VYvnaJaji/i 
a,  I  to  e,  a  to  0,  e.  g.  I^'a  for  "i^'i?,  ]N^  for  ^s&J,  ^'^h;'  for     ^X^, 

a.  Sometimes  an  intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2,  is  formed,  and  the  vowel 
remains  short.  (1)  This  is  commonly  the  case  before  n,  frequently  be- 
fore n,  less  often  before  2? ,  rarely  before  N,  never  before  l,  e.g.  Dna , 
firrr  ,  "fi^,  -3.;n  ,  y^}.  •  (2)  It  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  body  of  a  word 
than  after  a  prefix,  e.  g.  "'nbn'^  Ps.  119^3  from  bn^,  but  pbn;;  Job  38 :  24 
from  '\^'iT\ .  (3)  When  the  guttural  comes  to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word 
the  short  vowel  is  often  resumed,  e.  g.  s-"^nn  Prov.  22  :  24  from  nynnn.  "ij'n 
Ps.  141:8  from  rrii^n  but  nirn  Deut.  2:9.  There  are  a  very  few  in- 
stances in  which  Daghesh-forte  is  found  in  i,  e.g.  T]'n'^  n'nS  Ezek.  16:4, 
n^?a  Prov.  14:10,  Ti^-riDS^  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  editions),  '^i:i^'^t  Cant. 
5:  2,  see  also  §24.  h. 

§61.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  gives  rise  to  the 
follomng  vowel  changes,  viz.  : 

1.  When  two  vowelless  letters  come  together  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  syllable  in  contravention  of  the  law  in  §  18,  the 
impossible  combination  is  relieved  by  giving  to  the  first  of 
them  a  short  vowel.  This,  if  there  be  no  reason  for  prefer- 
ring another,  will  be  the  briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  e.  g. 


84  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §G1 

^^'i  for  '^:iS7,  'li^a  for  "1173,  ^prn  for  'ipm.  If  a  vowel  has 
been  omitted  from  the  word,  the  coiTesponding  short  vowel 
is  frequently  employed,  e.  g.  "^ib^  for  "^3^)2  from  ^b^  (^^t); 
lib^  from  ?T"i)2 ;  "'bnn  from  bnn  ,  ^;n;  for  r\:ri-;  from  ^H^ .  Or 
if  one  of  the  consonants  be  a  guttural,  the  vowel  mostly  con- 
forms to  the  compound  Sh  va,  which  it  has  or  might  have, 
e.  g.  ""i^y  for  ^inv ,  ^pm;;  for  ipjn^^ ,  "i^nb  for  '^bnb ,  nbnb  for 
nsnb ,  !r;by)B  for  ^bys . 

\  a.  Vav  before  a  guttural  follows  the  rule  just  given;  before"'',  and 

sometimes  before  !i  or  n  followed  by  "'j  it  takes  Hhirik  ;  before  other 
vowelless  letters  it  gives  up  its  consonant  sound  and  quiesces  in  its  homo- 
geneous vowel  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  thus  n3s;i ,  ^n^i ,  rnn  and  fT^^n^^  .  zih^ , 

C   {iPr  In'lfiMHteralJjltmipsyllables  or  1^1  syl]abLes_with  the  vowel  Pattahh, 

M  a)'^^  i>  \  ^^^  ^rst  letter^metimes  receives  an  accentgd_Seghol.  to  which  the  fol- 
\      tV*    '    ^owi"g  Pattahh  is  then  assimilated,  e.  g.  r|n3  for  Cjns  construct  of  Cins , 
^/ Ly*    n    I  ri3!??3^  for  r3^^^  ,  the  Seghols  being  liable  to  be  changed  to  Pattahhs  by 
^       2|  vO T  \the  presence  of  a  guttural  rnB'rTa  for  nnsd^  . 
f^  c.  In  cix^ti  Gen.  32  :  20  ibr  csXiii^a  the  vowelless  letters  belong  to 

different  syllables,  and  the  introduction  of  the  new  vowel  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  lengthen  the  one  before  it. 

2.  Although  two  vowelless  letters  are  admissible  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  §18,  the.  harshness  of  the  combination  is 
commonly  relieved  by  the  insertion  of  Seghol,  e.  g.  nn"^  for 
^*?"? ,  ^??  for  Ppb  .  If  either  letter  is  a  guttural,  Pattahh  is 
mostly  used  instead,  e.  g.  ns^i ,  b^h,  in': .  If  either  letter  is 
'',  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hhirik  is  used;  if  the  second  letter 
is  n,  it  will  rest  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4.),  e.  g.  ri":i,  '^fe,  nnn, 
but  ni-D . 

a.  When  the  penultimate  letter  is  fn  or  n,  it  in  a  few  instances  takes 
Seghol,  as  hnjk,  "nin ,  onB,  cnv  When  the  final  letter  is  x,  it  either 
remains  otiant,  §16,  or  requires  Seghol,  X^d,  N^^^ ,  fit'i^,,  K^B  ;  a  penulti- 
mate fi<  either  quiesces  in  the  antecedent  vowel  or  attracts  it  to  itself, 
§60.  3.  c,  nx^i,  nxb  or  nxt:,  t^'\.  The  alternate  mode  of  facilitating 
the  pronunciation  of  gutturals  before  a  vowelless  letter  at  the  end  of  a 
word  by  means  of  Pattahh  furtive,  has  been  explained  §60.  2. 

3.  When  the  same  letter  is  repeated  with  or  without  a 
mutable  vowel  intervening,  there  is  often  a  contraction  into 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  85 

one  doubled  letter,  and  the  vowel  is  rejected  or  thrown  back 
upon  the  preceding  consonant,  e.  g.  ^IG""  for  ^^^5"^ ,  -c^  for 
220^  (Daghesh-forte  disappearing  at  the  end  of  the  word), 
2b  for  lib,  ^ss^s;'  Job  31  :  15  for  ^s.^pD;*  (see  4.  below);  if 
another  consonant  immediately  follow  the  contracted  letters, 
a  diphthongal  vowel ''..  or  i  may  be  inserted  to  render  the  re- 
du])lication  more  audible  and  prevent  the  concurrence  of 
three  consonants,  T^'so,  nricn. 

4.  In  accented  syllables  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o 
are  employed  before  two  consonants  or  a  doubled  consonant 
in  preference  to  the  pure  i  and  i~i,  e.  g.  n^ipn,  "rr^^;  °^?> 
n:72p;  b^"Jjpn,  n:bi:pr\,  so  "^son,  OTp,  '^i^^i .  This  is  still  the 
case  when  at  the  end  of  a  word  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or  Pattahh 
has  been  inserted  between  the  letters  (according  to  2.),  e.  g. 
)^t ,  ^?c ,  b'JB,  npria  from  p-'b"^^ ,  or  the  reduplication  of  the 
doubled  letter  is  no  lonsrer  heard  aud  the  Dao:hesh-forte  does 
not  appear,  §  25,  e.  g.  ncn  comp.  "^^ifpn . 

a.  The  vowel  e  is  in  like  circumstances  often  reduced  to  one  of  its  con- 
stituents a.  e.  ij.  "nb-^PH  ^''oni  ^"'^kH  •  "^^'MV-  ^'"Of"  ^^P  ?  '"';r?P'  from  "?n, 
nppn.  ri:":2:ri.  ^xcn,  and  occasionally  to  its  other  constituent  ?',  e.  g. 
^'br'^Pr'^  from  ^'"np^r^ ,  cnd-i-i  from  TTn^.  The  only  example  of  Shurek 
in  a  Segholate  form  is  n?:r:jn  Lev.  5 :  21. 

5.  In  unaccented  syllables  i  and  u  are  preferred  to  c  and 
u  before  doubled  letters,  "ni< ,  ^T}^ ;  "nr\ ,  "^nn ;  ridcn  from 
2cn ;  noH ,  '^:|d;'  ;  rati  comp.  bupr: ,  -pn ,  ^pn ,  though  such 
forms  as  "'pin ,  ^j!? ,  ^3 ,  rnt:  likewise  occur.  y^ 

6.  A  vowel  is  occasionally ^iv^n  to  a  Fnal  fi)nsonant  to  y^ 
i3Qft^n_thelermination  of  the  Avord*  and  make  the^-ans^on  ^   p 
fesier  to  the  Initial  Consonant  of  that  which  follows ;  thus,    \/y. 
'^:^,  nb;^S;  nnba  for  nS5;  on,  nisn;  bx,  nbx;  ^x,  n^><;  tjEh,  "^^z  (^ 
■ipsh;  ri^ir^To,  -^n^^i^TQ;  rii:n,  ir.?n;  i^Ds  Ex.  15:10;  ^^^P?"''^/'^'^  ^ 
Ex.  15:5.  '         ^  ^'   '      >/a^^ 

a.  These^aragogic  \4)_wels  have  established  themselves  in  the  Iut; 
rent  forms   of  ^ertain~^ords,  as  nb7"i7"n2!T7^^x,  "^ix,  ^nx,  ^B.     But, 


86  ^  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  62 

with  these  exceptions,  they  are  chiefly  found  in  poetry.  The  vowels  ^ 
and  i  are  mostly  attached  to  words  in  what  is  called  the  construct  state, 
n  ^  to  words  in  the  absolute;  and  all  of  them  to  the  feminine  ending  n 
Examples  of  i:  133  Num.  23:  18,  24:3,  15,  in-jn  several  times,  irr^s  Ps 
114:8.  Examples  of  "i.:  "'nzhx  Hos.  10:  11,  ^-ipN  Gen.  49:  11,  122' ibid. 
''n=:3.  Gen.  31:39,  ^h-jzr)  Ps.  110:4,  ^-rsH  Ps.  '  114 :  8.  "rr";  Ps.  123:1 
\n-^2ii^  Ps.  113:5,  ^'j^'s'^'O  ver.  6,  ""h^p,^  ver.  7,  ^i'l^'in  ve'r.  8,  "'n^iriia 
ver.  9,  ■rN.5p  Isa.  1  :21,  '^'^X'^l  Ex.  15:6,'  ^iiyj  Zech.  11  :17,  ^nan  Lam 
1  :  1,  ^r)x  ibid.,  ""SDii:  Deut.  33  :  16.  It  is  also* attached  to  the  first'member 
of  the  compound  in  many  proper  names,  e.g.  b^51"l3^,  p'i2£""'3b^,  to  certain 
particles,  as  "^ri'pa  ,  "HP^t,  "'S^,  and  perhaps  to  such  participial  forms  as 
'^nsiL--'  Jer.  22  :  23.  Of  n  ^  :  nr^^N  Ex.  15  :  16,  n^nx  Isa.  8  :  23.  Job  34 :  13, 
37  :'  12.  nonn  Judg.  14  :  18,  nni^':;:  Ps.  3  :  3.  80  :  3,  Jon.  2  :  10.  nb-|  almost 
constantly,  nn^53  Ps.  116  :  15,  nbni'  Num.  34  :  5,  Ps.  124  :  4,  T^r^-i  Ps.  92: 16 
(K'ri),  125  :  3,"Ezek.  28  :  15,  HoV  10:  13,  nrbVjob  5:  16.  nn^Tsj  Ps.  44:27. 
63:8,  94: 17,  nn£3>  Job  10  :22,  nr:7:pi  Josl"  19:43,  Judg.  iV:  1,  and  regu- 
larly in  the  third  person  feminine  of  the  preterite  of  Irib  verbs.  In 
modern  Persian  i  is  similarly  appended  to  nouns  in  close  connection  with  a 
following  word,  to  remove  the  obstruction  of  the  final  consonant  and  serve 
as  a  uniting  link. 

<§  62.  The  changes  due  to  the  influence  of  vowels  may 
arise  from  their  concurrence  or  proximity. 

1.  Concurring  vowels  may  coalesce;  a  uniting  with  a 
forms  a,  uniting  wdth  i  or  21  it  forms  the  diphthongal  e  or  0, 
e.  g.  nisCT  Neh.  3:13  from  nisiaxn  after  the  rejection  of  ic 
by  §53.  2.  d ;  m^a  after  the  softening  of  ^  to  i  becomes  tr^^; 
^nSipip  by  the  rejection  of  n  becomes  iii^p ;  in^  prefixed  to 
proper  names  is  from  in*;   for  ^n;:,  §57.  2  (4). 

2.  One  of  them  may  be  hardened  into  its  corresponding 
semi-vowel ;  I  "^  .  with  I  "^  may  form  I  ^  ,,  or  the  first  i  may 
be  changed  to  i^,  which,  upon  the  reduplication  of  the  ^  to 
preserve  the  brevity  of  the  antecedent  voAvel,  §  24.  3,  becomes 
''!'.,  e.  g.  "^Sns^with  D^ .  becon|ls  D^nns?  or  n^^nns?.  ^  So,  \  be- 
fore n^  forms  r"»;,,  and  "before  i  forms  i^.,  e.g.  n^nns?,' « 
ni'i'iny ;  in  like  manner  1  is  changed  befire  i  into  ilv,  foruiTlf 
ing  i^.  ,  wdiich,  by  §  56.  3,  becomes  i^.  ,  e.  g.  n^ibi? ,  by  the 
substitution  of  mi  for  ti ,  mibb^a .  I*^  followed  by  il  ^  forms 
w,  in'^nb-jp,  Trib-j;?;  ^rr^s,  i^S;  vbm  for  vbm  Josh.  14  ;  8. 
^  "^.^  before  f  "•  .  or  i^  ^  is  resolved  into  a^/,  wliich,  joined  with 
the  appropriate  semi-vowels,  becomes  '^ .  and  I*"  ,j  the  virtual 


§  63  YOWEL    CHAXGES.  87 

reduplication  of  the  final  consonant  in  the  one  case  preserv- 
ing the  short  vowel,  which  is  lengthened  in  the  other ;  thus 
^b^D  with  "^ .  becomes  '^did  ,  and  with  ^n ,  vc^,d  .  The  same 
resolution  of  "^ ..  occurs  before  final  1\ ,  forming  ll"} .,  and  by 
§61.  2  v.  _,  thus  "^nr:  with  tj  becomes  '^'^^rj^ . 

a.  Grammarians  have  disputed  wliether  in  such  words  as  t:'"s"i25, 
ri'rb'Q  ihe  point  in  "^  is  Daghcsh-tbrle  or  Mappik,  §26,  and  accordingly 
whether  they  are  to  be  read  ibhn'i/yiiu,  violkhiujyolh,  or  ibh/li/lnij 
malkhuiiolh.  If  tlie  exphmation  given  above  be  correct,  it  is  Dagiiesh- 
forte  Conservative.    Comp.  C^P,  D^f?. 

b.  Such  forms  as  "^^"^S.  "i"^":?-  ^y)'^  from  ■>"}!3  are  only  apparent  excep- 
tions to  the  above  rules.  The  word  is  properly  '^]'^^  ,  and  to  this  the  addi- 
tions are  made,  the  auxiliary  Hhirik  being  dropped  with  the  cessation  of 
the  cause  from  which  it  originated.  §57.  2.  (4).  In  C'^K-'Z'i:?  2  Chron.  17  :  11 
from  "^IZ^j?  and  c  ,  the  vowels  are  kept  separate  by  an  interposed  X. 

c.  In  words  of  nb  formation,  such  as  nir:?,  iibr,  c^'bv  from  niL;:?  and 
n^,  i,  c"!,,  it  might  appear  as  tliough  one  vowel  were  rejected  before 
another.  But  the  correct  explanation  is  that  "^  is  the  true  final  radical, 
and  the  forms  above  given  are  for  !^"t>',  'i'^'^^2?,  C'^-'i:;:?  (like  C"'b::'p)  from 
which  "^  is  rejected  by  §53.  3.  In  the  same  way  vir .  Tjrs^  etc.,  from  fiiL'S 
are  for  !l''b2J .  rjib?.     In  such  alternate  forms  as  fT'iQ  from  ri-b .  the  radi- 

:  T   -       I  :     :  T  t   • 

cai  "^  is  retained  by  preserving  the  antecedent  vowel,  which,  before 
Daghesh-forte  Conservative,  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  5. 

§63.  The  following  euphonic  changes  are  attributable  to 
the  proximity  of  vowels,  viz.  :  ..  -  > 

1 .  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  is  often  changed  to  Seghol 
if  another  a  follows,  and  the  same  change  sometimes  occurs 
after  a  guttural  if  another  a  precedes. 

The  particular  cases  are  the  following : 

a.  When  (_)  stands  before  a  guttural  with  (^)  always  before  n,  e.g. 
ann  for  :nn.  nn-jz^  Prov.  21:22.  n-:nn.  ^n'^nS-v'  (^'^°  when  n  has 
Hhateph  Kamets,  e.g.  D^irnnn ,  ^nb^nn  Judg.  9:9),  often  before  n  and  2?, 
particularly  if  it  receives  the  secondary  accent,  e.g.  C"'"^.nn  Ibr  c-jinn. 
nanb  but  r::nb,  l^niiin;  ri^syn.  n-^i::  np.  rarely  before  i^  and  -i,  r^'-h^ 
Gen?  U :  10,  ni>£x:  Neh.  9 :  IS,  26  but  "^r'^^Jxa  Ezek.  35 :  12. 

6.  When  ()  before  a  guttural  is  followed  by  another  consonant  with 
(.)  or  (J  btin;;,  ^b^n^  but  ^^^n^,  sins  but  rxina,  i^hr:^.  once  before 
,the  liquid  b,    e.g.    ?^|rr.^:  Ex.    33:3    tor    "|?=x,  and   once   before  3.  e.g. 

•'^j?^^  for  f^^rH^  • 

c.'ln  nxnpx^  1  Sam.  28:15  and  the  combination  "iri  cpis  a  similar 
change  takes  place  after  a  guttural  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  the  vowel 
a;  so  in  t^i^'l'^  Ps.  20:4,  and  n:kj  n:j<  aller  the  liquid  3. 


88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  64,  65. 

2.  Pattahli  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  a  following 
Seghol,  or  to  a  preceding  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

a.  The  assimilation  to  (..)  takes  place  regularly  in  what  are  called 
Segholate  forms,  in  which  an  auxiliary  Seghol  has  by  §61.  2  been  intro- 
duced between  two  vowelless  letters,  T\k^.  for  T\k'^,  i"!"?.  for  nn'^ ,  "J^nx  for 
]^")i< ,  but  n';'2 ,  D^Q  ;  only  before  1 ,  which  can  combine  with  a  and  not 
with  e,  a  is  retained  and  lengthened  to  (^)  by  §59,  "it,  ^'.rj.  Rarely  in 
other  cases  nD*i|)  for  cd/i;),  where  the  change  is  facilitated  by  the  pre- 
ceding "i. 

b.  The  assimilation  to  (^)  occurs  in  a  few  cases  after  a  guttural  with  f\ 
prefixed,  e.  g.  ci'li  for  c^-ri,  nr^n  for  ^nri,  V"!^^!  ^i*  T"!^'"]  • 

c.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  occurs  in  the  Kal  future  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs 
where  the  alternate  forms  are  2llJ|]  and  yf^'^'] . 

§  64.  The  following  vowel  changes  are  due  to  the  accent, 
viz. : 

1.  If  a  long  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  be  deprived  of  its 
accent,  it  will  be  shortened,  ^  18,  e.  g.  Taicn,  n^fcn;  nb;", 
ncji;  n't'^,  nb^i;  nb:;,  "nj^^^. 

a.  If  a  vowel  preceding  Makkeph  is  incapable  of  being  shortened,  it 
will  receive  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  agreeably  to  §43. 

2.  Thejlcm.it  'Prefers  to  be  Tinmediately.  preceded  by  a 
.p^Q^jgSjmple  syllable  and  a  J^^g  VoweL  Accordingly^ an  antece- 
^el$  '•  a^^^^  vojvelless  letter  o|ten  receives  what  may  be  called  a  pre- 
^^^^^-^^  tonic  vowel.     This  is  commonly  the  simplest  of  the  long 

.  vowels  <;/,  e.  g.  ^t:]^ ,  30;' ,  i^JTipJ ,  Y^^'^'l ,  occasionally  e,  e.  g. 
bp.-^,  ni™,  l^ib;;,  l^'in^n,  rarely  o,  e.g.  "i^Si^ip^  Such  a 
vowel  is  sometimes  inserted,  even  though  a  pre-existing 
mixed  syllable  is  thereby  destroyed,  e.  g.  in  the  pkuals  of 
Segholates  and  of  feminine  nouns  derived  from  them,  D^pbis 
from  ^bti,  vr6)i2  from  nsb)? . 

§65.  The  special  emphasis,  with  which  the  last  Avord  of 
a  clause  is  dwelt  upon,  gives  rise  to  certain  vowel  changes 
in  connection  mtli  the  pause  accents,  §86.  2. «.  These  are 
(1)  lengthening  short  vowels,  viz.,  (.)  and  not  infrequently 
(,)  which  has  arisen  from  (.)  to  (J,  e.  g.  "i^^^,  ^^^ ;  ^?03, 
mnj;  f-iij,  i^'nii;    nn:j,  ^^j,  and  bringing   back   Kamets 


§  66  VOWEL    CHANGES.  89 

Hhatupli  shortened  from  Hliolem  to  its  original  length  t^^^i, 
inb^i .  (2)  Restoring  vowels  which  have  been  dropped 
in  the  course  of  inflection,  e.  g.  Ti2V ,  ^"ly ;  T\2^i ,  ^"in^n ; 
Tii2:7 ,  inb37 .  (3)  Changing  simple  Sh'va  in  triliteral  sylla- 
bles and  before  the  suffix  ^  to  Segliol,  e.  g.  Tjri^n ,  ^in'^s ;  ^n;' , 
W  ;  uyo  ,  DDig .  (4)  Changing  compound  Sh'va  to  the  cor- 
responding long  vowel,  e.  g.  ^:x ,  -^rx ;  ^in  (i^:?n),  ^i^n  ;  ^^n , 

a.  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  without  change,  e.g.  ^S  Ps.  132:12, 
Fi^^'n  2  Sam.  2:27,  Jisb^is  Jer.  7:10,  -n2p_5  Prov.  ^0:9.  ^r\J^Ji  ^^^  ^"^'-^^ 
:^r,?j:x  Neh.  5:14.  Seghol  more  frequently,  r\\^..  PTi-  ="!?„■  Tp^.  and 
Tp."^.  Long  vowels  are  mostly  unaltered;  only  Tsere  is  in  mixed  syllables 
occasionally  changed  to  Pattahh,  e.g.  :Tnri  Isa.  18:5  lor  Trn.  so  s^rn 
Isa.  42:22,  :-En  Gen.  17:14,  b^.a^l  Gen.  21:8,  -^^!]  Gen.  25:34,  which, 
in  one  word  of  Segholate  formation,  is  converted  to  Seghol,  e.g.  3?^^, 
rcJV  Where  the  same  word  has  alternate  forms,  one  is  sometimes  se- 
lected as  the  ordinary  and  the  other  as  the  pausal  form,  thus  'j^S";;; .  ySH;; ; 
mn^,  ^'2n;:;  q'Vj^,  ^Q:^'!;  ^ni?='^S  5''^'^='^  Gen.  43:14;  'P");!  Eccl. 
12:11,  S'li"?"?^!  Sam.  13:21;  li?,  :  TS'  GenV49:3.  r^rn .  n2'i;r  Lev. 
26:34,  35;  ^T^'S'',  ^^'^S"?  .  Sometimes,  instead  of  changing  the  Sh'va  be- 
fore t]  to  Seghol.  its  vowel  is  shifted,  thus  T]3,  Tj2;  ~^.  "^",  Tjrit ,  and  in 
Ex.  29:  35  nrrk.  The  position  of  the  pause  accent,  so  far  as  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  accent,  has  been  explained  §35.  2. 

b.  Of  the  pause  accents,  or  those  which  mark  the  limits  of  clauses  and 
sections,  the  first  class,  viz..  Silluk.  Athnahh,  and  Merka  with  Mahpakh, 
almost  always  give  rise  to  the  vowel  changes  which  have  been  described; 
the  second  and  third  classes.  S'crholta.  Zakeph  Katoh,  Zakepii  Gadhol, 
R'bhi*  and  Shalsheleth,  e.g.  ^'ri::!  Isa.  13:8.  do  so  frequently;  the  fourth 
class,  Pazer,  e.g.  2  Kin.  3:25,'Prov.  30:4,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  e.g. 
Ezek.  20  :  21,  but  seldom.  Pausal  forms  are  occasionally  found  with  other 
Disjunctives,  thus,  Tiphhha  irbn  Deut.  13 :  5,  Pashta  si-7a'rri  ibid.,  Geresh 
r'C'r  Ezek.  40  :  4.  and  even  with  Conjunctives,  e.  g.  "^^X  Isa.  49  :  18  ,  nJj'J';'^ 
Eiek.  17  :  15,  ^i^S  2  Chron.  29  :  31. 

^66.  1.  The  shortening  and  lengthening  of  words  has  an 
effect  upon  their  vowels.     The  shortening  may  take  place 
(1)  At  the  end  of  a  word  by  the  rejection  of  a  vowel. 

This  occurs  only  with  (..)  or  („)  in  certain  forms  of  hb  verbs,  e.  g.^JPi  from 
nB^n,  ns^i  for  ni:?"^!,  in^i;  l  Sam.  21 :  14  for  n-ir'^T,  ^^}.\  for  nnui'^1 .  In 
the  last  two  examples  the  short  vowel  is  lengthened  upon  its  receiving  the 
accent,  comp.  §64.1.  If  the  rejected  vowel  was  preceded  by  two  con- 
sonants, these  will  now  stand  together  at  the  end  of  the  word,  and  be  lia- 
ble to  the  changes  described  §61.  2,  e.  g.  Tj'^fn  for  n2~n  . 


90  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  66 

(2)  In  the  body  of  a  word  by  shortening  a  long  vowel  in 
a  mixed  syllable,  which  must,  of  com^se,  be  the  one  bearing 
the  accent,  §32. 1,  or  rejecting  a  long  vowel  in  a  simple  syl- 
lable before  the  accent  (the  pretonic  vowel,  §  64.  2),  li'i , 

^n^l;    tj'5^,    1\'bl2;    IZJl)?^;    ^tp'Q. 

a.  This  is  in  general  the  only  reduction  possible.  The  vowel  of  a 
mixed  syllable,  if  short  already,  is  capable  of  no  further  abbreviation;  and 
it  cannot  be  rejected,  or  there  would  be  a  concurrence  of  vowelless  con- 
sonants which  the  language  seeks  to  avoid  (w|p'in  Prov.  30 : 6  is  an  excep- 
tion). And  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable,  if  short,  must  have  the  accent, 
§32.  1,  which  preserves  it  from  rejection.  The  changes  above  recited  are 
confined  to  the  last  two.  or,  in  case  the  accent  is  upon  the  penult,  the  last 
three  syllables  of  the  word ;  for  the  antecedent  portions  of  polysyllables 
are  already  abbreviated  to  the  utmost.  Contractions  due  to  the  peculiari- 
ties of  certain  letters,  as  the  gutturals  and  quiescents.  which  have  been 
before  explained,  are  not  here  taken  into  the  account,  e.g.  ?^'^ ,  y^'O ; 
n;i:9,  ni^a;  e;-!^,  ^'}'^. 

b.  Where  the  last  vowel  cannot  be  shortened,  it  sometimes  experiences 
a  change  of  quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal,  such  as  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  two  following  consonants,  §61.4,  e.g.  i^-i-nnii ,  ^'il^:]  ;  ^"'"'^"i'"') 

2.  If  a  word  be  lengthened  by  additions  at  the  end,  its 
vowels  are  liable  to  changes  in  consequence. 

(1)  Such  additions  create  a  tendency  to  shorten  the  pre- 
vious part  of  the  word  in  the  manner  just  described.  Por 
the  normal  length  of  words  in  Hebrew  being  dissyllabic,  the 
genius  of  the  language  is  opposed  to  transcending  this  limit 
any  further  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  addition  is 
not  of  sufficient  weight  to  affect  the  position  of  the  accent, 
no  abbreviation  results.  But  if  it  is  of  weight  enough  to 
remove  the  accent,  an  abbreviation  follows  if  it  is  possible  for 
one  to  be  made,  e.g.  1n'^,  n^nn^,  ^i^^^  for  oi"^:^:!!  by 
§61.  1. 

(2)  They  produce  changes  in  an  ultimate  mixed  syllable. 
If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  conson'ant,  the  antecedent 
vowel  will  now  be  succeeded  by  two  consonants  and  be  liable 
to  the  changes  consequent  upon  such  a  position,  §  61.  4,  e.  g. 
"^r?^^^  from  ^"'^2??^ ;  njtip  from  D^p;  ^r^^^pri  from  ^^t:pn; 


^0(j 


VOWEL    CHANGES. 


91 


^pbiop  from  -tip .  If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  vowel,  it 
will  attach  itself  to  the  final  consonant,  Avhich  will  in  conse- 
quence be  drawn  away  from  its  own  syllable  to  begin  the  new 
one.     This  may  occasion  the  following  changes  : 

{a)  If  the  preceding  vowel  is  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or 
Pattahh,  introduced  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation  of  the 
second  of  two  vowelless  consonants,  §  61.  2,  it  will  be  rejected, 
inasmuch  as  it  is  no  longer  required  for  this  purpose,  e.  g. 
ii)b^  from  1\)^  ,  innp  from  nno . 

(d)  If  it  be  a  short  vowel,  it  must  either  be  lengthened 
to  adapt  it  to  the  simple  syhable  in  which  it  now  stands,  or 
rejected  on  account  of  the  disposition  to  abbreviate  words 
upon  theii*  receiving  accessions  at  the  end,  e.  g.  •^'pVp  and 
n'pipU  from  >i?p .  The  cases  are  very  rare  in  which  a  short 
vowel  remains  unchanged  in  consequence  of  its  having  the 
accent,  §18.  2,  e.  g.  rni'i'Q  1  Kin.  19 :  15  from  ^i^^,  nb^rn 
Ezek.  8  :  2  from  b-brn . 

(c)  If  it  be  a  long  vowel,  it  may  be  rejected,  as  ^fejp? 
from  b"jp;i ,  ^hw  from  dt??  ,  or  retained  either  unaltered,  as 
nir-^pn  from  D^pn,  ^b'zt'n  from^SM,  or  with  a  change  of 
quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal  or  the  reverse,  np^,r^  from 
p-im ,  ^mcj  from  ^icD ,  ^:iipn  from  n^pn ,  n-ibbs  from  t:^?3 . 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  CHARACTER  AND  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  VOAVELS 
AND  THE  ORDINARY  LIMITS  OF  EUPHONIC  CHANGES. 


QUALITY. 


Guttural,  . 

Palatal,     . 


Long. 


pure 


C  dijpMliongal 
( pure  I 


Short. 


Labial, 


•i 


(  dijjhtliongal   b 


pure 


PART  SECOND. 

ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  Words. 

§  67.  Etymoju<dgy  treats  of  the  various  kinds  of  words, 
their  forisiation  and  inflections.  Three  successive  stages  are 
here  to  be  distinguished.  The  first  is  the  root  or  radical 
portion  of  words.  This  embraces  those  fundamental  sounds, 
in  which  the  essential  idea  originally  inheres.  Roots  do 
not  enter,  in  their  nude  or  primitive  form,  into  the  current 
use  of  language,  but  they  constitute  the  basis  upon  which  aU 
actually  occurring  words,  with  the  exception  of  the  inorganic 
interjections,  are  constructed.  The  second  stage  is  the  word 
itself  in  its  simple  uninflected  state ;  this  is  formed,  if  a  prim- 
itive, directly  from  the  root,  if  a  derivative,  from  a  pre-existing 
primitive,  by  certain  changes  or  additions,  which  serve  to  con- 
vert the  radical  idea  into  the  precise  conception  intended, 
which  is  as  yet,  however,  expressed  absolutely.  The  third 
and  only  remaining  stage  is  the  word  as  it  appears  in  the  ac- 
tual utterances  of  speech,  so  modified  by  infiections  as  to 
suggest  the  definite  qualifications  of  the  idea,  such  as  the 
tense  of  verbs,  the  gender  and  number  of  nouns,  and  the  de- 
gree of  adjectives,  or  its  relations  whether  of  agreement  or 
subordination,  such  as  the  persons  and  modes  of  verbs  and 
the  cases  of  nouns. 

§  68.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  most  languages,  two 
classes  of  roots,  which  may  be  denominated  respectively  pro- 


^  68  ROOTS    OF    WORDS.  93 

nominal  and  verbal.  Pronominal  roots  fonn  the  basis  of  such 
words  as  express  the  relations  of  things  to  the  speaker  or  to 
one  another,  viz.,  pronouns  and  certain  prepositions,  adverbs, 
and  other  particles.  From  verbal  roots,  w^hich  are  by  far 
the  more  numerous,  spring  w^ords  expressive  of  ideas,  viz., 
verbs,  nouns,  and  such  particles  as  are  derived  from  them. 
Verbal  roots  consist  exclusively  of  consonants,  and  are  almost 
invariably  triliteral.  The  introduction  of  a  vowel  or  vowels, 
even  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing  them,  destroys  their  abstract 
radical  character,  and  converts  them  into  specific  words  of 
this  or  that  description.  Nevertheless,  for  reasons  of  conve- 
nience, the  letters  of  the  root  are  usually  pronounced  by  the 
aid  of  the  vowels  belonging  to  them  in  the  simplest  form  of 
the  corresponding  verb,  which  is  mostly  the  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  preterite,  e.  g.  ^t:;^ ,  ^^^ .  This  must  not  be 
suffered,  however,  to  lead  to  the  confusion  of  identifying 
that  particular  verbal  form  wdth  the  proper  radical,  nor  of 
supposing  the  verb  to  be  the  radical  part  of  speech  from 
which  nouns  in  all  cases  are  derived :  verbs  and  nouns  are 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  co-ordinate  branches  springing  from 
a  common  root. 


a.  The  ^e\v  quadriliterals  and  quinquellterals  which  occur  are  mostly 
formed  from  pre-existing  triliterals  by  the  addition  of  a  weak  letter,  or  a 
letter  similar  to  one  of  the  original  radicals,  e.  g.  CD'liS  to  lay  waste  comp. 
CDS;  ri^b]  to  biirn  comp.  !ri"T ;  HE^"^D  a  branch  comp.  <^BtP  j  ^'^srnb 
thoughts  comp.  C^D^b ;  C3'^2"ii;J  a  sceptre  comp.  122'!:;  "iixbir  tranquil 
comp.  ";x^;  '^'^,'^^  to  spreCid  comp.  ^"^S  ;  or  by  blending  two  different 
roots,  e.g.  ll.'Sl?."i  to  be  fresh  composed  of  -I3n  and  L'Ea  ;  ■'b'^bs  a  certain 
one  =  "^i-bx  libs  ;  r'n"}s:s  a  frog  from  ""£2  to  leap  S'nn  (in  Arabic)  a 
marsh.  Some,'  which  are  not  thus  reducible,  may  perhaps  be  of  foreign 
origin. 

b.  Many  of  the  triliteral  roots  appear  to  be  based  upon  pre-existing 
biliterals.  Thus,  the  cognates  "i]5,  bn,  tn,  nta,  na,  7^i ,  have  in  com- 
mon the  two  letters  n  with  the  associated  idea  of  cutting,  §50.3.  The 
frequent  examples  of  this  description,  together  w^ith  the  ftict  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  few  biliterals,  e.  g.  3X  father,  HK  brother,  ex  mother,  have 
suggested  the  thought  that  the  ultimate  roots  may  in  all  cases  have  been 
biliterals,  and  that  the  triliterals  were  a  secondary  formation.  Various  in- 
genious but  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  demonstrate  this 


94  ETYMOLOGY.  ^69 

position  by  an  actual  anal^^sis,  and  to  effect  the  reduction  of  all  roots  to 
two  primitive  letters.  Still  more  extravagant  and  fancifijl  is  the  endea- 
vour, which  has  actually  been  made,  to  explain  the  origin  of  roots  from  the 
individual  letters  of  which  they  are  composed,  and  to  deduce  their  mean- 
ings from  the  names,  the  shapes,  or  other  peculiarities  of  those  letters. 
The  existence  of  roots  and  the  meanings  attached  to  them  must  be  ac- 
cepted as  ultimate  facts.  Some  have  arisen,  no  doubt,  from  the  imitation 
of  sounds  in  nature;  but  in  most  cases  no  satisfactory  reason  can  be  given 
why  a  given  combination  of  sounds  has  that  particular  sense,  which  is  in 
fact  connected  with  it. 

§  69.  The  formation  of  words  and  their  inflection  are  ac- 
compHshed  partly  by  internal  changes  and  partly  by  external 
additions.  The  internal  changes  are  the  insertion  of  vowels 
and  the  reduplication  of  consonants  in  various  significant 
ways,  e.  g.  'st^p ,  ^'^'p ,  bipp ,  b-jp  .  The  external  additions  are 
significant  sylla!  )les  welded  to  the  root  or  to  the  word,  either 
at  the  beginning  or  the  end,  e.g.  Vjp,  nb-jp,  bibp;',  ^rbispnn. 

a.  The  triliteral  and  exclusively  consonantal  character  of  Semitic 
roots  is  their  most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  distinction  from  those  of  the 
Indo-European  languages  which  are  as  prevailingly  monosyllabic,  the 
vowel  being  an  essential  constituent,  while  the  number  of  consonants  is 
variable.  The  fact  of  the  vowel  being  an  integral  part  of  the  root  in 
these  languages  interferes  with  their  employment  of  internal  changes  for 
purposes  of  derivation  and  inflection,  and  confines  them  almost  entirely  to 
external  additions,  e.  g.  voco,  vocabam,  vocatio,  vocabidnm.  vocito,  etc. 
The  composition  of  words  of  which  such  large  use  is  made  in  the  Indo- 
European  tongues,  e.  g.  ad-voco,  in-roco,  etc.,  is  almost  unknown  in  He- 
brew except  in  the  formation  of  proper  names. 

b.  Different  languages  differ  greatly  in  their  flexibility,  that  is  to  say, 
in  the  variety  of  words  which  may  spring  from  a  common  root,  and  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  same  word  may  assume  to  express  the  various 
relations  into  which  it  enters.  Relations,  which  in  some  languages  are 
expressed  by  flection,  as  the  cases  of  nouns,  tenses  of  verbs,  concord 
of  adjectives,  are  in  others  indicated  by  additional  words,  as  prepo- 
sitions, auxiliary  verbs,  etc.,  or  suggested  by  the  order  of  words  in  the 
sentence. 

c.  Formative  syllables,  added  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  end  of 
words  lor  the  sake  of  inflection,  are,  in  the  ordinary  consciousness  of  those 
who  use  the  language,  completely  amalgamated  with  them,  so  that  their 
separate  origin  and  signification  is  never  thought  of  They  are  thus  to 
be  distinguished  from  those  words  which,  by  reason  of  their  dependent 
character,  are  attached  to  others  as  prefixes  or  suffixes,  but  yet  preserve 
their  separate  identity  as  prefixed  conjunctions  and  prepositions  and  suf- 
fixed pronouns. 


§70,71  PRONOUNS.  95 

§70.  The  parts  of  speech  in  Hebrew  are  either  decUna- 
ble  as  pronouns,  verbs,  and  nouns  (including  adjectives) ;  or 
indecHnable,  as  the  article,  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections.  As  most  if  not  all  of  the  syllables 
employed  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  verbs  and  nouns 
are  of  pronominal  origin,  it  will  be  necessaiy  to  consider  the 
pronouns  first. 

a.  The  classification  usual  with  the  Jewish  grammarians  is  into  verb* 
(ci^^'D  actions),  nouns  (niTZ'J  names),  and  particles  (-"^^'^  words). 


Pronouns. 

PERSONAL     PPwOXOUNS. 

§  71.  The  Hebrew  pronouns  are  personal,  demonstrative, 
relative,  and  interrogative  or  indefinite.  The  personal  pro- 
nouns are  the  following,  viz. : 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

1.     I  ^i-^:,     ^i^  We      ^^niws:,    ctd,  ^:i< 

2  j  Thou  m.  nps  Ye  m.     DP.fi< 

(Thou/.      PN,     '^ni?  Ye/.       i^i?,  nrrx 

o  j  He  «^n  They?;?,  nn,    n^n 

'^•(She  i^^n  They/     in,     n:n 

There  are,  it  will  ]3e  perceived,  distinct  forms  for  singular 
and  plural  in  the  three  persons,  and  for  masculine  and  fem- 
inine in  the  second  and  third.  There  is  no  form  for  the 
neuter,  as  that  gender  is  not  recognized  in  Hebrew. 

a.  (l)  The  alternate  forms  of  the  first  person  singular  "'Zli^  (in  pause 
''Sbi^  with  the  accent  on  the  penult  except  Job  33:  9),  and  "^SX  (in  pause 
••ajt)  are  used  interchangeably  and  with  perhaps  equal  frequency.  It  has 
been  observed,  however,  that  while  the  former  is  the  more  common  in 
the  Pentateuch,  it  never  occurs  in  the  books  of  Chronicles,  and  but  once 
in  Ezekiel.  viz..  36 :  28.  a  passage  borrowed  from  the  Pentateuch.  The 
usual  plural  of  this  person  is  i:n:x;  ^irni  occurs  but  six  times,  viz..  Gen. 


96  ETYMOLOGY.  §  71 

42  :  11,  Ex.  16  :  7.  8,  Num.  32  :  32,  2  Sam.  17  :  12,  Lam.  3  :  42  ;  ^3S  though 
common  in  later  Hebrew,  occurs  but  once  in  the  Old  Testament,  viz.,  Jer. 
42  :  6  K'thiblL,  where  the  K'ri  substitutes  the  usual  form. 

(2)  Tile  second  person  masc.  sing,  nnx  (in  pause  occasionally  nriX  Ps. 
2  :  7,  25  :  27,  40  :  18,  70  :  6,  but  mostly  nnx )  is  in  five  instances  written  nx 
without  the  final  He,  which  is  however  restored  in  the  K'ri,  viz.,  1  Sam. 
24  ;  19,  Ps.  6  :  4,  Job  1  :  10,  Eccles.  7  :  22,  Neh.  9 :  6.  and  in  three  instances 
riN  without  the  final  vowel  Num.  11  :  15,  Deut.  5  :  24,  Ezek.  28  :  14.  The 
feminine  Pix  is  occasionally  written  "^PiN  Judg.  17  : 2.  1  Kin.  14  s  2,  2  Kin. 
4  :  16.  23,  8  :  1,  Jer.  4  :  30,  Ezek.  36  :  13  ";  the  KVi  invariably  retrenches  the 
superfluous  ■>,  though  it  is  probable  that  the  original  pronunciation  proper 
to  this  orthography  was  "'nx.  The  feminine  plural  )r\i<  occurs  only  Ezek. 
34:31,  where  a  few  manuscripts  read  'iHX  ;  the  alternate  form  MjPX  oc- 
curs Gen.  31 :  6.  Ezek.  13  :  11,  34 :  17  j  in  Ezek.  13  :  20  most  editions  have 

nsnx . 
t  ••  - 

(3)  The  third  person  fern.  sing.  5<"^rj  occurs  but  eleven  times  in  the 
books  of  Moses,  viz..  Gen.  14:  2,  20:  5,  38:  25,  Lev.  2:  15  (in  some  editions), 
11 :  39,  13:  10.  21.  16:  3i,  21 :  9,  Num.  5:  13,  14.  In  its  stead  is  found  .Sin 
a  combination  orthe  letters  of  the  masculine  with  the  vowel  of  the  fem- 
inine. The  explanation  of  this  is  that  Kin  hu  was  at  that  early  period  of 
common  gender  and  used  indifferently  for  both  masculine  and  feminine. 
As  this  primitive  usage  subsequently  became  obsolete,  the  word,  when 
used  for  the  feminine,  was  read  !J<'^n  hi  according  to  the  uniform  practice 
of  the  later  books,  and  the  punctuators  have  suggested  this  by  giving  it 
the  corresponding  vowel,  §47.  According  to  Kimchi  "1^  Ruth  1:  13  and 
nsn  2  Sam.  4  :  6,  Jer.  50:5,  stand  for  the  masculine  plural;  this  assump- 
tion is  unnecessary,  however,  as  in  the  first  passage  the  feminine  may 
have  the  sense  of  the  neuter  ^^  these  things,-^  and  m  the  last  two  it  is  an 
adverb  of  place,  meaning  here. 

b.  (1)  The  pronoun  "^sbx  unites  the  palatal  found  in  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  first  person  in  Indo-European  languages,  Gr.  eyw,  Lat.  ego. 
Goth,  ik,  with  the  nasal  of  its  other  parts  Gr.  [xe,  vCSC,  Lat.  me.  nos.  Goth. 
mik.  The  same  combination  is  found  in  the  Coptic  and  the  Phoenician. 
The  Arabic  and  Syriac  have  retained  only  the  abbreviated  form  in  the 
singular  and  the  prolonged  form  in  the  plural.  Tiie  second  person  nnx 
is  based  upon  the  lingual  n  as  the  Doric  rv,  Lat.  tu^  Ger.  du,  Eng.  Ihuu  ; 
and  the  third  person  Nin  upon  the  guttural  n  as  the  Zend  Ao,  Gr.  6, 
Lat.  hic^  Eng.  he. 

(2)  Words  in  such  constant  and  familiar  use  as  the  pronouns  are  sub- 
ject to  more  or  less  irregularity  in  all  languages.  The  original  plural 
termination,  as  will  be  shown  more  fully  hereafter  in  the  case  of  verbs 
and  nouns,  is  C1 .  In  the  first  person  n  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  concur- 
rence of  nasals  in  the  same  syllable,  "^SX  ,  !iDX  ;  the  plural  of  the  prolonged 
form  seems  to  be  best  explained  by  supposing  it  to  have  been  originally 
i3:3i<^ ,  which  was  in  the  singular  softened  to  ^rbx  by  §57.  1,  and  in  the 
plural  by  a  transposition  and  weakening  of  the  palatal  to  a  guttural  (comp, 
Gr.  cyw,  Sans,  aham),  became  Isn'jX.  or  by  §53.  2,  isna .  The  plurals  of 
the  second  and  third  persons  were  originally  tJinx,  Wn,  which  are  still 


§  72  PRONOUNS.  07 

preserved  in  the  Arabic,  and  have  left  their  traces  in  the  inflections  of 
verbs,  e.  g.  ■|^^::;!^'',  "^S'^nbap  .  The  vowel  u.  however,  which  in  the  plu- 
rals of  masculine  nouns  has  been  converted  into  z,  has  in  the  pronouns 
undergone  a  still  further  modification  into  the  diphthongal  e  cli  or  e  cnx  . 
The  distinction  of  gender  is  indicated  in  the  plural  not  by  affixing  the 
characteristic  termination  of  that  gender  as  in  nouns,  but  by  a  change  of 
the  final  nasal.  An  unaccented  rt  ^  is  often  added  by  §61.  6.  to  relieve  the 
harshness  of  the  consonantal  ending. 

c.  In  the  technical  language  of  the  Jewish  grammarians  pronouns  are 
called  C^^^ss  cognomina ;  the  first  person  is  iSI??  the  speaker^  the  second 
6<:2^3  present^  the  third  ~r.p3  hidden  or  absent. 

§  72.  When  the  pronouns  are  used  in  theu^  separate  form 
as  distinct  words  tliey  have  the  forms  already  given.  When, 
however,  they  stand  in  a  relation  of  dependence  to  verbs, 
nouns,  and  particles,  they  are  appended  to  them  in  the  follow- 
ing abbreviated  forms,  called  the  pronominal  suffixes  : 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

1. 

Com. 

1 

''S 

^15 

2.- 

f  Masc. 
\  Fern. 

1? 

3.- 

{  Masc. 
\  Fem. 

rn 

n 

D 
1 

DO 
10 

In  the  first  person  singular  "^ .  is  attached  to  nouns,  and 
^^  to  verbs.  In  the  second  person  the  palatal  D  is  substituted 
for  the  lingual  n  of  the  separate  pronoun.  For  a  similar 
change  in  the  first  person  see  §  85.  a.  (i).  The  modifications 
in  the  forms  of  the  sufiixes,  occasioned  by  the  endings  of  the 
words  to  which  they  are  attached,  will  be  considered  here- 
after, §§101,220.  The  third  plural  forms  Dn ,  in  are  used 
with  plural  nouns  ;  D  ,  1  with  verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

The  sufiixes  of  the  second  and  third  persons  plural  DD , 
15 ,  on ,  in  are  called  grave,  the  rest  are  Jic/ht.  The  former 
being  mixed  syllables,  always  receive  the  accent,  §  33.  3,  and 
tend  more  strongly  to  shorten  the  words  to  which  they  are 
attached  than  the  latter. 


98  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  73,  74 

Demonstrative  Pronouns. 
§  73.  1.  The  ordinary  demonstrative  is — 

3fasc.      Fein.  Common. 

Singular,   ht     ni<T  tins        Plural,   bx     n>x  these. 

The  poetic  form  it  is  sometimes  a  demonstrative,  Ps. 
12:8,  Hab.  1 :  11,  but  more  frequently  a  relative  (like  the 
English  that),  in  which  case  it  is  used  without  change  for 
both  genders  and  numbers.  The  feminine  is  occasionally 
written  without  the  final  m  and  with  a  different  vowel  letter 
Til  or  it .  The  plural,  coming  from  a  different  root,  is  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  without  the  usual  termination ;  b&5  occurs 
eight  times  in  the  books  of  Moses  and  once  in  1  Chron.  20 : 8; 
in  all  other  places  the  consonantal  termination  is  softened  by 
an  appended  n  ., . 

2.  The  singular  of  this  pronoun  is  in  a  few  instances 
compounded  with  b  either  without  any  change  of  meaning,  or, 
as  Ewald  and  Nordheimer  follow  Jarchi  in  supposing,  in  the 
sense  of  the  remote  demonstrative  that.  Thus  (with  the 
article  n  prefixed) — 

Masc.  Fern.  Ccm. 

Sing,   this  or  that     nf  jn         ^T^n         T5n 

a.  The  first  form  occurs  twice  in  Genesis  (24  :  65,  37: 19).  the  third  six 
times  in  the  post-Mosaic  books  as  a  masculine  (Judg.  6  :  20,  1  Sam.  14  :  1, 
17:26,  2  Kin.  23:17,  Dan.  8:16,  Zech.  2:8),  and  once  as  a  feminine 
(2  Kin.  4:25),  the  second  once  in  Ezekiel  (36  :  35). 

3.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  i^^n  is  used 
for  the  remote  demonstrative  that. 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§  74.  The  relative  tvho,  lohich  is  "n^^  ,  which  may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  separate  word,  or  may  be  shortened  to  a  prefix  © 


§75  INTERROGATIVE    AND    INDEFINITE    PRONOUNS.  99 

with  Daghesh-forte  cornpensative  in  the  following  letter, 
unless  it  be  a  guttural  and  consequently  incapable  of  receiv- 
ing it,  §23.  1.  In  a  few  instances  the  prefix  t  takes  the 
vowel  (.)  followed  by  Daghesh-forte,  Judg.  5  :  7,  Cant.  1  : 7, 
Job  19  :  29  ;  once  it  has  (J  before  i^  Judg.  6:17,  and  twice 
{,)  Eccl.  2  :  22  (in  some  copies),  3:18.  The  relative  suffers 
no  change  for  gender  or  number  either  in  its  separate  or  its 
prefixed  state.  Its  objective  relation  to  verbs  and  particles 
and  its  possessive  relation  to  nouns  are  expressed  without 
changing  the  relative  itself,  or  removing  it  from  its  position 
at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  by  appending  the  appropriate 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing  word,  e.  g.  'Tibt  nri5  zc/io 
he  sent  Mm,  i.  e.  w^hom  he  sent,  "li^"!!  niri<  which  its  seed,  i.  e. 
whose  seed.  It  may  also  receive  an  adverbial  sense  from 
being  followed  by  the  pronominal  adverb  Dt?  thei^e,  e.  g. 
DT?  —  nt;jf5  where,  ™t?  —  "I'i:^;  whither,  DM  —  nirj^  whence. 

a.  The  prefix  ^j  occurs  to  the  exchision  of  the  full  form  ofthe  relative 
in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  with  great  frequency  in  another  production 
of  Solomon's.  Ecclesiastes.  There  are  besides  occasional  examples  of  it  in 
other  books,  e.  g.  Judg.  5:7,  6:17,  7:12,8:26,2  Kin.  6:11,  1  Chron.  5:20, 
Job  19:  29,  Ps.  122-124.  129,  133-137,  144.  Lam.  2:15,  16.  The  word 
cr^ra  Gen.  6:3  is  in  several  ancient  versions  and  in  the  common  English 
translation  rendered  as  though  it  were  made  up  of  the  preposition  3 ,  the 
rehitive  "O  and  the  particle  ^t  for  that  also;  but  the  most  recent  inter- 
preters derive  it  from  the  verb  ^5^  to  err,  and  translate  in  their  erring. 

b.  i^|s<  or  b  is  also  used  for  the  conjunction  that.     Comp.  Lat.  quod. 

Interrogative  and  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

§75.  1.  The  pronouns  ^^  icho  ?  or  ?r/^o^t'^r  relating  to 
persons,  and  n^  what?  ox  whatever  relating  to  things,  are 
employed  both  as  interrogatives  and  in  an  indefinite  sense. 
They  experience  no  change  for  gender  or  number. 

The  vowel  of  rra  is  regulated  by  the  initial  sounds  of 
the  succeeding  word.  Before  a  letter  capal)le  of  receiving 
Daghesh-forte  it  is  pointed  ™  and  the  following  letter  is 
doubled,  e.  g.  iiif-n-a  Ex.  3:13.     Before  the  stronger  gut- 


100  ETYMOLOGY.  §  76 

turals  n  and  n  it  also  commonly  receives  (.),  e.  g.  i5'^n"n^ 
Ps.  39  :  5,  T^^n  ™  Gen.  31  :  36.  Before  the  weaker  gut- 
turals i< ,  y  and  "I ,  it  commonly  takes  (J,  e.  g.  r.^5^-n^  Zech. 
1 :  9,  ^^n?  ni3  2  Kin.  8  :  13,  cn^s-i  m  Judg.  9  :  48.  Before 
n ,  n ,  and  T  with  Kamets,  and  occasionally  before  other  let- 
ters it  takes  (,),  §  63. 1.  a,  e.  g.  ii  r^^h'H-q  Ex.  32  : 1,  ^ni^m-n-Q 
Gen.  20 : 9,  nvij?-n^  ib.,  bip  nri  1  Sam.  4 :  14,  t:Bt't3  m 
2  Kin.  1:7.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  vowel  letter  is 
omitted  and  the  interrogative  is  joined  with  the  following 
word,  e.  g.  rik-a  Ex.  4  ;  2,  ^6)12  Isa.  3:15,  siifbn'a  Mai.  1 :  13, 
d™  Ezek.  8  :  6  K'thibh. 

2.  Another  interrogative  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  par- 
ticle *"&?  to  the  pronoun  fit ,  ni^r ,  thus  nr  ^i^  loldcli?  or  ivliat? 
1  Kin.  13  :  12,Eccles.  11:6,  n^^rb  ^^foriohat?  why?  Jer.  5:7. 

3.  The  words  ^X^}^  ''ibsi  which  are  always  used  in  com- 
bination, or  contracted  into  one  ''i^bs  ,  are  in  usage  equivalent 
to  an  indefinite  or  indeterminate  pronoun,  Eng.  a  certain  one, 
Lat.  quidam,  Gr.  6  helva ;  they  are,  however,  derived  not  from 
pronominal  but  verbal  roots. 

Verbs. 

THEIE     SPECIES. 

§76.  1.  Hebrew  verbs  have  seven  different  forms  which 
have  been  denominated  species  or  conjugations  (D^i;?^  huild- 
ings).  These  represent  as  many  modifications  of  the  verbal 
idea,  and  are  as  follows,  viz. : 

1.  bp         Kal  Simple  active. 

2.  bis?         Niphal  "      passive. 

3.  brs         Piel  Intensive  active. 

4.  b:?s         Pual  "  passive. 

5.  biysn         Hiphil  Causative  active. 

6.  bi^sn         Hophal  "  passive. 

7.  b?Bnn         Hithpael       Reflexive. 


§77  SPECIES    OF    VERBS.  101 

a.  The  term  conjugations  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin,  and  is  very  gen- 
erally employed  in  Hebrew  grammars  and  in  those  of  the  cognate  lan- 
guages. It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  Hebrew  conjugations 
are  totally  unlike  the  conjugations  ofLatin  and  Greek.  Thelatter  denote 
the  various  modes  of  inflection  adopted  by  dilferent  roots.  The  former  are 
modifications  of  the  same  root,  which  differ  in  meaning  wliile  their  inflec- 
tions are  substantially  alike.  They  correspond  rather  with  voices  or  with 
derivative  verbs,  such  as  frequenlatives  and  causatives.  although  they  not 
infrequently  require  to  be  translated  by  words  radically  distinct.  The 
term  species  proposed  by  Schultens,  though  less  commonly  adopted,  is 
more  descriptive. 

2.  Kal  means  lif/hf,  and  denotes  that  species  in  which  no 
other  than  the  three  radical  letters  appear,  and  these  only  in 
their  single  power.  The  other  species  are  called  heavi/ 
(D^nss),  because  burdened  by  the  reduplication  of  the  radi- 
cals or  the  addition  of  other  letters.  Their  names  are  de- 
rived from  ^i'^  to  do,  which  was  the  model  for  inflection,  the 
form  assumed  by  this  verb  in  each  species  serving  as  its 
designation.  Unusual  verbal  forms  are  in  like  manner  de- 
noted by  the  corresponding  forms  imposed  upon  its  radicals. 

3.  Other  technical  expressions,  such  as  the  names  of  the 
various  classes  of  verbs,  are  also  to  be  traced  to  this  source. 
A  verb  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  a  Nun,  or  a  Yodh,  is 
called  a  Pe  Guttural,  Pe  Nun  (i'e),  or  Pe  Yodh  C^s)  verb, 
Pe  as  the  initial  of  bys  becoming  the  technical  designation 
of  a  first  radical  generally.  So  a  verb  whose  second  radical 
is  Vav  is  called  an  Ayin  Vav  ("r ) ;  one  whose  third  radical 
is  He,  a  Lamedh  He  (nb) ;  one  whose  second  and  third  rad- 
icals are  alike  an  Ayin  Doubled  (3^?),  etc. 

§77.  The  general  idea  of  the  several  species  already 
stated  is  liable  to  certain  modifications  in  the  variety  of  cases 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

1.  The  Niphal  is  commonly  the  passive  of  Kal  or  of  the 
simple  idea  of  the  verb,  nia  to  steal,  Ni.  to  be  stolen ;  ^ro  to 
writey  Ni.  to  be  2critten. 

2.  Sometimes,  like  the  Greek  middle  voice  which  coin- 
cides with  the  passive  in  certain  of  its  forms,  it  has  a  reflex- 


102  ETYMOLOGY.  §78 

ive  signification,  I'Q'J  to  Jiide,  Ni.  to  hide  ones  self ;  ^ii?  to 
keep,  Ni.  to  keep  ones  self,  (puXdrrearOai;  Dli?  Ni.  to  repent, 
lit.  to  grieve  ones  sef,  ^eTajxekeaOai;  or  expresses  reciprocal 
action,  f  i*^  to  counsel,  Ni.  to  take  counsel  together ;  cnb  Ni.  to 
fight,  iidxecrOai,  lit.  to  devour  one  another.  In  some  verbs  it 
has  both  a  passive  and  a  reflexive  sense,  ^yq  Ni.  to  be  sold 
and  to  sell  ones  self;  r.^?^  Ni.  to  be  seen  and  to  let  one's  self 
be  seen,  to  appear. 

3.  Sometimes  when  the  Kal  is  intransitive  and  does  not 
admit  of  a  proper  passive,  the  Niphai  is  either  identical  with 
it  in  signification,  n'np  K.  and  Ni.  to  approach,  or  retains  a 
shade  of  its  original  force  by  representing  the  state  or  condi- 
tion not  absolutely  as  in  Kal,  but  as  something  effected  and 
involving  a  change  from  another  previous  condition,  )^fi  to 
be  full,  Ni.  to  be  filled,  Tm  to  be,  Ni.  to  become. 

§  78.  1.  The  Piel  gives  new  intensity  to  the  simple  idea 
of  the  verb,  by  which  its  meaning  is  variously  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case,  13?^  to  he  few.  Pi.  to  be 
very  few ;  >^\^  to  folloio,Y\.  to  follow  ardently,  to  pursue ; 
ins  to  fear.  Pi.  to  fear  constantly,  to  be  timid ;  -^t?  to  ask. 
Pi.  to  ask  repeatedly  and  earnestly,  to  beg ;  ^^"^3  to  create, 
as  God,  Pi.  to  form  with  pains  and  labour,  as  man  ;  ^tb|  to 
write.  Pi.  to  lorite  much  with  the  implication  that  it  is  to  little 
purpose,  to  scribble ;  "^^l?  to  bury.  Pi.  to  bury  great  numbers. 

2.  The  energy  resident  in  this  species  displays  itself  by 
signifying  the  producing  or  causing  of  that  which  is  denoted 
by  the  simple  idea  of  the  verb,  thus  quickening  intransitive 
verbs  into  transitives,  and  making  such  as  were  transitive 
before  to  be  doubly  so.  In  this,  which  is  the  more  frequent 
case,  it  becomes  virtually  equivalent  to  a  causative,  inx  to 
perish.  Pi.  to  make  to  perish,  to  destroy ;  1^^  to  learn.  Pi.  to 
teach,  i.  e.  cause  to  learn.  Both  these  senses  are  occasionally 
found  united  in  the  same  verb,  l*]jP  Pi.  to  be  very  near  and  to 
bring  near ;  rnir  Pi.  to  be  very  corrupt  and  to  corrupit  or  de- 
stroy. 


§79,80  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  103 

3.  Pual  is  the  passive  of  Picl,  and  therefore  can  only  exist 
when  the  sense  of  the  latter  is  such  that  a  passive  is  possible. 

§79.  1.  The  Hiphil  denotes  the  causing  or  producing  of 
that  Avhich  is  signified  by  the  simple  form  of  the  verb,  and, 
as  in  the  corresponding  case  of  Piel,  intransitive  verbs  become 
transitive,  and  such  as  admitted  of  one  object  before  are  now 
capable  of  receiving  two :  T^^  to  descend.  Hi.  to  cause  to  de- 
scend, bring  doion ;  i^in  to  come,  Hi.  to  hrinfj ;  n^jn  to  see.  Hi. 
to  show. 

2.  In  some  verbs  Hiphil  has  an  intransitive  sense,  but 
in  most  of  these  cases  there  is  either  an  ellipsis  of  the  object 
or  the  idea  of  production  and  causation  can  still  be  obscurely 
traced,  nirp  Hi.  to  be  attentive,  prop,  to  mahe  {ones  ear)  at- 
tend;  pi?'^  Hi.  to  be  sweet,  prop,  to  cause  sweetness ;  ^ii?  Hi. 
to  be  loise,  prop,  to  act  loisely,  exhibit  loisdom  ;  f  "bij  Hi.  to  be 
brave,  prop,  to  act  bravely;  IpJ  Hi.  to  grow  old,  prop,  to  acquire 
age.  In  a  few  instances  both  senses  are  found  united  in  the 
same  verb,  hSd  Hi.  to  cause  to  bud  and  to  jjut  forth  buds ; 
tjSjj  Hi.  to  jjrolong  and  to  be  long ;  nt;?:^  Hi.  to  enrich  and  to 
groiD  rich ;  'j'bij  Hi.  to  make  fat  and  to  become  fat  (comp. 
Y.w'g.  fatten). 

3.  Hophal  is  the  passive  of  Hiphil. 

a.  When  Kal  has  both  a  transitive  ai)d  an  intransitive  sense.  Hiphil. 
as  the  causative  of  the  latter,  becomes  substantially  identical  with  tlie 
former,  riia:  K.  to  extend  or  to  bend,  trans,  and  intrans..  Hi.  id.  trans.  In 
Job  23  :  11.  Ps.  125:  5.  Isa.  30  :  1 1,  where  the  Hiphil  of  this  verb  appears  to 
be  used  intransitively  in  the  sense  of  turning  aside,  there  is  an  ellipsis  of 
its  proper  object,  to  bend  {the  steps). 

§80.  1.  The  Hithpael  is  reflexive  or  reciprocal  of  the 
idea  of  the  verb,  mostly  as  this  is  expressed  in  the  Piel  spe- 
cies (from  which  it  is  formed,  §82.  5),  the  particular  shade 
of  meaning  being  modified  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case.  (1)  It  indicates  that  the  subject  is  likewise  the 
direct  object  of  the  action,  t:J'a  Pi.  to  deliver,  Hith.  to  escape, 
deliver  ones  self;  pt'?  Pi.  to  justify,  Hith.  to  justify  ones  self; 


104  ETYMOLOGY.  §  80 

tosn  Pi.  to  seek,  Hith.  to  disguise  ones  self,  prop,  to  let  ones 
self  he  sought  for ;  T\yT)  Pi.  to  make  sick,  Hith.  to  make  one's 
self  sick  whether  in  reahty  or  in  the  esteem  of  others,  i.  e.  to 
feign  sickness  ;  Dsn  Hith.  to  show  one's  self  wise  whether  in 
reahty  or  in  his  own  conceit.  (2)  Or  that  he  is  the  indirect 
object  of  the  action,  which  is  for  his  benefit,  or  relates  en- 
tirely to  him,  nne  Pi.  to  open,  Hith.  to  open  for  ones  self; 
bn:  Hith.  to  inherit  {for  ones  self) ;  "jrn  Pi.  ^o  make  gracious, 
Hith.  to  implore  favour,  prop,  to  make  to  be  gracious  to  one's 
self.  (3)  Or  that  the  action  is  mutual  between  two  or  more 
parties,  "i^p  Pi.  to  bind,  Hith.  to  conspire,  prop,  to  band  to- 
gether ;  ^i^'}  to  see,  Hith.  to  look  iqjon  one  another. 

2.  This  species  is  sometimes  a  mere  passive  like  the 
Niphal  h5t5  to  forget,  Hith.  to  he  forgotten ;  ^22  Pi.  to  atone, 
Hith.  to  be  atoned ;  'IPS?  Pi.  to  prepare,  Hith.  to  be  prepared. 
In  a  few  instances  the  reflexive  and  the  passive  senses  are 
found  in  the  same  verb,  "ii^  Hith.  to  sell  ones  self  and  to  be 
sold. 

a.  (1)  The  affinity  between  the  Piel  and  Hiphil  species  is  such  as  in 
very  many  verbs  to  render  it  unnecessary  to  retain  them  both,  and  one  or 
the  other  has  been  allowed  to  fall  into  disuse.  Where  both  exist,  they 
are  often  nearly  or  quite  synonymous,  and  are  used  indiscriminately,  UT'jI^ 
Pi.  and  Hi.  to  sanctify^  or  differ  only  in  the  frequency  of  their  employment, 
nbb  Pi.  and  Hi.  (rare)  to  send,  r53d  Pi.  (rare)  and  Hi.  to  cause  to  hear. 
In  other  cases  they  are  distinguished  by  adhering  to  those  significations 
of  the  species  in  which  they  depart  palpably  from  one  another,  n^:£  Pi. 
(intens.)  to  grow  luxuriantly.  Hi.  (caus.)  to  make  to  grow,  ^2C  Pi.  (caus.) 
to  make  foolish.  Hi.  (intrans.)  to  act  foolishly  ;  or  by  developing  them  from 
different  significations  of  the  root.  buJ2  Pi.  to  cook  (food),  Hi.  to  ripen 
(fruit) ;  71*^3  Pi.  to  bless  (prop,  to  kneel  in  worship),  Hi.  to  cause  to  kneel 
(as  a  physical  act);  c^?  Pi.  to  break  the  bones  ( c:£2.;),  Hi.  ?o  render 
strong ;  or  by  restricting  them  to  special  applications,  "It:;?  Pi.  to  burn  in- 
cense (to  idols).  Hi.  to  burn  incense  (to  God) ;  r.Bn  Hi.  to  change,  Pi.  to 
change  (the  clothes)  ;  Ulbs  Hi.  to  strip,  Pi.  to  strip  (the  slain  in  battle). 

(2)  It  is  still  less  common  to  find  both  Niphal  and  Hithpael  in  the  same 
verb.  Where  this  does  occur  they  are  sometimes  used  intercliangeably, 
at  others  a  distinction  is  created  or  adhered  to,  "5^  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  be 
poured,  out ;  i2'n  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  talk  with  one  another ;  Tp3  Ni.  to  be 
blessed,  Hith.  to  bless  one^s  self;  ^"nn  Ni.  to  be  ploughed,  Hith.  to  keep  (one^s 
self)  quiet;  luj;?  Ni.  to  be  bound,  Hith.  to  conspire. 

(3)  When  in  particular  verbs  two  species  have  substantially  the  same 


§81  PERFECT    VERBS.  105 

sense,  it  sometimes  happens  that  parts  only  of  each  are  in  use.  one  supple- 
menting the  deficiencies  of  the  other,  or  that  one  of  tlie  active  species, 
losing  its  proper  passive,  is  supplied  by  another  whose  corresponding 
active  is  wanting.  Thus  bb^  (o  be  able  has  a  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive; 
but  its  future  is  Hophal  (strictly,  to  be  made  able,  but  in  usage  the  equiva- 
lent of  Kal)  ;  v]63  to  be  pale,  \ri3  lo  draw  near,  "rjj  to  be  poured  out,  have 
their  futures  in  the  Kal  but  their  preterites  in  the  Niphal;  vip^  to  add  has 
both  a  Kal  and  a  Hiphil  preterite,  which  are  synonymous,  but  only  a 
Hiphil  future.  Again,  in  b^3  to  separate  and  "irTT  to  destroy,  the  Kal  has 
yielded  to  the  Hiphil  (strictly,  to  cause  separation,  destruction),  but  the 
Niphal  is  retained  as  its  passive;  I'H'n  to  bathe  and  p'nj  to  sprinJde,  have 
in  the  active  the  Kal  form  and  in  the  passive  the  Pual. 

(4)  All  verbs  are  found  in  one  or  more  of  these  species  or  conjugations, 
but  very  few  in  the  whole  of  them.  Of  the  1,332  triliteral  verbs  in  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  530  appear  in  some  one  species  only.  360  in  two  species, 
235  in  three.  118  in  four,  70  in  five,  12  in  six,  and  but  7  in  the  entire  num- 
ber, viz.:  3.'p3  to  cleave  asunder,  nba  to  uncover,  ribn  to  be  sick,  i"^"^  to 
know,  n^^  to  bring  forth,  njTQ  to  visit,  cn  to  be  high.  The  number  of 
species  in  which  a  given  verb  appears,  is  sometimes  limited  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  the  case,  as  when  its  meaning  will  not  admit  of  the  modifica- 
tions denoted  by  all  the  species;  or  by  usage,  as  when  certain  species  are 
dropped  as  unnecessary,  the  ideas  which  they  would  convey  being  ex- 
pressed in  another  manner;  or  by  the  circumstance  that  in  the  small  vol- 
ume of  the  Old  Testament,  examples  may  not  occur  of  all  the  species 
which  actually  were  in  use. 

b.  Instances  occur  in  which  the  active  species,  and  less  frequently  the 
passives,  derive  their  meanings  not  directly  from  the  root,  but  from  some 
noun  which  has  sprung  from  it.  These  are  called  Denominatives.  Thus, 
fl^r  K.  to  break  the  neck  (^?.2^);  "H?^'  K.  to  tithe  (n-i;s;  ten);  '{Zli  to  make 
bricks  (J^J^^) ;  -3^?  Ni.  to  be  possessed  of  understanding,  or.  according  to 
others,  to  be  devoid  of  understanding  (-^^  heart);  'f}'2  Pi.  to  act  as  priest 
dn^);  l?!^  Pi-  io  build  a  nest  {)p_);  ^27^  Pu.  part,  s^ware  (S3-ix /oi<r) ; 
'T;?ir73  Pu.  almond-shaped  ("i)bc) ;  y^n?3  Pu.  dyed  scarlet  (i'^ip) ;  '■^'''P'^i'}  Hi. 
to  snoiv  (:Vi:);  )^\vir}  Hi.  to  give  e^r 'c.tx)  ;  nsn  Hi.  to  snare  (ns);  n^?:n 
Ho.  to  be  salted  (nbi);  '^ri-'^rn  Hith.  to  make  one^s  self  a  Jew  (^T^))] 
^'r^n  Hith.  to  supply  one's  self  ivilh  provision  (Tfi).  A  verbal  form  may 
occasionally  arise  even  from  an  adverb.  !^5*'^f!!.3  Ni.  part,  removed  far  away 
ip^^ti),  or  an  interjection,  on^i  Hi.  and  he  stilled  (on  hush!). 


Perfect  Verbs. 

§  81.  There  is  one  normal  standard  for  the  formation  of 
these  several  species  and  their  further  inflection,  to  which  all 
verbs  conform  unless  prevented  by  the  character  of  their 
radicals.     There  are  no  anomalous  or  irregular  deviations 


106  ETYMOLOGY.  §  82 

from  tliis  standard,  sucli  as  are  found  in  other  languages,  for 
which  no  explanation  can  be  given  but  the  fact  of  their  oc- 
currence.    AVhatever  deviations   do  occur  result  from  the 
presence  of  letters  in  the  root  which  do  not  admit  of  certain 
combinations  and  forms,  and  compel  the  adoption  of  others 
in  their  stead.     Verbs  are  hence  distinguished  into  perfect 
.  and  imperfect.  "  They  are  styled  perfect  when   their  radical 
^^ '    I  letters  are  capable  of  entering  into  all  those  combinations 
"ifecij^^^  exhibiting  all  those  forms  which  conformity  with  the 
^~"   \  standard  requires.     They  are  imperfect  when  the  root  con- 
n|\€rl?J tains  a  weak  letter,  §  7.  2,  or  is  otherwise  so  constituted  as 
>to  lead  to  a  departure  from  the  standard  inflections. 

§82.  1.  In  perfect  verbs  the  Kal  is  formed  by  giving 
Pattahh,  or  more  rarely  one  of  its  compounds,  Tsere  or 
Hholem,  to  the  second  radical  as  its  essential  or  characteristic 
vowel,  and  to  the  first  radical  a  pretonic  Kamets,  §64.  2, 
thus :  bb;^ ,  ^n? ,  f^jp  . 

a.  The  number  of  verbs,  perfect  and  imperfect,  whose  second  radical 
has  Tsere  or  Hholem,  or  as  they  are  technically  called  middle  e  and  mid- 
dle o.  is  quite  inconsiderable.  They  are  mostly  of  an  intransitive  sig- 
nification. 

(1)  The  following  have  Tsere,  viz. : 

•|i?t  to  be  old,  ^is  (Isa.  24:20  ^is)  to  he  ni?  to  die. 

"fin  to  delight.                       heavy.  bi:  to  fade. 

-kn  to  hew.  ^iis  to  be  right.  xi'j  to  thirst. 

^n::  to  be  clean.  'cb.h  and  ^^^  to  put  on.  hhp^  (Isa.   33:9  h'Qj^)  to 

xr::  to  be  unclean.  Nb?a  trans,  or  intrans.  (Esth.  wither. 

Uii^  to  be  dry.                          7:5   N^"9   trans.)  to  xib  to  hate. 

^y^  to  fear.                             Jill  or  be  full.  bed  to  be  brought  low. 

(2)  The  following  have  Tsere  in  pause.  §  65.  3.  a.  or  as  a  pretonic  vowel, 
§64.  2,  before  a  suffix,  but  Pattahh  in  other  cases.  Such  as  only  occur  in 
pause  or  with  suffixes  are  printed  with  Tsere. 

irtit  to  love.  b'la  to   he    or  become  ^nn  to  cease. 

crx  to  be  guilty.  .  great.  ykn  to  he  leavened. 

p^3  to  swell.  pll'n  to  cleave  to.  v]5n  to  be  profaned, 

i£^  to  prevail  "ji^^  to  grow  fat,  -iDn  to  lack. 


§  82  PERFECT    VERBS.  107 

^tn  to     blush     (distill-  ::'4'J  to  be  strong.  yz'D  to  be  sated. 

guished  from  "EH  r,p:j  to   come    upon,  to   nr'J  to  rejoice. 

to  dig).  prosper.  n::"j  to  forget. 

t)r^  to  be  weary.  'C'^'p^  to  be  holy.  '|3d  to  dwell. 

'^y^  to  possess.  li'ip?  to  come  near.  C73'j  to  be  desolate. 

G53  to  be  pleasant.  asn  to  be  hungry.  r^ar  to  hear. 

Several  others  are  marked  with  Tsere  in  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius,  in 
which  that  vowel  does  not  occur. 
(3)   The  following  have  Hholem: 

nix  to  shine.  Vd'^  to  be  able.  nn  (Ps.  18  :  15   ::;n  )  to 

ttJia  to  be  ashamed.  tip^  to  snare.  shoot. 

Siii  to  be  good.  Vt3  (see  §S6.  a)  ^o/ow?.  bi'j  (Gen.43:14  ^nbrc) 

15^  to  dread.  "pp^  to  be  small.  to  be  bereaved. 

2.  The  Niphal  is  formed  by  prefixing  5  to  the  letters  of 
the  root ;  thus,  ^i?ip: ,  which  by  §  61. 1.  becomes  ^t?p3 . 

3.  The  Piel  and  Pual  are  formed  by  doubhng  the  second 
radical  and  attaching  the  appropriate  vowels ;  thus,  bt2p , 
b6p. 

4.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal  are  formed  by  prefixing  n 
with  the  proper  vowels  ;  thus,  ^"'Ppn ,  ^i:pn . 

5.  The  Hithpael  is  formed  by  prefixing  r,n  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive  of  the  Piel ;  thus,  ^fejpr^n  .  If  the  first  radi- 
cal be  one  of  the  sibilants  0 ,  TIJ  or  iu ,  the  n  of  the  prefixed 
syllable  will  be  transposed  with  it,  ^iincn,  tjsnrn,  ^nnirn. 
If  the  first  radical  be  22 ,  the  ri  will  be  transposed,  and  in 
addition  changed  to  12 ,  e.  g.  PT^^n  .  If  the  first  radical  be 
one  of  the  Unguals  "i ,  t:  or  n ,  the  T\  will  be  assimilated  or 
united  to  it  by  Daghesh-forte,  pS-^n ,  nncpn ,  Wi7\r\ . 

a.  In  one  instance  n:::::'"'wrri  Jer.  49:3  n  remains  before  llJ  without 
transposition,  which  would  brintr  three  Unguals  in  close  connection,  and 
once  it  is  assimilated  to  '^,  Eccl.  7:  16  CTsid"] ,  elsewhere  trind^ ;  n  is 
likewise  assimilated  to  the  sibilant  T  in  the  only  Hithpael  form  in  which 
that  letter  is  the  initial  of  the  root  fiSjH  Isa.  1  :  16.  In  one  instance 
Cps'nrt'a  Judg.  19:22  n  remains  without  assimilation  before  ^.  The  n 
may  either  be  assimilated  or  not  to  the  initial  3  of  two  verbs  Xi3,  xl^!, 
and  the  initial  3  of  two  "^S.  *E3.  It  is  assimilated  to  the  3  ofcis.  wliicli 
occurs  but  twice  in  the  Hithpael.  to  the  3  of  7^3 .  which  only  occurs  once, 
and  in  one  instance  to  "i,  viz.  c^^1^$  Isa.  33:10  but  n^Tin"^  Dan.  11:36. 


108  ETYMOLOGY.  §  83 

h.  The  seven  species  may.  agreeably  to  their  formation,  be  reduced  to 
three  with  their  derivatives,  viz.; 

Active  1.  Kal  2.  Piel  3.  Hiphil 

Passive  Pual  Hophal 

Middle  Niphal  Hithpael 

(1)  The  prefixed  letters  of  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael  3  and  ri  (with  fi 
prosthetic.  §53.  1.  a)  are  probably  in  their  ori^rin  fragmentary  pronouns 
signifying  self;  whether  they  are  referable  to  "^SX.  and  npix  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  must  be  left  to  conjecture.  The  idea  primarily  sug- 
gested is  that  of  perlbrming  an  action  upon  one's  self;  but  in  the  Niphal 
usually,  and  in  the  Hithpael  occasionally,  the  reflexive  signification  has, 
as  in  certain  tenses  of  the  Greek  middle  and  in  the  reciprocal  verbs  of 
some  modern  languages,  given  place  to  the  passive.  In  the  Aramaean 
the  forms  with  a  prefixed  rs  have  not  only  quite  lost  their  original  char- 
acter as  reflexives,  but  have  superseded  all  other  passives. 

(2)  The  idea  of  causation  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal,  if  the  author  may 
venture  to  off'er  his  own  opinion  upon  this  perplexed  subject,  is  not  due, 
as  in  the  Indo-European  causatives,  to  the  introduction  of  a  syllable 
directly  suggesting  it.  It  appears  to  be  primarily  another  intensive  form, 
with  which  usage  has  ordinarily  connected,  as  it  frequently  has  with  the 
Piel,  the  notion  of  productive  energy  or  the  quickening  of  an  intransitive 
into  a  transitive.  As  in  the  Piel  and  its  derivatives,  the  idea  of  intensity 
is  suggested  by  giving  a  doubled  and  consequently  more  intense  pronun- 
ciation to  the  central  radical;  so  in  the  Hiphil.  by  a  like  symbolism,  the 
power  of  the  root  is  augmented  by  the  accession  of  a  new  initial  syl- 
lable, whether  the  weak  letter  n  is  merely  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing 
the  vowel,  which  seems  likely  from  the  corresponding  fit  in  Aramaean  and 
Arabic,  or  is  itself  significant,  in  which  case  it  must  be  of  pronominal 
origin,  related  possibly  to  fi<^n  of  the  third  person,  and  having  a  prepo- 
sitional or  intensive  force. 

(3)  The  distinction  between  active  and  passive  in  the  intensive  and 
causative  species  is  made  by  the  vowels  alone,  and  that  in  a  way  perfectly 
simple,  and  yet  as  clearly  marked  as  possible.  Of  the  three  pure  vowels 
i  and  u  ofter  the  most  striking  contrast,  and  these  are  severally  set  in  op- 
posite syllables  in  the  forms  to  be  distinguished;  i  or  its  cognate  e  marks 
the  second  syllable  of  the  actives,  ?*  or  its  cognate  o  the  first  syllable  of  the 
passives,  the  other  syllable  receiving  in  every  case  the  simplest  and  only 
remaining  vowel :  thus,  b-^lbpn  ,  Vi:ip_  —  bpp  .  ^^p^  •  For  that  a  primarily 
belonged  to  the  first  syllable  of  both  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  apparent  from  its 
retaining  its  place  throughout  these  species  with  the  exception  of  the 
preterite,  and  from  its  preservation  in  the  cognate  languages. 

§83.  If  -i:p  to  kill  be  taken  as  the  representative  of  the 
regular  verb,  the  various  species  with  their  significations  will 
be  as  follows,  viz. : 


1.  Kal 

bb^ 

2.  Niplial 

3.  Piel 

i-l? 

4.  tual 

^^P 

5.  Hiphil 

b-^-j;:n 

6.  Hophal 

7.  Hithpael 

^"^pfT'H 

§83  PERFECT   VERBS.  109 

to  HI, 

to  be  killed. 

to  kill  many  or  to  massacre, 

to  he  massacred, 

to  cause  to  kill, 

to  be  caused  to  kill, 

to  kill  one's  self. 

a.  It  is  in  each  case  the  third  person  masculine  singular  of  the  preterite 
which  is  given  above,  and  the  strict  signification  therefore  is  he  has  killed, 
etc.  These  being  the  simplest  forms  of  the  various  species,  however,  and 
destitute  of  any  sign  of  tense  or  person,  are  commonly  used  to  represent 
the  species  ;  and  in  this  sense  the  proper  equivalent  is  the  infinitive,  which 
is  the  form  used  for  designating  verbs  in  English. 

b.  The  verb  ^lJ;?  is  well  fitted  for  a  model,  and  is  now  generally  so 
employed.  The  consonants,  which  compose  its  root,  have  no  peculiarities 
to  interfere  with  its  inflection,  it  has  a  signification  capable  of  being  car- 
ried through  all  the  species,  and  as  it  exists  likewise  in  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, it  offers  a  good  basis  for  their  comparison.  It  occurs,  indeed,  but 
three  times  in  the  Bible.  Job  13:15.  24:14,  Ps.  139:19,  and  in  but  one 
species;  still  the  very  rarity  of  its  occurrence  only  restricts  it  more  com- 
pletely to  its  use,  as  a  representative  or  typical  verb.  The  old  Jewish 
model  bi'S)  §76.2.  is  objectionable  on  account  of  its  weak  letter  3?,  and 
on  account  of  the  twofold  sound  of  its  initial  radical  S,  which,  with  its 
Daghesh-lene,  might  prove  perplexing  to  beginners. 

c.  (1)  The  existence  of  other  and  less  usual  species  is  a  needless  as- 
sumption. The  Poel.  Pilel.  Pilpel  and  the  like,  are  not  additional  species 
but  identical  in  character  and  signification  with  those  already  named.  The 
more  copious  Arabic,  with  its  nicer  shades  of  distinction,  has  greatly  mul- 
tiplied the  number  of  its  species  or  conjugations,  incorporating  into  its 
standard  paradigm  forms  corresponding  to  some  of  these  which  the  He- 
brew only  occasionally  employs.  In  the  latter  language,  however,  they 
are  at  the  utmost  alternate  forms  substituted  in  place  of  the  ordinary 
ones,  and  found  for  the  most  part  in  the  imperfect  verbs,  to  the  nature  of 
whose  radicals  they  owe  their  peculiarities  of  structure.  When,  as  is  the 
case  in  a  very  few  instances,  there  is  a  double  form  to  a  particular  species 
in  the  same  verb,  usage  has  mostly  created  an  arbitrary  distinction  be- 
tween them,  e.g.  Pi.  ^^:^^  to  uproot  and  ^^:ii  to  take  root;  Pi.  C^p  to 
cause  to  stand,  applied  to  covenants  and  oaths,  to  ratify,  and  C^ip ,  in  a 
physical  sense,  to  raise  up;  Hi.  n"':rn  to  cause  to  rest,  to  set  down,  and 
H'^sn  to  leave,  to  let  alone.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  employment  of 
these  names  as  convenient  designations  of  particular  modes  of  formation, 
provided  it  is  understood  that  they  mean  nothing  more. 

(2)  There  are  very  few  instances  of  what  may  be  called  compound 
species ;  thus,  Niphal  of  Pual  ^7^i:  Isa.  59 : 3,  Lam.  4 :  14,  to  be  exceed- 


110  ETYMOLOGY.  §84 

ingly  defiled,  stronger  than  the  simple  Niphal  ^x:;3 ;  Niphal  of  Hithpael 
!i-iS53  Ezek.  23  :  48,  nE33  Deut.  21  :  8,  :  ninra  Prov.  27  :  15. 

§84.  To  each  of  these  species  belong  a  preterite  and  fu- 
ture, two  forms  of  the  infinitive,  an  absohTte  and  a  construct, 
a  participle,  and,  except  to  the  Pual  and  Hophal  which  as 
pure  passives  cannot  express  a  command,  an  imperative.  The 
Kal  has  both  an  active  and  a  passive  participle,  one  more,  con- 
sequently, than  the  other  species.  The  preterite  of  each 
species  is  the  form  already  described,  §  83.  The  remaining 
parts  are  formed  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 

1 .  The  absolute  infinitive  is  formed  by  changing  the  last 
vowel  in  Hiphil  and  Hophal  to  Tsere,  and  in  each  of  the 
other  species  to  Hholem,  observing  likewise  that  Hhirik  in 
the  penult  of  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  to  be  changed  to  Pattahh. 
(See  Paradigm  of  the  Perfect  Verb.)  This  rule  gives  to 
Niphal  the  infinitive  Vibjp? ,  which  form  actually  occurs,  §91.  <5. 
If,  however,  the  original  Sh'va  be  suff"ered  to  remain  after 
the  prefixed  5,  §  82.  2,  thus,  bbjpa ,  a  prosthetic  n  will  be  re- 
quired in  order  to  its  pronunciation,  §  53. 1.  a,  after  w^hich  3 
will  be  assimilated  to  the  following  letter,  §  54.  2,  and  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.  2,  added  to  the  p  in  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  the  reduphcation ;  thus  Vd);^n ,  wdiich  is  the  form 
written  in  the  paradigm. 

2.  The  construct  infinitive  is  formed  fron^  the  absolute 
in  the  Kal  by  rejecting  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §82.  1,  in 
Niphal  by  changing  the  last  vowel  to  Tsere,  and  in  the  re- 
maining species  by  making  the  last  vowel  conform  to  the 
corresponding  vowel  of  the  preterite. 

3.  The  future  is  formed  from  the  construct  infinitive  by 
the  appropriate  personal  prefixes ;  if  the  first  letter  of  the 
infinitive  be  n,  it  is  rejected,  §  53.  3,  and  its  vowel  given  to 
the  prefix. 

a.  (1)  Some  verbs  take  Pattahh  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Kal  future 
instead  of  the  Hholem  of  the  construct  infinitive.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  intransitive  verbs.     Such  as  have  Tsere  in  the  preterite  regu- 


§84  PERFECT   VERBS.  Ill 

larly  (ako  Pattahh  in  the  future;  of  the  list  given  §82.  \.a.  (1)  and  (2) 
but  Three  z^.n.  bis.  ',rJ  take  Hholem,  and  two  ypn  and  c^^r  take  indil- 
ferently  Hhoh^,m  or  Pattalih.  Of  verbs  with  middle  6  in  the  preterite 
three  bn,  p;?  and  bis'r  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  the  rest  either  do  not 
occur  in  the  luture,  or  have  imperfect  letters  in  their  root  which  obscure 
their  true  formation. 

(2)  The  following  verbs  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  Pattahh 
likewise  in  the  Kal  future.  Those  which  do  not  occur  in  the  Kal  preterite, 
or  occur  only  in  forms  which  do  not  reveal  the  character  of  the  vowel  fol- 
lowing the  second  radical,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  Verbs  having 
a  Pattahh  in  the  future,  which  is  due  to  imperfect  letters  in  the  root.  (e.  g. 
Pe  Yodh,  Ayin  Guttural,  Lamedh  Guttural),  are  not  included  in  this  list. 

b::5<  to  mourn.  ^^'i  to  come  near.  Y'^1  ^^  ^^^  down. 

*~bx  to  learn.  bi::D  (intrans.)  to  fall        tin  to  ra^e  or  tremble. 

*  yr X  to  be  strong.  off.  *  z6'i  to  be  wet. 

*r;25<  to  be  angry.  *~^3  to  be  poured.               Ss"^.  to  ride. 

*bnn  to  become  vain.  pSo  {^  86.  b.)  to  ascend.  *"tS"i  to  spread. 

pm  to  be  strong.  "(b'S  to  smoke.  *  ip'^  to  rot. 

c^n  to  be  wise.  *Pr!^'  to  be  remoced.  -r~'  to  lie  down. 

Tj^n  to  be  dark.  *Pi^  to  be  righteous.  lib'd  to  ride. 

*bD3  to  be  foolish.  b^p  to  be   lightly  es~  *nB'>r  to  be  complete. 

^rb  to  learn.  .           teemed.  *'i^^  to  grow  fat. 

^T\'2  to  be  sweet.  *-"^'p  to  be  attentive. 

(3)  The  following  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  both  Pattahh  and 
Hholem  in  the  future. 

"lis  to  deal  treacher-      C^n  to  be  hot.  T|^3  to  bite. 

oiisly.  )\n  to  be  gracious.  bjQ  to  do. 

•^TS  ful.  o.  to  tear,  fut.  *'C'^n  fuf.  o,   to  plough,  1:^3  to  strip  off. 

a.  to  resolve.  fut.  a,  to  be  silent.  CDp  to  use  divination. 

T,Vn  (mostly  fut.  e)  ^0^0.  C;*^::  to  tear.  "'^p  Cut.  o.  to  cut  off.  fut. 
ci'T  to  curse.                      ^k^  to  form.  a,  to  be  short. 

*L'r:n  to  bind.  hv'O  to  trespass.  riS^  to  rest. 

*i2ibn  fut.  o.   to  subdue,      t^3  to  fee.  crn  to  be  finished. 
fut.  a,  to  be  weak.       ■i'i3  to  vow. 

b.  Some  imperfect  verbs,  chiefly  Pe  Yodh.  take  Tsere  in  the  second 
syllable  of  the  Kal  future,  e.  g.  3^^ .  "jn^  . 

4.  The  imperative  has  the  same  form  with  the  construct 
infinitive  except  in  Hiphil,  where  the  last  vowel  is  Tsere  as 
in  the  infinitive  absolute. 


112  ETYMOLOGY.  §  85 

a.  Where  the  Kal  future  has  Pattahh  or  Tsere  the  imperative  takes 
the  same. 

5.  The  Kal  active  participle  takes  the  form  bup  and  the 
passive  -^tbp.  The  participle  of  the  Niphal  lengthens  the 
last  vowel  of  the  preterite  from  Pattahh  to  Kamets ;  those 
of  the  other  species  are  formed  by  prefixing  "a  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  rejecting  n  where  this  is  the  initial  letter, 
§  53.  3,  and  lengthening  the  last  vowel  where  this  is  short. 

§  85.  1.  The  preterite  and  future  are  inflected  through 
three  persons,  the  imperative  only  in  the  second  person,  a 
command  presupposing  the  form  of  direct  address.  There 
are  also  distinct  forms  for  the  singular  and  plural  numbers 
and  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  genders.  Verbal  inflec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  pronominal  fragments  added  to 
the  end  of  the  preterite  and  imperative,  and  for  the  most  part 
prefixed  to  the  future. 

a.  The  following  are  the  fragments  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb : 

Preterite  ("^i?). 

(1)  Singular.  3rd  pers.  masc.  The  third  person  alone  has  no  per- 
8onal  ending  in  any  of  its  forms;  as  each  of  the  others  has  such  a  termi- 
nation, none  was  needed  for  the  sake  of  distinction.  Nothing  more  was 
required  than  to  indicate  the  gender  and  number.  The  masculine  singu- 
lar is  expressed  by  the  simple  form  of  the  species  with  no  appended  sign 
whatever. 

Sfevi.  The  original  feminine  termination  is  n_  which,  appended  to 
the  masculine,  would  give  nB'J];?.  a  form  used  belbre  suffixes,  §101.1,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  §86.6.  Commonly,  how- 
ever, in  verbs  as  in  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  final  n  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  c, 
and  the  previous  vowel,  which  thus  comes  to  stand  in  a  simple  syllable,  is 
lengthened,  J^J^ij'. 

2  masc.     The  appended  n  is  derived  from  Jinx  . 

2  fern,    T\  from  inx  . 

1  com.  "^Fi  changed  from  "'S  of  ''ab^  \  compare  the  similar  relation  of 
the  suffixes  ?; .  na  to  the  pronouns  nnj< ,  cnx  §72.  The  Ethiopic  retains 
the  k  unaltered,  katalku. 


^85  PERFECT   VERBS.  113 

Plural.  Scorn.  The  original  plural  termination  §71.  6.  (2)  is  a  nasal 
D  or  1  preceded  by  the  vowel  1 .  The  full  ending  1^  is  still  found  in  a 
very  lew  instances,  §86.6,  generally  the  "]  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  a. 

2  masc.    en  from  cr.X  . 
2fem.     '{r\  from  'iRX  . 

1  com.     ^3  from  ^lix  . 

Future  (Tn:?). 

(2)  SiNGi-LAR.  Srd  pers.  masc.  The  prefixed  ^  is  from  Nin  ;  the 
vowel  u,  which  distinguishes  the  masculine  pronoun,  is  changed  to  the 
corresponding  semivowel  1,  and  this  at  the  beginning  of  words  becomes  *', 
§56.2. 

3  fern.     PI.  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  is  here  prefixed. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  The  prefixed  Pi  is  from  nni<,  "^Pix,  from  the  latter 
of  which  is  derived  the  appended  '^ .  of  the  feminine. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  X.  is  from  '^2X  . 

Plural.  3  masc.  and  2  masc.  The  same  plural  termination  as  in  the 
preterite  is  appended  to  the  corresponding  singular  forms. 

Sfem.  and  2  fern.  The  feminine  plural  is,  as  in  the  pronouns  nsrn , 
•ijnx,  denoted  by  na  appended  to  the  singular,  the  2  fem.  sing,  termina- 
tion •'.  being  dropped  as  superfluous. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  3  is  from  lis  . 

I7}iperative  {^'^>^),  etc. 

(3)  No  designation  of  the  person  is  here  necessary  as  the  second  is  the 
only  one  in  use.  Gender  and  number  are  indicated  by  the  same  termina- 
tions as  in  the  corresponding  person  of  the  future.  The  future  forms  will 
in  fact,  in  every  case  directly  yield  those  of  the  imperative  by  rejecting 
the  prefixed  n,  the  sign  of  the  second  person,  and  restoring  the  n  in 
those  cases  in  which  it  has  been  suppressed. 

(4)  The  Ivjinitive  {^'^p'Q  fountain,  whence  other  forms  are  derived)  is 
an  abstract  verbal  noun  commonly  masculine,  but  sometimes  with  a  femi- 
nine termination. 

(5)  The  Parficfple  ("^il's^a  inlermediate  between  the  preterite  and  the 
fiiture)  shares  the  inflections  of  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb  in  all  the  species 
are  shown  by  the  paradigm  of  bbp  upon  the  next  page. 


Paradigm  of 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Pret. 

3  m. 

bt:i? 

ii?i?? 

^t|?P 

^13P. 

3/. 

-^^R 

~5"r!?? 

♦^^"^P 

n?-# 

2  m. 

P^^I? 

fir^Ff? 

^^^P 

J;'^^-R 

2f. 

J^^^S 

ri'?"^!?? 

n^^^p 

^^^R 

1   c. 

'i?^^i? 

■J^'??P? 

Tibbp 

'P^^P 

Plur. 

3   c. 

*^E' 

^'^Pp? 

^b^p 

^btap 

2  m. 

Di^lf"^i? 

D'^'^tip? 

ts^f^p 

nij^i?!? 

2/ 

IID^^P 

l^^?P? 

l^r^P 

ii??^R 

1   c. 

^:^i5i? 

^^''li^p? 

^"f?P 

"^^P. 

Infin. 

absol. 

biog 

btiisn 

blip 

biii? 

zonstr. 

^q? 

5i5i?ri 

^^2 

■(^^R) 

FUT. 

3  m. 

blip: 

^'^i?r 

^^E: 

^■^r: 

3/. 

btipn 

5=til5n 

^topn 

b-opn 

2  771. 

bbjDn 

^t:i3n 

bispn 

btipri 

2/. 

^^Pp^ 

'^t?i5^ 

^^^2^ 

^^apn 

1  t;. 

^^F?^$ 

^i?!?^ 

^4?p^? 

^■capi? 

Plur. 

3  ??i. 

*ppr 

^^i?.: 

*t£p:^ 

*'Ep: 

3/ 

njbiii^ri 

ri:bt:pn 

T  :    "It    • 

•^."^t^pn 

n:b'Bpn 

2  m. 

^bt:pn 

^btip^n 

*t?pn 

•btspn 

2/ 

njbtipri 

a-r^^S^ 

^^-^P^ 

nibiapn 

1    c. 

^^1?? 

^^)?? 

^top? 

^^R? 

Imper. 

2  m. 

btbp 

bt?i5ri 

2/ 

'^^!? 

^^^^P.n 

^btpB 

Plur. 

2  m. 

fep 

^bpp^n 

*tpp 

wanting 

1 

2/ 

Hjbtip 

n:bi:pn 

^;^^p 

1 

Part. 

act. 

^t^P 

5^t2pt5 

pass. 

b^t^u 

bbp? 

bt?p^^ 

114 


Perfect 

Verbs. 

EU'IIIL. 

HOniAL. 

IIITIIPAEL. 

KAL  (7wi<;.  e). 

KAL  (WifZ.  O). 

b-t:pn 

'?i?V 

btopr^ri 

'•  T 

bb'j; 

T 

nb-tppn 

~^9i?~ 

nbifprn 

T   :  IT 

ribs'j: 

T    :   IT 

Ki^Ti^ 

^r-^R- 

^'r^prn 

P-i? 

nb'iir 

T  ;        T 

'^^^Ji^ 

rU. — 

rb^pnn 

mis 

:  :  — T 

rb'iu: 

:  :       r 

'^r^pr» 

^nbtbpn 

-rbtbprn 

•  :  — T 

•  :       r 

^b-tppn 

*91?0 

M^i^pr^n 

:  IT 

:  IT 

Dfjbt:pri 

DFibtipn 

Dnbt:prn 

tsr"^? 

i^m 

I^^^T^n 

|J???R" 

""i^prr^ 

1^7^? 

itm 

^-r^p»7 

!i:bt:p- 

qDbipnn 

:  — T 

•obiu: 

;         T 

-tipn 

^■^I?" 

(btipr,^) 

^ii| 

bii'jj 

T 

^'^pL! 

'?i?V 

^"^Er^^  1 

ins 

bi-^ 

'    ^"Pp: 

'^i?; 

^^pf?: 

—  :  • 

biiti'' 

b^ippn 

>^lrP) 

-^2^2^ 

i±jri 

b|tr\ 

^"i?p3ri 

-•ji?p) 

-^?P^3^l 

^±jT) 

biirn 

^^'"^P^ 

■'?'?R^ 

'bioprn 

^^^i'^ 

•?:    :    • 

^■*?p^ 

'"^I?? 

-t^prs^ 

—  :   V  • 

biirj< 

—   :   V 

^^■^p: 

*5ap; 

*t:pr.: 

^^??r 

:    :  • 

•^Jrtjpn 

nfbcpn 

nrbtpprn 

r  :   -  :    • 

nrbl^p 

^b-ippn 

^cpri 

^bt^prn 

^iiirn 

*2iL"ri 

^;r^p5 

~r^pP 

Mjbtbpnn 

n^n^^n 

nrbst^n 

5:^t:pD 

^^!r? 

^*?p5n,p 

—  :  • 

bl'i? 

-■^PlI 

^t;?pj^n 

lis 

^ytbpri 

^^^P^n 

^b^tbpn 

wanting 

^btfpnr; 

^^n? 

♦^Jt^P^j 

a-t^p^^n 

nj^n? 

b^r?^j 

^^pr^'^ 

i^Ir? 

115 


116  ETYMOLOGY.  §86 

a.  In  order  to  a  better  understanding  of  the  preceding  paradigm,  it 
should  be  observed  that  certain  changes  result  from  attaching  the  per- 
sonal inflections  to  the  verb,  which  are  to  be  explained  by  the  general 
laws  of  sounds  and  syllables. 

(1)  The  prefixes  of  the  future  occasion  no  changes  unless  they  stand 
before  n  which  is  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given  to  the  prefix,  §53.  3,  e.  g. 
bu;?^  for  bb];3rj7,  or  stand  before  a  voweliess  letter  when  the  Sh'va  of  the 
prefix  becomes  Hhirik.  §61.  1.  thus  forming  a  new  syllable  to  which  the 
initial  radical  is  attached,  e.  g.  bbp';'  for  -bp';'.  Where  X  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  would  receive  Hhirik.  it  takes  the  diphthongal  Seghol  in- 
stead, §60. 1.  a  (5),  e.  g.  ^tip^x,  bb;??^.. 

(2)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  vowel,  viz..  n^  and  "^ ,  of  the  femi- 
nine singular  and  ^1  of  the  plural,  occasion  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  in 
the  ultimate.  §66.  2,  which  is  no  longer  needed,  except  in  the  Hiphil  whose 
long  ''  .  is  retained  in  the  preterite  and  future,  and  takes  the  place  of  (  ) 
in  the  imperative,  e.g.  »^'5::;j5,  ^^SLSj^ri  but  nbii:pn  .  In  the  Kal  impera- 
tive the  rejection  takes  place  although  it  creates  a  necessity  for  the  forma- 
tion of  a  new  syllable,  "^H:?)?.  lH::i5  for  •'b::p,  siP-jp  from  bi;?,  §61. 1. 

(3)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  consonant  STi  or  of  a  simple  syllable 
ri,  ^Fi.  ^3,  n3  occasion  no  change,  except  the  compression  of  the  antece- 
dent vowel,  which  now  stands  before  two  consonants,  to  (_)  in  the  preterite, 
and  from  "^ .  to  (,.)  in  the  future,  nbbjrri ,  r!3bL:pr!j  §61.4.  But  verbs 
with  middle  o  retain  the  Hholem  in  the  Kal  preterite,  ''P^a^  . 

(4)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  mixed  syllable  Ctn,  "jn  occasion  the 
same  compression  of  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  and  inasmuch  as  they 
always  receive  the  accent,  §33.3,  they  likewise  cause  the  rejection  from 
the  penult  of  the  Kal  preterite  of  the  pretonic  Karaets.  which  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  the  proximity  of  the  tone  syllable,  §82.  1,  Cnb::p  from  bip. 


Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs. 


§86.  a.  Preterite.     Verbs  with  middle  Tsere  exchange  this  for  Pat- 

tahh  upon  the  accession  of  a  personal  affix  beginning  with  a  consonant. 

Those  with  middle  Hholem  retain  this  vowel,  unless  it  be  deprived  of  the 

accent  when  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  tnn:^.  '^Pi'^i;;; ,  "^ri^-^, 

.  I '^  :^,T •  5  ''''''^^^'!' •  i  The  second  vowel,  whatever  it  be,  is  regularly  dropped 

•    /'^^'.^l before  affixes  beginning  with  a  vowel,  but  here,  as  elsewhere  throughout 

the  paradigm,  is  restored  and  if  need  be  lengthened  on  the  reception  of  a 

J pause   accent,   e.g.    ^'^ip^Q.    J^^^jP.O,   ^-^t  •  )  The   words   ^'in    Judg.    5:5, 

:^^T3    Isa.  63:ia  64:  2?' are  byKimchi,  Mikhol  fol.  5,  regarded  as  Kal 

preterites  from  ^^^  flowed,  in  which  case  the  second  must  be  added  to  the 

list  of  forms  with  Daghesh-forte  emphatic,  §24.  c,  by  Gesenius  iis  Niphal 

preterites  from   b^t  slwok,  comp.  nHns   Gen.  11:7,  Ji-t'is  Am.  3:11  from 

•    T   '  -    T 


§87 


REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  117 


b.  Sing.  Sfein.  The  old  form  with  n  is  found  constantly  in  Lamedh 
He  verhs.  occasionally  in  Laiiiedh  Aleph,  and  in  two  instances  besides, 
rbrs  Dout.  32  :  36  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  of  a  following 
monosyllable.  §35.  1.).  and  rr:3  Ezrk.  46  :  17  from  lid.  The  vowel  letter 
S  is  once  written  in  place  ot  n  ,  nH^S  Ezek.  31:5  KHhibh^  §  11.  1.  a. 

2  mosc.  The  vowel  letter  n  is  sometimes  appended  as  in  the  pro- 
noun nr,x  I'rom  wiiicli  the  termination  is  taken,  nnTT'S  Mai.  2 :  14,  nniird 
ji  Jer.  17:4;  so  in  other  species  besides  Kal,  nnsoD:  Gen.  31  :  30,  nns"n7 
Job  38  :  12  KHhibh,  nri?3^-  Ps.  73  :  27.  In  the  last  example  the  n  of  the 
root  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte  with  the  n  of  the  personal  affix;  this 
union  regularly  occurs  between  roots  ending  with  n  and  affixes  beginning 
with  the  same  letter  "^n^iJ?  Job  23:17,  nnrn  Ps.  89:45,  "^nirrt  Isa. 
16:10.  nrisirri  Ex.  6:5.  rin-b  Ezek.  28:8,  '^7\-q  Gen.  19:19,  "nnnn-i 
Jer.  49:37. 

2  fern.  The  full  termination  "^ri  of  •'PN  is  frequently  added  in  Jere- 
miah and  Ezekiel  and  occasionally  elsewhere.  "^n'^^T  Ezek.  16  :  22.  and 
repeatedly  in  the  same  chapter,  ""rn-n;;  Ruth  3:3;  so  in  other  species 
^n-]i^  Jer.  3:  5,  ^nnisb  Jer.  13:21.    'See  also  Jer.  4 :  19,  22:23,  46:11. 

1  com.  The  vowel  letter  "^  is,  contrary  to  the  ordinary  rule,  §11.  1.  a, 
omitted  in  four  instances  in  the  K'thibh.  though  it  is  supplied  by  the  K'ri. 
Pir'i^  Ps.  140  :  13.  Job  42  :  2.  n^32  1  Kin.  8 :  48,  n^cr  Ezek.  16  :  59. 

Plur.  3  com.  The  full  ending  '1  only  occurs  in  'i^H;^  Deut.  8:  3.  16  | 
'!ip^  Isa.  26:16,  and  "|VJp7  Isa.  29:21  from  u;p^  ,  the  restoration  of  the 
Hholem  before  the  pause  accent  causing  the  rejection  of  the  Kamets, 
which  is  a  pretonic  vowel  and  can  only  remain  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  accent;  the  form  is  thus  sufficiently  explained  without  the  neces- 
sity of  assuming  it  to  be  the  future  of  a  verb  dip  which  nowhere  else 
occurs.  An  otiant  X,  §  16. 1.  is  twice  added  to  this  person,  as  is  regularly 
the  case  in  Arabic,  5<^='!7  Josh.  10:24.  x^ix  Isa.  28:  12.  The  forms  of 
similar  appearance  K^is  Ps.  139  :  20,  NTi'S"^  Jer.  10 :  5.  are  in  reality  of 
different  character  as  the  N  is  in  these  a  radical,  whose  vowel  has  been 
shifted  to  the  preceding  letter,  §57.  2.  (3).  The  occasional  omission  of  the 
vowel  letter  ^  from  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.  "n^x  1  Sam.  13  :  19.  ^3p  Esth.  9:27, 
nisj  Deut.  21:7,  n>n  Josh.  18  :  12.  14.  19  indicates  a  difference  of 
reading.  The  words  of  the  text  are  in  the  singular,  and  require  the 
pointing  *^x  etc.  nisd  etc.;  the  K'ri  has  substituted  ^^^i<.  ^=2^'  etc. 
for  the  sake  of  a  more  exact  concord  of  the  verbs  with  their  subjects,  §48. 

2  masc.  and  fem.  There  is  no  example  of  a  verb  middle  o  in  the 
second  person  plural ;  the  forms  in  the  paradigm  are  inferred  from 
analogy,  to  indicate  which  they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses.  In  nsnsbrn 
Am.  4:3.  n^  is  added  to  the  2  fem.  as  to  the  corresponding  pronoun. 

§87.  Infinitive.  The  Hholem  of  the  construct  is  usually  written  with- 
out 1,  lia  Isa.  33  :  1,  though  not  invariably,  IDIJ  and  V^'^"-  '^^'^.  •'^"'^l  '^"-^  j 
and  before  ]\Iakkeph  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hliatuph.  §64.  1.  "ccp  Ezek. 
21  :26.  28.  34.     The  Hholem  of  the  absolute  infinitive  ia  usually  though 


118  ETYMOLOGY.  §88 

not  invariably  written  with  T,  e.  g.  "liiz  Isa.  48 : 8  but  -2'J  Lev.  15:24, 
and  is  immutable.  The  construct  infinitive  has  Pattahh  in  place  of  Hho- 
lem  in  2D'6  1  Kin.  1 :  21  et  passim  and  bsd  Eccles.  12:4.  The  fenyinine 
form  ol*  llie  construct  infinitive  occurs  repeatedly  in  imperfect  though  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence  in  perfect  verbs,  e.  g.  i^f^^;  Deut.  11  :  22,  30  :  20,  Josh. 
22:5,  nx3'«:J,  ^k^\^^  ^HT'  ^^^'?-  ^^^'  31  ^12^  nB?:n  Ezek.  16:5,  nx^ia 
Lev.  15  :  32.  In  Pe  Yodh  and  Lumedh  He  verbs  the  leminine  is  the  cus- 
tomary Ibrm. 

§88.  Future.  3  viasc.  The  Hholem  is  commonly  written  without  Vav, 
though  often  with  it  Ti?^^ ,  -fn^^  and  "in:";,  and  before  Makkeph  is 
shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph.  §64.  1,  'T\\'^'^  Isa.  32:  1.  tjie  Vav  being  in 
such  cases  rejected  by  the  K'ri  if  found  in  the  K'thibh,  e.  g."Z':nrx  Hos. 
8: 12;  in  "^^^3"?  Josh.  18:  20  the  Hholem  remains,  ^he  vowel  of  the  last 
syllable  is  rejected,  as  is  the  case  throughout  the  paradigm,  upon  the  recep- 
tion of  a  vowel  affix,  §  66.  2.  unless  retained  or  restored  by  the  pause  accent, 
§65.2.  ^=?-a7  Prov.  8  :  15,  ^lb!:n  Jer.  10  :  12;  twice,  however,  instead  of  re- 
jection Hholem  is  changed  to  Shurek  ^i^QUJ*  Ex.  IS  :  26,  ^i^i-^.^D  Ruth  2:8. 
A  like  form  appears  in  the  K'thibh.  Prov.  4  :  16  lb:u;2"' . 

3  fern.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  is  in  two  instances  added  both  at  the 
beginning  and  the  end  of  the  verb.  viz. :  riPXiin  Deut.  33:16,  TiPxinri 
Job  22:21,  paragogic  n^  being  appended  to  the  former,  §97.  1,  and  a 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  latter.  A  like  duplication  of  the  sign  of  the 
second  person  feminine  occurs  in  r5<zn  1  Sam.  25  :  34  K'ri,  where  the 
K'thibh  has  the  fuller  ending  Txnn  . 

2fem.  1  is  sometimes  added  to  the  long  vowel  with  which  this  person 
ends  Vpsnn  Ruth  2  :  8,  "f  irrn  Ruth  3 : 4,  T'";jSnu:n  1  Sam.  1 :  14.  Occa- 
sionally the  feminine  ending  is  omitted  and  the  masculine  form  used  in- 
stead, e.  g.  "P^rn  Isa.  57  :  8. 

1  com.  pSX  Ps.  139:8,  though  by  some  grammarians  referred  to  pCS, 
is  probably  for  P^OX  from  pBo.  the  liquid  h  being  excluded,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  conservative  inserted  in  the  previous  letter,  §53.  3. 

Plur.  2  masc.  and  3  masc.  The  lull  plural  termination  "i^  is  of  more 
frequent  occurrence  here  than  in  the  preterite,  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  being  either  retained  or  rejected.  I'liiJp"?  Ruth  2  :  9.  ')i"izrn  Josh. 
24:15.  •^^'^n:)  Ex.  9:29,  l^^s;!";  Josh.  4:6,  't^-^'ph"} ,  '^h'q"!  Ps.  104:28, 
pS^":  1  Sam.'2  :  22.  Josh.  2  :  8'  l^n^irn  Deut.  11*  22,  "i'^^xW  Jer.  21 :  3  ;  so 
in  other  species,  'i^ipS':  .Job  19: 23.  -(^^s;?";  Job  21 :21,  V'^V"'P'  Gen.  32:20 
and  "i^^^^n  Ps.  58  :  2^  l^b^s^P  2  Kin.*6:'l9,  '^'^'-'sn  Mic."  2:  8,  :'i^^|3r'^ 
Job  9:6.  It  is  chiefly  found  at  the  end  of  a  clause  or  verse,  the  pausal 
emphasis  delighting  in  lengthened  forms,  or  before  words  beginning  with 
a  weak  letter,  to  separate  the  final  vowel  more  completely  from  that  of  the 
following  initial  syllable.  In  the  judgment  of  Nordheimer  c^-w';'  Isa. 
35  :  1  preserves  this  ending  in  a  still  older  form  :  Ewald  thinks  the  final  "] 
has  been  assimilated  to  the  initial  73  of  the  following  word,  §55.  1;  in  all 
probability,  however,  D  is  here,  as  it  usually  is,  the  3  plur.  suffix,  and  it  is 


§89  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  119 

properly  so  rendered  in  the  common  English  version  shall  be  glad  for 
them. 

Sfem.  In  a  very  few  cases  the  initial  "^  of  the  masculine  form  is  re- 
tained, the  distinction  of  gender  being  sufficiently  marked  by  the  termina- 
tion nanay^  Dan.  8:22,  nj^n;;  Gen.  30:38,  njn'ij?  1  Sam.  6:12;  or,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  termination  ^  of  the  masculine  is  retained,  the  gender 
being  sufficiently  indicated  by  the  prefixed  n.  :  Jinijnri  Jer.  49:  11,  ^lii'ipn 
Ezek.  37  :  7;  sometimes  the  gender  is  neglected  entirely  and  the  mascuhne 
form  used  for  the  feminine,  e.  g.  ^-t^'^7  Hos.  14  :  1.  The  assumption  th;it 
the  3  feni.  plur.  is  used  for  the  3  fern.  sing,  in  npc^njrn  Ex.  1  :  10,  nsTnn 
Job  17:16.  nsDpnn  Isa.  28  :  3,  ri3-iri"n  Isa.  27 :  11.  njnS-irn  Judg.  5V26J 
is  unnecessary;  in  the  first  passage  riTanbia  .  the  subject  of  the  verb,  is 
used  in  a  collective  sense,  uais  shall  occur;  the  others  are  to  be  similarly 
explained  with  the  exception  of  the  last,  where  n3  maybe  the  suffix  with 
IMun  epenthetic  in  place  of  the  more  usual  form  nsnbiiT)  her  hand  —  she 
puts  it  forth.     Comp.  Obad.  ver.  13. 

2  and  3  fern.  The  vowel  letter  T\  is  occasionally  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  more  rarely  in  other  books,  omitted  from  the  termination  Jia .  particu- 
larly when  there  are  other  vowel  letters  in  the  word.  j'^HrR!'  Gen.  27  :  1, 
;,i<-:n  Gen.  30:38,  j'rani  Gen.  33:6.  ;n^jn  Ezek. '3:' 20,  ,V^.r]n  nine 
times  in  the  Pentateuch,  three  times  in  Ezekiel.  and  once  in  1  Samuel. 

"When  the  root  of  the  verb  ends  with  "i  this  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte 
with  the  affix  na ,  §25.  nsscn  Ezek.  17 :  23.  nriipn  Ezek.  32  :  16.  or  with- 
out Daghesh,  n:b"n  Ruth  1  :  13.  :  '"t:^xn  Isa.  60  :  4,  r'3.3"in  Ps.  71 :  23  in  most 
editions.     So  in  the  fem.  plur.  imperative,  ^S'I^<^  Gen.  4  :  23. 

§89.  Imperative.  Sing.  masc.  The  Hholem  of  the  last  syllable,  as  in 
the  future  and  infinitive  construct,  is  mostly  written  without  1,  e.  g.^p^ , 
yet  not  always,  T\S'-^  and  TpEU: ;  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets 
Hhatuph  ~T\^^  Judg,  9:  14.  It  mayperhaps  be  similarly  shortened  with- 
out Makkeph  in  1?D  Judg.  19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8,  §19.  2.  a,  or  the  vowel  may 
be  Kamets  lengthened  tiom  Pattahh  by  the  accent,  which  does  occur, 
though  rarely,  with  conjunctives,  §65.  3.  b. 

Fem.  sing,  and  masc.  plur.  The  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  com- 
monly Hhirik,  but  under  the  influence  of  the  rejected  Hholem  it  is  occa- 
sionally Kamets  Hhatuph,  §61.1,  ^3?^  Judg.  9:10.  JiiaU^  Ezek.  32:20 
(but  ^rr72  Ex.  12:21,  for  the  Methegh  see  §45.2),  ^Tb^  Zeph.  3:14, 
'^n'^;^  Mic.  1 :  16,  and  (with  1  retained  in  the  K'thibh)  ■'^"Oi^  1  Sam.  28:8, 
Judg.  9:  12.  Upon  the  restoration  of  the  original  vowel  by  the  pause  ac- 
cent, the  vowel  under  the  first  radical  is  dropped  as  no  longer  necessary, 
'^'Sh:^  Zech.  7:  9,  ^"1^?.  Nah.  2:9.  When  the  third  radical  is  an  aspirate 
it  rarely  receives  Dagcsh-Iene  in  this  mood  though  preceded  by  Sh'va, 
§22.  a.  (1);  such  cases  as  "^E'^'n  Isa.  47:2,  ""BOX  Jer.  10:17,  are  excep- 
tional. 

Fem.  plur.  The  final  vowel  T^ ^  is  dropped  in  It^'^ii  Gen.  4  :  23.  §90; 
occasionally  n  is  not  written  though  the  vowel  remains,  j5<:s^  Ruth.  1 :  9. 


120  ETYMOLOGY.  §00 

§90.  Participles.  Aclire.  The  Hholem  of  the  first  syllable  is  written  in- 
ditferently  with  or  without  Vav,  ^^2  and  ^Isia,  mostly  without  when  addi- 
tions are  made  to  the  word.  Jn  ri7^^si73  Prov.  25  :  19  Shurek  is  substituted 
for  Hholem,  unless,  as  Ewald  suggests,  it  is  a  Pual  participle  with  "Q 
omitted  ;  or,  as  others  propose,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  abstract  noun.  The 
Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  is  written  without  "^  except  I'ilb  2  lUn.  8:21 ; 
it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  in  cbin  Isa.  41  :  7,  upon  the  recession  of  the  ac- 
cent, rf'^in  Ps.  16 :  5  and  qpi^  Isa.  29 :  14,  38  :  5,  Eccles.  1 :  18.  have  been 
improperly  regarded  as  participles  with  Hhirik  in  place  of  Tsere.  The 
former  is  the  Hiph.  fut.  of  the  verb  T\^'* ,  which  is  found  in  Arabic  though 
it  occurs  only  in  this  place  in  Hebrew,  and  means  thou  wilt  enlarge  ;  the 
latter  is  the  ordinary  Hiphil  future  ofTib^,  and  the  construction  is  ellip- 
tical, I  {am  he  who)  \oill  add,  see  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentaries.  Partici- 
ples are  rarely  formed  from  neuter  verbs,  yet  h^':  fading,  cis'j  desolate, 
verbal  adjectives  of  the  same  form  with  the  preterites  middle  e  and  0 
being  mostly  used  instead,  N^^  full,  'iJ^T  old,  "i^^  afraid. 

Passive.  This,  in  the  ^ew  cases  in  which  it  is  in  use  in  intransi- 
tive verbs,  has  the  sense  of  the  active,  uin'b  and  ^*^:3b  wearing.  "jDii:  and 
'13'>;3  dwelling,  n^a2  trusting ;  there  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same 
thing  in  transitive  verbs,  "ilsT  remembering,  T^nx  holding.  The  last 
vowel  is  with  few  exceptions  as  Cris  Deut.  32 :  34,  nr'vZ),  cn3  written 
with  Vav. 

There  are  a  very  few  instances  in  which  participles  appear  to  be  in- 
flected in  the  different  persons  by  means  of  the  terminations  proper  to  the 
preterite.  This,  al/:hough  common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  occurs  in  He- 
brew only  in  the  following  examples  : 

2fem..  sing,  tn"!^^  Gen.  16  :  11,  Judg.  13  :  5,  7 ;  and  with  the  fuller  end- 
ing "^nrL'-i,  ^n:2p^  Jer.  22  :  23,  ""nsDa  Jer.  51  :  13.  The  punctuators  must 
have  regarded  these  terminations  as  personal  inflections,  because  the 
simple  form  of  the  feminine  participle  and  that  which  it  always  has  when 
joined  with  a  noun  of  the  third  person,  is  n"i^''i  Gen.  17:19,  and  with  "^ 
paragogic  in  the  K'thibh  "^nrci  Ezek.  27  :  3.  " 

.  2  masc.  plur.  cn'innr'a  Ezek.  8  :  16.  the  Hithpael  participle  of  nn"i^. 
There  is,  it  is  true,  an  abruptness  and  difficulty  in  the  construction,  they, 
ye  were  worshipping,  which  can  only  be  explained  upon  the  assumption 
that  after  describing  these  bold  transgressors  in  the  third  person,  Ezekiei 
turns  to  them  and  directly  addresses  them  in  the  second,  or  that  his  mean- 
ing is,  not  only  they  but  ye  too  (the  people)  were  worshipping  in  these 
your  representatives.  But  in  view  of  the  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
person  found  in  the  prophets,  and  the  unusual  forms  and  bold  constructions 
which  abound  in  Ezekiei,  almost  any  explanation  seems  preferable  to  an 
unauthorized  change  of  the  text,  with  most  modern  interpreters,  to  the 
ordinary  plural  CinnTTp  which  is  contained  in  a  very  few  manuscripts, 
but  not  enough  to  overcome  the  presumption  in  favor  of  the  more  difficult 
reading;  or  the  supposition  of  a  mongrel  word  compounded  of  the  two 
roots  "^ri'j  to  worship,  and  rnd  to  corrupt,  in  order  to  suggest  the  idea  of 
a  corrupt  or  corrupting  service. 


§91 


REMARKS    OX    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  121 


3  plur.  t'^rJbbjT^  they  are  cursing  me,  Jer.  15:10.  Kimclii  explains 
this  word  as  a  compound  of  the  roots  bH;?  fo  curse,  and  n^I5  to  treat  as 
vile;  Gesenius,  as  a  confusing  of  two  distinct  readings,  the  participle 
'^i'ih^'Q  and  the  preterite  "'ripbp;  and  Ewald  ciiaiiges  the  text  to  ^::^bpT2  ^ 
though  his  conjecture  is  unsustained  by  a  single  manuscript,  and  Nun 
epenthetic  nev^er  occurs  with  participles.  The  suggestion  is  here  offered 
that  tlie  letters  of  the  word  may  be  regarded  as  the  plural  of  the  partici- 
ple inflected  after  the  manner  of  the  preterite,  with  the  added  suffix,  so 
that  the  proper  pointing  would  be  '^l^hhp^'q  ;  the  punctuators,  however,  have 
Bought  here,  as  not  infrequently  elsewliere,  §48.  to  establish  a  more  exact 
agreement  between  the  participle  and  its  subject  nSs  by  pointing  the 
former  as  a  singular,  whereupon  the  Vav  must  be  looked  upon  as  epen- 
thetic or  superfluous,  : '^:'^bb~?3  as  if  for  f^bb^rp.  In  fact,  a  few  manu- 
scripts omit  the  Vav.  while  others  remark  that  it  is  superfluous;  the 
weight  of  authority  is  certainly  in  favor  of  retaining  it,  though  the  other 
reading  may  be  accepted  as  an  explanatory  gloss. 

NIPHAL. 

§91.  a.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  Some  copies  have  5."n53  Jer.  50:23 
with  Seghol  under  the  prefixed  Nun  lor  J"'^3>3 . 

6.  Infinitive.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  examples  of  the 
shorter  form  of  the  absolute  qb33  Gen.  31:  30,  cnb:  Judg.  11 :25,  nb:3  1  Sam. 
2:27,  !J<*ip3  2  Sam.  1:6;  of  the  longer  form  given  in  the  paradigm  'irisn 
Jer.  32  :  4,  which  once  appears  with  prosthetic  fit  in  place  of  n  Ezek.  14  :  3 
^'I'nx,  §53.  1.  a.  The  construct  infinitive  usually  has  Tsere  "S'^'n  Ezek. 
16:  36.  but  is  in  one  instance  r^;<n  Ps.  68  :  3.  formed. as  in  Kal  by  rejecting 
the  pretonic  Kamets  from  the  absolute.  There  are  a  few  exam))les  of  the 
construct  form  used  for  the  absolute  "iJ^En  1  Kin.  20  :  39,  ^t^i'^TI  Deut. 
4  :  26,  The  prosthetic  n  is  commonly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions 
1J?Qr;,b  which  are  less  closely  connected  with  the  word  than  the  formative 
prefixes  of  the  future;  it  is,  however,  rejected  in  ibasa  Prov.  24:17, 
comp.  cb'rsna  Dan.  11  :34.  The  Tsere  of  the  last  syllable  of  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  as  well  as  of  the  future  and  imperative  which  are  formed 
from  it.  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing  its  accent,  ^r^n  Job  34:22, 
cn^n  Judg,  9:  38,  ^z^"!  Eccles.  7:26.  rarely  to  Pattahh,  zyjr\  Job  18:4. 
In  the  Imperative  "i^.^n  the  form  with  Seghol  is  the  usual  one.  that  wath 
Tsere  only  occurring  in  Isa.  7:4.  The  pretonic  Kamets  of  this  species  is 
singular  in  not  being  liable  to  rejection  on  the  shifting  of  the  tone,  e.  g. 
C2-j=.:n  Ezek.  21 :  29,  ^^n"}.^^  Ps.  37  :  9. 

c.  Future  Sing.  1  coin.  The  prefixed  N  occasionally  has  Hhirik, 
•jri-x  Ezek.  20:36.  1  Sam.  12 :  7.  C-.^x  Ezek.  14:3.  nnzsx  Ex.  14:4,17. 

.,     T      ■  '  y  ..   T      •  '  T     :   IT      •  ' 

Plur,  fern.  Tsere  rarely  remains  in  the  second  syllable  n:i"ri  Ruth 
1 :  13,  being,  as  in  the  Piel  preterite,  commonly  changed  to  Pattahh  before 
the  concurring  consonants.  n;b3Nn  Jer.  24:2.  so  with  a  pause  accent, 
n:ari'n  Isa.  13:  16  K'ri.  ZechVl4:'2  K'ri.  ri:Dp_nn  Isa.  28  :  3 ;  the  first,  as 
the  original  form,  is,  however,  placed  in  the  paradigm. 


122  ETYMOLOGY.  §  92 

d.  Imperative.  Ewald  regards  ^ij2p3  Isa.  43:9.  Joel  4:11.  ^153  Jer. 
50 :  5,  as  imperatives  without  the  usual  n  prosthetic  ;  but  this  assumption 
is  needless,  for  they  can  readily  be  explained  Jis  preterites. 

e.  Participle.  In  1  Sam.  15:9  riT3^3  co?z/ewzj3/i6/e,  is  in  formaNiplial 
participle  from  the  noun  Htzts  contempt. 

PIEL. 

§92.  a.  The  intensive  species  is  usually  formed  by  doubling  the 
second  radical;  in  ^bs:  Ezek.  28:23,  and  the  passive  form  -^^x  the 
third  radical  is  doubled  instead,  an  expedient  resorted  to  repeatedly  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  and  occasionally  in  Ayin  guttural.  In  "^ssihrrii  Ps.  88  :  17 
both  radicals  are  doubled;  the  entire  second  syllable  is  repeated  in  "HinD 
Ps.  38:11,  iin^nisn  Lam.  2:  11,  1:20  a  passive  Ibrm,  as  shown  by  the 
Hhateph-Kamets,  "§82.  5.  h  (3),  and  in  Jinn-nnx  Hos.  4:18.  provided  this 
is  to  be  read  as  one  word,  §43.  b;  if  according  to  the  division  in  the 
Masoretic  text,  ^DH  is  a  separate  word,  it  is  the  imperative  of  -T\1  to  give^ 
though  this  is  always  elsewhere  pointed  ^'zn  .  In  r"2"i:^  Ps.  45:3,  the 
first  syllable  is  repeated,  the  6  under  the  first  letter  indicating  it  to  be  a 
passive  form. 

b.  Intensity  may  likewise  be  denoted  without  a  reduplication  by  insert- 
ing the  long  vowel  Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  root.  This  is  often 
done  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  but  only  in  the  following  instances  in  others, 
preL  ^mni^  1  Sam.  21:3,  t^_^  Isa.  40  :  24.  ^h^i)  Ps.  77:18,  ^nip^  Isa. 
10:13/?/^  "4:^':  Hos.  13:3,  iitf.  abs.  iin  and  i'lri  Isa.  59:  13.  iiif.  const, 
cioiria  Am.  5:11,  j^ar^  '''^sir^  Job  9:15,  ^2t^\^  Ps.  101:5  K'thibh. 
These  are  called  Poel  forms  by  many  grammarians,  and  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  Pilel,  Pulal,  Pealal,  etc.  They  are  in  reality,  however, 
only  modified  forms  of  the  Piel,  whose  signification  they  share. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  inasc.  The  original  Pattahh  of  the  first  syllable 
§82.  5.  b  (3)  is  preserved  in  ^21^3  Gen.  41 :  51.  The  second  syllable  has 
Seghol  in  "k^  (in  pause  ^zy\_),  "E2 .  CZ^  (twice  D23),  Pattahh  in  ^i^,  i=n.n 
(b^ii  in  pause),  p-tn.  ^^s  .  -ihp^,  C^q  (in  pause  :^^t?.^'  Isa.  19:  21),  and  before 
Makke'ph  in  "n^b  .  "c^'C,  (:  'J^p_  in  pause)  ;  a  appears  likewise  in  the  paus:il 
form  n^ip  Mic.  1  :  7.  The  Tsere  is  always  reiained  in  the  infinitive  con- 
struct ami  future,  and  with  the  exception  of  :^3  Ps.  55:  10,  in  the  impera- 
tive; though  throughout  the  species  it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing 
the  accent^  r,:i3p  Deut.  30  :  3,  -^^p,  Ex.  13  :  2,  -c|"::^  Deut.  7:  10. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  primitive  form  of  the  infinitive  absolute  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  e.  g.  ^S^  Ps.  118:  18,  V^ip  1  Kin.  19:  10,  KsS  Ex.  21 :  19,  Tp'na 
Josh.  24:  10.  Most  commonly  it  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable  like  the 
infinitive  construct  ^?5<  Jer.  12  :  17,  ^iab  Jer.  32:  33.  D^-?  Jer.  39:18,  y^p, 
Mic.  2  :  12.  c^'tj  Ex.  21  :  36;  and  in  one  instance  it  has  Hhirik  in  the  first 
syllable  like  the  preterite  |'X3  2  Sam.  12  :  14.  There  is  no  need  of  assum- 
ing a  similar  form  for  the  infinitive  construct  in  |*.^n  Lev.  14:  43,  which 
can  readily  be  explained  as  a  preterite.  Tsere  of  the  construct  is  short- 
ened to  Seghol  before  Makkeph,  "ns-n  Isa.  59: 13,  or  on  the  recession  of  the 


§  93  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  123 

accent,  pn:i  Gen.  39:  14,  17,  and  in  one  instance  besides,  cnb  Judij.  5 :  S. 
There  are  a  iew  examples  of  the  construct  infinitive  with  a  leminine  ter- 
mination. nnD-i  Lev.  26:18,  nnsT  Ps.  147:1,  nr^J  Isa.  6:13,  Tjnp'H^ 
Ezek.  16:  52.' 

e.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  i<  is  commonly  prefixed  with  Hhateph-Pat- 
tahh;  it  has,  however,  the  diphthongal  Hhateph-Seghol  in  nnjx  Lev. 
26:  33,  §60.  3.  6,  and  draws  to  itself  the  full  vowel  which  has  hence  arisen 
to  a  preceding  1,  in  D'^^'Oi?"  Zech.  7:  14  tor  Dns'^ox' ,  §60.  3.  c. 

Plur.  2  and  3  fern.  Tsere  under  the  second  radical  is  sometimes 
changed  to  Pattahh,  though  not  with  the  same  frequency  as  in  the  Niphal, 
nyr-inn  Isa.  13:  is,  but  n:n2"in  Job  27:  4,  and  in  pause  Prov.  24  :  2. 

PUAL, 

§93.  a.  Of  the  vowels  proper  to  the  first  syllable  of  the  passive, 
§82.  5.  6  (3).  Pual  ordinarily  has  u,  which  is  preferred  before  a  doubled 
consonant  cMia,  §61.  5,  and  Hophal  6  before  concurrent  consonants  "'JiSn. 
This  distinction  is  not  steadfastly  adhered  to.  however,  and  Pual  occasion- 
ally appears  with  Kamets  Hhatuph,  r^is  Ezek.  16:4,  ^jj^  Nah.  3:7, 
51^3  Ps.  72:20,  S1&3  Ps.  80:11,  Prov.  24:  3l,'?innn';  Ps.  94 :  20,  zii<->2  passim. 
This  seems  to  furnish  the  best  explanation  of  the  disputed  words  nnzinn  or 
ilh^-jn  Ps.  62:4,  ''D£'b5a  Ps.  101:5  K'ri,  ^hponfi  Job  20:26.  Gesenius're- 
gards  these  as  Piel  forms  with  (.)  lengthened  to  (^)  on  the  omission  of 
Daghesli  forte,  §59.  a  ;  but  the  absence  of  Methegh,  which  Gesenius  in- 
serts without  authority,  shows  the  vowel  to  be  6  not  a.  Others  think  that 
sinbDxn  is  the  Kal  future  for  ^inBrxn,  the  vowel  being  attracted  to  the 
guttural  from  the  previous  letter.  §60.  3.  c.  There  is  no  difficulty,  however, 
in  regarding  them  all  as  Pual  forms,  and  translating  severally  mat/  you  ha 
slain,  armed  with  the  tongue  (of  a  slanderer),  .'ihall  be  made  to  consume 
him.  In  Ps.  62:  4  the  reading  of  Ben  Naphtali  Jin22"]n  is  probably  to.be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ben  Asher,  which  is  found  in  the  common  text;  the 
former  is  a  Piel  and  has  an  active  sense:  (how  long)  will  ye  slay  or  mur- 
der?    See  Alexander  and  Delitzsch,  in  loc. 

b.  The  vowel  U  of  the  first  syllable  is  occasionally  written  with  Vav, 
nht  Ezek.  16:34.  :  ^b^^in  Ps.  78:63.  "i^^  Judg.  18:29,  13:8,  Job  5:7, 
Vjfix?3  Ezek.  27  :  19,  bu't  mostly  without  it. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  ^  masc.  An  instance  of  paragogic  n^  appended  to 
the  preterite  is  found  in  ^^'^'•?_   Ezek.  31: 15. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  form  occurs  in  zh  Gen.  40:  15;  there  is 
no  example  of  the  construct. 

e.  Participle.  As  '20^,  Tfi"^^  ,  "^I^  t^  5  in  a  few  instances  the  initial 
53  is  omitted.  n-^\  2  Kin."  2:  10  for  nj^b'^",  H'jp  (with  Daghesh-forte 
euphonic)  Ezek.  21:15,  16.  C^i';?;;^  Eccles.  9:12  for  0-^ii;5^73 ,  §59.  a. 
Some  of  tlie  forms  in  which  this  has  been  alleged  may  however  be  better 
explained  as  preterites. 


124  ETYMOLOGY.  §  94 


HIPHIL. 


§94.  a.  Preterite.  The  first  vowel  is  usually  Hhirik  but  occasionally 
y  ,  Seghol.  e.  g.  C!i272brn  1  Sam.  25:7,  particularly  in  Pe  guttural  and  a  few 
^L^Lamedh  He  verbs.  '  Once  X  is  prefixed  instead  of  n,  :  ^nbxaN  Isa.  63:3; 
)  ^  y;'in  Isa.  19:  6  ^ni:Txn  is  not  a  doub[e  Hipliil  with  both  N  and  n  prefixed, 
^  'a"  but  is  a  denominative  lrom(n;TX,  a  derivative  of  nit,  which^does  not 
'  indeed  occur  in  its  simple  formlauf  is  justified  by  the  analogy  of  2T3X  from 
n'  STS.     n  takes  the  place  of  n  in  '^nbj'^n  Hos.  11:3;   so  likewise  the  future 

!^'?.nf^r'  J<^f-   12:5,  and  participle  rr^Hn^  Jer.  22:15,  though  the  corres- 
ponding preterite  is  n^nn  Neh.  3:20. 

Sing.  3  masc.  The  I  of  the  second  syllable  is  almost  always  written 
with  Yodh,  rarely  without  it.  e.  g.  ^"njn  1  Sam.  12  :  24.  but  in  every  other 
place  ^^"^^in .     So  in  the  participle  cb:^  Job  11 :  3  but  o^Bz^  Judg.  18  :  7. 

h.  Infinitive.  Absolute.  The  Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  which  be- 
fore Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Seghol  "isn  Prov.  24:  23.  28:  21,  is  mostly 
written  without  ■« ,  thusb-nnn,  nirn .  dibn,  br^n,  ISDn.  tr\pn.  nstfi, 
r»]3irn,  though  sometimes  with  it  "i"ii:rr!'Am.  9:8  but  ii:'rrt  Isa.  14:23, 
h^'2^'r\  and  ^2br|,  twice  c^S'rn  ,  nine  times  earn,  "i"^!:;?!!.  ^^^?v!  •  Hhirik 
in  this  syllable  is  rare  and  exceptional,  ^"'B'in  Ezek.  21  :  31,  i"'3t.'^  Josh. 
7:7.  X  is  prefixed  instead  of  n  in  c^3rj<  Jer.  25:  3  and  T|"n:?N  Gen.  41:  43, 
provided  the  latter  is  a  Hebrew  and  not  a  Coptic  word. 

Constrvct.  The  second  vowel  is  commonly  Hhirik  written  with  '^ , 
^■^ipri-  "'"p'^^'n  rarely  and  as  an  exception  without  •'j  ^^^'5  Isa.  23:11, 
or  with  Tsere  bn:n  Deut.  32:8,  ".i^'b  Deut.  26:12,  Neh.  10:39,  isbb 
Dan.  11:35.  In  a  few  instances  the  first  vowel  is  Hhirik  as  in  the 
preterite  'Til^^'H  Deut.  7:24.  28:48.  Josh.  11:14,  1  Kin.  15:29,  T-^^-in 
Jer.  50:  34,'nD^-i^n  Jer.  51:33,  niisp^n  Lev.  14:43.  The  initial  n  is 
mostly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions,  though  it  is  sometimes  rejected, 
as  n^2^b  Am.  8 :  4  but  n-^airnb  Ps.  8:3,  n?:rb  once  but  "i^^rnb  fifteen 
times. 

c.  Future  Plur.  In  a  very  few  instances  Hhirik  is  rejected  upon  the 
addition  of  the  masculine  plural  termination  ^p2"T^2  1  Sam.  14:22,  31:2, 
l^i'i'l'T  Jer.  9:2.  There  is  no  example  of  this  without  the  presence  of 
Vav  conversive  unless  it  be  "^^2!nri  Job  19:3,  which  may  be  re-garded 
as  Kal. 

d.  Imperative  Sing.  masc.  The  second  syllable  usually  has  Tsere 
without  Yedh  l^frirn .  "^'^n.  and  before  Makkeph,  Seghol  ""|2pn  Job 
22:21,  -"ijri  1  Sam'.  23:1]",  -'J3n  Isa.  64:8.  There  are  a  very  tew  ex- 
amples with  Hhirik  in  pause.  :  >'"'Sin  Ps.  94:  1,  to  which  some  Avould  add 
K-^iin  Isa.  43:  8,  but  see  Alexander,  Ti-^iin  Prov.  19:25,  wS^in  Jer.  17: 18. 

e.  Participle.  In  N^'^a  Ps.  135:7.  Tsere  is  taken  in  place  of  Hhirik 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent;  "np'2  Isa.  53:  3  is  not  a  participle  but  a 
noun,  Alexander  in  loc.     Hhirik  is,  in  a  few  exceptional  cases  occurring  in 


^95,  96  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  125 

the  later  books,  rejected  in  the  plural,  f^ibri^  Zech.  3:7  for  C^a^bn^, 
c^^bn^  Jer.  29:8,  c-^nTyTS  2  Chron.  28:  23,  n-^^^n^  1  Chron.  15:24  K'ri, 
2  Chron.  7:6  K'ri.     Comp.  Chald.  r^bn^  Dan. '3:  25. 


H  O  P  H  A  L . 

§95.  a.  The  first  vowel,  though  mostly  Kamets  Hhaluph  T^?^'!^ ,  ^rbrii, 
nibirri.  is  occasionally  Kibbuts.  both  vowels  even  appearing  in  the  sarne 
verb.'  irrn  Ezek.  32:32.  nirrn  ver.  19,  ^i'ip  2  Kin.  4:32;  Ti^^lin  Dan. 
8: 11,  nzprn  Isa.  14: 19,  "^rben^Ezek.  16:5.  r{j':i^  2  Sam.  20:21  •  i-i'Jp^n 
Lev.  6:15,  ^iip.^  Mai.  1  :  il,  Sfrrn  ,  D-i-^jTEia  ;'  'c-^b'-ODTa .  pzn?3.  n-'p-a 
Ezek.  29:18.    '  '  '  *  '  '  ^  ' '" '       "'' 

b.  Preterite.  In  "nbnnri  am  I  obliged  to  leave?  Judg.  9:9.  11.  13, 
the  characteristic  T\  is  rejected  alter  n  interrogative. 

c.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable,  bnnn 
Ezek.  16  :  4,  nijn  Josh.  9  :  24.     The  construct  has  Pattahh,  ^h^'n  Ezr.  3:11.' 

d.  Imperative.  This  mood  occurs  twice,  hi3'::r«  Ezek.  32 :  19,  ^i'Z'n 
Jer.  49 :  S. 

e.  Participle.  In  ni:?::pri73  Ezek.  46:22  n  remains  after  the  pre- 
formative  a . 

HITHPAEL. 

§96.  a.  Preterite.  In  two  instances  rx  is  prefixed  instead  of  rfi, 
viz.,  ^snrx  2  Chron.  20 :  35,  Vib"inrx  Ps.  76  :  6'.  In  the  verb  nps  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  the  second  radical  and  the  previous  vowel  lengthened. 
§59.  a.  •I'^hern,  ^^P^T-  J^^=-  ^0:  15.  17,  "ipsn^  Judg.  21  :  9,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vowel  of  the  prefixed  syllable  is  6  in  >inpQrn  Num.  1 :  47, 
2  :  33,  26:  62,  1  Kin.  20  :  27.  In  three  verbs  upon  the  assimilation  of  n  to 
the  first  radical,  the  prefix  takes  u,  §61.  5,  •'^2^"nn  (the  accentuation  is 
unusual)  Isa.  34:6,  nxs-JJ-i  Deut.  24 :  4  (but  in  "the  future  always  ^'k'^'] 
Lev.  21:  l  and  repeatedly  elsewhere),  DSsn  {inf.  const.)  Lev.  13:  55.  c6. 
These  are  sometimes  called  Hothpaal  and  regarded  as  passives  of  Hith- 
pael.  Where  both  forms  exist  in  the  same  verb,  however,  as  in  "^ps  and 
6<73:: ,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinction  in  their  meaning ;  they  seem 
rather  to  have  arisen  from  a  disposition  to  give  to  the  Hithpael,  where  it 
has  a  passive  signification,  §80.  2,  the  vowels  of  a  proper  passive  species, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  In  ^CS>Jrn  Jer.  25:  16,  ^v^  Jer.  46: 8  (elsewhere  vrsJ^n"^), 
and  !  y^'-"^.  Isa.  52 :  5,  o  prolonged  from  u.  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
Daghesii-lbrte,  is  for  a  like  reason  given  to  the  first  radical. 

b.  The  last  vowel  of  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future,  impera- 
tive and  participle,  is  Tsere  written  without  Yodh,  Ti^npn .  b^sn^ , 
asan"} ,  ;ij'n;?rn  inf.  const.,  nssrrt  imper..  T22ni3,  which  before  Makkeph 
is  shortened' to  Seghol,  ■'w''r5.;rrn  Isa.  30  :  29,  --bnnn  Gen.  6 :  9.  "c|?n? 
Job  6  :  16.  Frequently,  however.  Pattahh  is  used,  or,  with  a  pause  accent, 
Kamets,  Tj^^nn  pret..  Tl'^P^.  p^'f'-  ;iiid  impcr.  (but  ijf.  const,  and  part. 


126  ETYMOLOGY.  §  97 

with  e.  fut.  a  and  e).  ^li^^pnrt ,  cHj^n-i,  •  bn3rn .  p"?^^^? ,  i^';;ji^r^'^ ,  Mi5^|rn'^, 
:  nsbp-^ .  :  ';!i:i^Qr:'i .  :  rrisn*'  Ezek.  27  :  30^ ;  "^^y'^Drn  Mic.  1  Tio"  K'ri,  Tv^s^ 

IT  -    :  •  '      I  '   -    :  ■   -  IT  -    :  •  mt  -    :    •  '        I     it      • 

Isa.  n2  : 5.  Pattuhh  is  also  sometimes  foimd  in  the  feminine  phiral  of  the 
future,  nsrjnrn  Zech.  6  :  7  but  nsrcTiTrn  Lam.  4:  1,  where  some  copies 
have  nsrcnirn.  Hhirik  occurs  instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  preterites, 
''^'^^i;f^^^  "r^-J^irrr'^  Ezek.  38  :  23,  cnui'^l^rrni  Lev.  11 :  44.  20  :  7,  each  of 
which  has  Vav  conversive,  throwing  the  accent  more  strongly  on  the  final 
syllable. 

c.  There  is  no  example  of  the  infinitive  absolute. 


Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future  and  Imperative. 

§  97.  The  paucity  of  moods  in  Hebrew  is  partially  com- 
pensated by  modifications  of  the  future,  known  as  the  para- 
gogic and  apocopated  futures. 

1.  The  paragogic  or  cohortative  is  formed  from  the  ordi- 
nary future  by  appending  the  termination  n^  to  the  first  person 
singular  or  plural,  and  in  a  very  few  instances  to  the  third 
person  singular,  thus  converting  it  from  a  simple  declaration 
of  futurity  to  an  expression  of  desire  or  determination, 
^'Ci'^^.  I  shall  keep,  ^"0''?^^  I  will  surely  keej)  or  let  me  keep, 
Ps.  39  :  2 ;  niip22  let  us  break,  HD-^Sirs  let  us  cast  aioay,  Ps. 
2:3;  niTTi;  let  him  hasten,  Isa.  5:19. 

a.  The  third  person  of  the  paragogic  future  occurs  besides  the  example 
just  given,  in  nxirin  let  it  come  Isa.  5:  19,  nsyn  be  it  dark  (by  some  ex- 
plained as  a  noun,  darkness)  Job  11 :  17,  ni^'i'^  may  he  accept  (as  fat),  or, 
according  to  Kimchi,  may  he  reduce  to  ashes.  Ps.  20  :  4,  nrnn  Prov.  1 :  20, 
8  :  3.  and  after  Vav  conversive  nnv"ni  Ezek.  23:  20,  and  veV.  16  K'ri.  It 
has  also  been  suspected  in  nnnp^  Lev.  21  :  5  K'thibh. 

b.  Instead  of  n  ^ ,  n  _  is  appended  in  nj<'nj?N:i  1  Sam.  28:15,  f^Jl^'i'^ 
Ps.  20  :  4.  §63.  1.  c;  so  in  the  imperative  nr^  or  nin  Prov.  24 :  14. 

2.  The  apocopated  or  jussive  future  is  an  abbreviation  of 
the  second  or  third  persons  singular  and  expresses  a  wish  or 
command,  or  with  a  negative,  dissuasion  or  prohibition.  In 
the  perfect  verb  it  has  a  separate  form  only  in  the  Hiphil 
species,  the  ^ ,  of  the  ultimate  being  changed  to  (..),  or  before 
Makkeph  to  (..),  p'^i'i-  ^^(^  '^^^11  cause  to  cleave,  ^%!yi  mayheox 
let  him  cause  to  cleave ;  biiir^n  thou  icilt  understand ,  b^Tpn 


§  98  PARAGOGIC    FUTURE,    ETC.  127 

thou  may  est  understand  or  understand  thou,  Dan.  9  :  25, 
""jbrp-bx  may  it  not  or  let  it  not  rule^  Ps.  119  :  133.  In 
some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs,  as  in  the  Ayin-Vav  and  par- 
ticularly the  Lamedh-He,  it  is  used  in  other  species  still. 

a.  Tlie  only  instances  of  the  abbreviated  future  occurring  in  the  first 
person  are  pinx  Isa.  42:6  and  Nn3  Isa.  41:23  K'thibh,  wliere  the  K'ri 
has  nxn3. 

h.  The  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures  may  be  regarded  as  mutually 
supplementary,  and  as  forming  together  something  like  a  complete  Opta- 
tive or  Subjunctive  mood.  The  apocopated  future  has.  it  is  true,  no  sep- 
arate form  for  the  second  fern.  sing,  or  the  second  and  third  pers.  phcr..  in 
which  the  verb  has  terminal  inflections,  but  it  may  be  regarded  as  coin- 
ciding in  these  with  the  ordinary  future,  except  that  it  never  has  the 
final  ).  So  in  those  species  in  which  it  is  indistinguishable  from  the 
ordinary  future,  it  may  yet  be  regarded  as  included  under  it.  Neither  the 
apocopated  nor  the  paragogic  futures  occur  in  the  strictly  passive  species, 
viz..  the  Pual  and  Hophal.  self-determination  and  command  both  implying 
that  the  subject  is  the  originator  of  the  action.  The  more  flexible  Arabic 
has  three  varieties  of  the  future  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  one.  to  express 
as  many  modifications  or  moods. 

c.  The  apocopated  future  derives  its  name  from  the  apocopation  of  the 
final  letter  by  which  it  is  characterized  in  ri'b  verbs ;  the  brevity  of  its 
form  is  adapted  to  the  energy  and  rapid  utterance  of  a  command.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  speaker  dwells  upon  the  word  expressive  of  his  own 
desire  or  determination,  thus  giving  rise  to  the  prolonged  form  of  the 
paragogic  future.  The  appended  n^  may  perhaps  be  identical  with  a  like 
termination  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  motion  or  direction,  denoting  as  it 
does  the  direction  of  the  speaker's  will  or  wishes  towards  that  which  the 
verb  expresses. 

§98.  1.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  the 
masculine  singular  of  the  imperative,  softening  the  command 
into  an  earnest  entreaty  or  expression  of  strong  desire,  vhw 
hear  (thou),  nib^tj  oh,  hear!  or  pray,  hear!  ^tpn  listen, 
nn^cpn  pray,  listen!  The  addition  of  this  vowel  to  the  im- 
perative and  to  the  future  causes,  as  in  the  regular  inflections 
of  the  paradigm,  §  85.  2.  a,  (2),  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  of 
the  ukimate  syllable,  except  in  the  Hiphil  wliere  ■>.  remains 
in  the  future  and  is  restored  in  the  imperative.  In  the  Kal 
imperative  this  rejection  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two 
vowelless  consonants,  the  first  of  which  must  accordingly 
t:ike  a  short  vowel,  §  61.  1;  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hho- 


128  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  99 

lem  tills  will  be  Kamets-Hliatupli,  otherwise  it  will  be  the 
briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  ni?,  rap^  Jer.  49  :  11 ;  "idt, 
nJDT  2  Chron.  6 :  42,  niiJJ ,  nnDir  Gen.  39  :  7.  12. 

a.  In  a  few  instances  the  vowel-letter  remains  in  the  K'thibh  though 
invariably  ihrown  out  in  the  K'ri.  e.  g..  nsi"^:2  K'thibh,  ^tn^  K'ri  Ps. 
26:2.  n:i5:a  K'thibh.  nib^a  K'ri  Judg.  9:8;  nbipirxT  K'thiVh,  i-ij?)5^\xi 
K'ri  Ezr.  8  :  25;  n-Jipirx' K'thibh,  r;'^^.^wX  K'ri  Isa.  18  :  4.  This  may  not 
indicate,  however,  the  retention  of  the  full  vowel  but  only  of  an  audible 
remnant  of  it,  §  13.  a,  which  is  likewise  attested  by  the  occasional  appear- 
ance of  Hhateph  Kamets,  -n;?^i<  1  Kin.  19:20,  nj^.irxT  Dan.  8:13  (in 
some  copies)  or  Hhateph  Pattahh  !^Hp;i"i<l  Ezr.  8  :26,' Jer.  32  : 9,  and  by 
the  fact  that  the  resulting  Sh'va,  even  when  simple,  is  always  vocal, 
§22.  a  (1).  Occasionally  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  the  paragogic  im- 
perative when  the  vowel  of  the  ordinary  imperative  is  Pattahh  ;  thus, 
-np  Lev.  9:  7.  n-^np?  Ps.  69  :  19.  and  on  the  contrary,  PT^3"q  Gen.  25  :  31, 
fiiL  -/s'^a^  Ex.  21 :'?,  rrna?  (with  Daghesh  separative)  Ps.Hl  :  3. 

2.  As  the  imperative  is  itself  a  shortened  form  there  is 
little  room  for  further  abbreviation ;  it  sometimes,  however, 
suffers  apocopation  of  the  final  ri^  of  the  feminine  plural, 
pht  Gen.  4:23  for  ra^T» ,  §61.  2,  )i^y  Ex.  2:20  for 
n:i5'i|5 ,  §  60.  3.  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He  verbs  of  final  n ..  of  the 
masculine  singular,  "tjn  2  Kin.  6  :  18  for  nijn  Ezek.  6:11, 
1:5  Ps.  119  :  18  for  n53 ;  tQr\  Deut.  9  :  14  for  nsnn  Judg. 
11 :  37,  but  without  any  evident  change  of  meaning. 


Vav  Conversive. 

§99.  1.  The  primary  tenses  are  supplemented  by  two 
others,  formed  in  a  peculiar  manner  by  what  is  called  Vav 
Conversive  (?yisn  11).  This  prefix  has  the  remarkable  effect, 
from  which  its  name  is  derived,  of  converting  the  ordinary 
future  into  a  preterite  and  the  ordinary  preterite  into  a  future. 
The  following  appear  to  be  the  reasons  of  this  singular  phe- 
nomenon. Past  and  future  are  relative  and  depend  for  their 
signification  in  any  given  case  upon  the  point  of  time  from 
which  they  are  reckoned.  This  may  be  the  moment  of  speak- 
ing, when  all  anterior  to  that  moment  will  be  past,  and  all 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  129 

posterior  to  it  future.  Or  by  some  conventional  method 
understood  bet^yeen  the  speaker  and  his  hearers,  an  ideal 
present  may  be  fixed  distinct  from  the  real  present  and  the 
measurements  of  past  and  futui-e  made  from  the  former. 
Now  Yav  Conversive  placed  before  a  future  indicates  tliat  its 
tense  is  to  be  reckoned  not  from  the  actual  present  but  from 
the  time  denoted  by  some  previous  word,  whether  verb, 
noun,  or  adverb.  And  when  the  stand-point  is  thus  taken 
in  the  past,  events  may  be  described  as  future  with  reference 
to  it,  though  they  have  actually  taken  place  at  the  time  of 
narration.  Vav  is  properly  the  copula  and ;  when  this  is 
prefixed  to  the  futiu-e  for  the  purpose  already  designated,  it 
is  followed  by  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte,  which  give  to  it  the 
force  of  and  then  or  and  so,  indicating  that  what  follows  is 
the  sequel  of  what  precedes.  Consequently  a  narration  be- 
gun in  the  preterite  may  be  continued  in  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  the  opening  words  fixing  the  initial  point  from 
which  all  that  come  after  proceed  in  regular  succession ;  and 
the  future  so  employed  is  converted  into  what  may  be  called 
a  continuative  preterite.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  crea- 
tion in  Gen.  1,  the  original  condition  of  things  is  described 
in  the  preterite,  ver.  2,  the  earth  was  '"'^^'l  loithout form  and 
void.  The  subsequent  scene  is  then  surveyed  from  this  point. 
The  next  statement  is  accordingly  made  by  a  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  3,  ^fi^'^'^  and  God  said,  in  its  primitive  im- 
port, ajid  then  God  says  or  will  say,  his  speaking  being  future 
to  the  state  of  things  previously  described.  This  fixes  a  new 
stand-point  from  which  the  next  step  in  the  process  is  a  fresh 
advance ;  it  is  hence  followed  by  another  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  4,  i^"!!:^  and  he  saio ;  and  so  on,  ^t?!"]  and 
he  divided,  ver.  5,  ^'^I?''!)  and  he  catted,  etc. 

a.  Tiio  nature  of  this  prefix  would  be  more  precisely  expressed  perhaps 

by  callinor  it  Vav  Consecutive,  as  Ewald  and  others  propose.     But  as  Vav 

Conversive  is  the  name  in  connmon  use,  and  as  this  sufficiently  characterizes 

its  most  striking  effect,  it  is  here  retained.     There  have  been  various  con- 

9 


130  ETYMOLOGY.  §99 

jectures  respecting  its  origin.  In  the  judgment  of  some  5  is  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  the  verb  nin  was,  hence  "i^!J<'^l  he  icas  or  it  was  (so  that)  he  will 
say  i.  e.  he  was  about  to  say  or  was  saying,  which  is  then  Hkened  to  the 
Arabic  combination  of  the  preterite  of  the  substantive  verb  with  the 
future  tense  to  express  past  action;  but  T  evidently  has  the  sense  of  the 
conjunction  and,  ^^x^T  does  not  mean  he  said,  but  and  he  said.  Others 
regard  it  as  an  abbreviation  of  *^'^Ti')  cind  he  was  ;  Ewald  of  TN^  and  then. 
Rodiger  thinks  that  the  vowel  lias  no  inherent  significance,  but  is  attached 
to  the  conjunction  on  account  of  the  emphasis  of  its  peculiar  use.  Perhaps 
the  best  suggestion  is  that  of  Schultens.  Jnstit.  p.  424,  that  "i^5<'T  maybe  for 
'ms5<?rn,  by  §  53.  3  ;  H  prefixed  to  a  noun  is  the  definite  article,  and  points 
it  out  as  one  previously  known  ;  its  use  in  this  particular  case  is  to  define 
the  time  of  the  action  of  the  verb  before  which  it  stands  by  pointing  it  out  as 
known  from  what  preceded.  The  vowel  oi'  this  prefix  is  upon  this  hypothesis 
analogous  both  in  its  origin  and  its  effects  to  the  augment  e  in  Greek,  or  a 
in  Sanskrit,  by  which  a  preterite  is  formed  from  a  present  or  a  future, 
TVTTTM,  erviTTov;  Tvij/o),  eTvij/a,  and  which  is  traced  by  Bopp  to  a  pronominal 
root  having  a  demonstrative  sense,  Vergleichende  Grammatik  pp.  786  fF. 
The  fact  that  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  sometimes  substitutes  n  for  1 
conversive  might  seem  to  lend  confirmation  to  this  theory  of  its  derivation. 
But  as  n  stands  with  equal  frequency  for  1  copulative,  and  1  for  the  arti- 
cle n,  it  is  probable  that  these  commutations  are  to  be  classed  with  the 
other  numerous  inaccuracies  of  this  edition. 

2.  This  employment  of  Vav  Conversive  to  alter  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tenses  by  transporting  the  mind  of  the  hearer  or 
reader  to  an  ideal  present  in  the  past  or  future  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  idioms  of  the  Hebrew  language,  and  one 
which  may  appear  to  be  extremely  arbitrary,  as  it  certainly 
is  in  some  of  its  applications,  at  least,  quite  difficult  of  con- 
ception and  foreign  to  our  habits  of  thought.  It  neverthe- 
less imparts  a  beauty  and  a  vividness  to  Hebrew  description 
which  are  altogether  peculiar  and  which  are  incapable  of 
being  adequately  transferred  to  any  other  language.  The 
narrator  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  which  he  records,  and 
watches  its  progress  step  by  step  telling  what  he  sees.  This 
peculiarity  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  may  perhaps  be  illustrated 
by  an  analogous  though  far  more  restricted  usage  in  English, 
by  which  certain  tenses  miay  be  transferred  to  another  sphere 
than  that  which  they  describe  if  measured  from  the  time  of 
narration,  without  any  confusion  or  liability  to  mistake  re- 
sulting from  it.     Thus,  the  present  may  be  used  of  past 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  131 

events,  as,  Then  the  devil  talidh  him  up  into  an  exceeding 
high  mountain  and  sheweth  him,  etc.  Or  the  present  and  tlie 
perfect  may  be  used  of  what  is  sti^f  future,  as,  AVhen  thou 
art  converted  strengthen  thy  brethren ;  When  he  is  come  he 
will  reprove  the  world  of  sin. 

3.  Vav  Conversive,  it  has  already  been  stated,  is  prefixed 
to  the  future  Avith  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  the  follow-' 
ing  letter,  pp''^ ,  ^3^?^:),  ^i^^..  If  the  first  letter  of  the 
future  be  Yodh  with  Sh'va,  Daghesh  is  commonly  omitted, 
§  25,  but  rarely  if  it  be  5 ,  and  never  if  it  be  tji ,  since  its  re- 
moval in  this  case  would  change  the  sound  of  the  letter  by  re- 
storing its  aspiration,  "^i'j^] ,  ^ki^^^.  but  "^i'jn^ ,  '^sczi .  Before 
X  of  the  first  person  singular,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh, 
§23.1,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets,  §60.4,  tJ?^?3 , 
"lii'ji^n .  In  the  Hiphil  "^  .  is,  with  few  exceptions,  e.  g.  "V^y^^ 
Ps.  105  :  28,  compressed  to  (..)  as  in  the  apocopated  future^ 
2^p!^' ,  '^^^'^^ ,  and  before  ]\Iakkeph  it  is  shortened  to  (..) 
""i??!  .  In  the  first  person  singular,  however,  ^  .  remains  in 
the  Hiphil,  and  a  paragogic  n  ^  is  not  infrequently  appended 
in  all  the  species,  e.  g.  tj-^^irx; ,  ^'?^^^3  or  J'O'^'itJxp: ;  Tixi  or 
"lixj;  "i^^b-rxj;  n-jbizii:^ ;  "^i"^;;  or  nna^N;; ;  paragogic  n^ 
also  occurs  though  more  rarely  in  the  first  pers.  plur.  J^ibnsl 
Gen.  41  :  11,  niacin ,  nirpnn  Ezr.  8  :  23,  n^tpn  ver.  31. 

a.  The  tendency  to  abbreviation  produced  by  Vav  Conversive  is  much 
more  apparent  in  some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs.  Thus,  final  n  is  re- 
jected from  n"b  verbs  as  in  the  apocopated  future  J^^^-)? .  ^v] ,  "^^i:?  ^T!l\ 
the  accent  is  drawn  back  from  a  mixed  uhlmate  to  a  simple  penult  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  of  Ayin  doubled  verbs  and  of  those  which  have  a  quiescent 
for  their  fir^t  or  second  radical,  in  consequence  of  which  the  vowel  of  the 
last  syllable,  if  long,  is  shortened,  §G4.  1,  lb;",  ID^I ;  bz^-i,  bsji"^! ;  -^i^, 
rr^;;;  -^'wi"i,  3"ri*S;  cJip^,  cp?f];  c^p^ ,  Cp^V  The  same  drawing  baciv 
of  the  accent  and  shortening  of  the  ultimate  syllable  occurs  in  the  Piel 
of  the  following  verbs,  whose  middle  radical  is  "i ,  T)'^3^1 ,  ^'?.?'?!] ,  ri'nd^i 
but  not  in  ?i7n'^;i ;  so  in  ^"lii^j  Hub.  3:  6,  and  the  Hithpael  crcntn*  Dan. 
2:1.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Niphal  of  a  ^^\^  verbs,  which  form  the  ex- 
ception, however,  not  the  rule,  £|r.iv!3>  ^r;?'?!?)  *^^-J.!'?  or  ^'t?^*^  ?  ^^^^^ 
but  3r2il.  'i3^*\  m^t''!^;  "^^i^^D-  "i''^"*- ;  ^tc.  The  first  person  singular 
is  mostly  exempted  from  shortening  or  change  of  accent,  ^^X"-)  -^"!??,5j 


132  ETYMOLOGY.  §  100 

tsipjn  or  ^pi<^ ,  tl'^pXJ ,  though  it  sometimes  suffers  apocopation  in  fi'h  verhs 
K"nsi ,  "^nxi .  The  prolonged  plural  ending  'y\  is  very  rarely  used  after  Vav 
Conversive ;  it  does,  however,  occur,  e.  g.  'i^nnprni  Deut.  1 :  22,  "i^'i^J'nT 
Deut.  4:11,  'Jiin^l  Judg.  H  ;  18. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  Vav  Conversive  takes  Pattahh  before  X .  its 
vowel  being  conformed  to  the  compound  Sh'va.  which  follows,  e.  g.  ^"^^x.l 
Judg.  6 :  9.  ^nnn^!?.;i  2  Sam.  1  :  10,  r,S2XT.  Ezek.  16:  10  but  nsDN^i  ver.  8, 
J^^n^.^:.!  Job  30':26,  J^4^'nX:?-  P^-  ^3:  16." 

§100.  1.  A^av  Conversive  prefixed  to  the  preterite  makes 
of  it  a  continuative  futm^e  or  imperative,  by  connecting  with 
it  the  idea  of  futurity  or  command  expressed  in  a  preceding 
verb.  It  is  properly  the  conjunction  )  and,  whose  pointing  it 
takes,  its  pecuHar  force  being  derived  from  its  connecting 
power.  Accordingly,  in  speaking  of  coming  events,  the 
stand-point  is  first  fixed  in  the  future  by  the  opening  words, 
and  the  description  is  then  continued  by  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus,  in  Samuel's  recital,  1  Sam.  10: 1-8, 
of  what  was  to  happen  to  Saul,  he  first  refers  the  whole  to 
the  future  by  the  word,  ver.  2,  ^r?9^^  tipo?i  thy  depart- 
ing, and  then  proceeds  with  preterites  with  Vav  prefixed, 
ri552fi9i  thou  shalt  find,  ^"^^^^  and  they  shall  say,  ver.  3,  r^s'^rjn 
and  thou  shall  pass  on,  etc.  etc.  In  like  manner,  injunctions 
begun  in  the  imperative  are  continued  in  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus  the  Lord  directed  Elijah,  1  Kin.  17:3 
^1?  (imper.)^(9,  in"'3&^  (pret.)  and  turn,  V^^^^y)  (pret.)  andhide, 
•"»^«7*i  (pret.)  and  it  shall  be. 

2.  This  prefix  commonly  has  the  effect  of  removing  the 
accent  to  the  ultimate  in  those  forms  in  which  it  ordinarily 
stands  upon  the  penult ;  and  if  the  penult  be  a  long  mixed 
syllable,  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  of  verbs  with  Hholem,  it  wiU 
in  consequence  be  shortened,   X^i^ ,   5nbD^^ . 

a.  The  shifting  of  the  accent,  which  served  in  some  measure  to  indicate 
to  the  ear  tiie  alteration  in  the  sense,  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

(1)  It  occurs  with  great  regularity  in  the  first  and  second  persons  sin- 
gular of  every  species,  Pis^fn  thoit  hast  gone.  ^^^>^)  and  thou  shall  go, 
"^nabrji  and  I  will  go,  so  nnani,  ^nhdm,  ^ns^nnni,  though  "'nn^ri^T. 
Zeph.   1  :  17j   except  in  ».'h  and  n'b  verbs,  where  the  accent  usually  re- 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  133 

mains  in  its  original  position  altiioiigh  the  usage  is  not  uniform,  '^r'^iEil 
Lev.  26  :  9.  "nsi^  1  Kin.  IS  :  12.  r^k'}ri-\  l  Chron.^4  :  10.  ^n'^nnnrnn  l  Sam. 
15:30.  •'P^sn^  Isa.  8:  17  but  n^sxiLev.  24:5,  nx^n  Gen.  6:18,  ^n^anni 
^r'--}Zril  Lev.  26:9,  rii^r\'\  Ex.  26:  33.  In  the  first  person  plural  of  all 
verbs  the  accent  generally  remains  upon  the  penult,  ^iinin  Ex.  8 :  23, 
nssbnv  !i3npbr  Gen.  34;  17. 

(2)  It  occurs,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  third  feminine  singular 
and  third  plural  of  the  Hiphil  of  perfect  verbs,  and  of  the  various  species 
of  Ayin-Vav  and  i\yin-doubled  verbs,  n'ii-n^n'  Ex.  26:33,  nx"'zn'i  Lev. 
15:29.  nnDi  Isa.  11:2,  ii'ip_'],  ^hm  Hab.'  1:8  but  !i=^3rni  Ezck.  43 : 24, 
ri"2^  Hab.'  1:8. 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

§101.  Pronouns  are  frequently  suffixed  to  the  verbs  of 
which  they  are  the  object.  The  forms  of  the  suffixes  have 
abeady  been  given  §72.  It  only  remains  to  consider  tlie 
changes  resulting  from  their  combination  with  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb. 

1.  The  personal  terminations  of  the  verbs  undergo  the 
following  changes : 

Freterite. 

Sing.   Sfem.     The  old  ending  n_ ,  §85.  ^  (1),  takes  the 
place  of  n   . 

2  masc.     n  sometimes  shortens  its  final  vowel  be- 
fore the  suffix  "^p  of  the  first  person. 
2fem.     The  old  ending  "'n ,  §  86.  l>,  instead  of  n . 
Plur.  2  masc.     ^n  from  the  old  pronominal  ending  D^n , 
§  71.  <5  (2),  takes  the  place  of  an  .     The  fem- 
inine of  this  person  does   not   occur  with 


suffixes. 


Future. 


Plur.  2  and  ^  fern.  The  distinctive  feminine  termina- 
tion is  dropped,  and  that  of  the  mascuhne 
assumed,  I'^tpjpri  for  n:bi:pn. 


134  ETYMOLOGY.  §101 

a.  In  several  of  these  cases  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say  that  it  is 
the  uncompounded  slate  of  the  verb  in  which  the  change  has  taken  place, 
and  that  before  suffixes  the  original  form  has  been  preserved,  the  added 
syllable  having  as  it  were  protected  it  from  mutation. 

2.  Changes  in  the  suffixes  :  The  suffixes  are  joined 
directly  to  those  verbal  forms  which  end  in  a  vowel ;  those 
forms  which  end  in  a  consonant  insert  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  second  pers.  plur.  DD ,  p  ,  and  the  second  masc.  sing.  ^ ,  a 
vocal  Sh'va,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  a  full  vowel, 
which  in  the  preterite  is  mostly  a  and  in  the  future  and  im- 
perative mostly  e. 

The  3  fern.  sing,  preterite  inserts  a  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  third  pers.  plural,  and  t  before  the  second  fem.  singular ; 
when  it  stands  before  the  third  sing,  suffixes  "^^,71,  there  is 
frequently  an  ehsion  of  t\ ,  requiring  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive in  the  verbal  ending  ti  to  preserve  the  quantity  of  the 
previous  short  vowel,  ^r\Vjj5  for  ^nnS-jp  ^  riprjp  for  0^^^ vl?  > 
see  §57.  2.  b. 

When  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  ^n  is  preceded  by  (J, 
the  n  may  be  elided  and  the  vowels  coalesce  into  i ,  i^VI?  foi^ 
^n^'jjp ;  when  it  is  preceded  by  '' .  ,  Shurek  may  be  hardened 
to  its  corresponding  semi-vowel  ^ ,  ^^^rt:]^  for  ^rr^nbtip  §  62.  2. 

When  the  third  fem.  suffix  n  is  preceded  by  (J,  final 
Kamets  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  same 
sound,  ?^^'9p  for  nSi:|^. 

When  ^n ,  n  of  the  third  pers.  singular  are  preceded  by 
(..),  the  vowel  of  union  for  the  future,  a  ^ ,  called  Nun  Epen- 
thetic, is  sometimes  inserted,  particularly  in  emphatic  and 
pausal  forms,  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  the  two  vowels, 
(..)  being  at  the  same  time  shortened  to  (..) ;  !i  is  then  com- 
monly elided  and  a  euphonic  Daghesh-forte  inserted  in  the 
Nun,  i2^Pp;'  for  ^!^l?tpp;i .  The  same  shortening  of  the  (..)  and 
insertion  of  Daghesh  may  occur  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  plural  and  the  second  masculine  singular ;  this,  like  the 
preceding,  takes  place  chiefiy  at  the  end  of  clauses. 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  135 

a.  The  Nun  Epenthetic  of  the  future  and  the  Preterite  vowel  of 
union  a,  which  is  abbreviated  to  Sh'va  before  ?] ,  C3 ,  -iS,  may  be  reHcs 
of  old  forms  of  the  verb  still  represented  in  the  Arabic,  where  the 
Preterite  ends  in  a,  and  one  mode  of  the  future  has  an  appended  Nun. 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  suffixes  of  the  first  and  second  persons  may  be  ex- 
plained, as  is  usually  done,  by  assuming  the  insertion  and  assimilation  of 
Nun  Epenthetic,  ^i^*^!^?  for  ~)?'^rl^?  ;  or  it  may  be  Daghesh-forte  emphatic, 
§24.  6,  and  the  few  cases  in  which  Nun  appears  in  these  persons  may  be 
accounted  lor  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh,  §54.  3.  instead  of  the  Daghesh 
having  arisen  from  the  assimilation  of  Nun,  so  that  Ti3l3::p^  may  be  for 
^b::p7  instead  of  the  reverse. 

b.  The  suffixes,  since  they  do  not  in  strictness  form  a  part  of  the  word 
with  which  they  are  connected,  are  more  loosely  attached  to  it  than  the 
pronominal  fragments  which  make  up  the  inflections;  hence  vowels  of 
union  are  employed  with  the  former  which  serve  to  separate  as  well  as 

\  to  unite.  Hence  too  the  vocal  Sh'va,  insei'ted  before  the  suffixes  of  the 
second  persoji,  doesnotso  completely  draw  the  final  consonant  of  the  verb 
to  the  appended  syllable  as  to  detach  it  from  that  to  which  it  Ibrmerly  be- 
longed ;  this  latter  becomes,  therefore,  not  a  simple  but  an  intermediate 

^  syllable,  §20.2.  A  like  distinction  exists  between  prefixed  prepositions^ 
etc.,  and  the  personal  prefixes  of  the  future.  The  latter  form  part  and 
parcel  of  the  word,  while  the  former  preserve  a  measure  of  their  original 
separateness.  Hence  when  they  form  a  new  initial  syllable  by  the  aid  of 
the  first  consonant  of  the  word,  this  is  properly  a  mixed  syllable  after  a 
personal  prefix  but  intermediate  after  a  preposition,  -'in:';'  but  -'r^3, 
§22.  a.  Hence,  too.  a  liability  to  contraction  in  one  case  which  does  not 
exist  in  the  other,  bij?"^  but  bijjsnb,  bb";  but  bD:2. 

3.  Changes  in  the  body  of  the  verb : 

Except  in  the  Kal  preterite  those  forms  which  have  per- 
sonal terminations  experience  no  further  change  from  the 
addition  of  suffixes ;  those  which  are  without  such  termina- 
tions reject  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  before  suffixes  re- 
quiiing  a  vowel  of  union  and  shorten  it  before  the  remainder, 
*9I?'.  '?^'^9)?'.  ^'^i?',  ';!?"9l?^  ^rV?';  but  \  of  the  Hiphil 
species  is  almost  always  preserved,  "^r^^vpn,  '^r?^"^^:' . 

In  the  Kal  imperative  and  infiniti^•e  the  rejection  of  the 
vowel  occasions  the  concuiTcnce  of  two  vowelless  letters  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  impossible  combination  is 
obviated  by  the  insertion  of  Hhirik  to  form  a  new  syllable ; 
or,  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  liholem,  by  the  insertion  of 
Kamets  Hhatuph. 


136  ETYMOLOGY.  §  102 

In  the  Kal  preterite,  where  both  vowels  are  liable  to  mu- 
tation, a  distinction  is  made  by  rejecting  the  first  before  suf- 
fixes and  the  second  before  personal  inflections  where  this  is 
possible,  e.  g.  bbp,  ^}'^2>  ^^'9B  hut  ?^^'^p,  iVu)]:.  Accordingly 
upon  the  reception  of  a  suffix  the  vowel  of  the  second  rad- 
ical, whether  it  be  a.,  e,  or  o,  must  be  restored,  and  if  need 
be  lengthened,  whenever,  in  the  course  of  regular  inflec- 
tion, it  has  been  dropped,  and  the  vowel  of  the  first  rad- 
ical, wherever  it  remains  in  the  regular  inflection,  must  be 
rejected. 

a.  Final  mixed  syllables,  as  shown  in  2  b,  ordinarily  become  interme- 
diate upon  appending  C3 ,  ",3  ,  T],  and  consequently  take  a  short  vowel 
notwithstanding  the  following  vocal  Sh'va.  This  is  invariably  the  case 
before  CD  and  "iS ,  unless  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  has  a  long 
immutable  vowel  in  the  ultimate  which  is  of  course  incapable  of  being 
shortened;  it  is  also  usually  the  case  before  7\,  the  principal  exception,  so 
far  as  verbal  forms  are  concerned,  being  the  a  and  e  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
a  of  the  Kal  future,  and  i  of  the  Hiphil,  ^j3n3  ,  ^^rSi ,  Ti^ns^  ,  T]^s<^^^ , 
'q^riSwX,  ?i^^i:|?n,  but  ?il2Dri,  ^::2p?,  '?|"}:2i<.        ' ' 

§102.  1.  The  first  and  second  persons  of  the  verb  do 
not  receive  suffixes  of  the  same  person  with  themselves,  for 
when  the  subject  is  at  the  same  time  the  object  of  the  action 
the  Hithpael  species  is  employed  or  a  reciprocal  pronoun  is 
formed  from  the  noun  ilJsi  soul,  self,  as  ''isD  myself.  Suffixes 
of  the  third  person  may,  however,  be  attached  to  the  third 
person  of  verbs,  provided  the  subject  and  object  be  distinct. 

a.  There  is  a  single  example  of  a  verb  in  the  first  person  with  a  suffix 
of  the  first  person,  but  in  this  case  the  pronoun  expresses  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb,  ''Sn'^b?.  1  have  made  for  me,  Ezek.  29  :  3. 

2.  Neuter  verbs  and  passive  species,  whose  signification 
does  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  yet  receive  suffixes 
expressive  of  indirect  relations,  such  as  would  be  denoted 
by  the  dative  or  ablative  in  occidental  languages,  ^i^^^  ye 
fasted  for  me  Zech.  7  :  5,  '^pipan  thou  shalt  he  forgotten  by  me, 
Isa.  44  :  21. 


^103  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  137 

3.  The  infinitive  may  be  viewed  as  a  noun,  in  which  case 
its  suffix  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  possessive,  and  represents  the 
subject  of  the  action ;  or  it  may  be  viewed  as  a  verb  when 
its  suffix  represents  the  object,  e.  g.  ''^''^I?  mij  IxlUing,  i.  e.  that 
which  I  perform,  ^ir^^,  killwg  me.  The  participle  may  also 
receive  the  suffix  either  of  a  verb  or  a  noun,  the  pronoun  in 
either  case  denoting  the  object,  '^2X1  seeing  me  Isa.  47  :  10, 
''ifp  hating  me,  ht.  my  haters,  Ps.  35  :  19. 

a.  The  infinitive  with  a  verbal  suffix  represents  the  subject  in  ''Lil^iain 
at  my  returning^  Ezek.  47  :  7. 

§  103.  The  paradigm  upon  the  next  page  exhibits  certain 
portions  of  the  regular  verb  ^"^p  with  all  the  suffixes. 

a.  The  parts  of  the  verb  selected  are  sufficient  representatives  of  all 
the  rest,  and  by  the  aid  of  the  rules  already  given  will  enable  the  student 
to  determine  any  other  required  form  for  himself.     The  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  undergoes  no  change  in  the  body  of 
the  verb,  will  answer  mutatis  mutandis  for  all   the  forms  in  that  species 
ending  with  the  final  radical.     The  third  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite, 
which  suffers  a  change  in  its  last  syllable  only,  will  in  like  manner  answer 
for  all  the  forms  in  that  species  ending  with  the  final  radical.     The  Kal 
preterite  is  given  in  all  the  persons,  both  on  account  ol'  the  peculiarity 
of  that  tense,  which  suffers  changes  in  both  its  vowels,  and  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  changes  in  the  personal  terminations  w^hich  apply  equally  to 
the  preterites  of  the  other  species.  ''The  Kal  infinitive  and  imperative 
are  peculiar  in  forming  a  new^Jnitial_ syllable  which  echoes  the  rejected    "^^ 
vowel.'^  The  third  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future  afifords  a  type  of  all  (Ca^ 
the  forms  in  that  tense  which  end  with  the  final  radical ;  and  the  third  vU  f/ 
plural  of  the  same  tense  is  a  type  of  all  the  future  forms  in  this  and  in  'i^-U 
the  other  species  which  have  personal  terminations  appended.     The  par-^  7^ 
ticiples  undergo  the  same  changes  in  receiving  suffixes  with  nouns  of  likaflQUiZ.  U 
formationj  and  are  therefore  not  included  in  this  table.  f'^it. 


Paradigm  of  the  Perfect 


Singular. 
1  com,        2  masc,         Ifem.        3  masc.  2»  fern. 


kal  preter,te.     ' '  ^:r?jrznCT^7T5:2^^^76a7nu';'^*  ^ 


/- 


smas^a...    -jSaj?      ^baj?      t;5ai5     in^-ojD )     -^tjj?  ^^£^ 
'  zfm.    "pn^ci?    ?{t;iBaj^    t]n5-of3  ^-npa;? )   nn^taj?  ^-^-^ 


2/m.  ^pribtip     ^Tcvbq^^  )  ri"jnbt:rp 

\com,     ^"ribt:p  'q'^nbtop    rrbt^p  n^nb^r? 

Pltje.  3  com.     ^?^3t;:p     !?|6^^p  Tjfep    ^"^b^p  v"bt^p 

2  masc.  ^5^ribt:p     ^n^nb^^p  ?7^ribt:p 

i,^,„.     *?5^ibt:p  l]^:bt:p  ^n^ib^p  n^ibt^p 

Infinitive.              ^Bt)p  [      ^btjp  "qbtpp           ibtpp  ^Htpp 


Future. 

siNa.  3  mem.    ^pbpp;^ )  ^btjp;^ )  t|btpp;^    ^nStpp;^ )    ribt:p^ 
^""^''plue.  3masc.  '^p^btpp:    ^^btpp:    ^-bt:p:  ^n^bifp:     ri^^"9i?r 

Imperative. 

Sma.  2  m«sc.       ^SStpp       ^Hbtpp  iTibtpp 


»«^ 


PiEL  Preterite. 

sixG.  3  m«sc.     ^rbtpp      ^bt:p      Ti'b-ifp       ibtfp       nStpp 


HiPHiL  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  masc,  ^DD^tppri    ^:^^:?y]    "^^'^1?^      ^^"^1?^      ^^"^IfO 

138 


Verbs  with  Suffixes.       /  /  /a-V^- f-^^^^^^' 


1  com. 


Plural. 

2  masc.  2  Jem. 


3  masc. 


fern. 


^2?9!?         C35bt:p         ^;bt:p  Dbt^p  ^bi:p  y 


i5^^i? 


^:r\bt:p       D5nbt:p       :inbr:p        Dnbr:p        :r3i:p 


^jribt:p 

T  :  — •: 

^rnbt:p 


^:^bt:p 
!i]^ribt:p 


Di-rii:p 
Ditep 

it': 


nbt:r 


Di^:bt:p       ';i-i:bt:p 


nnl^t:p 

T  :   — »: 

t:^nbt:p 

DTibt:p 
D-ibt:p 

T  •: 

D^nbtip 
DtbtDp 


^:bt:p^ )      D5bt:p^ 


pbi:p^ 

I  V  :    r  • :  • 


t^^PP? 


i^r^P 


i"2nbt:p 


?'^P 

l^j^bt:p 

■i^3bt::D 


^2bi:p         DDbt:p         -pbt:p  dbt:p  ■ibt:p 

••  t  It  /  V  :    t  > :  |  v  :   t  ' :  t    :  'r  It     :  It 


i^tfp: 


ii;i3t:p^       C]5*tip:       l?*^!??        Qi't?!??        's^"^^. 


^■-^•^i? 

°!?^5 

^=^^p 

Dibtap 

i?r?P 

DSlsp 

■^■^P 

!o5^t?pn 

dib'tipn 

■5r"9I^" 

Db'tppri 

I  'A  'IT 

fo/i 

Tfls\s>f- 
ct£Jb  u 

J 
/ 


139 


140  etymology.  §  104 

Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

PEETEE  ITE. 

§  104.  a.  There  are  two  examples  of  (.)  as  the  union  vowel  of  the 
preterite,  "^S^S^  Isa.  8:11.  T\^^'^  Judg.  4:20.  Daghesh-forte  euphonic  is 
sometimes  inserted  in  the  suffix  ol"  the  first  pers.  sing.,  '^S^^^  Ps.  118:18, 
■^riri  Gen.  30  :  6. 

b.  The  suffix  of  the  second  masc.  sing,  is  occasionally  T]  ^  in  pause  :  TQi<^ 
Isa.  55  :  5,  so  with  the  infinitive.  "n"'^'i"n  Deut.  28  :  24.  45  :  and  a  similar 
form  with  the  future  may  perhaps  be  indicated  by  the  K'thibh  in  Hos.  4:6 
"]XDSTas.  §11.  I.  a.  where  the  K'ri  has  Tjpx^N .  With  xb  and  r,b  verbs 
this  form  of  the  suffix  is  of  frequent  occurrence.  :  "3^  Isa.  30  :  19.  Jer.  23:37, 
T")5<n3n  Ezek.  28  :  15.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  a  is  represented  by  the 
vowel  letter  n.  and  the  suffix  is  written  ns .  n-:'^^5'^|i_  1  Kin.  18:44, 
nsn:s3n  Prov.  2:  11.  n2^2"?3?  Ps.  145:  10,  n=l:i;i  Jer.  7:27. 

c.  The  suffix  of  the  second  fern.  sing,  is  commonly  ^^,  T\^'}P  Isa.  54:6, 
Tj'^X.B  Isa.  60  :  9.  except  after  the  third  fem.  sing,  of  the  verb,  when  it  is 
Tj...  T(*^n^:  Ruth  4:  15,  "r^^l^i^V^  Isa.  47:  10;  sometimes,  especially  in  the 

^  later  Psalms,   it   has   the    form    "^D    corresponding   to   the  pronoun    ^T\^ , 
^-  -^snSTX  Ps.  137  :  6,  "isyjs-^n  Ps.  103  :  4. 

d.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  sing,  is  written  with  the  vowel  letter  n 
instead  of  1  in  ^1V^^^  Ex.  32  :  25,  n2;?'  Num.  28 : 8,  and  in  some  copies  n^DX 
1  Sam.  1:9,  where  it  would  be  feminine;  this  form  is  more  frequently  ap- 
pended to  nouns  than  to  verbs. 

e.  In  a  few  instances  the  n  of  the  third  fem.  suffix  is  not  pointed  with 
'  Mappik,  and   consequently  represents    a   vowel   instead  of  a  consonant, 

nnTod  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  followed  by  an  accented 
syllable)  Am.  1  :  11,  so  with  the  infinitive,  rriDjr;  Ex.  9:  18,  ni::r^n  Jer. 
44:  19,  and  the  future,  n^ppini  Ex.  2:  3. 

f.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  plur.  receives  a  paragogic  i  once  in  prose, 
I'cnir'ia  Ex.  23:31,  and  repeatedly  in  poetry,  i^i<b?2n.  iia'ii^-iin  Ex.  15:9; 
once  1  is  appended.  ^^^p3';>  Ex.  15:5;  on  is  used  but  once  as  a  verbal 
suffix,  c^)^XEi<  Deut.  32  :  26. 

g-.  The  suffix  of  the  third  fem.  plur.  1  is  seldom  used,  ''p!^^'^'?  Isa.  48:7, 
•JP'^n'^  Hab.  2:  17;  more  frequently  the  masculine  D  is  substituted  for  it, 
MTDnp  Gen.  26:  15,  IS,  Cflrn:";!  Ex.  2;  17,  cnox^^  1  Sam.  6:  10.  so  Num. 
17  :  3,  4,  Josh.  4  :  8,  2  Kin.  18?  13,  Hos.  2  :  14,  Prov!  6:21;  'ti  is  never  used 
with  verbs.  When  attached  to  infinitives  a  paragogic  n^  is  sometimes 
added  to  ■),  nsxin  Ruth  1 :  19,  tijnib  Job  39 :  2. 

h.  Verbs,  which  have  Tsere  for  the  second  vowel  in  the  Kal  preterite,  re- 
tain it  before  suffixes,  ^j^tix  Deut.  7  :  13,  cr^b  Lev.  16:4,  tl^«.:b  Deut. 
24:3,  iinJiXn-;  Job  37:24.  'The  only  example  of  a  suffix  appended  to  a 
preterite  whose  second  vowel  is  Hholem,  is  vribs";  Ps.  13:  5  from  "'Pbi^, 


^105  PERFECT    VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  141 

the  Hholem  being  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph  by  the  shifting  of  the 
accent.  Tsere  of  the  Piel  species  is  mostly  shortened  to  Seghol  before 
?^.  C3.  ")3.  ^^Zp  Deut.  30:3.  ^)^3F?"'  ver.  4,  but  occasionally  to  Hhirik, 
ci^^XX  (the  Methegh  in  most  editions  is  explained  by  §-15.  2)  Job  16  : 5, 
!r;i3^i-ix  Isa.  25 : 1,  CD/l'^p^  Ex.  31  :  13.  ^^'^'}ti  Isa.  1:15.  Hhirik  of  the 
Hiphil  species  is  retained  belbre  all  siilfixes  with  very  few  exceptions, 
!i3nrri.  1  Sam.  17:25.  Ps.  65:  10;  in  r^nii;;  Deut.  32:7,  the  verb  has  the 
form  of  the  apocopated  future. 

i.  The  third  fern,  preterite  sometimes  takes  the  third  masc.  sing.  sulHx  in 
its  full  form,  !inn'^?35  Prov.  31 :  12.  ^nnBsx^  Ezek.  15:  5,  so  in  pause  :  'innnnx 
1  Sam.  18:28.  JinnbDX  Gen.  37:20, '  nnrc^D  Isa.  59:16.  and  sometimes 

:  ^T  T     :  '  :  IT   T    : 

contracted  by  the  exclusion  of  n ,  ''Pip^s*  1  Sam.  1:24,  inn?';'  Ruih4:  15, 
*!ni::a  Job  21  :  18.  The  third  fern,  sutfix  is  always  contracted,  nriTnx  Jer. 
49:24.  nn{:^n  Isa.  34:  17,  nnoy^s  1  Sam.  1  :  6.  The  suffix  of 'the  third 
masc.  plural  is  d.,  not  D^,  with  this  person  of  the  verb,  the  accent 
falling  on  the  penult.  cnn:a  Gen.  31:32,  crxiiT:  Ex.  IS :  8.  nr^^D  Ps. 
119:129,  CPBnb  Isa.  47:14.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  before  rj  the 
vowel  is  usually  short  in  this  person.  Tin^b^  Jer.  22:26.  "i^^^x  Ezek. 
28:  18.  though  it  is  sometimes  long.  '!^|p,^2r;  Cant.  8:5.  as  it  regularly  is  in 
pause  J^r^l^^!'  ibid.;  so  before  "^3  and  ^13  of  the  first  person,  "'Srb^x  Ps. 
69  :  10.  :  siinxsTS  Num.  20  :  14. 

:  IT  T    : 

j.  The  second  masc.  sing,  preterite  nsnally  takes  Pattahh  before  "^S  ex- 
cept in  pause,  "^sr^i^n  Ps.  139:  1.  ""^nnn  Job  7:14,  ^?n:;TS?.  Ps.  22:2.  It 
takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  either  in  its  full  form.  s^inn'^SS)  Ezek. 
43:20.  or  contracted.  insOwX  2  Kin.  5:6.  "irirb  Hab.  1:  12,  ^r2p_  (accent 
thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  Num.  23:27,  ih^airn   Ps.  89:  44. 

k.  The  second  fem.  sing,  preterite  assumes  (),  commonly  without  Yodh, 
§11.  1.  a.  before  suffixes,  and  is  accordingly  indistinguishable  from  the  first 
person  except  by  the  suffix  which  it  receives.  §102.  1,  or  "by  the  connection 
in  which  it  is  found,  'i2n-i^7  Jer.  15:10,  "^irinab  Cant.  4:9,  ^3ni5S"i  1  Sam. 
19: 17.  inn^b?3  Ex.  2: 10;  once  it  takes  (  ).'si3Fn-iin  Josh.  2: 18.  and  in  a 
tew  instances  the  mascu-line  form  is  adopted  in  its  stead,  :  linrairn  Josh. 
2:17,  20,  Cant.  5:9,  isn-ib"^  Jer.  2:27  K'ri,  inxsn^  2  Sam.  uVlO.' 

/.  The  plural  endings  of  the  verb  may  be  written  fully  1  or  defectively 
(.),  thus,  in  the  third  person.  ""S^il^D  Ps.  18:6.  "'sino  Hos.  12:1;  the 
second  ^iP^a:!  Zech.  7 :  5,  13n"'brin  Nuiii.  20:  5,  21 :  5 ;  and  the  first  »l!i3b":"n 
1  Chron.  13:3. 

FUTTTEE. 

§105.  CT.  The  union  vowel  a  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  future,  thus  *^i_, 
"'rl^^in  Gen.  19:19,  ^SSf??!?.  ^^"'  ^9:32,  ^rx"}")  Ex.  33:20,  Num.  22:33, 
■'3^Vti2-i  Isa.  56:3.  "^3^3^^  Job  9:18;  13^.  ^i^^l  Isa.  63:16;  "i  (for  >inj, 
isn^.-^Hos.  8:  3.  i'lxbn  Ps.  35:8.  isirn?  Eccles.4:i2.  isd":!  1  Sam.  21: 14, 
so  in  the  K'thibh,  l'  Sam.  18:  1  nnnx'-'i,  where  the  K'ri  has  iin-:nx;;;2;  ^^ 
(for  nj.  n^^s^l  Gen.  37:33.  n:nn^  2  Chron.  20:7,  t^b'-Bb^  IsaV26:5; 
D   ,  DCab"^  Ex.  29:30,   ch^^^   Deut.  7:15,   cn-^s   Num'.  21:30,  c:"^3  Ps. 

t'tt:»  "t,:  't'  ;»• 


142  ETYMOLOGY.  §106 

74:8.  cb'^^X^  Ps.  118:10;  1^,  )v^i'^  Ex.  2:17.  In  1  Kin.  2:24  the  K'ri 
has  '^25''U;i"'.  while  the  K'thibh  has  the  vowel  letter  i  representing  the 
ordinary  6^5  ■'S'^Z'iwT^ . 

b.  The  suffixes  with  Daghesh  inserted  occur  chiefly  in  pause  ;  thus  "^l.. , 
^Sn>i"i  Jer.  50  :  44  ;  '^3.,  ^rin;:n  Gen.  27:  19,  :  ^2Py 2n  Job  7  :  14,  9:  34;  ^i ^ 
(1st  pUir.),  ^3?^=^  JobSl:  15;\-  ,  :;^^3p5<.  Isa.  43:  5.  ^X^^'S':  Isa.  44:2* 
:7,nix  Ps.  30:13;  siS..  (3  masc.  sing.).' iisnirsn,  j  iissnDn'job  7: 18,  =i3n!i>7 
Job  41:2  K'ri,  'iSN^TS'^  Hos.  12:5;  ns..,  ns-J^'i'n  Ps.'oS:  10,  or  without 
Daghesh,  «^:nVrn  Judg.  5  :  26,  Obad.  ver.  13  ;  the  unemphatic  form  of  the 
suffix  and  that  with  Daghesh  occur  in  conjunction.  (n!3"^Q\r;^  nr^p^S^i  Isa. 
26 :  5.  There  are  a  very  few  examples,  Ibund  only  in  poetry,  of  3  inserted 
between  the  verb  and  the  suffix  without  further  change,  ^^t^s^"?  Ps.  50  :  23, 
•\l?i^f?i<.  Jer.  22:24,  ^n3;nn3.-;i  Jer.  5:22,  : 'ir^?=5"};:'?  Ps.  72:  15,>ri:'nS2';  Deut. 
32 ': 'lO,' :  'inD^^HwX^  Ex.  15:2. 

c.  The  plural  ending  )^  is  in  a  few  instances  found  before  suffixes,  chiefly 
in  pause,  '^?3N'ip^ ,  ■^^jSq^r'^ ,  :  ■^::5<^^':  Prov.  1 :  28.  :  ^I'lriaii::'  Ps.  63 :  4, 
r,3!;K'.i)^  Ps.  9ili2,  'n:'^nii:''  Isa'.' (SO:'"?.  10,  nnin-:'^  Jer.  5:22,  :n:!ix:i^'i 
Jer.  2:24;  twice  it  has  the  union  vowel  a,  ■^33^X3'in  Job  19:2,  iS'isb'i 
Prov.  5  :  22. 

d.  When  the  second  vowel  of  the  Kal  future  is  o,  it  is  rejected  before 
suffixes  requiring  a  union  vowel,  compound  ShVa  being  occasionally  sub- 
stituted for  it  in  the  place  of  simple,  D"i&N  Hos.  10:10.  ^SE^in;]  Num. 
35:20,  :!^3;?.^N  Isa.  27:3,  :  ^Sp.ip-;  Isa.  62  :  2?  T||^.'^':  Ezek.  35:"6,'n32ri3X 
Jer.  31  :  33  ;  once  the  vowel  remains,  but  is  changed  to  Shurek.  !  D^JiTsilin 
Prov.  14:  3 ;  a,  on  the  other  hand,  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel.  §64.  2, 
ismb*^  Job  29:14,  D^j^b^  Ex.  29:30,  n3^:3^X  Cant.  5:3,  ^^p_^'^r\  Gen. 
19:19.  Hholem  is  shortened  before  ?],  CD,  )d.  though  the  vowel  letter 
1  is  occasionally  written  in  the  K'thibh,  ?]'ii22X  Jer.  1 :  5. 

e.  The  following  are  examples  of  feminine  plurals  with  suffixes  :  2  fem. 
plur.  "^sik-iri  Cant.  1:  6,  3  fem.  plur.  ^siuinn  Job  19:  15.  "nsin  Jer.  2:  19. 
The  masculine  form  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  feminine,  n^'n^'J*^  , 
rjliibrt^  Cant.  6:9. 

INFINITIVE    AND    IMPEEATIVE. 

§  106  a.  Kal  Iiifinitive.  Before  ?] .  C3 ,  "D.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Ka- 
mets  Hhatuph,  ^.'^^^.  Gen.  2:  17,  ^r]"]^?  (Methegh  by  §45.  2)  Obad.  ver. 
11,  D-pbrx  Gen.  3:5,  C3'i72i<  Mai.  1:7.  Pattahh  remains  in  the  single 
example,  cissn  Isa.  30  :  18  ;  sometimes  the  vowel  of  the  second  radical 
is  rejected  before  these  as  it  is  before  the  other  suffixes,  and  a  short 
vowel  given  to  the  first  radical,  commonly  Kamets  Hhatuph.  'J^'}^^  Deut. 
29:11,  7]r^Tr  2  Kin.  22:19.  ci^nr  Deut.  27:4,  once  Kibbuts/ cinsp 
Lev.  23:  22,'  sometimes  Hhirik,  riisuj  Gen.  ]9:  33,  35  but  rz^xb  Ruth'3:'4; 
"irjb  Zech.  3:1.  1^E3  2  Sam.  l:io,  ifirs  Nt-h.  8:5,  and  occasionally 
Pattahh,  ?'|?.P'5  Ezek.  25  :  6.  In  the  feminine  form  of  the  infinitive,  as  in 
nouns,  the  old  feminine  ending  n  is  substituted  for  Pi,  in?73ir  Isa.  30:  19, 
in^JT^n  Hos.  7  :  4.     The  Niphal  infinitive  retains  its  pretonic  Kamets  before 


§107  IMPERFECT   VERBS.  143 

b.  Kal  Imperative.  The  first  radical  commonly  receives  Kamets  Hhatnph 
upon  the  rejection  of  Hholem,  "'a^^J,  "'?'^ps  Jer.  15:  15,  but  occasionally  it 
lakes  Hhirik,  ^^^^  (with  Daghesh-lbrte  euphonic)  Prov.  4:  13. 


Imperfect  Verbs. 

§107.  Imperfect  verbs  depart  more  or  less  from  the 
standard  already  given,  as  the  nature  of  their  radicals  may 
require.     They  are  of  three  classes,  viz. : 

I.  Guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  guttural  letter 
in  the  root. 

II.  Contracted  verbs,  two  of  whose  radicals  are  in  cer- 
tain cases  contracted  into  one. 

III.  Quiescent  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  quiescent  or 
vowel  letter  in  the  root. 

These  classes  may  again  be  subdivided  according  to  the 
particular  radical  affected.  Thus  there  are  three  kinds  of 
guttural  verbs : 

1.  Pe  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  a 
guttural. 

2.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  radical  is 
a  guttural. 

3.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical 
is  a  guttural. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  contracted  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Nun  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Nun, 
and  is  hable  to  be  contracted  by  assimilation  with  the  second. 

2.  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  and  third 
radicals  are  alike,  and  are  liable  to  be  contracted  into  one. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  quiescent  verbs  : 

1 .  Pe  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Yodh. 


144  ETYMOLOGY.  §108,109 

2.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose 
second  radical  is  Vav  or  Yodh. 

3.  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical  is 
Aleph. 

4.  Lamedh  He  verbs,  or  those  in  which  He  takes  the 
place  of  the  third  radical. 

The  guttural  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  the  vowels 
only  ;  the  first  division  of  the  contracted  verbs  differ  only  in 
the  consonants  ;  the  quiescent  and  the  second  division  of  the 
contracted  verbs  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants. 

a.  The  third  class  of  imperfect  verbs  may  either  be  regarded  as  hav- 
ing a  qniesient  letter  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is  changed  into 
a  vowel,  or  as  having  a  vowel  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is 
changed  into  a  quiescent  letter.  As  the  settlement  of  this  question  is 
purely  a  matter  of  theory,  the  usual  name  of  quiescent  verbs  has  been 
retained  as  sufficiently  descriptive. 

h.  The  origin  of  these  various  technical  names  for  the  different  kinds 
of  imperfect  verbs  is  explained  §  76.  3. 

Guttural  Verbs. 

^108.  Gutturals  have  the  four  following  peculiarities, 
§60,  viz.  : 

1.  They  often  cause  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
to  be  converted  into  Pattahh. 

2.  They  receive  Pattahh  furtive  at  the  end  of  a  word 
after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  or  before  a  vowelless  final 
consonant. 

3.  They  take  compound  in  preference  to  simple  Sh'va. 

4.  They  are  incapable  of  being  doubled,  and  conse- 
quently do  not  receive  Daghesh-forte. 

§109.  Pe  guttural  verbs  are  affected  by  these  peculiari- 
ties as  follows,  viz. : 


/ 


§109  PE    GUTTURAL    VERBSy         f  145 

1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  preform atives/^is  changed  to  Pat- 
tahh^^Before  tlie  gyittural^  in  the  Kal  future,  if  the  secmid 
vmv^el  be  Hholem,  nn;?,:  ^fof  "i^?"^*^^,  if  the  second  radical 
hjig^  Pattaldi  this  change  does  not  occur,  because  it  would 
occasion  a  repetition  of  the  same  vowel  in  successive  sylla- 
bles, §63.  1.  h,  ^''hw  the  Kal  future^ r/ 'therefore; in  the'^IViphal 
preterite  and  participle,  where  the  vowel  of  the  second  sylla- 
ble is  likewise  a,  and  in  th6  'Hiphil  preterite,  where  i  is 
characteristic  and  therefore  less  sTibject  to  change,  Hhirik  is 
compounded  with  Pattahh,  or,  in  other  words,  is  changed  to 
the  diphthongal  S|ghol,  ptn^. ,  ^^^3 ,  "I^i22?n  r  MSegliol  accom- 
panying i5  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future, 
§60.  1.  a  (5),  and  Kamets  Hhatuph,  characteristic  of  the 
Hophal  species,  suffer  no  change.  S^The  same  is  true  of 
Hholem^in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  participle,  Hhirik  of 
the  Piel  preterite,  and  Kibbuts  of  the  Pual  species,  for  the 
double  reason  that  these  vowels  are  characteristic  of  those 
forms,  and  that  their  position  after  the  guttural  renders  them 
less  liable  to  mutation,  §  60.  1.  a  (2) ;  the  second  reason  ap- 
plies likewise  to  the  Hhirik  of  the  feniinine  singular  and 
masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  impeTati\'e,  which,  as  the  briefest 
of  the  short  vowels,  is  besides  best  adapted  to  the  quick  ut- 
terance  of  a  comiiiand,  ''I'as? ,  ^"1^5? .  " 

2.  As  the  guttural  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
there  is  no  occasion  for  applying  the  rule  respecting  Pattahh 
furtive ;  this  consequently  does  not  appear  except  in  ^n^ , 
apocopated  future  of  nin ,  and  in  one  other  doubtful  exam- 
ple, §114. 

3.  Wherever  the  first  rjidical  should  receive  simple  ShVa 
the  guttural  t^kes  compound^ ShVa instead;  this,  if  there  be 
no  reason  for  preferring  another,  and, especially^  if  it  be  pre- 

^-s  c^dedTby  the  vowel  Pattahh,  will  be  Hhgtephjattahh,  whose 
soiind  is  most  consonant  with  that  of  the  gutturals ;  this  is 
the  case  in  the  Kal  second  plural  preterite,  construct  infini- 
tive, future  and  imperative  with  Hholem;  and^in  the  Hiphil, 


146  ETYMOLOGY.  §110 

infinitives,  future,  imperative,  and  participle,  DiH'i^S? ,  ^^;: , 
If,  however,  the  guttural  be  preceded  by  another  vowel  than 
Pattahh  the  coinpound  Sh^va^will  generally^  be  coiiforroed  to 
b)  it ;  thus,  after  Seghol  it  becomes  Hha^ph  Segliol  as  in  the 
Kal  future  and  imperative  a^  the  Niphal  preterite  and  par- 
ticiple, and  the  Hiphil  preterite,   'plT}^,,    ^"'''2^;n,j4nd^  after 
^  rKamejs  Hhatuph  it  becomes  llh^pli  Kamets^as  in  the 
''  (Hpphal   species,    "Ti^gO .  //  If  this    expound  ShVa ,  in   the 
course  of  inflection .  comes   to   be  followed  by  a  vowelless 
dA  letter,  it  is  changed  to  the  fcorresponcling  sjigrt  ywel,  §  61. 1, 
thus,  (J  becomes  (.),in  the  secrad  femmine  ^nguto^andthe 
^  "^second  and  t^ircl  masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  future ;   (J  be- 
(3j)comes  (..)  in  the  third  feminine  ^igular^and  the  third  phmil 
of  the  Niphal  preterite ;  and  {^)  becomes  (J  in  the  corres- 
("^pondin^  persons  of  the  preterite  and  futiu;e  Hophal,  "'i'???? , 


viv   i 


a.  The  simple  Sh'va  following  a  short  vowel  thus  formed,  remains 
vocal  as  in  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  perfect  verh,  the  new  syllable 
being  not  mixed  but  intermediate,  and  hence  a  succeeding  aspirate  will 
retain  its  aspiration,  thus  ^"i^?,^  yaam\lhu.  not  ^"n^r^^  yaamdu.  §22.  a. 
In  like  manner  the  Kal  imperative  has  ■^'77:^.  ^'^^S  not  "^-n^S? ,  iin^J%  show- 
ing that  even  in  the  perfect  verb  "H^h',  'i^^P  were  pronounced  kit'Il, 
kitHu,  not  kitll,  kitlu. 

4.  The  reduplication  of  the  first  radical  being  impossible 
in  the  infinitive,  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  the  preceding 
vowel,  which  now  stands  in  a  simple  syllable,  is  lengthened 
in  consequence  from  Hhirik  to  Tsere,  §  60.  4,  'I'^n  for  l&'n. 
§110.  1.  The  verb  ^^?  to  stand,  whose  inflections  are  shown 
in  the  following  paradigm,  may  serve  as  a  representative  of 
Pe  guttural  verbsj|^he  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hjtlipael  are  omit- 
ted, as  they  present  no_deviation_from  the  regulaiL_yerbs^ 
^^  The  Niplial  of  T^y  is  not  in  use,  but  is  here  formed  from 
analogy  for  the  sake  of  giving  completeness  to  the  paradigm. 


Paradigm 

OF  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

KAL. 

XIPIIAL*. 

IIIPIIIL. 

HOPHAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  T 

nrb?n 

-'^:^ 

3/. 

nTJ3? 

nT2^;D 

•^"^"r?v! 

r     ;   T    !T 

2  m. 

T  :   — T 

^7'=?-.? 

niis^n 

rM-;:;n 

2/ 

^"^? 

^7"=?.5. 

n--jrn 

:  :   —  t:  IT 

\c. 

•  :   —  T 

•   ■    —  v.-iv 

'^7"^?v] 

T7'=?0 

Plur.  3  c. 

^ip2 

^r^: 

•  "•    IV 

:  T  IT 

2  m. 

^^7"=? 

V  ;   -■.-.iv 

Dn-^aj;^ 

^^7'^^D 

2/ 

1^7'^? 

WP^)- 

■ni-j^n 

■ri-'irn 

1  c. 

:   —  T 

:   —  •.•:iv 

^-•byri 

^37'^>n 

IxFix.  Ahsol 

T 

"^?Vi?/^; 

i    ""^^O 

-li^ri 

Const 

r.             -)'53^ 

t!::^'"  4' 

•  -:  1- 

—  l:    IT 

FuT.  3  m. 

■]&- 

":i~ 

••  Tl" 

—  t:it 

3/ 

^"^>:rn 

^'^i>;j? 

—  r:  IT 

2  m. 

■''^^^ 

••  T     1" 

T"b5ri 

-t:  IT 

2/ 

"Tr?^ 

^T25n 

•  -:  I- 

•    :  T  IT 

^lO^'.lc.  » 

•  ^-  "'^^'^ 

"r?S 

""r^?^ 

"'=?^ 

P?wr.  3  m 

^^^??. 

:  rT" 

^"''^C' 

:  TIT 

3/ 

npii^n 

nri-bi^'n 

^r7"i??^ 

^r-7"=?^? 

2  m. 

T'2vr\ 

:  IT  •• 

•  -;  I- 

:  T  IT 

2/ 

T  :    ••-:  1- 

^T-7"=?5 

1  c. 

"f*^??- 

■■^?: 

•    —A- 

—  t:it 

Impee.  2  m. 

'    "152? 

••  T     1" 

^■r?;C; 

2/5 

0  7'K  i"^? 

•    :  IT  •• 

^T'ZVT} 

wanting 

Flur.  2  m.  ^ 

c)  l!]n53? 

T\12VT\ 

;  IT    •• 

^"'"^?C! 

2/ 

T :       -: 

n?7^?C! 

T  :    ••-:  1- 

Paet.  ^c^3i^^'/''^Tbl? 

§/^f-'/'4^rj.; 

P«55. 

T 

"^^; 

r  t:  it 

UY 

148  ETYMOLOGY.  §111 

2.  The  Kal  imperative  and  future  of  those  verbs  which 
have  Pattahh  in  the  second  syllable  may  be  represented  by 
pTH  to  he  strong. 

Imperative. 

Singular.  Plural. 

masc.  fern.  masc.  fern. 

pit!  -     ^pj^^  ^pjn^       »^?pi'j 

Future. 

3  masc.  %fem.  2  masc.  '^fem.  1  com. 

^  smG.§//?f  A' pin;;        pinn        pmn       ^pynn      pin.s 
tpLirE.^H''i^p?n;,     >^?pit]^       ^P?v5     ^?pin5      PiO!?- 

3.  Certain  verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  i< ,  receive  Hholem 
in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  future  after  the  following, 
which  is  distinctively  called  the  Pe  Aleph  (^s)  mode. 

Future  of  Pe  Aleph  Verbs. 

3  ma%c.  Sfem.  2  masc.  2,  fern.  1  com. 

smG.         bi^^        bD&^n        b55<n       ^b::Kn       bik 

Lg^5 -f € 7-. Tel hh  L  fi^.^%[^J^if^,j^^^tfuy  ^^y -'^"^/^^ M^'  ^  % 

^^  Piye  verbs  ijnifermly  adopt  this  mode  of  inflection,  viz.  : 

'  nnJJ  lo~perish,  niij  to  be  loilling,  bix  to  eat,  "i^ij  to  say,  nsif 

to  hake ;  a  few  others  ^indi|ferently)  follow  this^or  the  OTdi^y 

Pe  guttural  modeT'nnJif   to  love,  THij  to  take  hold,  ?1D2!$  to 

gather. 

Remarks  on  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  111.  1.  The  preformative  of  the  Kal  future  a  has  (.)  in  one  instance, 
sbni  Ezek.  23  :  5.  That  of  the  Kal  future  0  has  (..)  in  q^ri;;  Prov.  10 :  3, 
Pjiiin'^'  Ps.  29:9.    Three  verbs  with  future  o,  Q^n,  Dnn,  ^an  have  Pat- 


§111 


REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  149 


tahh  in  the  first  syllable  when  the  Hholem  appears,  but  Seghol  in  those 
forms  in  which  the  Hholem  is  dropped.  DT^in^T.  Job  12  :  U.  ^DHr|^_  2  Kin. 
3:25  but  siDnn;  Ex.  19:21,  24;  so  vvilli  suffixes.  ^:r:hn2  Ps.  141:5, 
T^qnn;;]  isa.  22':  i'9.  -in-iTins  Isa.  53 :  2.    nsn  has  nsn;:  but  'nsn;; . 

2.  a.  If  the  first  radical  be  N ,  which  has  a  strong  preference  for  the 
diphtlioiigal  vowels,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  the  preformative  takes  Seghol  in  most 
verbs  in  the  Kal  future,  whether  a  or  o,  piixv  C|Dx;] ,  "'iNH.  Tnxn  as  well 
as  yo^.^.  V\ii<^,^  ^i^^-  ^i?^^.  ;  in  a  few  wilii  future  a,  §110.  3,  it  takes  the 
other  compound  vowel  Hholem  when  to  complete  the  diphthongal  charac- 
ter of  the  word  the  (.)  of  the  second  syllable  usually  becomes  (  )  in  pause, 
and  in  a  few  instances  without  a  pause  accent,  ^^X*^,  ^5^'')  ^"'^^"'5  '^H^'^i 
and  in  two  verbs  it  becomes  (..)  after  Vav  conversive,  "i^.i*"] ,  ^nti'l . 

b.  As  X  is  always  quiescent  after  Hholem  in  this  latter  form  of  the 
future,  §57.  2.  (2)  a.  Pe  Aleph  verbs  might  be  classed  among  quiescent 
verbs,  and  this  is  in  fact  done  by  some  grammarians.  But  as  5<  has  the 
double  character  of  a  guttural  and  a  quiescent  in  different  tbrms  sprung 
from  the  same  root,  and  as  its  quiescence  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  a 
single  tense  of  a  single  species,  it  seems  better  to  avoid  sundering  what 
really  belongs  together,  by  considering  the  Pe  Aleph  as  a  variety  of  the 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  In  a  lew  instances  K  gives  up  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter after  (.)  which  is  then  lengthened  to  (,),  nrsn  Mic.  4 :  8.  When 
thus  quiescent  after  either  Tsere  or  Hholem,  K  is  always  omitted  in  the 
first  person  singular  after  the  preformative  N,  "»nx  Gen.  32:5  for  "nxs, 
nnx  Prov.  8:  17  tor  =!^i<x,  ^=i<  Gen.  24:33  for  bixx.  and  occasionally 
in^  other  persons,  •'Byn'Ver.  2:36  for  "^^'I-^f!) ;  so  i<n;:  Deut.  33:21,  xin 
Prov.  1:10,  qon  Ps.'"l04:29,  sin^n  2  Sam.  19:14,  TPin]  2  Sam.  20 : 9, 
sinb'ni  1  Sam.  28  :  24  ;  in  a  few  instances  the  vowel  letter  T  is  substituted 
for  it,  ^?Di"'  Ezek.  42  :  5  for  ^i^sx^ ,  n^ix  Neh.  2  :  7.  Ps.  42 :  10. 

'  :    I  :      I   ■  - 

c.  A  like  quiescence  or  omission  of  N  occurs  in  ^^5<*!)  Num.  11:25  Hi. 
fut.  for  bix^^^V  h^zri  Ezek.  21  :  33  Hi.  inf  for  ^^^i<^^  ^  Tl^  Job  32:  11  Hi. 
fut.  for  "pTwH^x,  "pTp  Prov.  17:4  Hi.  part,  for  'p!^t^'.  §53.  2.  a.  ^ii^/q  Job 
35:  11  Pi.  part,  for  =130^X73,  §53.  3,  ''S'nTn  2  Sam.  22:  40  Pi.  fut.  for  ^it^xn, 
snfl  1  Sam.  15 :  5  Hi.  iut!  for  "yj^^.l,  ^^rn  Isa.  21  :  14  Hi.  pret.  for  l^rxri, 
bn^  Isa.  13:  20  Pi.  fut.  for  ^nx"? .  and  after  prefixes  "^xb  for  ~^xb  ,  the 
Kal  infinitive  of  i^X  with  the  preposition  b.  ^"12x5  Ezek.  28  :  16  Pi.  fut. 
with  Vav  conversive  for  ?i"i3XXT  .  ^TTS'X]  Zech.  11:5  Hi.  fut.  with  Vav 
conjunctive  for  "urxi ,  cinsion  Eccles.  4:14  Kal  pass.  part,  with  the 
article  for  L^nnGxn. 

-:iT 

d.  The  diphthongal  Hholem  is  further  assumed  by  Pe  Aleph  roots 
once  in  the  Niphal  preterite.  1Tnx3  Num.  32  :  30  for  ^TQXD  .  and  five  times 
in  the  Hiphil  future,  iri'^ix  Jer.  46  :  8  for  nn"ix^x  .  b-'iix  Hos.  11:4  for 
b^ixx.  f^n^ix  Neh.  13:V3  for  nn^:sxx ,  bx'l' 1  Sam.  14:24  abbreviated 
from  nbx'i  for  nbx":^^ .  ^ni']  2Sam.20:5  K'ri  for  "inx^l . 

e.  X  draws  the  vowel  to  itself  from  the  preformative  in  *i3nxn  Prov. 
1  :22  Kal  fut.  for  ^^qxn  in  pause  ^-t^xn  Zech.  8:  17,  P.^.  4  :  3,  '§60.  3.  c. 
Some   so   explain  in]p3Xn   Job  20  :  26,   regarding  it  as  a   Kal   future  for 


150  ETYMOLOGY.  §112 

sin^rxn  with  the  vowel  attracted  to  the  X  from  the  pretbrmative  ;  it  is 
simpler,  however,  to  regard  it  as  a  Pual  liiture  with  Kamets  Hhatuph  in- 
stead of  Kibbuts,  as  t:^:<?a  Nah.  2:4,  ^'}'^ri'!  Ps.  94 :  20. 

3.  a.  Kamets  Hhatuph  for  the  most  part  remains  in  the  Kal  infinitive 
and  imperative  with  suffixes,  as  f^^r^  ?  "H'^I^-  "'^^"?'  being  rarely  changed 
to  Pattahh,  as  in  ^n'jzn  Prov.  20:  16,  or  Seghol,  as  "lEDX  Num.  11  :  1(3, 
rtins?  Job  33:  5.  In  the  inflected  imperative  Seghol  occurs  once  instead 
of  Hhirik,  "^Qbn  Isa.  47 :  2.  and  Kamets  Hhatuph  twice  in  compensation 
for  the  omitted  Hholem,  '^ihv  Zeph.  3:14  but  ^\b'J  Ps.  68:5,  iinnn  Jer. 
2:12  but  ^n'ln  Jer.  50:27,  though  the  ,o  sound  is  once  retained  in  the 
compound  Sh'va  of  a  pausal  form,  '^'2'2'Q  Isa.  44:27.  Ewald  explains 
Dn^yn  Ex.  20  :  5,  23  :  24,  Deut.  5  :  9,  and^cn^rs  Deut.  13  :  3  as  Kal  fixtures. 

..   :  T  IT  '  '  '  ••   :  'IT  ^  • 

the  excluded  Hholem  giving  character  to  the  preceding  vowels;  the  forms, 
however,  are  properly  Hophal  futures,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
words  may  not  be  translated  accordingly  be  induced  to  serve.  In  a  few  Kal 
infinitives  with  a  feminine  termination  n  has  (.),  ^^^n  Ezek.  16:5. 
•inrs^n  Hos.  7 :  4. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  Pattahh  is  found  in  the  first  syllable  of  the 
Niphal  and  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  f-;?^5  Ps.  89 :  8,  cn^nn  Judg.  8  :  19. 

§  112.  1.  The  guttural  invariably  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  place  of 
simple,  where  this  is  vocal  in  the  perfect  verb  ;  and  as  in  these  cases  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  it  is  more  at  liberty  to  follow  its  na- 
tive preferences,  and  therefore  usually  takes  {..).  In  cn-'";n  2  plur.  pret., 
r\m  inf.  ri-^ri  imper.  of  n'jn ,  the  initial  n  has  (J  under  the  influence  of 
the  following  i ;  X  receives  (.J  in  the  second  plural  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
and  in  the  feminine  and  plural  of  the  passive  participle.  criTZX^ .  cnbS5<, 
&^6^:i<. .  but  commonly  (.„)  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive,  §60.  3.  6.  bii< 
imper.,  h'zit,  and  Vzii.,  inf.,  Tnx  and  Thx^  inf,  yix  imper.,  ^.tix  inf  and 
imper.  (but  "^N!^  Job  34:  IS  with  n^  interrogative),  p2i< .  Titix  (with  n^ 
paragogic  !^£0N),  and  in  a  very  few  instances  the  long  vowel  (..).  §60.  3.c, 
^SX  Ex.  16:  23  for  ^lEX,  I'^nx  Isa.  21 :  12. 

2.  Where  the  first  radical  in  perfect  verbs  stands  after  a  short  vowel 
and  completes  its  syllable,  the  guttural  does  the  same,  but  mostly  admits 
an  echo  of  the  preceding  vowel  after  it,  inclining  it  likewise  to  begin  the 
syllable  which  follows.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  thus  formed,  §20.  2, 
the  vowel  remains  short,  only  being  modified  agreeably  to  the  rules 
already  given  by  the  proximity  of  the  guttural,  which  itself  receives  the 
corresponding  Hhateph.  The  succession  is,  therefore,  usually  (.^  ^.),  (,,.  J  or 
(^.  ).  In  a  very  few  instances  this  correspondence  is  neglected;  thus,  in 
T;^nn  3  fem.  fut.  of  r»^n  to  go  (comp.  pn^^;^  iron)  pn^  to  laugh)  the  Hhirik 
of  the  preformative  remains  and  the  guttural  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh ;  in 
n^rn  (once.  viz..  Hab.  1  :  15  for  ?^^^;n)  and  n^r/n  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
preterites  of  n^^  io  g-o  r<p,  and  Pi"'i?v'.  (once,  viz.,  Josh.  7:7  for  nnsrr:) 
Hi.  pret.  of  ^n^  to  pass  over,  the  guttural  is  entirely  transferred  to^  the 
second  syllable,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  lengthened.  ^  The  forms  rri"^?]^ , 
n^n*; .  Dn-i^ni,  n^na  from  rt'-^n  to  be,  and  n'jn;^  from  n;n  to  Zi'ye,are  pecu- 
liar in  having  simple  vocal  Sh'va. 


^112  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL   VERBS.  151 

3.  Where  (^)  or  (.^  ^.)   are  proper   to    the    form   these  are  frequently 
changed  to  (.j  or  (.^^)  upoji  jJ}e_j)rohiiig;iUion  of_thejivordj^j:.^Uiej^emov^     yi,^    ^ 
of  jtsaccent  Igx^^y^.     Thus,  in  the  Kal  future,  ribs]  2  Kin.  5:  3,  ^SDX"^  r^/    ^~r 
Ex.  4  :  29.  ^:k6^^^^P^.  27  :  10.  "'DOitn  Josh.  2  :  IS  ;  ^:^x^  Isa.  59:  5.  "'■;-Wn    !!;ue 
Judg.   16:13;  the  Niphal,  C5r3  1   Kin.  10:3.  ri5:br3  Nah.  3:11.  C^^^rs  ^  ' ''**^' 
Ps.  26:  4;j|nd^^peciairy;  ^n  tiie  ^ipli]]^'pretente^\vkli   Vay  ^miversive^ )( JZ  ^''^^ 
Pi^^-^Vl    Job    14:l9flnT^i<ni    Deut.   7 :  24,  "Lr,n^xn-"Deut.   9  :^  (conip. 
cnbzxn  Ps.  SO :  6),  'nnzxni  Lev.  23:30;  ^rirV^.vii'''lsa.  49:26;  "^npTnn 

Neil. "5:  16.  ''npTnni  E/.ek.' 30  :  25  ;  rf  n-zrin  '  l8'a."43  :  23.  ^j'^nnzrni' Jer. 
17:4;  "(Mxn  Deut.  1:45,  T\ir$^rv\  Ex.  15:26,  "^nnnn^  Jer.  49:' 37;  after 
Vav  conjunctive,  however,  the  vowels  remain  unchanged.  "'Hp^Triri  1  Sam. 
17:35.  ^nrnnni  Ps.  50:21.(  The  change  from  (..^  _..)  to  (.^_^)  after  Vav 
conversive  occurs  once  in  the'^ih'd  person  .of  the  ^ii'liil  preterite.  Tis^.n'i 
Ps.  77  :  2:  but  is  noTusual,  e.  gT^-irni  .  .  .  Ti^^r^']  Eevr27?fr  There 
is  one  instance  of^..  ./)  instead  of  (...)  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  "p"'!'jn 
Jer.  31:32. 

4.  A  vowel  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  in  consequence  of  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  of  a  following  consonant,  will  be  dropped  in  guttural  as 
in  perfect  verbs  upon  the  latter  vowel  being  restored  by  a  pause  accent, 

5.  Sometimes  the  silent  Sh'va  of  the  perfect  verb  is  retained  by  the 
guttural  instead  of  being  replaced  by  a  compound  Sh'va  or  a  subsidiary 
vowel  which  has  arisen  from  it.  This  is  most  frequent  in  the  Kal  future, 
though  it  occurs  likewise  in  the  Kal  infinitive  after  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, in  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  in  the  Hiphil  species,  and 
also  though  rarely  in  the  Hophal.  There  are  examples  of  it  with  all  the 
gutturals,  though  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  case  of  n.  which  is  the 
strongest  of  that  class  of  letters.  In  the  majority  of  roots  and  forms  there 
is  a  fixed  or  at  least  a  prevailing  usage  in  lavour  either  of  the  simple  or 
of  the  compound  Sh'va;  in  some,  however,  the  use  of  one  or  the  other  ap- 
pears to  be  discretionary. 

a.  The  following  verbs  always  take  simple  Sh'va  under  the  first  radical 
in  the  species  whose  initial  letters  are  annexed  to  the  root,  viz. : 

tix  Hi.  ^0  6e  red.  bin  K.  Hi.  to  he  vain.      nin  K.  to  gird. 

-inx  Ni.  Hi.  to  be  illus-  r^\r^  K.  Hi.  to  meditate,    b'ln  K.    (not    Ho.)     to 

trious.  q'^n  K.  to  thrust.                         cease. 

dix  Hi.  to  close.  ^^n  K.  Ni.  to  honour.       ri:n  K.  to  cut. 

*^^i<  K.  to  shut.  r^^r^  K.  ISii.  to  be.              ^'l^  ^-    ("ot    Hi.)     to 

Tj^x  K.  to  learn.  *"?f7  K.toiiijure.uound.               live. 

^2X  K.  to  gird  on.  i<-:n  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  to  hide,    crn  K.  Hi.  to  he  wise. 

diailj  K.  Ni.  (not  Hi.)  '^zn  K.  In  heat  off.          *-?n  K.  meaning  doubt- 

to  he  guilty.  ^zn  Hi.  to  join  together.              ful. 

*  o7ra|  \€y6iJ.evou. 


152 


ETYMOLOGY, 


^    112 


^rn  K.  Ni.  to  desire.       "nen  K.  to  dig. 
h'in  K.  to  spare.  "len  K.  Hi.  to  blush. 

G^n  K.  Ni.  to   do  vio-    '"chn  K.  Ni.  to  search. 

lenceto.  sin  K.  (not  Hi.)^oA.ei^. 

I^ijn  K.  ^0  6e  leavened.^  t")5'^  K.  Ni.   ?o  iiwest\- 


nrti  K.  to  ferment. 

T|5n  K.  ^0  dedicate. 

bon  K.  fo  devour. 

c6n  K.  fo  muzzle. 

•icn  K.  Hi.  ^0  ZacA:. 

nsn  Ni.  Zo  coyer. 


g-a/e. 
^  :^_n  K.  to  tremble. 
nnn  K.  to  take  up. 
Tjrn  Ni.  to  be  destined. 
bnn  Wo.  to  be  swaddled. 
nrn  K.  Ni.  Hi.  to  seal. 


m5 


72n  K.  Ni,  to  be  panic-  Tinn  K.  to  seize. 

struck.  "^nn  K.  to  break  through. 

jTsn  K.  ^0  delight.  ab*   K.  ^a  /ore,  c/o^e. 


K.  to  put  on  as  an 
ornament. 

Hi.  to  gather  much. 

Ni.  to  be  wanting. 

K.  Ni.  to  trouble. 

Hi.  ^0  6e  presump- 
tuous. 

K.  Ni.  ^0  pervert, 

K.  Hi.  ^0  a'Me. 

Ni.  to  be  burnt  up. 

K.  Hi.  to  be  re- 
moved. 

K.  Ni.  Hi.  to  en- 
treat. 


b.  The  following  are  used  with  both  simple  and  compound  Sh'va,  either 


in  the  same  form  or  in  different  forms,  viz. : 


"OX  to  bind. 

qSn  to  turn. 

>2n  to  take  in  pledge. 

dnn  to  bind. 
ptn  to  be  strong. 

nbn  to  be  sick. 

pSn  to  divide. 


MDn  to  trust. 

"bn  to  withhold. 

Ciirn  to  uncover. 

nirn  ^0  think. 

T^ii'n  ^o  be  dark. 

"12 s'  io  /)<7ss  over. 

"lb  /o  /ie//>. 


iTlS^  to  wear. 

*ii::^  Zo  encircle. 

th'J  to  conceal. 

"i:^:^  ^0  shut  up.  restrain, 

2|?^  fo  supplant. 

yi:^  to  smoke. 

"lirsJ  to  be  rich. 


c.  The  following  have  simple  Sh'va  only  in  the  passages  or  parts  al- 
leged, but  elsewhere  always  compound  Sh'va,  viz.  : 


znx  2  Chr.  19  :  2,  Pr.  15  :  9,  to  love. 
"iTX  Ps.  65  :  7,  to  gird. 
qos  Ps.  47  :  10,  to  gather. 
T|^n  Ps.  109:23,  to  go. 
C^n  Job  39  :  4,  Jer.  29 :  8,  to  dream. 
Cjbn  Job  20  :  24,  to  change,  pierce. 


"i^in  Ezek.  26:  18,  to  tremble. 
riu3n  Hi.  part,  to  be  silent. 
rnn  Jer.  49  :  37,  to  be  dismayed. 
^zy  Eccl.  5  :  8,  ^0  serve. 
t^:^  Jer.  15:17.  Ps.  149:5,  and 
Y'^'J  Ps.  5  :  12,  to  exult. 


All  other  Pe  guttural  verbs,  if  they  occur  in  forms  requiring  a  Sh'va 
under  the  first  radical,  have  invariably  compound  Sh'va. 

The  use  or  disuse  of  simple  Sh'va  is  so  uniform  and  pervading  in  cer- 
tain verbs,  that  it  must  in  all  probability  be  traced  to  the  fixed  usage  of 
actual  speech.  This  need  not  be  so  in  all  cases,  however,  as  in  other  and 
less  common  words  its  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  may  be  fortuitous,* 
additional  examples  might  have  been  pointed  differently. 


*  aTTol  XeySfxevov. 


f  Except  Ps.  U :  22. 


§113-116  AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  153 

§113.  1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  prefix  is  in  the  Niphal  future,  imperative 
and  participle,  almost  invariably  lengthened  to  Tsere  upon  the  omission 
of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  "|On';i,  -lix';;  Isa.  23 :  18,  '^^h^i  (the  re- 
trocession of  the  accent  by  §35.1)  iW.  28:27,  pbn;i  Job  38:24.  ySna 
Num.  32  :  17,  P^^n*!!  2  Sam.  17  :  23.  which  is  in  one  instance  expressed  by 
the  vowel  letter  ■< ,  nibr-^n  Ex.  25  :  31.  The  only  exception  is  a-ns  (two 
accents  explained  by  §42.  a)  Ezek.  26:  15  for  i^^nnS  .  where  tlic  vowel 
remains  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  only  being  changed  to 
Seghol  before  the  guttural  as  in  the  Niphal  and  Hiphil  preterites.  Ac- 
cording to  some  copies,  which  differ  in  this  from  the  received  text,  the 
vowel  likewise  remains  short  in  nsrx  Job  19:7,  "ini'i'rn  Ezek.  43:18, 
^i^)^l1  1  Chron.  24:3,  tj-Jsa  Lam.V:"ll. 

2.  The  initial  n  of  the  Hiphil  infinitive  is,  as  in  perfect  verbs,  rarely 
rejected  after  prefixed  prepositions,  as  pbnb  Jer.  37:  12  for  pi'nnb .  K'^ianb 
Eccles.  5:5,  n^-:"b  2  Sam.  19:19,  "iurb  Deut.  26:  12,  ^.^i?  Neh.  10:39, 
-i-^Trb  2  Sam.  18  :  3  K'thibh ;  and  still  niore  rarely  that  of  the  Nipiial  infin- 
itive, Cia:?^  Lam.  2:11  for  rii?rri3,  anna  Ezek.  26  :  15. 

§114.  The  letter  "i  resembles  the  other  gutturals  in  not  admitting 
Daghesh-forte.  and  in  requiring  the  previous  vowel  to  be  lengthened  in- 
stead, c^"^^i  Jon.  1 :  5,  lir^^^l!  Ps.  106 :  25.  In  other  cases,  however,  it 
causes  no  change  in  an  antecedent  Hhirik.  r]^"i'^  Deut.  19:6.  tj"."^  2  Sam. 
7:10.  n-2*n  Ps.  66:12.  except  in  certain  forms  of  the  verb  rnki  to  see, 
viz.,  N^^T  Kal  future  with  Vav  conversive,  shortened  from  nxi";!,  •^^ft'in 
which  alternates  with  nxin  as  Hiphil  preterite,  and  once  with  Vav  con- 
versive preterite,  ''r)"'5<in';  Nah.  3:5.  It  is  in  two  instances  preceded  by 
Hhirik  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  ^iiin,  l^i^T}  Jer.  50:34,  In  the  Hophal 
species  the  participles  r"n-i?2  Isa,  14:6,  nran^  Lev.  6:  14  take  Kibbuts  in 
the  first  syllable,  but  nxn .  bin  have  the  ordinary  Kamets  Hhatuph. 
Resh  always  retains  the  simple  Sh'v^a  of  perfect  verbs  whether  silent  or 
vocal,  qnn  Gen.  44:4.  ^JSiE^i  Ps.  129:86.  except  in  one- instance.  vi'h'\'^ 
Ps.  7  : 6,  where  it  appears  to  receive  Pattahh  furtive  contrary  to  the  ordi- 
nary rule  which  restricts  it  to  the  end  of  the  word.  §60,  2,  a. 

§115.  The  verb  biax  reduplicates  its  last  instead  of  its  second  radical 
in  the  Pual,  Vprx  ;  nrn  reduplicates  its  last  syllable,  ^^.^l^n  Lam.  2:  11, 
§92.  a.  "^rbrnn  Hos.  11:3  has  the  appearance  of  a  Hiphil  preterite  with 
ti  prefixed  instead  of  n. 

brn  is  a  secondary  root,  based  upon  the  Hiphil  of  V?n.     See  V'J  verbs. 

For  the  peculiar  forms  of  TiDX  and  T\^n  see  the  "S  verbs,  r,D^  and  Tjb'^. 


Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§11G.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  gut- 
tural for  their  second  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiarities 
of  these  letters,  5>10S,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 


154  ETYMOLOGY.  §117 

1.  The  influence  of  the  guttural  upon  a  followmg  vowel 
being  comparatively  slight,  this  latter  is  only  converted  into 
Pattahh  in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  the  feminine 
plui'al  of  the  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  Piel,  and  Hith- 
pael,  where  the  like  change  sometimes  occurs  even  without 
the  presence  of  a  guttural,  bi^ro  for  ^i^'y^ ;  r.jbjk^n  for  Tiibisn . 

2.  No  forms  occui'  wdiich  could  give  rise  to  Pattahh 
furtive. 

3.  When  the  second  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va, 
it  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh  instead  as  the  compound  Sh'va 
best  suited  to  its  nature ;  and  to  this  the  new  vowel,  formed 
from  Sh'va  in  the  feminine  singular  and  masculine  plural  of 
the  Kal  imperative,  is  assimilated,  ""'ps?.^  for  ^^^^ . 

4.  Daghesh-forte  is  always  omitted  from  the  second  radi- 
cal in  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  in  wdiich  case  the  preceding 
vowel  may  either  remain  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable, 
or  Hhirik  may  be  lengthened  to  Tsere,  Pattahh  to  Kamets, 
and  Kibbuts  to  Hholem,  §60.  4,  "in^,  bh . 

§117.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  guttural  verbs  may  be 
shown  by  the  example  of  bika ,  wdiich  in  some  species  means 
to  redeem,  and  in  others  io  pollute.  The  Iliphil  and  Hophal 
are  omitted,  as  the  former  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  per- 
fect verbs,  and  the  latter  differs  only  in  the  substitution  of 
compound  for  simple  Sh'va  in  a  manner  sufficiently  illus- 
trated by  the  foregoing  species. 

a.  The  Pual  infinitive  is  onfiitted  from  the  paradigm  as  it  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  there  is  no  example  of  it  in  this  class  of  verbs.  As  the 
absolute  infinitive  Piel  mostly  gives  up  its  distinctive  form  and  adopts  that 
of  the  construct,  §92.  d^  it  is  printed  with  Tsere  in  this  and  the  following 
paradigms. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

Guttural  Verbs 

• 

KAL. 

XIPIJAL. 

riEL. 

PIAL. 

IIITHPAEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

— 'T 

^-^f? 

^^5 

b«a 

bssr- 

••  r    :     • 

3/ 

n^.sj 

nb.sro 

T  -;  :  • 

•^?^^S 

-?^? 

nb^r.nn 

2  m. 

^T*^? 

nb^ro 

T  :  —  •• 

nbii'a 

T  :  — 

nbi<5r»rn 

T  :  — r    :    • 

2/ 

nb^5 

^i^^v? 

^'r^"?? 

rbs3 

rb^^nr; 

Ic. 

•   :    —  r 

T'f^T'? 

^nbx:; 

'^^^^ 

^rbjkr^nn 

Plur.  3  c. 

6S5 

-:iT 

^-^:V 

'^^ 

^'i!^? 

^b^^rn 

2  w. 

cinbK? 

Dnbj<;c 

^^r^S 

Drbi^B 

Dnb^^jrn 

2/. 

l^i^f 

l^r^?? 

"nbvS_5 

l^f^T' 

"nb^r.rn 

1  c. 

:  — T 

^jbj!?;o 

^^^^5 

^:bsb 

^ib.s^rri 

Infix.  Absol. 

b\sn 

T 

bfen 

••  T 

Constr. 

••  T      • 

i^?5 

FuT.  3  wz. 

bw^^y 

••  T  • 

••T : 

bi?:;' 

bk-»n^ 

••  T    :  • 

3/ 

b^?3ri 

••  T      • 

b>^3n 

"T    : 

bsbn 

^^^^S'^ 

2  m. 

bi<:ri 

bi<Bn 

'•  T      • 

b&^:<n 

b^^bn 

bkrirr, 

••  r     :     • 

2/ 

''?5?<fPi 

^b.Nijn 

^?^?5^ 

^b^^bn 

V^^J^^'^ 

1  c. 

^^^^*? 

••  T     V 

b^3S?^ 

••T  -: 

b^^b.^. 

bkr.r^^ 

■■  T    :    V 

P^wr.  3  m. 

^^^'-f: 

-:iT» 

*t^:r 

^5i^!;;C 

^bxiin^ 

-:iT   :  • 

3/ 

nbk:p\ 

HDbi^rin 

T  :  —  T    • 

rijbiJ^jn 

n:b.sbn 

n:b.^rNrn 

2  ??i. 

^b^^n 

^b.Nj^n 

^ib^^r^n 

-:iT   : 

^ib.Ntbn 

^b.^^rn 

2/ 

nwb.s.-n 

T  :    -  :    • 

n:b^5•>n 

T  :  — T    • 

r::b^<:n 

T  :  — T    : 

r;:b.sbn 

T  :  —      : 

n:bw^:»rn 

1  c. 

^^^f? 

^^^5? 

bskro 

••T : 

bk:o 

bsS.-ns 

••  T    ;  • 

Imper.  2  m. 

bs3 

^^^n 

bS5 

••  r 

bis:»nn 

2/ 

^^^5 

^bis^n 

'??5 

wanting 

'^'^.^'^•r' 

P?Wr.  2  772. 

^^^5 

^^^'sr^ 

^b^5B 

-:iT 

-:fT    :     • 

2/ 

n:b^:» 

T  ;  —  : 

nrbi^rin 

T  :  — T    • 

nrbsB 

nDbj;i:»rn 

T  :   — T    :    • 

Paet.  ^cf. 

bijta 

bksn-j 

••  T    ;    • 

Pass. 

T 

T  :  • 

bk:a 

T      : 

155 


156  ETYMOLOGY.  ^118,119 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§118.  1.  If  the  second  radical  is  i,  the  Kal  future  and  imperative 
commonly  have  Hholem;  but  tiie  following  take  Paitahh,  Tj'isj  to  belong^ 
sAn  to  be  dried  or  desolate^  ^"jH  to  tremble^  rj'^n  to  reproach^  to  winter^ 
I'nn  to  sharpen,  nn.:?  to  be  sweet,  3"ij5  to  come  near,  c*n|5  to  cover;  v)"^l3  to 
tear  in  pieces,  has  either  Hholem  or  Pattahh  ;  TlS'nn  to  plough  has  fut.  0, 
to  be  silent  has  fut,  a. 

2.  With  any  other  guttural  for  the  second  radical  the  Kal  future  and 
imperative  have  Pattahh ;  only  an:  to  roar,  and  cnn  to  love,  have  Hho- 
lem ;  C^'T  to  curse,  hb^  to  trespass,  and  bi'S  to  do,  have  either  Pattahh 
or  Hholem;  the  future  of  inx  to  grasp,  is  tHx;^  or  ini<i. 

3.  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  is  as  in  perfect  verbs  commonly  prolonged 
to  Kamets  before  suffixes,  where  Hholem  would  be  rejected,  rj^nx  Prov. 
4:6,  =^-jnTr^  2  Kin.  10:14,  Dj^ndwX  2  Sam.  22:43,  ^31^!<d  lsaV45:ll, 
''ainx;;  Gen.  29:32. 

4.  The  feminine  plurals  of  the  Niphal  and  Piel  futures  have  Pattahh 
with  the  second  radical  whether  this  be  ^  or  another  guttural,  nsbrian 
Ezek.7:27,  nDS^-^'n  Prov.  6:27,  nD:nr!n  Ezek.  16:6,  '.nsEXSPi  Hos.'4:13, 
but  Tsere  occasionally  in  pause,  nnh-on  Jer.  9 :  17. 

§119.  1.  With  these  exceptions  the  vowel  accompanying  the  guttural 
is  the  same  as  in  the  perfect  verb  ;  thus  the  Kal  preterite  mid.  e  :  ~nx 
Gen.  27  :  9,  T;2nx  Deut.  15  :  16;  infinitive  pn  ]  Sam.  7  :  8,  2np  Jer.  15:  3* 
with  Makkepli!  "nns  1  Kin.  5:20;  Niphal 'infinitive,  Dn|n  Ex.  17:10, 
with  suffixes,  ^^p^^n  2  Chron.  16:  7,  8,  with  prefixed  D,  nnbs  Judg.  11 :25, 
bxirs  1  Sam.  20 :  6,  28,  and  once  anomalously  with  prefixed  X ,  ^^'^x  Ezek. 
14:  3  (a  like  substitution  of  X  for  n  occurring  once  in  the  Hiphil  preterite, 
:  ""n^XIiX  Isa.  63 : 3)  ;  future  uhh"}  Ex.  14 :  14,  with  Vav  conversive, 
iDxia^^Tjob  7:5,  bn;5^T  Ex.  32:1,  pi;;t^l  Judg.  6:34,  ^nzni  Ex.  9:15, 
yr}%^1  Num.  22  :  25.  or  with  the  accent  on  the  penult,  cn^'T  Ex.  17  :  8, 
crcni  Gen.  41:8;  imperative,  Cinibr;  1  Sam.  18:  17,  or  with  the  accent 
thrown  back,  "I-JBH  Gen.  13:9;  Hiphil  infinitive,  ^X^v}  1  Sam.  27:12, 
pnnn  Gen.  21  :  16,  D^nn  Deut.  7:2,  apocopated  future,  cin^  1  Sam. 
2:  10,  bnp^  1  Kin.  8:  1  (in  the  parallel  passage,  2  Chron.  5:2,  b^^P^), 
rn^rn  Deut.  9 :  26,  nns^  Ps.  12  :  4.  with  Vav  conversive,  DS'^^l  1  Kin.  22  :  54, 
niiDXT  Zech.  11:8;  imperative.  ^^."i^T]  Ex.  28  :  1,  with  Makkeph,  '2ri'\r\  Ps. 
81  :'ir.  -pv^ri  2  Sam.  20  :  4.  "bnpn' Deut.  4  :  10,  with  a  pause  accent  the 
last  vowel  sometimes  becomes  Pattahh.  pnnn  Job  13  :  21,  :  '^}''^i^  Ps.  69:24, 
though  not  always,  ^fJP.^.  Lev.  8  :  3.  Hophal  infinitive.  n"nnn  2  Kin.  3:23. 
Tsere  is  commonly  retained  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Piel  and  Hithpael, 
which  upon  the  retrocession  or  loss  of  the  accent  is  shortened  to  Seghol, 
tro  Lev.  5:22,  tn-:^_  Hos.  9:2,  pnib  Gen.  39;  14,  -pn;rb  Ps.  104:26, 
Cinn-i  74  :  10.  r^t^^  Gen.  39  :  4,  Di'Bnn",  Dan.  2  :  1,  nnrrn  2  Kin.  18  :  23, 
and  occasionally  belbre  suffixes  to  Hhirik.  csriQ  Isa.  1  :  15,  tr,nr3^  (fem. 
form  for  ^jrr^;?^,  §61.  5)1  Sam.  16:  15  but  cainnb  Isa.  30 :  18,  c=nn;a 


^120,121    REMARKS    ON    AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  157 

Ezek.  5  :  16;  in  a  few  instances,  however,  as  in  the  perfect  verb,  Pattahh 
is  taken  instead,  thus  in  the  preterite,  Kr.b  Mai.  3:  19.  cn-i  Ps.  103:  13, 
pT]-}  Isa.  6:  12,  unx  Deut.  20  :  7,  T\Z^  Gen.  24:  1  (ri"!?  rarely  occurs  ex- 
cept in  pause),  >1m']D  Isa.  25:11,  and  more  rarely  still  in  the  imperative, 
snjD  Ezek.  37  :  17,  and  future  -"l^r?  Prov.  14 :  10,  bxJO") ,  :bi<:r-i  Dan.  1 :  S. 

2.  bx'r,  which  has  Kamets  in  pause.  bxi!3,  ^ibx'lJ.  but  most  con)monlv 

-t"  I,,  1  att'att  J 

Tsere  before  suffixes.  "j'^J^.'-i  .  '^3^?Nb.  exiiihits  the  peculiar  forms,  cpb^ij 
1  Sam.  12:13,  :rnbx^  1  Sam.  l":  20,  ^n^nbx^i:  Judg.  13:6,  !in-n::'i<'4n 
1  Sam.  1 :  28. 

3.  Kamets  Hhatuph  sometimes  remains  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal 
imperative  and  infinitive  with  suffixes  or  appended  n  ,  cinx  Hos.  9  :  10, 
r,?x.j  Ruth  3:  13,  DDX^  Am.  2:4,  C2DX^  (by  §61.  1)  IsaV3b :  12.  osS'^i^ 
Deiit.  20  :  2  (the  altermtte  form  being  cs'i'nia  Josh.  22 :  16),  ninn  Ex.  30 :"  {s, 
nj^nn  Ezek.  8:6.  and  sometimes  is  changed  to  Pattahh.  TiP^T  Isa.  57  :  13, 
dB/"a  Ezek.  20:27,   n-jn'i  Hos.  5:2.  nznx  Deut.  10:15,  niwxn  Jer.  31 :  12, 

T    -:   -  '  T     •   I-  T      :  1-  ,  '  T    -:  I-  7 

or  with  simple  Sh'va  under  the  guttural,  r,'nr:i  Ps.  68:8.  iDS'T  2  Chron,* 
26:19.  In  marj  Num.  23:7,  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  lengthened  to  Hholem 
in  the  simple  syllable.  Once  the  paragogic  imperative  takes  the  form 
nbx-r  Isa.  7:  11,  comp.  nnb'p,  nrrb   Dan.  9:  19,  nxEn  Ps.  41  :  5. 

4.  Hhirik  of  the  inflected  Kal  imperative  is  retained  before  *i,  *in^5 
Josh.  9:  6.  and  once  before  n.  Hq^  Job  6 :  22 ;  when  the  first  radical  is  i< 
it  becomes  Seghol,  ^linx  Ps.  31  :  24,  "ITnx  Cant.  2:15;  in  other  cases  it 
is  changed  to  Pattahh,  "^pjS'J.  Isa.  14:31,  ^p^T   Judg.  10: 14. 

§120.  1.  The  compound  Sh'va  after  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  (^.).  after 
Seghol  (._),  in  other  cases  (..).  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  examples 
already  adduced.  Exceptions  are  rare,  "*inx  Ruth  3:15,  "^"iin'^'n  Ezek. 
16:  33.  ^nnxp-i  2/'//m  re/<?l  Isa.  44:  13. 

2.  The  letter  before  the  guttural  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  pn^l^ 
Gen.  21:6;  in  ^XUJ^X?  Ezek.  9:8,  this  leads  to  the  prolongation  of  the 
preceding  vowel  and  its  expression  by  the  vowel  letter  X,  §  11.  1.  a.  This 
tatter  form,  though  without  an  exact  parallel,  is  thus  susceptible  of  ready 
explanation,  and  there  is  no  need  of  resorting  to  the  hypothesis  of  an  error 
in  the  text  or  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  readings,  "iX'i'3  and  "iXii'X. 

3.  Resh  commonly  receives  simple  Sh'va.  though  it  has  compound  in 
some  forms  of  T\^^,  e.  g.  ^=':'^2n  Num.  6:  23,  i2-^3  Gen.  27:27. 

§121.  1.  Upon  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the  second  radical 
the  previous  vowel  is  always  lengthened  before  "i ,  almost  always  before 
N,  and  prevailingly  before  3?,  but  rarely  before  n  or  n.  The  previous 
vowel  remains  short  in  nya  to  terrify,  D:?3  to  provoke^ '^"312  to  he  few^  i53 
to  shake,  and  pT^  to  cry.  It  is  sometimes  lengthened,  though  not  always, 
in  "HXa  to  make  plain.  Cjxa  to  commit  adultery.  yxD  to  deapi.^e,  "xa  to  re- 
ject, bxd  to  ask ;  ^^3  to  consume.  *>b  to  sweep  away  by  a  tempest.  ~3-*ri  to 
abhor ;  bna  to  affright,  nris  to  be  dim,  bns  to  lead.  It  is  also  lengthened 
in  Hi^|5  to  be  dull,  which  only  occurs  Eccl.  10:  10.     The  only  instances  of 


158  ETYMOLOGY.  §122,123 

the  prolongation  of  the  vowel  before  n  are  nnb  Pi.  inf.  Judg.  5 :  8,  ",112  Pu. 
pret.  Ezek.  21:  18,  ^inn  Pu.  pret.  Ps.  36:  13,  ^n^n"^nrt  Job  9:  30,  the  first  two 
of  which  may,  however,  be  regarded  as  nouns.  Daghesh-lbrte  is  retained 
and  the  vowel  consequently  remains  short  in  n'^2  Ezek,  16:4.  :  ^N"i  Job 
33:21,  unless  the  point  in  the  latter  example  is  to  be  regarded  asMappik.  §26. 

2.  When  not  lengthened,  Hhirik  of  the  Piel  preterite  commonly  re- 
mains unaltered  before  the  guttural,  ^"^ns  Job  15:18,  ^nnilj  Jer.  12:10, 
though  it  is  in  two  instances  changed  to  Seghol,  1"inx  Judg.  5:  28,  "':n^tl!! 
Ps.  51:7. 

3.  When  under  the  influence  of  a  pause  accent  the  guttural  receives 
Kamets,  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  converted  to  Seghol,  §63. 1.  a,  inrHiii 
Ezek.  5:  13,  nnsn^  Num.  23:  19,  '.^^t^H^-  N""^-  ^ '  ''• 

§122.  I.  'i??'.^  and  "|5XT^  are  Piel  forms  with  the  third  radical  redupli- 
cated in  place  of  the  second  ;  "H'^nD  doubles  the  second  syllable  ;  and  1^^^^t 
*13tn  Hos.  4 :  18,  is  by  the  ablest  Hebraists  regarded  as  one  word,  the  last 
two  radicals  being  reduplicated  together  with  the  personal  ending,  §92.  a. 

2.  llJ'it:  and  ^s'G  have  two  forms  of  the  Piel,  tn^  and  t'jiW ,  "^^o  and 
-irb,  §92.' 6.;  and  drj  two  forms  of  the  Hithpael,  Jib^jr'^,  ^t's;hr7  Jer. 
46:7,8;  s^i*'^^  Isa.  52:5,  follows  the  analogy  of  the  latter;  yxr  Eccl. 
12:  5,  is  sometimes  derived  from  "j^XJ  to  despise,  as  if  it  were  for  "j^'^J*?^  ; 
such  a  form  would  however  be  unexampled.  The  vowels  show  it  to  be 
the  Hiphil  future  of  ^^13  or  rather  y^^  to  flourish  or  blossom,  the  J<  being 
inserted  as  a  vowel  letter,  §11.  \.  a.  *iHn;.:3  Isa.  59:3.  Lam.  4:14  is  a 
Niphal  formed  upon  the  basis  of  a  Pual,  §83.  c.  (2).  tr^yi  Ezra  10:  16 
is  an  anomalous  infinitive  from  tiy\ ,  which  some  regard  as  Kal,  others 
as  Piel. 


Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§123.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a 
guttural  for  their  third  radical,  are  affected  by  the  pecuhari- 
ties  of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 

1 .  The  vowel  preceding  the  third  radical  becomes  Pat- 
tahh in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  in  the  feminine 
plurals  of  the  future  and  imperative  ^  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hith- 

((pael,  r6t^. 

2.  Tsere  preceding  the  third  radical,  as  in  the  Piel  and 
Hithpael  and  in  some  forms  of  the  other  species,  may  either 
be  changed  to  Pattahh  or  retained ;  in  the  latter  case  the 
guttural  takes  Pattahh-furtive,  §17,  after  the  long  heteroge- 
neous vowel,  e.  g.  n'iuj;^  or  nl?^^ . 


§124  LAMEDH  GUTTURAL  VERBS.  159 

3.  Hhirik  of  the  Hiphil  species,  Hholem  of  the  Kal  and 
Niphal  infinitives,  and  Shurek  of  the  Kal  passive  participle, 
suffer  no  change  before  the  final  guttural,  which  receives  a 
Pattahh-furtive,  n^Sirn  ,  n'i©  . 

4.  The  guttural  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  the  perfect 
verb  before  all  afformatives  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
though  compound  Sh'va  is  substituted  for  it  before  sufiixes, 
which  are  less  closely  attached  to  the  verb,  r^^J^*? ,  ^^5;^^  . 

5.  AVhen,  however,  a  personal  afformative  consists  of  a 
single  vowelless  letter,  as  in  the  second  feminine  singular  of 
the  preterite,  the  guttural  receives  a  Pattahh-furtive  to  aid  in 
its  pronunciation  without  sundering  it  from  the  affixed  ter- 
mination, rin^'tj . 

a.  Some  grammarians  regard  this  as  a  Pattahh  inserted  between  the 
guttural  and  the  final  vowelless  consonant  by  §61.  2,  and  accordingly  pro- 
nounce rin^d  shalahhat  instead  of  shaln''hht.  But  as  these  verbs  do 
not  sutler  even  a  compound  Sh'va  to  be  inserted  before  the  affixed  per- 
sonal termination,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  a  full  vowel  would  be  ad- 
mitted. And  the  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  Tav  and  the  Sh'va  under  it 
show  that  the  preceding  vowel  sign  is  not  Pattahh  but  Pattahh-furtive, 
§17.  a. 

6.  There  is  no  occasion  in  these  verbs  for  the  application 
of  the  rule  requiring  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the 
gutturals. 

§124.  The  inflections  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs  maybe 
represented  by  nriS  to  send.  The  Pual  and  Hophal,  which 
agree  with  perfect  verbs  except  in  the  Pattahh-furtive  of  the 
second  feminine  preterite  and  of  the  absolute  infinitive,  are 
omitted  from  the  paradigm.  The  Hithpael  of  this  verb  does 
not  occur,  but  is  here  formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sib- 
ilant being  transposed  with  T\  of  the  prefix,  according  to 
§82.5. 

a.  Instead  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  with  prefixed  n.  which 
does  not  happen  to  occur  in  any  verb  of  this  class,  the  alternate  form  with 
prefixed  3.  §91.  6,  is  given  in  the  paradigm,  n'^^'3  being  in  actual  use. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 


KAL. 


NIPHAL. 


HITHPAEL. 


Peet.  3  in. 

3/. 

2  w. 

2/ 

1  c. 
Plur.  3  c. 

2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 


-5^ 

-      T 

T  :  IT 

T    :  -  T 

:    —  r 

•    :  -  r 

:  IT 

Dnnb"^ 
■ri-bir 


^biii? 

nnb'ojD 

T  :     :  • 

nnbirp 


Dnnb'^D 
"irinb"jjp 


nfib^ 

r   :     • 

r    ;  -     • 

Drinbir 


rnb-ojn 


nnboin    rinbriirn 
Tinbriipn 
^nbn'u:n 
Drmbn-uin 


^Ttb^r^ 


"rinbirfi 


^:nbr,a:n 


infin.  -4550?.     nibiij 

T 

Constr.         nb'ir 


r:!in"j:"n 


FuT,  3  m. 
3/ 

2  m. 

2/ 
Ic. 
P?wr.  3  m. 

3/ 

2  w. 

2/ 

Ic. 


nboin 
nbirn 
"nbpn 

rtrfitr\ 

^nb^jn 

nsr^birn 

T    :  ~     ; 

nb'i;D 


nbiij- 


nl^-^^ 


•^fibiiin 


^^^ 


•ii:' 


■nbign 

"       T     V 


^fibiD'^ 


T    :  -    T    •  T    :  -     -    : 


r   :  -    T    •  T   :  -     -    : 


n5'^D 


n-b'ujjs; 

iTijMb'jjn 

T    ;  -      :     - 


nbrirn 
n^nbrioin 

T  :  -    -     :    • 


Imper.  2  m.  nb'^T 

2/.        ^nbti 
p^-wr.  2  m.       ^rib'j: 


2/ 


nbiiin  nb'^ 

-      T      •  "       - 

^nbiijri  ^^b"^? 

^nbign  ^nbir 

isn^'^   nrnbian  n:nbii: 


^^H^ 


•nbnirn 
^ribnuin 


Paet.  Act. 
Pass. 


mb'j: 


nbi2J-j 


n^b^uD-j     nbrTO 


nb^D 


160 


§125,126     REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    GUTTURAL  VERBS.         161 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§125.  1.  The  Kal  future  and  imperative  have  Pattalih  witliout  exception; 
in  one  instance  the  K'thibh  inserts  ^.  mbox  Jer.  5  :  7,  where  the  K'ri  is 
~nbpx .  The  vowel  a  is  retained  before  suffixes,  remaining  short  in  C?:i3 
Am.  9:1.  but  usually  lengthened  to  Kamets,  n^ir)!?:;';'  2  Chron.  21:17, 
•^rrr*::  Gen.  23:11.  In  the  paragogic  imperative  a  may  be  retained, 
nnb'o  .  nr^'r  Dan.  9:  19,  or  rejected,  and  Hhirik  given  to  the  first  radical, 
-nV^b  Job  32  :  10,  nnb^  Gen.  43  :  8.  Hhirik  appears  in  rr^D^  Gen.  25  :  31, 
but  verbs  whose  last  radical  is  "^  commonly  take  Kamets  Hhatuph  like 
perfect  verbs  both  before  paragogic  n^,  and  suffixes,  "rrnTsd  1  Chron. 
29 :  18,  cnc-;?  Prov.  3:3. 

2.  The  Kal  infinitive  construct  mostly  has  o,  r'^zb  Jon.  2:1,  :  :"i;b 
Num.  17:28.  "^ra  Isa.  54:9,  rarely  a,  ri^t  Isa.  58:9,  rb  Num.  20:3, 
^|nt"ia  1  Sam.  15:1.  With  a  feminine  ending,  the  first  syllable  takes 
Kamets  Hhatuph..  "^S^r^  Zeph.  3:11;  so  sometimes  before  suffixes,  inzi 
2  Sam.  15:12.  "i*^*^  Neh.  1:4,  C-:?^?:UJ  Josh.  6:5,  but  more  commonly 
Hhirik.  crpa  Am.'f:  13,  irSQ  Num.  35:  19,  inrs  Neh.  8:5,  rarely  Pat- 
tahh.  T(^pn  Ezek.  25:6. 

3.  Most  verbs  with  final  ^  haveHholem  in  the  Kal  future  and  impera- 
tive. But  such  as  have  middle  e  in  the  preterite  take  Pattahh,  §82. 1.  a; 
and  in  addition  the  following,  viz. :  "UX  to  shut.  ^7:5<  to  saij.  •'nn  to  honour, 
vn  to  g-row  pale,  "ir3  to  shake.  ^ZV  to  be  rich,  ^n^  to  entreat,  "(bs  to  slip 
away,  ^i£Q  to  press,  "isd  to  drink  or  be  drunken.  The  following  have 
Pattahh  or  Hholem,  "ija  to  decree,  "I"!?  to  vow,  "i^l^  fut.  o,  to  reap,  fut.  a, 
to  be  short. 

§  126.  L  Tsere  is  almost  always  changed  to  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 
in  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative ;  but  it  is  re- 
tained and  Pattahh-furtive  given  to  the  guttural  in  pause,  and  in  the  in- 
finitive absolute  and  participle  which  partake  of  the  character  of  nouns 
and  prefer  lengthened  forms.  Thus,  Niphal :  infin.  constr..  S-'^^Ti  Esth. 
2:8,  nrDin  Isa.  51  :  14,  future,  niir-;  Ps.  9:19.  :  ?i^n^  Job  17:3.^mpera- 
tive.  even  in  pause.  njNrn.  Piel:  preterite,  n^a  Lev.  14:8.  i"^a  2  Chron. 
34  :  4.  infin.  constr.,  ^23  Hab.  1:13,  rba  Lam.  2  :  8.  future.  n^£^  .lob  16:13, 
:s;^zn  2  Kin.  8:  12,  •^S'^^n  Deut.  7  :5.^mperative,  n'^';:  Ex.  4:23.  Hiphil : 
apocopated  future.  ni:2^  2  Kin.  18:30,  fut.  with  Vav  conversive.  3.'32^] 
Judg.  4:23,  fem.  plur.."  t^jran  Ps.  119:  171.  imperative,  rt''^  Ps.  86:' 2. 
and  even  in  pause,  n^^n  1  Kin.  22:  12.  Hitlipael:  r^r-rn  Prov.  17:  14, 
ri::r';>  Dan.  11:40.  ninrn  Ps.  106:47;  this  species  sometimes  has 
Kamets  in  its  pausal  forms,'  ^"i^^rH  Josh.  9:13,  ;  >^5rn  Ps.  107  :  27.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  absolute  infinitives:  Piel.  n^t:  Deut.  22  :  7.  Hiphil, 
fnzsr;  Isa.  7:11.  Hophal,  n^?2n  Ezek.  16:4.  Participles:  Kal.  rci:  Deut. 
28:52;  but  occasionally  in  the  construct  state  with  Pattahh.  r6:  Ps.  94:  9, 
5ii  Isa.  51:15.  rpH  Isa.  42:5,  rcr  Lev.  11:7.  Piel.  ni.T^  1  Kin.  3:3, 
Hithpael,  yjnTlJ^  1  Sam.  21 :  15.  Tsere  is  retained  before  suffixes  of  the 
second  person  instead  of  being  either  changed  to  Pattahh  or  as  in  perfect 
11 


162  ETYMOLOGY.  §  127,  128 

verbs  shortened  to  Seghol,  Pi.  inf.  const,  f^n^izi  Deut.  15  :  18,  fut.  ^n|^ri< 
Gen.  31 :  457.  There  is  one  instance  of  Pattahh  in  the  Hiphil  inf  const., 
nsin  Job  6 :  26. 

2.  In  verbs  with  final  n  Pattahh  takes  the  place  of  Tsere  for  the  most 
part  in  the  Piel  preterite  (in  pause  Tsere),  and  frequently  in  the  Hithpael 
(in  pause  Kamets)  ;  but  Tsere  (in  pause  Tsere  or  Pattahh.  §65.  a)  is  com- 
monly retained  elsewhere,  -i2\r  Ps.  76:4.  :-i3ir  Ex.  9 :  25,  ^'nnrn  Prov. 
25  :  6.  ■'ii<J:,n  Ps.  93: 1,  "i7:n;;  Gen.  22  :  14,  n^x^  Gen.  10  :  19,  ;  nj^rn  Zeph. 
2  :  4.  Two  verbs  have  Seghol  in  the  Piel  preterite,  ^2*7  (in  pause,  "ix"^) 
and  n?3. 

§  127.  1.  The  guttural  almost  always  has  Patlahh-furtive  in  the  second 
fem.  Biiig.  of  the  preterite,  nrTSTT  Ruth  2:8,  :n"=ia  Ezek.  16:28.  nrjn 
Esth.  4:  14,  rin^^n  Ezek.  16:  4,  scarcely  ever  simple  Sh'va,  rin;rb  1  Kin. 
14:3.  nnsd  Jer.  13:5,  and  never  Pattahh  (which  might  arise  from  the 
concurrence  of  consonants  at  the  end  of  a  word,  §61.2),  unless  in  rn)bb 
Gen.  30:  5,  and  jrnab  Gen.  20: 16,  the  former  of  which  admits  of  ready 
explanation  as  a  construct  infinitive,  and  the  latter  may  be  a  Niphal  par- 
ticiple in  the  feminine  singular,  whether  it  be  understood  as  in  the  common 
English  version  "s/ie  uas  reproved.'''  or  it  is  adjudged  (i.  e.  justly  due 
as  a  compensation)  to  thee  ;  the  latest  authorities,  however,  prefer  to 
render  it  Ihou  art  judged,  i.  e.  justice  is  done  thee  by  this  indemnification. 
Pattahh  is  once  inserted  before  the  abbreviated  termination  of  the  feminine 
plural  imperative,  "ir^air  Gen.  4:  23  for  n:r7:;y  . 

2.  The  guttural  takes  compound  instead  of  simple  Sh'va  before  suf- 
fixes, not  only  when  it  stands  at  the  end  of  the  verb.  '?]t.,;^  Num.  24:  11, 
fjrsb'i  Prov.  25 :  17,  but  also  in  the  first  plural  of  the  preterite.  r,a:n='^ 
Ps744:  18  (ISHD'J  ver.  21),  ==13:?^"?  Isa.  59:  12,  ^n^iir^z  Ps.  35 :  25,  nfi::"p:n 
2  Sam.  21:6,  nii^.^Tl?  Ps.  132:6;  "i  retains  simple  Sh'va  before  all  per- 
sonal terminations  and  suffixes,  ri-^-bx  Judg.4:20,  cr-i'ax  Mai.  1:7,  ni^ny 
Josh.  4 :  23. 

3.  In  a  few  exceptional  cases  the  letter  before  the  guttural  receives 
compound  Sh'va,  nrbsx  Isa.  27:4,  "nnj^b  Gen.  2:23. 

§128.  The  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  once  has  the  feminine  ending  n^i, 
riii'-crn  Ezek.  24:26;  nrns^ni  Ezek.  16:50  for  njnasni  perhaps  owes 
its  anomalous  form  to  its  being  assimilated  in  termination  to  the  following 
word,  which  is  a  Lamedh  He  verb.  In  rip'::^  Am.  8 :  8  K'thibh  for  n^pira 
the  guttural  S  is  elided,  §53.  3. 


Pe  Nun  (fs)  Verbs. 

§129.  Nun,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs,  lias  two  pecu- 
liarities, viz. : 

1.  At  the  end  of  a  syllable  it  is  assimilated  to  tlie  fol- 


5  130  PE    NUN    VERBS.  163 

lowing  consonant,  the  two  letters  being  written  as  one,  and 
the  doubling  indicated  by  Daghesh -forte.  ^  This  occurs  in  the 
Kal  future,  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  and  in  the  Iliphil 
and  Hophal  species  throughout ;  thus,  th:"^  becomes  tJi-);^ , 
written  ti^ ,  so  tJ53  for  t'irs ,  c-'sn  for  ©"'iirn;  In  the 
Hophal,  Kamets  lihatuph  becomes  Kibbuts  before  the 
doubled  letter,  §61.  5,  rin  for  ^k}'^}'. 

2.  In  the  Kal  imperative  with  Pattahh  it  is  frequently 
dropped,  its  sound  being  easily  lost  from  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  when  it  is  without  a  vowel,  t'i  for  iiJif,  §53.  2.  A 
like  rejection  occurs  in  the  Kal  infinitive  construct  of  a  few 
verbs,  the  abbreviation  being  in  this  case  compensated  by 
adding  the  feminine  termination  ti ;  thus,  Tt^i  for  rnri  (by 
§  63.  2.  «),  the  primary  form  being  ilJi? . 

a.  In  the  Indo-Enropean  languages  likewige.  n  is  frequently  conformed 
to  or  affected  by  a  following  consonant,  and  in  certain  circumstances  it  is 
liable  to  rejection,  e.  g.  cyypdcfio),  e/x/3aA.Xco,  avcTTpiffio). 

§  130.  1.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  tJi?  to  approach.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael, 
they  do  not  diffbr  from  perfect  verbs.  The  last  column  of 
the  paradigm  is  occupied  by  the  Kal  species  of  irp  to  give, 
which  is  peculiar  in  assimilating  its  last  as  well  as  its  first 
radical,  and  in  having  Tsere  in  the  future. 

a.  The  Kal  of  b:p  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive,  fature,  and  imperative, 
the  preterite  and  participle  being  supplied  by  the  Niphal,  which  has  sub- 
stantially the  same  sense:  the  missing  parts  are  in  the  paradigm  supplied 
from  analogy. 

6.  The  future  of  "(rj  has  Pattahh  in  one  instance  before  Makkeph, 
",na  Judg.  16  :  5. 


Paradigm  of  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

"FTAL. 

XIPIIAL. 

HipniL. 

HOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

■:;:,= 

■C3? 

ii;*3ri 

U^»_l 

'\^- 

3/ 

T  :iT 

T  :  • 

T         •       • 

T   :  IT 

2  m. 

ntro 

T    :  — T 

riws: 

T    :  —   • 

ij-^'in 

T     — T 

2/ 

^"^5? 

^"^5? 

STipBr; 

:    — r 

Ic. 

•    :  — T 

■^riw^? 

-riuiin 

*n  oj  B" 

^nh: 

Plur.  3  c. 

^ujro 

vi'?; 

^'oj^in 

^in: 

2m. 

t]ni!;5? 

Dn'^'5D 

Dnis^ri 

V     :  -  \ 

nnn: 

2/.' 

■jn^ro 

1^^5r 

•jri'^^n 

W^~. 

1^^? 

1  c. 

:  — T 

ird^j 

i:t:iri 

1 J 113  3m 

—  T 

Intin.  Ad^ol. 

12:1:0 

iricM 

t:3n 

11: 3n 

pn: 

Constr. 

V    V 

••T      • 

^''?l! 

nn 

FrT.  3  m. 

^©57 

iT'ir 

ui^r 

l^C 

3/ 

^in 

•u:*i:n 

••T      • 

is^r^n 

"r^n 

2  m. 

^sn 

u:'ijri 

ir'iin 

ir'^ri 

1^^ 

2/ 

^^■jT\ 

^"i'^rn 

^"j:-HP] 

^:rn 

1  c. 

*^l^. 

^i?? 

■^"^^ 

ir"3^^ 

Plur.  3  m. 

^^5": 

vil^r 

^■^^?' 

^'% 

^:ri: 

3/. 

n^uisn 

T     :   "T    • 

nj-rin 

T     :  -  •.. 

-  {^'^) 

2  w. 

viiiiri 

vi'ron 

VuD'^in 

vi:'3n 

^:pri 

2/ 

riD'^Dsri 

T    :    'T    • 

rija;3n 

T    :  -  •.. 

(nri?r) 

Ic. 

"^5? 

"a:^5D 

11:33 

1^- 

Impee.  2  w. 

12:5 

liii-n 

■^'5u 

"j^ 

2/ 

•^fca 

^ten 

'^'^n 

wanting 

'??> 

PZwr.  2  m. 

^iz:'? 

:  IT   • 

Va:'"i»n 

!iDri 

2/ 

T     :  — 

T    :   "T    • 

nriD'in 

T     :  ••  — 

("^) 

|i:!= 

Paet.  ^ci. 

ir'ib 

■c'-'ri^j 

Pass. 

1 

TS'^ij 

T    • 

^5^ 

1*3 

164 


§131,132  REMARKS    ON    PE    NUX    VERBS.  165 


Remarks  on  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

§  131.  I.  If  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural  or  a  vowel  letter.  Nun  be- 
comes strong  by  contrast  and  is  not  liable  to  rejection  or  assimilation, 
bn:  Num.  34:  IS.  :n3  2  Kin.  4:24.  ^3n3n  Gen.  24:48,  ^nirx  Ex.  15:2. 
It  is.  however,  always  assimilated  in  en:  the  Niphal  preterite  of  LTIJ  to 
jepent.  and  occasionally  in  rnj  to  descend,  e.  g.  rn"^  Jer.  21  :  13,  nnn 
Prov.  17:  10,  mn:  Ps.  38:  3  but  rn:n  ibid.,  nnsn  Joel  4:  11. 

2.  Before  other  consonants  the  rule  for  assimilation  is  observed  with 
rare  exceptions,  viz. :  :  Vr53n  Isa.  58  :  3,  r,^3rn  Ps.  68 :  3,  "i'il337  Jer.  3 : 5, 
:^n::3';i  Deut.  33:  9  (and  occasionally  elsewhere),  -2;?r  Job  40:  24.  :  lEJ^?"; 
Isa.' -^9:  1.  -^nsn  Ezek.  22:20,  b^:\  (Ibr  ^inb)  Nuni.  5:22,  ^irbss  (tor 
T^rbrns  with  Daghesh-forte  separative,  §24.  5)  Isa.  33:1,  sipnrn' Judg. 
20:31.' 

3.  Nun  is  commonly  rejected  from  the  Kal  imperative  with  a,  ra 
2  Sam.  1  :  15  (once  before  Makkeph,  "Ca  Gen.  19:  9,  in  plural  ^m  1  Kin. 
18:  30  and  rrii  Josh.  3:9),  "buj  Ex.  3:5,  rk  Job  1  :  11,  sirp  Deut.  2:24, 
•^ns  Ezek.  37  :  9.  ""ii^^';'  Gen.  27 :  20,  though  it  is  occasionally  retained, 
!ir-J3  2  Kin.  19:  29,  wSC3  Ps.  10:  12,  or  by  a  variant  orthography.  r.C3  Ps. 
4  :  7  but  always  elsewhere  X'i  .  In  imperatives  with  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  which  have  e  in  the  imperative.  Nun  is  invariably  retained.  ^J'bs 
Prov.  17:  14.  ^'h  Ps.  24:14,  cp?  Num.  31:2,  yr\2  Ps.  58:7,  n:^p3  Gen'. 
30:27,  n-j3  Ex.  8  :  1. 

4.  The  rejection  of  Nun  from  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  occurs  in  but 
few  verbs;  viz.:  nda  (with  suffix,  inra)  from  llii:,  rns  from  nD3,  rra 
(twuce)  and  ?53  from  ris .  rsb  (once)  and  rii:3  Ir-om  riij ,  xir:  has  rN'>:J 
(by  §60.  3,  c),  with  the  preposition  b,  rxbb  by  §57.  2.  (3).  once  r6 
(§53.  3)  Job  41 :  17,  once  without  the  feminine  ending,  xi'i"  Ps.  89:  10.  and 
twice  sirs ;  "nj  has  commonly  rn  (for  n:n),  with  suffixes  "^nn,  but  ',n3 
Num.  20  :'21,  and  -*,n3  Gen.  38  :  9.  ' 

5.  The  absolute  infinitive  Niphal  appears  in  the  three  forms  )r.:ti  Jer. 
32  :  4,  qnpn  Ps.  68  :  3,  and  qib  Judg.  20  :  39. 

6.  The  n  of  the  prefix  in  the  Hithpael  species  is  in  a  few  instances 
assimilated  to  the  first  radical.  §82.  5.  a,  "n^nsn  Ezek.  5:13.  "^Pxiin 
Ezek.  37:  10,  Jer.  23:  13,  Nii'Sn  Num.  24  :  7,  Dan.^'ll:  14,  :  yxsri  Isa.  52:  5. 

§132.  1.  The  last  radical  of  "1^3  is  assimilated  in  the  Niphal  as  well  as 
in  the  Kal  species,  Cr.n3  Lev.  26:25.  The  final  Nun  of  other  verbs  re- 
n)ains  without  assimilation.  P*?^-  ^??'>^"-  '^'?*r-  ^^  ^  Sam.  22:41  nnn  is 
for  !^nn3  which  is  found  in  the  parallel  passage  Ps.  18:41.  inn  1  Kin. 
6:  19.  17:14  K'thibh.  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Ewald,  the  Kal  con- 
struct infinitive  without  the  feminine  ending  (in)  prolonged  by  reduplica- 
tion, which  is  the  case  with  some  other  short  words,  e.  g.  *ii^^  from  '"O. 
iX3"p  for  ■''3  ;  others  regard  it  as  the  infinitive  nn  with  the  3  fern.  plur.  suffix 
or  with  )  paragogic ;  Gesenius  takes  it  to  be,  as  always  elsewhere,  the 


16G  ETYMOLOGY.  ^133,134. 

2  niasc.  sing,  of  the  Kal  future.  n:n  Ps.  8:2,  is  the  Kal  infin..  comp. 
nn"!  Gen.  46  :  3,  not  the  3  fern.  sing.  pret.  for  nans  (Nordheimer).  nor  the 
imperative  with  paragogicn^,  as  nin  is  always  to  be  explained  elsewhere. 

2.  The  peculiarities  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  are  shared  by  r.^h  to  take,  whose 
first  radical  is  assimilated  or  rejected  in  the  same  manner  as  3.  Kal  inf 
const,  nrjl?  (with  prep.  b.  rnj^rb.  to  be  distinguished  liom  Pnj^b  2  fem. 
sing.  pret.).  once  "rn;?  (by  §6(».  3.  c)  2  Kin.  12:  9.  with  suffixes  ^rr.p^. 
fut.  nf?";.  imper.  nj?,  ^n^  rarely  n|?b,  ^npb .  Hoph.  fut.  n^"^,  but  Niph. 
pret.  Hi^bp.  In  Hos.  11:3  cnjD  is  the  masculine  infinitive  with  the  suffix 
for  Dnnj5  ;  the  same  form  occurs  without  a  suffix,  np?  Ezek.  17:  5,  or  this 
may  be  explained  with  Gesenius  as  a  preterite  for  n;rb  . 

3.  In  Isa.  64:  5  hzh  has  the  form  of  a  Hiphil  future  from  bVa.  but  the 
sense  shows  it  to  be  from  bis  Ibr  bsn ,  Daghesh-forte  being  omitted  and 
the  previous  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  §59.  a. 


Ayin  Doubled  (vv)  Verbs. 

§133.  The  imperfect  verbs,  thus  far  considered,  differ 
from  the  perfect  verbs  either  in  the  vowels  alone  or  in  the 
consonants  alone ;  those  Avhich  follow,  differ  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants,  §107,  and  consequently  depart  much  more 
seriously  from  the  standard  paradigm.  The  widest  diver- 
gence of  all  is  found  in  the  Ayin  doubled  and  Ayin  Yav 
verbs,  in  both  of  which  the  root  gives  up  its  dissyllabic 
character  and  is  converted  into  a  monosyllable ;  a  common 
feature,  which  gives  rise  to  many  striking  resemblances  and 
even  to  an  occasional  interchange  of  forms. 

§134.  1.  In  explaining  the  inflections  peculiar  to  Ayin 
doubled  verbs,  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  separate  the  in- 
tensive species  Piel  and  Pual  with  their  derivative  the  Hith- 
pael  from  the  other  four.  That  which  gives  rise  to  all  their 
pecuhar  forms  in  the  Kal,  Niphal,  Hiphil,  and  Hophal 
species,  is  the  disposition  to  avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same 
sound  by  uniting  the  two  similar  radicals  and  giving  the  in- 
tervening vow^el  to  the  previous  letter,  thus,  so  for  nio, 
no  for  nno  §61.3. 

2.  In  the  Kal  species  this  contraction  is  optional  in  the 
preterite ;  it  is  rare  in  the  infinitive  absolute  though  usual  in 


§135  ATIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  1G7 

the  construct,  and  it  never  occurs  in  the  participles.  AYith 
these  exceptions,  it  is  universal  in  the  species  akeady  named. 
§135.  This  contraction  produces  certain  changes  both  in 
the  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back,  and  in  that  of  the  preced- 
ing syllable. 

1.  When  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel  (pretonic  Kamets, 
§  82. 1),  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  absolute,  and 
in  the  Niphal  infinitive,  future  and  imperative,  this  is  simply 
displaced  by  the  vowel  thrown  back  from  the  second  radical, 
thus  nio ,  no ,  niio ,  nb ;  niisn ,  nion ;  nnsn ,  nin . 

2.  When  the  first  radical  ends  a  mixed  syllable  as  in  the 
Kal  future,  the  Niphal  preterite,  and  throughout  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal,  this  Avill  be  converted  into  a  simple  syllable  by 
the  shifting  of  the  vowel  from  the  second  radical  to  the  first, 
w^hence  arise  the  following  mutations  : 

In  the  Kal  future  niao^  becomes  '26^  with  i  in  ?l  simple 
syllable,  contrary  to  §18.2.  This  may,  however,  be  con- 
verted into  a  mixed  syllable  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte,  and 
the  short  vowel  be  retained,  thus  ^Q^ ;  'or  the  syllable  may 
remain  simple  and  the  vowel  be  lengthened  from  Hhirik  to 
Tsere,  §59,  thus,  in  verbs  fut.  a,  "1^:  for  'i^'Q'?';  or  as  the 
Hhirik  of  this  tense  is  not  an  original  vowel  but  has  arisen 
from  Sh'va,  §  85. 2. «  (l),it  may  be  neglected  and  a,  the  simplest 
of  the  long  vowels,  given  to  the  preformative,  which  is  the 
most  common  expedient,  thus  no^ .  The  three  possible 
forms  of  this  tense  are  consequently  nc;) ,  nG;)  and  "i^:;' .       c:^ 

In  the  Niphal  preterite  nicD  becomes^by  confractTon  no: . 
In  a  few  verbs  beginning  with  n  the  short  vowel  is  retained 
in  an  intermediate  syllable,  thus  in:  for  "inn: ;  in  other  cases 
Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  in:  for  i:n: ,  or  as  the  Hhirik 
is  not  essential  to  the  form  but  has  arisen  from  Sh'va, 
§  82.  2,  it  is  more  frequently  neglected,  and  Kamets,  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels,  substituted  in  its  place,  thus  no: . 
The  forms  of  this  tense  are,  therefore,  no: ,  in: ,  in: . 

In  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species  the  vowels  of  the  pre- 


168  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  136 

fixed  H  are  characteristic  and  essential.  They  must,  there- 
fore, either  be  retained  by  inserting  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical,  or  be  simply  lengthened ;  no  other  vowel  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  them,  son  for  n^ion ,  nD^  or  np^  for  n-^ic] ,  npn 
(Kibbuts  before  the  doubled  letter  by  §61.  5)  or  npin  for 
aion. 

3.  The  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back  from  the  second  radi- 
cal to  the  first,  stands  no  longer  before  a  single  consonant,  but 
before  one  which,  though  single  in  appearance,  is  in  reality 
equivalent  to  two.  It  is  consequently  subjected  to  the  com- 
pression which  affbcts  vowels  so  situated,  §61.  4.  Thus,  in 
the  Niphal  future  and  imperative  Tsere  is  compressed  to 
Pattahh,  ni©;',  np"' ;  nnpn,  npn  (comp.  bc?p,  nbrip)  though  it 
remains  in  the  infinitive  wdiich,  partaking  of  the  character  of 
a  noun,  prefers  longer  forms.  So  in  the  Hiphil  long  Hhirik 
is  compressed  to  Tsere,  ^^''icn,  ^pn  (comp.  ^"'Pfp;:,  nrbiipn). 

§136.  Although  the  letter,  into  which  the  second  and 
third  radicals  have  been  contracted,  represents  two  con- 
sonants, the  doubling  cannot  be  made  to  appear  at  the  end 
of  the  word.     But 

1.  When^in  the  course  of  inflection,  a  vow^el  is  added,  the 
letter  receives  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  preceding  vowel,  even 
where  it  would  be  dropped  in  perfect  verbs,  is  retained  to 
make  the  doubling  possible,  and  hence  preserves  its  accent, 
§33.1,  nap,  ^no^ . 

2.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  personal  ending  which  begins 
with  a  consonant,  the  utterance  of  the  doubled  letter  is  aided 
by  inserting  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels,  o  (i)  in  the 
preterite,  and  e  ( ''..)  in  the  future.  By  the  dissyllabic  append- 
age thus  formed  the  accent  is  carried  forward,  §  32,  and 
the  previous  part  of  the  word  is  shortened  in  consequence 
as  much  as  possible,  '^'o^t^  ,  n'^apn ;  no^^ ,  nr^?^  . 

3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  rules  already  given, 
§135.2,  the  first  radical  has  been  doubled,  the  reduplica- 
tion of  the  last   radical  is  frequently  omitted  in  order  to 


§137,138  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  169 

relieve  the  word  of  too  many  doubled  letters.  In  this  case 
the  retention  of  the  vowel  before  the  last  radical,  contrary  to 
the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs,  and  the  insertion  of  a  vowel 
after  it,  are  alike  unnecessary,  and  the  accent  takes  its  accus- 
tomed position,  ^0"? ,  rcnsn  . 

§137.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Ilithpael  sometimes  preserve 
I  the  regular  form,  as  ^J7) ,  bSn ,  Vinrn  .     The  triple  repetition 
I  of  the  same  letter  thus  caused  is  in  a  few  instances  avoided, 
j  however,  by  reduplicating  the  contracted  root  with  appro- 
priate vowels,  as  tjCDO ,  ^p^J^r^T} .     Or  more  commonly,  the 
reduplication  is  given  up  and  the  idea  of  intensity  conveyed 
by  the  simple  prolongation   of   the    root,   tlie   long   vowel 
Hholem  being  inserted  after  the  first  radical  for  this  purpose, 
as  ndio ,  bShnn . 

§  138.  In  the  following  paradigm  the  inflections  of  Ayin 

doubled  verbs  are  shown  by  the  example  of  nno  to  surround, 

I  The  Pual  is  omitted,  as  this  species  almost  invariably  follows 

1  the  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb ;  certain  persons  of  the 

j  Hophal,  of  which  there  is  iio^example,  are  likewise  omitted. 

An  instance  of  Piel,  with  the  radical  syllable  reduplicated,  is 

given  in  TfODO  to  excite,  ^ 

a.  The  Hithpael  of  2"0  does  not  actually  occur  ;  but  it  is  in  the  para- 
digm formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sibilant  being  transposed  with  the  n 
of  the  prefix,  agreeably  to  §82.  5. 

1^  h.  In  his  Manual  Lexicon,  Gesenius  gives  to  T|C=p  the  meaning  to 
I  arm,  but  the  best  authorities  prefer  the  definition  subsequently  introduced 
)  by  him  into  his  Thesaurus,  to  excite. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

nio 

—  T 

1 

rc2 

— T 

3/ 

^=?? 

mHO 

T    -T 

-TT^9 

2  w. 

(^?=?) 

T              — 

T   :  — 

2/ 

m^) 

riiiio 

nizLC2 

riziio 

Ic. 

^nzno 

•niio 

^sniicD 

^Fl^Z^O 

Plur.  3  c. 

>liQD 

^no 

^ncj 

:      1 

2  m. 

(nrizzp)      oniso 

DnincD 

^^t5^'9 

2/ 

im^^) 

"5^120 

in^'^cp 

"i??^^ 

Ic. 

:  —  T 

^:izD 

^jiiCD 

^3«niO 

Infin.  Absol. 

T 

-6 

niiri 

ndio 

Constr. 

ro 

^bri 

-iio 

FuT.  3  w. 

=o: 

.1 

-?? 

^i'^^l 

3/     ' 

3Dn 

T 

ron 

n?ri 

-iicn 

2  w. 

ncn 

nsn 

nfen 

-r:cn 

2/ 

T 

^i&n 

'??^ 

^iiicn 

1  c. 

T 

-s^? 

-?^ 

-4^c^< 

Flur.  3  w. 

T 

^iio: 

^^?: 

^li^ic": 

3/ 

T     V  •..   : 

T   : 

T   :  —   • 

T   :   ••          : 

2w. 

^ncr. 

^i&n 

iiBon 

^d::icr) 

2/ 

T    ; 

T   :  —   • 

T   :   ••          : 

Ic. 

T 

1©? 

-?? 

^i^ 

Impee.  2  7?l. 

nb 

nin 

liio 

2/. 

^nb 

^nbri 

•    :      1 

PZwr.  2  w. 

^:nb 

^n^n 

^d^io 

2/ 

a^^?? 

^.-??D 

nrziiD 

Part.  ^c^. 

^?J^ 

niio^j 

Pass. 

T 

^9? 

170 


Doubled 

Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

PIEL. 

— ^n 

ZtTi 

-=^'"^9^ 

^cro 

racn 

T     ••     " 

T   — 

T  :      1   :    • 

» ccpo 

niiiDH 

nziircn 

^T??? 

•  -: 

nniincn 

racDD 

^nincn 

^nziincn 

TDCSO 

^^cn 

^no^n 

icnincn 

iiicpo 

Dnizcn 

V   :  -      1    :    • 

Qn::c5D 

inincn 

^nnnirpri 

l^t?r? 

^:iicr| 

^:n2ir:cri 

^33Cjp 

^tti 

tjCiD? 

••    T 

nilnpn 

^?T? 

••T 

-6^-' 

^?r?: 

••     T 

nc^n 

-ilncn 

^^r?^' 

••     T 

nc^n 

niincn 

tjc^tn 

•      ••     T 

^ic^n 

•    :       1    :    • 

^Dcrcp 

=c« 

nc^&< 

:   V 

^^T?^ 

••T 

^:n6^^ 

^u-^nc^ 

^iczc": 

T     V  •    : 

nrniincn 

ri:::c^cn 

••     T 

iimo^n 

:       1    :    • 

^ic^cn 

T     V  •    : 

n^niincn 

M:"c"cn 

nD5 

••T 

nc^D 

^^'i^?? 

M^T?? 

••     T 

niincri 

^cpc 

.      ..     T 
••     T 

■wanting 

^r5?n 

T    :    •■           :     • 

T  :    ••  ;  — 

^?"? 

n6^7^ 

nninc-j 

T|C!jC"^ 

171 


172  ETYMOLOGY.  §139,140 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Doubled  Verbs. 

§  139.  1.  The  uncontracted  and  the  contracted  forms  of  the  Kal  preter- 
ite are  used  with  perhaps  equal  frequency  in  the  third  person;  the  Ibrmer 
is  rare  in  the  first  person.  "^n^^J  Zech.  8:14.  15,  ^:n2  Deut.  2:35,  and 
there  are  no  examples  of  it  in  the  second;  ^21  Gen.  49:23  and  ^52""i  Job 
24  :  24  are  preterites  with  Hhoiem,  §82. 1.  In  Ps.  118:11,  ■'JSiDaD-c.^  ^:!i20 
the  uncontracted  is  added  to  the  contracted  form  for  the  sake  of  greater 
emphasis.  Compound  ShVa  is  sometimes  used  with  these  verbs  instead 
of  simple  to  make  its  vocal  character  more  distinct,  §16.  1.  6,  ^?35  Gen. 
29 :  3,  8,  ^'Sh^  Ex.  15 :  10,  r,si^bn  Isa.  64:  10,  ^i:j?  Gen.  9 :  14,  is^pth  Num. 
23:25. 

2.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  contracted  infinitive  absolute, 
3p  •  Num.  23 :  25,  biij  Ruth  2 :  16,  ^15  Isa.  24  :  19,  n:s;S  (with  a  para- 
gogic  termination)  ibid.;  of  the  uncontracted,  iTix,  ")i:a  ,  'lisri ,  q"iEi: , 
mrs,  rinD.  Ti"!^;  of  the  infinitive  construct,  na  and  ta.  sbo  and  lb, 
DO'S,  "^r:: .  tin',  nn.  once  with  u  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  ^^la  Eccles.  9:  1, 
and  occasionally  with  a.  -in  Isa.  45:  1,  Tf^  Jer.  5  :  26,  cna  (with  3  plur. 
suf)  Eccl.  3:18,  ci33n^  Isa.  30:  18  (n3:n  Ps.  102:  14);  ctnb  Isa.  17:  14, 
though  sometimes  explaineti  as  the  noun  cnb  with  the  suffix  their  bread, 
is  the  infinitive  of  obn  to  grow  loann;  CyiJ3  Gen.  6  :  3  Eng.  ver.  for  that 
also,  as  if  compounded  of  the  prep.  3,  the  abbreviated  relative  and  Da,  is 
by  the  latest  authorities  regarded  as  the  infinitive  of  ^i'ci  in  their  erring-; 
iln  Job  29:  3  has  Hhirik  before  the  suffix.  The  feminine  termination  m" 
is  appended  to  the  following  infinitives,  m'in  Ps.  77  :  10.  Job  19:  17.  ni'a^ 
Ezek.  36  :  3.  "^P^ST  Ps.  17  :  3.  The  imperative,  which  is  always  contracted, 
has  mostly  Hhoiem,  -D.  Dl^  and  c^  but  sometimes  Pattahh.  hi  Ps.  119:22 
(elsewhere  53),  nss  Ps.  80  :  16.  Fiirst  regards  rn  as  a  contracted  par- 
ticiple from  nnn  ,  analagous  to  the  Ayin  Vav  form  c|?  . 

3.  The  following  uncontracted  forms  occur  in  the  Kal  future,  "jsn^  Am. 
5:15,  ni^:  and  i^n  from  "1^3;  in  the  Niphal,  Z^h^  Job  11:12;  Hiphil, 
DTS^rn  Mic.  6:13,  o-'^dia  Ezek.  3  :  15,  ^r.nnnT  Jer.  49  :  37,  and  constantly 
in  "iH  and  bb^  ;  Hophal,  ^n^  Job  20 : 8  from  1^3 .  In  a  few  instances 
the  repetition  of  the  same  letter  is  avoided  by  the  substitution  of  5<  for 
the  second  radical,  ^iDX^^"]  =  ^iDpa^  Ps.  58:8  and  perhaps  also  Job  7:5, 
^'^i<':^  =  Ti^?a^  Ezek.  28:24.  Lev.  13:51.  52,  -|^D5<d  =  roboiiJ  Jer.  30:  16 
K'thibh.  Comp.  in  Syriac  wx)?  part,  of  wc?  .  According  to  the  Rabbins 
W2  =  VTTii  Isa.  18  :  2,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

:  IT  :  IT  ' 

§140.  1.  Examples  of  different  forms  of  the  Kal  future:  (1)  With 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  c^i^  nsx,  rs^ ,  'ipi,  ci^7,  CP17 ;  or 
with  a  as  the  second  vowel,  b^7  ,  "^j;"',  :  'i^ri?.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
personal  prefix,  cn;^ ,  rin;^,  ia;i,  r^n^i,  bf^n,  *i5ari;; ,  e  being  once  written 
by  means  of  the  vowel  letter  "^ .  cr"'N .  (3)  With  Kamets  under  the 
personal  prefix,  "jH^,  :i'o'^.  IS'^ ,  "i:j^,  p"!"^,  ?"i^,  na^;  this  occurs  once 
with  fut.  a,  in"i    Prov.  27 :  17.     With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 

'  -AT 


§  140  REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  173 

back  to  the  simple  penult  syllable  in  this  form  of  the  future,  and  Hholem 
is  consequently  shortened,  §64.  1,  TjH,  ^^'l"],  T^ni ,  cn^T,  "jn^i.  There 
are  a  few  examples  of  m  in  the  future  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  "j'ln^  Prov. 
29:6,  y^>^1  Isa.  4^:4,  Eccles.  12:6,  Dnn  Ezek.  24:  11  and  perhaps  ns;; 
Gen.  49 :  19,  Hab.  3:  16,  ^^^2  P^.  91  :  6/ though  Gesenius  assumes  the  ex- 
istence of  n^a  and  llir  as  distinct  roots  from  "ina  and  Tnd  . 

2.  The  Niphal  preterite  and  participle:  (l)  With  Hhirik  under  the 
prefixed  3,  rinaa  Job  20:  28,  bna,  nns,  rna.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
prefix,  -^nsns  Jer.  22:23,  c-^Vx?  Mai.  3:9,  C^-qm  Isa.  57:5.  (3)  With 
Kamets  under  the  prefix,  noj ,  bp_^ ,  "ina,  "^ia ;  sometimes  the  repetition 
of  like  vowels  in  successive  syllables  is  avoided  by  exchanging  a  of  the 
last  syllable  for  Tsere,  bp3  and  bp3.  0^3  and  D?a3 .  nsD3  Ezek.  26:2, 
or  for  Hholem  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  *!T'n3,  y'"i3  Eccl.  12:6,  ITbs  Am. 
3:11,  iiTlii3  Nah.  1 :  12,  ^'A:  Isa.  34  :  4.  '         ' 

3.  The  Niphal  future  preserves  the  Tsere  of  perfect  verbs  in  one  ex- 
ample, bnn  Lev.  21  :  9.  but  mostly  compresses  it  to  Pattahh.  hL"].  b'n7.  n.:^, 
1537,  T|53"' .  th'^_  ,  '^>^'!  ■  ^?i<;  like  the  preterite  it  sometimes  has  Hholem, 
tian  Isa.  24  :  3,  pisn  ibid.  If  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  and  incapable 
of  receiving  Daghesh.  the  preceding  Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  in;!, 
bnx ,  en;; ,  yi^.r\ ,  ^^'i^ .  The  Kal  and  Niphal  futures,  it  will  be  perceived, 
coincide  in  some  of  their  forms  ;  and  as  the  signification  of  these  species 
is  not  always  clearly  distinguishable  in  intransitive  verbs,  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  doubt  or  of  indifference  to  which  a  given  form  should  be  referred. 
Thus,  h^'] .  T\'^'},  n^"^  are  in  the  Niphal  according  to  Gesenius,  while 
Ewald  makes  them  to  be  Kal,  and  Fiirst  the  first  two  Niphal  and  the 
third  Kal. 

4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  :  Tlin  Isa.  24:  3,  piin  ibid.,  or  with 
Tsere  in  the  last  syllable.  Orn  2  Sam.  17:  10.  The  infinitive  construct: 
cin  Ps.  68:3,  bnn  Ezek.  20:9,  and  once  with  Pattahh  before  a  suffix, 
i^nn  Lev.  21  :4.     The  imperative:   ^l^sn  Isa.  52:  11,  ^52'nn  Num.  17:  10. 

5.  In  the  Hiphil  preterite  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  is  compressed 
to  Tsere,  -on .  ^sn  (in  pause  *i2n .  so  :  iTsrn .  :  ^i^arr,).  or  even  to  Pat- 
tahh, p'^ri.  bpn,  ^Tsn,  ",in,  r,^n,  rnn ,  nrn,  ^i&iqn',  ^son  .  Both  infini- 
tives have  Tsere.  thus  the  absolute  :  'pnr} ,  "in  ,  nEn  ,  nsn  ,  bnn  ;  the 
construct:  ^in,  r,fcn  ,  *£n  (T'sn  Zech.'ll  :  10),  'vtri ,  bpn .  nrn .  in 
pause  •'^•p^.  PiDr  with  a  final  guttural,  y"^n,  r'nn.  The  imperative: 
2Dn  ,  ncn ,  bf^n ,  bnn ,  r\rn ;  sisrn  Job  21 :  5  is  a  Hiphil  and  not  a  Hophal 
form  as  stated  by  Gesenius.  the  first  vowel  being  Kamets  and  not  Kamets 
Hhatuph.  Futures  with  a  short  vowel  before  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical:  rs^ ,  Dn^ ,  *i:?n,  >ir3^  ;  with  a  long  vowel,  i:^,  txi"^ .  "^S^,  bn^ 
or  ^^.1',  '"?)  ^'l^  and  ^'"n'^,  "On  ,  ^xr  (e  expressed  by  the  vowel  letter 
J^,  §  11.  1.  a)  Ecrles.  12:5.  When  in  this  latter  class  of  futures  the 
accent  is  removed  from  the  ultimate,  whether  by  Vav  Conversive  or  any 
other  cause,  Tsere  is  shortened  to  Seghol.  bs^i ,  pT;',  ^E^V  t;;^V  mD";, 
bntn,  and  in  one  instance  to  Hhirik,  7"ri]  Judg.  9:53(7"!riT  would  be 
from  y^'i)  before  a  guttural  it  becomes  Pattahh.  ""^^i,  nnr  "ISV  Par- 
ticiples: Zpu,  ^^73,  bna,  b:i^  Ezek.  31:3,  Sn^  Prov.  17:4.     In  a  very 


174  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  141 

few  instances  the  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  retained  in  the  last 
syllable  of  this  species  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs.  Tfp^  Judg.  3  :  24,  n"^t';]  Jer. 
49  :  20,  ta-'li'S]  Num.  21 :  30. 

6.  Hophal  preterites :  bnsin,  n^mn,!ir53n;  futures:  ti'^i^ ,  *ix!i-' ,  p'^iii, 
■jn"!,  "isn.  ^t^"^"^ ,  -S*''^,  ri5^,  T^O?;  participles:  T2^^ ,  'ij'?.  or  in  some 
copies  li'^  2  Sam.  23  :  6  ;  infinitive  with  suffix,  nr^'n  Lev.  26 :  34,  with 
prep.,  i^52rn3  ver.  43. 

§141.  1.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  vowel  affix  and  the  consequent  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  last  radical  the  preceding  vowel  and  the 
position  of  the  accent  continue  unchanged,  isi  .  ^'27,  ti^'l'S  (distinguished 
from  the  fern.  part,  fria'rs),  ^hn"^ ;  if  the  last  radical  does  not  admit 
Daghesh-forte  a  preceding  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  short  before  n, 
but  it  is  lengthened  to  Kamets  before  other  gutturals,  rrn^,  *irni  (100.  2), 
si"i2n ,  nn6  and  ^^xb .  When  the  first  radical  is  doubled.  Daghesh  is 
omitted  from  the  last  in  the  Kal  fut.  6,  1^'=}';>.  ^"^is^,  1^tn"i,  and  occasionally 
elsewhere  ^ns;^  Hi.  fut.  *ii^n  Ho.  pret.  Other  cases  are  exceptional, 
whether  of  the  shifting  of  the  accent,  ^i-^  Ps.  3  : 2.^  ^sn  Ps.  55 :  22,  ^$^ 
Jer.  4 :  13,  and  consequent  shortening  of  the  vowel.  ''•Ti*  Jer.  7  :  29  lor  "'•ta, 
''31,  5iS"i  for  "^31,  ^S""i ,  ^"Ti^  Jer.  49:28  (with  the  letter  repeated  instead 
of  being  simply  doubled  by  Daghesh.  so  likewise  in  Ci"]'*!"^  Jer.  5 : 6,  '^^••^ 
Ps.  9:14),  for  >Tnii: ;  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  nin:  1  Sam.  14:36,  ritrrj 
Prov.  7:  13,  sissn  Cant.  6:  11,  7  :  13.  :  ^ipn;;  Job  19:  23,  -n^;5  Num.22:'ll, 
17  (Kal  imper.  with  n^  parag.  for  "na;^  shortened  by  Makkeph  from  n^p, 
so  -n-nt^  ora  Num.  23  :  7),  or  in  addition,  the  rejection  of  the  vowel,  l^n 
K.  futVoen.  11:6  for  ^ijar,  n233^  Gen.  11:7  K.  fut.  for  nVsi,  n;^n3^  Isa. 
19:3  Ni.  pret.  for  n;?z3  or  nj?!:.  ns^s  Ezek.  41:7  Ni.  lut.  for  nspJ ; 
W3  Judg.  5:5  according  to  Gesenius  lor  ^Hs  Ni.  pret.  of  bbt  to  shakfi, 
according  to  others  K.  pret.  of  bT3  lo  foiv;  l">?,ni  Ezek.  36:3  for  ^iH'ni 
(Ewald)  from  bbr  to  enter,  or  for  ibrni  Ni.  fut.  of  n^s*  to  go  up,  ^I'iqa 
Ezek.  7  :  24  Ni.  pret.  for  l^m  ,  -snm  Cant.  1:6  Ni.  pret.  for  "^^n?.  Once 
instead  of  doubling  the  last  radical  "^  is  inserted,  ^^^^_  Prov.  26  :  7  for  fi^^, 
comp.  TTiH^  Ezr.  10  :  16  for  tW  . 

2.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  vowel  before  affixes  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant, the  accent  is  shifled  and  the  previous  part  of  the  word  shortened 
if  possible;  thus,  with  0  in  the  preterite,  n^p .  ^'^■'^^^1  (Kamets  before  "I 
which  cannot  be  doubled),  or/S?  ,  mta  .^T"^!?? .  ctp'^? ,  rip-i,l ,  "^rn^fi 
(the  vowel  remaining  long  before  •>),  nnnn  (Pal  tahh  instead  of  compound 
Sh'va  on  account  of  the  following  guttural.  §60.  3.  c).  '^p^nn ,  once  with 
u,  ^sfrs  Mic.  2:4;  with  e  in  the  future,  nr ion .  rir|:jn .  nr|nn .  If  the 
first  radical  be  doubled,  Daghesh  is  omitted  from  the  last,  and  the  cus- 
tomary vowel  is  in  consequence  not  inserted.  I^3p^n  ,  nsbsin  ;  other  cases 
are  rare  and  exceptional,  nnncn ,  nbfis ,  "^r^Dn?,  cnb^a,  ii37:n  which  is 
first  plur.  pret.  for  >i353n  not  third  plur.  for  ^i^n  (Ewald),  §54.3;  "^niS^J 
Deut.  32:41,  ini^n  Isa.  44:16,  ^nib"^  Ps.  116:6,  have  the  accent  upon 
the  ultimate  instead  of  the  penult. 

3.  Before  suffixes  the  accent  is  always  shifted,  and  if  possible  the 
vowels  shortened,  ■'?2D^,  ^^r;PJl  Irom  SO^,  =120^^,  Tj^'ia-;  from  ^Y'&l,  ^3^"?!^ 


^141 


REMARKS    ON    ATTN    DOrBLED    VERBS. 


175 


from  C^n.  tncn^  from  *£n  ;  in  r^zni  Gen.  43:29.  Tsa.  30:19,  from  "jn;", 
fci:-isn  Lev.  2(3:  15  from  "E«"J ,  the  original  vowels  have  been  not  only  ab- 
breviated but  rejected,  and  the  requisite  short  vowel  given  to  the  first  of  the 
concurring  consonants.  §61.  1.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  form  resembling 
that  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  is  assumed,  Dnghesh  being  omitted  from  the  last 
radical  and  the  preceding  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  ip^in  Prov. 
8:29  lor  ipn  ver.  27.  ^^^rn^  Isa.  33:  1  for  ?i^nri .  sin^ni^'rn  Ezek.  14:8 
for  sin-^ni'sri-t .  rm^^-Tn  Lam.  1:8  for  n^^Tn  Hi.  pret.  of  b^j ."  •,r-n7  Hab. 
2:  17  for  inn-)  Hi.  fut.  of  rnn  with  3  fern.  plur.  suf,  cp^x^  2  Sam.' 22:  43 
in  a  few  editions  for  ci3"}X  .  Nun  is  once  inserted  before  the  suffix  in  place 
of  doubling  the  radical,  "i23p^  Num.  23  :  13  for  -12|5  . 

§  141.  1.  Of  the  verbs  which  occur  in  Piel,  Pual,  or  Hithpael,  the  fol- 
lowing adopt  the  forms  of  perfect  verbs,  viz. : 

nnx  to  curse.  -i^  to  cry.  "^Ip^  to  make  a  nest. 

t:3  to  plunder.  rns  to  smite,  break.  ykp  to  cut  off. 

•I'na  to  purify.  sib  to  take  away  the  -i";!  to  be  many. 

L'iua  to  grope.  heart.  T\k'^  to  be  tender. 

pjrt  to  rejine.  pj:?b  to  lick.  ""ib  to  harrow. 

C^n  to  warm.  ;ruJ"a  to  feel,  to  grope.  ^"^b  to  ride. 

ysT\  to  divide.  11 Q  to  leap.  "|DT23  to  sharpen. 

nrn  to  be  broken.  bbs  to  judge,  to  inter-  crn  to  be  perfect. 
h'b'.i  to  cover.                                cede. 

2.  The  following,  which  are  mostly  suggestive  of  a  short,  quick,  re- 
peated motion,  reduplicate  the  radical  syllable,  viz.  : 


■"■nn  to  burn. 
*i'^3  to  dance. 
FTTib  to  be  mad. 


•"nn^  to  linger. 
Tjr9  If^  excite. 
^i:i  to  chirp. 


y>d  to  sport,  delight. 
pf?b  to  run. 
y?n  to  mock. 


3.  The  following  insert  Hholem  after  the  first  radical,  viz.  : 


•JJX  fo  complain.  ^n:  to  fly.  yyn  to  break. 

V^3  to  mix.  CD2  to  lift  up.  nhb  to  sink. 

ppn  to  empty.  jriso  to  occupy  the  thres-   b^b  to  spoil. 

It  a  to  cut.                                 hold.  crir  to  be  desolate  or 

^M  to  sweep  away.  "in^  to  bind.  amazed. 

cr-H  to  be  still.  thp^  to  cut  off.  '      C]En  to  beat. 

rrn  to  break  loose  ^"^-I^  to  gather. 

4.  The  following  employ  two  forms,  commonly  in  different  senses,  viz.: 

baba  and  bBia  to  roll.  "Sn  to  make  gracious,    "jiin    to  be 

brli  to  praise,  bbin  to  make  mad.  gracious. 

^Jn  to  profane,  b^in  to  wound.  bV^  to  speak.  bb'i'Q  to  mow. 


176  ETYMOLOGY.  ^142,143 

2S0  to  change,  silb  to  surround.  Vip,  to  curse,  ^P^P.  to  whet. 

",fs  to  gather  clouds^  '|bi3J  to  prac-  yk^i  and  yijii  to  crush. 

tise  sorcery.  *Tn^:J  and    1*ni!5    to    treat    with   vio- 
•j'Sia  to  burst,  "EnQ  to  shake  to  pieces.  lence. 

5.  The  following  use  different  forms  in  different  species,  viz. : 

pjDh  Pi.  to  decree,  Pu.  pjsn .  ',:'n  Pi.  ^o  s/ioz^^,  Hith.  lii^rn.* 

'i^Ta  Pi.  ?o  measure,  Hith.  "r'ltnn  .  "ban  Pi.  /o  break,  Pu.  t"[L""i . 

-in^  Pi. /o ma/re  ftj7/er. Hith. n'a-;,72nn.  "jSUJ  Pi.  to  inculcate,  Hith.   "liimrrj 

Vpbo  Pi.  ?o  e.ra//,  Hith.  ^b'inon  .  to  pierce. 
b^rj  Pi.  to  maltreat,  Hith.  b);?nrj 
and  b^^"i3?nri . 

6.  The  following  examples  exhibit  the  effect  of  gutturals  upon  redu- 
plicated forms:  Preterite,  ^^Jt  Isa.  11:8;  Infinitive,  "nn-inb  Prov. 
26:21,  nicrnarn  Ex.  12  :  39;  Future,  ri-rnilix  Ps.  119:47,  ^irirrir';  Ps. 
94  :  19  ;  Imperative,  dbrnirn  Isa.  29:9;  Participle,  ^WnTS  Gen.  27 ':  12, 
fniSjnbn^  Prov.  26 :  18.    '    '    ' 

§  142.  1.  The  Pual  species  adheres  to  the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs 
with  the  exception  of  the  preterites,  Tiis  Nah.  3:  17.  hhi:!  Lam.  1 :  12.  the 
future  :!i"U:ruin  Isa.  66 :  12,  and  the  participles,  n^bi^ia  Isa.  9:4.  b^ha 
Isa.  53 :  5. 

2.  :  ^^p^  Isa.  15:5  is  for  t  ins?"}!^"^  Pi.  fut.  of  nns  .  §  57.  1 .  nnnn  2  Sara. 
22:7  is  contracted  for  nnarn  Ps.  18:27,  probably  with  the  view  of  as- 
similating it  in  form  to  the  preceding  :  a^snn  ;  in  regard  to  :bsrin  in  the 
same  verse,  Nordheimer  adopts  the  explanation  of  Alting  that  it  is  a  simi- 
lar contraction  of  the  Hithpael  of  b^Q  thoit  wilt  show  thyself  a  judge, hut  as 
it  answers  to  :  VnerST!  Ps.  18:27,  the  best  authorities  are  almost  unanimous 
in  supposing  a  transposition  of  the  second  radical  with  the  first  and  its 
union  with  n  of  the  prefix. 

3.  brn  and  b^n  .  The  prefixed  lr\  remains  in  the  Hiphil  future  of  bbn, 
e.  ff.  bhrr^ ,  fibhrr',  >i^rnn  and  in  the  derivative  nouns  C"'i!pn,  mbnrr^ , 
whence  these  forms  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  the  secondary  root  Pnrj . 


Pe  Yodh  C^s)  Verbs. 

^143.  In  quiescent  verbs  one  of  the  original  radicals  is 
i^ ,  1  or  "^ ,  which  in  certain  forms  is  converted  into  or  ex- 
changed for  a  vowel.  As  i<  preserves  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter when  occupying  the  second  place  in  the  root,  and  also 

*  "larn^    Ps.    78:65   is  not  from  "jn  (Gesenius)   but  from   "iH,  see 
Alexander  in  loc. 


§144  PE    YODH    VERBS.  177 

(with  the  exception  of  the  Pe  Aleph  future,  §110.  3,  and  a 
few  occasional  forms,  §111.2)  when  it  stands  in  the  first 
place,  verbs  having  this  letter  as  a  first  or  second  radical  be- 
long to  the  guttural  class  ;  those  only  in  which  it  is  the  third 
radical  (Lamedh  Aleph)  are  properly  reckoned  quiescent.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  first,  second,  or  third  radical  be  either 
Yodh  or  Vav,  the  verb  is  classed  as  quiescent.  All  verbs 
into  which  either  1  or  ■>  enter  as  a  first  radical  are  promiscu- 
ously called  Pe  Yodh,  as  the  modes  of  inflection  arising  from 
these  two  letters  have  been  blended,  and  Yodh  in  either  case 
appears  in  the  Kal  preterite  from  which  roots  are  ordinaiily 
named,  §  S3.  «.  In  the  second  radical  the  Vav  forms  (Ayin 
Vav)  preponderate  greatly  over  those  Avith  Yodh  (Ayin 
Yodh).  In  the  third  radical  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  those  with  Vav,  though  the  current  de- 
nomination of  the  verbs  is  derived  from  neither  of  these 
letters  but  from  He  (Lamedh  He),  which  is  used  to  express 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  in  the  Kal  preterite  after  the 
proper  radical  has  been  rejected. 

y  a.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  the  consonant  n  belong  to  the  guttural 

^^^  class,  e.  g.  nna.  t^rn,    and  are  quite  distinct  from  the  quiescent  verbs  nb 

%,^^^^^  in  which  n  always  represents  a  vowel,  e.  g.  npa,  n:Q . 

^c^^^^  §  144.  1.  In  Pe  Yodh  verbs  the  Sst  radical  is_  mostly 
\^J^^Yodh  at  the  &ginniiig,(§  56.  2,)and  Ajy  at  the  ^lose  of  a 
jyllable^3)It  is  accordingly, Yodh  in  the  Kal,  P|el,  and  Pual 
species,*  and  ,xomnionly.,  in  the  Hithpf^^l,   ^^^.  ,    =^^^ ,    ^'"^^ , 
n#:^nn.-^It  is  Vav  in   the  Nipljsl  ;and^  commonly , m  tlie' 
Hiphil  and  IJpphal  species,  n'^o ,  n-'t-n ,  nr^n . 
"^  27  In  the  Kal  future,  if  Yodh  be  retained,  it  will  quiesce 
in  and  prolong  the  previous  Hhirik,  and  the  second  radical 
will  take  Pattahh,  e.  g.  TTn^'^ ;  if  the  first  radical  be  rejected 
the  previous  Hhirik  is  commonly  lengthened  to  Tserc,  ^j?.'^ , 
the  Pattahh  of  the  second  syllable  being  sometimes  changed 
to  Tsere  to  correspond  with  it,  §  63.  2.  c,  e.  g.  nr.-^ ;  in  a  few 
instances  Hhirik  is  preserved  by  giving  Daghesh-forte  to  the 
12 


178  ETYMOLOGY.  §145,146 

second  radical  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  the  following  vowel  being 
either  Pattahh  or  Hholem,  rk^ ,  P'k  . 

3.  Those  verbs  which  reject  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  re- 
ject it  likewise  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive  construct, 
where  it  would  be  accompanied  by  Sh  va  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  §  53.  2.  «;,  the  infinitive  being  prolonged  as  in 
Pe  Nun  verbs  by  the  feminine  termination,  li;? ,  rnir . 

§145.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle  Vav 
quiesces  in  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hholem,  nisis ,  Sijis ;  in 
the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative,  where  it  is  doubled  by 
Daghesh-forte,  it  retains  its   consonantal  character,  lizJjn, 

"T    ■ 

2.  In  the  Hiphil  Vav  quiesces  in  Hholem,  n-'fein,  n^^tjii . 
a  few  verbs  have  Yodh  quiescing  in  Tsere,  ^"''b-iri ,  n^'b\': ; 
more  rarely  still,  the  first  radical  is  dropped  and  the  preced- 
ing short  vowel  is  preserved,  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  by  doubling 
the  second  radical,  ^"^2171 ,  ^_*^k':} . 

3.  In  the  Hophal  Vav  quiesces  in  Shurek,  nt?^n,  yidv; 
occasionally  the  short  vowel  is  preserved  and  Daghesh-forte 
inserted  in  the  second  radical,  ^^.^ . 

a.  The  Hholem  or  Tsere  of  the  Hiphil  arises  from  the  combination  of 
a,  the  primary  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  in  this  species.  §82.  5.  b.  (3), 
with  tc  or  1,  into  which  the  letters  1  and  "^  are  readily  softened,  §57.  2.  (5). 
The  Hholem^of  the  Niphal  is  to  be  similarly  explained  :  the  Hhirik  of 
this  species,  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  cannot  ccfmbine  with  Vav, 
is  exchanged  for  the  simplest  of  the  vowels  a  (comp.  3D3 ,  cipD),  and  the 
union  of  this  with  1  forms  6.  The  Hophal  retains  the  passive  vowel  w, 
which  is  occasiondlly  found  in  perfect  verbs,  §95.  a. 

§146.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  those  of  si?;'  to  sit  or  dwell.  The  Piel,  Pual, 
and  Ilithpael  are  omitted  from  the  paradigm,  as  they  do  not 
difier  from  perfect  verbs.  The  alternate  form  of  the  Kal 
futm-e  is  shown  by  the  example  of  ilJi^  to  be  dry. 


- 

Paradigm  of  Pe  Yodh  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPUAL.                HIPniL. 

HOPHAL.                           KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

n-S"^ 

niriD      n^tiin 

n^^n   1 

.  1 

"T 

3/ 

ni'^'"^ 

T     :      1                   r        • 

T    :       1 

T   :iT 

2  m. 

r::ii:" 

T   :   —                 T   :    — 

nnir^n 

T    :  — T 

2/. 

nn-i" 

ni'iJiD     r^-iiin 

niiir^n 

^"^'^r 

Ic. 

^nnti^ 

^nn-iiiD    ^nn-iin 

Tai-,n  1 

^^■^^^ 

FluT.  3  c. 

:  IT 

•  1 

"^irpn 

:  IT 

2  m. 

nin?"^? 

nnnoji]  Driniiin 

V    ;   -      1 

Di^^z: 

2/ 

"|p}3u:iD    'i^T^"^'!^ 

li??^^^ 

1^'^'^: 

1  c. 

:    — r 

^:2"iiD     ^:^u;in 

^:2"^^n 

v-ra; 

Infin.  Ab»ol. 

ni-i;^ 

nirin 

T 

Constr. 

•T      • 

nir^n  | 

: 

FuT.  3  w. 
3/ 

••T   •                                         * 

iiij^n      n-irin 

•T      ♦ 

2  m. 

rin 

-ir^n      n^TciD 

n-j:^n 

^D^-n 

2/. 

^itin 

^niip^jri     ^ii-irin 

-nir^n 

^^t"^ 

Ic. 

nti^ 

z-i:!)ss;      n^-i;i&< 

nu:^b^ 

^■^"^ 

PZi^r.  3  m. 

^i'i-^ 

^i-j:^^      ^n^i'T 

^ii'^r 

3/ 

HDiin 

T    ;     "T    •              T   :     ■• 

nri-i^n 

T    :   — 

2  77Z. 

^i-in 

:iT   •                       * 

^i^^n 

^^^■r) 

2/ 

n:ai:n 

n::;ti^in    nsnirin 

n:t:n"n 

1  c. 

^•i?? 

••T  •                                           ' 

nib'^D 

^5'? 

Impeb.  2  m. 

^'i? 

nir  jn  ■     niiiin 

^i^ 

2/ 
PZwr.  2  m. 

wanting 

2/ 

T    :     •• 

T    :    "T    •              T    :    •• 

n.'iijn" 

Paet.  ^c«. 

-yir 

S-^TCTJ 

tn-^ 

Pa««. 

n^is; 

n'Ci3 

T 

ir^n; 

179 


180  ETYMOLOGY.  ^147 


Remarks  on  Pe  Yodh  Verbs. 

§147.  1.  The  following  verbs  retain  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  viz. : 

L'i"  lo  be  dry.  T|0^  to  be  poured.  N'n^  to  fear. 

ri"*  to  toil.  ^13?^  to  appoint.  Jin^  to  cast. 

nn^  to  delay.  ?)?;  to  be  weary.  bn^  to  possess. 

ni"  to  oppress.  yk"^  to  counsel.  cir^  to  put. 

pp  to  suck.  ns^  to  be  beautiful.  "iiT^  to  sleep. 

The  concurrence  of  Yodhs  in  the  third  person  of  the  future  is  some- 
times prevented  by  omitting  the  quiescent  ti^l .  12<7!^'  ''^^r'  ^'^^  ^°"» 
vowel  receiving  Methegh  before  vocal  Sh'va.  and  thus  distinguishing  the 
last  two  words  from  the  Laraedh  He  forms,  ^Xi';'  from  nkn  and  ^s'^"';'  from 
nad,  §45.  2. 

2.  The  following  have  Tsere  under  the  preformative ;  those  in  which 
the  second  vowel  is  likewise  Tsere  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk : 

yi"*  to  know.  *  i^"^  to  bear.  yp"^  to  be  dislocated. 

"in^  to  be  joined.  *  N^^  to  go  out.  *  Tn^  to  go  down. 

ch"'  to  conceive.  ^k""  to  be  straitened.      *  sto"^  to  sit.  dwell. 

- T  - T  -T  ' 

The  second  syllable  has  Pattahh  in  "inn  Jer.  13:  17.  Lam.  3:48,  and 
in  the  feminine  plurals,  rta'iBn,  nnnri;  njx^n  has  Seghol  after  the 
analogy  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs;  ns^U'^n  (with  the  vowel-letter  ""  for  e) 
occurs  only  in  the  K'thibh,  Ezek.  35:  9.  and  of  course  has  not  its  proper 
vowels.  In  '^'^T.  Ps.  138  :6  the  radical  Yodh  remains  and  has  attracted 
to  itself  the  Tsere  of  the  preformative.     Comp.  §  60.  3.  c. 

3.  The  following  insert  Daghesh-forte  in  the  second  radical,  viz. :  ib";; 
to  chastise,  instruct,  nil'^  to  burn.  In  'in-ipi  Isa.  44  :  8  short  Hhirik  re- 
mains before  a  letter  with  Sh'va;  "^atjn"^  Job  16:11  is  explained  by  some 
as  a  Kal  future,  by  others  as  a  Piel  preterite. 

4.  The  following  have  more  than  one  form  :  213^  to  be  good  fut.  313"''^ , 
once  "^i'^^n  Nah.  3:8;  pk"^  to  pour  p'sS"' ,  once  pisn  1  Kin.  22:35;  ^i^ 
to  form,  ^'^7  and  -i2p>;i ;  ip-^  to  burn,  'ip;?  Isa.  10  :  16,  and  np-^n  Deut. 
32:22;  rp^  to  awake,  yp^^  once  yp^';  1  Kin.  3:15;  np^  to  be  precious, 
"•fe"''?  and  "p'; ,  or  with  a  vowel  letter  for  e.  ^p"^;) ;  cb^  to  be  desolate,  ciin 
once  !^;^i^"r}  Ezek.  6:6;  nilj^  to  be  right,  ^'b'^?,  once  n3")Tl"7  (3  fem.plur., 
§88)  1  Sam.  6  :  12.     Some  copies  have  rj^^_  Isa.  40  :  30  for  rJV^ . 

5.  In  futures  having  Tsere  under  the  preformative,  the  accent  is  shifted 
to  the  penult  after  Vav  Conversive  in  the  persong  liable  to  such  a  change, 
viz. :  3  sing.,  2  masc.  sing.,  and  1  plur.,  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  being  in  con- 
sequence shortened  to  Seghol.  3."i*V  "ibnv  "i").?^ .  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate 
becomes  Seghol  in  ""^t^;},  '^^'^^;;  (with  a  postpositive  accent)  Gen.  2:7,  19, 
cb^'^T  Gen.  50:26;  but  Sia''^^ ,  bn^'^i ,  l^i'^n,  ^p'^T ,    only  once  before  a 


§148-150  REMARKS    ON    PE    YODH    VERBS.  181 

monosyllable,  §35.  1.  yi^*"^^  Gen.  9:24.  The  accent  remains  on  the  ulti- 
mate in  the  Lamedh  Aleph  form  N2;;?T ,  unless  the  following  word  begins 
with  an  accented  syllable,  e.  g.  N^;|:i  Gen.  4:  16,  8:  18.  The  pause  re- 
stores the  accent  in  all  these  cases  to  its  original  position,  : -w"?]  Ruth 

4:  1.  :nm  Ps.  139:  1,  n-'i  Ps.  IS:  10,  §35.  2.  " 

§148.  1.  Kal  construct  infinitives  with  Yodh  :  TL'i^  and  with  a  femiiiine 
ending  nri^ ,  rbi:^ .  "ib-j  with  suf.  "^ip^,  once  with  prep.  TiS'^b  2  Chron. 
31  :  7,  Daghesh  conservative  after  i  §14.  ay  nx-17,  §87,  once  K*i7  Josh. 
22:25  and  with  prep.  Xib  1  Sam.  18:29  from  sn^;  riA7  once  xin"^  2  Chron. 
26:  15  from  rrn^  ,  ",107. 

2.  Infinirives  without  Yodh  :  nr'n  (with  suf.  "^n?^).  nr'n  Ex.  2  :  4.  and 
without  the  feminine  termination  J"!  .  nnb  (with  suf  Tinb)  and  nnb ,  once 
rb  1  Sam.  4:19,  §54.  2,  nxk  (vviiii  suf!  "'rx^).  r.j:k\  rn-i  (with  suf. 
•^nnn)  once  nn-i  Gen.  46:3,  nu:"i  (with  suf.  nnir"}j,'n3ir'  (nsd  ,  with 
suf.  ^nzd  once  "^n^d  Ps.  23:6).  Yodh  is  perhaps  dropped  from  the  ab- 
solute infinitive  zib  Jer.42:  10,  which  is  usually  explained  to  be  for  irl'"' ; 
it  may,  however,  be  derived  from  the  Ayin  Vav  verb  ZVJ  . 

3.  Imperatives  with  Yodh:  n*^.  K'n"' ,  nn"^  .  Without  Yodh:  r^  (with 
n  parag.  nj;"n  Prov.  24  :  14),  zn  (with  n  parag.  n^li ;  for  ^in  Hos.  4:18, 
see  §92.  a),  kik  (nxk,  fern.  plur.  nrx^  Cant.  3:Vl),  "ir  ("nd  ,  ^irJ). 
With  both  forms:  p^  and  pik"]  (^p:?*:),  "in  (nnn),  twice  T]"'  Judg.  5:  is'ujn 
^"1  and  nia'ni . 

AT  T    T   : 

§149.  1.  The  Niphal  of  nr  has  u  instead  of  0,  ^\^:  Zeph.  3  :  IS,  ri:^3 
Lam.  1:4;  ^->k^i  1  Chron.  sVs.  20  :  8  has  u  followed  by  Daghesh.  ri:, 
which  according  to  Gesenius  is  from  r:s^.  has  i;  Ewald  assumes  the  root 
to  be  nns,  and  refers  to  it  likewise  the  Kal  future  and  the  Hlphil  ascribed 
to  nkr  §147.3.  and  §150.4.  In  that  case  the  Daghesh  in  ^irs";  Isa.  33: 12, 
Jer.  51  :  58.  will  not  require  the  explanation  suggested  in  §  24.  c,  but  the 
K'thibh  n^n-'ZSin  2  Sam.  14:30  will  be  unexplained,  t'p^''^  Ps.  9:17  is 
not  the  Niphal  preterite  or  participle  of  irp^,  but.  the  Kal  participle  of 'rp3 . 

2.  Yodh  appears  in  the  Niphal  future  of  two  verbs  instead  of  Vav, 
bn\'^^  Gen.  8 :  12,  1  Sam.  13:8  K'ri,  n-n^-;  Ex.  19  :  13.  In  the  first  person 
singular  X  always  has  Hhirik,  ynw,  lb  ^s,  "^Cnx,  t'^^x  ,  rr^X  ,  ^^J^  • 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Hiphil  the  following  verbs  have  Yodh  preceded  by 
Tsere.  viz.  :  113^  to  be  good,  h'2'^  to  howl,  "pz"^  to  go  to  the  right,  "r"^  to 
change,  ps"^  to  suck.  Yodh  is  likewise  found  in  "^D-'tt^n  Judg.  16:26 
K'thibh.  and  in  the  following  instances  in  which  the  prefix  has  Pattahh  as 
in  perfect  verbs,  cn^p^x  Hos.  7:12,  Ji-i"07:  Prov.  4  :  25.  ^t-^n  Ps.  5:9 
K'ri  (K'thibh  -idnn),  "xi":"  Gen.  8:17  K'ri  (K'thibh  i<:i^r^),  C*:^^-^^ 
1  Chron.  12  :  2.  ' 

2.  In  Z'^-l-^'y  Job  24  :  21  (elsewhere  ^-^p"^;:)  and  h"^}"^";  (once  nb^^^x  Mic. 
1:8);  the  radical  Yodh  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel  of  the  preformative, 
comp.  §  147.  2.  He  remains  after  the  preformative  in  ^b'^p'^n^  Isa.  52  :  5, 
nnin';  Neh.  11:17.  Ps.  28:7.  r^i'in^  1  Sam.  17:47,  Ps.  116:6.  Both 
Yodh  and  Vav.  quiescing  in  their  appropriate  vowels,  are  liable  to  omis- 
sion, 'fpn,  "P'^iv},  "t^l^H.  !TiJ"in,  and  once  the  vowel  Tsere  is  dropped 
before  a  suffix,  *inp^:n  Ex.  2 :  9  for  ^inp-'rn . 


182  ETYMOLOGY.  §150,151 

3.  Vav  conversive  draws  the  accent  back  to  the  penultimate  Tsere  or 
Hholem  of  the  Hiphil  future  in  the  persons  liable  to  be  affected  by  it, 
§147.5,  and  shortens  the  final  vowel,  n::'^!i ,  p:^ni,  2^.i*5  ,  rsqil ,  rsnn ; 
but  with  a  pause  accent  :  ^r'ni  Ruth  2:14, 

4.  The  following  verbs  insert  Daghesh  in  the  second  radical  in  the 
Hiphil,  viz. :  ^:i^  to  set.  place,  y^"^  to  spread,  pDi^  to  poitr,  except  :  r;;;^ia 
2  Kin.  4 : 5  K'ri  (K'thibh  np^t'^T:),  rk^  to  bimi,  except  rj"'n'^:nn  2  Sam. 
14 :  30  K'thibh. 

5.  In  the  Hophal  a  few  examples  occur  of  u  followed  by  Daghesh,  a^;* 
Ex.  10:24,  yk"^  Isa.  14:  11,  Esth.  4:3,  ib^i^a  Isa.  28:16,  pk-a  Job  11  :  15  ; 
and  a  few  of  Hholem,  snin  Lev.  4  :  23,  28,'  xH"'  Prov.  1 1 :  25  for  n-ii^  from 
nn^  .  The  construct  infinitive  :  ^b^n  Ezr.  3:  11,  and  with  the  feminine 
termination  n^^in  Ezek.  16:4,  m!sn  Gen.  40:20,  Ezek.  16:5. 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  Yodh  is  once  dropped,  ^n  Judg.  19  :  11  for 
^n^  .  Hhirik  occurs  with  the  second  radical  of  ^B'^  and  ^^"^  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  singular  with  suffixes,  and  in  the  second  person  plural, 
which  is  perhaps  due  to  the  assimilating  power  of  the  antecedent  Yodh, 

e.  g.  ""Sn")^?,  f^i?^'!"?,  tn^n^. 

2.  In  the  Piel  future  the  prefix  Yodh  of  the  third  person  is  contracted 
with  the  radical  after  Vav  conversive,  'inba?^.  Nah.  1:4  for  ^■^iv!^^'^!! .  S^j;*] 
Lam.   3 :  33,    «l^?T    Lam.   3 :  53,    cn;a^l    2    Chron.    32 :  30    K'ri  '  (K'thibh 

3.  Three  verbs  have  Vav  in  the  Hithpael,  S^^'nn ,  r^:nn,  nrorh;  n 
is  assimilated  to  the  following  "^  and  contracted  with  it  in  >i"iS!?3  Ezek. 
23 :  48  for  ^i&jro  a  peculiar  Niphal  formed  on  the  basis  of  a  Hithpael, 
§83.  c.  (2).  In  zkrn  Ex.  2  :4  for  -k^nn  Yodh  is  rejected  and  its  vowel 
giyen  to  the  preceding  letter,  §53.  3.  b. 

§  151.  1.  "rrj  and  "b^  .  T\?^>  to  go  in  the  Hiphil  and  for  the  most  part  in 
the  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative  Kal  follows  the  analogy  of  Pe 
Yodh  verbs,  as  though  the  root  were  ~r^  .  Thus.  Kal  inf  const.  nrB  (risb , 
with  suf  ''riDb)  rarely  Tjbn.;  fut.  Tt^"]  (once  with  the  vowel  letter  "^  fore, 
nbb''^  Mic.  1  : 8,  fem.  pi.  nrsbn),  occasionally  in  poetry  Ti'^n^  (3  fern.  sing. 
T\bnPi) ;  imper.  ~b  (with  n^  parag.  nbb ,  or  without  the  vowel  letter  T|b , 
fem.  pi.  njrb  and  ^rB)  once  libn  Jer.  51:50.  Hiphil:  ""'r'''"'  once  in 
the  imper.  ^2^b^■^  Ex.  2:9,  and  once  in  the  participle  c^bbn?a  Zech.  3:7 
for  n-^b^bn^Q,  §94.  e. 

2.  qbx  to  gather  and  th"^  to  add  are  liable  to  be  confounded  in  certain 
forms.  In  the  Hiphil  future  of  C|b^.  6  is  twice  represented  by  the  vowel 
letter  X,  Clp5<'i  1  San).  18:29.  llEpxn  Ex.  5:7;  Cipx  drops  its  s  in  the 
Kal  future,  when  it  follows  the  Pe  Aleph  inflection.  §110.  3.  which  it  does 
only  in  the  following  instances,  r,D>'i  2  Sam.  6  :  I,  qbh  Ps.l04:29,  nboN 
Mic.  4 :  6,  ?^SDX  1  Sam.  15 :  6,  where  the  Hhirik.  being  abbreviated  from 
Tsere,  is  short,  notwithstanding  the  Methegh  in  the  intermediate  syllable, 
§45.  2.  a.  The  apoc.  Hiph.  fut.  of  rb"^^  when  joined  with  the  negative 
particle  bx  is  accented  on  the  penult.  TiDin-bx  Deut.  3  :  26,  and  in  one  in- 
stance the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  dropped  entirely,  r|0in"b5t  Prov.  30:6. 


5  152,  153     AYIX    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODil    VERBS.  1S3 

3.  cr'Z'rin  Zech.  10:6  is  probably,  as  explaiiuul  by  Gesenius  and 
Heiiir^^tenberg.  lor  cr.zr'in  from  -'!l'^  to  dirtll,  though  Ewald  derives  it 
from  2-lilJ  to  return,  as  if  ibr  C^rilwH  .  and  Kinu'hi  supposes  it  to  be  a 
combiuaiion  of  both  words  suggcstiny:  tiie  sense  of  botii.  in  which  he  is 
followed  by  the  English  translators.  /  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them. 

ir^xiii  Isa.  30:  5  "is  regarded  by  Gesenius  as  an  incorrect  orthography 
for  t^Z^n  ;  but  Maurer  and  K:iobel  read  it  ^"'X^n  and  assume  a  root  cka 
synonymous  with  'i'-^n  ".     Alexander  in  ioc. 

rf^^n  Ps.  16:5,  see  §90. 


Ayin  Yay  C^'b)  AND  Ayin  Yodii  (■''i^)  Verbs. 

§152.  Yodh  and  Yav,  as  the  second  radical  of  verbs, 
have  the  following  peculiarities,  viz  : 

1.  They   may   be    converted    into    their    homogeneous-  § 
vowels  /  and  //.   S  lS^3:Jr.  /v.[s^^ 

2.  They  may  be  ^'ected^when  accompanied  by  a  hetero-  ^ 
/'  '^     geneous  vowel,  ^vbich^  is  characteristic  of  the  form.     Yodh      ^ 

\Aj^^  forms  are  confined  to  the  Kal  of  a  few  verbs;  in  the  other 
f  (7  vni, species  Yav  forms  are  universal. 

0^  OtyC  <Urvi/j - 

iSe^  'Y  '^  a.  Yo(]h  is  never  found  as  a  quiescent  middle  radical  in  any  species 
(r^dite  but  Kal:  it  (Miters  as  a  consonant  into  the  Piel  of  two  verbs,  and  the  Hith- 
1/  »/iAK^pael  of  two.  §  161. 1,  the  Niphal  of  n-^^n  to  be.  and  the  Hiphil  of  r^n  to  lice. 

^'"f  t^Cj*-  §153.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  and  active  participle  and 
]\^ }  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  the  quiescent  is  rejected 
^T  5^'  and  its  vowel  o-iven  to  the  precedino;  radical.  Thus, 
J  ^^  j^;^^^^lval  preterite:  Djp  tor  Dip  where  a,  wliicli  arises  iroiu 
te^-<y  blending  (7  with  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §62.  l,is  in  partial 
"*^'       compensation  for  the  contraction!^ r.i?  for  J^]^,  i^i  for  tiJi2, 

17  for  n"]"!  .     Por  an  exceptional  formation,  see  §158.  1. 
Active  participle :  Dp  for  D;ip ,  r^  for  nro ,  r3forC"^3, 

y}  for  l^"! ,  the  ordinary  participial  form  being  superseded 

by  that  of  another  verbal  derivative,  as  is  the  case  in  some 

perfect  verbs  of  a  neuter  signification,  §  90. 


184  ETYMOLOGY.  §154 

Hipliil  and  Hoplial :  D'^pn  for  D'^ilfH,  D^:  for  n"^^I?^ 
D{:^n  for  Q^pn,  the  short  vowel  of  the  prefix  being  pro- 
bnged  m  a  simple  syllable,  §  59. 

2.  In  the  Kal^coiistmct  infiiiitixe,  future,  imperative^  and 
passive  participle,  the  quiescent  is  softei^d  into  its  liomo- 
geneous/ vowel,  D^p,  n^nJIin  the  future  the  preformative 
commonly  takes  the  simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a,  n^p^, 
D'^\\  comp.  no;^. 

3.  In  the  Kal  absolute  infinitive  and  in  the  Niphal 
species  a  similar  softening  of  1  occurs,  which,  with  the 
accompanying  or  preceding  a,  forms  o,  §  57.  2.  (5),  Dip  (kC)m= 
kaum)  for  oi^p ;  nipp  for  nip?,  the  prefix  usually  taking  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a  ;  D^p?  for  D^p^' . 

4.  In  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Niphal  and 
Hiphil  preterites  0  (i)  is  inserted  before  the  afiixed  termina- 
tion in  order  to  preserver  flie  long  vowel  of  the  root  from  the 
compression  incident  to  standing  before  two  consonants, 
§G1.4;  in  the  feminine  plurals  of  the  Kal  future  c  (\.)  is 
sometimes  inserted  for  a  similar  reason,  this  prolongation  of 
the  word  being  attended  by  a  shifting  of  the  accent  and  a 
consequent  rejection  of  the  pretonic  vowel  of  the  first  sylla- 
ble, oni^ipp,  niTa^pn,  r.ria^pn.  Li  the  Niphal  preterite, 
when  the  inserted  i  receives  the  accent,  the  preceding  i  is  for 
euphony  changed  to  ^ ,  e.  g.  '^niii^pp . 

5.  In  the  Kal  and  Hiphil  species  the  apocopated  future 
takes  the  diphthongal  vowels  o  and  e  in  distinction  from  the 
ordinary  future,  which  has  the  pure  vowels  il  and  Z,  §  65.  2.  (5, 
thus  nizj; ,  nir^ .  AVith  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 
back  to  the  simple  penult,  and  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable 
is  shortened,  nirH  ,  n^r^l . 

§154.  1.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  the  form  of 
perfect  verbs  is  rarely  adopted,  the  second  radical  appearing 
as  1 ,  e.  g.  ^12? ,  or  as  "^ ,  e.  g.  D^p . 

2.  CommoJily  the  third  radical  is  reduplicated  instead 


^155       AYIN  VAV  AND  AYIX  YODH  VERBS.         185 

of  the  second,  which  then  quiesces  in  Hholem,  Pi.  D"i2Sp, 
Pu.  oisip ,  Hith.  Diaipnn . 

a.  In  the  Pual  o  is  the  passive  vowel  here  adopted  in  preference  to  ii: 
in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael  it  arises  from  the  combination  of  «,  to  which  1  is 
softened,  with  the  antecedents,  c^ip  for  ciiip .  §82.  5.  6  (3). 

3.  Sometimes  the  quiescent  letter  is  omitted  from  the 
root,  and  the  resulting  biliteral  is  reduplicated.  Pi.  ^5"^?, 
Pu.  bibs . 

a.  The  two  forms  of  the  intensive  species,  which  depart  from  the  regu 
lar  paradigm,  precisely  resemble  in  appearance  those  of  Ayin  doubled 
verbs,  though  constructed  upon  a  different  principle,  as  already  explained. 

§155.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  are  shown  in 
those  of  D^p  to  stand  or  rise,  in  the  following  paradigm ;  the 
divergent  forms  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  in  the  Kal  species  are 
exhibited  by  n^^  to  contend. 

a.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  are  named  not  from  the  Kal 
preterite,  in  which  the  quiescent  is  rejected,  but  Jt-om  the  construct  infini- 
tive, the  simplest  form  in  Avhich  all  the  radicals  appear. 

b.  No  Hophal  forms  occur  in  those  persons  in  which  the  inflective  ter- 
minations begin  with  a  consonant.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Ayin  Yodh 
imperative. 


Paradigm  of 

Ayin  Vav 

KAT,. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

t* 

Dip: 

Diip 

D'bip 

3/ 

!TrI? 

n^ipj 

ni^ij: 

iHTf^ip 

2  m. 

J?"fE 

ini:b^p: 

n-2^p 

n^iip 

2/. 

??i2 

nir^pD 

ri-j^ip 

l^-f^ip 

Ic. 

"ri-^E 

^nii^p^ 

^ri:rbip 

^n-fbip 

Plur.  3  c. 

^-!? 

^"-p; 

^ZT^ 

^:i-jip 

2  m. 

l=P}Ti2 

Dni-^ipj 

i^ij'f^ip 

Dn-;^ip 

2/. 

li?T5 

tf'^ 

I^'t^^'I? 

m^ 

Ic. 

^"t5 

^5i/b^P5 

^rfbip 

^rf^ip 

Infix.  Absol. 

nip 

Dipn 

Constr. 

dip 

Dipn 

D-bip 

FuT.  3  m. 

mp; 

nip^ 

D-jip"; 

D"bip: 

3/ 

cipn  • 

Dipn 

^■^T^ 

D'^ipri 

2  w 

mpn 

Dipr\ 

t^'^ipn 

D:^ipn 

2/ 

^a^pi? 

^ripri 

rbr)ij:n 

^i^aipn 

Ic. 

t)'p!« 

Gipij 

12"^T^ 

^^TT^^. 

PZwr.  8  w. 

^•-^p: 

^'^ip'; 

^'^'iVC: 

^■^ri?: 

.       3/. 

rerbpn 

n:-2ipn 

J^rf^ipn 

n:-^^ipn 

2  w. 

v;^,pn 

^•ripn 

^■r;ipri 

Tirjipn 

:    'i    : 

2/ 

ni'iipip 

n:-:iprn 

nr-iiipr^ 

n:-fr:pi^ 

1  c. 

DipD 

dip? 

t^iip? 

n-bTp= 

Imper.  2  m. 

Dp 

Dipn 

ti'^P 

2/ 

'"r^P 

rjipn 

^'^^il? 

wanting 

PZwr.  2  m. 

^?:iip 

^■::ipri 

^■b-jip 

. 

2/ 

~rP 

nr;ipri 

n:-:^ip 

Part.  J.c^. 

Op 

D-bip:j 

Pass. 

nip 

Dip; 

D-bip^ 

186 


AND  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 

nipniL. 

HOPHAL. 

IIITllPAEL. 

KAI- 

D"pn 

npn 

d-!:iprn 

T 

^r'pn 

^tR^" 

n"^-ipr.n 

ran 

T    T 

i?v^-pq 

(^tE^~) 

r-f^Trf7 

nun 

T    ;  — 

Mn"n 

T                  • 

'^'^■-"p" 

(^tP^") 

i;'r="'pfrv 

nzn 

"^^-T^! 

(-n-^p^n) 

"r-f^ipnn 

^^^i 

^nin^n 

^-"pn 

vji^^n 

riaipnn 

T 

^-"? 

dnt^-pn 
1,.  -. 

(Dnrp^n) 

dn-fri:rn 

oi?^!i 

1^11-"" 

(#tP-^v) 

I  V    :   -   'i    :    • 

|i?^^ 

*i-"i-"~ 

(t-rP^n) 

ir^iipnn 

1 

Dpri 

nin 

1 

o"r?~ 

d-rpnn 

-"^ 

c-p: 

Dpr 

^"rTP? 

—■1^^ 

c-pi? 

np^n 

C3'i?"iprri 

•      T 

d-pn 

dp^n 

d-bipnn 

•      T 

^•"Pn 

^■!:p^n 

rrfprn 

•      T 

D"P5$ 

dp^j^ 

J^'^T^iJ 

d^-^i^^ 

^-■p: 

^"ipr 

rrrpr-t 

-;=pj? 

(n:rp^n) 

nj-fj-ipnn 

nrz-n 

T    :   ••  T 

vrpn 

^:ap^n 

vj-r.j^rn 

^-^■^n 

"JrP'? 

(n:-:p-n) 

nrrrprn 

nrz-n 

T   :  ••  T 

e-p? 

dp^D 

C3";Tr^5 

•    T 

cpn 

d-rpr:^ 

1"-1 

^■"P- 

wanting 

r252ij:rn 

"2-n 

^--P- 

^•j'^ipnri 

C^n 

T    :  1  •   T 

T    :    ••    •      ;     •             1 

i-t.) 

n-p-j 

C3"^Tti-j 

T 

* 

DpW 

d^n 

187 


188  ETYMOLOGY.  ^156,157 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Vav  and  Ay  in  Yodh  Verbs. 

§  156.  1.  Medial  Yodh  and  Vav  remain  without  quiescence  or  rejection 
in  a  i'ew  verbs,  whose  root  contains  another  feeble  consonant  by  contrast 
with  which  these  letters  acquire  new  strength.  This  is  always  the  case 
in  Laniedh  He  verbs,  e.  g.  n^ri.  nna  ;  so  likewise  in  the  following  guttural 
verbs  and  forms,  r^a  to  expire,  :  ^"^^n;!  Isa.  29:22,  :  ^n^ii-^  Isa.  42:11, 
::''^x  to  he  an  enemy,  "^^i^  1  Sara.  18  : 9  K'ri  (K'^thibh  "p3?),  ng-;^*  Jer. 
4:  Sl.whicb  are  confined  to  the  Kal  species,  and  in  trn  to  he  airy  or  re- 
freshing, which  is  besides  Ibund  in  the  Pual  participle. 

2.  The  Kal  preterite  has  Pattahh  in  two  instances  as  in  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  T2  Zech.  4  :  10,  n-j  Isa.  44  :  18  but  rh  Lev.  14  :  42.  It  has  Tsere 
in  na  to  (lie,  *13  Isa.  17  :  11  but  ^n'a  .Ter.  50  :  3,  and  Hholem  in  "nix  to  shine, 
\ri2  to  he  ashamed,  rii:  to  he  good.  §82.  1.  a,  and  in  ^x3  Jer.  27:  18,  else- 
where ^xb.  l~t  Isa.  1:6,  Ps.  58:4.  elsewhere  ^'^J.  Hhirik  once  occurs 
instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  second  person  plural.  cnrQ  Mai.  3:20.  The 
followirig  participles  have  Tsere,  c"*:^  .  y^  .  'j''^  .  rh  ,  "i2?  ;  the  following 
have  Ilholem,  c^6i3,  c^ii:-;^  ,  C^TSip  2  Kin.  16:7  (comp.  cn^^^p  Ex.  32:25 
in  the  Samaritan  copy),  elsewhere  C^ij^  . 

3.  The  vowel  letter  X  is  written  for  a,  §  11.  1.  a,  once  in  the  preterite, 
DSjb  Hos.  10  :  U,  and  occasionally  in  the  participle,  ux^  Judg.  4:21, 
ri72X-i  Prov.  24:7,  usn  2  Sam.  12:1,  4,  Prov.  10:4,  ^3 :  23,  n^i:xd 
despising  Ezek.  16  :  57,  28  :  24,  26.  to  be  distinguished  from  D'^i:-3  rowing 
Ezek.  27:8,  26.  The  consonant  N  is  once  introduced  in  place  of  the 
omitted  T.  '^^5<,1^  Zech.  14:  10  for  n^"i ;  the  ancient  versions  favour  the 
assumption,  that  "'"}J<.3  Ps.  22:17  is  in  like  manner  for  U'^^'Z  piercing, 
though  the  most  recent  and  ablest  expositors  take  it  to  be  a  preposition 
and  noun  like  the  lion.     Alexander  in  loc. 

4.  The  accent  regularly  remains  upon  the  radical  syllable  before 
affixes  consisting  of  a  vowel  or  a  simple  syllable,  though  with  occasional 
exceptions,  e.  g.  r\^p^  Lev.  18  :  28,  lin  Gen.  26  :  22,  Jiib  Gen.  40  :  15.  si^n 
Num.  13  :  32.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  shifted  by  Vav  conversive  preterite, 
§100.2.  K-h]  Obad.  ver.  16,  Jisoi  Am.  3  :  15,  nnr  Isa.  11:2.  ^n;i  Isa.  7:  19 
but  ^X2!i  ibid.,  nx^si  Zech.  5  :  4,  nibl  ibid.,  where  the  feminine  ending  is 
n..  instead  of  n  j  so  in  the  passive  participle,  nnsit  Isa.  59  :  5  for  n-n^T . 

§157.  1.  Hholem  is  in  a  few  instances  found  instead*of  Shurek  in  the 
construct  infinitive,  xii  ,  Di's  Judg.  3  :  25,  ai^,  n"i3  and  'n^i .  rii  Isa.  7:2, 
elsewhere  r^i ,  tir  Isa.  30:  2,  which  is  not  from  TTr.  n'r  Josh.  2:  16,  else- 
where zr!r,  and  with  suf  crin  Ezek.  10:  17,  ^m  Ps.  71 : 6.  which  is  not 
the  participle  from  nn  (Gesenius),  ^m  my  hreaking forth,  i.e.  the  cause 
of  it  Ps.  22:  10,  see  Alexander  in  loc;  Gesenius  explains  this  form  as  a 
participle,  but  is  oblio-ed  in  consequence  to  assume  a  transitive  sense 
which  nowhere  else  belongs  to  the  verb. 

■  2.  The  following  imperatives  have  Hholem,  "'"lix  Isa.  60:1,  x'i ,  tiif 


^158 


AYIN    VAV    AND    A  YIN    YODII    VERBS.  189' 


^ri   Mic.   4:10,    "^'^i^  Mic.  4:13.      With  parago^ic  n,    ni^p    or    H^lp, 
nind  or  n^iu:.     Examples  of  the  feminine  plural,  nr-cp,  nszu. 

3.  The  following  futures  have  Hholem.  &<'i2^,  "(1*1^  Gen.  6:  3.  elsewhere 
•j'^'i^,  aioa  Ps.  80:19,  Din^  and  D^n^.  nihz"]  where  the  Hhirik  of  the  per- 
fect paradigm  is  lengthened  to  Tsere  under  the  preformative.  Examples 
of  the  feminine  phiral  :  n:^xhn  and  n;x2ri .  nj-^l^l^n.  nrk^En  and  Zcch. 
1:17  n:ki2n  (in  some  editions  without  Daghesh),  n3"'iri"n  .and  ripirn, 
nsnxn.  nrriiTsri  Ezek.  13: 19.  The  accent  is  shifted  and  Kamets  rejected 
from  the  preformative  upon  the  addition  of  a  suffix  or  paragogic  Nun,  the 
latter  of  which  is  particularly  frequent  in  this  class  of  verbs  both  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  future.  ^32vd^ .  T^r^^s,  nnsiTn,  c^=D^ ,  V^^P"?,  "i'lni^n, 
iiij^>n  Ezek.  4  :  12,  with  Daghesh  euphonic  in  the  3  which  is  omitted  in 
some  copies.  Apocopated  future:  r'i;' .  zib"^^  and  "2^^ .  nsn,  fpn.  ^'rn, 
Cp^  with  the  accent  thrown  back  to  the  penult  cp^  .  Future  with  Vav 
conversive:  r^^i  (in  pause  nt^i).  ZU^i  (^ir^l).  ^W ,  npfn .  ypfv  ci^^l 
the  last  vowel  is  changed  to  Pattahh  belbre  a  final  guttural,  rs;^] .  n;^T, 
and  sometimes  before  "i  or  after  an  initial  guttural  ""j^i  but  iS^l.  qr**  he 
was  weary,  wir^l  hejiew.  Onri] ;  the  vowel  of  the  prelbrmative  is  likewise 
changed  to  Pattahh  in  uinn.*  Job  31  :  5,  '^'A*\  I  Sam.  14:  32,  LJ>n^  1  Sam. 
15:  19  but  -jy^T  1  Sam.  25:  14. 

§158.  1.  The  verbs  which  exhibit  peculiar  Ayin  Yodh  forms  in  Kal, 
with  unimportant  exceptions,  either  do  not  occur  in  the  Hiphil  or  retain 
the  same  signification  in  both  these  species.  This  has  led  some  gram- 
marians to  entertain  the  opinion  that  these  are  not  Kal  but  abbreviated 
Hiphil  forms,  while  others  suppose  that  the  Hiphil  in  these  verbs  is  a 
secondary  formation,  and  has  arisen  from  the  Kal  future  having  the  form 
of  the  Hiphil.  Only  three  exam])les  occur  of  quiescent  Yodh  in  the  Kal 
preterite,  pii^n  Job  33:  13  (nrn  Lam.  3:58).  ^rra  Dan.  9:2  (nn:2  Ps. 
139:2)  cl-'-'i  Jer.  16  :  16.         '  ' 

2.  The  following  verbs  have  "  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative.  '"3 
to  understand.  Tpi  (once  ""na  Mic.  4:  10)  to  break  forth.  b"s  (once  ^^^^ 
Prov.  23:  24  K'thibh)  to  exalt,  V^  (once  "n^  Gen.  6:  3)  to  judge,  •,^P  to 
lodge,  n"'-i  to  contend,  Tr^'^b  to  muse,  cib  (once  Cli"^  Ex.  4:11)  to  put, 
iZJib  (once  c^u:'r7  Isa.  35  :  1)  to  rejoice,  ".^u:  (once  ^ir^  Job  33:  27)  to  sing^ 
ri"^i:3  to  place ;  b^n  or  ^■'n  to  twist,  writhe,  has  both  Yodh  and  Vav.  To 
these  are  to  be  added  n^3  Jer.  4  :  3.  Hos.  10:  12,  nr-'n  Ps.  71  :  12  K'thibh, 
K'ri  nd*in  as  always  elsewhere;  Y''^1  '^  urge,  V^?^  to Jiourish,  1"''^^  to 
wander,  are  in  the  Hiphil  according  to  Gesenius  :  but  as  the  corresponding 
preterites  are  not  Hiphil  but  Kal,  and  there  are  no  other  forms  of  the  Kal 
future,  they  micrht  with  equal  propriety  be  regarded  as  Kal  futures  of 
Ayin  Yodh  roots  ;  the  second  of  them  is  so  regarded  by  Ewald.  Apoco- 
pated futures:  "iv  by^  and  bj^ .  Z'y^.  cr^ .  rt;;.  "(bn  and  5")bn.  With 
Vav  conversive  :  bs^'l ,  -b^^  .  cbf") ,  •in;;. ,  bnni .  n:ri;) ,  "i\rrii .  With  para- 
gogic Nun  and  suffixes:  "i'ii3"'ai,  T"H">nn.  n?3^'u)7 .    Feminine  plural:  njbin. 

3.  The  infinitives  show  a  stronger  disposition  to  adopt  Vav  forms. 
Yodh  is  only  retained  in  the  following  absolute  infinitives:  V^  Prov.  23:  1, 
n-ia  and  na,  b-^a  Prov.  23:24  K'ri  (b:a  K'thibh),  n^n  Jer.  50:34,  else- 


190  ETYMOLOGY.  ^159,160 

where  2*1.  Construct  infinitives:  "p'n .  "'^i:  Gen.  24:23.  elsewhere  "yiS  ^ 
S^n  once  211  Judg.  21  :  22  K'thibh.  n^ib  and  HTJ,  D^ib  Job  20:4,2  Sam. 
14:7  K'ri,  elsewhere  WO,  -.•'U:  1  Sam.  18:6  K'ri  (K'thibh  ivdi),  n-«T23, 
also  with  suf.  "ilL'^l  Deut.  25:4,  elsewhere  t^"^ .  In  the  difficult  verse 
Hos.  7:4  i'^5'"a  has  been  variously  explained,  as  the  Kal  infinitive  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  '|P  or  as  the  Hiphil  participle.  The  only  certain 
instance  of  a  Kal  passive  participle  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  is  nrr:;  2  Sam. 
13:  32  K'ri  (K'thibh  HTS^b) ;  some  explain  C^ir  Num.24:  21.  Obad.  ver.4, 
as  a  passive  participle,  others  as  an  infinitive. 

4.  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  adopt  the  Vav  forms  in  all  the  derivative  species, 
e.g.  •'ni323,  "(iij,  ^'i33in^,  l^iarrj,  nirsi^ ;  i-^n  cooked,  i.  e.  pottage,  is  the 
only  instance  of  a  Niphal  participle  with  Yodh. 

§159.  1.  Examples  of  the  Niphal  preterite:  ai^3 .  !\iD3 ,  ^IDS ,  IINS; 
the  accidental  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  preserved  in  bi523  by 
means  of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical  ;  in  lira  it  is  lengthened  to 
Tsere  before  the  guttural;  in  :  ira  Jer.  48:  11  the  radical  1  is  rejected, 
which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  an  Ayin  doubled  verb.  Inflected  forms  : 
ri-Mz  (part.  fem.  n:i33).  i\z''2^ ,  siriis ,  rj-irs,  ^bjaa,  ^rh^^ .  ^rh^2 ,  cni::i£3, 

2.  Infinitive  absolute:  hiiri .  Construct:  bi^n,  niin ,  with  n  re- 
ject(d  after  the  preposition  iixb  Job  33:30,  §91.  b;  once  it  has  Shurek, 
U^l-nn  Isa.  25:  10.     Imperative,  ",lin.  iibJsri . 

3.  Future:  'ii':,  i:i:a^  b-;^-;,  "(i^  Ps.  72 :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  1^3-'),  ^:^h , 

r-is-i.   ^n:^,  !iri<;i,  ii?;i.     Participle:  ",133,    Ti^3 ,   ta-'iiES ,   c^iiD3 ,    c:^-:23 , 

§  160.  1.  The  short  vowel  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  in  a  few  instances 
preserved  in  the  Hiphil  by  doubling  the  first  radical,  thus  n'^rn  and  n^in, 
n-cn  and  n^bn  ,  b^-tn ,  t-«^: ,  -p^^ ,  and  )-'^1  ,  ^'^hl  and  in?_1  2  San). 
22  :  33. 

2.  Hiphil  preterite  inflected:  Sil^^kn,  ^3^3n,  iir^in  and  ^>in,  with 
syllabic  affixes :  nir^^t.  .  riui^sn ,  ni^^in^  and  n^  jti  ,  ='f!2?^1^'^:  and 
cri-'-n.  crh'^^'n,  "^nili^S:!!.^ .  or  when  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural, 
inin-'rn,  ri^^'ri  and  nrinrn,  or  without  the  inserted  Hholem.  risiri, 
-nnrn  and  ^nin^:n  .  i\tzr\  and  ^sirrn ,  cinxnn  and  crx^nri^ ,  ^r\hri  and 
nn^n,  §61.  4.  a.    With  suffixes,  irpn,  J^y^C);  ^l^'^^v!'  ''^^^'^^:'  "irii^ip.",. 

3.  Hiphil  future  itiflectcd :  *13^3V  *i'-:3--:n,  feminine  plural  JiJ^i'n , 
njr^pn ,  rii^^rtn .  With  Nun  paragogic  and  suffixes:  '^lilJ^^'],  cn^?3-i . 
Apocopated  future  :  y'v};^  .  n'b"; ,  Ty^l ,  nn'-;  .  With  Vav  conversive  : 
r^^T^5  ".^t-'  ^i^^^j  "^^^.T  ^^^  ^^k^!^-  i^  ^he  last  radical  be  a  guttural.  S-'i^l , 
^'i'^h  ^'"^^5  or  X,  n!:^;^  once  X^Z^i  and  once  N'^i^] ;  uprm  the  reception 
of  a  suffix  the  vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  length,  c^'^'CTi,   inE"^3')i. 

4.  Hiphil  infinitive  absolute:  =qn,  n^n.  cf^n  once  c^;?n  Jer.  44 :  25 ; 
construct,  b-'in  ,  n^in,  n^in  ,  c^pn  ,  with  suffix  ^^^in,  "0^90-  ^t.^'^>1» 
cis'^Sfi  and  once  with  a  feminine  termination  HDsn  Isa.  30  :  28. 


§161,162  LAMEDH    ALEPH    VERBS.  19] 

5.  In  a  few  instances  u  is  found  in  the  Hophal  before  Daghesh- forte  or 
ShVa.  nn^:n  Zech.  5:11.  ni-o  Ezek.  41:9,  11  but  nr^in  Lam.  5:5,  and 
in  some  ediiions  Cjsri  2  Sam.  23:1.  !  bu""  Job  41:1,  Jinxjri  2  Sam.  21:9 
though  otiiers  read  cpn  .  ',h'^^  ,  Jir^n. 

§161.  1.  The  following  verbs,  which  are  only  found  in  one  or  more  of 
the  three  reduplicated  species,  double  the  middle  radical  either  as  Vav  or 
as  Yodh,  viz.  :  ^jn  to  render  liable.  V-iJ  to  do  wickedly,  ins"  to  blind.  n^S 
to  pervert,  S'TJ  to  cry  for  help,  'i3')rJiJn  Josh.  9:12.  li'Ji:^^  Josh.  9:4;  so 
also  c^p  fut.  c^p"!  and  =^1p^  "ini?  fut.  nns"^ .  which  have  quiescent  Vav 
in  other  species,  and  nn .  which  has  consonantal  Vav  likewise  in  the  Kal. 

2.  The  following  omit  the  quiescent  in  the  Piel  and  double  the  result- 
ing biliteral,  bsbs  to  sustain^  n-^rxi:!*::  Isa.  14:23.  T]b'::"-::p  Isa.  22:17 
^"'^"p;!^  Hab.  2:7.  '^2:^s::2';  Job  J6:  12  but  yii^';  Jer.  23:29,  -•JD'i.p^  Num! 
24:  17  and  "ipip^  Isa. '22:5.  "^ap^bn  Isa.  17:11;  t  r^r^  Isa.  15:5  is  for 
']'^t'.l^l'!:  §5"^-  i;  ^%^"?  Job  39:  3  is  perhaps  for  l^rbi'7  'from  b^ir.  comp. 
psx  Ps.  139:8  for  pz'o^.-  §88,  though  Gesenius  conjectures  that  it  is  an 
erroneous  reading  for  ^^.'brb  from  i*?!^  .  The  only  Hithpael  formed  by  a 
like  reduplication  is  bnbnrn  Esth.  4:4,  elsewhere  bSinrn . 

3.  Other  verbs  double  the  third  radical  in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael.  Ex- 
amples of  the  feminine  plural :  nnnisn ,  nsbippi.  jn:wi^nn.  n:L:i:irr,pi. 
Hholem  is  changed  to  u  before  the  doubled  letter  in  the  contracted  form, 
^iy\z-;^  Job  31 :  15  for^  ^sipb";! ,  §61.3.  Fiirst  explains  13Sn^nn  Isa.  61 :  6  as 
in  like  manner  for  'islJSiYP!']  •  while  Gesenius  makes  it  a  Kal  future,  used  in 
this  single  instance  in  a  transitive  sense,  cbc^l'a  Am.  5  :  11  is  probably  a 
variant  orthogra})hy  for  D2CDi3  ,  §  92.  b. 

4.  The  following  are  the  only  examples  of  the  Pual  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs, 
viz.:  W^ith  1  doubled,  rb^D  Eccles.  1:  15,  c^nj-iia  Jer.  22:  14.  Redupli- 
cated biliteral.  ^'^r^  1  Kin.  20:27.  The  third  radical-  reduplicated,  bBi'n 
to  be  born,  t^irris  Ezek.  28  :  13.  Ps.  37  :  23,  n3i:?:rri  Ps.  75:  II  and  cri-!:Q 
Neh.  9:5.  rr-^  Isa.  16: 10.  ^ssii-;  Job  26: 1 1',  rniiidia  Ezek.  38  :  8.    ^ 

5.  CDTiilsisn  Jer.  25  :  34  is  an  anomalous  preterite  from  y^'ts  to  scatter, 
with  n  prefixed  and  inflected  after  the  analogy  of  Niphal  ;  some  copies 
liave  the  noun  ciiniisiEn  your  dispersions. 

In  •'nhisni  Ezek.  36:  11  for  '^rb^rn.i  from  n^i: ,  Tsere  is  retained  under 
the  prefix  as  though  the  word  were  from  the  related  Pe  Yodh  verb  -i:^ , 
e.  g.  "^n^-J^rii.  On  the  other  hand,  in  ^np'sni  Ex.  2:  9  from  pr  ,  Tsere 
is  rejected  as  though  it  were  from  an  Ayin  Vav  verb. 


Lamedh  Aleph   (iJb)  Verbs. 

§162.  1.  Aleph,  as  the  third  radical  of  verbs,  retains  its 
consonantal  character  only  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  nxi^ ,  lic^i^n . 


192  ETYMOLOGY.  §163 

2.  At  the  end  of  the  word  it  invariably  quiesces  in  the 
preceding  vowel,  §57.2.(2),  ^'i-q ,  i^k-Q ,  i^-^iOT  .  If  this 
vowel  be  Pattahh,  as  in  the  Kal  and  Niphal  preterites  and 
in  the  Pual  and  Hophal  species,  it  is  in  the  simple  syllable 
lengthened  into  Kamets,  §  59,  i^i^  for  i^ip ,  ^^12:  for  Jj^iisp ; 
so  likewise  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  where  i<  as 
a  guttural  requires  a,  Vik-Q^  for  i^k-Q^ ,  i^^-Q  for  i^i'q  .  A  like 
prolongation  of  Pattahh  to  Kamets  occurs  before  medial  &5 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  ^^k)2 , 

3.  With  the  single  exception  just  stated,  medial  ^5  quiesces 
in  the  diphthongal  vowel  e  before  syllabic  affixes  ;  thus,  in  the 
first  and  second  persons  of  the  preterites  of  the  derivative 
species  in  Tsere,  riN*^tJD ,  "^nxi^ion ,  in  the  feminine  pl^urak  of 
all  the  futures  and  imperatives  in  Seghol,  nji^l^rT,  n:x:£^ . 

a.  This  e  may  arise  from  the  diphthongal  preferences  of  N,  §60.  l.a(5), 
or  it  may  be  borrowed  from  the  corresponding  forms  of  nb  verbs,  between 
which  and  ^h  verbs  there  is  a  close  affinity  and  a  strong  tendency  to 
mutual  assimilation.  In  Chaldee  and  Syriac  no  distinction  is  made  be- 
tween them. 

§163.  This  class  of  verbs  is  represented  in  the  follow- 
ing paradigm  by  i^i^a  to  find ;  the  Piel  and  Hithpael,  though 
wanting  in  this  verb,  are  supphed  from  analogy.  The  Pual 
and  Hophal  are  omitted  because  they  are  of  rare  occurrence, 
and  they  present  no  peculiarities  but  such  as  are  common  to 
the  other  species. 

a.  In  their  ordinary  inflection  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  differ  from  the 
perfect  paradigm  in  tlie  vowels  only. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs. 


KAL.  NIPHAL.  PIEL.  IIIPHIL.  IIITIIPAEL. 


^                        t;it  t::»  -:•  t       ■     :     •  t:-:« 

2m.      r,xrj  rj^i'j:  nsi-j  nsrin  nxii-nn 

T         T    T  T         ••    :  •  T         ••    •  T         ••    :     •  T         ••  —    :     • 

2/      rK^i^  ri^i'iD  r.sk^  r.vskrn  nwsk".:nn 

ic.     ^r^t2  ^n>5i-jD  ^nsi-j  ^rivsr^n  ^ru^r^nn 

2/.     ]^.^'4'^  "^^?r?  "i^^?^  l^^^rr'  i^^?™r^ 


I^^Ym.Aisol      t^r^-2         5<^:"JD  ^^-S'^        ^'4^^ 

comtr.     ^'t2     5<i^n       ^^!i'j     ij^-r^n      ^5i-^; 


FiJT.  3  m.  jj^r^;;  ^2,121  KSi'j"]  J^":?*^::  ^?'^r^? 

8/  j^r^n  xi^n  ^^k■^n  .s-r^n  i^k-^rn 

'^  T    :     •  ••    T     •  ••   —    :  •     :    —  ..   _    ;     . 

2  m.  i^i-an  ^ii2T\  u^r^n  ^^-irn  ^^k';:n^ 

T    :    •  ••   T    •  ••  —    :  •     :   —  ..  _   ;    . 

2/.  \N:r^)n  "'it:?^/??!  "ST=^  "J^Tt^  ^^^^^^ 

ic.  ij^r^^  i^i^i^  i^r^js^  i^-kr:^  ^T^r.s 

piur.^m.  "^ki'T  ^i^-45:  ^xr^^  ^^^"i"^:  ^^"^^'^^t 

8/  nrni^n  nr^i^n  nr^^k^n  rirwsrin  nr^^krrn 

T        V    :     •  T        V   T     •  T         V  —   :  T        V    :   —  t        -.•—:• 

2  m.  ^j^rjri  '^'kr!2T\  ^'k-i'Z7\  -iwS-r^ri  ^i^^rinri 

2/.  n:t^i:-n  nr^iian  nr.srin  n:^^r-:n  nr^i'^np, 

1  c.  j^r-2  ;j^i^2  i^Si-j:  ^^"i -3  is;k-^r,D 


iMPER.2m.        i^i'j     ^i^n       ;j<!i:a      ^^i•r^      ^k»nn 

T    :  ••    T    •  ..  _  ••    :    —  ..  _   ;    . 

piur.2m.      ^ki'2    ^iS'^izn      ^J^rj    ^^^T^^     ^5<r^nri 


Paet.:4c«.  X!:t3  ^^^s'-?        J^":i"fJ  ^^^rJ^"^ 

Pass,      ^^^i'j      ^hz": 

r  T     :  • 

13  193 


194  ETYMOLOGY.  §164,165 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs, 

§164.  1.  Verbs  having  Tsere  as  their  second  vowel,  §82.  1.  a.  retain  it 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  ris*^^,  rxTca  ,  ■'nsbiu. 

2.  (Quiescent  N  is  occasionally  omitted  from  the  body  of  the  word, 
e.  g.  Kal  pret.  ^P^*;  Job  1:21  for  "'rx^^,  "^rri^  Num.  11:  11,  ^rr^  Judg. 
4:  19,  T?^  Job  32:  18,  *I32  1  Sam.  25:¥for  !i:x2 :  fut.  nr^n  and  HDJc'^n  ; 
rk^  Dent.  28:57  part.  fem.  sing,  for  rs^^  ;  "h'JL^Ta  Job  \\:\1  for  "?r:<"v^T3 
const,  inf  with  prep,  and  suf.  from  K"d'3 .  Niph.  pret.  crsns  Josh.  2:  16, 
tr^'JS  Lev.  11:43.  Otiant  K,  §16.  1,  may  in  like  manner  be  dropped 
from  the  end  of  the  word  aftor  quiescent  Vav  or  Yodh.  e.  g.  'i'^n  Gen, 
20:6  for  KVJni ,  i-i^-T  1  Kin.  12:12  for  xii^^  ^i:nn  2  Kin.  13: 6.*''^-jnn 
Jer.  32:35.  ^3^  Ps.' 141 : 5,  ^^1  Ps.  55:16,  "CX  1  Kin.  21:29,  Mic.  1:15", 
-273  2  Sam.  5:2,  and  in  three  other  passages;  •'hn  Ruth  3:15  is  Hiph. 
imper.  fem.  for  ^X^nn,  §62.2. 

3.  The  vowel  following  X  is  in  a  few  instances  given  to  a  preceding 
vowelless  consonant,  and  the  X  becomes  otiant  or  quiescent,  §57.  2  (3), 
&<ri'3  Ps.  139:  20  for  sikbs,  K^lirs^  Jer.  10:5  for  ixt'S"?,  ^xn"!  imp.  for  ^^T. , 
N-^^  Eccles.  10:5  Kal  part.  fem.  for  rixis';' .  c^xin  1  Snm.  14:33  for 
c-k'jn.  cx'1'13  Neh.  6:8  Kal  part,  with  suf  for  ti'i'-a,  siXQ-j?  Ezek.  47:8 
for  ^1X3*3;  and,  on  the  contrary,  quiescent  X  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel 
of  the  preceding  consonant  in  "Nip  Ex.  2:20  Kal  imp.  for  i^JN^p?  and 
nrx^   Cant.  3:11  for  nixk    from'x^V 

A.  Final  &<  resumes  its  consonantal  character  upon  the  addition  of 
suffixes  iN^'3,  receiving  (__)  before  Tj,  CD  and  '3,  in  consequence  of  which 
a  previous  Tsere  or  Sh'va  is  converted  into  Pattahh,  §60,  1,  '^|^?/7f?  •  ^^;,5"^j 
?iS^;^S,  7ii<.;]2n,  ^ixnTa  Pi.  inf.  B3i<,^;3,  c=i<:^^  Kal  inf.  for  ts.s^^,  §61.  I.e. 

5.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  mostly  retained  before  suffixes  and  para- 
gogic  n,  ^|5<,^^'?,  !^fi<S*^  Ps.  41:5,  nx-^pXT  1  Sam.  28:15,  but  r-ijszps  Isa. 
56:12.  Tsere  is  rejected  riN^JN  Neh.  2:13,  2  Chron.  1:10,  or  retained 
only  in  pause  J  ni<:j£  Judg.  9:  29. 

§165.  1.  He  is,  in  a  few  instances,  substituted  for  X,  HD'i  Ps.  60:4  for 
ttC"),  ninrt  Jer.  19:  11  for  »£';v!,  nD3  Ps.  4 :  7  for  xii:3 ,  §3.'i.  a,  r^sns  Jer. 
49V10  for'xsns,  ninn  1  Kin.'  22:25,  2  Kin.  7:12  for  J<nnn  nr'r^'  Job 
8:21  for  t<f7?v" 

2.  Sometimes  X  remains,  but  the  vowels  are  those  of  rib  forms,  "^P^^^S 
Ps.  119:101  for  T^^s,  Nqn   Eccl.  8:  12,  9 :  18,  Isa.  65:20  for  N-jh,  ^hl 

1  Sam.  22:2.  Isa.  24:^2,  xi"!^  Eccl.  7:26,  xi'?  1  Kin.  9:11,  Am.  4:2  Pi. 
pret.  for  fit'^3,   t<2"^  Ps.    143:3  for  NSn  ,  N^-o   Jer.  51:34  for  Nf^,  ^PNET 

2  Kin.  2:21  for  T^?1 ,  ^^XE")  Jer.  51:9  for  ^liXB"?,  "^"S^T:  Job  39:24  for 
-.XSS":.  wS^'sri  Deut.  28:59  Hiph.  pret.  for  K'V^n  ■  Niiia  Ps.  135:7  Hiph. 
part,  const,  for  N'li'iTa  from  xi^ ;  to  which  may  be  added  ns'^X'^an  Ezek. 
23  :  49    nrx^,^n  Jer.  50  :  20,  with  ^  inserted  as  in  n">  verbs." 


^  16G-168  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  195 

3.  Sometimes  the  n"b  form  is  adopted  both  in  consonants  and  vowels. 
!;l3^  Ezek.  28:16   for  ^ixb^.  6^  1    Sam.   6:10,  ^'h    E/ek.  39:26,  "^anba 

1  Sam.  25 :  33  Ibr  ^snxbs'/nxsri'Ruth  2:9  for  rs^^',  r\^D-^^  Gen.  23:6  for 
jt^D7,  na-^D-in  Job  5:  18  ibr  nsxc-ipi  comp.  Jer.  8:11.  51  : 9,  2  Kin.  2  :  22, 
■i!|C"3  Ps.  32:1  for  Nr>I?3 ,  n^23  Jer.  26:  9  for  rxaa .  n^33rn  l  Sam.  10:6, 
niiipn  1  Sam.  10:13,  Tin-'it^n  2  Sam.  3:8'  n^i::'lsa."29:  7  for  t}^k?^\ 
nip^  Ezek.  8  :  3  is  by  some  interpreters  thought  to  be  for  X"'3p^  provok- 
ing to  jealousy,  and  by  others  explained  in  the  sense  of  the  K'b  varh  selling- 
(Israel  to  their  foes). 

§166.  1.  The  3  fem.  preterite  has  the  old  ending  n^,  §86.  b.  in  PXljn 
Ex.  5 :  16  fbr  nxian,  nxn;^  Deut.  31 :29,  Isa.  7:  14,  Jer.  44:23.  nxin  Ge'n^ 
33:11  Hoph.  from  xia'  nxBss  Ps.  118:23  (rxBs3  Deut.  30:ll'  is  the 
feminine  participle),  to  which  the  customary  ending  n^  is  further  added 
in  rinxbss  2  Sam.  1 :  26.  nnjtann  Josh.  6:  17  for  nx'^ann. 

2.  A  feminine  termination  n^,  Pi,  or  as  in  K'b  verbs  n",  is  occasionally 
added  to  the  construct  infinitive,  e.  g.  Kal,  f^xiSD .  nx"!";!,  nx3b,  rx'np  from 
Xnj?  ?o  ;?2ee^.  distinguished  from  Xip  and  n'lXnp  Judg.  8:1  from  X'^jj^  to 
call,  rx573  and  n'x!:?:  never  X^^,  nx':b  Prov.  8:  13.  with  suf.  IPiJ-jn 
Ezek.  33:12.  Niphal.  ^r^^-^tr^  Zech.'  13:4.  Piel,  P15<^^  and  x^^j 
•inxsp  2  Sam.  21  :  2;  Pix'^^  Ezek.  17 :  9  is  a  Kal  inf  const.,  formed  as  in 
Chaldee  by  prefixing  "Q  . 

3.  There   are  two  examples  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute.  !J<'Hp3 

2  Sam.  1  :  6  and  N^7|n  Ex.  22  :  3:  the  analogy  of  the  former  has  been  re- 
tained in  the  paradigm  for  the  sake  of  distinction  from  the  construct.  Piel 
infinitive  absolute  :  x:p,  xsn  ,  xna.     Hiphil  inf  abs. :  J<i5pn  ,  5<i;n  . 

4.  The  Hiphil  future  with  Vav  conversive  commonly  has  Tsere  in  the 
ultimate,  though  Hhirik  also  occurs  N'^i^nv  xj?n  ,  XIjn^T .  X2nni .  NS'i''!! 
and  xii'fl^,  xn^'l,  once  X^n^l  Ezek.  40  :  3,  and  once  X-^n^n  Neh.'8:2. 

5.  Kamets  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ultimate  of  the  Hithpael  future, 
X'^^3P"»  Num.  23:24  but  X'^SPPi  Ezek.  29:  15.  so  xisHnn ,  xxais"',  X^SPtn, 

AT-    :  •  ••  -    :     •  .  r    -    .  .   1  ,   .  .  1         ,    _    .    .  J 

:",1Xa'^p';';  more  rarely  in  the  preterite,  nx^ian. 

§167.  1.  The  following  are  the  only  Pual   forms  which  occur.  Pret. : 

Jixsn ,  !iwX2n .  xVp .  Fut. :  xsn*^ .  Part. :  xsn^ ,  nx53:3^ ,  n-^xbr^  .  o-^xsp^ , 
nixsiiTa ,  with  suf  "^xip^  .     " 

2.  The  following  are  the  only  Hophal  forms:  Pret.  ixann,  nx:£^n, 
x-:!!n,  r\i<ir},  nr^nzri.  sixn?,n.    Fut.:  wSaJi-',  sixi^^.    Part.:   xsii,  Px:i^5Q. 


pxan 


3    For  the  anomalous  forms,  npxiin  Deut.  33:  16,  T|PXinPi  Job  22:21, 
nn  1  Sam.  25:34  (K'thibh  ''nxnn),  see  §88  (sing.  3  fern.)  ' 


Lamedh  He  (nb)  Verbs. 

§  168.  In  these  verbs  the  third  radical,  which  is  Yodh  or 
Vav,  does  not  appear  at  the  end  of  the  word  except  in  the 


196  ETYMOLOGY.  §  169 

Kal  passive  participle,  e.  g.  "'^b^ ;  in  all  other  cases  it  is  re- 
jected or  softened,  the  resulting  vowel  termination  being 
usually  expressed  by  the  letter  n ,   §  11 .  1 .  (5^. 

In  the  various  preterites  n  stands  for  the  vowel  a,  and 
is  hence  pointed  n  ^  . 

In  the  futures  and  participles  it  stands  for  e,  and  is 
pointed  n . . 

In  the  imperatives  it  stands  for  e,  and  is  pointed  n .. . 

In  the  absolute  infinitives  it  stands  for  o  or  e ;  in  the 
Kal  it  is  pointed  T^ ,  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  n .. ,  in  the 
Niphal  and  Piel  n '  or  n  „ .  There  are  no  examples  in  Pual 
and  Hithpael. 

The  construct  infinitives  have  the  feminine  ending  Mi . 

a.  In  this  class  of  verbs  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost  entirely  super- 
seded those  with  Vav.  The  latter  are  confined  to  the  construct  infinitive 
wiiere  ni ,  occurring  in  all  the  species,  is  best  explained  by  assuming  1  to 
be  radical  (comp.  nixT  Ezek.  28:  17  as  an  alternate  of  riix'i)  and  to  a  few 
other  sporadic  cases,  viz. :  a  single  Kal  preterite,  '^P'lbd  Job  3  :  25.  the 
reduplicated  forms  of  three  verbs,  HIXD ,  ^iniJTa,  ninndn,  and  the  pecu- 
liar form,  ".jf'^X  Isa.  16:9. 

h.  In  the  Kal  preterite,  Yodh  is  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous 
vowel  Pattahh,  §57.  2.  (5).  which  is  then  prolonged  to  Kamets  in  the  sim- 
ple syllable,  nba  for  "^bri.  As  Pattahh  is  likewise  the  regular  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  in  the  preterites  of  Niphal  and  Hophal,  and  occasionally  appears 
in  Piel.  §  92.  c.  and  Hithpael.  §96.  b,  the  final  Kamets  of  these  species  may 
be  similarly  explained.  The  ending,  thus  made  uniform  in  the  other 
species,  passed  over  likewise  into  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  it  did  the 
more  readily  since  a  belongs  at  least  to  some  of  its  persons  in  the  perfect 
verb.  Yodh  is  in  like  manner  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous  Hholera 
of  certain  infinitives,  while  it  leaves  the  homogeneous  Tsere  of  others  un- 
modified. 

c.  The  futures,  imperatives,  and  participles  of  certain  of  the  species 
have  e  as  the  normal  vowel  of  their  ultimate;  in  this  Yodh  can  quiesce, 
leaving  it  unchanged.  Those  of  the  other  species  (except  the  Hiphil, 
whi(;h  is  once  more  attracted  into  conformity  with  the  rest)  have  or  may 
have  a  in  the  ultimate  ;  this,  c-ombined  with  the  i  latent  in  ^  .  will  again 
form  ft.  In  the  future  this  becomes  e  (..)  in  distinction  from  the  ending  e(..) 
of  the  more  energetic  imperative  ;  and  the  absolute  is  distinguished  from 
the  construct  state  of  the  participle  in  the  same  way. 

§169.  1.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a 
vowel  the  last  radical  is  occasionally  retained  as  '' ,  particu- 


§170  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  197 

larly  in  prolonged  or  pausal  forms,  Ji^'^cn ,  ^'^cn ,  :  )'^^t'n'^ ;  it 
is,  however,  commonly  rejected  and  its  vowel  given  to  the 
antecedent  consonant,  1^5  for  i^bj ,  ^i.nn  for  ^^^'^T^ ;  in  like 
manner  the  preterite  3  fera.,  which  in  these  verbs  retains  the 
primary  characteristic  tn^ ,  §86.  (5,  n^3  for  ri'Jbj ,  to  which  is 
further  appended  the  softened  ending  ri  ^ ,  thus  nnbj ,  in 
pause  ~nb5 . 

a.  The  n^  of  the  3  fern.  pret.  is  frequently  explained  as  a  second  fem- 
inine ending  added  after  the  first  had  lost  its  significance  in  the  popular 
consciousness.  It  might,  perhaps  with  equal  propriety,  be  regarded  as 
paragogically  appended.  §61.6,  comp.  such  nouns  as  rirrvr">,  nnV? , 
nnr''X ,  in  order  to  produce  a  softer  termination  and  one  more  conformed 
to  that  which  obtains  in  the  generality  of  verbs.  Nordheimer's  explanation 
of  the  n  as  hardened  from  n.  nrh^  for  nnbs.  labours  under  the  double 

T   :iT  T  :  T  ' 

difficulty  that  there  is  neither  proof  nor  probability  for  the  assumption  that 
the  consonant  n  could  be  exchanged  for  n  .  and  that  ri  in  the  preterite  of 
these  verbs  is  not  a  radical  nor  even  a  consonant,  but  simply  the  represen- 
tative of  the  vowel  a. 

2.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a  consonant 
the  third  radical  '^  remains  but  is  softened  to  a  vowel,  so 
that  in  the  Kal  preterite  it  quiesces  in  Hhirik;  in  the  Pual 
and  Hophal  preterites  ^n  Tsere;  in  the  Niphal,  Piel,  Hiphil, 
and  Hithpael  preterites  in  either  Hhirik  or  Tsere,  and  in  the 
futures  and  imperatives  of  all  the  species  in  Seghol,  n-^S? , 

3.  Forms  not  augmented  by  personal  endings  lose  tbeir 
final  vowel  before  suffixes,  e.  g.  ^?^? ,  ^^5  from  rih ,  ^b;\^ 
from  n^.^:^,  ^br^n  from  ri??r\.  The  preterite  3  fem.  takes  its 
simple  form,  e.  g.  ^nnbj  or  wba  ,  and  in  pause  ^nb3  . 

§170.  The  Lamedh  He  verbs  will  be  represented  by 
nSj  to  uncover,  reveal,  which  is  used  in  all  the  species. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

n3:i 

T    T 

-b';o 

T  :  • 

T    • 

3/ 

T  :  IT 

i^r!^?? 

nnbj 

T  :  • 

2  m. 

T       •      T 

n-ij';; 

T    ••  :  • 

T       •     • 

2/ 

•      T 

r^'.^';»? 

n^bii 

\c. 

•        •      T 

-n^b'ro 

^tr% 

Plur.  8  c. 

T 

*f? 

^i^ 

2  w. 

^^'^5 

ts^J^^f? 

V       •    • 

2/ 

1^^^? 

l^'^f? 

in^bs 
1  ...  .  . 

1  c. 

•     T 

.. . . 

sirb'3 

Infix.  ^6s(?Z. 

n-Ba 

nb':o 

:  • 

n-Vs 

Constr. 

nib's 

T      • 

riVa 

FUT.    3  77>. 

V   :  • 

nb'3" 

V     T    • 

".?':>■: 

3/ 

>^.^V^ 

nbsn 

V    T       • 

"^3n 

2w. 

nb^n 

nb'3n 

V   T      • 

nb'an 

V  -   : 

2/ 

"i^?^ 

-ban 

•    T      • 

^iW} 

Ic. 

V   :    V 

»  \>Zs^ 

fiiyi^. 

P^wr.  3  w. 

*?: 

T  • 

"^iT; 

3/. 

T    •••   :    • 

T      V   T      • 

nt^b^n 

T    V  —   : 

2w. 

^3?n 

ib'sn 

T      • 

iban 

2/ 

T    V    :    • 

nrb'^n 

T      V    T     • 

» jj'^_!p3ri 

Ic. 

kB:3 

nb'ro 

V—: 

Impee.  2  m. 

"?? 

••  T      • 

-b'3 

2/ 

•   : 

-b3n 

•     T      • 

'b'3 

P^wr.  2  w. 

63 

T      • 

^b3 

2/. 

i^r^?* 

T      V    T      • 

•^rb'a 

Paet.  ^c«. 

nba 

Pass. 

^63 

T 

nb^? 

198 


He  Verbs. 

PUAL. 

niPHiL. 

HOPHAL. 

niTlIPAEL. 

1  1 

T   •.. 

nbini 

nS^n 

r;b'r,rn 

nhba 

r;nb:n 

T  :  :     • 

Jnri-^jn 

T  :  :    T 

T  :  —  :    • 

r.?3 

n-b':- 

T    •  :    • 

T     ••  ;    r 

r-V^rn 

n-b'^n 

ri^b^n 

"  :    T 

n-f^rn 

•  ••  ••. 

"r^b'jn 

^n^b'rn 

•    ••  :    T 

^O'")?'^^! 

.V. 

ii:^i 

% 

^b:;nn 

nt^^b3n 

V    •  :    • 

Dn^br^n 

V    •• :    T 

V     •  —  ;    • 

IJD-^? 

t')"' 

W'^fl 

l^-'5^n 

^"?a 

^">3n 

^^^K> 

^^''?5^n 

(^^) 

(n%r:) 

m-a 

ni'in 

(n%) 

ni^^rn 

nb'3'^ 

V  :  - 

V  :  T 

•^.)'5^r 

n  >r»n 

In  v3n 

V  :    - 

nb'^n 

V  :    T 

nVsrn 

r;b';.n 

"'i'J? 

nb'.-rn 

^Vjm 

•  :   T 

^b':inn 

r;V3j< 

nb'j^^ 

r;b';>x  . 

r;V:ps 

^^3^ 

"fir. 

^^sn^ 

nrb'^n 

T    V  :  — 

^r^r^n 

^Sr^n 

^53n 

:    T 

i^arpi 

T    V  :   — 

r;rb':»n 

T     V   :     T 

rir-Vanpi 

T    V  —   :    • 

f  1 
»   1  >.»« 

V  :  r 

•  1 

ri-'^rj 

M^nntn 

wanting 

^bjo 

wanting 

*V:»nr; 

•      ^!^fn 

^b'^nn 

nrb'^n 

^".y^r^ 

I  »^-«  J 


^^r: 


;:5:rj 


^^'-'•,-^ 

tiJj'2 


199 


200  ETYMOLOGY.  §171,172 

BHOETEXED  FUTUEE  AND  IMPERATIVE. 

§  171.  1.  The  final  vowel  n  .  is  rejected  from  the  futures 
when  apocopated  or  when  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  The 
concurrence  of  final  consonants  thence  resulting  in  the  Kal 
and  Hiphil  is  commonly  relieved  by  inserting  an  unaccented 
Seghol  between  them,  §61.  2,  to  which  the  preceding  Pat- 
tahh  is  assimilated  in  the  Hiphil,  §  G3.  2.  a,  the  Hhirik  of 
the  Kal  either  remaining  unchanged  or  being  lengthened  to 
Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable. 


KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

HIPHIL. 

HITHPAEL. 

Future. 

nx^'? 

rr>r^ 

niro 

nSrp 

V  :  - 

nj^rr^ 

Apoc.  Fut. 

"^t. 

or      "^T!. 

^ 

'^i? 

!::o 

^ 

Vav.  Conv. 

"^^ 

or  by^:\ 

bii^n 

^i^^ 

'?tT 

bin^i 

2.  The  final  vowel  n  .  is  sometimes  rejected  from  the  im- 
perative in  the  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hithpael  species,  e.  g.  Pi.  % 
for  T^i ,  Hiph.  bjn  for  n5.)n ,  Hith.  bsnn  for  nj^nn. 

Remarks  on  Lamedh  He  Verbs. 

J  •  (/' '      §172.  1.  Kal  preterite  :  The  third  person  fern inine_ rarely  occurs  with 

^,       the  simple  ending  n,,  nr:?  Lev.  25  :  21,  n"^n  2  Kin.  9 :  37  K'thibh  ;  so  in 

tirniiphil,    nxbn   Ezek.'  24 :  12.  nisin  Lev.   26  :  34,  and  Hophal,  r^-Hn 

^  '^  Jer.  13:  19.     Yodh  is  occasionally  retained  before  asyllabic  affixes,  J^^on 

■^  ir^j      Ps.  57  : 2,  the  only  instance  in  which  the  feminine  has  the  endin^j  usual  in 

^         other  verbs.  !|^6n  Dent.  32  :  37,  ^^h}  Ps.  73  :  2  K'ri ;  so  in  the  imperative, 

"^    ''"^rix,  rra  Isa.  21:12;  future,  "i^'^D^"?  •  'i^'^^^'? ,  "''"''J^!!  •   'i'''''9D,'!  •   '^''n^'i, 

^'^^Cl.v-    '1^''^*"^^.  ■|?^3"?'?.  rjl");  ^■'7'^'?,  si-ipx;;,  Niphai  preterite,  r-^::.  P'iel 

future,  l^'^s'iri,  ^■a'JoD'i,  Hiphil  future,  "i^^^n,  imperative,  rnn  for  l^rxn  . 

2.  Infinitive:  Vav  is  sometimes  written  for  the  final  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive absolute  instead  of  n,  iia.  iy«,  ■i'sri,  inn,  in^:,  idr,  \ip^.  ixn,  inir, 
and  in  a  few  instances  the  feminine  termination  is  added,  nibx .  nixn, 
m'n^r.  There  are  also  examples  of  the  omission  of  this  termination  from 
the  construct  infinitive,  T('6'J_  and  i*i?. .  nip,  ni<"i,  inb  ;  once  it  has  the 
form  nnxn  Ezek.  28  :  17. 

3.  Future  :  There  are  a  very  few  examples  of  Tsere  as  the  last  vowel 
of  the  future,  n^^■^^^  Dan.  1:13.  nirrn  Josh.  7:9,  r\^bvl^  Josh.  9:24, 
-n;;nn  Jer.  17:  17;  bo  in  the  Piel,  ni:n  Lev.  18:7  IF.;  and,  on  the  other 


^173  REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  201 

hand,  there  is  one  instance  of  an  imperative  ending  in  Seghol.  viz.,  the 
Piel,  n?n  Judg.  9 :  29.  The  radical  "^  remains  and  rests  in  Hhirik  in 
''Mni  (3  tern.)  Jer.  3  :  6,  in  the  Hiphil,  "^nisn  (2  masc.)  Jer.  IS  :  23,  and  in 
the  Kal  imperative,  "^in  (2  masc.)  Isa.  26:20.  Yodli  appears  once  as  a 
consonant  before  a  suffix,  ■'3^?.ri^^;^l  Job  3:25.  and  once  belbre  n  paragogic, 
n^^nx  Ps.  77:4,  which  is  very  rare  in  these  verbs,  but  perhaps  di.^places 
the  final  vowel  in  nr^x  Ps.  119  :  117,  and  the  Hithpael,  n^nra  Isa.  41:23. 
In  a  few  instances  ^  is  restored  as  a  quiescent  before  suffixes.  *3^;"n7  Hos. 
6:2,  ■'ran  i  Kin.  20:35,  i^^b?';'  Ps.  140:10K'ri,  nn\xsx  Deut.  32  :  26. 
Examples  of  the  feminine  plural:  nr szn  ,  njS-rn ,  ^f^^riPO  j  •"'f^l??.^!!  ? 
nrirn  and  r^sDS'n. 

4.  The  future  of  a  few  verbs  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  con- 
versive  simply  drops  its  last  vowel,  either  retaining  Hhirik  under  the  per- 
sonal prefix  or  lengthening  it  to  Tsere.  rio*]  ,  ^^'!'!}  j  T\^?.^ -.  'H"'.'!'!!  ?  '^'^.''}. , 
Pid;^l;  so  in  the  Pe  Nun  forms,  t?i  and  T^l ,  13^,  and  Pe  Yodh  rp''l ,  with 
Pattahh-furtive  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Pe  guttural,  '^n'";,  §  17.  .  or 
the  vowel  of  the  personal  prefix  changed  to  Pattahh.  §60.  1,  TN^T.  N"i';^1 
but  XI"; .  xini .  Most  commonly  Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concur- 
ring consonants,  t2^i,  "in'"^,  ba^.  ni'lii.  bsA  and  bsn,  y^T].  "S'i'i  and  "En^, 
5:^V  iir^v  "i^'i'T ,  ^H-T^,  ^l'"]  and  -"i^ni ,  v)1"fT .  7":n' .  5<"i^i,  xbni .  h^_j\  or 
Pattahh  if  one  of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  §61.  2;  thus,  in  Ayin  gut- 
tural verbs,  r^i'^i ,  Hsri .  rn^  ,  rrn,  in  Pe  guttural  )n^^  from  ninn  , 
§60.  \.a.  (3),  "in*!  from  i^^^^-  ^^  ^'^'^^^  ^^^  additional  change  of  the  vowel 
of  the  prefix  to  Pattahh,  inn] ,  tnn  from  nmn ,  yv]^'  from  n^n;; ,  nrnn , 
:2rp  Isa.  59:  17  (in  1  Sam.  15:19.  14:32  K'ri,  this  same  form  is  from 
i:^r  or  -J^:?,  §157.  3),  br^i  .  "jy^^^,  b:>^i.  The  rejection  of  the  final  vowel 
takes  place  frequently  even  in  the  first  person  singular,  which  in  other 
verbs  is  commonly  exempt  from  shortening.  §99.  3.  a,  "(EXT.  X^xn  and 
nx-ix-..  nJx;.  Tnx,  brxi,  -(rxi,  brxn  and  fiii^^xi.  'In  a  few  instances 
the  final  vowel  is  retained  in  other  persons  alter  Vav  conversive,  e.  g. 
nii:?^i  l  Kin.  16 :  25,  n.:?^T  2  Kin.  1 :  10.  rtb-"]  Josh.  19  :  50.  r.2'zr\'\  1  Sam. 
3  :  ^5  J^^t,!!  ^  Kin.  16:17'^  nx":*]  1  Sam.  17:42.  n^c'l  2  Kin.  6: 23,  ^tn 
Deut.  32:  18  is  fut.  apoc.  of  ri^t^  as  ^ri^_  or  ^h^  of  n*n . 

5.  The  pa.ssive  participle  drops  the  final  "^  in  ^ic::  Job  15:22  for  "'^Q^J, 
iir^  Job  41:25  for  ^^hv,  and  fem.  plur.  n-.rja  Isa.'  3:16  K'thibh  (K'ri 
ni^-j?),  mibs  l  Sam.  25:  18  K'thibh. 

§173.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  Yodh  may  quiesce  in  either  Tsere  or 
Hhirik.  though  the  former  is  more  frequent.   n"'f?3  and  Ti"')53 ,  ri'^.^53  and 

ii:-*"^:?,  cnr-^3  and  i3-'b:35,  "'n^^Ea  and  is^bjsa . 

2.  Examples  of  the  infinitive  absolute :  n'^aa ,  n^a^a ,  nj^sn  .  Construct : 
T.i^T}  and  r"!?:; ,  niizn,  nixnn  and  nxnn ;  with  suffixes,  •ir'brn,  ihibrn, 
once  as  though  it  were  a  plural  noun,  cb^rin-Tn  Ezek.  6:8,  so  the  Kal 
infin..  r(7r.*3Si  Ezek.  16:  31,  once  with  a  preposition,  nsrb  Ex.  10:3. 

3.  Future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  brn,  •".^5:1].  rbx"  , 
Vnn.  t-yn.  xn^i .  "fs'V  and  in  one  verb  with  Pattahh  before  n,  nia^l 
Gen.  7:23.  Ps.  109:  13.  though  some  editions  omit  the  Daghesh-forte  in  the 
former  passage,  thus  making  it  a  Kal  future. 


202  ETYMOLOGY.  ^174,175 

§174.  1.  Piel:  Two  verbs,  nN3  to  be  becomivg  and  nno  to  draw  {the 
bow),  having  a  guttural  for  their  second  radical,  double  the  third  instead, 
which  in  the  reduplication  appears  as  Vav,  though  the  general  law  is  ad- 
hered to  requiring  its  rejection  from  the  end  of  the  word  and  the  substitu- 
tion of  the  vowel  letter  n.  The  only  forms  which  occur  are.  of  the 
former,  the  preterite  niX3  Ps.  93:5,  !11X3  Cant.  1:10,  Isa.  52:7,  and  of 
the  latter  the  participle  plur.  constr.  V.ri'Ji'O  Gen.  21 :  16.  There  are 
three  examples  of  Hholem  inserted  after  the  first  radical,  §92.  b,  ^nb^i^ 
Isa.  10:  13  from  *^^^ ,  the  b  being  an  orthographic  equivalent  for  D, 
§3.  1.  a,  and  in  the  infinitive,  iaJi,  inh  Isa.  59:  13. 

2.  In  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite  ">  sometimes  quiesces 
in  Tsere;  in  all  the  other  persons,  however,  and  even  in  the  first  singu- 
lar, when   a  suffix  is  added,  it   invariably  quiesces  in  Hliirik,  ''n^^a  and 

in-«ii;a ,  "^n^^p ,  once  ^ri-iJip  ,  '^n-«^3  and  '^n^'^s  ,  *|'^P^^5 ,  c^n^^s . 

3.  Infinitive  absolute:  ri^;5  and  mj^ ,  n^3.  n;??  ,  nb,  W,  inh .  The 
construct  always  ends  in  ni  with  the  exception  of  n^s  also  niss ,  and 
''bn  Hos.  6:9. 

4.  Future:  in  T|";'"!i<  Isa.  16:9  from  •^'^'^ ,  the  second  radical  is  doubled 
as  "«,  §153.  1,  and  the  third  appears  as  1,  §56.  3.  a;  Tj^dx^    Ex.  33:  3  is 

'for  'Ti^sx,  §63.1.6.  With  Vav  conversive :  br\  bb-ii ,  sb-il.  ik'^T, 
^Tr"!!  •  ^^^i]  !  ^o  i'l  the  first  person  singular,  ^bx^  ,  lix^;^^ ;  once  Pattahh  is 
lengthened  to  Kamets.  in';']  1  Sam.  21:  14;  so  in  pause,  :b3ri  Prov.  25:  9. 

5.  The  imperative  has  Seghol  in  a  single  instance,  nsn  Judg.  9:29 
and  sometimes  drops  its  final  vowel  ?a  ,  hn  ,  )-q  ,  D3 .  i:i  and  ?i)i:i  . 

6.  Pual  infinitive  construct  with  suffix:  iri23?  Ps.  132:  1. 

§175.  1.  Hiphil  preterite:  The  prefixed  n  has  occasionally  Seghol, 
t^''i:^'ri  and  rib'jn,  ri^hn,  fn^sn,  nxin,  r|^r-xnn.  Yodh  may  quiesce  in 
Hhirik  or  Tsere,  n'^j^an,  "^n^'i^in ,  n^itn,  "^n-^iin  .  Yodh  once  remains  as 
a  quiescent  in  the  3  masc.  sing.,  ''hnn  Isa.  53:  10,  and  once  in  the  3  masc. 
plur.,  T^prn  Josh.  14:8  for  l^p^n ,  "§62.  2. 

2.  The  infinitive  absolute  has  Kamets  in  n!|"iri  by  way  of  distinction 
from  ninn  and  ninn  Jer.  42:2,  which  are  always  used  adverbially. 
Construct:  The  prefixed  n  has  Hhirik  in  one  instance,  niipn  Lev. 
14 :  43  ;  ni'iinb  2  Kin.  19:  25  K'lhibh  is  for  nik^rih  . 

3.  The  future,  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  some- 
times simply  rejects  its  final  vowel,  ^3"^  ,  K"?!;!,  ^■?!?.  P^!^,  "''i'!!!  fi'ora 
S^"^")  T!^  fiom  rtn,  a^l  from  ni:3,  r,;ni  from  ni:;  commonly,  however, 
Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concurring  consonants,  bs'"]  from  npx, 
§111.2.  a,  bj'^T,  -(t'lii,  0^n.\  ^^.nn,  "^S^l.  si^t,  qnn.  or  Pattahh  if  one 
of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  "n^i.  n^^n  .  ^?T1  •  ^'T*'  Occasionally  the 
final  vowel  remains,  n^"^!;!  1  Kin.  16:17.  18:42.  r.kl'^l  Ezek.  23:19; 
once  the  radical  "^  appears  quiescing  in  Hhirik,  "n^n  (2  masc.  apoc.  for 
^'s'^)  Jer.  18:23.  The  retention  or  rejection  of  the  vowel  is  optional  in 
the  first  person  singular,  nii"i5<i^ ,  rij^TTXT ,  nbxi  and  T|^?^  from  nbj,  brki, 
I3X  from  nbs . 


^176,177       REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  203 

4.  The  imperative  is  sometimes  abbreviated,  nii"^r|  and  nnni ,  nfenn 
and  Tiin.  ^?n  tor  n^r.n,  ni:n  and  an.  nsn  and  r»n ;  ron  (accent  on 
the  ultiniaie)  Ps.  39:14  is  for  nyrn ,  the  same  word  Isa.  6 :  9  is  from 
yyb.  §  140.  5. 

5.  Hophal  infinitive  absolute:  ^^,^^  Lev.  19:20. 

§176.  1.  Hithpael:  One  verb  nn'j:  reduplicates  its  third  radical,  which 
appears  as  1,  ninrn'l'n  to  icurship,  iut.  ninp)'J%  witli  Vav  conv.  'irnr'sT 
for  T'J^r?],  §6l'  2,  plur.  vnn'r-^T ,  infin.  nn^''^n  i  and  once  with  suf. 
in^^nrnrn  2  Kin.  5:18,  the  accent  being  thrown  back  by  a  following 
monosyllable.  For  the  inflected  participle,  cr^'innir^  Ezek.  8:16,  see 
§90,  page  120. 

2.  In  the  preterite  "^  mostly  qniesces  in  Tsere  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar, and  in  Hhirik  in  the  other  persons.  ^p-|^xrr! ,  ^n^Snn\i;n,  n-'-qn'rn, 
tn'-^nncn,  n^irnn.  n-'Dnnn,  r^'^srn ,  rT^rnu;.-!. 

3.  The  future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive :  ^5r."|i5 ,  CSr*^  , 
*innn,  brn*!.,  ^"^nri,  ^rrnrn,  or  with  Kamcts  in  the  accented  syllable, 
lkn"fV  ^r>nn,  so  always  in  pause.  bfiP''^.  :D2rm  Gen.  24:65. 

T    :  •-  •  T    :     •  ■  J  ■»  -  AT    :  •"  IT    :    •  - 

4.  The  shortened  imperative  :  ">i«nn,  ^n^^n  . 

§  177.  1.  n"n  to  be.  fut.  M^n^  .  Hhirik  being  retained  before  the  guttural 
under  the  influence  of  the  following  Yodh.  whence  the  Sh'va.  though 
vocal,  remains  simple  ;  so  in  the  inf  const,  with  prep.  nrna.  rTT^nb  .  n"-'r7:3, 
though  without  a  prefix  it  is  ri^'i,  once  n;^r|  Ezek.  21:  15.  The  apoco- 
pated future  •'n^  (in  pause  "^ni)  and  with  Vav  conversive  "^HT^i  is  lor 
7ri7,  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  returning  to  the  Sh'va  from  which  it  arose, 
§85.  2.  a  (1).  page  116.  when  the  quiescence  of  the  middle  radical  gives  a 
vowel  to  the  first.  The  same  thing  occurs  in  thepeculiar  form  of  the 
future  N^h"^  Eccl.  11:3.  where  the  second  rndical  appears  as  1,  which  it 
sometimes  does  in  the  imperative,  rri^n  and  nih  Gen.  27 :  29  or  N'n  Job 
37:6.  and  in  the  participle  n'in  Neh.  e-C,  Eccl.  2:22,  fem.  nrn  Ex  9:3. 

2.  n"n  fa  live.  The  root  '^in  is  usually  inflected  as  a  Lamedh  He 
verb  pret.  n";in .  fut,  n^n'^,  apoc.  ''nv  with  Vav  conversive  "'n'^.  though 
in  the  preterite  3  masc.  it  occasionally  takes  an  Ayin  doubled  rorni.  "n, 
e.  g.  Gen.  3:  22.  5:  5,  and  once  in  the  3  fem.  an  Ayin  Yodh  form  :n';in  Ex. 
1:  16,  or  it  may  be  explained  as  an  Ayin  doubled  form  with  Daghesh-forte 
omitted,  §25. 

3.  In  a  few  instances  X  is  substituted  for  the  third  radical  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs.  ""rNlJn  Ezek.  43:27,  snx  U:\.  21:12.  &<ii"3  Jer.  23:39,  sjin-i 
2  Chron.  26:  15,  K^Pi  Prov.  1 :  10  fron/nix.  Np-'l  Deut.  33:21  from  T:rii\ 
^l^r^J.'^  2  Chron.  16:12.  i^zt^.  Lam.  4:1.\n:^-  2  Kin.  25:29.  xri";  Eccl. 
S-iVc^ibn  2  Sam.  21:  12  K'ri  for  C^lin.  C-x^Vn  Hos.  11:7.  Deuiy2S:66 
for  n'l'^^bn,  §56.  4,  cxV^sri .  'IX'^'^T  2  Sam.  11:21  from  •'~n'i  ;  the  vowels 
are  those  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  in  ^isrs  .Ter.  3 :  22  for  ^rPwX  ,  n^rn  1  Kin. 
17 :  14  for  nlpsn,  nnp'i  Dan.  10 :  14  for  n^p-;  ;  and  the  full  Lamedh  Aleph 
form  is  adopted  in  ^^''^s!  Hos.  13:  15  for  nns'i. 


204  ETYMOLOGY.  §  178, 179 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs. 

^178.  Verbs  which  have  two  weak  letters  m  the  root,  or 
which  are  so  constituted  as  to  belong  to  two  cMerent  classes 
of  imperfect  verbs,  commonly  exhibit  the  peculiarities  of 
both,  unless  they  interfere  with  or  limit  one  another.  Thus, 
a  verb  which  is  both  ^'b  and  n"b  will  follow  the  analogy  of 
both  paradigms,  the  former  in  its  initial  and  the  latter  in  its 
second  syllable.  But  in  verbs  which  are  both  ^'b  and  nb 
the  1  is  invariably  treated  as  a  perfect  consonant,  and  the  nb 
peculiarities  alone  preserved.  All  such  cases  have  been  re- 
marked upon  individually  nnder  the  several  classes  of  verbs 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


Defective  Verbs. 

§179.  1.  It  has  been  seen  in  repeated  instances  in  the 
foregoing  pages  that  verbs  belonging  to  one  class  of  imper- 
fect verbs  may  occasionally  adopt  forms  from  another  and 
closely  related  class.  Thus  a  i^'b  verb  may  appear  with  a 
n"b  form,  or  an  "I'b  verb  with  an  5?'b  form  or  vice  versa.  The 
occurrence  of  an  individual  example,  or  of  a  few  examples 
of  such  divergent  forms,  may  be  explained  in  the  manner 
just  suggested  without  the  assumption  of  an  additional  verb 
as  their  source.  Sometimes,  however,  the  number  of  diver- 
gent forms  is  so  considerable,  or  the  divergence  itself  so  wide, 
that  it  is  simpler  to  assume  two  co-existent  roots  of  the  same 
signification,  and  differing  only  in  the  weak  letter  which  they 
contain,  than  to  refer  all  to  a  single  root. 

a.  Thus,  sbs  means  to  shut  up  or  restrain^  and  n^3  to  he  finished: 
yet  a  few  ti  P  forms  occur  in  the  sense  not  of  the  hitter  but  of  the  tbrmer 
verb.  They  are  accordingly  held  to  be  from  ^5^^ ,  but  assimilated  in  inflec- 
tion to  the  rib  paradigm.  On  the  other  hand,  xn;^  means  to  call,  and 
rrnj^  to  meet;  but  so  many  5<"b  forms  are  found  with  this  latter  significa- 
tion that  it  seems  necessary  to  assun:ie  a  second  root  i<"ip  having  that 


5>  180  QUADRILITERAL    VERBS.  205 

meaning.  The  verb  to  run  is  ordinarily  yn  ;  but  xik'i  Ezek.  I:  14  is  too 
remote  from  an  ^'S  form  to  be  referred  to  that  root ;  hence  it  is  traced  to 
another  verb  X2in  of  the  same  sense.  No  clear  line  of  distinction  can  be 
drawn  between  the  cases  in  which  divergent  forms  are  to  be  traced  to  a 
single  root,  and  those  in  which  the  a'ssumption  of  a  second  is  admissible  or 
necessary.  This  must  be  decided  in  detail,  and  the  best  authorities  not 
infrequently  differ  in  their  judgment  of  particular  examples. 

2.  Where  two  verbs  exist  which  are  thus  radically  con- 
nected and  identical  in  signification,  it  not  infrequently  hap- 
pens that  they  are  defective  or  mutually  supplementary,  that 
is  to  say,  that  one  of  them  is  in  usage  restricted  to  certain 
parts  or  species,  the  remainder  being  supplied  by  the  other. 

a.  The  following  are  ex  uiijilos  of  defective  verbs:  2ii  io  he  good,  used 
in  the  Kal  species  only  in  ilic  preterite,  the  corresponding  fliture  is  from 
lh^  ;  ~:;^  Kal  pret.  Io  fear,  the  fut.  and  imper.  from  "i^a  ;  p'b^  Kal  pret. 
hnd  inf.  to  spit,  fut.  from  p;?'^  ;  725  Kal  pret.  and  inf.  to  break  or  disperse, 
fut.  and  imp.  from  "j^nD ;  rp3  Kal  pret.  to  he  alienated^  fut.  from  rp^  ;  irnb 
K.  pret.  to  he  a  prince,  fut.  from  ~jf U3  ;  nin  Kal  pret.  and  inf  io  he  mmiy, 
fut.  from^nrn  which  is  used  throughput  the  species  ;  cn^  Kal  ^.  to  be  hot, 
pret.  and  inf  from  c^n ,  which  is  also  used  in  the  liiture  ;  y?;  *o  counsel, 
borrows  its  Kal  imper.  from  y^^ ;  71^;;!  KgJ  fut.  to  qTjfake,pret.  from  the 
Hiphil  of  f^p,  which  is  also  used  in  inf  imper.  and  fut.;  S^3  to  place,  the 
reflexive  is. expressed  by  "k'^rn  from  ^k'^ ',  nn^3  to  drink,  the  causative 
is  nprn  frorh  nj^d;  iT'iin  from  '^'Z'1  is  used  as  the  causative  of  uiih  to 
be  ashamed,  as  well  as  '-'"'in  ;  r^r^  to  go,  derives  many  of  its  forms  from 
M^^^ ;  -Hf  io  give,  is  only  used  in  the  Kal  imperative,  it  is  supplemented 
by  "jns  of  totally  distinct  radicals. 

^        t    ''»  ' 

f  QUADRTLITERAL    VeRBS.  ►  -' 

')  "      .      *'  .  .. 

§180.  Quadjiliteral  verbs  art  eithei*  primitives  formed 
from  quadriliteral  roots,  whose  origin  is  explained,  §  68.  ^, 
or  denominative^,  the  formative  letter  of  the  noun  or  adjective 
being  admitted  into  the  stem  along  w^ith  the  three  original 
radicals.  The  former  class  adopt  the  vowels  and  inflections 
of  t|ie  Piel  and  Pual  species,  wliile  the  latter  foUow  the 
Hiphil.  '^ 

a.  The  only  examples  of  qusldriliteral  verbs  are  the  following,  viz. :  Piel 
pret.  tIt-is  he  spread,  Job  26  :  9.  where  the  original  Pattahh  of  the  initial 
syllable  of  the  Piel,  §82.  5.  h  (3),  is  preserved*  fut.  with  suf.  nsrons'^  he 


206  ETYMOLOGY.  §  181 

shall  waste  it,  Ps.  80  :  14.  Pual  pret.  ^k'^.'2  it  freshened^  Job  33  :  25,  the 
Methegh  and  the  Hhateph  Pattahli  being  used  to  indicate  that  the  Sh'va 
is  vocal,  and  that  the  form  is  equivalent  to  ^k'^i^  j  P'^^'t.  CBDnia  scaled  off 
or  resembling-  scales.  Ex.  16:  14.  ^S'^^'a  clothed.^  Chron.  'is':  27.  Hiphil 
pret.  in"^?!5<v!  Ihey  statik.  Isa.  19:  6  lor  fin-^iTxr)  as  1"i^:?3  for  ^"i^^;?,  de- 
rived from  nitx  putrescent,  which  is  simpler  than  to  make  it  with  Gesenius 
a  double  or  anomalous  Hiphil  from  nsT ,  §  94.  a,  comp.  Alexander  in  loc. ; 
fut.  nb^x?:t\x  Iicill  turn  to  the  left.  Gen.  13:9;  lb^i<7:rn  Isa.  30  :  21.  part. 
C'^ijx^r'S  1  Chron.  12  :  2  from  bii^bb  the  left  hand,  elsewhere  reduced  to  a 
triliteral  by  the  rejection  ofx,  ^"^^Irnb  2  Sam.  14:19,  ^^■^b"^"n  Ezek. 
21  :2l.  To  these  may  be  added  the  form,  which  occurs  several  times  in 
the  K'thibh  c^iEUma  l  Chron.  15:  24,  etc..  and  D-^-niitn^  2  Chron.  5  :  12, 
for  which  the  K'ri  substitutes  n'^nsinTa  or  c^n^n^.  As  it  is  a  denomina- 
tive from  ii^sipn  a  trumpet,  it  has  been  suspected  that  the  form  first  men- 
tioned should  be  pointed  D"''i:£i£n«  ;  the  other,  if  a  genuine  reading,  is  ^  /_ 
probably  to  be  read  D">n-i:i:n^  .    '  ^H^z^i-uJ^Ce^j^  -     cf^/U^ 

W/     &Mf/  ^c^^l^^^  ^.:a^cr^  2^i/vr 

f^  THEIE     FORMATION.  6^ 

^181.  Nouns,  embracing  .Adjectives  and  j^rticiples  ^as 
well  asjSubstantives,  may  be  "fiimitive,  i.  e.  formed  (Erectly^ 
from  tlieir'^timate  root^  orCcTerivat^  i.  e.  formed  from^^§- 
existing^  words.  Those  which  are  derived  from  '\^erbs  are 
called  'X^bds ;  those  which  are  derived  from  •hguns  are 
called  denominatives.  The  'N'Bst^^^^ltiplicity  of  objects  to 
which  names  were  to  be  applied^ and  the  diversity  of  aspects 
under  which  they  are  capable  of  being  contemplated,  have  led 
to  a 'Variety  in  the  %nstitut}^  of  Jfouns  yeatly  exceeding 
that  of^^*  and^also  to  considerablejj^xky  in  the^igniHca- 
tjons  attached  to  J^idividi^al  lorms?*  But  whatever  Complexity 
may  beset  the  ^tails  of  this  subject,  its  ,ftjtoi^0utlines  are 
/Sufficiently '"^am.  *vAl]jiouns_are^jn_res]^^ 

^  tiQiijj:educible_t^  ceiiain^^^i^']5^^^^or_^asses  of -Jo" 
ea^^havmg  .^miw^  ^nid  proper  import  of  jts^own.  The 
derivation  of  nouns,  as  of  the  verbal  species,  from  their 
respective  roots  and  themes  calls  into  requisition  all  the  ^^- 
dients,  whether  of  Irit^rnal  or  ^termil  changes,  knmvn  to  the 
language,  ^69.     Hence  arise  lourfiasse^f  nouns  according 

!; as  they  are  formed  by;Intern^  changes,  viz.  :  \f,  ^  '^',  -/t.^^<^^, 

'x^oSAl.  erf  ^^^j^^^J^^i^^  ^"^^ 


^ 


§182,183  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  207    ^ 

'        -^r       1.  TlieXiitrnduction  of  one  or  more'^^^els. 

i-vO^-J        2.  The'^l^plj^atioQ  of  ^le  orl^ore  of  thej^tgrs  of  the 

\MAi^*  U^.jj-  Or  by  External  changes,  viz. : 

3.  The  "prefixing  of  "Vowels  or  Consonants  at  the^ggili: 
nmgofthe^o^"        ^  ^     ^  P       '  " 

4.  Thej^^ng  of  vpwels  or  imisoriants  at  the  end. 

a.  TheJifass  of.^V)uns  are  to  be  regarded  as^prinutlves  and  not.  as  de- 
riyecUrom  their  cognate  verbs.  M^Py  roots  are~represented  '^  nouns 
alone,  without  any  verbs  from  which  they  (ould  have  sprung,  e.  g.  2X 
father.  y~i<  earth.  And  where  verbs  of  kindred  meaning  do  exist,  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  not  the  source  or  theme  of  the  nouns,  but  that 
both  s_pring  alike  dire.ctlv  from  their  common  root,  as  'T\^i2  to  reign,  and 
'^'  T\^72  king  from  the  root  "^^ .  Since,  however,  these  roots  or  elemental 
themes  are  destitute  of  vowels,  and  consequently  are  incapable  of  being 
pronounced  in  their  primitive  or  abstract  state,  it  is  customary  and  con- 
venient in  referring  to  them  to  name  the  verb  w^hich  though  a  derivative 
form  has  the  advantage  ol  simplicity  and  regularity  of  structure,  and  is 
often  the  best  r'enresentative  oi'  the  radic^il  signification.  Accordingly, 
T|bb  king  maybe^said  to  b*"  ripriv^ijjr"^  th^T^r^t  1^^^  reign,  that  is,  it 
is  derived  Trom  the  root  "^73  of  which  that  verbal  form  is  the  conven- 
tional designation.  §68.    ^.^^i^"      ^ 

h.  Infinitives,  participles,  nouns  which  follow  the  forms  of  the  secondary 
or  derived  species.  §187.  2.  o.  and  some  others,  are  evidently  verbals. 
Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  as  well  as  some  others,  are  denominatives. 

JiylyVt/A/yiy^^-'^-^    Class  I. — J^ouns  formed  ly  the  insertion  of  vowels, 

-'^^^^^""^-^i^^l^^.^l^Q  first  ckss  of  nouns,  or  those  which  are 
formed  bv  means  of  Vowels  fiiven  to  the"]bot,  embraces  Three 
^stmct  forigg,  viz. : 

1.  Monosyllables,  or  those  in  which  the  triliteral  root 
receives  but  6ne  vowel.  ''^-tp  _,..,/  /v/*  ^ 

5?  ^7^^'*    2.  Dissyllables,  in    which   the  secojid  is  the  "^incipal 
^^^IJu^'owd  and  the  first  a  pre  tonic  Kamets  or  Tsere. 
^f^^^«AJ^3.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  ^rst  is  the  principally  vowel " 
y?^rj';^ndthe1^econd  a^^futable  Kamets  or  Tsere.  un^vlCFfrry^i^ 

^^  ---^^       r>    .c^^^  ": ^- "  ^'\yi;~>^~^^  at^ 

a  A>C£»  1 'Vv^c^   ^^^   CtxWn^'.  1.  Triliteral  Monosyllables,      ^'j^^^'  U^  ^n^  ,^  li 

^  -^^^183.  The'grmative  vowel  may  be  given  either  to  the  4' 
__Afeond  radical^  btgp;^  b-^bp;  b-jp";  b^u]f|Qr  to  the  ^|' l?t:]^ ,  ^  M 


V  208  ETYMOLOGY.  U  84 

y«  \ 

n^  I^Pp,  V^p;  in  the  latter  case  an  unaccented  Segnol  is  com- 

Imonly  interposed  between  the  c^curring  consonants,  §61.2, 

{to  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  assimilated, J* 03.  2.  a,  ^"^jg, 

Vjp,  b-jp.     Forms  thusjfcgniented  by  the  Jn^du^on  of 

^^i-\anb4uxiliary  vowel  are  ternied  S^egholates. 

r     -==7  \  ^ •        ^ 

a.  In  this  and  the  following  sections  \'^p  is  used  as  a  representative 

root  in  order  more  conveniently  to  indicate  to  the  eye  the  formation  of  the 

different  classes  of  nouns.     No  root  could  be  selected  which  would  afford 

.       exaniples  in  actual  use  of  the  entire  series  of  derivative  forms;  bap  has 

V  It  •  ^"^^  one  derivative  b::;?  shmghler,  and  this  only  occurs  in  Obad.  ver.  9. 

Jt-fl%'^       b.  As  i  6,  and  u  rarely  or  never  occur  in  mixed  accented  syllables.  §  19, 

^  s   they  are  excluded  from  monosyllabic  nouns.     Every  other  vowel  is,  how- 

2  *•*    '  ever,  found  with  the   second   radical,  thus  a,  'Sv'O  a  little  prop,  paucity^ 

)ai)S  ^^^  honey.  ^25  man;  a,  b^x  strength,  -n3  writing,  ixd  residue;  e,  nid 

'^*^''    shoulfJer,  r^:'q  hush;  e,  bjj"^  holding,  INS   grief,  2XT  a  wolf;  especially  e, 

"^ '  '^'  6,  and  u.  which  occur  with  greater  frequency  than  any  others.     When  the 

first  radical  receives  the  vowel,  ^  and  u  are  likewise  excluded,  inasmuch  as 

they  rarely  or  never  stand  before  concurrent  consonants,  §61.4.     Few  of 

these   nouns   remain   without  -the   auxiliary   Seghol    X'^a  a  valley,    Nvij 

vanity,  Vi'Sn  sin,  "nnii  spikenard,  arp  truth.     Kamets  is  only  found  before 

Vav,  §63.  2.  a,  ri^,'  and  in  pause,  §65,  "i^x,  n-iD. 

c.  When  the  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  there  is  a  concurrence 
of  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  prefixing  N,  §53.  1.  a,  with  a  short  vowel,  mostly  e,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  but 
occasionally  a.  i''^^^,  fnger  for  ri:? ,  srrx  lattice,  wi^X  belt,  ?i'^]i<  and 
5?inT  arm,  Hrnx  and  bi^n  yesterday. 

*  T/ujf  §  184rThese  nouns^tandmg  at ^^ the  nrst  remove  Irom 
Ll.  the  -^^j  express  as  iS^iy  as  possible  its  ,^ple^  idea 
9  /  eitheryjftbstraetly ,  e .  g.  b■'^^||  emptinessT^^'^,  bereavement^  Tite 
'J  strength,  p"i  righteousness ,  "iji?  help,  ^'i}  (jreatness,  or  as  it 
^>.,  is  l^alized  in  some^erioET^opOTJe^  ^vhich  may  be  regarded 
j^,  as"^  embodiment  or  representative,  "r^ili  lord  from  "^25  to  he 
j^  mi(/Titi/,''i^^l^,  man  from  llJiiJ  /o  I)e  sick,  b^ii5   boundary,  tJOD 


It 


f  KQ  •  libation  i^vo^.pouri??g  out;*yd3  valley  prop,  c^^^'/^  f^n  i;z;2^-  ^^^ 
^ar  prop.  ^our„ess_^t^^.t^^.^Xr—--'-"      " 


a.  That  the  position  of  the  formative  vowel  before  or  after  the  second   Jy  0-  ^ 
radical  does  not  materially  affect  the  character  of  the  form,  appears  from  |2j 
the  following  considerations:  (1.)  The  sameness  of  .signification  already 
exhibited,  and  which  may  be  verified  in  detail.      (2.)  The  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  the  same  word  in  both  forms,  e.  g.  *^"^\  and  'isa  man,  2^^3 


§185  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  209 


and  rb?  plant,  xbs  and  X"'b3  prison,  irja  and  'p'ria  thumb,  ns's  and  J^riiaa 
brightness.  (3.)  The  concurrence  of  both  forms  in  the  Kal  construct  infi- 
nitive b-jp  and  n^^p?,  §87,  "^B-Jj?  and  cibijp  .  (4  )  The  gict  that  Seghp- 
lates_n^my  (irise  iUjJie  from  bip  and  ^^p.  §61.  1.6.  (5.)  The  co'gnate 
languages;  nionosyMables  in  Arabic,  whose  vowel  precedes  tlie  second  radi- 
cal, answer  to  tiiose  whose  vowel  succeeds  the  same  radical  in  Aramaean, 
and  both  to  the  Hebrew  Segholates,  e.  g.  I3r  servant,  Aram,  "ji??^,  Arab. 


.  6.  The  presence  of  imperfect  letters  in  the  root  may  occasion  the  fol- 
lowing modifications: 

ti'sj  roots.     Aleph.  as  a  first  radical,  sometimes  receives  a  long  vowel  (S)(/  J 
instead  of  Sh'va  (J,  §60.  3.  c,  )^hvi  Jidelity  for  "jl^x,  ^iTX  girdle  lor  ".iTX  . 

5   Guttural   and  b"  Guttural.     If  the  third  radical  be  a  guttural.  Pat-(i.j 
tahh  is  substituted  for  the  auxiliary  Seghol.  §61.  2,  n";:2  confidence,  rr'J 
hearing,    nna  height;  if  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural,  the  preceding 
vowel  if  Hholem  remains  unchanged,  otherwise  it  also  commonly  becomes 
Pattahh  "^ra   young  man,  i?a  youth,  nnb /ear  but  bni<  tent,  cn^  bread. 

■'S  and  I's  roots.  A  vowelless  ">  or  3  is  in  a  few  instances  rejected (^  ) 
from  the  beginning  of  a  word,  §53.  2.  a,  b^i.  produce  for  b^Z"^ .  "^'^'O  famil- 
iarity for  lib^ .  X"^ib  elevation  for  X'^t.'a ,  "^h  lamentation  for  "^n: .  particu- 
larly in  feminines  and  secondary  derivatives;  thus,  n^n  ,  frns' ,  nk^,  nirJn 
drop  an  initial  Yodh,  and  *^'2p ,  "'^■'3  an  initial  Nun.  Nun  may  also  ex- 
perience assimilation  when  it  is  a  second  radical,  v]i<  anger  for  tn:N,  Dls 
cupror  d:s.  ^^,  '  ' 

\^^(caA    "^"^  ^-"^  "'""  '^«^^'^-     In  Segholates  1  is  preceded  by  Kamets  b'»  (accord- (<<«  j</ei 

iJfl>S  ^"^o  ^o  Ku^gh^  ''^•^'"'^  Ezel<7~2H:  18)  wickedness,  T^ri  ////(A?;,  unless  the  last  ' 

mdical  is  a  guttural  nin  space;   ^  is  preceded  by  Pattahh  and  followed 

»     ^byHhirik,  b"^^  ?i/g-/if,  "("^r  ez/e.     These  letters  frequently  give  up  their  con- 

o    .•  sonantal  character  and  become  quiescent,  §57.  2.     Vav  is  rejected  in  a  few 

*^^^  words  as  ^i  brand  for  "^is ,  ''X  island  for  "^^x ,  "in  watering  for  "^nn ,  §53.  3. 

•^  '      "^^  roo/.?.     In  a  very  few  instances  the  proper  final  radical  is  rejected,  C^«) 


'J(aAj 


as  it  is  in  verbs,  and  the  final  vowel  written  n.  as  n:o  bush,  ri:2  weep- 
ing, nan  thought.     When  "^  appears  as  the  radical,  it  prefers  the  form 
■'^a  weeping,  '^'^^  fruit,  "^3  vessel;  1  retains  its  consonantal  character  in 
iro  winter,  ibb  quail,  or  it  may  be    changed    to    its    cognate  vowel  u, 
which  combines  with  the  preceding  a  to   form  o,  §62.  1,  T^n  (for  d'y&u)  S~f 
ink,  ixn  an(elope.^\h\  Segholates  1   quiesces  in  Shurek.  §57.  2.  (4),  ^nh\^^* 
swimming  for  inb.  inii  emptiness;  the  Jexicon_ofjGesenh.]s  contains  the  L 
forms  inb  garment,  ilip  e^zr/.  ibb  security,  but  these  words  only  occur  in  \ 
the  plural  or  with  suffixes,  and  the  absolute  singular  is  quite  as  likely  toy 

have  been  n^,  Vjfi ,  ^iba.  ^  , 

— -^  '        '        '  ]T^(rf-yiA^Af  ^cC^e^ 

^  2.   7%^  main  vowel  in  the  ultimate:  ^j^-yc/^  £  (ThVW  IAA^ 

^185.  1.   The  second  form  of  tliis  class' is  a  dissyllable        ^ 
with  one  of  the  long  vowels  in  the  second  which  is  its  ^rin- 


210  ETYMOLOGY.  §185 

cipaL syllable;  and^  in  the  first^a'^retonic  Kamets;  for  Avhicli 
Tsere  is  occasionally  substituted  ^wlien  the  Second  vowel  is 
Kamets,  thus  bbp  or  bbj;^ ,  bb;? ,  b-^bp ,  bibp ,  brjjp . 
^  2r  These  are '^pedy^^^jectiyes,  and  have  for  the  most 

y^  part  an  intransitive  signification  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  a,  8,  or  u,  and  a  passive  signification  when  it  is 
f  or  u,  ibp  and  y^  small,  'W]  fat,  T»^n:  made  of  brass,  *i^n3  s^tm 
c//o.5^;?.i)  Those  wit^  6?^nd  I  in  the  llltmiate  are,  however,  • 
^hl/Vl-prev|ilinglv  and  the  others  occasionally^Ssed  as  §ubst^tives, 
IK-^'  and  designate  objects  distinguished  by  the  quality  which 
they  primarily  denote,  P'^^  herbs  prop,  green,  "i3i??  strong 
drink  prop,  intoxicating,  "ibj  leopard  prop,  spotted,  Cj'^i?  and 
5]^Di  turban  prop,  wound  around,  ^ii|  g^org,  that  ichich  is 
glorious. 

n  a.  The  intransitive  adjectives  supply  the  place  of  Kal  active  partici- 

ples to  neuter  verbs.  §90,  and  in  I's?  verbs  they  have  superseded  the  regu- 
lar formation,  §153.  1.  c;b  for  C^p.  Kal  passive  participles  are  verbals 
with  u.  This  formation  with  I  in  the  ultimate  is  adopted  in  several  names 
of  seasons.  2'^2X  Abib.  the  time  of  ears  of  corn,  v;"'CiX  ingathering  prop. 
the  being  gathered,,  "^"^^2  vintage^  "T^rj  pruning-time,  ^"''^n  •ploughitig- 
iinie,  -i^k;^  harvest^  Comp.  §  201.  1.  h. 

b.  Adjectives  with  o  commonly  express  permanent  qualities,  those 
YK/C/"  with  e  variable  ones,  bi^a  great,  bna  growing  great ;  pjn  strong.  pTn  be- 
fZni         coming  strong ;  iini?  ??e«r.  ^'^^'f^  approaching ;  pin"^  remote,  pTV^  receding. 

Hence  the  former  are  used  of  those  physical  and  moral  conditions  which 
•  are  fixed  and  constant,  such  as  figure,  colour,  character,  etc.,  TpS  long, 
"hi^rJ  round..  p^3J  deep.  Jnii^  high;  c^x  red,  Tia  spotted,  ^p^  speckled,  pin^ 
green,  ^ps"  striped,  in^  ichite.  p"ib  bay.  ~n'l3  black;  pin^  sweet.  "ilhlJ 
pure,  ^i"ip  holy.  And  the  latter  are  employed  of  shifting  and  ev^anescent 
states  of  body  and  of  mind.  SfblS  thirsty,  zb"^  hungry,  TZ'C  sated,  f)?^ 
weary,  bzx  grieving,  ysn  desiring,  ^y"^  fearing,  TITS'  exulting. 

c.  The  active  signification  asserted  for  the  form  biaj?  in  a  few  instances 
cannot  be  certainly  established;  ^""ip^  or  'C^p'^  fowler,  is  intransitive  in 
Hebrew  conception  as  is  shown  by  the  construction  of  the  corresponding 
verb,  comp.  Lat.  aucupari,  aucupatus.  Other  alleged  cases  are  probably 
not  nouns  but  absolute  infinitives  of  Kal.  "ina  Jer.  6:  27  may  as  well  be 
rendered  1  have  set  thee  to  try  VLsfor  a  trier  (of  metals)  ;  7'i^n  Isa.  1  :  17  is 
not  oppressor  nor  oppressed  but  wrong-doing,  ro  aSiKilv,  see  Alexander  in 
loc. ;  and  even  pic:?  Jer.  22:  3  may  in  like  manner  be  oppression  instead 

c  %     of  oppressor.  , 

rf.  nb  roots  are  restricted  to  forms  with  i,  in  which  the  radical  "^ 
quiesces,  ^yj  fresh,  ^:s  afflicted,  "^pa  or  N^p3  with  otiant  K,  §16.  ],pure] 

:    \      ^  '    ■ 


5>186  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  211 

or  with  a  which  combines  with  it  to  form  e.  n  ,  ^"^b  and  srnb  field,  nj;'' 
fair,  nxa  /<?g-^  ;  in  a  ^^ivf  nouns  this  final  vowel  is  dropped,  y^  jish  for 
ni-n,  in  mark  for  n';]n.  ys  /ree  for  S^^:? ,  ",2  .9072  for  n:3  .  ne  nioutk  lor  n';;Q, 
unless,  indeed,  these  and  the  like  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitive  bilit- 
erals:  Vav,  as  a  final  radical,  may  be  preceded  by  a.  nis  meek^  or  e.  l^tti 
secure. 

^186.  1.  TheTjimi  %m  of  tins  tlass  is  a  dissyllable  ^ 
having  an  Immutabl|  vowel,  *^ts|lj  Hholem,  though  occa- JuJS 
sionally,  Shurek  or  T|g£  in  the  "first,  which  is  its  ^nci^  ^t^ 
syllable,  and  a^^^able  Karti^  or  Tsere  in  the  second,  thus  x»^r  ? 
bibip,  bbip,  bbip,  bti-ip  ^bb^P .  %, /?-5T/ 

2.  These  indicate  the^^^ent,  and  are  eitherCactive  "^- 

ticiples,  bijip  hiUing,  or  substantives,  Dnin  si(/net-ring  prop. 

sealer,  ^!!ifi5  enemy,  one  practising  hostility,  bj^^^^  prop.jy/te.'^ 

diyyer,  Clp"*?  hammer  prop,  pounder,  b?"'n  morning  star  prop.     ^. 

shininq  07ie. 

T  f 

a.  AA^number  oCJiDuns,  indicative  of  bbcupatjon,  loHow  the  parljcipial 

form,  whicb  thys  serves  to  express  permanent  and  "^Q^ssignalactivity^ 


"^^^ssignf 
)Ioiisrhman,  ' 


"ij?i3  herdsman,  bnh  sailor  prop,  rope-nandler.  ^"yin  ploughman,  "^^i""  potter 
prop,  former,  oiis  fuller,  'ifib  priest,  cns  vine-dresser,  ""niD  merchant, 
*isiD  scribe,  bail  trafficker,  nyi  shepherd.  Ksn  physician,  n|J?""i  dealer  in 
unguents,  c^"^  embroiderer.  "^ruJ  icatchman,  ^vi'C  porter  pvop.  gate-keeper, 
tssid  judge. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  ?«  in  the  first  syllable  is  shortened  and  fol- 
lowed by  Daghesli-forte  conservative,  -5^3.''  and  3^3?  p/pe,  ]^fe^H  joz7. 

c.  2?3?  roo/5.  The  contraction  of  3?:^  and  the  quiescence  of  l">  roots,  by 
reducing  them  to  biiiteral  monosyllables,  obliterates  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent the  distinctions  which  have  been  described  and  which  are  possible 
only  in  triliterals.     The  contracted  forms  which  arise  from  5.'3'  roots  are 

no,  lb,  no,  ao,  §  183.  6.f  Of  these  3D  =r  nnb  belongs  to  the  monosylla- ^/^^ 
bic  formation,  and  is  chiefly  used  of  abstracts,  "i3  purity,  31  multitude,  CPl 
integrity,  h'b  yoke  jj(and  30  =  330  to  the  fij:^t.4|)ecies_o£^jssy21aWes.  em-  ^  /  ^< 
bracing  adjectives  and  concrete  nouns,  cn  ])erject,  yn  feast  j'\\y\\'\\q  3b«v  r^j 
and  30  may  arise  indifferently  from  either,  p^  rottenness  is  an  abstract  /  "  .^r- 
noun  for  ppia .  but  Tj")  tender  is  an  adjective  for  Tj^l! .  Kamets  being  com-  >  ^^^ 
pressed  to  Pattahh  before  the  doubled  letter,  comp.  §135.  3;  3i:  heart  is  (  r^"^^ 
for  the  dissyllable  -i^  ,  but  "in  yarozfr  for  the  monosyllable  j2n  .  J 

13?  and  "^3?  roo/5.  Nouns  from  quiescent  13?  and  "'"3'  roots  may  be 
divided  into  three  pairs  of  forms,  C)5  ,  3*1  ;  Dip  ,  3"'^  ;  c^ip  ,  3"n  .  Of  these 
the  last  pair  (with  the  exception  of  Kal  passive  participles)  belong  to  the 
primitive  monosyllabic  formation,    3"''i   strife,  3113  goodness ;  the  first  pair 


iX 


212  ETYMOLOGY.  §187 

to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables.  Tin  poor^  ^l  proud^  bk  God  prop,  the 
mighty  one;  and  the  second  pair  may  belonfr  to  either,  b'^n  =  u:'^']  poverty^ 
'p'^b.  —  p:.')  empty,  yiii  =  ^^'}i<  strength,  nia  =  z'fj  good.  .,    ,    ^y      > p 

/-/_,       n  ^      ■  y^M^-^ 

'^ 'nt^pcaJ^  Class  II. — ]\^oum  with  jjedupli^^d  radicals  Jj  /^z^^^^-^^ 

^^.cjti^  §187.  1.  The  sii^ple  form  proper  to  adjectives  is  ex- 
icCi^^  plained  §185;  it ^' may  be  converted  in,to  an  intensive  by 
yyv^,^  dSublino;  the  middle  radical j^retainins;  the  lono;  voAvel  of  the 
y^  "^second  syllable  and^iving  a  short  i  or^Jo  the  first.  "  Thk 
^duplicated  or  Intensive  form  deootes  w^at  is^iai^ctenstic, 
habi|u.al,  or  possessed  in  a  lugli  degree.  Adjectives  of  this 
nature  are  sometimes  used  as  descriptive^epith^s  of  persons 
or  thyigs  distinguished  by  the  quality,  which  they  denote, 
ll?5n  veri/  tveak,  rfj^S  seeing  prop,  (having  eyes)  loide  oj)en, 
pi*r;2  righteous^  ^i^ii  miglity  man.,  "j^sn  full  of  grace,  a^rt"! 
mere  fid. 

a.  As  a  general  though  not  an  invariable  rule,  the  first  syllable  has 
Pattahh  when  a  pure  vowel  a,  I,  or  u  stands  in  the  ultimate,  but  Hhirik 
when  the  ultimate  has  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  or  o.  Several 
nouns  with  cL  in  the  second  syllable  are  descriptive  of  occupations  or 
modes  oflife,  comp.  §186.  2.  a,  "i2N  husbandman,  ^"^"^  Jisherman,  ^'^'^  judge, 
irnn  (r^TT'nn)  woTkma.n,  nsi^  cook,  n^^  seaman  (from  vi^'Q  sail),  hzo 
bear ej^  of  burdens,  "J^:?  hunter.  riL'iD  bowman.  ^25  thief,  not  a  mere  equiva- 
lent to  23iii  one  who  steals,  but  one  who  steals  habitually,  who  makes  steal- 
ing his  occupation. 

b.  Since  the  idea  of  intensity  easily  passes  into  that  of  excess,  the 
form  bap  is  applied  to  deformities  and  defects,  physical  or  moral,  cfj? 
dumb,  'sa  hump-backed,  TiJnn  (=:d'|in)  deaf  "i-i^  blind,  tisQ  lame,  nnp 
bald,  '-aj^s'  perverse. 

c.  In  a  few  instances  instead  of  doubling  the  second  radical,  the  pre- 
vious Hhirik  is  prolonged,  §59.  a.  TTi^p  and  l^'iia'^p  nettle  prop,  badly 
pricking,  ii^"^p  smoke,  'iih'^^  the  Nile  prop,  very  black,  pi3^^  prison, 
ni-1-^3  spark,  nine's  battle,  7'ii"'3  spark. 

d.  The  following  double  the  third  radical  in  place  of  the  second,  nnnss 
brood,  "3?n  green,  "jax^ir  quiet.  nns3  comely  from  nx3,  the  last  radical 
appearing  as  1 ,  §  169.  b^TSN  feeble,  where  the  long  vowel  Tsere  is  in- 
serted to  prevent  the  concurrence  of  consonants. 

e.  55  and  more  rarely  15  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  formed  by  their 
contraction,  h\H  and  b^ba  wheel  prop,  roller,  nnnn  frightfid.  ^^n:  girt, 
^P"]!?  crown  of  the  head.  prop,  dividing  (the  hair) ;  so  fem.  ri^nbn  severe  pain, 
nHaba  casting  down,  ribaba  skullj  and  plur.  ni^pbo  baskets,  d"i3J15  turning 


§  188  FORMATION  OF  NOUNS.  213 

upside  down  from  fiis*  =  VS,  nixb!",b  (sinor.  '^?^^)  loops  and  C^b'^b  (sing, 
probably  ns^ib  =z  i^"b)  winding  stairs  from  n^b  =  "^^^  ;  a  root  bnb  is  need- 
lessly assumed  by  Gesenius.  Sometimes  the  harsh  concurrence  of  con- 
sonants is  prevented  by  the  insertion  of  a  long  vowel,  hiib^  (const,  bilb^) 
cijnibai  prop,  tinkling.  iH?  and  "^iii"!?.  stark  naked,  totally  destitute,  bj^'^p 
despicable,  or  llie  softening  of  the  former  of  the  two  consonants  to  a  vowel, 
§.37.  1,  zzil>  star  for  -3r?  j  nis::!;::  bands  worn  on  the  forehead  for 
niE::E::.  'i'l^'p  (with  the  ending  "li  added)  ignominy  for  "P^ji^^P,  ^Z^ 
Babt/lon  for  '233,  or  its  assimilation  to  the  succeeding  consonant,  ""33 
something  circular,  a  circuit  for  "'S'^3 .  The  second  member  of  the  redu- 
plication suflfers  contraction  or  change  in  ndnd  chain  for  rrniy-ib  and 
2-"i?";p/oor  for  ^j^T^p, . 

2.  Abstracts  are  formed  with  a  doubled  middle  radical     •'• 
by  giving  u  to  the  second  syllable  and  i  to  the  first,  pin 
foldirif/  the  hands,  o^!?2?  refribidion,  f^pT^  abomination^  and 
in  the  plural  13^^23  atonement,  D'^i^ps  commandments,  uT^'bii 
divorce. 

a.  These  may  be  regarded  as  verbals  formed  from  the  Piel.  A  like 
formation  is  in  a  few  instances  based  upon  other  species,  e.  g.  Hiphil  "inn 
melti?ig  from  T^r3 .  riisn  cessation  from  the  l":?  root  aiQ,  Niphal  C^jsJinsa 
wrestlings :  cr-ins  when  derived  from  the  Niphal  means  repentings,  when 
from  the  Piel  consolations. 

c.  ^^  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  to  which  they  are  contracted,  ^^nnn 
inflammation,  c^y^rd  delight. 

c.  A  few  roots,  which  are  either  iv  or  V  puttural.  or  have  a  liquid  for 
their  third  letter,  double  the  last  radical  with  u  in  the  fin;il  syllable, 
■j'Jiirs  thorn-hedge,  ^.nx3  (  =  n!i-i.\S)  ruddy  glow,  n'^'i^nrn  upright  columns 
designed  for  way-marks,  nnnisi^  horror,  n'^E^iSXa  adulteries,  C^rpza  ridges^ 
also  with  o  or  z  in  the  last  syllable.  ^T^'"':  acquiescence,  ''^''^'!^.},  pasture^ 
^^■^^O  shower,  ^^n^l?  obscuration.  '^"'"^2^"  (K'thibh  nn-isd)  tapestry,  b-^b'rn 
whence  "^Vbrn  dark.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  is  relieved  in  b^ibaa 
(in  some  editions)  snail  by  Daghesh-forte  separative. 

§188.  A  few  words  reduplicate  the  two  last  radicals. 
These  may  express  intensity  in  general,  n'^p"'^'??  complete 
openinf/,  n^STiD^  veri/  beautiful,  or  more  particularly  repeti- 
tion, tfEDsn  ticisted  prop,  turning  again  and  again,  p^p^rj 
slippery,  ^^^x^.,  crooked,  binbrs  perverse,  CjCSCNi  mixed  multi- 
tude  prop,  gathered  here  and  there,  niinnnn  spots  or  stripes, 
nins-isn  moles  prop,  incessant  diggers.  j^As  energy  is  con-  i^^  c 
sumed  by  repeated  acts    or   exhibitions  and  so   gradually 


<^     toA^t^  p  trt^CK^c^,    %flK.J^  OL^UU    cnJ^cCt    <^<-~^    O'^nrc.uJ- 


^    'n^ 


^       f    '  /7        .     .   ^^  /^  s  . 


214  ETYMOLOGY.  §  189,  190 

weakened,  this  form  becomes  a  diminutive  when  apphed  to 
adjectives  of  colour,  Di^'ji^  reddish,  p'bp'^t'  (/reenish,  ^n^iriTJ? 
blackish. 

a.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  softened  to    a   vowel  in 
nniilin  trumpet  ^OT  nn:£"n^n,   and  probably  ^).^\Z  Lev.  16  :  8  for  ^I^Tr^. 
h.  ■'S  roots  drop  their  initial  radical,  Dinnzn  gifts  from  -H^,  c"^K:iNS 
,       offspring,  issue  from  X^^ .  ^^ 

^=^—n-y n-.  Class  III. — Noutib  formed  ly  prefixes. 

'"/  K         §189.  The  third  class  of  nouns  is  formed  by  prefixing 

t  -,^  either  a^V^wel  or  a  ^nsonant  to  the^oot.     In  the  following    _^ 

eCo^y    instances  the  vowel  d  is  prefixed  with  a  in  the  ultimate  ,to   'T^ 

formcAdjectiyes  of  an  Jitensive  §gnific^tion,  HT^i^  utterly  de-  \a^im. 
^^^^  ceitful,  nbx  viole7it,  f\^^  '{z=zi^r\y_)  fierennial,  ^JT^^  (onlj*^^ 
ij-r"  represented  by  a  derivative,  §  94.  a)  very  foul,  fetid,  icitf^  0ti 
^^'    exceedingly  gross  or  thick  (applied  to  darkness,  Isa.  59  :  10),  ^^ 

or \^rbaLKouns  ^borrowing  their  meaning  from  the  Hiphil 

species,  rin^T^  memorial,  ^^^^  declaration. 

a.  This  form  corresponds  with  JJcil    the  Arabic  comparative  or  super- 
lative.    Its  adoption  for   Hiphil  derivatives  corroborates  the  suggestion, 
§82.  5.  b  (2).  respecting  the  formation  of  the  Hiphil  species  and  the  origin     /? 
of  its  causal  idea.     /^  '^^^ ^drr^^tcJ^^^  <:'./■  ^vv^ii^  t^ve.,  j^c^^^ft^.^t^cL"^^ 

b.  The  letter  ^  is  merely  the  bearerAof  the  injtial_yg>wel,and  has  no  ^^'^^ 
significance  of  Ttsown  in  these  forms;    n    is  substituted  for  it  in  ^b"^?!    voy^ 
(=bi"]X)  palace,  temple  prop,  very  capacious  from  bz'^  in  the  sense  of  its  \ 
cognate  b^is  to  contain.     So,  likewise,  in  a  ^ew  verbals  with  feminine  ter- 
minations. rsiiJ^irin  Ezek.  24  :  26  causing  to  hear  used  for  the  Hiph.  infin., 
§128,  nba?!    deliverance  from  bs3 ,    •^njrj  grant  of  rest  (=nh':r;)  from 

c.  The  short  vowel  prefixed  with  K  to  monosyllables  of  the  first 
species,  as  explained  §  183.  c,  has  no  effect  upon  the  meaning,  and  does  not 
properly  enter  into  the  constitution  of  the  form. 

\  cJ  '^'^r  §190.  The^nsonants  prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns 
^(H^are^^^,  and  J]^  They  are  sometimes  prefixed  without  a 
^^^T^r;  vowel,  the  stem  letters  constituting  a  dissyllable  of  them- 
''^^^^^'^telves,  brppia,  niictj,  b^'nn,  niirN^n;  more  commonly  they 
I  '/^/receive  a  or  %  followed  by  a  long  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  e.  g. 


§191  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  215 

a.  Pattahh  commonly  stands  before  e,  I.  and  u.  and  Hhirik  before  a  and 
5,  unless  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  or  an  assimilated  Nun.  when  Pattahh 
is  again  preferred,  ^^x^  food^  'S'^'O  planting,  "lib's  saw,  D^nn  a  species 
of  bird,  c^''").|!  a  kind  of  gem.  Seghol  is  occasionally  employed  before  a 
guttural  or  liquid  followed  by  a.  §63.  I.  b,  ^if^n^  depih.  ^^1'->  chariot, 
chpip  pair  of  tongs.  These  rules  are  not  invariable,  however,  as  will 
appear  from  such  forms  as  n2Tp.  "iSp^a  ,  "lED^ .  iTipb^ ,  Clip'vi:^  .  A  few 
words  have  d  in  the  ultimate,  rVnis  lunp,  p;n^  strangling.  The  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  separative  in  the  first  radical  is  exceptional.  ^"^P^ 
Ex.  15 :  17.  c^V-iH?a  Job  9 :  18,  nina^?:  Joel  1 :  17. 

bJ'^'^  roots.  The  first  radical  appears  as  "^  resting  in  Hhirik  or  Tsere, 
"irr*'"a  and  i'^"''?  rectitude,  uiin'^n  new  wine,  "^"'n  south,  or  as  i  resting 
in  Hholeai  or  Shurek.  "iri'O  appointed  time,  "D^i^  correction,  zbin  sojourner^ 
nsin  sorrow.  In  a  few  instiuices  it  is  rejected.  ''^ZTTj  world,  or  assimilated 
to  the  Ibllowing  radical,  I'tl^  bed,  3?"^^  knowledge. 

Z"!!?  and  "^'s  roots.  The  root  is  reduced  to  a  monosyllabic  biliteral  by 
the  quiescence  or  rejection  of  the  second  radical,  the  prefix  receiving 
Sh'va,  lij^  citadel,  nn^  sound  place,  cinn  ocean.  nip7  licing  thing,  or 
more  commonly  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  ^ix^  luminary,  V'ra  ,  l';')^ 
and  'i^^  strife,  "F"''^^  race,  ^'^n;)  adversary.  The  feminine  form  is  almost 
always  adopted  after  n,  ni'VJn  salvation,  nTai^n  oblation. 

3  2?'^  roo/s.'V The  root  is  mostly  contracted  to  a  biliteral  and  the  vowel 

compressed  to  a,  a,  e  or  0.  §61.  4.  the  prefix  sometimes  receiving  Sh'va 

j,^^-^^;^\vhich_^rv^s^^  tribute  for  Or-a.  ^TITS 

^^.^       6z/7enIe55lor^T^^/bnn  defilement  for  bsn,   T^z  fear  for  Ti"i^.  "pn    mast 

-=-  for    "pn  j-^^more  fi-equently  it  receives  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  T{0^ 

covering,  'i'O  shield,  Tl'r^  fortress,    ^i^    anguish.     In  pTi""'?  running,   the 

short  vowel  of  the  perfect  root  is  preserved  by  means  of  Daghesh-lbrte  in 

the  first  radical,     n  is  almost  always  followed  by  the  feminine  ending, 

nbnn  yb%,  n^rnn  beginning,  n^sn  prayer. 

^  Kb  roots.  The  ultimate  has  n  .  riin^  disease.  !^"i^  pasture,  which 
is  apocopated  in  a  few  words,  br'a  lifting  up.  hy^z  higher  part,  )vh  and 
■jr^  o;i  «a:o?/«^  o/!  and  always  disappears  before  the  feminine  ending  n^, 
§62.  2.  c,  '"ibr^  ascent,  ri'i^'S  commandment,  n*pri  /jof>e.  f^i<bn  weari  less. 
Before  the  feminine  termination  n  the  final  radical  appears  as  qnicr.,cent 
"^  or  1 ,  r"'2"ipi  interest,  rM\7\  whoredom,  P'snn  encamping,  D'^y^'Q  pasture. 
Yodh  is  retained  as  a  consonant  af\er  U,  D'^^bn^  diseases. 

§191.  The  letter  "a  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronoun  '^p 
zr//c  or  "12  ?r//(^A     Nouns,  to  Avhich  it  is  prefixed,  denote 

1.  The  agent  tv/io  does  what  is  indicated  by  the  root,  as 
the  participles,  §84.  5,  f(3rmed  by  an  initial  "a,  and  a  few 
substantives,  ^^^ira  didactic  psalm  prop,  instructor,  ^s^ 
(from  bs:)  chaff  y^g^.  tchat  falls  off. 

2.  The  instrument  hj/  ichich  it  is  done,  iriPS'a  /'<?y  from 


216  ETYMOLOGY.  ^192 

nns  to  open,  "^^  goad  from  "Tab  to  learn,  "^"^fe  saw  from 
"*.i?:  to  saiD. 

3.  The  place  or  time  in  lohich  it  is  done,  niT-a  ^tor 
from  nhj  /o  sacrifice,  fTP.  Ictir,  1?^^  brick-kiln,  ^draj^eriod 
of  residence. 

4.  The  action  or  the  quality  icJdch  is  expressed  by  the 
root,  Tsii'^^fi  slaugliter,  ^sc'a  mourning,  •"n'^'a  sickness,  "?t^^ 
^r/'or,  "ife'^'Q  straiglitness.  Verbals  of  this  nature  sometimes 
approximate  the  infinitive  in  signification  and  construction, 
as  roETO  overturning,  T\^^Wl  Ezek.  17:9,  §166.2.  In 
Chaldee  the  infinitive  regularly  takes  this  form,  e.  g.  btipi? 
to  kill. 

5.  The  object  upon  loliich  the  action  is  directed  or  the 
subject  in  icliicU  the  quahty  inheres,  bii?^.  food  from  biij  to 
eat,  "li^T^  psalm  from  "lij  ^o  ^'^^''y,  r!Tf ^  ^^oty  from  ri^b  ^o 
M'<?,  D'^sMig/ttif  ^/^%<9  from  l^ii?  /o  he  fat,  ^y^p  that  which 
is  small,  PO"^^  that  which  is  remote. 

JvLm^i^-  These  different  significationsTjlend  into  one  another  in  such  a  man- 
-y-  2  ner  that  it  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the  precise  shade  of  meaning 
'-'  ^^ /►^originally  attached  to  a  word:  and  not  infrequently  more  than  one  of  these 
O-'^^^g'g^ggg  eo-exist  in  the  same  word.  Thus,  "I5t^  luminary,  may  suggest  the 
UfjJh,  idea  of  agency,  dispenser  of  light,  or  of  place,  reservoir  of  light;  rb^N^^ 
tnd''! knife,  may  be  so  called  as  an  agent,  a  devoiirer,  or  as  an  instrument,  used  m 
^""^^ ^  eating;  ^^P.^  means  both  n  hoi ij  thing  and  a  holy  place  ;  '^2'2'a  sale  and 
fu^  something  sold  or  for  sale;  nib^^a  royal  authority  and  kingdom;  ^ki-Q  the 
^a^i^^\act.  place,  and  time  of  going  forth  and  that  which  goes  forth  ;  n'ci^a  the  place 
and  time  of  sitting  or  dwelling  as  well  as  they  who  sit  or  dwell. 

§  192.  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  '^  or  n  denote  persons 
or  tliino's  to  which  the  idea  of  the  root  is  attached. 

o 

1 .  ^  is  identical  in  ori^n  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  masc. 
future  in  verbs,  and  is  largely  used  in  the  formation  of  names 
of  persons,  pn^:*  Isaac,  tins;'  Jephtha,  but  rarely  in  forming 
appellatives,  n"'"?^  adversary  prop,  contender,  "i^6^  apostate 
prop,  departer,  t:ipb^  bag  prop,  gatherer,  D^p;'  living  thing 
prop,  that  {which)  stands,  "ins^'  fresh  oil  prop,  that  (which) 
shines. 


^193  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  217 

^^  2.  ^1 ,  probably  the  same  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  fern, 

future  of  verbs,  which  is  here  used  in  a  neuter  sense,  is  em- 
i*W}     ployed  in  the  formation  of  a  few  cgncrete  nouns,  '^n'lrn  oak 
2reie'  prop,  fkat  {icIucIl)   endures,  ^^"^n   eloak  prop,  that  {which) 
Iyic4^t^^1^^  ^^py  *^^^^  funicice  prop,  that  {which)  burns,  n^sn  apjjle 
^  /       prop,  that  {which)  exhales  fragrance.     But  it  niOT;e  frequejjtiy 
^''appears  in  abstract  terms  like  the  feminine  ending  in  o^her 
l<s\J^  forms,  "j^in  iuidersta7idin(j ,    n^Sian  bitterness,    ^^i?r)  delight. 
tf~f»      It  is  very  rarely  found  in  designations  of  persons,  and  only 
when  they  occupy  a  relation  of  dependence  and  subordina- 
tion,  and   may  consequently   be   viewed   as   things,  ^^^^n 
learner,  sfcin  one  dwelling  on  another's  lands,  tenant,  vassal. 

•^^j^   a.  The   great   majority  of  nouns   with   n  prefixed   have   likewise   a 
^femmiae    endTng"  T\'}yrr\^' deep    sleep,   nrrrn    salvation,    Tr^}<zr\    beauty, 
n-^?2-}n  fraud. 

§193.  The  nouns  formed  by  means  of  an  j^ffixed  letter 
or  vowel  are  ^iefly^4?ll^i^ip^lix.^^-  ^^^  consonant  1  ap- 
pended by  means  of  the  vowel  b,  or  less  frequently  a,  forms 

1.  Adjecti3!es,  linnjj  last  from  ins*  after,  tz-^'}frst  from 
t'^i  head,  Vb'^n  middle  from  Xp)  midst,  's^tX:}  brazen  from 
rirn:  brass.  A  very  few  are  formed  directly  from  the  root, 
■ji^nij  poor,  p'^^b:^  most  high,  "j^bx  widowed. 

2.  Abstract  substantives,  the  most  common  form  of 
which  is  I'i'^ipp ,  e.  g.  lin;^^  blindness,  rnr^n  confidence,  r^^?' 
^ain,  T'p,!)  paleness,  though  various  other  forms  likewise 
occur,  c.  g.  T'^^J?'  and  H^x  destruction,  liiiD  dominion,  I'i'^T^S 
success,  is^p  offering. 

a.  In  a  few  words  the  termination  "li  has  been  thoiiglit  to  he  intensive,         • 
P2'i  sabbath,  "pHS^  a  great  saljbath,  'it  proud,  "n"''!  exceedingly  proud,  . 

and  once  diminutive  ^^Hj^mcp^jpb^x  little  vtan^.e.  t\\ej)upil  of  the  eye,  «^^ 
]  so  called  from  the  image  reflected  in  ilT  The  wor(PV"^iH^  Jeshurun  from  '^^ 
'^''^1  upright,  is  by  some  explained  as  a  diminutive  or  term  of  endearment,  (PiAyji 
while  others  think  that  the  termination  "il  has  no  further  meaning  than  ^^^ 
to  make  of  the  word  a  proper  name,  comp.  "jn?:] .  See  Alexander  on  </ 
Isaiah  44 :  2. 


218  ETYMOLOGY.  §194,195 

b.  )  is  occasionally  affixed  with  the- vowel  e,  )m  a.re,  ')i.'2:i  nail. 

c.  A  few  words  are  formed  by  appending  D,  e.  g.  oi""???  and  "piS  ran- 
som. C^o  ladder  from  b?D  ^o  lift  up.  nb"in  sacred  scribe  from  L3"in  stylus, 
Dini  so?^//t-  I'rom  in'n  ^o  shine;  or  b,  e.g.  't>P"i?  garden  from  C"ir  rme- 
2/a7-cZ,  i33.'Z5  calyx  or  cup  of  a  Jiower  from  >""'25  n</:>,  bb"i|5  ankle  Worn  D";p^ 
joint,  ^3~in  locust  from  3'^n  indicative  of  tremulous  motion,  ^2"^?.  ^Ajc/c 
darkness  from  ^■''';i^  cloud,  bj.i?  i>o?z  probably  from  Tna  ?o  pierce. 

§194.  The  vowel  "^ .  forms  adjectives  indicating^fe^tjon 
orSerivadon. 

1.  It  is  added  to  j|^3er  names  to  denoto^^nationality  or 
familj^^^scent,  "'^ny  llehreio,  ''P^n;^  Jebusite,  ^k'^^FMisiine, 
'^ianj^  Aramean,  ^"y^^  E(jyptian,  '^psiiirj';'  Israelitish,  an  Israel- 

Ate,  "'37  Banite,  '^rinp  Kohatldte,  ''STiJn-i  Gershonite. 

2.  It  is  also  added  to(pther  substantives,  ^3":s^  northerner, 
*^'y:i^  foreigner^  ''Hs  villafjer,  ^^iT\  footman,  W  timet i/,  "'"ia'^ps 
e;'^;^6T  from  the  plural  D"'33 ;  to  a  fe\vO|djectives,  ''"^T^i?  and 
"iTDS^  violent,  "^pr^  and  ^'^^'i^.  foolish,  and  even  to  prepositions, 
■•rinn  /om?^^^  from  nnn  ,  ^\tbfro7it  from  '^??H^  »  §^^-  2. 

o.  The  feminine  ending  n^  is  dropped  before  this  ending.  ^']^^'^,  Jew 
from  rrniin'',  "'^!'^'?3  Beriite  li-om  ns'^i^a.  or  the  old  ending  n^  takes  its 
place,  ■'^9^'.^  Maachathite  li'om  n2>  ^  ,  or  3  is  inserted  between  the  vowels, 
■^Dbir  Shelanile  from  nbd.  Final  "^  _  combines  with  the  appended  "^ .  into 
2,  §62.  2,  "i^b  Levite  and  Leri.  "^irj  Shunite  and  Shuni. 

h.  In  a  very  few  instances  '^^  takes  the  place  of  "^ ,  ,  e.g.  "*"i"in  white 
stuff's,  ■'•i!)'!  basket,  ""p^b  /oo/;,  and  perhaps  "^^i^n ,  in  a  collective  sense 
windows,  "^STtTn  uncovertd.  "'^"'3  which  Gesemus  derives  from  ^33  and 
takes  to  mean  cunning;  if  however,  it  is  derived  from  nVs ,  §187.  1.  c, 
and  means  spendthrift,  the  final  Yodh  will  be  a  radical. 


MULTILITERALS. 

§195.  1.  Quadriliteral  nouns  are  for  the  most  part 
evenly  divided  into  two  syllables,  nnjp!^  scorpion,  "^1}  treas- 
urer, Tl?^7n  sickle,  ^•I'ab^  barren.  Sometimes  the  second  rad- 
ical receives  a  vowel,  that  of  the  first  radical  beinsj  either 
rejected,  'p'^m  damask,  b^in  frost,  "litso  vi?ie  blossom,  or  pre- 
served by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte,  t^-^b^n  fint,  TT-ii?? 


^196        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         219 

spider,  ttrDtfD  and  tjr^b'^s  concubine.     Occasionally   the   third 
radical  has  Daghesh-forte,  vjX?  bat,  'r^hi^Jin. 

2.  Words  of  five  or  more  letters  are  of  rare  occurrence 
and  appear  to  be  chiefly  of  foreign  origin,  yi^^y^  purple,  TT)'^'^ 

fro(/,  ri-jyiD  cloth,  n^i^ns  male,  is'i-:;irns  satrap. 

3.  Compound  words  are  few  and  of  doubtful  character, 
niTsbi  shadow  of  death,  n"Q^,55)9  anything  prop,  what  and  what, 
n^b'^bn  nothing  prop,  no  tchat,  b:p'^b3  worthlessness  prop,  no 
profit,  n'^bsiiia  darkness  of  Jehovah,  T^'irorbw  fame  of  Jeho- 
vah, except  in  proper  names,  pni""'2bi2  Melchizedek,  king  of 
righteousness,  ^^H^?  Obadiah,  serving  Jehovah,  D^p;'in'^  Je- 
hoiakim,  Jehovah  shall  establish. 


1^'      '^  §196.  There  are  in   Hebrew,  as  in  the  other  Semitic 
languages,  but  two  genders,  the  masculine   (^^J)  and  the 
feminine  (~ipp).     The  masculine,  as  the  primary  form,  has 
no  characteristic  termination ;  the  feminine  ends  in  5^,  or  n  f  >!_,  < 
e.  g.  b-op  masc.,  nb-jip  or  nbi:p  feni.,o^''Vtt^'ii^^^i^<^  tl^  .   n>c^, 

^  a.  Tlie  only  trace  of  the  neuter  in  Hebrew  is  in  the  interrogative,  n-a 
t/'^fl^  being  used  of  thinors  as  '^'a  ir/^o  of  persons.  The  function  assigned 
to  the  neuter  in  other  languages  is  divided  between  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine,  being  principally  committed  to  the  latter. 

h.  The  original  feminine  ending  in  nouns  as  in  verbs,  §85.  1.  a  (1),  ap- 
pears to  have  been  n,  which  was  either  attached  directly  to  the  word, 
nbi:p  which,  by  §61.  2.  becomes  T\\'^p  ^  or  added  by  means  of  the  vowel  a. 
np::'p  or  n^L:'p.  which  by  the  rejection  of  the  consonant  from  the  end  of 
the  word,  §55.  2.  c,  becomes  n^^p.  The  termination  n_  or  n^  is  still 
found  in  a  very  few  words,  rpna  emerald,  nx;^  pelican,  rrsq  companij 
2  Kin.  9:  17,  nV>^  morrow,  r\:^  portion,  rkp^  end.  rrr-a  Josh.  13:  VS.  and 
the  poetic  forms,  nnp:  song-,  i^^np.  inheritance,  T\yv.  help,  nnb  fruitful^ 
T\Vd  sleep.  Two  other  words,  'n?n  Ps.  74  :  ly  and  nr33  Ps.  61 :  1,  have 
been  cited  as  additional  examples,  but  these  are  in  the  construct  state, 
which  always  preserves  the  original  n  final ;  it  is  likewise  always  re- 
tained before  suffixes  and  paragogic  letters,  §61.  &.  a.  Ti^T\'SV:j'l ,  nrr^l^T^, 
in-jn. 

c.  The  feminine  ending  n     receives  the  accent  and  is  thus  readily  dis- 


220  ETYMOLOGY.  §197 

tinguished  from  the  unaccented  paragogic  n^ .  In  a  few  instances  gram- 
marians have  suspected  that  forms  may  perhaps  be  feminine,  though 
the  punctuators  have  decided  otherwise  by  placing  the  accent  on  the 
penult,  e.g.  s^"?^  burning  Hos.  7  :  4.  rib-^^a  Galilee  2  Kin.  15:20.  t^^cp 
destruction  Ezek.  7 :  25,  n^nn  vulture  Deut.  14 :  17,  n^ba  low  Ezek'. 
21  :31. 

d.  The  vowel  letter  x,  which  is  the  usual  sign  of  the  feminine  in 
Chaldee  and  Syriac,  takes  the  place  of  n  in  ^'r^i  threshing  Jer.  50:11, 
Ksn  /error  Isa.  Id:  17,  xrn  wrath  Dan.  11  :44.  X^ab  lioness  Ezek.  19:2, 
Kyj^  mark  Lam,  3 :  12,  X^^a  6/7/er  Ruth  1 :  20,  xn-;!^  baldness  Ezek. 
27:31.  x:d  s/p^p  Ps.  127:2.  No  such  form  is  found  in  the  Pentateuch 
unless  it  be  N^J  loathing  Num.  11:20,  where,  however,  as  Ewald  sug- 
gests, X  may  be  a  radical  since  it  is  easy  to  assume  a  root  N'lT  cognate  to 
*i!lT .  The  feminine  ending  in  pronouns  of  the  second  and  third  persons,  and 
in  verbal  futures  is  I  "^ . ;  an  intermediate  form  in  e  appears  in  n^/iT  Isa. 
59  : 5  and  t^^w";  the  numeral  ten,  or  rather  teen,  as  it  only  occurs  in  num- 
bers compounded  with  the  units.  For  like  unusual  forms  in  verbs  see 
§86.  6.  and  §156.  4. 

e.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  in  the  Indo-European  languages  is  a  final 
vowel,  corre^:ponditig  to  the  vowel-ending  in  Hebrew;  the  Latin  has  a.  the 
Greek  a  or  rj^  the  Sanskrit  I.  And  inasmuch  as  the  feminine  in  Hebrew 
covers,  in  part  at  least,  the  territory  of  the  neuter,  its  consonantal  ending 
n  may  be  compared  with  t,  the  sign  of  the  neuter  in  certain  Sanskrit  pro- 
nouns, represented  by  d  in  Latin,  id,  illnd,  istud,  quid;  in  English  it, 
what.  that.  This  distinctive  neuter  sign  has,  however,  been  largely  super- 
seded in  Indo-European  tongues  by  m  or  v,  which  is  properly  the  sign  of 
the  accusative,  bonum.  KaXov,  the  passivity  of  tlie  personal  object  being 
allied  to  the  lifeless  non-personality  of  the  neuter,  Bopp  Vergleich. 
Gramm.  §152.  In  curious  coincidence  with  this,  the  Hebrew  sign  of  the 
definite  object  is  nx  prefixed  to  nouns;  and  its  principal  consonant  is 
affixed  to  form  the  inferior  gender,  the  neuter  being  comprehended  in  the  • 
feminine. 

§197.  It  is  obvious  that  this  transfer  to  all  existing 
things,  and  even  to  abstract  ideas,  of  the  distinction  of  sex 
found  in  living  beings,  must  often  be  purely  arbitrary.  Por 
although  some  things  have  marked  characteristics  or  associa- 
tions in  virtue  of  which  they  miglit  readily  be  classed  with 
a  particular  sex,  a  far  greater  number  hold  an  indeterminate 
position,  and  might  with  quite  as  much  or  quite  as  little 
reason  be  assigned  to  either.  It  hence  happens  that  there  is 
no  o'eneral  rule  other  than  usa2:e  for  the  irender  of  Hebrew 
words,  and  that  there  is  a  great  want  of  uniformity  in  usage 
itself.*  'UsA,(^^in  J-R /^ ?- e w-  {he re  IS  JV<^ 7te  —  T^Z^ 


U97 


GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS. 


221 


a.  The  following  names  of  females  are  without  the  proper  distinctive 
feminine  termination  : 

ck  mother.  "prx  she-ass.        ^'rf^'^Q  concubine.       V^^  queen. 

So  the  names  of  double  members  of  the  body,  whether  of  men  or  ani-   .   - 
mals,  which  are  I'e  mini  tie'  with  rare  exceptions  :  (X^UU  C^CTUAX^itA^^:^^  CeJ^j  J'(: 


"(TX  ear. 
ris::^  Jing-er. 
•jni  thumb. 
^"^3  knee. 


yi^T  arm. 
T^  hand. 
r\T,  thigh. 
r|3  3  wing. 


!r)3  palm. 
viHS  shoulder. 

r^::  side. 


•pioolh.     ^f/-^ 

Fib"  w.        -V^rht^ 


The  following  nouns  are_also  feminine  :  ^i^^  (lcrud:^fiL'i>ue  (^ Qa/  ^f'^V^'  "^ 

013  cup.  t'l'S  Great  Bear.  ^ri:i  light.  „Y/fe/-^, 

133  circuit.  bnr  couch.  rB:i  side.        0^^^  (^^ 

n^b  brightness,  nd?  workmanship.  i<i3n  myriad.'^tcl'^^ 

b"2  s/toe.                 rs  morsel.  bin  world.      /^)^ , 


nx  brazier. 
"irx  footstep. 
nka  ire//. 
",133  6e//]/. 
31 H  sword. 


6.  The  following  nouns  are  of  doubtful  gender,  being  sometimes  con 
strued  as  masculine  and  sometimes  as  feminine.     Those  which  are   com 


monly  masculine  are  distinguished  thus  (J^)  ;  those  which  are  commonly 
feminine  are  distinguished  thus  (f). 


t  "i^x  sto7ie. 

*  nix  light. 
rix  sign. 
■^rx  feet. 

•jinx  ark. 
nnx  path. 
t  y-X  earth. 
t  b^?  /re. 

*  153  garment. 

*  n'^3  house. 
1ia  TcaZ/. 
X-ja  i?a//e7/. 

■|J  garden. 
t  "iBa  r/?ze. 


♦bi"^!!  temple. 
*  •)i"2n  midtitude. 
"jf^J  beard. 
"ftn  window. 

bsi"'  jubilee. 


*  1^3^  fortress. 

*  nST^a  altar. 
n:n?3  camp. 

*  nb?2  rocZ. 
*cip79  p/ace. 
ndriD  brass. 
t  USD  soz//. 


t  r^?  ^*>/i^  /ia7?c/.      l-^D  juo^. 


*  1133  glory. 

13  /;«//. 
*  ni3  vineyard. 

*  3^  Aert/Z. 

cnb  bread. 


3S'  cloud. 

*  c^  people. 

t  n:2r  6o?2e. 

3iy  evening. 

t  ry  time  (dura-    cinn  ocean. 

tion).  *  "^"^n  south. 

*  CDQ  /ace.  *  i"n  razor. 


t  C^D  /i;??e  (repe- 
tition). 

"(is^  ??or//t. 

rep,  6oic. 
t  n^ii  spirit. 
t  3511  street. 

*  oni  womb. 

*  nri  juniper. 
bix^j  //e//. 

*  t33!i3  sceptre. 
rsd  sabbath. 
^-q'q  sun. 
lyb  o-a/e. 


*  "jia  threshing-   f  V'^'^  tongue. 

foor.        *b3Xia/ooc/. 
t  nbi  cZoor. 

Gesenius  ascribes  only  one  gender  to  a  few  of  these  words,  but  3^  is 
once  fern.  Prov.  12:25;  so  bisx-Q  fem.  Hab.  1:16,  1^3^  fem.  Hab.  1:10, 
n3T^  fem.  Ezek.  43  :  13,  u-lb  masc.  Ezek.  24  :  10.     The  list  might  be  re- 


222  ETYMOLOGY.  ^198 

duced  by  referring  the  vacillation  in  gender,  wherever  it  is  possible,  to  the 
syntax  rather  than  the  noan.  Verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  which  be- 
long to  feminine  nouns  may  in  certain  cases,  as  will  be  shown  hereafter,  be 
put  in  the  masculine  as  the  more  indefinite  and  primary  form.  While,  on 
the  other  hand,  those  which  belong  to  masculine  names  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects are  sometimes  put  in  the  feminine  as  a  substitute  for  the  neuter. 

c.  Some  species  of  animals  exhibit  a  distinct  name  for  each  sex,  the 
feminine  being  formed  from  the  masculine  by  the  appropriate  termination, 
^Q  bullock,  rris  heifer^  b;ij  calf,  fem.  n^::^,  cins  lamb,  fem.  S^b^s.  or 
being  represented  by  a  word  of  different  radicals,  "lirin^  ass,  fem.  "priN . 
When  this  is  not  the  case,  the  name  of  the  species  may  be  construed  in 
either  gender  according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual  spokem  of  as  bra 
cameL  "^33  cattle,  113:2  bird,  or  it  may  have  a  fixed  gender  of  its  own 
irrespective  of  the  sex  of  the  individual;  thus,  3|3  dog,  "NT  wolf,  "liu:  o.r, 
are  masculine,  rinnx  hare,  Mii"^  dove,  bni  sheep,  are  feminine. 

d.  The  names  of  nations,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  commonly  mascu- 
line, those  of  countries  and  cities  feminine.  Accordingly,  such  words  as 
cinx  Edom,  3X173  Moab,  nnnn^  Judah,  c^niiTa  Egypt,  a^"^'::?  Chaldees, 
are  construed  in  the  masculine  when  the  people  is  meant,  and  in  the  fem- 
inine when  the  country  is  meant. 


%,Q^yV-  §198.  The  feminine  ending  is  frequently  employed  in 
-</-^Ka*tlie  formation  of  abstract  nomis,  and  is  sometimes  extended 
)j)7i£Ao  the  formation  of  official  designations  (comp.  Jiis  Honour, 
littc  his  ExceUenci/,  his  Meverence),  Tix\^  governor,  ri:2  colleague, 
•  /  ^^^'P  preacher,  and  of  collectives  (comp.  humanity  for  man- 
^^^^!^ldnd),  r\  a  fish,  TOy\  fish,  1??  a  cloud,  nbp?  clouds,  fi?  a  tree, 

Tkv  timber,  nV&5  a  traveller,  "^Tjy^^  caravan,  ri^Vis  Zeph.  3:19 

the  halting,  rrj^ibs  tlie  escajoed. 

i  a.  (1)  The  feminine  ending  added  to  Segholates  gives  new  prominence 

to   the   originally  ab.^tract   character  of  this   formation,  i'dn    and   fii'^"i 

^'^^'^'^f^wickedness.  distinguished  by  Ewald  as  to  olSikov  and  dStKta,  HEin  shame, 

-^IKlijiL^^V-t  slothfidness. 

^<l^  .  (2)  So  to  monosyllables  whose  second  radjc-al  receives  the_vowel,  •'^i^'^^  ^'  ^ 
-  ,  Tisrhteonsness.  wliir-h  is  more  abstract  and  at  the  same  time  used  more  ex- 
clusively  in  a  moral  sense_than  the  Segholate,  pia:  rightness,  ""^b'sx  ^ark- 
nessTe^nvnlentlo  b^]r-\hi^^  {=T\^^)  brightness,  nr^7  (==:r^^'"^_  )  salva- 
tion. Or  nouns  of  this  description  might  be  supposed  to  have  sprung  from 
the  adjectives  belonging  to  the  second  form  of  Class  I.,  the  pretonic  vowel 
falling  away  upon  the  addition  of  the  feminine  ending,  bsx  dar-k.  nbsx 
the  dark,  to  (XKOTeivov,  Tiy^iO'^  (he  beifig  saved  from  ?^'li^,  T^b'^h^  justice 
from  ^"bs  judge.  The  following  nouns,  descriptive  of  the  station  or  func- 
tions of  a  particular  class,  follow  this  form.  T\ph  king,  tiz^hii  kingly  office 
or  sway,  X"33  prophet.  f\k'^Zi  prophecy.  ')ln"3  priest,  HSns  priesthood  or 
priestly  duty,  hD^^  merchant,  ri^D-i  traffic. 


§198  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  223 

(3)  The  feminine  ending  occasionally  gives  an  abstract  signification  to 
redupiicuted  forms,  l_^?  hliiuL  niir  blindness.  ri25  haciiw  a  hd Id  fore- 
head, rnsa  baldness  in  front.  Xlin  sinner,  rxan  and  HK^n  sin.  riihba 
terror,  nc^p  scoffing.  H^nbn  anguish,  or  to  tliose  which  have  a  prefixed 
letter  "0,  nisn-a  overthrow,  nbrr^s  domivian,  riTZ^n^  coif  us  ion,  or  parfiru- 
larly  n,  ni'T^n  salvation,  n"iVJn  ttstiniony.  fi|'~n    hope,   "fcibri  weariness. 

(4)  It  is  likewise  added  to  forms  in  "',.  fT^V^r"  judgment,  ^fV'?.  '^'-'ork- 
ing.  r.'ibxn  beginning,  ir^nns.  end,  n"''7X'J  remnant,  the  termitiation  r,!] 
being  often  found  in  place  of  n-«.,  n"»u3Bn  2  Chron.  26:21  K'ri.  n^rsn 
K'thibh.  disease  prop,  freedom  from  duty,  ""li'Sn  /ree.  M^bzn  redness, 
^^'bzn  red,  nn**-;!?:  bitlerriess.  ^^^^"0  bitter.  rn::3  heaviness,  r^iirbx 
U'/f/ozf/ioof/.  and  occasionally  ni,  m'^a^n  jcisdom.  T'.'ibh'in  folli/.  though  the 
latter  may  perhaps  be  a  plural  as  it  is  explained  by  Gesenius.  Ewald 
suggests  a  connection  between  the  final  '^_  of  the  relative  ^djective.  which 
tiius  ])asses  into  ^  and  even  to  i  in  this  abstract  formation,  and  the  old 
construct  ending  "'^  and  i.  The  further  suggestion  is  here  offered  that 
both  may  not  improbably  be  derived  from  the  pronoun  Nin,  which  was 
originally  of  common  gender,  §71.  a  (3),  Thus,  y"^5<"in'^n  Gen.  1:24 
beast  of  earth  is  equivalent  to  7"iN  K^n  n^n  beast  viz.  that  of  earth,  and 
Pli"''3^^  (which  may  be  for  ^isb^  as  the  plural  ending  C^.  for  c^ ,  §  199.  e), 
is  equivalent  to  p'^s  N^in  T^bb  king  viz.  that  of  righteousness.  The  ap- 
pended pronominal  vowel  thus  became  indicative  of  the  gemtive  relation; 
and  its  employment  in  adjectives,  involving  this  relation,  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  this  same  use,  "'bx'nb';'  of  or  belonging  to  Israel,  hraelitish.  The 
further  addition  of  the  feminine  ending  in  its  abstract  sense,  has  mostly 
preserved  the  vowel  from  that  attenuation  to  I  which  it  has  experienced  at 
the  end  of  the  word.  comp.  §101.  1.  a.  r^iSTibx  widowhood  prop,  the  state 
of  a  widow  ■)''2b^5 ,  ni^an  wisdom  prop,  the  quality  belonging  to  the  wise 
can.  The  rare  instances  in  which  tlie  termination  nJl  is  superimposed 
upon  "^^  viz.:  n^i's^TDX  .  nii'7373i;:p ,  may  belong  to  a  time  when  the  origin 
of  the  ending  was  no  longer  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness.  The 
termination  n"^_  or  n^l  in  abstracts  derived  from  Hb  roots  is  of  a  different 
origin  from  that  just  explai^ied  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  it;  "^  or  1 
is  there  the  final  radical  softened  to  a  vowel,  §168,  as  n"2U;  or  ri-d  cap- 
tivity from  nz'J  to  lead  captive. 

b.  In  Arabic,  nouns  of  unity,  or  those  which  designate  an  individual, 
are  often  formed  by  appending  the  feminine  termination  to  masculines 
which  have  a  generic  or  collective  signification.  This  has  been  thought 
to  be  the  case  in  a  few  words  in  Hebrew,  ^i^^  fleet,  i^^^x  ship,  lyb  hair, 

I      •  Go  I 

iiny'vZ)  a  hair.      y^  swarm,  rrniz^  a  bee. 

c.  Some  names  of  inanimate  objects  are  formed  from  those  of  ani~ 
mated  being.s  or  parts  of  living  bodies,  which  they  were  conceived  to 
resemble,  by  means  of  the  feminine  ending,  taken  in  a  neuter  sense,  CX 
mother,  Max  metropolis,  T^?.'''.  thigh,  hd-i"^  hinder  part,  extremity,  T'S  palm 
of  the  hand,  nbs  palm-branch,  n:sxi  forehead,  nn:£73  greave,  He  mouth. 
n^S  edge. 


^^kj^T^n^Vn  ETYMOLOGY.  §199 

§199.  There  are  three  numbers  in  Hebrew,  the  smgular 
(Tn;^  I'iL'b),  dual  (D^ii^  liirb),  and  plural  (D^an  ^-^irb).  The 
plural  of  masculme  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  Q"".  ,  or  de- 
fectively written  D . ,  to  the  singular,  did  horse,  D''piD  horses, 
p^'hi  rif/hteous  (ma?i),  Q^p'''7?  or  Dp'iS  righteous  {men).  The 
plural  of  feminine  nouns  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  ni , 
also  written  n',  the  feminine  ending  of  the  singular,  if  it 
has  one,  being  dropped  as  superfluous,  since  the  plural  ter- 
mination of  itself  distinguishes  the  gender,  Dis  cup,  Mob 
cups,  rij^ns  virpn,  rib^nn  and  m'b^n^  virgins,  r^ian  sin, 
'•:/t->-"  riis^n  sins ;  '^i^J^^  Instances^  the  vowel-letter  i5  takes  the 
I        place  of  ^ ,  §11''  \7a,  nsns  Ezek.  31 : 8,  nxbia  Ezek.  47  :  11.  "I'^XCi 

>./  a.  The  masculine  plural  sometimes  has  "p.  instead  of  C"^  ,  e.g.  ""piJa 

'^'    oftener  than  c"^)5^  in  the  book  of  Job,  ^=^'3  Prov.  31 :  3,  "p'jjn  2  Kin.  11 :  13, 
(it^-p^:?  Mic.   3:12.  T^^^'^'  Lam.    1:4,    V'^'l    Ezek.  4:9,  "p^f  Dan.    12:13. 
^  *^      This  endinp;,  which  is  the  6ommori  one  in_Cha,ldee,  is  chiefly  found  in 
■vi\\    po^t'^y  ^^  ^'^  ^^^  \\\.\^x  books  of  the  Bible. 

'  6.  Some  grammarians  have  contended  for  the  existence  of  a  few  plurals 
in  "^^  without  the  final  D,  but  the  instances  alleged  are  capable  of  another 
and  more  satisfactory  explanation.  Thus,  •^'^D  2  Kin.  11:4,  ""niS,  "^fibs 
2  Sam.  8:  18,  ^lyiV^  2  Sam.  23:8.  and  ^:£n  1  Sam.  20:  38  K'thibh  (K'ri 
C"iin),  are  singulars  used  collectively;  "^^a?  2  Sam.  22:44,  Ps.  144:2, 
Lam.  3  ;  14.  and  "^si^"!  Cant.  8  :  2.  are  in  the  singular  with  the  suffix  of  the 
first  person;  "'S^  Ps.  45  :  9  is  not  for  C"^2^  siringed  insiruments,  but  is  the 
poetic  form  of  the  preposition  '^"q  from ;  "^^XS  Ps.  22:17  is  not  for  C^-^S 
piercing,  but  is  the  noun  '^■';!N^  with  the  preposition  D  like  the  lio7i,  §  156.  3. 

c.  There  are  also  a  few  words  which  have  been  regarded  as  plurals  in 
■'. .  But  ■'"nn  Zech.  14  :  5  and  "^"nb  Judg.  5  :  15,  are  plurals  with  the  suffix 
of  the  first  person.  In  :  "^jin  2  Chron.  33  :  19.  which  is  probably  a  proper 
name,  and  "^ia  Am.  7  :  1,  Nah.  3  :  17,  which  is  a  singular  used  collectively, 
final  "^  is  a  radical  as  in  "^"I'J  =  T^^j^ .  f^in  Isa.  19:  9  is  a  singular  with 
the  formative  ending  ^_ ,  §194.6;  '"^b-i^n  Jer.  22:  14  and  *^2'bn  Isa.  20:4, 
might  be  explained  in  the  same  way,  though  Ewald  prefers  to  regard  the 
former  as  an  abbreviated  dual  lor  C'i'b'iAn  (huble  (i.  e.  large  ami  showy) 
windows,  and  the  latter  as  a  construct  plural  tor  "^STiUn. ,  the  diphthongal  e 
being  resolved  into  ay,  comp.  §57.  2  (5).  "'"i^  Ezek.  13:  18  is  probably  a 
dual  for  D"^"^,  though  it  might  be  for  the  unabridged  singular  n-?;^.  which, 
however,  never  occurs.(  The  divine  name  •'V^  Almighty  is  best  explained 
as  a  singular;  the  name    "^Jix  Lord  is  a  plural  of  excellence,  §201.2, 

\  with  the  suffix  of  the   first  person,   the  original  signification  being  my 
^y  Lord. 

d.  In  a  few  words  the  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  retained  before 
the  plural  termination,  as  though  it  were  one  of  the  radicals,  instead  of 


^^f^ 

'i^. 


§  200  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  225 


being  dropped  agreeably  to  the  ordinary  rule,  rb-n  door  pi.  ninb"!.  So, 
nos  pillow.  PC^?  boio.  rpiiJ  trough,  H'^sn  spear,  r^ii'^bx  widoiohood.  n!in^";i3 
divorce.  r.Min  whoredom,  ns'a  ///>  pi.  nirEb.  To  these  must  be  added 
rrind,  provided  it  be  derived  from  r!n\l"  in  the  sense  of /?i7y  it  may,  how- 
ever, signify  f/es;r«c//o?z,  from  the  root  nnd,  when  the  final  n  will  be  a 
radical.     See  Alexander  on  Psalm  107  :  20. 

e.  The  original  ending  of  the  plural  in  nouns,  verbs,  and  pronouns, 
seems  to  have  been  c^),  §71.6.  (2).  In  verbs  the  vowel  has  been  pre- 
served, but  the  final  nasal  has  been  changed  or  lost,  '^i^'^p';'  or  l^l^p';', 
§85.  1.  a.  (1).  In  masculine  nouns  and  pronouns  the  final  nasal  has  been 
retained,  but  the  vowel  has  been  attenuated  toe  ore,  D^pIO,  cn,  cnx  : 
the  Arabic  has  una  for  the  nominative  and  Ina  for  the  oblique  case.  If 
we  suppose  h,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  to  be  added  to  Dl,  the  sign  of  the 
plural,  the  vowel  will  regularly  be  changed  to  i  before  the  two  con- 
sonants, §61.4;  then  if  the  nasal  be  rejected  before  the  final  consonant, 
agreeably  to  the  analogy  of  r2  for  n:2  and  CIS  for  p:i3.  the  resulting 
form  will  be  ri,  the  actual  ending  of  the  feminine  plural.  If  the  sign  of 
the  plural,  like  all  the  other  inflective  letters  and  syllables,  is  of  pronom- 
inal origin,  this  D,  which  is  joined  to  words  by  the  connecting  vowel  1, 
may  perhaps  be  related  to  n^  taken  indefinitely  in  the  quantitative  or 
numerical  sense  of  quot  or  aliquot,  comp.  Zech.  7:3;  and  the  adverbial  or 
adjective  ending  a^  or  c'  may  in  like  manner  be  referred  to  the  same  in 
its  qualitative  sense,  comp.  Ps.  8  :  5.  so  that  cj:?"'"!  vacue,  would  strictly  be 
qud  vacuus.  The  pronoun  seems  in  fact  to  be  preserved  without  abbrevia- 
tion in  the  Syriac  jViVi^j  =r  cbi"^  interdiu. 

§  200.  The  gender  of  adjectives  and  participles  is  care- 
fully discriminated,  both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural,  by 
means  of  the  appropriate  terminations.  But  the  same  want 
of  precision  or  uniformity  which  has  been  remarked  in  the 
singular,  §197,  characterizes  likewise  the  use  of  the  plural 
terminations  of  substantives.  Some  mascuhne  substantives 
take  ri  in  the  plural,  some  feminines  take  D*".  ,  and  some 
of  each  gender  take  indifferently  D"^.   or  ri . 

a.  The  following  masculine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  ni : 
those  which  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  are  sometimes  construed  as 
feminine. 

'2.'^  father.  *  ri'^'i<  path.  *  1";^  threshing-     ■0"-TH  vision 

l^x  bowl.  Ti^^s*  palace.                    Jioor.  tsilin  dream. 

'zS\f,  familiar  Vsrx  cluster.  "ji"}^  goad.  'p^^'n  invention. 

spirit.  lii  pit.                  -it  tail.  n2l3  handbreadth. 

"iix  treasure.  aa  roof.  V^n  street.               NC3  throne. 

*  riN  sign.  bnia  lot.                 t'Sn  breast.             ni?  tablet. 
15 


226 

V-^H  night. 

*n2T7a  altar. 

^13 "0  rain. 

•nibr^  tithe. 

*  nk'O  summit. 

*  Dipa  p/ace. 


ETYMOLOGY. 


§200 


*7X3  bottle. 

^h'S  dust. 
nb:^  7ier6. 
5?^5  leader. 


iin:£  bundle. 
>ip  voice. 

"■^p  war. 
*mn-i  street. 


pl'n'H  chain. 

CIO  name. 
lEib  trumpet. 
n\u  pillar. 
*  Dinn  rfeep. 


6.  The  following  feminine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  ts'^^ :  those 
marked  thus  (f)  are  sometimes  masculine: 


t  -rix  stone.  t  'Ts^h  '^oy- 

n^x  terebinth.  n^  /at/?. 

nijiabx  widowhood.  ITni^t  branch. 


n^'X  woman. 
rbna  coaZ. 
■f  "Sa  vme. 
n^Z"n  Jig'Cake. 


n!i:i  whoredom,. 
ni:n  wheat. 

T     • 

rt^bn  darkness. 
1 13  pitcher. 


nj^b  brick. 
n^^o  u'orcZ. 

T       • 

n3723  a?z^. 

nxD  measure. 
13?  she-goat. 

^^^i  city. 
ds^D  concubine. 


rs  morsel. 

\>hr\  sheep. 
nii'b  ^arZey. 
nbsii:  ear  of  corn. 

niab  acacia. 


Also  C'^2?''3  e^^s  which  is  not  found  in  the  singular. 

c.  The  following  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  either  d"^.  or  mi': 


MA8CT7LINE     N  O  TT  N  8  . 


T 

■"lit 
.  i" 

nni 

lib 
niix 


porch, 
lion. 

generation, 
sacrifice, 
memorial, 
day. 
forest, 
laver. 
harp. 


abb  heart. 

biS^  tower. 
10173  foundation. 

10173    607lrf. 

a^jiiTO  seaZ. 

p1T73   6oi^Z. 

::'ix3T3  pain. 
inD?3  ?zai7. 


"(ir.TS  delicacy, 
^'^s/o  fountain. 

•|3b73  dwelling. 
Iti3  riY'er. 
v^p  6asm. 
"ll^  iniquity. 
ap3>  AeeZ. 


I^IQ  breach. 
l.si^  TzecA;. 

irf?  grave. 

ii2p  reecif. 
Clip  a.re. 

nib  field. 

5!i:yn  delight. 


FEMININE     NOTTNS. 


terror.        Sib'^bx  grape- cake.     b>3  sAoe. 
s/ieq/:  ?T^^:5<.  Astarte.        n73i?^  Aeap. 

people.  f^'^rH  spear. 

NOUNS     CONSTRUED     IN     EITHER     GENDER. 


f^ynx  .  ri^ns  a/oes.    "piin  window.  nis^  roc/. 

l;2  garment.  "in  co?<rZ.  bs3  soi^Z. 

SDi  rm.  133  circle.  i"^p  thorn. 

bi'^n  temple.  **2£272  fortress.  ^'^  cloud. 

?iiT  arm.  f^.^H^  camp.  T\ZV  cord. 


nbiQ  Aoq/! 
nib  year. 


c:£s^  6o7ie. 

r^  zi'me. 

CS'Q  yboZ. 

rb':£  sic/e. 


^  201  GENDER   AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  227 

(/.  The  two  forms  of  the  plural,  though  mostly  synonymous,  occasion- 
ally dilier  in  sense  as  in  Latin  loci  and  loca.  Thus  CISS  is  used  of 
round  masses  of  money,  talents^  f^'^'^t-?  °'  bread,  round  loaves;  D'^n'^O 
thorns,  rin"'p  hooks;  d"2;^s'  heels,  Tsiz'^v,  foot -print  s  ;  C'C'JQ  footsteps  of 
men,  ni^rD /eef  of  articles  of  furniture.  Comp.  §198.  c.  Sometimes  they 
differ  in  usage  or  frequency  of  employment :  thus  niia^  days,  niair  years, 
are  poetical  and  rare,  the  customary  forms  being  c*'?3^,  c"ii"j. 

e.  Nouns  mostly  preserve  their  proper  gender  in  the  plural  irrespective 
of  the  termination  which  they  adopt;  though  there  are  occasional  excep- 
tions, in  wiiich  feminine  nouns  in  C"^  are  construed  as  masculines,  e.  g. 
C^i;3  women  Gen.  7  :  13,  n^^ia  words  Job  4 :  4,  o-^!:^3  av(s  Prov.  30 :  25, 
and  masculine  nouns  in  m'  are  construed  as  feminines,  e.  g.  nissu:^  dwell- 
ings Ps.  84  :  2. 

f  In  explanation  of  the  apparently  promiscuous  or  capricious  use  of  the 
masculine  and  feminine  endings,  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  termination 
Ci_  in  strictness  simply  indicates  the  plural  number,  and  is  indeterminate 
as  to  gender,  §199.  e,  though  the  existence  of  a  distinct  form  for  the  fem- 
inine left  it  to  be  appropriated  by  the  masculine.  The  occurrence  of  C  in 
feminine  nouns,  and  even  in  the  names  of  females,  as  C^^S  women,  C^-tS 
she-goats,  mny  thereiore,]ike  the  absence  of  the  distinctive  feminine  ending 
from  the  singular,  be  esteemed  a  mere  neglect  to  distinguish  the  gender  by 
the  outward  form.  The  occurrence  of  the  feminine  ending  in  a  masculine 
noun,  whether  singular  or  plural,  is  less  easily  accounted  for.  Such  words 
may  perhaps,  at  oae  period  of  the  language,  have  been  regarded  as  fem- 
inine, the  subsequent  change  of  conception,  by  which  they  are  construed 
as  masculine,  failing  to  obliterate  their  original  form.  Such  a  change  is 
readily  supposable  in  words,  which  there  is  no  natural  or  evident  reason 
for  assigning  to  one  sex  rather  than  the  other;  but  not  in  ri')Zi<  fathers, 
which  can  never  have  been  a  feminine.  One  might  be  tempted  in  this 
case  to  suspect  that  m"  was  not  the  sign  of  the  plural,  comp.  ninx  sisler, 
ri^n  mother-in-law,  but  that  T  belonged  to  the  radical  portion  of  the 
word,  and  that  n  was  appended  to  form  a  colIective,/a//ier^oofZ,  §198, 
which  has  in  usage  taken  the  place  of  the  proper  plural.  More  probably, 
however,  the  idea  of  official  dignity,  which  was  so  prominently  attached 
to  the  paternal  relation  in  patriarchal  times,  is  the  secret  of  the  femiriine 
form  which  2X  assumes  in  the  plural,  comp.  nir'^S  leaders,  ri^fip  preacher, 
while  its  construction  as  a  masculine  springs  so  directly  out  of  its  significa- 
tion as  to  remain  unaffected.  And  this  suggests  the  idea  that  the  like  may 
have  happened  to  names  of  inanimate  objects.  They  may  receive  the 
feminine  ending  in  its  neuter  sense  to  designate  them  as  things.  §198.  c, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  are  so  conceived  that  the  masculine  construc- 
tion is  maintained. 

§  201.  1.  Some  substantives  are,  by  their  signification  or 
by  usage,  limited  to  the  singular,  such  as  material  nouns 
taken  in  a  universal  or  indefinite  sense,  tJx  /?r<?,  nriTyo/^, 
n'a'ii^  ground ;  collectives,  vjt:  children,  '^Vfoivl,  ^y.  birds  of 


T 


228  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  202 

prey,  ^j??  large  cattle  (noun  of  unity  "niizJ  an  ox),  "ji^i  small 
cattle  (noun  of  unity  nir  <2  <?/^^^j  or  goat)  ;  many  abstracts, 
5?Tr]  salvation,  trf\^_  hl'mdness.  On  the  other  hand  some  are 
found  only  in  the  plural,  such  as  nouns,  whose  singular,  if  it 
ever  existed,  is  obsolete,  D^^ia  water,  U^':^  face  or  faces,  ^'^^'^ 
heaven,  D^i'^  bowels,  DT^  men,  tr\W\^^^  adjacent  to  the  head, 
and  abstracts,  which  have  a  plm^al  form,  D'^'^n  Ufe,  D'lnnK 
love,  D^^nn  mercy,  riS^ann  government, 

a.  The  intimate  connection  between  a  collective  and  an  abstract  is 
shown  by  the  use  of  the  feminine  singular  to  express  both,  §  198.  In  like 
manner  the  plural,  whose  office  it  is  to  gather  separate  units  into  one  ex- 
pression, is  used  to  denote  in  its  totality  or  abstract  form  that  common 
quality  which  pervades  them  all  and  renders  such  a  summation  possible, 
comp.  Ttt  SiKaca  right,  to.  aScKa  wrong.  Some  abstracts  adopt  indifferently 
the  feminine  or  the  plural  form.  •^I'l^x  and  cirsi^x  jidelity,  n^xj  and 
Di^^ixa  redemption,  n^n  and  D'^'^n  life^  •^=^'!n.  and  D"^-D'rn  darkness,  nx^^ 
and  C"k^73  setting  of  gems. 

h.  The  form  c^p:)::;!?  is  adopted  by  certain  words  which  denote  periods 
of  human  life.  c"insi"3  childhood,  c^r^br'  youth,  C'^'ina  adolescence,  C'^ira 
virginity,  nipsibD  period  of  espousals,  ts^ispT  old  age. 

c.  Abstracts,  which  are  properly  singular,  are  sometimes  used  in  the 
plural  to  denote  a  high  degree  of  the  quality  which  they  represent,  or  re- 
peated exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it,  nn^iza  might,  nii^ina  deeds  of 
might. 

2.  There  are  a  lew  examples  of  the  employment  of  the 
plural  form  when  a  single  individual  is  spoken  of,  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  exaltation  or  greatness.    It  is  thus  intimated  that 
the  individual  embraces  a  plurality,  or  contains  within  itself 
what  is  elsewhere  divided  amongst  many.     Such  pliu"als  of 
majesty  are  Cnby:  God  the  supreme  object  of  worship,  ^\^\^._    ^,- 
Supreme  Lord  prop,  my  Lord,  §  199.  c,  and  some  other  terms     ^, 
referring  to  the  divine  being,  ^I'^iJ'iin  Eccles.   12:lfQ^TO?  ^^ 
'Eccles.  5  :  iSi^^  Isa.  54  :  5,^D^tnnip  Hos.  12  :  1;  also,  ^''T^^zy^ 
(rarely  with  a  plural  sense)  lord,  D'^bi:^^  (when  followed  by  a  '  ^ 
singular  suffix)    master,  i^Tana  Behemoth,  great  beast,  and  -~^=^ 
possibly  D^snn  TerapUim,  which  seems  to  be  used  of  a  single  ^  ^ 
image,  1  Sam.  19  :  13,  16. 

^  202.  The  dual  is  formed  by  adding  D^'.  to  the  singular 


§203  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  229 


of  both  genders,  n  as  the  sign  of  the  feminine  remaining 
unchansrecl,  and  r.  revertino;  to  its  orio-inal  form  ri  ,  ^  19G./5, 
^1  liaud  du.  zr^l ,  nb-h  door  du.  D:"nb'i ,  nBi!?  Ujj  du.  D^n£=c  . 


a.  Tlie  dual  ending  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  Indo-European  languages, 
Bmjp  Vergleich.  Gramrn,  §206.  is  a  modified  and  strengthened  form  of  the 
phiral  ending.  The  Arabic  goes  beyond  the  Hebrew  in  extending  the 
dual  to  verbs  and  pronouns.  The  Chaldee  and  Syriac  scarcely  retain  a 
trace  of  it  except  in  the  numeral  two  and  its  compounds. 

tlcl  i  §  203.  The  dual  in  Hebrew  expresses  not  merely  two,  but 
a  couple  or  a  pair.  {  Hence  it  is  not  ^pbyed  with_tlie^sarne 
latitude  as  in^rgek  of  yvy^  twg  qlijects  of  the  same  kind; 

=y^     But  ojilj'  of^  two  wdiich  ]^long  togeUier  and  pomplete  eacli 

[5  ^  :  other.     It  is  hence  restricted  to 

1.  Double  organs  of  men  or  animals,  C??]"?  ears^  D'^Ei? 
nostrils,  ^iv^'^  horns,  D"???  wincjs. 

'  2.  Objects  of  art  which  are  in  a  de,  double  or  which  con- 
sist of  two_corresponding_^  parts,  '^^TJ},  pair  of  shoes,  D'^ij^^b 
pair  of  scales,  '^'^T\'^'yi  pair  of  toncjs,  ^yh^  foldinrj  doors. 

3.  ^ObjectSy^  which  are  conceived  ot  as  ^constituting  to- 
gether a  complete  wdiole,  p^rticukrly  ineasures  of  tko^L  or 
quantity,  W^i^y^  jjeriod  of  two  days,  hidiinm,  D^1??tj3  tico  2veeks, 

ci  fortnight,  D^'t^J*?  tioo  years,  hiennium,  D'f^i^o  l^^o  measures, 
nn33  two  talents,  ^'^.^'T}  Prov.  28  :  6,  18  double  icay  (comp. 
in  English  double  dealinf),  ^"^'^•T'J  p<^^^'  of  rivers,  i.  e.  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  viewed  in  combination. 

4.  The  numerals  D"*?!^  two,  D")?23  double,  D'l'nx^  two  hun- 
dred, Q";?^^  tico  thousand,  D'?r)i3*^  tico  myriads,  D'^pynp  seven- 
fold, n\<?b3  of  two  sorts. 

5.  Alew^  flbsti:Acj||S,  in  which  it  expresseslnteiisi|y,  D"^:?^:?? 
double-slothfuhiess,  D^ri^'Q  double-rebellion,  0!"^^?  double-liyht, 
i.  e.  7ioon,  D"n:^t6i  double-wickedness. 

a.  Names  of  objects  occurring  in  pairs  take  the  dual  form  even  when  a 
hioher  number  than  two  is  spoken  of.  D";fTi'n  'i'pil^  1  Sam.  2  :  13  the  three 
teeth,  D-^SJS  r?^5<  Ezek.   1  :  6 /owr  wings,  c*q:3  ii:i5  Isa.  6  :  2  six  wings, 


230  ETYMOLOGY.  §  204, 205 

n'13'^?  iii'^'O  Zecli.  3 :  9  seven  eyes,  n^S'^a'bsn  D'?j!^r}'^3  all  the  hands  and 
all  knees  Ezek.  7  :  17.  Several  names  of  double  organs  of  the  human  or 
animal  body  have  a  plural  form  likewise,  which  is  used  of  artificial  imita- 
tions or  of  inanimate  objects,  to  which  these  names  are  applied  by  a  figure 
of  speech.  §  19S.  c,  c"!?"!;?  horns,  niinp  hoj-ns  of  the  altar,  C';'EDZ)  icings, 
m's;!!  exlremities.  D'^EPS  shoulders,  riisns  shoulder-pieces  of  a  garment, 
C^i"^^  eyes^  ^^13^?.  fountains,  cib^n  ftet,  d'^^J"?  times  prop,  beats  of  the 
foot.  In  a  few  instances  this  distinction  is  neglected,  C^nsiIJ  and  nir.Ed 
lips,  D"'n^  and  rin"^  sides,  0'?r3'^!^  extremities. 

b.  The  dual  ending  is  in  a  very  few  v^ords  superadded  to  that  of 
the  plural,  miin  loalls  of  a  city.  D'lnth  double  loalls,  Difrib  boards, 
D-^nhb  double  boarding-  of  a  ship,  D'?J;j'^';i^  name  of  a  town  in  Judah,  Josh. 
15:' 36. 

c.  The  words  o^'?  water  and  t3"'7a^  heaven  have  the  appearance  of 
dual  forms,  and  might  possibly  be  so  explained  by  the  conception  of  the 
element  of  water  as  existing  in  two  localities,  viz.  under  and  above  the 
firmament,  Gen.  1 :  7,  and  heaven  as  consisting  of  two  hemispheres.  They 
are,  however,  commonly  regarded  as  plurals,  and  compared  with  such 
plural  forms  in  Chaldee  as  T^'?'^  Dan.  5:9  from  the  singular  5<.2d .  In 
D';i^ir!n7  Jerusalem,  or  as  it  is  commonly  written  without  the  Yodh  tib'lj^'n% 
the  final  Mem  is  not  a  dual  ending  but  a  radical,  and  the  pronunciation  is 
simply  prolonged  from  nbrn"',  comp.  Gen.  14:  18.  Ps.  76:  3,  though  in 
this  assimilation  to  a  dual   form  some  have  suspected  an  allusion  to  the 

■ — '     ^     current  division  into  the  upper  and  the  lower  city. 
,  t^     PfiCL-Aje^  3eq1A^^^l^.V 

^  S/Wy  ^204.  It~8emains  to  consider  the  fcliaiiges_  in  the  ^nouns       ^ 

themselves,  which  result  from;4tt2ching_tp  them  the  yarious  ^   ^ 
endings  for  gender  and  number^ thaF'have  now  been  recited.  \  r^ 
"'These  depend  upon  the  ^ragture  of  the  nouns,  that  is  to  say^/V  9^^ 
upon  the  (character  of  theirj^ters  and^yllables;  and  are  gov- 
erned by  the  J[^v_s  of  IJebrew  ^thography  already  unfolded.  ^§ 
'^^  These  endings  may  be  divided  into*t\vo  Classes,  viz. : 

'''f^^^^^,^'  The  ^mininej,  which,  consisting  of  a  single  cop.- 
^^^j  sonant,  causesl^'lgmoyal  of  the;)^ccent  jand  produces  changes 
^/orut_,m.  the  Ultimate  only. 

M/T^v-e^Ju-  2.  The  Teminine_n^ ,  the  plural  D*^.  and_rTi,  and  the 
^T^  ^ual  n^_ ,  winclT^mpye  the  accenf^to  their'Wn  Iiitial 
o(^y,^^L^or3^^>  and1[)lay  occasion  changes  in  Botli  the'^timate  and 

^.^j'^^TKe   Feminnet).!.   1.61^^^-%^ 

e^vyS  x-f>FH  ^205.  ]\  ouns  which  terminate  in  aAWel  undergo  Jmo-^ 
•  ^'    change   on   receiving   the   feminine   characteristic  ri ,  "^is^iia 


ii<^:> 


^206  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  231 

Moahite,  rr^n^i^  Moahitess,  ^T^  Jindhic/  fem.  nxib,  i^iari 
c   sinner,  rsbn  ^Z;/,  §  198.2.Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  ^nj 

■^,  sonant  experience  a  Compression  of  their  &ial  syllable,  which, 
upon^  tJLC  addition  of  ri ,  ends  in  ^vo  consonants  instead  of 
one,  §CG.  2,  and  an^u^iliary  Seghol  is  introduced  to  relieve 
the  harshness  of  the  combination,  §61.  2.  In  consequence 
of  tins ^ the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  changed  from  a  or  a  to 
e,  §G3y|2.  a,  from  (J  or  Z  to  c;  or,  in  a  "^w  words  to  e,  and 
from  ocor  i7j^o  o,^'§61.  4.'  '^^^^":  broken  fem.  nnsr:: ,  d^ts-tx 
reddish  fem.  r,r^i2t:5^ ,  tjSh  yo/;;y  fem.  tn^Sn ,  n-'ia  mastery 
n'nnii  mistress,  i^^n  ^y^  fem.  riti'bn ,  ir^i^  ?;^<2;/,  riri?  icoman, 
§214.  1.  <5,  fisj  scattered  i^m.  l^?ifcj,  ™^n5  and  ntjna  /^m5'^. 

^  S.AVhen  the  final  consonant  is  a  guttural,  there  is  the  usual 
substitution  of  Pattalih  for  Seghol,  ycyd  hearing  fem.  trm^t , 
TV^  touching  fem.  t^siy^  . 

a.  In  many  cases  the  feminine  is  formed  indifferently  by  n  or  by  n^ ; 
in  others  usage  incUnes  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other  ending,  though  no 
absolute  rule  can  be  given  upon  the  subject.  It  may  be  said,  however, 
that  adjectives  in  "^^  almost  always  receive  n;  active  participles,  except 
those  of  "3? ,  "W  and  nb  vt-.rbs,  oftener  take  ri  than  n^ ;  n  is  also  found, 
though  'ess  frequently,  with  the  passive  participles  except  that  of  Kal, 
from  which  it  is  excluded. 

6.  A  final  "i ,  "i  or  n  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  the  feminine  charac- 
teristic n  and  contracted  with  it.  §54,  na  for  r:3  daughter.  rri"0  for 
r!3n^  gift,  rrx  for  r:ri<  tndh,  nnx  for  nnnx  one.  rV^"^  1  Kin.  1 :  15 
for  rrnr^  ministering.,  r^nr^a  Mai.  1  :  14  lor  nnnr^  corrupt,  r^r^  for 
nnnr!"a  pan.  The  changes  of  the  ultimate  vowel  are  due  to  its  compres- 
eion  before  concurring  consonants. 

c.   The  vowel  u  remains  in  ntttiirn  Lev.  5:  21  deposit,  and   the  proper 

name  n'cnin  Tanhuineth.     From  ni<  brother,  cfi  father-in-law  are  formed 

.1         .■'■••■    ^   .  1  .  ''  ■'  "^ 

riinx  sister,  ri^an  mother-in-law.  the  radical  l,  which  has  been  dropped 

from   the  masculine,  retaining   its  place  before  the  sign  of  the  feminine, 

comp.  §  101.  1.  a;  rxJtJS?  difficult  Deut.  30:  11  is  for  rtc^Ea  from  N^sa. 

5^^^^.  §206.  The  Changes  which  result  from-^ppending  the 
feminine  termination  n^  ,  the  "plural  terminations  D'^.  and  ni, 
and  the  CEial  termination  D''_ ,  are  of  Tliree  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ^ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
"taogd  syllable.  ^ 


232  ETYMOLOGY.  §  207 

2.  Those  which  take  place  in  the 'ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
,)^mple  syllable. 

3.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  penult. 

§  207.  When  the  lUtimate  is  a  Mxed  syllable  bearing 
theAccent,  it  is  affected  as  follows,  viz. : 

1 .  Tsere  remains  Tlnchano'ed,  if  the  w^ord  is  a  monosvUa-  t>^^ 
ble^or  the '^i;ece ding  vowel  is  Kamets?  otherwise  it  is  feec^d;  ^  ^ 
other  vowels  suffer  no  change,  rS  dead  fern,  "t^''?,  pi.  D^n^S;  i-L*" 

^n;'   thi(j]i   du.  0^?^;^ ,  "dit   complete  fem.  nibir ,  pi.  ^'^xb>t , 
\i.  pi.  nibbi!^ ;  ?Tbn  yo%  fem.  robn ,  pi.  D-^ibn ,  f.  pi.  niibh . 

a.  The  rejection  of  Tsere  is  due  to  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  words 
which  are  increasMJ^y .additions  ^  the  end,  §66.  1,  It  is  only  retained 
as  a  pretonic  vowel,  §64.  ^Twhen  the  word  is  otherwise  sufficiently  abbre- 
viated, or  its  rejection  would  shorten  the  word  unduly.  Tsere  is  retained 
contrary  to  the  rule  by  C"^bb"r,  D"'2.;3'n  children  of  the  third  and  fourth 
generations,  by  a  {e.v7  exceptional  forms,  e.g.  nn^S  Jer.  3  :  8.  11,  nBs'r^c 
Ex.  23  :  26,  nyjb  Cant.  1  :  6.  t\iz-cit  Isa.  54 :  1.  and  frequently  with  the 
pause  accents.  §65,  e.  g.  ^^^^"^  Isa.  21  :  3,  C^rriir  Lam.  1  :  16,  :ri72^2ii; 
Isa.  49  :  8,  D"^'^.:3i<  Ex.  28  :  40.  S"^^!::??  Gen.  19  :  1 1,  2  Kin.  6:18  (once  with 
Tiphhha),  :  d"^d^-j?^  Isa.  2  :  20,  D-»'b--Q  Eccles.  2  :  5.  mni:T73  Isa.  2:4.  It 
also  appears  in  several  feminine  substantives,  both  singular  nnd  })lural,  e.  g. 
nbcrra  overthrow.  niiJ^i^  counsels.  n^S'in  abomination.  n:ru;?2  staff,  nsirsy 
witch.  On  the  other  hand,  the  following  feminines  reject  it  though  pre- 
ceded by  Kamets,  bi"^  wild-goat.  fem.  S^^?."  ,  "3.";'  ostrich,  fem.  n:r;; ,  rp^ 
thigh,  fem.  nb"}"^ .  It  is  also  dropped  from  the  plural  of  the  monosyllable 
"|2  son.  and  its  place  supplied  by  a  pretonic  Kamets,  C^ia  sons.  riDS  daugh- 
ters, the  singular  of  the  feminine  being  r.2  for  n32,  §205.6;  so  5^T^ 
forkip\.  niiibt^. 

b.  Kamets  in  the^iltimate  is  retained  as  a 'pretonic  vowel.  "'^  white, 
fem.  nirb.  pi.  n^s^b,  f  pi.  ri:2b;  ^^r;^ /or/z-e.ss.'pr  c-n:izp  and  ni-i^2^, 
ojilyjlisapjiearing  in  a  f'ew  exceptional  cases,  "i^b  hai/-.  fem.  rr^ij'/vIJ.  "ibb 
quail. pl7?Vbb.  ^T^n^^pas/T^reTpI.  nrn^na^  once  mii'n^p.  mnzs"^  and  ri-^.ar^ 
fords.  123  talent  (]n.  c^nss  but  in  pause  D'^"i23,  "h:  river  du.  C^iriD  .  The 
5<?  participles.  i<Z2  prophesying  p\.  D'^f<33.  N^^3  polluted  \)\.  ^^^"C'^/i .  X^S'^a 
/ownf/  pi.  C^Nlsrs  adopt  the  vowels  of  n"b  forms,  §165.  2;  but  with  the 
pause  accents  Kamets  returns,  cxas  Ezek.  13:2,  :  c-^x::^:  Ezr.  8:25. 
The  foreign  word  "i^iQ  suburbs  forms  its  plural  irregularly  D-iniiQ. 

c.  Hholem  andJ[jhjnj<_commonly  suffer ^o_^liang£.;  but  in  a  few  words 
Shurek  takes  the  place  of  the  former,  and  in  one  Tsere  is  substiTuted  for 
the  latter.  §66.2(3).  ii:^^error  pi.  D'^''}13^ ,  V'^^  habitation  pi.  Cii^ir^o , 
pin^  sweet  fern.  ri|r!in?a  pi.  c^p^inTS.  pis  distress  i'em.  nfrtizs,  "ib'^  lodging 
fem.  ni^ib^a,  tsri-o  fight  fem.  ?^bl3^ ,  nisTO  rest  fem.  r\m:^  ,  ^i:k-Cifortif  ca- 
tion fem.  rri!!:!^,  pis    c/eep   fem.    nj^sir?  Prov.   23:27   and  f^j^^V. ,  p*ri"? 


§207  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  233 

chain  pi.  r.ipn"n^  1  Kin.  6:21  K'ri;  'J^Hs  escaped  pi.  f^'J^^S  or  ti^bba 
fern,  rib^k^  or  n-jbc. 

(/.  Hlioleni  is  dropped  from  the  plural  of  ^ie:^  bird  pi,  C""n2:j .  as  well 
as  from  the  ^Im^ilillj^^Hili^-iHi^l^  the 

singular;  thus  nbjibs  skull,  by  the  substitution  of  the  ])lural  ending 
ni  for  n  ,  §199,  becomes  ri5yba .  np^bn^TO  course,  pi.  ripbriTQ  ,  or  with 
Hhateph-Kamets  under  a  douTjTeTT  letter,  §16.  3.6,  rrns  coa^  j)l.  riins , 
nb2r  ear  of  corn,  pi.  o-'bad ;  in  two  instances  a  pre  tonic  Kamets  is  inserted, 
n-iii?  drought  \A.  nin^g.  n-ninrr  yl.s7«r/e  pi.  m'-inc?. 

e.  Segho[  in  nomis  with  the  feminine  characteristic  n  aff]xed_mpstly  fol- 
lows the  law  of  the  vowel  from  which  it  has^rung.  ^205;  if  it  has  been 
derived  from  Tsere  kis  rejected,  if  from  any  other  vowel  it  is  still  in  some 
instances  rejected,  though  more  commonly  it  reverts  to  its  original  form 
and  is  retained,  r^pb'i"'  sucker  (fiom  P^T^TT^l^^^r"^?  ^i?;^  ejnsUeljrom 
^ijX)  pi.  ninax,  nbi.x^a  knife  (from  b=x^)  pi.  r-ibrx^.  r^^^^-x  reddi.s-h, 
(from  n-^'anxj  pi,  rr'i^'n^nx^,  n;rii^  nurse  (li-om  p"?^^)  pi,  mp'^D'^-c,  nbp'vijp 
scale  pi.  c^ibpt'p  and  niipbp  .  Pattahh,  which  has  arisen  from'  a  Segho'l 
so  situated  under  the  influence  of  a  guttural,  follows  the  same  rule,  nraia 
ri«^  pi.  nirazj,  ny:b  (from  :s;^:)  toiiching -pi.  ns-r-b.  ^ 

If.  A  lew  nouns  with  quieseents  in  the  uUimaje  present  iffpparent  fe^ 
ceptions^  which  are,  however,  reaTUIy  explained  by  the  contractions  which 
they  have  undergone.  Thus  nin  for  nin,  §57,2(5).  thorn,  has  its 
plural  c^h^n  or  c-^n;n;  ni"'  (d;^)  day.  pi.  c^£^  (c-^r^^"^) ;  •^^->•o  (1^1^)  strife, 
pl.^c-'iin-D;  ->rj  (^rr)  o.r,  pi.  c-^^r:: ;  -jsi^  for  Vri  or'^.^,  §  1S6.  2.' c,  y^o/,  pi. 
C-'n^'n  or  onin,  §  20S.  3;  p^b  (pvc  or  p:p)  street,  pl.'c^p^^'i;  ^■'i:  (n':r  or 
^;;r)  city,  pi,  once  ^""TA  Judg.  io  :  4  usually  contracted  to  n^nrj'dxn 
(•Jn'-i)  head,  ])l,  c-^'rNT  (~^^rNn).  So  nxo  measure  becomes  in  the  dual 
C^PXO  for  C'PND  and  nx'a  one  hundred,  du.  C'PX'O  for  cnx"^  ;  n^xbia 
('"'t^r'?  :  §57,  2  (3)  ),  work,  probably  had  in  the  absolute  plural  mixb^a ', 
whence  the  construct  is  niixb^  . 

^§44:.'      '^'  "^^^^  SJISJ  consonant  sometimes  receives  Daghejh-forte  2^ 
hefore  the  added  termination^'  causing  the  preceding'^vowel'f^^ 
"  LJ  to  be  shortened  from  a  to  a,  from  e  or  i  to  i,  and  from  0  or 
.  /      II  to  il,  §G1.  5.     This  takes  place  regularly  in  nouns  which 
y^  are  derived  from  fmtr^^^^^  roots,  an  perfect  fem.  r.isp  , 
a':;  ^f'^  pi.  u^^l;  "313  (from  lb)  s/iie/d,  pi   D^::^  and  nis.'^^a, 
fem.  r^i:^ ;  pn  staiuie  pi.  D-^pn ,  fem.  nj^n ,  pi.  n"p:n  ,  or  in 
whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have  coalesced,  :]S*  for  ?]:« 
du.  t]*2«  nose ;  Tr  for  T::?  she-goat  pi.  D-i-Ty ;  ni?  for  nn^  time 
pi.  DT-r'  and    nin:? ;    t^^  for  r:x  ;;2^;?,  ni^s:  woman,  and  it 
not  infrequently  occurs  in  other  cases. 

a.  Nouns  with  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  with  few  exceptions  double  their 
final  letter,  being  either  contracted  forms,  b^  weak  pi.  C^b'-n  fem,  nb^  pi. 


234  ETYMOLOGY.  ^207 

Pii^'n,  or  receiving  Daghesh-forte  conservative  in  order  to  preserve  tlie 
short  vowel.  C5S  pool  pi.  C^JSSS. ;  so  "jSix  wheel,  D"'jn  myrtle.  'Sviz  few,  rnrn 
fris^hlfuL  P^PI"^  greenish,  "'is^  desire.  Before  gutturals  Pattahh  may- 
be retained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  r^h  fresh  pi.  CTib ,  or  lengthened 
to  Kamets,  §60.4,  ^t  prince  pi.  n^^b  tern.  nVo ;  so  nir3:ix  fingers^ 
nrsix  four,  cyais  helmets.  D^nilTS  straits  and  n-^xn^in  baskets,  rkhh  loops, 
which  do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  but  are  commonly  referred  to  "''^1'^, 
'^b'-lb.  §194.  h.  "^  being  changed  to  N  as  in  §208.  3.  d;  also  "lib  breast, 
which  omits  Daghesh  du.  c'?^'^ .  Pattahh  is  in  the  following  examples 
changed  to  Hhirik  before  the  doubled  letter,  §58.  2.  T2  prey  fem.  nj2,  nn 
fear  \em.  nnn,  n^  wine-press  pi.  nina ,  "its  garment  pi.  D"'^^  and  C'^'n^ , 
073  tribute,  zb  basin,  rb  morsel,  'ik  s/f/^,  babg  u-Aee/,  I^l'icbo  baskets, 
C^rpiD  pahn- branches,  lX"}i73  threshing-sledge  pi.  n'^5"ii?3  or  by  the  resolu- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a.  D"'S"'"i"i73  .  It  is  rejected  from  bkb^  cymbal 
pi.  D^b'^bsc,  -(T  sor^  pi.  n->DT  ,  n^'^ana  6err/e.9,  probably  from  ")a"ia  and  c-^n%3 
?77e?2,  from  the  obsolete  singular,  r>b .  The  plural  of  ci'  people  is  n"'52S 
and  in  a  very  few  instances  with  the  doubled  letter  repeated.  c^727:?. ;  so 
•nn  mountain  pi.  D^-nn  and  c"''^"^n^  Deut.  8  ;  9.  b^  shadow  pi.  n-'^b:s ,  pn 
statute  pi.  n^pn,  and  twice  in  the  construct,  ""'pKn  Judg.  5 :  15,  Isa.  10:  1, 
which  implies  the  absolute  form  D'^ppsn  . 

b.  The  final  letter  is  doubled  after  Kamets  in  the  following  words  be- 
sides those  from  y's  roots,  D^ilX  porch  pi.  D'^^bx  ;  so  'lirx  hire,  biy  camel, 
)i2]  time.  "'^""73  darkness,  pn"i73  distance,  "jlbi^  small,  "lisn  green,  '3^^ 
^i^'e?^,  ")iri'j  lily,  'S'd  coney,  to  which  should  perhaps  be  added  -^p?  Deut. 
8:  15  scorpion,  though  as  it  has  a  pause  accent  in  this  place  which  is  the 
only  one  where  it  is  found  with  Kamets,  its  proper  form  may  perhaps  have 
been  ""^P? ;  §65.  The  Niphal  participle  "1233  honored  has  in  the  plural 
both  C-ia^S  and  D'^'n3D3 .  Several  other  words,  which  only  occur  in  the 
plural,  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  singulars  with  Kamets  in  the  ulti- 
mate ;  but  the  vowel  may,  with  equal  if  not  greater  probability,  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  Pattahh.  Kamets  is  shortened  to  Pattahh  belbre  n , 
which  does  not  admit  Daghesh-forte,  in  the  plurals  of  nk  brother  pi.  C^hx, 
nn  hook,  n  t:273  confidence,  §  60.  4.  a. 

c.  The  following  nouns  with  Hholem  in  the  ultimate  fall  under  this 
rule,  in  addition  to  those  derived  from  y^  roots,  )2ZZ  peak  pi.  crjiia,  nb"in 
sacred  scribe,  ^isnn  band,  cisb  nation,  Dn''3?  naked,  and  several  adjectives 
of  the  form  bt:;^.  which  are  mostly  written  without  the  vowel-letter  1, 
§  14.  '^,  e.  g.  nnx  red  fem.  ntb^iN  ,  D^^ans  ,  l^'n  terrible,  T^^  long,  etc. ; 
nS'JX  dunghill  takes  the  form  mnarx  in  the  plural. 

d.  There  are  only  two  examples  of  doubling  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  Shurek.  C^^^^n  Prov.  24:31  nettles  or  brambles  from  bJl^n , 
ni-ixn  Esth.  2  :  9  from  ^sixn  Kal  pass,  part  of  nxn  . 

e.  'IIJ"'5<  {^'i'k)  man  is  not  contracted  in  the  plural  c-'Trrx  men;  in  the 
feminine,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  the  initial  weak  letter  is  dropped.  n;""i"3 
women,  which  is  used  as  the  plural  of  n^"5<  woman ;  t3^u;"^s<  men  and  ril."l< 
women  are  rare  and  poetic,  rx  ploughshare  has  either  frx  or  D'lnx  in 
the  plural. 


/       §208        ^£     GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OE    NOUNS.    §.//^/i,235       ) 

;/.  V.  §208.  1.  Seghokte  nouns,  or  those  which  have  an  unac- 
^^^^•cented  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  drop  it  when  any  additioiTTs 
made  to  them,  §G6.  2.  (1).  As  this  vowel  arose  from  tlie 
concurrence  of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  end  of  the  woid, 
the  necessity  for  its  presence  ceases  when  that  condition  no 
longer  exists.  Segholates  thus  revert  to  their  original  form 
of  a  monosyllable  ending  in  concurrent  consonants,  §183.         ^re 

2.  Monosyllables  of  Siis  description  receive  theleminuio  ?lWiS 
?  • '/ ^endino;  with  no  further  chanpje  than  the  shortenino;  due  to  the  ^^i 

removal  of  the  accent,  in  consequence  of  which  O'^^becomes  o^jj^f^^ 
or  more  rarely  il;  e^becomes  Lor  more  rarely  JL;  ij  may  be  ^^ 
restored  to_a_from  which  it  has  commonly  arisen,  §183,  or 
like  ^it  may  become _L.or^=D:ii?  (nssi^)  siren (jtU  i^m.Thir-^^^^  ^^ 
ffi£n  (iTsn)  fem.  r\%^Wfreec[om,  n^ax  (^i^^?)  saying  fem.  rnri5  5ij;>i 
and  nn^x ,  tjb^D  ( %yq )  ling  r<£ra  queen,  nnb  slaughter  fem. 
nnn-j . 

a.  Nouns  having  either  of  the  forms  i^i^-?)?.  •^Vr'hl;  '"^'^'^P  •  "^'--p , 
nbi:)?,  are  consequently  to  be  regarded  as  sprung  from  iiionosyllahles  with 
the  vowel  given  to  the  first  radical. 

3.  Before  the  plural  terminations  a  pretonic  Kamets  is 
inserted,   and  the  original  vowel  of  the  monosyllable  falls^"A>*^ 
away,  ^^^  ( !f^^  )  Iiing  pi.  D'^i'?'?  ,  nirb^  queen  pi.  rr^ib-j? ,  ^rx    '^^^ 
{y2^)  saying  pi.  C^l^s? ,  rrrc^  id.  pi.  niit)S  ,  bvh  (b;^2)  icod-^  ^^^^' 
pi.  D^i-s ,  ^-cn  sin  pi.  D>*t:n . 

a.  Pretonic  Kamets  is  not  admitted  by  the  numerals  D'^nbi*  twenhf 
from  *ib3?  ten,  tD'^yad  seventy  from  S'Zd  seven,  c^yirn  ninety  from  S'lrn 
m'w.e.  The  words  c"'3::3  pistachio-imts.  ^""iZTi  ebony.  c-Vn-j  Job  40:21.22, 
d'^cHT  mercies,  z'^'Qp/q  and  r.ii-prd  sycamores,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
singular,  have  been  regarded  as  examples  of  a  like  omission.  But  there 
need  be  no  assumption  of  irregularity  if  tlie  first  is  taken  with  Fiirst  from 
ri303 ,  the  second  with  Gesenius  from  "^r^n  .  and  the  others  are  exfilained 
after  a  like  analogy,  duadriliteral  Segholates  also  receive  pretonic  Ka- 
mets in  the  plural  "ras  pi.  C":?:3  merchants,  unless  the  new  letter  creates 
an  additional  syllable,  in  which  case  the  introduction  of  Kamets  would 
prolong  the  word  too  much.  'IJ-'^S  concnhine  pi.  cL'JiiQ  ,  "("^Sis  nail  D''3"ie:i  . 

b.  The  superior  tenacity  of  Hholem.  §60.  1.  a  (4).  is  shown  by  the  occa- 
sional retention  of  0.  not  only  as  a  compound  Sh'va  under  gutturals,  n^bi 
i^aypl.  rlnnx,  so  d'ln  month,  uin'n  thicket,  "irii)  sheaf,  ^ZS  fawn;  but  as 


236  ETYMOLOGY.  §  209 

Kamets-Hhatnph  in  ^ip  holiness  pi.  ^^'^^V^,  and  t^tr^;^.  TT'nb  root  pi  . 
a^rnd,  §  19.2.  or  as  a  long  vowel  in  bnx  lent  pL  c-^b'nx.  nnnx  stall  pi.  nini*; 
§60.  3.  c,  or  shiited  to  tlie  following  letter  so  as  to  take  the  place  of  the 
pretonic  Kamets  in  '\r}%  tfnimb  pi.  n':ina ,  nsb  brightness  pi.  nini\3  , 
§  184.  a.  Comp.  boD  (^ps)  graven  image  pi.  c"'b"'OQ.  In  other  nouns  it  is 
rejected.  ^1^2  inorni/ig  pi  C'^j^a ;  so  "("^a  thresh ing-Jloor,  "33  cypress,  yap 
hcmcIfalL  n?3"i  i'/^ear.  cnn  janiper,   b^'b  hollow  of  the  hand. 

c.  Middle  Vav  quiesces  in  the  plural  of  the  following  nouns:  n'TS  death 
pi.  n"'rn'a .  n^l^  iniquity  pi.  n'pis'.  Gesenius  regards  a*^:ix  Prov.  11:7, 
Hos.  9  :  4,  as  the  plural  of  "|.]X ,  while  others  derive  it  from  "jix ,  translating 
it  riches  u'i  the  former  passage  and  so.'tow  in  the  latter,  the  primary  idea 
out  of  which  both  senses  spring  being  that  of  toil.  Middle  Yodh  quiesces 
in  the  plural  of  b^tt  ram  pi.  C^.H^X ,  n-^i  olice  pi.  c-^n-^t .  b^^  vight  pi.  n^^^h  , 
but  not  in  b";»n  strength  pi.  cib'^n .  '^''y  fountain  pi.  nrr  ,  -ii5^  ass-colt  pi. 
D-in^?. ,  ^'7n  g-oa^  pi.  D'^b^n.  The  plural  of  K^a  valley  is  m'^xa  by  trans- 
position from  the  regular  form  mx"'a  which  is  twice  found  in  the  K'thibh 
2  Kin.  2:  16.  Ezek.  6:3;  n^i  house  has  as  its  plural  D"^r3,  whether  this 
be  explained  as  for  t2"<ri3n  from  nis  to  build  or  for  D"'rin3  from  rii  to 
lodge.  Middle  Yodh  always  quiesces  before  the  feminine  and  dual  endings, 
T^k  provision  fem.  rrni^ ,  "j^y  eye  du.  C^^^V. 

d.  Monosyllables  in  "^^  from  rib  roots  belong  properly  to  this  forma- 
tion, §57.  2  (4)  and  §184.  6,  and  follow  the  rules  given  above  both  in  the 
feminine  ''Hn  ("^bn)  necklace  fem.  i^^bn,  and  the  plural  'I'nx  {']'^,h)  Hon 
pi.  D-^7"iX  and  i^"!^"^!^. ,  "^"l?*  /f?V/ pi.  C-^^n-j ,  or  with  the  change  of"'  to  X, 
§56.  4,  which  also  occurs  in  verbs,  §177.3.  "'h'n  necklace  pi.  Gix^n  ,  "^ra 
simple  pi.  D^^r.Q.  Q-^ra  and  Q^NrS  ,  ^2S  gazelle  pi.  Ci'^z^  ,  °"^t'4  and 
rik-S ;  in  like  manner  D''i<35;  branches,  CS^b  lions  are  referred  to  "^S? 
and  "^ib  though  these  singulars  do  not  occur;  "^bs  ("bs)  utensil  does  not 
receive  Kamets  in  the  plural  C'^B^. 

4.  The  dual  sometimes  takes  a  pretonic  Kamets  like  the 
plm-al,  but  more  frequently  follows  the  feminine  in  not  re- 
quiring its  insertion,  nbi  (rf^^j)  door  clu.  D:^nbT ,  r^h  (^'i'^) 
icaj/  du.  0^277,  I";:]:  (^17]?)  /wr7i  du.  D'^nip  and  D:^3-ip,  -"nb 
c/^^cVi^  du.  nr^nb,  t)-i2  (tf^i)  hiee  du.  D^snn,  so  Qi^Dn^a,  n;'???., 

§209.  When  the  ultimate  is  a^^imple  syllable,  the  follow- 
ing cases  occur,  viz  :  O^i^V 

l/^'J.iv.       1.  Pinal  n..  is  "^eje^fed  before   the  feminine   and  ^Ijgil 
'Mb,    endings,  r.D^  beautiful  fem.  r\^^  f.  pi.  nis^^nbs^t]  ?rorX'  pi.  ^ 

n^'ib^'a;  so  n^n^.  camjj  du.  a'^rTO  . 

a.  The  last  radical  in  words  of  this  description  is  properly  ^  .  which  is 
rejected  after  a  vowelless  letter,    §62.  2.  c.  so   that  ns"^  is  for  n^E"'   and 


ecXe 


§  209        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         237 

C^ibs^  for  t2'^yw?.?9.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  radical  "^  remains,  e.g. 
n^-ji?' Cant.  IrVfrom  n6^  (^'Sy)  c-^nris  Isa.  25 :  6  from  nn^a^  ("n^r) 
and  is  even  strengtiiened  by  Uagliesh-lbrte,  §207.2,  ^^312  Lam.  1:1b 
from  nbis .  n^n's  and  rr^Q,  §196.  6.  lenu  of  n^Q.  ni'^nn  Hos.  14:  1,  else- 
where nnn.  ns  mouth,  edge  pi.  C^c  .  r'^Q  and  ri'D .  or  changed  to  N, 
§56,  4,  nbb  (""y*-?)  young  Iamb  C-^xb::  (S"^b::),  so  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  assume  a  siniriilar  "'^ip  which  no  where  occurs,  nrbn  Ps.  10:8  D"'X5bn  •  •. 
ver.  10.     See  Alexander  in  loc.  ** 


m'' 


J 


2.  Final  ^,  may  combine  with  the  feminine  and  phn-al 


endings,  so  as  to  form  n^  ,  D^^ . ,  trr^ .  ,  or  it  may  in  the 
mascuhne  phu-al  be  contracted  to  p"^.  ,  §62.  2,  "^in^  Hebrew 
pi.  D^nn2>  and  D"i^-iny  fem.  'r^^^^^v  f.  pi.  ni-^nns?;  ^i  sJiij)  pi. 
D^^  and  D-i^^r,  ^^t^n  free  ]}\.  D'^irsn,  ^p3j9?/r^  pi.  a^^p? .  So 
nouns  in  tr^ ,  upon  the  exchange  of  the  feminine  singular  for 
the  plural  termination  T?i^'i^'3  Ammo7iites8  pi.  ni^ri^a:?,  xrkm 
Hittitess  n^^rn. 

a.  In  C"'i<"'^"ir  2  Chron.  17:  11  Arabians  from  "'i'n:^  an  X  is  interposed, 
elsewhere  C"'i'n5  ;  ni'^bn  branches,  nT^'T  corners  and  ri'|53'a  bowls,  which 
do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  are  assumed  to  be   from  "•'bj'n ,    n"''!   and 

6.  A  few  monosyllables  in  "^^  form  their  feminines  in  this  manner, 
though  in  the  masculine  plural  they  follow  the  rule  before  given.  §208.  3.  d, 
''ns  kid  fem.  J^^15,  '^hb  lion,  N^zb  lioness.  §196.  d  ^n:?  gazelle  fem.  n*n:£ 
(n^I^  and  IS";^!?  are  used  as  proper  names),  ''nd  drinking  fem.  M^n'j  . 

only 
3.  There   are  mw  examples  of  final  ^  or  i  with  added 

endings.     The  following  are  the  forms  which  they  assiimeT 

ipt?   drin^-  pi.    Q-'ipp ,    n^ibia  Mngdom  pi.    ^i^^r^,   §02.2, 

riTi3?  testimony  pi.  Jni'/r? ,  riins  ^/^^/^r  pi.  tn^lnx  and  Tii^nx  for 

niins ,    iin  and  i^inn  myriad  pi.  n-in ,    r-^^ii  and  mkan ; 

the  dual  D'fjS"}  inserts  the  sign  of  the  feminine. 

a.  ni'in.  or  m'^rn  Jer.  37  :  16  cells  is  referred  to  the  assumed  singular 
riisri;  n:'''j3  Isa.  3:16  K'thibh  and  mrr:?  1  Sam.  25:18  K'thibh  are 
formed  from  ^113 3 ,  ^ib:?  abbreviated  Kal  passive  participles.  §172.  5.  but  in 
the  absence  of  the  appropriate  vowel  points  their  precise  pronunciation 
cannot  be  determined. 

b.  Nouns  ending  in  a  quiescent  radical  X  may  be  regarded  as  termina- 
ting in  a  consonant,  since  this  letter  resumes  its  consonantal  power  upon 
an  addition  being  made  to  the  word.  Comp.  §162.  J!<i^3  found  fern. 
r!K:ii33 ,  N-a  wild  ass  pi.  c^^^-ns . 


^^^f    238  ETYMOLOGY.  §210 

%)?:  Tj  -^^210.  The  faaiiges,  Avhicli  occur  in  the  penult^lArke 
^  /  ^  from  the  disposition  to  ^lorten  the  lonner  part  of  a  word, 
^^V^^when  its  Accent  has  been  carried  forward  by  accessions  at Jhe 
'Miv  n^  |ud,   ^(^Q-  l./7)They  consist  in  the  Ejection  of  IC^giets  or 

^c^^o^Tsere,  b".ia  /reat  fern,  npina  pi.  D^3il5    f.   pL    nibi^5,  nn'i     -^ 
i/'I.Wicord  pL  D"'?^'7,    tn^lj^memorial  pi.  friiiDT,    ^b  ?aVy  du.  ^^ 
D*s:3 ,    ^"^wi  restorinq  pi.  D"^n"'r'a  fern.  •"4'^'i:"P,  "li^'a  distress    7, 
p].  u^^'Tci ,  •'lb  Levite  pi.  c^HV^.ftccept-from  nouns  in  n  in    -t 
which  the  place  of  the  accent  is  "Mbt  Changed  by  thejId^ditiDn 
/^jc^^    of  the "Eriuinations  for  Render  and  3fumber,   §209.  1,  n&'j 
'•   beaut  if ur^^r\h'>^  pi.   tT-fi^^  rrp^  field  pi.  n™,  nfcp  /.^r^ 
pi.  D'^irp,    nil:')?  pi.  D'^i/'a    and    nii'^   boicels,  t^i?  smitten  pi. 
D'^i? .     Other  penultimate  vowels  are  mostly  exempt  from 
change. 

Q  I  ^  a.  Kamets,  which  has  arisen  from  Pattahh  in  consequence  of  the  suc- 
-^pi/T'CMtL  ceeding  letter  not  being  able  to  receive  Daghesh-forte,  as  the  form  properly 
2,  \/cl£^^  requires,  is  incapable  of  rejection.  Such  a  Kamets  is  accordingly  retained 
ilec^u/7-without  change  before  *i,  e.  g.  dnn  for  tJ'hn,  §  187. 1,  workman  pi.  D'^^'^n, 
^w^^^^  so  IIJTQ  horseman^  r2^~<:i  fugiiive,  D'^'^O  (const.  t:'^']'q)  emmch,  7"''^:?  terri- 
/^<?^/^}ble,   y'^S    violent,    y^'^^n    diligent,    or    shortened    to    Pattahh    before   n, 

'/ ^ '§60.  1.  a  (4),  *isri2  young  man  p'l.  fi"";i^n2 .     Kamets  is  also  retained  in 

^^aV  certain  2.*'^  and  n"b  derivatives  as  a  sort  of  compensation  for  the  reduction 
^'^'^^'^  of  the  root  by  contraction  or  quiescence,  e.  g.  'i^  shield  pi.  C'^iS'O  and 
exjj  ■^.C^.  ri^t:^^ ,  Ti:?73  fortress  pi.  d-tr^a ,  n^Bn  branch  pi.  ni^^^  ,  ni^T  corner  pi.  ni'il  . 
rt  ____  Other  instances  of  its  retention  are  rare  and  exceptional,  ^133  treacherous 
fern,  nnisa ,  rnzd  (const.  "3d)  'MjeeA:  pi.  tD-y^i^  and  nii*3ir  but  du.  n^yn^ , 
Tli^^d  warrior  pi.  C^ili-ibTa .   '  * 

6.  When  Kamets  following  a  doubled  letter  is  rejected,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  consequence,  §25,  the  antepenultimate  vowel  is  in  a  lew 
instances  changed  from  Hhirik  to  Seghol,  §61.  5.  "i-^-Tn  visiom^\.  m'3i^]n, 
•jii'^ar  a  tenth  pi.  C^iHbS'. ,  but  ""■'^S?  memorial  pi.  ni3'"".2T . 

c.  Tpere  is  not  rejected  if  it  has  arisen  from  Hhirik  before  a  guttural 
in  a  f()rm  which  properly  requires  Daghesh-forte,  d'ln  for  TlJ'^n,  §  187. 1.  h, 
deaf\)\.  wb-}n,  or  if  it  is  commonly  represented  by  "^ ,  §14.3,  51^3  or 
rb"^3,  §186,  A a?)?//?!^^  pi.  niBb-'S.  or  a  radical  "^  quiesces  in  it,  "|r"'N  or 'nx 
(from  -r^,  '^IS9)  pere7inial  pi.  Q^:^'^^t  or  n-iirx,  bi^n  temple  pi.  ta^^is'^n 
and  ni?2-n,  w^y:J'^'Ci  and  tr"^^^^  rectitude,  C^i'i^T  (from  "i^ii  or  i"^)) proud. 
Other  cases  are  rare  and  exceptional,  e.  g.  C^^b^Sf  Neh.  3  :  3A  feeble, 

d.  Hholem  is  almost  invariably  retained  in  the  penult  yet  it  yields  to 
the  strong  tendency  to  abbreviation  in  the  following  trisyllables  :  n"'*7i"ncx 
Ashdoditess  pi.  ni'nnm  Neh.  13  :  23  K'ri  (K'thibh  nT'-nnr^'x).  n^ii^ay  Am- 
monifess  pi.  ni'D^y'id.  (K-thibh   nrsi^y,    1  Kin.  11:   1  m^Di^ar),  -n^:4 


§  211  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  239 

Sido}uan  f.  pi.  J"*';"?^  where  long  Hhirik  becomes  Tsere  before  concurrent 
consonants,  §61.  4. 

e.  When  the  penult  is  a  mixed  syllable  containing  a  short  vowel,  it  is 
ordinarily  not  subject  to  change,  §58.2.  The  tendency  to  the  greatest 
possible  abbreviation  is  betrayed,  however,  in  a  few  examples  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  diphthongal  Seghol  to  Pattahh.  comp.  §60.  3.  6.  ^3^'5$ 
cluster  pi.  mSiDdx  Cant.  7  :  8.  -S"}^.  chariot  fern.  nis^Ta  pi.  rinsnia  .  pnn^, 
dislance  pi.  D^i^n-i^a  and  D-^jsn-iT^  ^  or  of  Pattahh  to  the  briefest  of  the 
short  vowels  Hhirik,  comp.  §207.  2.  a.  S^S?^!  fury  pi.  nisr^T  ,  ^TTS/or/c 
pi.  niibtTS.  §190.  a.  nnj:?  disk  pi.  irinb^,  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh- 
forte  for  n"inb:i:,  §59.  a;  "nx  for  inx  other  has  in  the  plural  o^"?ni<, ,  mnnx. 

^     as  if  from  "inx ,  nbm  coal  has  pi.  C'^'ijns  by  §63.  1. 

// 

^'  §211. /In  forming  the  plural  of  nouns,  which  have,  a 

,5~;  ^minine  ending  in  the  singular,  the  latter  must  first  be 
;  2>  omitted  before  the  rules  already  given  are  applied.  Thus, 
nibr^  lingdom  by  the  omission  of  the  feminine  ending  be- 
^/'  comes  ^"ycfti ,  hence,  by  §  207.  1,  its  plural  is  nibb^?2 ;  so  nib^ 
queen  becomes  "ti^ ,  and  by  §  208.  3.  its  plural  is  Jn-^ib^ ; 
trn^x  epistle  becomes  *i5i5,  and  by  §207.1.  its  plural  is 
nin5i|t .  As  precisely  the  same  changes  result  from  append- 
ing the  feminine  n^  and  the  plural  endings,  except  in  the 
single  case  of  Segholate  nouns  or  monosyllables  terminating 
in  concurrent  consonants,  §208,  nouns  in  n^  become  plural 
with  no  further  change  than  that  of  their  termination ;  only 
in  the  exceptional  case  referred  to  a  pretonic  Kamets  must 
JJ  be  inserted.  -^  Nouns  in  ^ ,  after  omitting  the  feminine  end- 
ing, are  liable  to  the  rejection  or  modification  of  the  vowel 
of  the  ultimate  in  forming  the  plural,  as  explained  §  207. 1.  6?. 
and  e.  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  dual  ending  is  not  substi- 
tuted for  that  of  the  feminine  singular,  but  added  to  it,  no 
such  omission  is  necessary  in  applying  the  rules  for  the 
formation  of  the  dual,  it  being  simply  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  old  ending  n^  takes  the  place  of  Ji^ ,  §202.  Thus 
T\\w  (n:T^)y^/2r,  by  §210,  becomes  in  the  dual  D'^nrir,  rbh 
door,  by  §  208. 4,  du.  n-nb^  ,  nrnp  brass  du.  w^k'^n^ . 

a.  In  the  following  examples  a  radical,  which  has  been  rejected  from 
the  singular,  is  restored  in  the  plural,  ri^bx  (for  "^nisx)  maid-servant  pi. 


240  ETYMOLOGY.  §212-214 

nin^X,  n;^  (for  r,^3?2  from  ni^)  'porlion  pi.  J^'i'^2^  and  rika^ ,  comp. 
§208.  3.  f/,  rkp  (for  njj^p  from  nk;^)  pi.  T\^'lp/,  in  like  manner  n'l33  col- 
leagues  \^  renewed  to  the  assnnied  singular  n33.  nns  (niRQ)  governor 
has  in  the  plural  both  riiina  (const.  ni"ir.s)  and  nins . 


The  Construct  State. 

,  §212.  When  one  noun  stands  in  a  relation  of  depend- 

t(/-  J»  g^^^g  Qjj  another,  the  ^Second  or  specifying  noun  is,  in  Occi- 
dental languages,  put  in  the  genitive  case ;  in  Hebrew,  on  the 
^'^^^**^%ther  hand,  the  Second  noun  undergoes  no  chano-e,  but  the 
"^^Ai*^  nrst  is  put  into  what  is  commonly  called  the^onsixuct  state 
^^^^^^    {1\^^'0  or  tj^aOD  sujoported).     A  noun  which  is  not  so  related 
to  a  following  one  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state  (tins^ia 
cut  off).     Thus,  ^i"!  loord  is  in  the  absolute  state  ;  but  in  the 
expression  tl^i?n  ni"^  verhum  regis,  the  word  of  the  king,  ^H'n 
^  is  in  the  construct  state.)   By  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two 

^^-^^^^-nouns  a  s^illL^  compound  expression  is  formed,  and  the 
TJi-^speaker  hastens  forward  from  the  first  noun  to  the  second, 
?vi/i^  e^vhich  is  necessary  to  complete  the  idea.  Hence  results  the 
{j{\i^  abbreviation,  which  characterizes  the  construct  state.  J 

a.  The  term  absolute  state  was  introduced  by  ReuchHn;  he  called  the 
construct  the  state  of  regimen. 

§213.  The  changes,  which  take  place  in  the  formation 
of  the  construct,  affect 

1.  The  endings  for  gender  and  number. 

2.  The  final  syllable  of  nouns,  which  are  without  these 
endings. 

3.  The  syllable  preceding  the  accent. 

§214.  The  following  changes  occur  in  the  endings  for 
gender  and  number,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  ending  5^  is  changed  to  n  ,  nnsiJJ 
handmaid  const,  mnsiij ;  the  ending  n  remains  unchanged, 
ln*}^ir^'a  observance  const.  tr^i'^^P . 


§215  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  241 

a.  The  explanation  of  this  appears  to  be  that  the  construct  state  re- 
tains the  old  consonantal  ending  n_,  the  close  connection  with  the  follow- 
ing noun  preserving  it  as  if  in  the  centre  of  a  compound  word.  §55.  2.  c ; 
whereas  in  the  isolation  of  the  absolute  state,  the  end  of  the  word  is  more 
hable  to  attrition  and  the  consonant  falls  away. 

b.  Some  nouns  in  Jt^^  preceded_by  Kamets^adopt  a  Seghojate  form  in  \ 
the  ciinslniiit^,  rirbTaia  kingdom  const.  TD^-a^  instead  ofrzh^-q.  §61.  1.6,  ) 
PtHir-cp  dominion  const,  nbiarp,  nixb-a  work  const,  nrxb^  ,  n^t"^^  chariot  I 
const.  rz3~i7a    r.n:::?  crown    const,  mar  .  rt'ZT'^'':)  flame  const,  rrfib.  rr^a?  \  S  ^  ^ 
ten  const,  r'lr?. .  or  with  the  Seghols  changed  to  Pattahhs  under  the  influ-   /  ' 
ence  of  a  guttural.  nnsii'TDyj-t;//?'/// const.  rns^"73 ,  nraix/o^^r  const.  ri3."3",x ; 
eo  T^^y\  fig -cake  const.  nb::"n ;  nrx  woman,  though  it  occurs  in  the  abso- 
lute, Deut.  21 :  11,  1  Sam.  28  :  7,  Ps.  58 :  0,  is  mostly  used  as  the  construct/ 
of  ntx .     On  the  other  hand.  n?3n  botfle  has  in  the  construct  ncn  Gen.^ 
21 :  14  (the  accent  thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  as  if  from  •^'sn. 

2.^he  ending  D''.  of  the  masculine  plural  and  D!'.  of  the 
dual  are  alike  changed  to  **.. ,  w^ii^  nations  const,  ''fer  ,  D;^i*ip       ^ 
/lorns  const,  ^i'}^  ^--^  of  theieininirie  plural  suffers J6  than  ge  41^4 
r^p  voices  const  ni^p.  '^<lJ^:flAJi,%pi^,Cn^V'^'^\ 

a.  The  compression  of  2  to  e  regularly  takes  place  upon  its  being  fol-  ^  »  v/ 
lowed  by  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.     This  is  here  suggested  as  the     /    i^^ 
explanation  of  the  change  of  vowel  in  the  plural.      It  results  from  the 
close  connection  of  the  construct  state,  which  as  it  were,  unites  the  two 
words  into  one  compound   term;   thus,  cria  houses  joined  to  P'^Ta  hewn 
stone  would  become  r'^ncns,  and  by  the  dropping  of  the  nasal,  accord- 
ing to  §55.  2.6.  mh  ■'na  houses  of  hewn  stone.      Comp.  §199.  e.     In  the 
dual  the  final  nasal  is  likewise  rejected,  and  ay  combines  to  form  the  diph- 
thongal e,  §  57.  2  (5). 
.         b.  In_  a  very  few  instances  the  vowel  ending  of  the  masculine  plural 
V. construct  is  added  to  feminine  nouns  '^^^2  (the  accent  invariably  thrown 
back    by    §35.  1),   commonly  in   the    K'thibh  Tii^an  const,   of  nira  high- 
places,    "'nirx'n'3    1   Sam.  26:12;  this   takes  place  regularly  before  suf- 
^fixes,  §220.  2.  ^^^^  ^c^r^t^^i.  rL  'UC^'r....rJ'§2l /'I-  Hi  . 

T-VilX     ^215.  1.  In  a  Mi^^d  fmal  syHable  Kainds  is  commonly :)^^©J< 

ifj,  shortened  to  Pattahh  :  so  is  Tsere  when  preceded  by  Kainets ;  (^^^^jy^,^ 

^  Qther   vowels   mnain  ^Without    change,  ^^  hand  const.  TJI ,  fv^  4^* 

^  niri-a  seat  const.  ni?i)3,  ^i^jT^c/^  ^st.  "ix^sr,  ijir  o/^/ const.  ^^^^^^^ 

■jpT ,  nS  linart  const,  nb ,  niS5  migUtij  man  const.  *i*35  . 

a.  Kamets  remains  in  the  construct  of  sb^ix  porch,  -PD  writing,  "n^ 
gift,  2y  cloud  (once  const,  zy  Ex.  19:9).  c?nD  decree  and  c^  sea.  e.g. 
'^c^H'-.T  ■''^o  of  salt,  except  in  the  phrnse  r^D  c^  sea  of  weed,  i.  e.  Red 
Sea;  -bn  milk  becomes  -bn,  and  )z\  while  "zh  Gen.  49;  12  in  the  con- 
struct. 

16 


242  ETYMOLOGY.  ^215 

6.  Tsere  remains  in  "ohn  Jive  const,  ll'an,  "jn^  mire  const.  1')';',  Hd;^ 
breathing-  const.  HQ^ ,  sf??  Aet'Z  const.  S]^?, ,  in  the  i'J  derivative  )i'0 
shield  const,  '^i^  and  in  bix  found  in  several  proper  names.  It  is  occa- 
sionally shortened  to  Seghol  before  Mai<keph  in  bsx  mourning  const. 
"b:x  .  nb  time  const,  ni;,  Tij?  and  "n:? .  cij  name  const,  oi:,  -Dyj  and  "cd: 
"2  son,  which  in  the  absolute  retains  Tsere  before  Makkeph.  Gen.  30:  19, 
Ezek.  18:  10,  has  in  the  construct  "2,  "'2  or  "*)2 .  Tsere  is  shortened  to 
Pattahh  in  a  Cew  cases  not  embraced  in  the  rule,  viz.:  )p_  nest  const,  "'ij^, 
b;?^  rod  const,  b;?^  and  hp/Q ,  nix  Deut.  32  :  28  perishing  const,  of  lix , 
the  Kal  participles  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  §126.  1,  and  the  following 
nouns  with  prefixed  a  in  several  of  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  likewise 
ciianged  to  Hhirik.  §190.  a,  "I'i?^  tithe  const.  "^^S-lp ,  ^k^'>^.  mourning  const. 
"2pp.  r^hz-Qkeii  const.  'n7\^,i2  :ind  Hrsp ,  f?"}'?  lair  const.  "V"?1^ ,  H!"!"? 
c/f^;/?o?ir  const,  nnp ,  "i2'w"a  ?77a^r7.?7  const.  *i2d7a ,  rin^^  corruption  const. 
nnilip,  nstp  a//ar  const,  nst^. 

c.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Kamets-Hhatuph  before  Makkeph  in  the 
construct  of  monosyllables  from  :^'v  roots,  pn  statute  const,  pn  and  "pn  , 
rarely  in  other  words  "bna  Prov.  19  :  19.  Ps.  145  :  8,  Nah.  1  :  3  (in  the  last 

;  ^    0»  <itwo  pas?5^gee  the  K'thibh'has  bmn),  -nn-j  Job  17:  10,  Prov.  22:  11;  "^'ip 

•Ex.  30  :  23.  n::bd  Ex.  21  :  11  ;  this  becomes  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 'in 

•    •  '  -ni.n  for  nz^  construct  of  Snha  high,     b's  kol  construct  of  bs  all   occurs 

twice,  viz.  :  Ps.  35  :  10,  Prov.  19  :  7,  without  a  Makkeph  following,  §  19.  2.  a; 

it  must  not  be  confounded  with  bs  kal  Isa.  40  :  12  he  comprehended  pret. 

d.  The  termination  ">_  becomes  'i..  in  the  construct,  5*57.2(5),  "^^ 
enough  const,  ^"h  ,  "^n  life  const,  "^n  . 

e.  Three  monosyllabic  nouns  form  the  construct  by  adding  a  vowel,  25^ 
father  const.  2X  Gen.  17:4,  5,  elsewhere  ^ZX,  nx  brother  const,  "^nx  ,  rn 
friend  const,  nrn  2  Sam.  15  :  37,  1  Kin.  4  :  5,'  or  nin  2  Sam.  16  :  16,  Prov. 
27  :  10  K'thibh.  These  may  be  relics  of  the  archaic  form  of  the  construct, 
§218,  or  the  monosyllables  may  be  abridged  from  ti'b  roots,  ^185.  2.  c. 

2.  In  a  simple  final  syllable  n..  is   changed  to  n..  ,  nii 

s//eej:i  const,  nib  ,  ni^h  shepherd  const.  n:^'"i ,  "rH^  field  const. 

n jiL' ;  other  vowels  remain  unchanged. 

•  •• 

a.  This  is  an  exception  to  the  genera IJaw^of  shortening,  which  obtains 
in  the  construct  Ulias,  perhaps,  arisen  from  the  increased  emphasis 
thrown  upon  the  end  of  the  word,  as  the  voice  hastens  forward  to  that 
which  is  to  follow.  In  like  manner  the  brief  and  energetic  imperative 
ends  in  Tsere  in  n"b  verbs,  while  the  future  has  Seghol,  §  168.  c.  An 
analooous  fact  is  found  in  the  Sanskrit  vocative.  The  language  of  address 
calls  for  a  quick  and  emphatic  utterance  ;  and  this  end  is  sometimes  at- 
tained by  shortening  the  final  vowel,  and  sometimes  by  the  directly  oppo- 
site method  of  lengthening  it.     Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramm.  ^205. 

h.  ns  mouth  has  ^h  in  the  construct. 

c.  Nouns  ending  in  quiescent  fi<  preserve  their  final  vowel  unchanged 
in  the  construct,  N^:j/earmo- const.  i<n7 ,  N2:£  host  const.  K2:?. 


§216  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  243 

§210.  1.  Kamets  and  Tsere  are  commonly ^e^cted  from 
the  syllable  preceding  the  accent,  Dip'a  place  const,  n^p'a , 
t\vd  year  Q,Qf\\^i.  r:i^ ,  n^b'i?  years  const.  ''iT?,  ninijix  treas- 
ures const,  nin^^'x ,  D'^'^;  hands  const,  ''l^ ,  nnb  heart  const. 
nib ,  nin  ?rr«^/^  const,  nizn . 

a.  Kamets  preceding  the  accented  syllable  is  retained  (I)  when  it  has 
arisen  from  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  in  consequence  of  the  omission  of 
Daghesh^forte,  dnn  (for*  TiJ'nn)  workman  const,  ^"'^n,  yi"^D  (Tl'^s)  horse- 
man const.  iii^S,  ri2""iQ  (n^'TiS)  vail  const,  rr'io.  nn:*  ("t*^)  distress  const. 
rn:i ;  (2)  in  words  fi-om  "':'  and  '^3'  roots.  C^n:?  (from  "i"'r)  c///e5  const,  "^n^, 
fXS  (from  Xia)  coming  const.  ''NS;  (3j  under  "Q  prefixed  to  y'2'  roots, 
T|C^  (from  T|30)  covering  const.  "D'3,  "li'S  (from  'i::")  shield  const.  "373, 
Til'TS  (from  lyj)  fortress  const,  tii'^;  (4)  in  nb  derivatives  of  the.  form 
n^b's  (from  rib:*)  e.vile  const,  ribs,  n^isn  meditation  const,  n^iin  .  (5)  in  the 
construct  dual  and  plural  of  triliteral  monosyllables  or  Segholates  from 
fi<b  and  r''b  roots,  c^^nb  (from  ^n})  ch eeks  const,  ^^nh ,  n-'^na  (from  'I'na) 
/i?V/5  const.  ij;73 ,  c^Ni^n  (from  iiz:h)  sins  const.  ^x::n  ;  (6)  in  the  follow- 
ing nouns  in  most  of  which  it  stands  immediately  before  or  after  a  guttural, 
§60.  3.  c,  n^x  cnrse,  ^^'^^'^  care,  f^b'rri  conduit,  and  the  plurals,  "'xnil^, 
•i^nn,  ''pa'p  Lev.  7:38.  ^i<:fX'^,  ^^^"'?'-  ""r:"^"^,  ^k'^"^^  "^^s^  2  Kin.  12":8, 
'^hi-q  Ezek.^27  :  9.  "'^a"^  Job' 34  :  25,^  "^N^p^^.  '"nr^/Eccles.  9:1.  "^STTin  . 

b.  Tsere  is  retained  in  words  in  which  it  is  commonly  represented  by 
the  vowel-letter  "^ ,  or  has  '^  quiescing  in  it.  bb"^ri  temple  const.  bD"'!"],  and 
in  addition  in  the  following.  D^iix  crib  const.  D^iix  .  so  "iItx  girdle,  )^b^ 
thread,  "^zz  foreign  land  const.  ~^2},  l^'^^^,  /os5  const.  nn2X  ,  so  S^Itex  Isa. 
58:10  darkne.^s,  ni^a  pool,  nnra  Ex.  22:2  tliefl.  n£r«^  plague^  nz^ri-q 
overthrow,  nns^  Gen.  49  :  5  sword,  nrs^  molten-image.  tri-iTa  Job  16  :  13 
^<:///,  n^cnr.  ^eap.  nx^  excrement,  T\i^r\  fg-tree.  J^^'n'ri  deep  sleep.  ■Sindi  the 
plurals  ■'biss:  mourning  from  C'^lpiX  (b^x).  so  "'liEri.  desiring.  ":-';'  s/eep- 
^"c)  "^n"?'^  ^'^'^  """n^P  rejoicing,  ^T^Z"::  forgetting,  "'ixT  wolres  from  t'^ixT 
(ZXT) ;  CrS^  weary  becomes  "'^'^S';"  in  the  construct,  and  D'^wba  escaped 
■^tj^bs .  * 

c.  Hholem  is  rejected  from  the  syllable  before  the  accent  in  nisia'nx 
const,  pi.  of  ■)i^'^x  palace,  ribs'rx  and  n'53irx  const,  pi.  of  bisdx  cluster^ 
•^aixn  Cant.  4:5  and  "pxn  Cant.  7:4  twins,  inra  from  ni'22  high- 
places,  see  ^214.  2.  b ;  it  is  changed  to  u  in  ^3^1373  from  D'^stuia  treasures^ 
comp.  ^88. 

d.  Medial  Vav  and  Yodh.  though  they  may  retain  their  consonantal 
power  in  ttie  absolute,  quiesce  in  Hholem  and  Tsere  in  the  construct.  ~!!n 
midst  const.  T\^T\.  "iTcp  cups  const,  r^'^'cp,  r^i  house  const.  r.*'2.  nii;^? 
fonntains  const.  n"irr .  X^a  valley  const.  X-^k .  pi.  rrxa  ,  ^208.  3.  c.  const. 
nix'^a  Ezek.  35:8.  Exceptions  are  rare,  b";^  (according  to  Kimchi  b_"iy) 
Ezek.  28:18  iniquity,  "^i^^yi  Prov.  19:13  contentions  "Xn^  neck  const. 
^X^^  and  ■'^x^::  .  '  " 

e.  A  few  nouns  of  the  forms  bi|5,  b^;?,  hbp  have  bijj?  or  h'^p,  in  the^J  \q] \ 
construct  instead  of  bi:p,  ^61.  l.b^^l^  u'o/Z  const.  I'l'a .  bxa  robbery  const,  j^^e^X^ 


CO 

con 


244  ETYMOLOGY.  ^216 

bn,  rp";  thigh  const  T\^.^,,  ^is  heavy  const.  ^23  and  "iSS  ,  &r5  shoulder 
const,  qni,  ',^5  s?7ioA:e  const,  li'?^  and  I^Js^  rb:i  siJe  const.  5>b^  and  rb^; 
TpX  lo7ig-  is  only  found  in  the  construct,  the  corresponding  absolute  was 
probably  TpX ;  rbis  helmet  simply  shifts  its  accent  in  the  construct,  sr^is . 
On  the  other^hand,  while  most  Segholate  nouns  suffer  no  change  in  the 
nstruct,  a  few  adopt  the  form  Vjp ,  n-in  chamber  const.  *i^n,  s.-it.  seed 
t.  once  ""■]!  Num.  11:7  elsewhere  r^T,  raj.  p/a?i^  const.  ri^J  ,  "".^Tr 
/cE^?<5  const,  ^m  ,  s-rlri  sere?i  const.  SS':: ,  2Jy:n  ?zi?ze  const.  ytr\ ;  in  like 
manner  hzT]  vaiiity  const,  b^in. . 

2.  When  this  rejection  occasions  an  "Eiadmissible  incur- 
rence of^owelless^onsonants  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable, 
§  61. 1,  it  is  remedied  by  inserting  a  short  vowel  between 
them,  commonly  Hhirik,  unless  it  is  modified  by  the  presence 
of  gultm-als,  bib22  tinUing  const,  '^l^bsz  for  b^bs  ,  D-^nn^  words 
const.  ^"Jin^  for  ''^in'i ,    np^^  ri(]lit€oiisness  const,  tnp^i? ,    pi. 
nip^i^  const,  tiip"!^,   rann  least  const,  rans ,    D^isDn  ^^/^^ 
n  const,  "'i??)!  .     In  the  construct  plural  and  dual  of^egholateg; 
r^K^    however,  the  vowel  is  frequently  regulated  by  the  character- 
'Qt*     istic  vowel  of  the  singular  which  has  been  dropped,  comp. 
"^      §208.2,  n^ib)9  from    tjb^    (tlb-b)   kings  const,  '^ib^ ,    D^pn'.^ 
(t:n-ir)  fn^^^  const,  '^pnip,  niD';ia  (inii)  thresJdng-foors  const. 
niin?,    nisnn  (nB'in)  reproaches  const,  ^nn,    D^nb^i  (nb'n 
or  Tbh)  folding  doors  cow^i.  T'?^  ,  yet  not  invariably  C]^b?T» 
(b?*ij) /^«;?^^/5  const.  ^!??T?,  ^^^  trough  (pi.  t^^J^i?T?)  const. 

a.  When  in  the  construct  plural  the  introduction  of  a  new  vowel  is 
demanded  by  the  concurrence  of  consonants,  the  syllable  so  formed  is  an 
intermediate  one,  so  that  the  following  Sh'va  is  vocal,  and  the  next  letter, 
if  an  a.<pirate.  does  not  receive  Daghesh-lene.  thus,  "^nbi ,  ^zh-q^  ^"ij^^^, 
minn  not  "^"^ibi.  "'isb^a  ,  rinb'n,  m2~n,  §22.  «.  3.  Exceptions  are  infre- 
quent' as  P=n^4x  Deut.  3 :  17,  '^'^r:r\  Larn.  3 :  22  but  ^^on  Ps.  89:  2,  nis-^n 
Ps.  69:10,  ^E^M  Ezek.  17:9,  ^BD3  Gen.  42:25,  35,  ^303  Lev.  23:18, 
-^•nr:?  Isa.  5  :  lb,  r\t\tp^  Neh.  4:7,  ''Q^'^  Cant.  8  :  6  but  -^2^'"i  Ps.  76  :  4.  In 
a  few  instances  Daghesh-forte  separative  is  inserted  to  indicate  more  dis- 
tinctly the  vocal  nature  of  the  Sh'va,  §24.  5,  "^irbn  Isa.  57:6,  ^^VJ  Lev. 
25:5,  "^isi^.  Isa.  58:3.  ^zp^s^  Gen.  49:17,  niiisr  Ps.  89: 52,  Piiiuji^  Prov. 
27  :25.  or  compound  Sh'va  is  taken  instead  of  simple  for  the  same  reason, 
nir.;^^  Gen.  30  :  38.  The  presence  or  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the 
dual  construct  depends  upon  the  form  of  the  absolute,  thus  ^'nsb  from 
D";rs\a  lips  but  ^S-J3  from  C'^b'ia  knees.  When  the  concurring  con- 
sonants belong  to  different  syllables  a  new  vowel  is  not  needed  between 


§217 


DECLENSION  OF  N0UN3. 


245 


them;  one  is  sometimes  inserted,  however,  after  a  guttural.  "^D'^ria, 
rii-iyia  but  m'TrriTS  .  In  the  opinion  of  Ewald  "^^"ilT^  Ezek.  7  ;  24  ik  for 
•"r^ipia  from  n^Uf'-ipo  .  and  rriJjDia  Ex.  26:23,  36:28  for  m*:£p^  ;  they 
may  be  better  explained,  however,  as  Piel  and  Pual  participles. 

6.  The  second  syllable  before  the  accent  rarely  undergoes  any  change. 
In  a  very  few  instances  Seghol  becomes  Hhirik  or  Pattahh,  the  pure 
vowels  being  reckoned  shorter  than  the  diphthongal,  comp.  §210.  e. 
nnr-iia  chariot  const,  nzsn^.  The  changes  in  riiinh  Jlanie  const,  nzhb 
pi,  riisnb  const,  m'anb ,  dbna  coals  const.  "^Ipna  are  due  to  the  influence 
of  the  proximate  vowels,  §63.  1;  those  in  'P^J-'}  visio)i  const.  "ji^Tn  ,  rb'nD 
cvals  const,  nbns  are  consequent  upon  the  dropping  of  Daghesh-fbrte, 
§61.  5;  that  in  D'^^nij;  ((rom  bnx)  ienls  const,  "^^nx  arises  from  the  con- 
version of  a  simple  into  an  intermediate  syllable,  §59. 

.§217.  The  following  table  of  the  declension  of  nouns 
will  sufficiently  exemplify  the  rules  which  have  been  given. 


Declexsiox  of  Noui^s, 


I.  Nouns  wliicli  ■suffer  a  clianqe  in  the  vowels  only. 


^ 


b2IO:h  ^  i.     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the^nult.a\£^|V^^  ' 

yy^'i^  master 


2) 
Sing.    Ahs.       'llli^  master  Const.     '1"|"I55^ 

h^'^rb??  interpreter^^^     ^.^^^ 

Masc.  5-115  great  Y>•^<^^i^m.  HDIlii 

b^tDp  ^al-  pass.  part.        Hb^tOp 


PL.  Ahs.  t^5")JS: 


Const,  ^plii: 


Masc.  t-'bil^      Fem-'-^,-]^-]^^ 


n-^b^top 


%ZOy'  J'  ^      ii.     With  Tsere  in  the llUiinate,- luired^^clCCeH 
a.     Monosyllables; TsaiVl/'eTi?^^/;! ST  Uitchan^e^'^ 

Sing.    Jbs.  y^?  tree.  Const.      V^        Pl.  Ahs.    C^j^  Const,    "i^^? 

i^h.     Polysyllables  havino^^^'^tonic  Kamets  in  the  penult! Di^^ 


ING.     J^5.       n.5!3  heavy  Con.9f.  I^^orin^       Pl.  Abs.  C^niS  Const  i^2 


9<- 


3 


Jlf«sc.   '©n''  dry 


Masc.  CitUn*"        -F'em.  tT'.tr'n'' 


c.     Polysyllables  having  any  other  vowetthan  Kamets  in  the 
penult!  7AjB.pd.(^^^^Ayii^i^ V^ ''r^QAsr:cn^/e^_tLpl. "-^  So d^'^^Xs^oL  AmiL 

SixG.     Ahs.    'DSiT'  judge.  Const.    'D&ltii    P^-    ^^s.  ^"ipStJ        C'on.sf.  "pStJ 

jtf"a5c.  bt3p  Kai.  Act.  part.  7^vw.  nb t3p  or  tib tip  ^«5^.  D^btip     Fern,  r^-jb tip 


1' 
btDP^  Piel  part.         nb'tDp)2  or  nbtDp)2         D^'blDP^ 


rr 


niJtpp^ 


ZiiL 


2^  a. 
€9:1 


2. 


r»w 


•^1 


p'Co' 


ow. 


Sing.    ^65,  ti'^  fish 

125 '^DyS  sanctuary 

t):    • 

*im  word 

T       T 

p^  cloud 
^^b  heart 

T    •• 

,  Masc.     QDn  wise 

'       7.bt)pD  Niph.part. 


iii.     With  Kamets  iu  the  ultimate. 


Const.        3^^ 


PL.  Ahs.      U^'^^i 


i^em.  n)o::n      Masc.  Qi:^Dn    i^ew.  ni^^n 


nbtopD or nbt:p5   D"^bL:p5 


nibtoj:^; 


•  ^  /  /?      !f.  pr    pn      .,  >   1^"-      vVith  final  n..,^'4j^'?^</i^i^»^^^^^^ 

SiN».     Abs.    n^~l?3    appearance    Co»s^.   H^"!^    ^P^.    ^&5.   D^^^TD        C'o«6'^.  li<* 


HDP 


reed 


.Masc.      nB""    fair 

^^0^'  !A'^^^//'  -?.  j7^'&egholates?tt7ic^c^^2^t;fe^y-m«/^^ 

^NQ.  4&6-.   ^  tib'O  kingC.ri'DP  ^onst.  tib72  i*^.  ^&5.  d^:Db)3     Const,  ■i::^^): 


n  27:^^7^:55?  strength 

..    fTl?2  death 

V  T 

brii  foot 


'A 


:^  ear 


V 

b?i 

V:?   Dual. 

b;\i 


D^b3/^:n 

•     T  : 


S2;07t-xl^-  ^Nouns'  wliicli  doiihle  their  final  consonant.         p  ^ 
^^'^''^    f/-  7^7^^c.^  <i-.<n^.t^^^^t.^i^  ^^.t7:i^.^A    y>^ ^.s^-^-e^  ^ 

Sma.    ^&s. 


b?:!^  camel 


Const. 


d^KA^: 


y^  garden 
pn  statute 

nt5  tooth 

^*Ij5?  Hebrew 


15 

pn 

yi    Dual. 


^5!\ 


^nd^  PL.  n^'>"id3?ord^nd:? 


^^■^n:? 


«     V^         9.4.fi  ^  *%  \    tr      w  «.^  1     v* 


DECLEXSION   OF   NOUNS. 


Fern,  n^tOp     Pl.  Ma^c.  C^StOp 


Masc,       l^P  SQiall 

lAi's  deep  np'c5'  iD^p)3:s? 

•i-lp  fresh  n^")P  tl^^"1.t: 

III.     <9^A<?r  nouns  suffer  no  change, 

SiNQ.     .^I  ?'.<?.  tlJ^lnp'O  garment      Const   tlJ^.^b/^  P^- -4&5.  f'p^.lb^  Const,  "^p^ilab)? 

<  I  I 

Masc.   ^itO  good  Fern,    u^IlD  ^«^'f-   t'^lniLO     -^'''''w.      iTlilitD 

b^pf^T?  Hiph.  part.   HD^pjD);  or  nbif^^     tD-^b-^pj:;)?    nii^pp)? 
k'l.  j  {    0         Nouns  ivith  the  feminine  ending  n^. 
§Jjy^»/i.  1-     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  penult. 
Snrc-    ^&5.       n"3l  fish        <7o>iS't  tXy^   Pi-  ^^^^        ili!i'7       <^<?"«^-    t^TSl 

T    T  -     :  T 

ngfjD  vengeance  ^l^Pp?  i^l^f?? 

nis?  counsel  ^1??.  nli?  ni:£? 

nsiu  lip  nsb  ^^^^     d\"i^ir)  ^nsb 

T  T  -    :  •  -    T    :  ••    :    • 

ii.     From   Se^'Lolates, 


ni)2jD5 


Sing.  ^Z/6\  H^^TQ  queen 
Tr\t\^  covert 
n  721:25'  strength 


n3b:o  PL-  ^Z'^^.  nlDb):  co;i6-t  nlDbTs 


I     i    r  -    :    T  T  t: 

iii.     All  othei's. 

SiXG,     Ahs.         n5^  garden        Const.  ^il^    Pi-  ^^■''         tll^^ 

rij^Mtil  salvation  il^'*!!!)"'.  m'^^ltT)"'. 

Nouns  H.itJi  tlie  feminine  ending  in* 

SiXG.  Abs.'Cr:^'^^'^  observance  Cy«6-f.ri"1"Cp'^  P^  -^^^■-  Dll'^tpTS  *"-''' 
npip  sucker  ^jDDi^  f^l'p?"'"'. 

nbV??  skull  tib!\b-i  tii5i?b-i 

nnn::?  Hebrew-woman       n^"in3?  iHl""!.?? 

n^,ib'_2  kingdom  n'^b^  i^1^?b^^ 

247 


Com 


rr:-255^ 
.  nib 


nlppv 
r.iD?b^ 

r:^>:Db?3 


248  ETYMOLOGY.  §218,219 


Paragogic  Vowels. 

§218.  The  termination  "'.or  i  is  sometimes  added  to 
nouns  in  tlie  construct  singular,  ,§G1.  6,  "^bn  Gen.  49  :  11  for 
li,  T^!;^'9  Isa.  1  :  21  for  ri?bt) ,  ^ni^  Lam.  1  :  1  for  mn, 
•^b^sM  Ps.  113:6  for  Hr-a ,  in;'n  Gen.  1:24  for  n^n. 
This  occurs  chiefly  in  poetry  and  is  regarded  as  an  archaism. 
Tliese  vowels  for  the  most  part  receive  the  accent,  and  com- 
monly occasion  the  rejection  of  Pattahh  or  Tsere  from  the 
ultimate. 

a.  Examples  of  this  antique  formation  of  the  construct  are  likewise 
preserved  in  proper  names,  as  p-jk-^sb^?  Melchizedek,  nVir^PTa  Methuselah. 
Respecting  the  origin  of  these  vowel  endings,  see  §  198.  a  (4). 

§219.  1.  The  unaccented  vowel  n^  added  to  nouns  in- 
dicates motion  or  direction  towards  a  place,  n:is2  nort/iward, 
nnro.  southward,  ™^''3t?  heavenward,  nn^in  to  the  house, 
oUovBe,  T-n^}''^  to  the  mountain,  whence  it  is  called  He  duective 
or  He  local.  The  S^^gjdiag  vowel  of^SeghQkte§.is^ected 
before  this  ending,  ^QiOi.  2  (1),  but  other  vowels  are  mostly 
unafl'ected,  r\T\i  from  t^ ,  m^N  from  ^^  .  ^"^^"^  ^oi^  ^TP^  ^ 
vrc^yi  1  Kin.  19  :  15  from  the  construct  state  ^%"'[^. 

a.  He  directive  is  appended  to  the  adverb  Qb  there,  nriUJ  thither^  and 
to  the  adjective  b'^^'n  profane  in  the  peculiar  phrase  f^^'^rH  ^^^  profanum 
i.e.  be  it  far  from,  etc.  It  is  rarely  used  to  indicate  relations  of  time, 
im3"'Ta">  D'^B'Ta  1  Sam.  1  :  3  from  days  to  days  1.  e.  yearly,  nnd'^ba  Ezek. 
21:  19  for  the  third  time,  nn?  now  prop,  at  {this)  time.  For  the  sake  of 
greater  force  and  definiteness  a  preposition  denoting  directioa  is  some- 
tmies  prefixed  to  words,  which  receive  this  ending,  so  that  the  latter 
becomes  in  a  measure  superfluous,  M^3."rb  irpwards.  ni5^'^  downwards, 
nnniab  2  Chron.  31  :  14  to  the  east,  nbiNC^  Ps.  9 :  18  io  Sheol.  comp.  cltto 
fxaKpO'^iv, 

b.  The  ending  ti^  rarely  receives  the  accent  f^ri"it^  Deut.  4:41;  in 
D"^^.  n5^-^  ^^  receives  in  some  editions  an  alternate  accent,  §42  a,  in 
others  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  §33.  1.  a.  In  nnn  Gen.  14:  10  and 
np^Q  a  is  changed  toe  before  this  ending.  §63.  1,  in  nsn^  Ezek.  25:  13, 
T\Zi  1  Sam.  21:2  the  vowel  of  the  ending  is  itself  changed  to  e. 

c.  He  directive  is  probably  to  be  traced  to  the  same  origin  with 
the  definite  article  fn ,  whose  demonstrative  force  it  shares.      The  syl- 


^220  NOUxNS    WITH    SUfFIXES.  249 

lable  n  is  prefixed  to  a  noun  to  single  out  a  particular  thing  from  all 
others  of  like  kind  as  the  object  of  attention.  Appended  to  a  word  its 
weak  guttural  would  be  rejected  and  its  vowel  prolonged  to  n^ ,  §53.3; 
and  in  this  form  it  is  added  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  object  or  direction  of 
motion,  and  to  verbs  to  indicate  the  object  of  desire,  §97.  1.  In  Chaldee 
this  appended  vowel  forms  what  is  called  the  emphatic  state,  and  has  the 
sense  of  the  definite  article,  Ty^'O  king,  n^'^ia  or  Nsbia  the  king. 

2.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  nouns,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  for  the  purpose  of  softening  the  termina- 
tion without  afiPecting  the  sense,  §61.  6. 


Nouns  with  Suffixes. 

§220.  The  pronominal  suffixes,  whose  forms  are  given 
§72,  are  appended  to  nouns  in  the  sense  of  possessive  pro- 
nouns, "!'■;  /ia?fd,  '^^'^  my  hand,  etc.  They  suffer,  in  conse- 
quence, the  following  changes,  viz  : 

1 .  Of  the  suffixes,  which  beoin  with  a  consonant,  ^ ,  D? , 
19  of  the  second  person  are  connected  with  nouns^in  the  sin- 
gular,by  a  vocal^^h/va«.^3  of  the  first  person  plural^  and  ^ 
of  the  second  fcm.  singular  by  Tsere;^and  ^" ,  n ,  d  ,  I  of 
the  third  person  by  Kamets ;  in^  is  invariably  contracted  to 
i,  rarely  written  T^\  §G2.  1,  and  n,  to  n^  ,   §101.  2. 

a.  There  is  one  example  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  before  the  full  form 
of  the  prououn,  ffH  "^27  her  days  Nah.  2:  9. 

h.  First  person:  13  is  in  a  few  instances  preceded  by  Kameis,  13ri^'i73 
Ruth  3:2.  !i:r^p  Job  22:20. 

Second  person.  The  final  vowel  of  ^  is  occasionally  expressed  by  the 
vowel  letter  n  .  n!:n^  Ex.  13  :  16,  nb^i-rn  Jer.  29:  25.  In  pause  the  Sh'va 
before  r,  becomes  Seghol.  §65,  :  ~,J1=?  Gen.  33:5,  snrp  Ps.  139:5,  or 
Kamets  may  be  inserted  as  a  connecting  vowel,  particularly  after  nouns 
in  n  ,  whereupon  the  final  Kamets  is  dropped  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  like  sounds,  T\i'^  Ps.  53:6.  \\\  the  feminine  the  connecting  vowel  e 
is  rarely  written  "^ ,  r|^rdV:J  Ezek.  5:  12;  "<.,  which  belongs  to  the  full 
form  of  the  pronoun.  §71.  a  (2).  is  sometimes  added  I0  the  suffix.  '^?r;^*15 
Jer.  11 :  15,  "==in3  Ps.  116: 19.  '^s^TS  2  Kin.  4:7  K'thibh,  where  the  K'n 
has  "'^i^'r  •  Sometimes  the  distinc?*ion  of  gender  is  neglected  in  the  plural 
and  C3  is  uped  in  place  of  the  feminine  "3.  Cs'^-X  Gen.  31  : 9.  -^:tx, 
cb^rba  Jer.  9:  19;  n  is  sometimes  added  to  the  feminine  suffix  as  to  the 
full  pronoun.  niiraT  Ezek.  23:49. 


250  ETYMOLOGY.  ^220 

Third  person.-  The  connecting  vowel  before  isn  and  H  is  occasionally 
e,  >in:-^?:b  Gen.  1:12.  ^nt^^^Q  Judg.  9:24.  ^nhp  Nah.  1:13.  sinnix  Job 
25:3.  so  iny-i  from  ?■!  and  inrn^^  iVoni  S'^td  and  tVequently  witti  nouns  in" 
n  ,  sinxn^  and  nxi^  from  nx-i-Q.  ^nTj  from  nnb,  ^nin^.  wkp ;  e  does 
not  occur  before  the  plural  o  unless  it  is  represented  by  the  vowel-letter 
■^  in  DT.inzTD  2  Chron.  34:5  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  has  cnina^^a  ;  it  is 
once  Ibund  in  the  fern,  plural  n:2np  Gen.  41:21.  The  form  n*  in  the 
masc.  sing,  is  commonly  reckoned  an  archaism,  n'^",^  Gen.  12:8,  n'"iid 
Ps.  42:  9.  n'^s  Jer.  2:21.  so  several  times  in  the  K'thibh  m-'i' ,  nn^D  Gen. 
49:11.  nnx-an  Ex.  22:4,  nnxxs  Ex.  22:26.  n=03  Lev.  23:13.  nirbuj 
2  Kin.  9:25,  nnxi-n  Ezek.  48:  18,  where  the  K'ri  in  each  instance  sub- 
stitutes i.  In  a  few  instances  the  consonant  is  rejected  from  the  femi- 
nine, n  being  retained  simply  as  a  vowel-letter;  where  this  occurs  it  is 
commonly  indicated  in  modern  editions  of  the  Bible  by  Raphe.  •^"^^'"^  Lev. 
13:4.  ^^J^^  Num.  15:28,  or  by  a  Masoretic  note  in  the  margin,  HiSPX 
Isa.  23:17.  18  for  n::nN;  once  6t  is  substituted  for  ri .  n^s  Ezek.  36:5. 
The  longer  forms  of  the  plural  suffixes  Cti .  "|i7  are  rarely  affixed  to  nouns 
in  the  singular,  ^T^r^^h  Gen.  21:28,  -,^3^^  Ezek.  13:17,  "nriiz^li  Ezek. 
16:53.  or  with  the  connecting  vowel  Kamets,  cn^s  2  Sam.  23:6,  or  with 
n^  appended.  n:r;^3  1  Kin.  7:37,  nsniin  Ezek.  16:53.  The  vowel  njs 
also  sometimes  added  to  the  briefer  form  of  the  fem.  plural,  •"^J'^^^  Gen. 
21:29.  n:^3  Gen.  42:36.  The  distinction  of  gender  is  sometimes  ne- 
glected in  the  plural,  D  or  cn  being  used  for  the  feminine,  cbs  Cant. 
4:2.  6:6  for  ".Vs.  cn^n^  Job  1 :  14  for  'h^^"^ . 

c.  The  nouns  2X  father,  nx  brother.  MB  month  take  the  ending'',  be- 
fore suffixes,  as  they  do  likewise  in  the  construct;  state,  "f^x .  cs/'ZN. ;  "^^  of 
the  first  person  coalesces  with  this  vowel,  "'r^;  "Ti^Jj  "?  '^^'^  ^^  of  the 
third  person,  commonly  becomes!  §62.2,  '"i"'ii<,  1"'n^ ,  1"S  more  frequent 
than  in-'zx,  *n^nx.  !in^D  .  In  ^"ia  Zeph.  2:9  the  vowel-letter  *>  of  the 
first  person  suffix  is  dropped  after  the  final  "^  of  the  noun. 

2.  The  masculine  plural  termination  D''.   and  the  dual 
^^_  are  changed  to  '^..  before  suffixes  as  in  the  construct  state ; 
^^f  jlhe  same  vowel  is  likewise  inserted  as  a  connective  between 
^^     suffixes  and  feminine.  pluraL  nouna,  § 214^2^.^ jThis  *'..  re- 
]^^  mains  unchanged  before  the  plural  suffixes  ;  but  before  ^  the 
"^'k*  'second  masc.  singular  and  s^  third  fem.  singular  it  becomes 
^        ^..,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  thejiphthongal  vowel  ^i^^  - 
is  resolved  into  ^_ ,  which  combined  with  ^.  the  first  singular  ^^''  I 
forms  \  ,  with  ty  the  second  feminine  T..  >  and  with  '^in  the     ^^ 
third  masculine  T"^  ,   §62.  2. 

rt.  In  a  very  few  instances  suffixes  are  appended  to  feminine  plurals 
without  the  vowel  \  or  its  modifications,  "'rbnn  2  Kin.  6:8  lor  •^r:np), 
^rn-J  Ps.  132: 12  for  ^nnr,  Trns^  Deuf.  28:59  for  r\^ri^^,  T)ni^nx  Ezek. 


§221 


NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES. 


251 


1(3 :  52  for  Tf  J^i"^'!!^  ?  Bni::s:.  and  cn-^p-'izx  ,  srh^x  Ps.  74:4.  nnxijn  ,  cni^-in, 
crnsT::.  crz^^.  On  the  other  h;.iid,  suliixes  j)roper  to  plural  nouns  are 
occasionally  appended  to  feminine  nouns  in  the  lingular,  perhaps  to  indi- 
cate that  they  f^re  used  in  a  plural  or  collective  sense,  T'T^r'^n  Lev.  5:  24, 
?i^r^nir\  Ps.  9: 15,  ?l^r)X3b  Ezek.  35: 11,  TC.^^^^  Isa.  47: 13.' 

b.  The  vowel-letter  ■<  is  not  infrequently  omitted  after  plural  and  dual 
nounS;  rp-}-!  Ex.  33:13  for  ~f i?.'^^ ,  nq-^l  Ps.  134:2  for  ci^n^,  n^73  Ex. 
32:19  K'^tiiibh  (K'ri  T'^^^).  ^lii?  1  Sam.  18:22  K'thibh  (K'ri  T-Jl^y), 
zhyrj,  Gen.  10:5  for  Dn^;;ia,  "inzDn  Gen.  4:4  for  "iH^^i^n . 

c.  Second  person.  The  vowel  "^^  remains  unchanged  before  the  fern, 
sing.  ~  in  ""'T-'^  Eccl.  10 :  17  and  with  n  appended  :  nzrxb^  Nah.  2:  14. 
Sometimes,  as  in  the  full  pronoun,  '^.  is  appended  to  the  fern.  sing,  suffix 
and  n^  to  the  plural,  : "^i^x^brin  Ps.  103:3,  i^D^^'^n  ver.  4,  nji^rinps 
Ezek. 'l3: 20. 

Third  person.  The  uncontracted  form  of  the  masc.  sing.  i;ni  occurs 
in  iin^niaa  Nah.  2:4  for  T'^aa ,  in-^n^  Hab.  3:10,  Ji.-T^^?  Job  24:23; 
ehu  =  aihii  by  transposition  of  the  vowels  becomes  auhi  =  ohl  "^Tii  which 
is  found  once  "^nibTO^in  Ps.  116:  12.  and  is  the  ordinary  form  of  this  suffix 
in  Chaldee.  The  final  a  of  the  fem.  sing,  is  once  represented  by  X, 
^r|l"T^^r'^  Ezek.  41:15.  In  a  few  instances  n^  is  appended  to  the  plural 
of  either  gender,  n^ari^bx  Ezek.  40:16.  n3n"'r^:a  Ezek.  1:11.  and  i  to 
the  abbreviated  nnasc.  D,  i^'^npx  Deut.  32:^37.  i^^n2T  ver.  38^  i73"^D3  Job 
27:23,  i^^3Q  Ps.  11:7. 

3.  The  suffixes  thus  modified  are  as  follows,  viz.  : 


Appended  to  sixgflar. 

1^.    2m.    2/   dm.    3/. 
Sing.  Xouns       '^       ^       tT,_       1     J^ 


Dual  and 
Plur.  Xouns 


PLrEAL. 

Ic. 

2W.       2/          3  772. 

3/. 

^2.. 

05:'    15:          ^r 

:\, 

D5^   ■p-'   srr 

l^;^. 

§  221.  Certain  changes  hkewise  take  place  in  nouns  re- 
ceiving suffixes,  which  arise  from  the  disposition  to  shorten 
words,  which  are  increased  at  the  end,  §6G.  1.  These  are 
as  follows,  viz.  : 

1.  The  grave  suffixes,  §72,  D?,  l^,  cn,  )r\  shorten  the 
nouns,  to  which  they  are  attached,  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent.  Before  them,  therefore,  nouns  of  both  genders  and 
all  numbers  take  the  form  of  the  construct,  nib  /learf,  oi?^'? 
^our  heart,  l^nnb  their  hearts;  nsig  Ujp  du.  Dn-irEiiJ  pi. 
Dn^ninstJ  their 


a.  D^  6?oocZ  becomes  C-:'3'n  and  t''  hand  cbTi. 


252  ETYMOLOGY.  §221 

2.  Feminine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  take  the 
construct  form  before  the  light  suffixes  likewise,  with  the  ex- 
ception that  in  the  singular  the  ending  n,  becomes  f^,J|in 
consequence  of  the  change  from  a  inixed  to  a  simple  syllable," 

§  59,  n^ir  Up,  ihsiy  Us  lijj,  Dnsir?  their  /?>,  '^''^'i^?^  %  U^s, 
'i-inirsiiJ  Jus  lijjs. 

a.  If  the  construct  has  a  Segholate  form  it  will  experience  the  change 
indicated  in  5,  r^'^-Q-Q^  const.  nbq^Ta  suf.  "ipipir^p  .  If  two  consonants 
have  coalesced  in  the  final  letter,  it  will  receive  Daghesh-forte  agreeably 
to  6,  ina  from  n?,  in^N;  from  P.TbwS.  :  Tjnj^'n^  1  Sam.  IG:  15  from  the  fem. 
of  Tsbz-Q  ,  §  205.  b. 

h.  In  a  few  exceptional  instances  the  absolute  form  is  preserved  before 
suffixes,  ^rh-yi  Isa.  26:19  from  nH;:?  but  ?inbr3.  inbzs;  ^rs;;  Cant.  2:10 
from  ns7  const.  rE"^ ;  so  "»rbx ,  I'^nSna ,  i^rnn-i ,  Db"^nind  but  const. 
Ti'JI'd ,  comp.  crr^y^  const.  "^S'^D . 

3.  Masculine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  on  receiv- 
ing light  suffixes  take  the  form  which  they  assume  before  the 
absolute  plural  termination,  snb  /leart,  ""i?^  m^  heart,  7]nnb 
thy  heart,  ^-"'i^^  oitr  hearts. 

a.  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  is  shortened  to  Hhirik  or  Seghol  before  ?], 
CD.  ',3,  e.  g.  r|:3,  D^rtiiria,  Dr^isia,  or  with  a  guttural  to  Pattahh,  ^(^^inN: , 
CDbxi ,  though  with  occasional  exceptions,  ?^^22X  Isa,  22:21,  ^iH^ij 
1  Sam.  21:  a.  ^J<.p3  from  NS3 .  Before  other  suffixes  it  is  rejected  from 
some  monosylhibles.  which  retiun  it  in  the  plural.  'Td^  from  D'JJ  plur. 
ni'bd,  iD3  from  •,?  plur.  n^33  but  ^:a,  ?i"5,  "^y":,  'qs:;^.  ' 

4.  Dual  nouns  retain  before  light  suffixes  the  form  which 
they  have  before  the  absolute  dual  termination,  ''ins'iy  my  lips, 
^rnsia  our  lips,  "^bys  my  ears,  ^^'^DTsj  our  cars;  D!'?';^)?  and 
"^^.T"^  horns,  'T^i'^J?  and  '^'^^'^'^  his  horns. 

5.  Segholate  nouns  in  the   dual  and  plural  follow  the 
preceding  rules,  but  in  the  singular  they  assume  before  all 
suffixes,  whether  light  or  grave,  their  original  monosyllabic/ 
form  as  before  the  feminine  ending  n^ ,    §208,  tjb^  ki7i(/, 

/  "^Db^  my  kiny,  03 ?b^  your  kiny ;  Ijb^  ear,  ''itif  my  ear ;  in 
Uke  manner  npbi-"  sucker,  inpsi;^  his  sucker. 

a.  When  the  first  radical  has  Hholem  in  the  absolute,  Hhateph-Kamets 
=—=:         or  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  sometimes  given  to  the  second  radical  before  suP 


^222  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  253 

fixes.  *^?Q  and  i^r/s  from  b?D,  ^i^'j;;?  Hos.  13:14,  with  Daghesh-forte 
separativ^e!  1^315  Eze'k.  26:9.  ■^bir'l'Kin.  12:10,  'i^30  Isa.  9:3,  1=20 
Jer.  4:7;  132  garment  has  "'753,  "inaa  instead  of  "^■nsS  ,  1^53. 

6,  Middle  Yodh  and  Vav  mostly  quiesce  in  e  and  0  before  suffixes,  '^:'^5 
from  *)7r  e?/6?.  "^ni^  from  T't:  ciedlh ;  but  nn-r  Gen.  49:11  from  "i";"!? 
T/rm^o-  ass.  in^'J  Isa.  10:  17  from  n":'j:  thorn,  i^;?  Ezek.  18:26.  33: 13  from 
bis  iniquity. 

c.  Triliteral  monosyllables  sometimes  shift  their  vowel  from  the  second 
radical  to  the  first,  thus  assuming  the  same  form  with  Segholates,  comp. 
§184.  «.  ■'ii:3"n  from  ^3^1,  ^ss^r  from  cid.  but  rins  from  t'-^S  ;  T^-^bs  from 
•^^is  ;  ^^^,-13 .  Tj^na  ,  ci?_7nQ  .  o'^^nD  but  ch'^-;Q  from '^nQ  ;  rsd  .  rj"^3i;j  but 
nD^3'J.from  ■'i'J.  By  a  like  transposition  nisss  Ezek.  36:8  is  lor  cisss 
from  715^ . 

cZ.  The  noun  "i^^X  blessedness,  which  only  occurs  in  the  plural  con- 
struct and  with  suffixes,  preserves  before  all  suffixes  the  construct  form, 
T^^yrx,  "iiyrx  not  r|^ndx ,  i"'"';^x. 

6.  Nouns  in  whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have 
coalesced,  or  which  double  their  final  letter  in  the  plural, 
§207.  2,  receive  Daghesh-forte  likewise  before  suffixes,  the 
vowel  of  the  ultimate  being  modified  accordingly,  '^•t?  and 
''•t:^  from  Tl^  (root  tb),  DDPia  from  ni  (n:n),  ^i:r.^.  from 
•jinx  (pi.  D^rnx). 

a.  3:":3x  lattice,  bins  garden.  3r*ir'a  refuge,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
plural,  take  Daghesh-forte  before  suffixes ;  rs'IJ  has  in  the  plural  D-PSd 
but  before  suffixes  insb .  cbnsd;    'is  (root    'ir)  6a5e  has  "'rs,   "1:3. 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  final  liquid  is  repeated  instead  of  being 
doubled  by  Daghesh,  comp.  §207.  2.  a.  '^i'nn  Jer.  17:3.  ^"^.-^ri  Ps.  30:8, 
on-nn  Gen.  14:6  from  nn ;  ilib^  Job  40:22 'and  ^^S  from  bk';  r^^\b  Ezek. 
16:4  and  TQ"}^  Cant.  7:3.  Once  Daghesh-forte  is  resolved  by  the  in- 
sertion of  D ,  n^DTr^  Isa.  23:11  for  r;"':?^^ ,  §  54.  3. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  Ji .  drop  this  vowel  before  suffixes 
as  before  the  plural  terminations,   §209.1,  ^r}^  feld  *^y03 , 

717=5  ,  nfig  ;  nbp^a  cattle  Tifip'a  . 

a.  The  vowel  e  commonly  remains  as  a  connecting  vowel  before  suf- 
fixes of  the  tliird  person,  singular.  §2'^0.  1.  b;  and  in  a  few  instances  the 
radical  "^  is  restored,  giving  to  singular  nouns  the  appearance  of  being 
plural,  rj^'i;?  Isa.  22:11,  n-'ns^  Hos.  2:16,  onit^ip  Isa.  42:5,  nil:  sheep 
becomes  i'^b  or  'in^b. 

§222.  The  following  examples  of  nouns  with  suffixes 
will  sufficiently  illustrate  the  preceding  rules  : 


,S.O: 


Paradigm  of 

Nouns  with 

Suffixes. 

Singular. 

] 

lieart       llib 

kin 

^     ^1^ 

queen     nSb'^ 

hand      "I^ 

T 

Const. 

=?f 

#9 

nsb^j 

n: 

Sing 

1  c.   my 

'?T^ 

a 

i'f^ 

u 

^nsb-j 

•  T  :  — 

a 

•T 

2  m.  thy 

^^?=^ 

u 

!r|3b23 

u 

^f??^"^ 

u 

'17.: 

2/   thy 

.^=?^ 

u 

^?^^ 

u 

^i:)#^ 

u 

^i: 

3  m.  his 

"^           T  : 

u 

i25-J 

(; 

ihsb-j 

T  :  — 

u 

in'' 

T 

3/    her 

-^?5^ 

" 

T  :  -- 

a 

n^sb-^ 

r  T  :   — 

a 

XT 

Plur 

.  1  c.    our 

_l;i3b 

a 

!i:ib-= 

u 

^:nsb^ 

a 

••T 

2  m.  your 

J-°=?^^ 

u 

n?3^-9 

(I 

t3ir\?b-j 

(( 

o?-: 

2/.   your 

^15==^ 

u 

15?^-^ 

a 

"i^?^? 

u 

1=7: 

3  wi.  their 

"^        T  T  : 

a 

Dib-j 

a 

tlT±>'2 

T  T  :  — 

u 

nr 

TT 

3/    their 

^1^=^ 

P 

L  r  E  A  L. 

(I 

■jhsb^j 

1  TT  :  - 

u 
I) 

1^^ 

iTT 

IT  AL. 

hearts   D^inb 

•    T  : 

kings  D^bb-^ 

queens   riib"^ 

hands  D;r 

Const. 

••  :  • 

-iba 

niDb-J 

^T 

Sing 

1  ^.   my 

'??■? 

u 

^iVj 

u 

^ni::b'j 

a 

—T 

2  w.  thy 

1-=?^ 

a 

rrtb-2 

u 

T^^^^ 

a 

rt 

2/    thy 

t??? 

a 

T^^^ 

a 

'^'t^^ 

a 

xi: 

3  m.  his 

rtzb 

u 

rib'9 

u 

rhibb-:! 

T         :  — 

u 

TT 

3/    her 

T       V    T  : 

c( 

n"ib"j 

T       V  T     : 

a 

O'^^'^fi^ 

(( 

T       VT 

Plur 

.  1  c.    our 

••  T  : 

a 

r.-ib"^ 

a 

^D^nirb"^ 

u 

•■T 

2  w.  your 

a 

Qi"5-^ 

;( 

nrrt::b"j 

u 

'^TT 

j 

i 

2/.    your 

"i-nnb 

u 

15^?^"^ 

u 

■jrnibb^ 

u 

]TT 

1 

3  m.  their 

Qn-nnb 

li 

Dn-b"^ 

u 

nriTi^b-j 

u 

^^^T 

3/    their 

IT?-^ 

u 

l\!"?r? 

u 

■,n^ni:jb-j 

(( 

t'T 

254 


§  223  numerals.  255 

Numerals. 

§223.  1.  The  Hebrew  numerals  ("iSD72n  ni)2i»)  are  of 
two  kinds,  cardinals  and  ordinals.  The  cardinals  from  one 
to  ten  are  as  follows,  viz.  : 


One 

Two 

Three 

Four 

Five 

Six 

Seven 

Eight 

Nine 

Ten 


a.  'inx  is  for  "^^^t .  §63.  \.  a ;  the  Seghol  returns  to  Pattahh  from 
whirh  it  lias  arisen,  upon  the  shortening  of  the  following  Kaniets  in  the 
construct  and  in  the  feminine,  rns  for  ri'7ni<.  ^54.  2,  but  in  pause  rr!j<; 
"inx  occurs  in  the  absolute  in  Gen.  48 :  22.  2  Sam.  17:22,  Isa.  27:12, 
Ezek.  33  :  30,  Zech.  11:7.  and  once  "in  Ezek.  33  :  30.  The  pkiral  C^nnx^ 
is  also  in  use  in  the  sense  of  one.  Gen.  11:1,  Ezel<.  37  :  17,  or  some.  Gen. 
27  :  41,  29  :  20.     Comp.  Span.  unos. 

D^irni'  is  for  C^nsia;  for  the  Daghesh  in  r  see  §22.  b;  this  is  once 
omitted  after  Daghesh- forte,  "rTlip  Judg.  16:28. 

A  dual  form  is  given  to  some  of  the  units  to  denote  repetition,  cnra'^x 
fourfold^  C'l'ns^^'j  sevetifold. 

ns'2w  occurs  once  with  a  paragogic  syllabic.  n;r"^"  Job  42:  13,  and 
once  with  a  suffix  i:i  the  form  cn?"":;  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri. 

2.  In  all  the  Semitic  languages  the  cardinals  from  three 
to  fen  are  in  form  of  the  singular  number,  and  have  a  femi- 
nine termination  when  joined  to  masculine  nouns,  but  omit 
it  when  joined  to  feminine  nouns.     The  explanation  of  this 


M  A  s  c  u 

LINE. 

Absol, 

Constr 

T    V 

ih^ 

t3.'?"^ 

^3^ 

T  T  :  — 

^??T^ 

T    •  -: 

T      • 

1 

n:^rj 

T         : 

rib-j: 

r.rOT 

M^ii'3? 

rnh 

Feminine. 

Alsol 

Constr. 

^b^ 

XTJ^ 

DfTO 

T"^ 

T 

y±^ 

^'??^ 

"^"-^ 

••    T 

a;"^n 

■aiiij' 

^ 

jnti 

:'i"^ 

r::b^ 

rOT 

-  : 

^iri? 

"iri? 

256  ETYMOLOGY.  §224,225 

curious  phenomenon  appears  to  l3e  tliat  they  are  properly  col- 
lective nouns  like  triad,  decad,  and  as  such  of  the  feminine 
o-ender.  With  masculine  nouns  they  appear  in  their  primary 
form,  with  feminine  nouns,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  they 
undergo  a  change  of  termination. 

a.  An  analogous  anomaly  meets  us  in  this  same  class  of  words  in  Indo- 
European  tongues.  The  Sanskrit  cardinals  from^ye  to  ten^  though  they 
agree  in  case  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  belong,  are  in  form  of  the 
neuter  gender  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  they  are  of 
the  singular  number.     In  Greek  and  Latin  they  are  not  declined. 

§224.  The  cardinals  from  eleven  to  nineteen  are  formed 
by  combining  "lir?  or  tH^v  modifications  of  the  numeral 
ten  with  the  several  units,  those  which  end  in  n^  preserving 
the  absolute  form  and  the  remainder  the  construct.     Thus, 


Eleven 


Twelve 


Thirteen 


Masculine. 

T  T  ••    : 

nibs'     niib^ 


Feminine. 

rn^? 

♦^V^? 

"^"^'? 

n:^^? 

DTra 

.. . .. 

^i^^ 

nnir:? 
.. . .. 

fi'^ 

^?:^ 

.. . .. 

t'Ctj 

*^y^'^. 

^ii 

.. .  .^. 

rid 

'^^''?? 

: 

rnw 

:^irn 

Fourteen  ^W     rrJlrTl^ 

T  r  T   T  :  — 

Fifteen  Hj'J      ri'^J'^H 

T  T  T   •  -: 

Sixteen  ^'i:?         MtJaJ 

T   T  T        • 

Seventeen  *^'C>       TiV'2XD 

T  T  T   :    • 

Eighteen  ^IT^       H  jb'J? 

Isineteen  tu^*^       ti^u-n 

T  T  T    :    •  "    ;  V  —   : 

a.  The  origin  of  ^r\'&J .  the  alternate  of  ins  in  the  number  eleven,  ia 
obscure.  R.  Jona  thinks  it  to  be  an  abbreviation  for  *ib^  "^n;!;  "ly  nea^t  to 
twelce.  Comp.  Lat.  vndeviginti.  nineteen.  Kimchi  derives  it  from  ri'S 
to  think,  ten  being  reckoned  upon  the  fingers,  and  eleven  the  first  number 
which  is  mentally  conceived  beyond. 

•■bs  r-c^r^  ffteen  occurs  Judg.  8 :  10,  2  Sam.  19  :  18,  and  '^i'r  nb'^a 
eighteen  Judg.  20  :  25. 

§225.  1.  The  tens  are  formed  by  adding  the  masculine 


§226,227  NUMERALS.  257 

plural  termination  to  the  units,  U^yn^^J^.  twenty  being,  however, 
derived  not  from  two  but  from  ten  "^i??? . 


Twenty 

Sixty 

D'l^lS 

Thirty 

D-'irb'^ 

Seventy 

D""r^ 

Forty 

D-^n-^s 

Eighty 

D^ib'jj 

Fifty 

D"4j^n 

Ninety 

n-i-OT 

a.  These  numbers  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  feminine,  and  are  used 
indifferently  with  nouns  of  either  gender.  tHO'2.  Ex.  IS  :  21.  25,  Dent.  1 :  15 
means  not  twenty  but  tens. 

2.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  the  con- 
junction 1  and ;  the  order  of  precedence  is  not  invariable, 
thouo^h  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  earUest  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  commonly  place  the  units  first,  e.  g.  D':rn23 
D"^TrT  two  and  sixty  Gen.  5:18,  while  the  latest  writers  as 
commonly  place  the  tens  first,  D^itci  n^iJtJ  siccty  and  two 
Dan.  9:25. 

§  226.  Numerals  of  a  higher  grade  are  ns'Q  one  hundred, 
?lbs5  one  thousandy  •^??']i ,  *i^'?  or  i5ii"i  teti  thousand.  These 
are  duplicated  by  affixing  the  dual  termination  D*0&c^  two 
hundred,  Q'^sbs  two  thousand,  U^tf3r\  or  t^is"!  '^Pt^  twenty 
thousand.  Higher  multiples  arc  formed  by  prefixing  the 
appropriate  units  Xtstq  iijpd  three  hundred,  D'^sbx  rnri© 
three  thousand,  rili53"i  m  sixty  thousand,  D^sb^^  C|bk  one 
million. 

§227.  1.  The  ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  "'.  to  the 
corresponding  cardinals,  the  same  vowel  being  likewise  in- 
serted in  several  instances  before  the  final  consonant ;  liiJN-} 
first  is  derived  from  t^^  head. 


First 

■jra:^5n 

Sixth 

^^iri 

Second 

^5"jj 

Seventh 

-TZ^ 

Third 

^•i-b-^ 

Eighth 

^rOT 

Fourth 

.^..-, 

Ninth 

^'TtT\ 

Fifth 

^liJ^Jn 

or  ^^12T'\ 

Tenth 

^^-'W 

17 


258  ETYMOLOGY.  §  228, 229 

The  feminine  commonly  ends  in  ^"^ . ,  occasionally  in  JiJ . . 

a.  There  are  two  examples  of  the  orthography  ')i6''X"i  Josh.  21  :  10, 
Job  15:7,  and  one  of  ')ii2J"'"i  Job  8  :  8,  in  all  of  which  the  K'ri  restores  the 
customary  form. 

2.  There  are  no  distinct  forms  for  ordinals  above  ten, 
the  cardinal  numbers  being  used  instead. 

3.  Fractional  numbers  are  expressed  by  the  feminine 
ordinals,  ri*>ir?''bu3  one  tJiird,  tn^y'^n^i  07ie  fourth,  etc.,  and  by 
the  following  additional  terms,  ^m  one  half,  5?nn  and  57nn  one 
quarter,  i2J^n  one  fifth,  'ji'^'O  07ie  tenth. 

Prefixed  Particles. 

^228.  The  remaining  parts  of  speech  are  indeclinable, 
and  may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  name  of  par- 
ticles.    These  may  be  divided  into 

1.  Prefixed  particles,  which  are  only  found  in  combina- 
tion with  a  following  word,  viz.  the  article,  He  interrogative, 
the  inseparable  prepositions,  and  Vav  conjunctive. 

2.  Those  particles,  which  are  written  as  separate  words, 
and  which  comprise  the  great  majority  of  adverbs,  preposi- 
tions, conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

a.  No  word  in  Hebrew  has  less  than  two  letters;  all  particles  of  one 
letter  are  consequently  prefixes.  There  is  one  example  of  two  prefixes 
combined  constituting  a  word  bn  Deut.  32  :  6,  though  editions  vary. 

The  Article. 

§229.  1.  The  Definite  Article  (n^-^l^n  i^n)  consists  of 
n  with  Pattahh  followed  by  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  letter 
of  the  word  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  tlb-a  a  king,  ^bi^n  the 
king. 

a.  As  the  Arabic  article  J|  is  in  certain  cases  followed  by  a  like 
doubling  of  the  initial  letter,  some  have  imagined  that  the  original  form  of 


§229  THE    ARTICLE.  259 

the  Hebrew  article  was  hr\  and  that  the  Daghesh-forte  has  arisen  from 
the  assimilation  ofb  and  its  contraction  with  the  succeeding  letter.  Since, 
however,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  Ibrm,  it  seems  better  to  acquiesce  in 
the  old  opinion,  which  has  in  its  favour  the  analogy  of  other  languages, 
that  the  article  n  is  related  to  the  personal  pronoun  N^in ,  whose  principal 
consonant  it  retains,  and  that  the  following  Daghesh  is  conservative.  §24.  3  ; 
comp.  the  demonstrative  particle  xn  and  sn  behold!  In  sniin  Jer.  29:23 
K'thibh  (if  read  ^'j^'tf^)  the  article  may  perhaps  be  found  in  an  unabridged 
form  ;  the  K'ri  has  l^l'T'n  .  The  Arabic  article  is  supposed  to  be  found  in 
the  proper  name  "'^'i^^N  Gen.  10:  26,  Ti^^i^bx  hail,  the  equivalent  of  ^"'is, 
and  possibly  in  c^ipbx'Prov.  30:31. 

b.  There  is,  properly  speaking,  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew,  al- 
though the  numeral  inx  one  is  so  employed  in  a  few  instances,  as  Jf^nJ 
^nx  a  prophet  1  Kin.  20 :  13. 

2.  If  the  first  letter  of  the  word  have  Sh  va,  Daghesh- 
forte  may  be  omitted  except  from  the  aspirates,  §25,  ^'^t'ri, 
"ii";pn  but  nb^nn,  nshsn. 

3.  Before  gutturals,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh-forte, 
§  60.  4,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets ;  the  short  vowel 
Pattahh  is,  however,  commonly  retained  before  n  and  n ,  and 
sometimes  before  2? ,  the  syllable  being  converted  into  an  inter- 
mediate, §20.  2.  a,  instead  of  a  simple  one,  -riijin ,  ^m ,  t:;^in 
Gen.  15  :  11,  ri^nn  but  tjtjnn,  ^c^hn,  n^yn  Jer.  12  :  9. 

a.  The  article  very  rarely  has  Kamets  before  n,  '^h'n  Gen.  6:19, 
D'^STann  Isa.  17  :  8  ;  in  a  very  few  instances  initial  i<  quiesces  in  the  vowel 
of  the  article,  vlDSDxn  Num.  11  : 4. 

4.  Before  rt  with  Kamets  or  Hhateph-Kamets,  Pattahh 
is  changed  to  Seghol :  before  n  or  2?  with  Kamets,  it  is 
likewise  changed  to  Seghol  if  it  stands  in  the  second  syllable 
before  the  accent,  and  consequently  receives  the  secondary 
accent  Methegh,  Tin ,  DDnn ,  n-iinnn ,  D^inn ,  n-^n^n . 

a.  This  change  very  rarely  occurs  before  X.  '"I^X'^  Mic.  2:7.  When 
n  is  followed  by  Kamets-Hhatuph.  Pattahh  remains  nia^nin. 

b.  The  article  does  not  usually  affect  the  vowels  of  the  word  before 
which  it  stands;  in  "iH  mountain  and  Z'S  people,  however.  Pattahh  is 
changed  to  Kamets  to  correspond  with  the  vowel  of  the  article  "^nf^ .  crH, 
S3  l^-ix  earth  but  Y'^^'^r  ■  ^^^^  plurals  of  bnx  tent  and  irnp  holiness  with- 
out the  article  are  c-'iJriX  Gen.  25 :  27.  c^yin;?  Ex.  29  :  37.  but  with  the 
article  C^^nx2  (for  c-^^'^xna)  Judg.  8:11,  D^C7P.n  Ex.  26  :  33.  §208.  3  b 


260  ETYMOLOGY.  §230,231 

nNp^  pelican  Isa.  34 :  11,  Zeph.  2  :  14.  is  pointed  nxj^ri  Lev.  11 :  18,  Deut. 
14  :  17  upon  receiving  tlie  article. 

5.  AYhen  preceded  by  the  inseparable  prepositions  the 
letter  n  of  the  article  is  mostly  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given 
to  the  preposition,  §53.  3,  n^'bisa  for  D^^bi^na,  see  §231.  5. 


He  Interrogative. 

^230.  1.  The  letter  n  (nb'xii^n  ^h)  may  also  be  pre- 
fixed to  words  to  indicate  an  interrogation ;  it  is  then  pointed 
with  Hhateph-Pattahh,  l(iir^  shall  we  fjo?  fc^^n'i^bn  is  he  not? 

2.  Before  a  vowelless  letter  this  becomes  Pattahh,  §  61.  1, 
nbiTDH  Gen.  34  -.  31,  ^???^n  Job  18  :  4,  ^i?^n  Jer.  8  :  22. 

d.  The  new  syllable  thus  formed  is  an  intermediate  one,  §22,  and  the 
succeeding  Sh'va  remains  vocal,  as  is  shown  by  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  such  forms  as  cnr^^n  Gen.  29:5.  In  order  to  render  this  still 
more  evident  recourse  is  frequently  had  to  Daghesh-forte  separative, 
§24.  5,  "(i^n  Gen.  17  :  17,  nrj^rjasn  18  :21,  Methegh,  §45.  2,  bir^fi  Judg. 
9  :  2,  ny-drri  Job  38:  35,  or  compound  Sh'va,  §  16.  3.  h,  r<^'^'ir\  Gen!  27:  38. 

h.  He  interrogative  has  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  one  instance 
before  a  letter  with  a  vowel  of  its  own,  3l3"'*n  Lev.  10:  19. 

3.  Before  gutturals  it  likewise  usually  becomes  Pattahh, 

^%y}.  Ex.  2  :  7,  ^t)^r\  2  Kin.  6  :  22,  n-'ia'^nn  Jer.  2  :  11,  nin 
Hag.  1:4. 

a.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  He  interrogative  with  Kamets  be- 
fore X,  nrxn  Judg.  6:31,  '^n'nsfijtn  Judg.  12:5,  ?i:"^i<n  Neh.  6:11. 

4.  Before  gutturals  with  Kamets  it  is  changed  to  Seghol, 
nrixn  Ezek.  28  :  9,  nn;'nn  Joel  1:2,  Dinn  Eccles.  2:19. 


Inseparable  Prepositions. 

§231.  1.  The  prepositions  l  in,  D  according  to,  ^  to,  are 
regularly  prefixed  with  Sh'va,  niiSi^nn  in  the  beginning,  bis 
according  to  all,  Drnisb  to  Abraham. 


§  232  INSEPARABLE    PREPOSITIONS.  261 

2.  Before  vowelless  letters  this  Sli'va  is  changed  to 
lihirik,  rp7^  for  s^^pnii ,  birrb  for  Viiab ,  nnns  for  "is'^s . 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  compound  Sh'va  it  is  changed 
to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  '^li??  ,  bbxb  ,  ^^nns . 

a.  Initial  S  quiesces  in  the  following  words  after  the  inseparable  pre- 
positions. §57.  2.  (2)  a.  "|iTX  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
•^ins  Z/O/r/.  C^n'^x  God,  and  also  in  the  inf  const.  *itx  to  say  after  b, 
■'inxa,  i"px3  ,  r!".5^-^b.  ^P-^^b,  c-'nbxa  for  n^ribxa  the  Seghol  lengthened 
to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable;  in'5X^  but  HiBxb .  "n^ixb  but  ^'axa,  "^^xs. 
Before  the  divine  name  nini  the  inseparable  prepositions  are  pointed  as 
they  would  be  before  "^nx  or  L'^nPX ,  whose  vowels  it  receives.  §47,  nirr^b 
Gen.  4:3;  n-,n^b  Ps.  68;  21. 

h.  In  a  very  few  instances  X  with  Pattahh  and  ^  with  Hhirik  give  up 
their  vowel  to  the  preposition  and  become  quiescent,  ri''2XD  Isa.  10  :  13  for 
•^12X3,  'jinn'^S  Eccles.  2:  13  for  V'^^^P'^S- 

4.  Before  monosyllables  and  before  dissyllables,  accented 
upon  the  penult,  these  prepositions  frequently  receive  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.  2,  n^^?3,  rb^b,  iL'sib . 

a.  This  regularly  occurs  with  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  of  fs  ,  "'b  .  ys*» 
IS  and  "'2'  verbs  when  preceded  by  b.  e.  g.  r^iib,  nrb .  ri'i")b.  3'ib  ,  IS'^nb  ; 
also  with  different  forms  of  the  demonstrative  n.T  and  with  personal  suf- 
fixes;  and  with  monosyllabic  or  Segholate  nouns  when  accompanied  by 
disjunctive  and  especially  pause  accents.  Before  the  pronoun  n^  what 
they  are  commonly  pointed  ^^2  ,  nias,  nsb'  or  followed  by  a  guttural, 
n-bb. 

5.  Before  the  article  its  n  is  rejected  and  the  vowel 
given  to  the  preposition,  "in  v?  for  ^kl^'^  >  T'T?'?  for  T"^^fnb , 
n"^nn3  for  D'^nnra . 

•    T   IV  •    T    r.*  : 

a.  n  not  infrequently  remains  after  3,  d'l'ns  Gen.  39:  11.  more  rarely 
after  the  other  prepositions,  cynb  2  Chron.  10  :  7.  The  initial  n  of  the 
Hiphil  and  Niphal  infinitives  is  occasionally  rejected  in  like  manner, 
n^2\i-b  Am.  8  :  4  for  n^airinb,  i!3\r32  Prov.  24:  17  for  ibc'rna. 


-■-  :  5 


§232.  The  preposition  yc^from,  though  used  in  its  sep- 
arate form,  may  also  be  abbreviated  to  a  prefix  by  the  assim- 
ilation and  contraction  of  its  final  Nun  with  the  initial  letter 
of  the  following  word,  which  accordingly  receives  Daghesh- 
forte,  Xt>y^  for  =Ilt  T'? .     Before  ri  Hhirik  is  commonly  re- 


262  ETYMOLOGY.  §  233, 234 

tained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  but  before  other  gutturals 
it  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  f^"^  for  y^n  "jtJ ,  y-^m ,  qiira  ,  ui-Q . 

a.  '^  is  sometimes   poetically  lengthened  to  "^273,  and   once  has  the 
form  oi'  a  construct  plural,  "^STa  Isa.  30  :  11. 


§233.  These  prepositions  are  combined  with  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  in  the  following  manner :  OS 

2/    ii      '        ^  ^.  —  "    ^%^ 

8  m.    ill  i3  ^ni/bs    rab ,  ^n?;; ,  ^-is-^ 

PlTJE  AL. 

2^.05:5  Dib   Di5,D5ViS  d|"J 

2/    1??  15^  —  ll^ 

3  m.    Di ,  Dtin    i:bb ,  Diib   Dri!) ,  DhTJ3  fin?^^ ,  Qti-J 

T  V     T  T  V  T  V  T  V  .  •••  .      •  .      " 

^^      8/   iria,  "ira  "jhb  —  ]trQ 

a.  The  syllable  ia  inserted  between  5  and  the  suffixes,  and  which  is 
in  poetry  sometimes  added  to  3,  3  and  b  without  suffixes  to  convert  them 
into  independent  words,  i^a ,  "i^S.  i^b  ,  is  commonly  thought  to  be  re- 
lated in  its  origin  to  the  pronoun  n^a  what,  so  that  "^ii^S  would  in  strict- 
ness denote  like  what  I  am,  i.  e.  like  me.  The  preposition  IP,  with  the 
exception  of  some  poetical  forms,  reduplicates  itself  befiire  the  light  suf- 
fixes, ^3^^  =  ^?^3P .  Comp.  a  similar  reduplication  of  a  short  word,  ^h^^ 
or  ^12  construct  of  0"^^  water. 


Vav  Conjunctive. 

§  234.  The  conjunction  and  is  expressed  by  1  prefixed 
with  Sh  va,  tjtjni ,  f  ns^n^ .  Before  one  of  the  labials  n ,  tt , 
fi,  §57.  2  (1),  or  before  a  vowelless  letter  Vav  quiesces  in 


§235  SEPARATE    PARTICLES.  263 

Sliurek,  ^^^  tj^r^,  0'^:?^,  b-^'^nnb^ .  Before  a  vowelless 
Yodli  it  receives  lihirik,  in  which  the  Yodh  quiesces,  DJ^Ipr,"^ , 
■'nil .  Before  a  guttural  with  compound  Sh'va  it  receives  the 
corresponding  short  vowel,  ^'^.^^. ,  Tibn ,  ^Snn,  Before  mono- 
syllables and  dissyllables  accented  on  the  penult  it  frequently 
receives  a  pretonic  Kamets,  ^^6") ,  r.b;ibi ,  rin . 

a.  After  Vav  with  Shurek.  compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  substi- 
tuted for  simple  Sh'va  in  order  to  indicate  more  distinctly  its  vocal 
character,  nriTJi  Gen.  2:12,  ■^'iipnrii  Ezek.  26:21,  mron  1  Kin.  13:7, 
•'py^t!)  Jer.  22:20. 

b.  Vav  receives  Hhirik  before  He  followed  by  Yodh  in  the  forms 
Cr"*>"7'^,  1"'n'l ,  nn"'"n_1,  •T'n'i  2  plur.  preterite  and  imperative  of  the  verbs 
i'i'^i^  to  be  and  rr^n  to  live  ;  before  the  2  masc.  sing,  imperative  of  the 
same  verbs  it  has  Seijhol,  n^m    n-m  for  n-'^m,  n'^'ni. 

c.  K  quiesces  after  Vav  conjunctive  as  after  the  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, §231.  3.  a.  in  'plX  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
•^px^  Lord  and  C^n'^  God,  "^nx; ,  "^pxT ,  ''h^xn ,  13''n'':55<T  the  Seghol 
being  lengthened  to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syUable.  Hence  also  •^J'«T^,1 
when  mni  has  the  vowels  of  "ips  .  A  very  few  instances  occur  in  which 
X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up  their  vowel  to  Vav  conjunctive 
and  become   quiescent,  ^b"X^    Zech.    11:5  for  "^i'rxi,  n^h•'^  Jer.  25  :  36 


Separate  Particles. 

A  D  Y  E  KB  S. 

^235.  1.  A  few  adverbs  of  negation,  place  and  time,  are 
commonly  classed  as  primitive,  although  they  are  probably 
related  to  pronominal  roots,  as  b5<  and  i^5  7iof,  Di?  f/iere, 
Tij  f/ie/i. 

a.  It  is  natural  to  suspect  that  the  pronominal  root  b,  which  gave  rise 
to  the  near  demonstrative  bx ,  n^x  these  and  to  the  prepositions  indicative 
of  nearness  or  approach,  b  to,  bx  unto,  and  which  has  a  remote  demon- 
strative force  in  nxbn  yonder,  beyond,  may  also  be  the  basis  of  xb  and  bx 
the  idea  of  remoteness  taken  absolutely  forming  a  negation.  The  same 
idea,  in  a  less  absolute  sense,  may  be  traced  in  the  conditional  conjunction 
lb  if.  The  pronoun  HT,  of  which  probably  T^  is  originally  only  a  modi- 
fication (comp.  the  relative  use  of  ^T ,  §73.  1),  is  plainly  connected  with  T&J 
at  that  time  and  nd  in  that  place. 


264  ETYMOLOGY.  §  236 

2.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed 

(1.)  By  affixing  tlie  terminations  D^  or  D*,  di'aij  and 
Dbt!&5  tritlu  from  1^b5  tridli,  Dsn  gratuitously  from  )T\  grace y 
D>^i"'  <^j/  dag  from  nr  </<5;y,  Dji'^n  in  vain  from  p"''n  empty,  tDiins 
suddenly  from  yri?  moment,  oiljbt?  if/^(?  <^«y  ^(?/br^  yesterday 
from  tjb?  //^r^^. 

(2.)  By  abbreviation,  as  tji^  surely,  only  from  "jiij. 

(3.)  By  composition,  as  5?m2  «^'/^y  .^  from  ?^S;  TO  ^^<J^(/ 
edoctus,  r^vx^yifrom  above  from  l^a  ,  b  and  !155^13  . 

3.  Besides  those  adverbs,  which  are  such  originally  and 
properly,  other  parts  of  speech  are  sometimes  used  as  ad- 
verbs.    Thus 

(1.)  Nouns,  "1^^  migJdily,  exceedingly  prop,  might,  H'^io 
around  prop,  circuit,  ^^^  again  prop,  repetition,  C2^  no  more 
prop,  cessation;  with  a  preposition,  '^i5^a  exceedingly,  ^ib 
^6;r^  prop,  /o  separation,  or  a  suffix  I'^n^  together  prop.  eVz  ^V^ 
union.  Compare  the  adverbial  accusative  and  adverbial 
phrases  of  Greek  and  other  languages. 

(2.)  Absolute  infinitives,  which  are  really  verbal  nouns, 
ntp'^n  loell  prop,  recte  faciendo,  ninn  much,  X*^  quickly. 

(3.)  Adjectives,  particularly  in  the  feminine,  which  is 
used  as  a  neuter,  liu  well,  nitJi^")  at  first,  S^"^iT2?  //^<?  second 
time,  t\":f\  and  nin  ^;^«^c/^  r!"^"^*!^  in  Jewish  i.  e.  Hehreio,  TW^i^^ 
in  AraDimic,  riii^bsp  loonderfully . 

(4.)  Pronouns,  nj  //6^r^,  now  prop.  ^/^/^  place,  this  time, 
«^2n  /^z7//<?r  prop,  /o  these  places,  with  a  preposition  rib  //^z^5 
prop,  according  to  it,  15  50  perhaps  for  "jn?  according  to  these 
things,  though  others  explain  it  as  an  adverbial  use  of  the 
participle  1?  rigid,  true,  Sns  here  probably  for  is  in  this 
(place). 

§236.  A  few  adverbs  are  capable  of  receiving  pronom- 
inal suffixes,  as  l^i  or  T\ir\  behold,  "T\V  yet,  ""^  tohere,  to  which 
may  be  added  l';^?  there  is  not  prop,  non-existence  and  tc;;> 


^237  PREPOSITIONS.  265 

there  is  prop,  existence.  As  tlie  idea  of  action  or  of  exis- 
tence is  suggested  by  tlieui,  they  take  the  verbal  suffixes, 
frequently  with  D  epenthetic.     Thus 

1.  niin.  First 2^er son  ^'rfri,  ''zsn  and  '':rn;  ^i:n,  ^n 
and  ^-jp.  Second  person  niasc.  T^in  once  HDrn;  cifH ,  fern. 
?fin.     Third jjerson  iin  and  insH;  Din. 

2.  *Tiy .  i^/r6'^  person  ''I'l'is?  and  ''lis? ;  once  with  jy/^/r. 
^riiy  Lam.  4:17  K'ri.  Second  person  masc.  ^^"^^  ^^i^-  =IT^  • 
Third  person  masc.  ^s'li::' ,  DTis?  fem.  ns"^:? . 

3.  ''J?,  Second  person  ns^s  .     Third  person 'y^'^  ,  D^N  . 

4.  "J"?^  .  First  person  '^li'^x  .  Second  person  masc.  'npi? , 
Dip&? ,  fem.  tjr^ .  Third  person  masc.  ^2pN ,  cpx  and 
i^^ri?  fem.  nsri? . 

5.  t'::'.  Second  person  ^t?.^  ,  D3'i?.^  and  Di^\  Third 
person  i^ilJ^ . 

Prepositions. 

§237.  1.  The  simple  prepositions  in  most  common  use, 

besides   the   inseparable    prefixes,    §231,    are    chiefly    ^ni5 

behind,  after,  "^i?  to,  unto,  b:£^5  beside,  ty^.  loith^  X'^  between, 

'/  'r?.''^'^"^  iciihoiitl  "y^  throvfjh,  t^^^T  except,  1?^   on   account  of, 

/     Vyi  or  ^•'^  ot'^r  against,  ^!0.  m  presence  of,  Tdi  in  front  of, 

r  >^2t  before,  "V.  ttnto,  ^V  upon,  D5'  it'zV/^,  ^nn  under.     ]\Iost  of  these 

^"^ *"  appear  to  have  been  originally  nouns  ;  and  some  of  tliem  are 

\ibih  ^^^  used  both  as  nouns  and  as  prepositions. 

^v^t.^^£^a/l^2.  Other  prepositions  are  compound,  and  consist  of 

(1.)  Two  prepositions,  as  ""hyy^y^  from  after,  J^j|?^  and  Dlbl? 
from  icifh,  ^TQfrom  upon,  tynb\rifrom  under,  ycib  from,  ^jbb 
and  npb'b  before.,  b^^-bij  toward. 

(2.)  A  preposition  and  a  noun  "lib  and  "inlpia  besides 
from  "in  separation,  '^isb  <5^<9r^  and  '^r.2"'3,  "'icb^p/ro?;/  before 
from  D-^is/^c,?,  Vina  and  "i^i^^n/or  //^d?  5«/'d?  (/,  "i^a  bi/  prop. 


266  ETYMOLOGY.  §  238, 239 

hy  the  hand  of ,  "i^r^i?  heyond,  b  -dsyi  from  beyond,  n^yb  in 
conjunction  with,  I3?^b  and  n;pi7-b?  on  account  of,  *^E3,  ^sb 
and  ''S'b?  according  to  prop.  ^^  ///^  7;^o^^/^.  o/. 

(3.)  A  preposition  and  an  infinitive,  f^i^^pb  toward  prop. 

(4.)  A  preposition  and  an  adverb,  "^"^ba  and  ''"^baia 
without  from  b3  y^c/^  1?  2/;z^,  b  nsbnia  heyond,  "'bna  loithout. 

§238.  1.  The  prepositions  take  suffixes  in  the  same 
manner  as  singular  nouns,  e.  g.  "^biSij  beside  me,  ''nbiT ,  ^'i^D , 
''12^,  except  "in^  after,  "bx  to,  "i?  «^;2^<9,  b:?  z^^o^  and  r.nn 
under,  which  before  suffixes  assume  the  form  of  nouns  in  the 
mascuUne  plm^al,  e.  g.  ''"nnx ,  ^"^^nx ,  'i"''^nx ;  ^^3  between 
adopts  sometimes  a  singular,  sometimes  a  masculine  plural, 
and  sometimes  a  feminine  plural  form,  e.  g.  ^T^ ,  irn  and 
ri-in,  ^D^r?  and  ^2-'niD'^3 . 

a.  The  plural  form  "^"^nx  occurs  without  suffixes  more  frequently  than 
^n^v?  j  "'b'j^ ,  •in?'. ,  "i^S   also  occur  in  poetry. 

h.  rnn  in  a  very  few  instances  takes  a  verbal  suffix,  "^^nnn  2  Sam. 
22 :  37,  40,  48 ;  with   the    3   masc.   plur.   suffix   it   is    cnnn    oftener   than 

2.  The  preposition  Hi?  luith  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
Xni?  the  sign  of  the  deffiiite  object,  which  is  prefixed  to  a  pro- 
noun or  definite  noun,  to  indicate  that  it  is  the  object  of  an 
active  verb.  With  pronominal  suffixes  the  t\  of  the  prepo- 
sition is  doubled  and  its  vowel  shortened  to  Hhirik,  thus 
•irix ,  'qpsi:  ^  oij^^ ;  the  sign  of  the  accusative  becomes  Hli^  ^ 
before  suffixes  or  before  grave  suffixes  commonly  tisj ,  thus, 
•'nb^ ,    ^Ti;^ ,    ninij    rarely    D^niij: ,    nrii5    rarely   orirrix    and 

a.  Sometimes,  particularly  in  the  books  of  Kings,  Jeremiah,  and  Eze- 
kiel.  the  preposition  takes  the  form  ''riii< ,  T^riix . 

^Conjunctions. 

^  239.  1.  In  addition  to  the  prefixed  copulative  1 ,  §234, 
the  following  are  the  simple  conjunctions  in  most  common 


§240  INTERJECTIONS.  2G7 

use,  i55  or,  ?|i?  also,  D^jJ  and  lb  if^  ^ir&|:  and  ^^2  tlLut,  because^ 

2.  Compound  conjunctions  are  formed  by  combining 

(1.)  Two  conjunctions  Cij:  ^3  hat,  "^3  r|i<  how  much  more 
prop,  also  that. 

(2.)  The  conjunction  ^^  or  "irx  with  a  preposition,  as 
nteiiij  as,  "itJ$  1?^^  ^V^  order  that,  ^m,  1?:  and  niri5  ajpi?  ^^- 
m^M-^,  ''3  ^?  2^/?iz7,  "^3  J^nn  because. 

(3.)  An  adverb  with  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  DTJ2i 
before,  15^  or  'i?'^?  therefore,  ^i^  unless  from  ^^  «/  ^^  not. 


Interjections. 

§  240.  The  Hebrew  interjections,  like  those  of  other  lan- 
guages, are  of  two  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Natural  sounds  expressive  of  various  emotions,  as 
nx,  nn,  n™  ah!  oh!  vi^r^alia!  "^in /^o/  woe!^^^'{^,  n;is, 
*>iiiiii,  *ii|;  woe!  ''?::5?  alas!  cn  hush! 

2.  Words  originally  belonging  to  other  parts  of  speech, 
w^hich  by  frequent  use  were  converted  into  interjections, 
nnn  come!  prop,  ffive,  nib  come!  prop,  yo,  Sisn  behold! 
prop,  a  demonstrative  adverb,  nySn  y^^r  ^^  it!  ^'^^  pray ! 
from  ''bn  entreaty,  i^D  ^o^(7/  I  pray  thee! 


PART  THIRD, 

SYNTAX. 

§241.  1.  Syntax  treats  of  sentences  or  of  the  manner 
in  which  words  are  employed  in  the  utterance  of  thought. 
Its  office,  therefore,  is  to  exliibit  the  several  functions  of  the 
different  parts  of  speech  in  the  mechanism  of  the  sentence, 
the  relations  which  they  sustain  to  each  other,  and  how  those 
relations  are  outwardly  expressed. 

2.  Every  sentence  must  embrace  first  a  subject  or  the 
thing  spoken  of,  and  secondly,  a  predicate  or  that  which  is 
said  about  it.  Upon  these  two  simple  elements  is  built  the 
entire  structure  of  human  speech. 

The  Subject. 

§  242.  The  subject  of  every  sentence  must  be  either  a 
noun,  as  D^nb^j:  ^5^3  God  created  Gen.  1  :  1,  or  a  pronoun, 
as  ^255  TTiip  /(am)  holy  Lev.  11  :  44.  This  includes  infini- 
tives, which  are  verbal  nouns,  ni-J-^b  p^i22b  tbib?  to  punish 
the  just  is  not  (jood  Prov.  17  :  26,  and  adjectives  and  partici- 
ples when  used  substantively,  ^t?'^  ^'i^^r^^  <^^^  unclean  (per- 
son) shall  not  enter  2  Chron.  23  :  19,  r^r^bbn;^  n-^ni^n  ^?b  the 
dead  shall  not  praise  the  Lord  Ps.  115  :  17. 

a.  The  snhject  of  a  Pentence  may  be  a  noun  preceded  by  the  preposition 
p  in  a  partitive  sense.  nrr.",i3  JiS'J^  there  xcent  out.  (some)  of  the  people 
Ex.  10:27.  or  by  the  particle  of  comparison  S,  ntj-n?  r:i3  (something) 
like  a  plague  has  appeared  Lev.  14  :  35. 


§  243  THE    SUBJECT.  2G9 

b.  When  the  subject  is  an  infinitive,  it  is  mostly,  as  in  English,  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  h  to.  minb  zi'J  (it  is)  good  to  give  thanks  Ps. 
92; 2.  unless  it  is  in  the  construct  before  a  following  noun  ni'^n  -"ii-xb 
i'nsb  cixn  man's  being  alone  (is)  not  good  Gen.  2: 18. 

c.  The  subject  is  very  rarely  an  adverb,  nrn-",:3  bs3  •^2'^rj  mamj 
(prop,  much)  of  the  jyeople  have  fallen  2  Sam.  1:4. 

§  243.  The  subject  may  be  omitted  in  the  following  cases, 


VIZ. 


1.  When  it  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection, 
^■32?  ^iyn  is  there  yet  with  thee  (a  corpse)  ?  Am.  6  :  1 0,  or  is 
obvious  in  itself,  nib;  inb5  (his  mother)  hare  him  1  Kin.  1  :  G. 
The  personal  pronouns  are  for  this  reason  rarely  used  before 
verbal  forms,  which  of  themselves  indicate  the  person,  ''ri"i^i$ 
I  said,  J?*!^^^  thou  saidst,  unless  with  the  view  of  expressing 
emphasis  or  opposition,  ^:^p  "^H^-.^J  ^-gr'?  ^^^^  ^n  they  are 
brought  doivn  and  fallen,  but  ive  are  risen  Ps.  20  :  9. 

2.  When  it  is  indefinite ;  thus,  if  an  action  is  spoken  of 
and  it  is  not  known  or  is  not  stated  by  whom  it  is  performed. 
The  third  person  plural  may  be  so  employed,  b^i^rb  n"i5]:n  and 
they  told  Saul  1  Sam.  18  :  20,  or  third  person  singular,  comp. 
the  French  on  and  German  man,  bha  rmD  i^njj  one  called  its 
name  Babel  i.  e.  its  name  teas  called  Babel,  or  the  second 
person  singular,  particularly  in  laws  or  in  proverbs,  the  lan- 
guage of  direct  address  being  employed  while  every  one  who 
hears  is  intended,  bcD  Tjb-nb?n-b^b  thou  shalt  not  make  unto 
thee  a  y raven  imaye  Ex.  20  :  4,  ^sb  nonnb  njjinn  apjjly  thine 
heart  unto  instruction  Prov.  23  :12. 

a.  Sometimes  the  word  iL'^^it  man  is  used  as  an  indefinite  subject, 
♦l^i  iripba  \:J'^j<ri  ""^x  n's  a  man  said  thus,  when  he  icent^  etc.  1  Sam.  9:  9, 
and  sometimes  the  participle  of  the  following  verb,  ?t"^'n  "'^'-V'!'  and  the 
hearer  shall  hear  2  Sam.  17  : 9.  c^ili^.h  Jiir"}n  ploughers  ploughed.  Ps.  129  :  3. 

b.  The  third  person  plural  indefinite  seems  to  be  used  sometimes  with- 
out any  thought  of  the  real  agency  concerned  in  the  action  spoken  of  and 
where  the  English  would  require  a  passive  construction,  "'b"'):^  hh'S  t^lb'^b 
wearisome  nights  are  appointed  to  me  lit.  they  have  appointed  Job  7 : 3. 

*  "151  is  an  abbreviation  for  ^^i^i  et  completio,  and  so  forth,  §9.  1. 


270  SYNTAX.  §  244, 245 

3.  When  the  construction  is  impersonal;  in  this  case 
the  third  person  singular  masculine  is  the  form  commonly 
adopted,  ^T^^?  ^'^T^^  let  it  not  he  grievous  in  thy  sigJit  Gen. 
21  :  12,  bn^n  TX  then  it  ivas  begun  i.e.  men  began,  though 
the  feminine  is  also  employed  on  account  of  its  special  affinity 
with  the  neuter,  ^^7^!''5  '^V\^  and  Israel  id  as  distressed  lit.  it 
was  strait  to  Israel  Judg.  10:9. 

§244.  1.  The  subject  maybe  extended  by  connecting  two 
or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  and  thus  forming  what  is  called 
a  compound  subject,  Di??^"'^?!  H^jni  D^t^^i  ^T^-  ci^d  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  their  host  loere  finished  Gen. 
2:1,  niba  ni^inn  ^l^^  and  I  and  the  lad  will  go  Gen.  22:5. 

2.  Or  it  may  be  extended  by  adding  to  the  noun  an 
article,  adjective,  demonstrative  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  another  noun  with  which  it  may  be  either  in  apposition 
or  in  construction.  When  thus  united  with  other  qualifying 
words  the  noun  alone  is  called  the  grammatical  subject,  the 
noun,  together  with  its  adjuncts,  is  called  the  logical  subject. 


The  Article. 

§  245.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Hebrew  as  in  other 
languages  to  particularize  the  object  spoken  of,  and  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others.  It  is  accordingly  prefixed  in  the 
following  cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  thing  referred  to  is  one  which  has  been 
mentioned  before,  and  God  said.  Let  there  be  T^Y)  a  firma- 
ment, etc.,  and  God  made  VVT!^  the  firmament  Gen.  1  :  6,  7. 

2.  When  it  is  defined  by  accompanying  words,  as  a  rela- 
tive clause,  ^i^  t[^n  ^i  nife^;  t-^X)  "^^ty^  blessed  is  the  man 
who  has  not  walked,  etc.,  Ps.  1  : 1,  an  adjective,  b45n  ^iiiian 
the  greater  light,  pj^n  nixian  the  lesser  light  Gen.  1  :  16,  or 
a  demonstrative  pronoun,  ^T\  a  mountain,  nin  ^r\r\  this  moun- 
tain, x^rn  ^nn   that  mountain,    or   by   being   directly  ad- 


§245  THE    ARTICLE.  271 

dressed,  ^^n    0  king  1    Sam.  17:55,  0"?^?^    0  heavens^ 
n^n  0  earth  Deut.  32  : 1. 

3.  When  it  is  obviously  suggested  by  the  eircumstances, 
or  may  be  presumed  to  be  well  known :  she  emptied  her 
pitcher  into  l^i^ii^'n  the  trough  Gen  24  :  20,  viz.,  the  one  which 
must  have  been  by  a  well  used  for  watering  cattle  ;  Ahime' 
lech  looked  through  T^Dv^  the  icindoiv  Gen.  26  :8,  i.  e.  of  the 
house  in  which  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  he  was ;  let  us  go 
to  nxhn  the  (well-known)  seer  1  Sam.  9:9. 

a.  The  article  is  accordingly  used  as  in  Greek  and  in  eome  modern  lan- 
guages in  place  of  an  uneraphatic  possessiv^  pronoun:  she  took  '^{^V'l'n  the 
veil  Gen.  24:65,  i.e.  the  one  which  she  had,  or.  according  to  the  English 
idiom,  her  veil ;  David  took  "lissn  the  harp  i.  e.  his  harp  1  Sam.  16 :  23,  so 
the  LXX.  eXdjxfSave  AavlS  ttjv  KLVvpav. 

b.  With  words  denoting  time  it  expresses  the  present  as  that  which 
would  most  readily  occur  to  the  mind,  ci'n  the  day  i.  e.  that  which  is  now 
passing,  to-day  Gen.  4 :  14,  f^^^^n  the  night  i.  e.  to-night  Gen.  30: 15.  nri'n 
the  year  i.  e.  this  year  Jer.  2S :  16.  c"Qfi  the  time  i.  e.  this  time  Gen.  29 :  35, 
unless  another  idea  is  more  naturally  suggested  by  the  context,  ci'^n  iSn'^ 
and  it  came  to  pass  on  the  day  i.  e.  at  the  period  before  spoken  of  at  that 
time  1  Sam.  1  :4,  Job  1 :  6. 

4.  When  it  is  distinsfuished  above  all  others  of  like  kind 
or  is  the  only  one  of  its  class,  n;^sn  the  housey'vL.  of  God,  the 
temple  Mic.  3:12,  ^r\s,r\  the  Lord  Isa.  1  :  24,  D'^nbi^n  the 
(true)  God,  ^i^^r\  the  heavens,  ^sn  the  earth  Gen.  1:1, 
«'i:n  the  sun  Gen.  15  :  12. 

5.  When  it  is  an  appellative  noun  used  in  a  generic  or 
universal  sense,  ^")nn  the  sicord  devoureth  one  as  icell  as 
another  2  Sam.  11  :  25  ;  theg  shall  mount  vp  tcith  icings 
D^nrrs  as  the  eagles  Isa.  40  :  31,  and  sometimes  when  it  is  a 
material  or  abstract  noun,  in  which  case  the  Enghsh  idiom  does 
not  admit  the  article,  ^67/<?r^  there  is  ^ti^t^  gold  Gen.  2:11 
LXX.  TO  ;^/Duo-/oz/;  thyioine  mixed  D''^3  with  water  Isa.  1 :  22, 
ichere  shall  •^^9nn  wisdom  he  found  ?  Job  28  :  12  LXX.  r]  Be 
ao(f)ia  kt\;  they  smote  the  men  D''"il?Da  with  blindness  Gen. 
19:11. 


272  SYNTAX.  §246 

a.  The  article  is  thus  used  with  adjectives  to  denote  the  class,  which 
they  describe.  God  shall  judge  yir'in'r.xi  p">"7^n"n5<  the  righteous  and  the 
wicked  Eccl.  3:17j  the  proverb  of  "istinjsn  the  ancients  1  Sam.  24:14; 
and  with  Gentile  nouns,  which  are  properly  adjectives,  §194.  1,  "'T'ai^n  the 
Amorite,  ''i?'.,?^^!  the  Canaanite,  Gen.  15:21. 

b.  The  Hebrew  infinitive  does  not  receive  the  article;  ris"n ,  which  is 
the  only  exception,  see  Gen.  2:9  and  elsewhere,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
noun.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  article  is  prefixed  to  finite  tenses  of  the 
verb  with  the  force  of  a  relative  pronoun,  Nsiibrin  who  went  Josh.  10:24, 
Ti^^^^ri  that  shall  be  born  Judg.  13:8,  d^-npnri  which  he  sanctified  1  Chron. 
26:28,  ix:^";?^  who  are  present  1  Chron.  29:17.  'i'^iva  into  (the  place) 
which  he  ]>repared  2  Chron.  1:4;  so  also  2  Chron.  29:36,  Ezr.  8:25, 
10:  14,  17.  Isa.  56  :  3,  Jer.  5;  13,  Dan.  8:1.  It  is  once  prefixed  to  a  prepo- 
sition, n-'prn  what  (was)  upon  it  1  Sam.  9:24. 

c.  In  the  uses  of  the  article,  as  stated  above,  Nos.  4  and  5  are  'really 
varieties  of  No.  3,  since  the  prominent  member  of  a  class  is  the  best  known 
and  most  readily  suggested,  and  when  a  word  is  used  generically  it 
designates  a  definite  and  well-known  class  of  objects  which  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  every  other  class. 

d.  The  Hebrew  article  is  sometimes  found  where  the  English  requires 
the  indefinite  article  or  none  at  all ;  but  it  must  not  on  that  account  be  sup- 
posed that  it  ever  loses  its  proper  force  or  becomes  equivalent  to  an  in- 
definite article.  The  difference  of  idiom  is  due  to  a  difference  in  the  mode 
of  conception.  Thus,  in  comparisons  the  Hebrew  commonly  conceived  of 
the  whole  class  of  objects  of  which  he  spoke,  while  we  mostly  think  of 
one  or  more  individuals  belonging  to  the  class,  "jiSS  as  (the)  a  nest,  Isa. 
10:14,  1ES3  as  (the)  a  scroll  Isa.  34:4,  like  rending  "'"i^n  (the)  a  kid 
Judg.  14:6,  as  C'^h'^n  (the)  bees  do  Deut.  1 :  44.  oii^rs  as  (the)  scarlet, 
sbirs  as  (the)  snow,  rsins  as  (the)  crimson,  "i^SS  as  (the)  wool  Isa.  1 :  18. 
Cases  also  not  infrequently  occur  in  which  the  article  may  either  be  in- 
serted or  omitted  with  equal  propriety  and  without  any  material  change 
of  sense,  according  as  the  noun  is  to  the  mind  of  the  speaker  definite  or 
indefinite.  In  speaking  of  the  invasion  of  his  father's  flocks.  David  says, 
■inx.n  the  lion  and  ni^n  the  bear  came  1  Sam.  17  :  34,  because  he  thinks 
of  these  as  the  enemies  to  be  expected  under  the  circumstances;  had  he 
thought  of  them  indefinitely  as  beasts  of  prey  he  would  have  said,  without 
the  article,  a  lion  and  a  bear.  It  is  said.  Gen.  13  :  2,  that  Abram  was  very 
rich  znn!)  :iD32  fi3pH3  in  (the)  cattle,  in  (the)  silver,  and  in  (the)  gold, 
since  these  are  viewed  as  definite  and  well-known  species  of  property; 
but  in  Gen.  24:  35  he  hath  given  him  zn}"}  qODT  -i;^3^  'i<d  Jlocks  aiid  herds 
and  silver  and.  gold,  these  are  viewed  indefinitely  in  Hebrew  as  in  English. 

§  246.  Nouns  are  definite  without  the  article  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases,  viz. : 

1.  Proper   nouns,  which   are   definite   by  signification, 
Dn'ini?  Abraham^  1?b3  Canaan,  P^^^"i!'  Jerusalem. 


§246  THE    ARTICLE.  273 

a.  Proper  names,  originally  applied  in  an  appellative  sense,  sometimes 
retain  the  definite  article,  brin  the  lord,  Baal,  'ail"n  the  adversary.  Satan, 
"ihin  the  river,  the  Euphrates,  "iT!'}.'!  ''''^  descending  (stream),  the  Jor- 
dan. '032^n  the  white  (mountain).  Lebanon,  b'2";i2fi  the  garden,  Carmel, 
"i23n  the  circuit  of  the  Jordan,  nQ^:ari  the  waich-toicer,  Mizpah.  C^l^fJ 
and  ens  tlte  (first)  man,  Adam,  n-^ribxH  and  c-ribx  the  (true)  God.  In 
ntssr:  -jzb  "^kn  the  half  tribe  of  Maimsseh  Deut.  3:  13  and  often  else- 
where, the  article  makes  more  prominent  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression: it  also  occurs  without  the  article,  e.  g.  Num.  32:33. 

2.  Nouns  with  suffixes,  which  are  rendered  definite  by 
the  appended  pronoun,  irix  our  father,  i^i^  his  namey  but 

in  Greek  6  Trarrjp  yp^cbv,  TO  ovo/xa  avrov. 

a.  There  are  a  few  instances  in  which,  for  special  reasons,  the  article 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  having  suffixes.  It  is  emphatic  in  'i'^'^nn  the  (other) 
half  of  them  Josh.  8:33,  opposed  to  a  preceding  i'^'^n  07ie  half  of  them  ;  so 
in  nn-iz^a  Isa.  24:2.  In  Ti^nrsi  nbs^  the  worth  of  thy  estimation  Lev. 
27  :  23.  it  serves  to  indicate  more  clearly  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression ;  so  ■'r'v'.rjvj  m"'^^  ^^  ^^^  midst  of  my  tent  Josh.  7:21,  "i'^^'nn  Tjina 
in  the  midst  of  its  fold  Mic.  2  :  12.  '^"'rinnin'bs  the  whole  of  the  women  with 
child  2  Kin.  15  :  16;  in  in:?^^b  Prov.  16:4  it  distinguishes  the  noun  Piir^TS 
from  the  preposition  "j^^b. 

b.  A  suffix  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  participle  does  not  supersede 
the  necessity  of  the  article,  inis^an  the  (one)  smiting  him  Isa.  9:12, 
'n^^'^eH  ift(^  (one)  bringing  thee  up  Ps.  81 :  11,  "'Dnar^n  the  (one)  crowning 
thee  Ps.  103  :  4. 

3.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  definite  noun, 
whether  this  has  the  article  D'iaisn  "inDis  the  stars  of  heaven 
Gen.  26  :  4,  D'^inipn  ^^-^  the  feet  of  the  priests  Josh.  3  :  13, 
is  a  proper  name,  ^^'i^'^  '^t?^»P  the  tribes  of  Israel  Ex.  24  : 4, 
r\yT\'}  ni"7  the  loord  of  Jehovah  Gen.  15:1,  has  a  pronominal 
suffix,  ^■'t?!')?  ""n^sa  the  first  fruits  of  thy  labours,  ^""in-irs  the 
wives  of  his  som  Gen.  7  :  13,  or  is  itself  definite  by  construc- 

•  tion,  r-.SsD^n  n-ip  nn?^  the  cave  of  the  field  of  Machpelah 
Gen.  23  :  19,  nin^^-rr^na  liii^  the  ark  of  the  covenant  of  Je- 
hovah Josh.  3:3. 

a.  Nouns  in  the  construct  are  occasionally  found  with  the  article, 
nnb  nbrxri  to  the  tent  of  Sarah  Gen.  24  :  67.  b5<-r-3  bxn  the  God  of^ 
Bethel  Gen.' 31  :  13,  anxn  "^n-n  the  pin  of  the  web  Judg.  16:  14.  rnrinn  bs 
D^isn  all  the  abominations  of  the  nations  1  Kin.  14  :  24.  :-nbNn-:;"X  "^^j^n 
the  grave  of  the  man  of  God  2  Kin.  23  :  17,  y^kri  niDbs^an-bs  all  the  king- 
18 


274  SYNTAX.  §247  248 

doms  of  the  earth  Jer.  25 :  26.  f^fP^ri  ^Ss^!  the  bill  of  the  purchase,  Jer. 
32:12,  nr::b  ^^ri  Jer.  48:32;  see  Josh.  3:11,  8:11.  1  Chron.  15:27, 
2  Chron.  8  ':  16.  15  :  8.  Ezr.  S  :  29,  Isa.'  36  :  8,  Ezek.  45  :  16,  47  :  15,  Zeph. 
3:19.  Zech.  4:7.  Ps.  123:4;  also  1  Sam.  26:22  K'thibh,  2  Kin.  7:13 
K'thibh.  where  the  K'ri  omits  ihe  article, 

b.  Gentile  nouns,  derived  from  a  compound  proper  name,  frequently  re- 
ceive tlie  article  before  the  second  member  of  the  compound,  '^3"'^"n"'? 
the  Btnjam.ite  Judg.  3:15,  iB^^'n-n"^!!  the  Bethshemite  1  Sam.  6:14, 
lisn'^n  n^2  the  Belhlehemite  1  Sam.  16:18,  ■^*'!3.;n  '^is:  the  Abiezrite 
Jiidg.  6:11.  though  this  last  word  also  appears  in  the  abbreviated  form 
^''^.W^^  ^^"''-  26:30. 

§  247.  The  article  is  frequently  omitted  in  the  brief  and 
emphatic  language  of  poetry,  where  it  would  be  required  in 
prose,  fiiJ-^Db^  kin^s  of  (the)  earth  Ps.  2  :  2,  txilD,  ^isb  in 
the  presence  of  (the)  sun  Ps.  72  :  17,  "^l?ii  i^n«  n^t?  ^isx  (the) 
tcatchman  says,  (the)  morning  comes  Isa.  21 :  12  ;  to  give 
i^i^n  tj"pi  both  sanctuary  and  host  to  he  tramf)ledJ)diW.  8  :13. 

a.  Occasional  instances  occur  of  its  being  dropped  from  familiar  or  fre- 
quently repeated  expressions  in  prose,  rt3"j  ri'^'ins  ^r  to  year''s  end  Deut. 
11:12,  nri?3  bnxa  in  (the)  tabernacle  (/(the)  congregation  F^i.  21  '.21 
(comp.  English  in  church),  sb^'ib  (the)  captain  of  (the)  host  1  Kin. 
16:16,  T|^t?  ^^^^^  ^^^^  Lemuel  Prov.  31:1;  also  in  geographical  and 
architectural  details,  such  technical  terms  as  b^cril  and  (the)  border  Josh. 
13  :  23.  2nn^  and  (the)  breadth  2  Chron.  3:3. 

b.  When  two  definite  nouns  are  connected  by  arid  the  article  is  com- 
monly repeated  ;  it  may,  however,  particularly  in  poetry,  stand  only  before 
the  first  and  be  understood  with  the  second. 'M;oe  unto  Wppr\T]  the  (persons) 
decreeing  unrighteous  decrees  CliiriS'S!!  and  writing,  etc.  Isa.  10:1.  ^22n 
'niiz':  O  psaltery  and  harp  Ps.  57  :  9.  Still  more  rarely  a  pronominal  suffix 
may  be  attached  to  the  first  only  of  two  words  to  which  it  belongs,  ''•rs 
n'l'a^'i  my  strength  and.  song  Ex.  15:2. 

§  248.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew ;  indefinite 
nouns  are  sufficiently  characterized  as  such  by  the  absence 
of  the  article.  Thus,  'inj  a  river  Gen.  2:10,  D"^i2?":£-D2i  nsvaa 
both  chariots  and  horseme7i  Gen.  50  :  9,  '^'^^y\  ^^0  milk  and 
honey  Ex.  3  :  8,  D'^ti^  b^5?  an  infant  of  clays  Isa.  65  :  20. 

a.  The  numeral  "inx  one  is  occasionally  employed  in  the  sense  of  an 
indefinite  article,  "nx  bo  a  basket  Ex.  29:3.  "ini<  ^^^  a  wan  Judg.  13:2. 
or  in  the  construct  before  a  plural  noun,  nibnsn  nnx  one  of  the  foolish 
women  i.  e.  a  foolish  woman  Job  2 :  10. 


§249  ADJECTIVES    AND    DEMONSTRATIVES.  275 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives. 

§249.  1.  Adjectives  and  participles,  qualifying  a  noun, 
are  commonly  placed  after  it  and  agree  ^vith  it  not  only  in 
o-ender  and  number  but  in  definiteness,  that  is  to  say,  if  the 
noun  is  indefinite  they  remain  without  the  article,  but  if  the 
noun  is  made  definite,  whether  by  the  article  or  in  any  of  the 
ways  specified  in  §  24 G,  they  receive  the  article,  nbri  )zl  a 
wise  son  Prov.  10:11,  fc??"^  l^^n  a  hridegroom  going  out  Ps. 
19  :  6,  raiion  fn^jn  the  good  IandJ)Qwi.  1  -.35,  D^iinn  -^tjnn 
thg  manifold  mercies  Neh.  9:19.  If  more  than  one  adjec- 
tive accompany  a  definite  noun,  the  article  is  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  i^iisni  "liD^n  nirn  the  glorious  and  fearful 
name  Deut.  28  :  58. 

a.  The  adjective  c-'2'n  many  is  in  a  few  instances,  for  the  sake  of 
o^reater  emphasis,  prefixed  to  the  noun  which  it  qualifies,  D'^33  D''2'n  many 
sons  1  Chron.  28 :  5.  n-^h-J  nia-i  many  times  Neh.  9  :  28.  so  Ps.  32  :  10,  89: 51, 
Jer.  16:  16.  Other  instances  are  rare.  ina>^  "iT  his  strange  icork.  '^';"?33 
innb?  his  strange  task  Isa.  28:21,  '''n33?  p'^'n^  my  righteous  servajit  Isa.. 
53: 11,  iHPinx  ^7"i53  her  treacherous  sister  Jer.  3  :  7,  10. 

b.  Some  exceptional  cases  occur,  in  which  an  adjective  qualifying  a 
definite  noun  does  not  receive  the  article,  S^ir^jn  Th"J7\  the  new  cart 
2  Sam.  6:3,  H^nsj  -(Ef.rr  the  strange  vine  Jer.  2:21,  Ezek.  39:27,  Dan. 
8:13,  11:31;  or  when  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  a  suffix,  "^nji  ni:Tiit 
your  other  brother  Gen.  43: 14,  ^nx  bzsn  the  one  lamb  Num.  28:4,  Ezek. 
31 :  12.  Haor.  1  :  4.  In  nrn  ona'n  an  evil  report  respecting  them  Gen.  37  :2, 
the  suffix  denotes  the  object  and  the  noun  is  really  indefinite.  Comp. 
§  246.  2.  b. 

c.  On  the  otlier  hand,  the  article  is  sometimes  dropped  from  the  noun, 
but  retained  before  the  adjective,  n^iisri  ^kn  the  great  court  1  Kin.  7: 12, 
■*.^lL'rn  \r"^x  the  rich  man  2  Sam.  12:4,  bi^r«n  ^ii  the  great  well  1  Sam. 
19:22,  Neh.  9:35,  Ps.  104:  18,  Jer.  27:3,  32^:  14.  40  :3  K'thibh,  Ezek.  9:2, 
Zech.  4:7;  so  with  the  ordinal  numbers,  "'^•Tl'ri  ci"^  the  sixth  day  Gen. 
1:31,  2:3,  Ex.  20:10.  Deut.  5:  14,  Judg.  0:25,  Jer.  38:14. 

2.  Demonstrative  pronouns  follow  the  same  rule  of  posi- 
tion and  agreement,  only  the  nouns  which  they  qualify  are 
invariably  definite,  §245.  2,  T\hr\  Di'Ti  this  dag  Gen.  7  :  13, 
n^ii?n  D^nn^n  these  things  Gen.  15:1,  n^nn  D"^r:i5n  those 
men  Num.  9:7.     If  both  an  adjective  and  a  demonstrative 


276  SYNTAX.  P50 

qualify  the  same  noun,  the  demonstrative  is  placed  last,  V";)J?n 
ri^in  raicon  Deut.  9  :  6,  r^^^r}  r^nn  ninbn  D-iiijn  these  good 
years  that  (are)  coming  Gen.  41  :  35. 

a.  The  demonstrative  HT  occasionally  stands  emphatically  before  its 
noun,  rrr^  T\\  this  Moses  Ex.  32:1,  where  it  is  probably  contemptuous 
like  the  Latin  isle,  ^3^nb  nt  this  our  bread  Josh.  9:  12,  Judg.  5:5.  1  Sam. 
17:55.  50.  crn  ni  this  people  Isa.  23:  13,  Hab.  1:  11.  The  demonstrative 
both  follows  the  noun  and  is  repeated  after  the  adjective  in  n^Nln  c'";iin 
Hiixn  ci'nx^'in  these  nations  these  that  remain  Josh.  23  :  7.  12. 

V  ••    T  ■    T     :  •    - 

h.  The  article  is  sometimes  omitted  from  the  demonstrative,  ^iT  '^i'nri 
this  generalinn  Ps.  12:8,  Nin  nb-^Js  in  ^Aa^  night  Gen.  19:33,  30:16, 
32:23.  1  Sam.  19:10,  particularly  if  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  means 
of  a  suffix,  rXT  ^m"3d  this  my  oath  Gen.  24:8,  n^X  "^rhx  these  7ny  signs 
Ex.  10:1,  11:8,  Deut.  11:18.  Josh.  2:14,  20,  Judg.  6:14,  1  Kin.  22:23, 
2Chron.  18:22,  24:18,  Jer.  31:21. 

c.  The  article  is  still  more  rarely  dropped  from  the  noun,  'n^T]  'CZ'^  155^ 
this  small  quantity  of  honey  1  Sam.  14:  29,  ri-tn  ^n-^SX  t^k  that  Ephr'athit'e 
17: 12,  riT  ^bn  this  sickness  2  Kin.  1 :  2,  8  :  8. 


Numerals. 

Cardinal  Numbers. 

§250.  1.  The  numeral  IHij  07ie  is  treated  like  other  ad- 
jectives, and  follows  the  rules  of  position  and  agreement 
already  given,  "insj  Dip's  one  place  Gen.  1  :  9,  tini^r^  5"'?''"i^n 
the  one  curtain  Ex.  26  :  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  noun  is  in  the  construct  before  the  nu- 
meral one^  "ini^  133^73  one  law  Lev.  24:22,  inx  "pnit^  a  chest  2  Kin.  12: 10, 
"^rj^  ^n?  one  governor  Isa.  36  :  9,  comp.  §254.  6.  b. 

2.  The  other  cardinal  numbers  are  joined  to  nouns  as 
follows,  viz. : 

(1.)  They  commonly  stand  before  the  noun  to  which 
they  belong  and  in  the  absolute  state,  D'^i^^  ^k^l^  foi(^r 
kings  Gen.  14  :  9,  ^"^5?  D'^irir  sixty  cities  Deut.  3  :  4,  rka 
D*ip«iBS  a  hundred  cakes  of  raisins  2  Sam.  16  : 1,  n"^£^N|  J^»?in 
D'^O'ns  52a?  thousand  horsemen  1  Sam.  13  :  5. 

(2.)  Such  as  have  a  distinct  form  for  the  construct  (viz. 


§  251  NUMERALS.  277 

2-10,  Ti^'Q  hundred,  ''Bbi^  thousands)  may  also  stand  before 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  D"^in  ^'ixb  two  sons  prop,  tioo 
of  sons  Gen.  10  :  25,  u^^'l  ryinx  four  days  Judg.   11  :  40, 

D"":-!};:  riv-a  a  hundred  sockets  Ex.  38 :  27,  D"^5'^5  ^sbx  t\t^t 
three  thousand  camels  Job  1  :  3. 

a.  The  i, umbers  two.  three,  four^  and  seven,  occur  with  the  suffixes  of 
prDiiouiis  vvliich  are  in  apposition  with  them.  13n':s  13"'3Tr  we.  bulk  of  us 
1  Sam.  20  :  42.  in'^ni::  /Ae</  iw;o  or  6o//<  of  them  1  Sam.  25 :  43.  csndbu  ye 
three,  cri'rbc;  they  three  Num.  12  :  4,  cri"3-is  they  four  Dan.  1:17.  nn>3a 
they  seven  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri.  The  following  numerals  occur  with  pro- 
nominal suffixes  iiaving  a  possessive  sense,  Ti^'vL^isn  thy  ffly,  T'k'Tsn  his 
fifty  2  Kin.  1 :  10.  Dn^;i;7:n  their ffties  ver.  14.  ^bbx  my  thousand  Judg. 
6:15,  cb-'sbx  your  thousands  1  Sam.  10:19,  I'^J^-^*;}  his  ten  thousands 
1  Sam.  IS:?' 

(3.)  Less  frequently  the  numerals  stand  after  the  noun 
in  the  absolute  state,  "J'^i  J^TO;i2  seven  stejjs  Ezek.  40  :  22, 
D-i-Sir:^  riiris;  tiventj/  she-asses  Gen.  32:16,  C]b^-nxTa  u^^22  a 
hundred  thousand  talents  1  Chron.  22  :  14. 

§251.  1.  The  nnits  (including  ten),  whether  they  stand 
singly  or  are  compounded  with  other  numbers,  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  gender,  ninb"!  irbij  three  leaves  Jer.  36:23, 
^nn  -"^o  niDbiiJ  three  baskets  of  bread  Gen.  40  :  16,  ni?sni5 
D'^ibss  ^y^li  fourteen  lambs  Num.  29  :  15  ;  the  other  nmnerals 
observe  no  distinction  of  gender. 

a.  When  the  units  qualify  nitt^  hundreds  or  CE^l^.  thousands,  their 
gender  is  determined  by  that  of  these  words  respectively.  In  I'^jn— ^ui;  ncBia 
the  three  wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  the  masculine  adjective  is  probably 
to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  noun,  though  in  reality  feminine,  has 
a  masf.uline  termination. 

2.  Nouns  accompanied  by  the  units  (2-10)  are  almost 
invariably  plural,  while  those  which  are  preceded  by  the  tens 
(20-90)  or  numbers  compounded  with  them  (21,  etc.),  are 
commonly  put  in  the  singular,  "b-^b  D^i^nnxi  Di^  w^^T)^  fortj/ 
days  and  forty  nights  Gen.  7  : 4,  n:ir  D'^febirn  ^%y^four  and 
thirty  years  Gen.  11 :  16,  c^b^  S'nfcn  nrtj  ninir:^  twenty  years 
and  seven  years  Gen.  23:1. 


278  SYNTAX.  ^  251 

a.  This  phenomenon  is  probably  to  be  accounted  for  upon  a  principle 
analogous  to  that  by  which  the  anomalous  terminations  for  gender  in  the 
numerals  has  been  explained,  §223.  2.  When  the  numeral  has  itself  a 
plural  form,  as  it  has  in  the  tens,  the  plurality  of  the  entire  expression  is 
sufficiently  indicated  without  giving  a  plural  ending  to  the  noun  likewise. 
But  with  the  units  which  have  a  singular  termination,  the  noun  must  take 
a  plural  form.  It  may  be  observed,  however,  that  this  peculiarity  chiefly 
affects  a  certain  class  of  nouns,  viz.  those  which  are  most  frequently 
numbered,  and  in  which,  consequently,  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  the 
expression  by  retrenching  the  plural  ending  is  most  strongly  manifested. 
These  are  such  as  ^""5$  man,  and  various  measures  of  time,  space,  weight, 
etc..  e.  g.  <ny^  y^cif,  D"'"'  ^^^V-  '^^^  cubit,  "^"^h  shekel.  These  nouns  are 
also  found,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  singular  with  hnwlreds  and 
thousands,  T^yd  T\\A'Q  S'lrn  nine  hundred  years  Gen.  5:5,  n'bx  r;bj<  a 
thousand  cubits  Num.  35:  4,  and  with  the  numbers  from  11  to  19,  Inirrn 
bp'i  "libs  fifteen  shekels  Lev.  27:  7.  Comp.  in  German  hundert  Fuss  lang, 
funfzig  Pfund  schwer,  and  in  English  twenty  head  of  cattle,  a  ten  foot 
pole. 

b.  The  numbers  from  2  to  10  are  very  rarely  found  with  singular  nouns, 
nyj  nit'ii  eight  years  2  Kin.  22:  1,  HTSX  dbd  three  cubits  25:  17  K'thibh 
where  the  K'ri  has  nisit.  The  tens  are  occasionally  followed  by  the 
plural  D^i'")^  nqb-j  thirty  companions  Judg.  14:11.  b-^n-tsa  d-^d'tc'J 
eighty  sons  of  valour  2  Chron.  26:17,  n-'^b';'  "^b^si  wy^-iii  forty-two  chil- 
dren 2  Kin.  2:  24.  When  the  noun  precedes  the  numeral  it  is  always  put 
in  the  plural. 

c.  In  enumerations  of  familiar  objects  the  noun  is  sometimes  omitted, 
when  the  meaning  is  sutficiently  plain  from  the  connection,  zH  n^'i':;.;  tcii 
(shekels)  of  gold  Gen.  24:22,  qos  nixTS  dbj  three  hundred  (shekeh)  of 
silver  Gen.  45:22,  on!i">nd  two  (loaves)  of  bread  1  Sam.  10:4,  D"''ni'b-^"'J 
six  (ephahs)  of  barley  Ruth  3:  15.  In  measurements,  the  word  n^as  cvhit 
is  occasionally  preceded  by  the  preposition  3  ,  thus  n:a5<3  2.'2-^x  four  by 
the  cubit  i.  e.  four  cubits. 

3.  Compound  numbers  may  either  proceed  from  the 
higher  to  the  lower  denomination,  ni'nn^*'!  D-ifen  a^ns^rj  qbs< 
a  thousand  two  luindred  fifty  and  four  Neh.  7  :  34,  or  the  re- 
verse, nb^  T^'a^  n^iribi^:^  :?nfe  seven  and  thirti/  and  a  lunidi-ed 
years  Ex.  6  :  16.  The  noun  sometimes  stands  at  the  begin- 
ning or  end  of  the  entire  series  as  in  preceding  examples, 
and  sometimes  it  is  repeated  after  each  numeral,  niir  n^^^ 
Q">3tj  rni^l  nbij  Q'^l'ivi?'!  a  hundred  years  and  twenty  years  and 
seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 

4.  Numeral  adjectives  may  receive  the  article  when  they 
represent  an  absolute  number,  or  the  noun  is  not  expressed ; 


^252  ORDINAL    NUMBERS,    ETC.  279 

but  when  they  are  joined  to  a  definite  noun  the  latter  alone 
receives  the  article,  n'^r.i^n  {the)  tico  are  better  tha/i  "ni^n 
{the)  one  Eccles.  4  :  9,  D"'i^:?nxn  the  forty  Gen.  18  :  29,  c^ir^n 
DpvSin  the  fifty  riyhteous  ver.  28,  'i^rii^  ''riTS  his  two  daugh- 
ters 19  :  30,  Di^n  D-'ianx  the  forty  days  Deut.  9  :  25. 

a.  When  compound  numbers  11,  12,  etc.,  receive  the  article,  it  may  "be 
given  to  the  first  member  of  the  compound,  "i6^  D'^J^'H  thelwd\}e  1  Chron. 
25:19.27:15,  1  Kin.  ,6: 38,  or  to  the  second,  d-^x  ^%%\}.  ^^'}i'A  the  twelve 
men  Josh.  4:4,  1  Kin.  19:  19.  In  the  example  just  cited  the  article  is  given 
to  tlie  numeral  instead  of  to  the  noun,  but  in  nil'^— n'':c  ""p^sn  the  twelve 
oxen  1  Kin.  7:44,  the  general  rule  is  observed.  In  cns'anx  T^\kn  c^nb^ri 
these  four  children  Dan.  1 :  17,  the  numeral  following  a  definite  noun  re- 
ceives a  pronominal  suffix  referring  to  it. 


Ordinal  Numbers^  etc. 

§252.  1.  The  ordinal  numbers  follow  the  general  law 
of  adjectives  in  position  and  agreement  with  the  substantive, 
to  which  they  belong,  '^ii??  ^3^  a  second  sou  Gen.  30  :7,  J^^^'^ 
niir-^bispn  in  the  third  year  1  Kin.  18:1. 

2.  The  lack  of  ordinals  above  ten  is  supplied  by  using 
the  cardinals  instead,  which  are  then  commonly  preceded. by 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  2?nirn  D'^nt^i^niT^  the  twenty- 
seventh  year  1  Kin.  16:10,  although  this  order  is  not  always 
observed,  nil?  rnirri^J?"'?  thirteenth  year  Gen.  14  :  4. 

a.  A  fuller  form  of  expression  is  sometimes  employed,  e.  g=  f";^^ 
S".:d  inp/a'J^l  D'^'jb'J  hi  the  thirty-eighth  year  prop,  in  the  year  of  thirty-eight 
years  1  Kin.  16:29,  2  Kin.  15:  1. 

b.  In  dates  the  cardmals  are  used  for  the  day  of  the  month  and  some- 
times for  the  year,  even  though  the  number  is  below  ten;  the  words  day 
and  month  are  also  frequently  omitted,  vyd  rrr  the  seventh  year  2  Kin. 
12:  I.  ■^3?"*::nn  t'\r\\  nrsnx  (he  fourth  (day)  of  the  ninth  month  Zech.  7:  1, 
''r'^ZTl'3  in  the  seventh  (month)  ver.  5. 

3.  AVhen  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts, 
§  227.  3,  they  stand  before  the  noun,  vnn  rr^rbir  the  third 
of  a  hin  Num.  15:6. 

4.  Distributive  numbers  are  formed  by  repeating  the  car- 
dinals, D:^3tj    n^iin  two  by  tivo   Gen.   7  : 9,  nrn©    nibftD  by 


280  SYNTAX.  §253 

sevens  ver.  2.  The  numeral  adverbs  once,  twice,  etc.,  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  feiuinme  of  the  cardinals,  rinjj?  once,  D^n© 
tivice  2  Kin.  6  :  10,  Ps.  62  -.12,  or  by  means  of  the  noun 

d:^d  stroke  or  beat,  a'^r^s  twice  Gen.  27  :  36,  D-trrs  niri? 
/^/^  times  Job  19:3  or  cp^n  stejos,  D''??*^  tz^'^t?  //^r^^  /zV;^^^ 
Ex.  23 :  14. 

a.  This  use  of  these  nouns  has  arisen  from  the  method  of  counting  by 
beats  or  taps  with  the  hand  or  foot. 


Apposition. 

§253.  When  one  noun  serves  to  define  or  to  describe 
another  it  may  be  put  in  apposition  with  it.  This  construc- 
tion, of  which  a  more  extended  use  is  made  in  Hebrew  than 
in  occidental  languages,  may  be  employed  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  both  nouns  denote  the  same  person  or  thing, 
"ii7  ^^^n  2  Sam.  6  :  16,  or  less  commonly,  tfbtn  ^i^  13  :  39 
kin(/   David,    <"»?^^^    «^?^    a   woman    (who   was)    a   widow 

1  Kin.  7  :  14. 

2.  W^hen  the  second  specifies  the  first  by  stating  the 
material  of  which  it  consists,  its  quantity,  character  or  the 
like,  riT^rian  *ijb^n  the  oxen  the  bj-ass  i.  e.  the  brazen  oxen 

2  Kin.  16  :  17,  niajb  D''i:o  t^t  three  measures  (consisting  of) 
meal  Gen.  18:6,  ni^n  O"":'!^-:?!!!)  seven  years  {oi)  famine 
2  Sam.  24 :  13,  D'^ij;'  crnii;  mrS-j:  three  iceeks  (of)  days  Dan. 
10:3,  "isc^  n^'b;>  days  (which  are)  a  number,  i.  e.  such  as  can 
be  readily  numbered,  a  few  Num.  9  :  20,  risx  n''iri5  words 
(which  are)  truth  Prov.  22  :  21. 

a.  In  this  latter  ca?e  the  closer  connection  of  the  construct  state 
might,  with  equal  propriety,  be  employed,  §254.  4,  etc.  The  following 
examples  will  show  with  what  latitude  ihe  rule  of  apposition  is  occasion- 
ally applied,  "j^nB  rzyi  water  (which  is)  affliction  i.  e.  identified  with  it  or 
characterized  by  it  1  Kin.  22:27.  rib'rnn  •p';  i/j?'72e  (which  is)  intoxication 
I.  e.  produces  it  Ps.  60:5,  "^s- 1  "jra  past ure-cat tie  i.  e.  those  whose  charac- 
teristic it  is  that  they  have  been  in  the  pastures  1  Kin.  5:3j  bearing 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  281 

n'^^an  "(T^ijn  the  ark  viz.  the  covenant,  which  was  the  thing  of  chief  con- 
sequence about  the  ark  Josh.  3:  14,  a  hundred  thousand  "^^.^  O"'^"'^?  ^  Kin. 
3:4.  which  is  by  some  understood  to  mean  wool-bearing  rants  i.  e.  cliarac- 
terized  by  the  production  of  wool ;  according  to  others,  the  first  word  de- 
notes the  quantity  and  the  second  the  material,  rams  (of)  wool  i.  e.  as 
much  as  rams  Imve^Jleeces. 

b.  Proper  nouns,  which  have  no  construct  state,  may  be  followed  by 
qualifying  nouns  in  a  loose  sort  of  apposition.  iTniin^  onb  n''3  Bethlehem 
(in)  Judah  1   Sam.    17:12,  compare  in  English,  Princeton.  New  Jersey; 

n-^nns  cnx^  ^ipQ  Pelhor  (\n)  Mesopotamia  Deut.  23:5,  D-ir^jbD-rs  Gath 
(of)  the  Philistines  Am.  6:2;  the  destined  possessor  of  viy  house  is  p^'/S'n 
*'!?'^^??  Damascns  (in  the  person  of  its  citizen)  Eliezer  Gen.  15:2.  CTt'bx 
niX3:i  God  (of)  Hosts  Ps.  80:5,  8,  15.  20;  when  c^nbx  is  regarded  as  an 
appellative  noun  instead  of  a  proper  name,  this  divine  title  becomes 
jniX3:£  irrbx  Ps.  89:9. 

The  Construct  State  and  Suffixes.        ^^^f/?i> 

§254.  When  one  noun  is  limited  or  restricted  in  its     -^= 
meaning  by  another,  the  first  is  put  in  the  construct  statcf  ^ 
/  "If  thelimitoig  \v^d  be  a^ersqnal  proppun  it  is  ^uffix|dJto /'^ ^ 
the  noun.''   The  relation  thus  expressed  corresponds,  for  the 
most  part,  to  the  occidental  genitive  or  to  that  denoted  in 
English  by  the  preposition  of.     The  primary  notion  of  the 
grammatical  form  is  simply  the  juxtaposition  of  two  nouns, 
or  the  union  of  a  noun  and  a  pronoun,  to  represent  the  sub- 
ordination of  one  to  the  other  in  the  expression  of  a  single 
idea,  §212.     The  particular  relation,  which  it  suggests,  is 
consequently  dependent  on  the  meanings  of  the  words  them- 
selves, and  is  in  each  case  that  which  is  most  naturally  sug- 
gested by  their  combination.     Thus,  the  second  noun  or  the 
pronominal  suffix  may  denote 

1 .  The  possessor  of  that  which  is  represented  by  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  '*'^^'^^_   ^i'^n  tJie  temjjie  of  Jehovah  1  Sain.  1  :  9, 

/  n^^Dn  their  substance  Gen.  12:5.  This  embraces  the  various 
degrees  of  relationship,  nnnns?"]^  son  of  Abraham  Gen. 
25  :  12,  ^nrx  %  icfe  Gen.  12:5. 

2.  The  ichole,  of  which  the  preceding  word  denotes  a  part. 


282  SYNTAX.  §254 

^fe?  •'b/'^n^  the  poor  of  ihij  people  Ex.  23  :  11,  f-)X-^'^3D2  the 
honour  able  of  the  earth  Isa.  23:9. 

a.  The  construct  relation,  when  thus  employed,  indicates  that  the  part 
sino-led  out  from  the  whole  possesses  the  quality  referred  to  in  an  enunent 
deo-ree.  The  first  word  is  sometimes  an  abstract  noun,  I'^t^n  riip  the 
height  of  his  cedars  i.  e.  his  highest  cedars  2  Kin.  19:23.  Here  too  be- 
lono- the  superlative  expressions,  ta'^ir'niD  uinp  holy  of  holies.  D'^n'^^'H  ^'i\2i 
ihe  song  (f  songs,  S'^'l^S'.  123?  servant  of  servants^  one  that  is  a  servant  by 
way  of  eminence  when  compared  with  all  others. 

3.  An  individual  of  the  class  denoted  by  the  preceding 
noun,  thus  serving  the  purpose  of  a  more  exact  designation, 
D':n^'a  fTJj  the  land  of  Egypt  Gen.  41  :  19,  njs-nns  the  river 
(of)  Euphrates  Gen.  15:18,  D^nss:  ^%X  c(^d^r  trees,  2  Chron. 
2 : 7,  nps?;:  nrSin  tvorm  (of)  Jacob  Isa.  41  :  14,  D-^nnn  ^fc^x 
men  (who  are)  merchants  1  Kin.  10 :  15. 

4.  Tlie  material  of  which  the  preceding  noun  is  com- 
posed, nnj  dt:  a  ring  of  gold  Gen.  24 :  22,  ^T''^^  vessel  of 
wood  Lev.  ^11  :  32,  D^T2?n  ^  the  flock  of  goats  Cant.  4:1. 

5.  The  measure  of  its  extent,  value,  duration,  etc.,  ^^n^ 
D'^i^  T\-0it  a  journey  of  three  days  Jon.  3  :  3,  ""123  bpr-p  the 
weight  of  a  talent  1  Chron.  20  :  2,  "i$9^  ^I'a  men  of  number 
i.  e.  readily  numbered,  few,  Gen.  34  :  30,  Dpi:?  rrtni?  a  pos- 
session of  perpetuity  Gen.  17:8. 

6.  An  attribute,  by  which  it  is  characterized,  b^n  nii^ 
mighty  man  of  valour  Judg.  11  :  1,  "^12  fi?  /'r^?^^  of  fruit  Gen. 
1  :  11,  p^jn  «^5  valley  of  vision  i.  e.  distmguished  as  the  one 
where  visions  are  received  Isa.  22  :  1,  "^^"^Hv^  1^^  the  foch  of 
slaughter  i.e.  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  Zech.  11  :  4. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  Hebrew  uses  nouns  to  express  many  of 
the  ideas  lor  which  adjectives  are  employed  in  other  languages;  thus,  in 
the  examples  under  Nos. 4.  5,  and  Q.vesselofwood  for  wooden  vessel,  posses- 
sion of  perpetuilij  for  perpetual  possession,  viighly  man  of  valour  W^v  valiant 
mighty  nian.fock  of  slaughter  iov  g  rex  mactanda.  This  both  arises  Irom 
and  explains  the  comparative  paucity  of  adjectives  in  Hebrew:  though 
even  where  corresponding  adjectives  exist  the  other  construction  is  fre> 
quently  preferred,  nnp  -'-1:3  garments  of  holiness  Ex.  2S  :  2.  p"^""'nzv 
sacrifices  of  righteousness,  ^'^'^i^  holy  and  p"'"^^  righteous  being  used  with 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  283 

less  latitude  and  with  a  stricter  regard  to  the  ethical  idea  which  they  in- 
volve. Attributives  are  frequently  Ibrmed  by  prefixing  such  words  as 
la'^X  man.  bra  lord^  "3  i'o;z,  ra  ddughter,  to  abstract  nouns  or  other  sub- 
stantives, thus,  ^xn  ^"'X  a  man  of  form  i.  e.  comely  I  Sam.  16:  18.  C"X 
D'^"2^  mail  ofioonls  i.  e.  eloquent  Ex.  1  :  10.  ma'brri  br2  the  possessor  of 
dreams  i.  e.  dreamer  Gen.  37  :  19,  D"''2^  r3t'J""|2  son  of  eiirld  days  i.  e.  eight 
days  old  Gen.  17:12,  r';?:"*,^  son  of  death '\.  q.  deserving  to  die  1  Sam. 
20  :31.  br^bD~"'33  sons  ofuorthlessness  i.  e.  wicked  Deut.  13  :  14.  =''r^;nT3 
n':ir  daughter  of  ninety  years  i.  e.  ninety  years  old  Gen.  17  :  17. 

h.  Occasionally  in  poetry  an  adjective  instead  of  agreeing  with  its  sub- 
stantive is  treated  as  though  it  were  an  abstract  noun.  *i^|5<"!  "'Hs  vessels 
of  small  (capacity)  Isa.  22  :  24,  xb?3  "•a  ivaters  of  fulness  Ps.  73  :  lit.  r-^j-bs 
iii'ij.n  perhaps  every  house  of  great  (size),  though  others  render  every  great 
(man's)  house  Jer.  52:13.  So  sometimes  an  adverb.  i:2."a  ^rxa  few  men 
Deut.  26:5,  T'in  n^r  continual  burnt  of ering  Num.  28:6,  n:n  'X.r\  hlood 
(shed)  causelessly  1  Kin.  2:31,  C^T"  'in^  enemies  in  the  day  time  Ezek. 
30 :  16,  c^ni  -(^ix  dumb  stone  Hab.  2  :  19.  or  adverbial  phrase,  3n;5^  ^n'bx 
a  God  nigh  at  hand,  P""J1?.  ^H"^^.  "  ^o^  "f^''  of  Jcr.  23:  23. 

7.  The  source  from  which  the  preceding  noun  is  derived, 
nnh;'  r-\ir^  the  law  of  Jehovah  Y.x.  13:9,  niria  ns6  //^^  book 
of  Moses  2  Chron,  25:4,  riinsj  n^in  sick  from  love  Cant.  2 : 5. 

8.  The  subject  by  which  an  action  is  performed,  or  in 
which  an  attribute  inheres,  '^^^^l  ^^H^J?  the  love  of  God  i.  e. 
exercised  by  him  1  Kin.  10:9,  rrti'^tq  ™?^  the  wisdom  of 
Solomon  1  Kin.  5  :10. 

9.  The  object y  upon  which  an  action  is  directed,  rsk'i';^ 
D^nbi?  the  fear  of  God  Gen.  20  :  11,  ni'^n  nbirt:^  the  rule  of 
the  da//  Gen.  1  :  16. 

a.  After  nouns,  which  express  or  imply  action,  the  following  noun  or 
suffix  denotes  the  subject  or  the  object  as  the  sense  or  the  connection  may 
demand,  r^\7\•]  nX3p  the  zeal  of  Jehovah,  which  he  feels  Isa.  37:32.  nrTxrp 
zeal  cf  the  people,  which  is  felt  for  them  Isa.  26:  11;  cno  ^'^::z"l_  the  cry 
against  Sodom  Gen.  18:20,  b'lTpr.T,  the  cry  of  the  poor  Prov.  21:13; 
iorn  his  wrong  i.  e.  done  by  him  Ps.  7:  17,  '^b'sn  viy  wrong  i.  e.  done  to 
me  Gen.  16:5;  c''^"~n'n  the  woy  of  the  sea  i.e.  leading  to  it  1  Kin.  18:43, 
cys"^"^^  "";"!!  the  way  of  Jeroboam  i.  e.  in  which  he  walked  1  Km.  16:26. 

b.  Active  participles  are  frequently  ])ut  in  th(^  construct  state  before 
their  object.  C3  3^  r3'^;L"3  restoring  the  soul  Vs.  19:8.  r^h'^  ^nnx  loving  thy 
name  Fs.  5:  12.  "^z'b  "^xs  entering  the  gate  Gen.  23:10.  So  even  before 
an  infinitive  which  they  govern.  C^ip  ''"C'TTL^^  being  early  to  rise  Ps.  127:  2. 
Passive  participles  may  be  in  the  construct  before  the  subject  of  the  ac- 
tion, n^n"?x   ns^  smitten  of  God  Isa.  53 : 4,  niirx  'i?!?-  born  of  a  woman 


284  SYNTAX.  §255 

Job  14:1,  or  before  the  secondary  object,  if  the  verb  is  capable  in  the 
active  ofhavinir  a  double  object,  pb'nnan^  girded  with  sackcloth  Joel  1:8, 
di^an  t^zh  clothed  with  linen  Ezek.  9: 11.  When  a  noun  follows  the  in- 
finitive it  may  be  in  construction  with  it  as  its  subject,  "Tj^.^  ^"li^S  on  the 
kino^^s  reading  2  Kin.  5  :  7.  ■nr">~iri  his  driving  out  Num.  32  :21.  or  be  gov- 
erned by  it  as  its  object,  bx!ii2U:-&{np  to  call  Samuel  1  Sam.  3:8,  cainin 
to  drive  them  out  Deut.  7  :  17. 

10.  The  respect  in  wliicli  a  preceding  attribute  holds,  so 
that  it  answers  the  purpose  of  specification,  n^nsic-&5^tp  tin- 
clean  as  to  I'qjs  Isa.  6  :  5,  n^-^iTjp  hard  hearted  Ezek.  3  :  7, 
D'^ljn  "^3?"^?  rent  as  to  (jarments,  2  Sam.  13  :  31. 

a.  This  answers  to  what  is  known  as  the  Greek  accusative,  TrdSas  oWs ; 
the  English  has  in  certain  cases  adopted  the  Hebrew  idiom,  so  that  we 
can  say  swift  of  foot  ^  blind  of  an  eye,  etc. 

§255.  1.  When  the  relation  between  two  nouns  is  ex- 
pressed by  an  intervening  preposition,  the  first  commonly 
remains  in  the  absolute  state :  it  may,  however,  particularly 
in  poetry,  be  put  in  the  construct,  2?iib5n  ■^nn  mountains  in 
Gilboa  2  Sam.  1  :  21,  D?^'a  ^^'■^'2^  prophets  out  of  their  own 
heart  Ezek.  13:2,  ^2i  Ti^  accordinf/  to  the  ability/  in  ms 
Neh.  5  :  8. 

2.  A  noun  is  sometimes  put  in  the  construct  before  a 
succeeding  clause  with  which  it  is  closely  connected :  thus, 
before  a  relative  clause,  "^'i^._  Dipa  the  place  ivhere,  etc.,  Gen. 
39  :  20,  ^i?2?^  ^4'^"''?/or  the  reason  that  Deut.  22:  24,  par- 
ticularly when  the  relative  is  itself  omitted,  nbT^ri"^;:^  bt/  the 
hand  of  (him  whom)  thou  loilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  nih^'-nnn  n'inn 
the  beginning  of  (what)  Jehovah  spake  Hos.  1  :  2,  or  before 
the  conjunction  *}  and,  snyni  n^^n  wisdom  and  hiowledge  Isa. 
33  :  G,  X'^^  ^^.   ^1=>^  drunken  and  not  with  wine  Isa.  51 :  21. 

3.  Three,  four,  or  even  five  nouns  are  sometimes  joined 
tosrether  in  the  relation  of  the  construct  state,  nnh^J-n'^n  '^irfi^n 

O  ^  T  .  I  T 

the  heads  of  the  houses  of  their  fathers  Ex.  6  :  14,  ^lintD  ^SDia 
b;knir;^"'^:n  tlte  number  of  the  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
Josh.  4:5,  nni^s^-tjb^  nib  b^r-i-isi  the  fruit  of  the  greatness 
of  heart  of  tlte  ling  of  Assyria  Isa.  10  :  12. 


§  256  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  285 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  two  words  of  like 
meaning  are  united  in  the  construct  before  the  same  noun,  czn  "'^ns  •^']}n3 
rivers,  brooks  of  honey  Job  20  :  17,  n^r;? -'■cin  •^p:Trip  Ps.  78  :  9,  if  rendered 
as  it  is  by  some  armed  with,  shooting  the  bow,  though  "'{^^'ip  may  be  in  con- 
struction not  with  nirp  but  with  "^ri-i  armed  ones  of  those  who  shoot  the 
bow,  armed  bowmen.     See  Alexander  in  he. 

§256.  AVhen  two  words  are  in  the  constmct  relation 
they  must  stand  in  immediate  conjunction,  and  no  other 
word  can  be  suffered  to  come  between  them  as  it  would  ob- 
scure the  sense.  Hence  an  adjective,  participle  or  demon- 
strative, qualifying  a  noun  in  the  construct  state,  cannot 
stand  immediately  after  it,  but  must  be  placed  after  the  gov- 
erned noun,  ^in^n  nirp  r^x'j'Q  tlie  (jreat  work  of  Jehovah 
Judg.  2:7,  J"''?"i"J?  ^nj  nn-j?  a  great  croivn  of  gold  Esth. 
8:15.  So  an  article  or  suffix,  belonging. to  a  noun  in  the 
construct,  must  be  attached  not  to  it  but  to  the  governed 
noun,  '>7nri  "^lisa  the  mighty  men  of  valour  Josh.  1  :  14,  ''^■'^^ 
inny  Ms  idols  of  gold  Isa.  2:20,  ''p^i?  ^^  ^'^y  name  of  holi- 
ness i.  e.  my  holy  name  Lev.  20  :  3. 

a.  When  the  governing  and  the  governed  noun  are  of  the  same  gender 
and  number  it  may  be  doubtful  to  which  of  them  the  following  adjective 
is  to  be  referred,  thus  binsn  rs'5>.  "'nx  Gen.  10  :  21  may  either  mean  the 
elder  brother  of  Japheth  or  the  brother  of  Japheth  the  elder. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  a  noun  with  a  suf- 
fix stands  in  the  construct  before  a  following  word.  nriTT^  T^-'fnhS'^.TD  thy 
chariots  of  salvation  Hah.  3:8.  7"!— ^pn^  my  refuge  of  strength  Ps.  71 :  7, 
nr'i  ~3~"i  thy  way  cf  lewdness  Ezek.  16:  27.  though  these  are  rather  to  be 
regarded  as  instances  of  apposition  in  the  wide  sense.  §253.  2.  Nouns  in 
the  construct  occasionally  receive  the  article,  §246.  3.  a. 

c.  In  the  following  passages  a  brief  word  intervenes  between  b*3, 
which,  though  properly  a  noun  signifying  totality,  is  in  usaoe  equivalent 
to  a  pronominal  adjective  all.  every.,  and  the  noun  which  it  governs, 
•Jl^  X">kn-b3  take  away  all  iniquity  Hos.  14:3.  so  2  Sam.  1  :  9,  Job  27 :  3, 
and  perhaps  Isa.  38  :  16;  but  see  Alexander  in  loc.  Like  the  Greek  Tras, 
when  followed  by  a  definite  noun  bs  means  the  whole  or  all,  crri'bs  all 
the  people.  ]'ii<n-b3  the  whole  earth,  when  followed  by  an  indefinite  noun 
every,  n'e'^s  every  house;  though  here  as  elsewhere  the  poets  may  omit 
the  article,  which  would  be  necessary  in  prose,  TL'XTbs  the  whole  head 
Isa.  1:5.  Connected  with  a  negative  adverb  it  forms  a  universal  nega- 
tion no.  or  if  the  words  be  rendered  separately  our  idiom  requires  us  to 
translate  Vs  by  a7iy,  nii'S'i-xb  nbxb^-bs  no  work  shall  be  done  Ex.  12: 16, 

J  y,  t  Ti"         I  T       T    :         T  ' 


286  SYNTAX.  §257,258 

TT'in-bs  "fx  there  is  no  new  thing  Eccl.  1  :  9.  P:'i5X"'b3  Vz'^'^  xb  neither  can 
any  god  2  Chron.  32  :  15.     Comp.  ov  StKano^rjaeTat  Tracra  adpi  Rom.  3 :  20. 
d.  He  paracrogic  may  be  attached  to  a  noun  in  the  construct  state, 
ti^UJ  '"I'^iT^  toward  the  rising  of  the  sun  Deut.  4  :  41,  Gen.  24  :  67. 

§257.  The  preposition  b  fo,  hdo7iging  to,  with  or  ^rith- 
oiit  a  preceding  relative  pronoun,  may  be  substituted  for  the 
construct  reh^tion  in  its  possessive  sense,  Tfh'^,  '^^'^  I^^O 
her  father  s  sheep  prop,  the  sheep  2chieh  heloiiged  to  her  father 
Gen.  :29  :  9,  comp.  nroniiJ  "ji^i^  Gen.  37  :  12,  ytj^bi^b  n^inn  the 
house  of  Elisha  2  Kin.  5:9,  comp.  Latin  pater  mihi.  This 
is  particularly  the  case 

1.  When  the  first  noun  is  omitted  ^I'lb  (a  psalm)  of 
David  Ps.  11:1,  Q^'^nJi^tb  "jiitJi?  Amnon  (son)  of  Ahinoam 
2  Sam.  3  :  2. 

2.  When  the  first  noun  is  indefinite  and  the  second 
definite,  '^fe':'?  jt  a  son  of  Jesse  1  Sam.  16 :  18  (y^^'V^  2  Sam. 
20  : 1  is  the  son  of  Jesse,  §  246. 3),  DTO^n  ni"b  ^av  a  servant 
of  the  captain  of  the  guard  Gen.  41  :  12. 

a.  Hence  the  frequent  use  of  h  (Lamedh  auctoris)  in  the  titles  of  the 
Psalms  and  other  compositions  li^b  niTST-o  a  psalm  of  David  i.  e.  belong- 
ing to  him  as  its  author,  p^p3rb  n|3En  aj^rayer  of  Habakkuk. 

3.  When  the  first  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  numeral 
adjective,  especially  in  dates,  "^yt  ur^  ^t^'^^'-tcn  the  fifteenth 
day  of  the  month  1  Kin.  12  :  32,  tfbrib  mij^OTn  nbirs  in  the 
fifth  year  of  the  king  1  Kin.  14  :  25,  SDSjb  rJb'i?  nitJ2  in  the 
third  year  of  Asa  1  Kin.  15  :  33. 

4.  When  several  genitives  are  connected  together,  "12D 
T\y^:rr;  "^bb^b  D^'b^n  ■''nn^  the  book  of  the  Chronicles  of  the  kings 
ofJudah  1  Kin.  15  :  23. 

The  Predicate. 

§258.  1.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence,  if  a  substantive, 
adjective,  or  pronoun,  may  be  connected  with  its  subject 
without  an  intervening  copula,  their  mutual  relation  being 


^259  THE    PREDICATE.  287 

sufficiently  suggested  by  simply  placing  them  together, 
niSir  n-^rin^nr'-s  all  leer  jjalhs  (are)  peace  Prov.  3:17,  nrj 
17?7  the  tree  (was)  (/ood  Gen.  3  :  G,  tf^.^n  nr  ^/^/^^  (is)  ///e  tvay 
Isa.  30:21. 

2.  Or  the  pronoun  i?-n  of  the  third  person  may  be  used 
as  a  copula,  rins  x-n  ^T"^^"^  nn:n  the  fourth  river  is  En- 
jjhrates  prop,  it  (is)  Eujjhrates  Gen.  2  :  14,  r.:i5  n-^rrn^ 
what  are  these  ?  Zech.  4  :  5,  ''Sb^a  ^5^n"^^,5<  //^o*'/  art  my  king 
Ps.  44  :  5,  nn  D^fcbri  nbxn  D^irpxn  //^c'^^  r/?^/?  «re  peaceable 
Gen.  34:21. 

3.  Or  the  verb  ri;n  /o  <5f?  may  be  employed  for  a  like 
purpose,  particularly  if  the  idea  of  past  or  future  time  is  in- 
volved, ^nn  rT^rr^  ^('i^r}  the  earth  icas  desolate  Gen.  1  :  2, 
niirih  I'^n  ^jban  the  oxen  were  ploughing  Job  1  :  14. 

a.  Verbs  which  denote  some  modification  of  being  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  the  same  way;  thus,  his  eyes  nina  ^^nn  began  (to  be)  dim 
1  Sam.  3:2;  ninxn  C^fct  ns  bn'>  rt??cZ  Noah  began  (to  be)  a  husbandman 
Gen.  9:20;  Tj'w'  Tj-Qirns  ichen  thou  ceasest  spoiling  Isa.  33:  1.  the  hair 
•jib  "sn  /<^7S  turned  xohite  Lev,  13  :  3  ;  so  ?o  6e  called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc. 

6.  Simph^  existence  or  non-existence  is  predicated  by  means  of  the 
particles  d;^  and  "i^X ,  the  latter  of  which  retains  its  absolute  form  when 
followincr  the  noun,  but  takes  the  construct  form  'j-'X  w'^f^n  it  precedes  the 
noun  either  immediately  or  separated  from  it  by  intervening  words,  bxa  ^^ 
there  is  a  kinsman  Ruth  3  :  12,  "f  X  c^x  there  was  nof  a  man  Gen.  2  :  5, 
~^^  1"^  ^h^re  was  no  king  in  Israel  Judg.  21  :  25.  These  particles  may 
also  be  used  as  copulas  with  the  personal  pronouns,  when  the  predicate  is 
a  participle,  n^r^  tj^-^x  thou  art  not  letting  go  Ex.  S  :  11.  r^ci^a  Tj^;^  thoit 
art  saving  Judg.  6  :  36. 

§  259.  1.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  may  receive  the  same 
adjuncts  as  in  the  subject,  §  244. 

2.  Adjectives  and  demonstrative  pronouns  in  the  predi- 
cate agree  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  relate  in  gender  and 
number,  but  differ  from  qualifying  adjectives  and  demonstra- 
tives, 5>  249,  in  standing  before  the  noun  and  in  not  receiv- 
ing the  article,  though  the  noun  be  definite,  ^iv^'  ^"'"^  l^^(^ 
2Vord  is  good  Bent .  1  :  14,  T'^nn  n-'in  his  mercies  are  great 
1  Chron.  21  :  13,  D^rirn  ni'^bin  rhk  these  are  the  genera- 
tions  of  the  heavens  Gen.  2  :  4. 


288  SYNTAX.  §  260 

a.  A  predicate  adjective  may  also,  though  less  frequently,  stand  afrer 
the  noun,  T\h'l  ^T^}.'^  ^^^  damsel  was  fair  1  Kin.  1:4,  i<'\r\r\  yii^fi  ^m-l 
aiia  a7id  the  gold,  of  that  land  is  good  Gen.  2  ;  12. 

6.  If  the  sense  require  the  predicate  to  be  made  definite,  it  will  receive 
the  article,  "'2"753n  "^s  my  mouth  is  the  (one)  speaking  Gen.  45  :  12. 


Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

§  260.  1.  Adjectives  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  com- 
parative or  superlative.  Comparison  is  expressed  by  means 
of  the  preposition  ynfrom  placed  after  the  adjective,  ni'"J 
D'^i'^ps^  ^"^^T}  wisdom  is  better  than  rubies  prop,  is  good  from 
rubies,  differs  from  them  and  by  implication  is  superior  to 
them  in  point  of  goodness,  Prov.  8:11;  '^lis^a  nna?  p^'^iz 
thou  art  more  righteous  than  /,  1  Sam.  24  :  17. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  may  be  expressed 

(1.)  By  adding  bb  all  to  the  comparative  particle  I'D, 
D'7]^"':n-b3'a  bi-i^  great  from  all  the  sons  of  the  east  i.  e.  the 
greatest  of  all,  etc.,  Job  1:3. 

(2.)  By  an  emphatic  use  of  the  positive,  so  as  to  imply 
the  possession  of  the  attribute  in  an  eminent  degree,  via  "jibj? 
the  least  of  his  sons  prop,  the  little  (one)  2  Chron.  21  :  17, 
D''irrn  Tsk^r^  0  fairest  among  women  Cant.  1:8,  "jipj^n  the 
least,  bin^n  the  greatest  1  Chron.  12:14,  DlVJ  the  best  of 
them  Mic.  7:4. 

a.  When  the  predicate  is  a  verb  instead  of  an  adjective,  comparison 
may  be  expressed  in  the  same  manner,  5^53^  ^T!?^^  I  ^^^H  be  greater  than 
thou  prop,  great  from  thee  Gen.  4  1 :  40,  cnxn-bs^a  csnn  and  he  was  the 
wisest  of  all  men  1  Kin.  5:11.  In  a  few  passages,  chiefly  occurring  in  the 
book  of  Ecclesiastes,  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  the  adverb  "iri'^ 
more,  "ir^  tx  ^sx^  ^n^=n  Ivms  then  more  wise  Eccl.  2  :  15. 

b.  The  construction  with  "i^s  may  also  be  used  to  denote  excess,  biia 
fctil'i^  ■'iis;  my  iniquity  is  too  great  to  be  forgiven  prop,  greater  than  (it  is 
possible)  to  forgive  Gen.  4:13,  7\'U^  'Sy-q  too  little  for  thee  Job  15  :  11. 

c.  A  comparativb  sense  is  commonly  ascribed  to  "i^  in  the  following 
passages,  in  which  an  adjective,  suggested  by  the  context,  must  be  supplied, 
n2!iD5Si3  "ir;^  /he  upright  (is  sharper)  than  a  thorn-hedge  Mic.  7:4,  02X^ 
less  than  nothing  Isa.  40  :  17,  41 :24,  Ps.  62:10.  Isa.  10:  10,  Job  11 :  17;  in 
some  of  these  cases,  however,  ^{O  may  have  the  sense  o{ from  or  of  and 
denote  that  from  which  any  thing  is  derived  or  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 


§  261,  262  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  289 


Verbs. 

^201.  1.  The  doctrine  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  rests  upon 
a  conception  of  time  radically  different  from  that  which  pre- 
vails in  our  own  and  in  other  In  do  European  languages. 
Time  is  conceived  of,  not  as  distributed  into  three  portions, 
viz. :  past,  present,  and  future,  but  as  consisting  of  the  past 
and  fiitiu-e  only.  The  present  is,  in  this  view,  an  inappreciable 
moment,  without  extension  or  cognizable  existence,  the  niere 
point  of  contact  between  two  boundless  periods  of  duration, 
or  the  instant  of  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  and,  as 
such,  not  entitled  to  be  represented  by  a  distinct  verbal  form. 
Every  action  or  state  of  being  is  accordingly  viewed  as  be- 
longing to  the  past  or  to  the  future ;  and  such  as  do  not 
belong  exclusively  to  one,  may  be  referred  indifferently  to 
either. 

2.  Within  these  two  grand  divisions  of  time  no  account 
is  made  of  those  minuter  distinctions,  in  the  expression  of 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  employ  such  a  variety  of  tenses, 
nor  of  those  modal  differences  which  are  wdth  us  indicated 
by  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  potential,  except  to  that 
limited  extent  to  which  these  may  be  regarded  as  covered  by 
the  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures,  ^  264.  Whatever  is, 
or  is  conceived  of  as  past,  must  be  put  in  the  preterite ;  the 
future  is  used  for  all  that  is,  or  is  conceived  of  as  future, 
while  all  subordinate  modifications  or  shades  of  meaning 
are  either  suggested  by  accompanying  particles,  or,  without 
being  precisely  indicated,  are  left  to  be  inferred  from  the 
connection. 

The  Primary  Tenses. 

^262.  The  preterite  is  accordingly  used  of 
1.  The  past,  whether  om-  idiom  would  require  the  abso- 
19 


290  SYNTAX.  §262 

lute  past  tense,  i.  e.  the  liistorical  imperfect,  in  the  heginninc/ 
God  ^5^^  created,  etc.,  Gen,  1:1,  God  nfes  tejnpted  Abraham 
H  Gen.  22  : 1 ;  or  one  of  the  relative  tenses,  viz.  the  past  viewed 
in  relation  to  the  present,  i.  e.  the  perfect,  what  is  this  that 
n'lO  thou  hast  done  Gen.  3:13,  thee  ^^^^^  have  I  seen  right- 
eons  Gen.  7:1;  the  past  in  relation  to  another  past,  i.  e.  the 
pluperfect,  God  ended  his  work  which  nib:^  he  had  made  Gen. 
2:2;  and  they  did  so  as  the  Lord  ^\%  had  commanded  Ex. 
7:10;  or  the  past  in  relation  to  a  future,  i.  e.  the  future 
perfect,  when  the  Lord  )^nn  shall  have  washed  away,  etc.,  Isa. 
4:4,  until  the  time  that  she  which  tr avail eth  t\iy^  shall  have 
brought  forth  Mic.  5:2;  or  a  conditional  mood,  except  the 
Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very  small  remnant  ^2'^'?n  we 
should  have  been  as  Sodom  Isa.  1:9,/  would  there  icere  a 
sword  in  mine  hand,  for  now  xi^T\X\^  L  would  have  killed  thee 
Num.  22:29;  or  an  optative,  denoting  something  which  was 
to  have  been  desired  but  which  nevertheless  did  not  occur, 
^irfq-^b  0  that  loe  had  died  Num.  14  :  2,  ^fe^n  ^b  0  that  they 
had  been  toise  that  they  (fut.)  woidd  consider  this  Deut. 
32 :  29,  or  a  subjunctive  (the  Jordan  was  dried  up),  that 
nnxn^  ye  might  fear  the  Lord,  at  that  time  and  thencefor- 
ward/or^y^r  Josh.  4  :  24. 

a.  In  all  these  cases  the  verbal  form  merely  expresses  in  the  general 
that  the  action  belongs  to  the  past,  but  whether  this  is  to  be  taken  abso- 
lutely, relatively,  or  conditionally,  must  be  learned  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  or  from  accompanying  words.     The'^)roj)er  English  Jjnjierfect  |     ^ 
is  expressed  in  Hebrew-j^  by  the^rej^en^.^ut  by  theyart^^  Xirri    7       t. 
and  he  (was)  sitting  GenTlS:  I,  §26(3.  3.      '"^                            "^  Jy 

b.  In  promises,  contracts,  etc.,  the  preterite  is  sometimes  employed, 
where  we  might  have  expected  the  future>  because  the  inward  act  or  pur- 
pose is  intended  rather  than  its  outward  execution,  imto  thy  seed  "^nrs  / 
have  given  this  land  Gen.  15  :  18.  the  grant  was  made  though  they  were 
not  yet  put  in  possession;  accordingly,  when  the  latter  idea  is  prominent, 
the  future  is  used  of  the  same  transaction,  imto  thy  seed  "nx  /  u-ill  give 
this  land  Gen.  12:7,  26  :  3.     Comp.  Gen.  4:  14,  23:  11,  13. 

2.  The  present,  regarded  as  the  continuation  or  natural 
sequence  of  a  pre-existing  action  or  condition.     Anything 


^  262  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  291 

begun  in  the  past  and  continued  in  the  present  may  be  con- 
sidered to  belong  to  the  past  and  accordingly  spoken  of  in 
the  preterite,  give  me  a  little  icater  for  '^ri'as  /  am  thirsty 
Judg.  4:19  prop.  I  have  been  thirsty  and  (it  is  implied)  -I 
am  so  still ;  the  earth  nkb^a  is  fall  of  violence  prop,  has  been 
and  still  \%full  Gen.  6:13;  now  "^n^l^  /  hioio  that  Jehovah 
is  the  greatest  of  all  the  gods  Ex.  18  :  11,  prop.  1  have  known, 
the  knowledge  being  in  fact  contemporaneous  with  the  in- 
formation upon  which  it  was  based.  Comp.  in  Latin  novi, 
memini,  odi, 

a.  It  is  comparatively  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  preterite 
or  the  future  be  used  to  designate  the  present.  That  which  now  exists 
may  either  be  regarded  as  continued  from  the  past  or  as  perpetuated  in  the 
future  ;  and  as  it  is  contemplated  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  aspects, 
will  the  tense  be  determined  accordingly.  Thus,  the  question  ichence  come 
ye  is  in  Gen.  42:7  nrxa  ''\'^^^'0  whence  hace  ye  come,  but  in  Josh.  9:8 
!isin  T'N'^  whence  are  ye  coming  ov  will  ye  come  ;  because,  in  the  former 
instance,  the  past  action  of  coming  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker, 
and  in  the  latter  this  action  is  regarded  as  having  not  yet  ceased. 

3.  Permanent  facts  or  general  truths ;  these,  though  true 
for  all  time,  are  gathered  from  experience  and  observation, 
and  hence  may  be  appropriately  referred  to  the  past,  an  ox 
3n;«  hwweth  his  oivner  Isa.  1  :  3,  oxen  alwavs  have  done  so 
and  it  is  implied  that  they  always  will ;  the  Lord  Dn"i piti'eth 
them  that  fear  him  Ps.  103  :  13. 

a.  The  future  is  used  in  this  case  with  the  same  frequency  and  pro- 
priety as  the  prelerite,  An  ox  will  know  his  owner  expresses  the  same 
general  tfifth  as  an  ox  ha^s'known  his  owner;  only  in  the  former  case  at- 
tention is  chiefly  drawn  to  its  future,  and  in  the  latter  to  its  past  realiza- 
tions, §  263.  3. 

4.  The  future,  when  viewed  as  past;  the  prophets,  in 
their  inspired  descriptions  of  events  which  had  not  yet  come 
to  pass,  often  transport  themselves  to  the  time  when  they 
shall  have  been  accomplished  :  and,  surveying  the  future  from 
this  ideal  point  of  view,  they  give  to  their  predictions  the 
form  of  a  recital  of  what  has  already  taken  place,  Babylon 


292  SYNTAX.  ^  263 

nfe  has  fallen  Isa.  21  :  9,  he  i<fe?  hath  borne  our  griefs  Isa. 
53  : 4, /or  /  ^nst'H  have  made  Esau  hare  Jer.  49  :  10. 

a.  The  counterpart  of  this  prophetic  preterite  is  the  use  of  the 
future  in  vivid  descriptions  of  the  past,  in  which  the  writer  appears,  in 
imagination,  to  Hve  over  again  what  has  already  taken  place,  §263.  5. 

§  263.  The  future  is  used  in  speaking  of 
1.  The  future,  whether  j|bsolutely,  ^'^^^^  I  will  make  of 
thee  a  great  nation  Gen.  1 2  :  SToEfelatiYgly  to  something  in 


^         c,.cc    u^y.^^v   ..^..^.. ^^  .^,    ^.^ 


tyyi 


the  past,  he  took  his  eldest  son  ivhb  "^"cf'.  was  to  reign  2  Kin. 
'^y  3:  27,  Elisha  teas  fallen  sick  of  his  sickness  ichereof  r^-i'a^  he 
'■•^    was  to  die  2  Kin.  13:14;  or^tenditionally,  (would  that  I 


k 


had  died)  for  I  would  have  lain   doion   (pret.)  and  tsipT?^? 

^u^would  he  at  rest  Job  3:13;  hut  (if  it  were  my  case)  /  t\y^, 

U'^  would  seek  unto  God  Job  5:8;  or'0[jtatiyely,in  the  various^  ^ 

^'^  grades  of  desire,  determination,  permission,  or  c^^nmdf  so  i;jf^ 

f^ativ'^^?^"^  ?;26ry  all  thine  enemies  perish  Judg.  5:31;   0  that  my 

oj    grief  ^p'?''  might  he  weighed  Job  6:2;  all  that  thou  com- 

'^■^%iandest  us  nib^D   we  will  do  Josh.  1  :  16;  deeds  that  ^ib?^. 

^    ought  not  to  he  done  Gen.  20:9;  of  the  fruit  of  the  trees  of 

0^.      the  garden  bi«3  we  mag  eat  Gen.  3  :  2,  ^^^r^^^^j/e_shall  noj 

y.-^    eat  ver.  3,  mine  ordinances  T\XitiT\  ye  shall  keep  Lev.  18:4; 

^  or^bjimctively,  especially  after  conjunctions  signifying  that, 

in  ordefHiat,  lest,  etc.,  (bring  the  venison)  ^?';?^P^  ysy±>  in 

order  that  my  soul  may  hless  thee  Gen.  27  :  25,  against  thee 

have  I  sinned  that  pt?^!^  thou  mightest  he  justifedV^.  51  :6. 

a.  When  employed  in  requests,  the  future  is  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  particle  5<3,  thus,  N3"'^3"^7  lei  thy  servant  speak,  J  pray  Ihee  Gen. 
44:  18.  Jti-T^^^"^  let  the  wickedness  of  the  wicked  cease,  J  pray  Ps.  7:  10. 

b.  The  future  is  idiomatically  used  with  onis  and  CvLs  not  yet,  before, 
whether  the  period  referred  to  is  past  or  luture,  the  time  denoted  hy  the 
particle  being  antecedent  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus,  referring  to  the 
past,  /  ate  of  all  xnn  cni33  before  thou  earnest  Gen.  27:  33.  the  lamp  of 
God  n337  n-ii?  had  not  yet  gone  out  1  Sam.  3:4;  to  the  future,  that  my 
sold  may  bless  thee  r^^ox  D^.i:.2  before  I  die  Gen.  27:4,  iis'i;r':  D"nb  before 
they  call,  I  will  answer  Isa.  65:  24.  There  are  three  examples  of  the  use 
of  the  preterite  with  these  particles,  the  reference  being  to  past  time, 
1  Sam.  3  : 7,  Ps.  90 : 2,  Prov.  8 :  25. 


§  263  THE  PRIMARY  TENSES.  293 

2.  The  present,  when  it  is  conceived  of  as  extending 
into  the  future,  comfort  my  j^eojple  *^^s^"'  saith  your  God  Isa. 
40  : 1,  the  divine  utterance  though  begun  is  not  yet  finished; 
^3?"ri  i55n  do  ye  not  know  i*  ver.  21,  are  you  ignorant,  and 
is  this  ignorance  to  continue?  why  ""inn  weepest  thou? 
1  Sam.  1:8. 

3.  General  truths  or  permanent  facts,  when  the  attention 
is  directed  to  their  vahdity  for  all  time  to  come,  riyhteousness 
n^inn  cocalteth  a  nation  Prov.  14  :  34,  it  does  so  now  and 
always  will;  a  son  12D^  honour  eth  his  father  Mai.  1:0. 

4.  Constant  or  habitual  acts  or  states  viewed  as  con- 
tinuing for  an  indefinite  period  from  the  time  spoken  of, 
even  though  they  may  have  ceased  at  the  time  of  speaking, 
and  so  belong  entirely  to  the  past,  a  mist  nfe-^  used  to  yo  up 
from  the  earth  Gen.  2  : 6,  i.  e.  not  only  at  the  moment  of  time 
previously  referred  to  but  from  that  onward ;  thus  Job  nlbr;] 
did  continually  Job  1:5;  the  dauyhters  of  Israel  nsp^n  toere 
in  the  habit  of  yoiny  from  time  to  time  Judg.  11  :  40  ;  so  Gen. 
29  :  2,  Ex.  13  :  22,  Num.  11 :  5,  1  Sam.  2:19. 

5.  The  past,  when  the  speaker  or  writer  assumes  an  ideal 
point  of  vision  prior  to  its  occurrence,  and  so  regards  it  as 
future.  Thus,  a  historian  in  animated  description,  as  we 
might  use  the  present,  nir'a-'T^tL?;'  T&c  then  sinys  Moses  Ex. 
15:1,  Balak  ''^nr  briny  s  me  from  Aram  Num.  23  :  7  ;  or  a 
poet,  who  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  of  which  he  sings,  "lii^"' 
"^^  "ib-iiJ:  Di"'  let  the  day  perish  on  which  I  am  to  be  born  Job 
3  :  3,  wliere  the  speaker,  by  a  bold  figure,  places  himself  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  prays  that  the  day  which  was  to  give  him 
existence  might  be  annihilated,  so  that  he  might  be  saved 
from  the  misery  of  living ;  n^izij  onnia  ^  rib  lohy  may  I 
not  die  from  the  loomb  ?  ver.  11,  where  his  position  is  shifted 
to  the  time  immediately  after  his  birth ;  nii^tib  rin^  "sr"^-^  he 
makes  knoivn  his  loays  unto  Moses  Ps.  103  :  7. 

a.  The  intermingling  of  difTerent  tenses  in  relation  to  the  same  sub- 
ject, which  is  so  frequent  in  poetry,  foreign  as  it  may  be  to  our  modes  of 


294  SYNTAX.  §264,265 

thought,  does  not  justify  the  conclusion  that  they  are  used  promiscuously 
or  without  regard  to  their  distinctive  signification.  Thus  the  preterite 
and  the  future  are  frequently  combined  in  order  to  give  greater  emphasis 
and  compass  to  the  statement  made,  by  asserting  it  at  once  of  both  the 
grand  divisions  of  time,  the  wicked  who  "^ssin^J  have  "wasted  me.  my  deadly 
enemies  ^^''^1  will  surround  me  Vs.  17:  9,  Jire  ^^^x  devoured  before  theni^ 
and  after  them  aflame  anbn  shall  consume  Joel  2:3.  Or  the  w^riter  may 
place  himself  in  the  midsL  of  an  event,  arid  regard  part  as  having  already 
taken  place  and  part  as  yet  to  be  performed;  thus,  in  Ex.  15:14.  15.  the 
nations  ^3J^d  have  heard  I'lTrn';!  they  will  he  afraid;  pangs  tHx  have 
seized  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Philistia ;  then  the  dukes  of  Edom  ^^n^a 
were  troubled.,  the  mighty  men  of  Moab  trembling  i^Tn5<i»  shall  seize  them, 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Canaan  15*33  have  vielted.  Or  a  verb  may  be  put  in 
the  future  to  show  that  the  action  which  it  denotes,  though  in  reality  past, 
is  subsequent  to,  or  a  consequence  of^  a  preceding  preterite,  they  were  both 
naked  -rrban";  xSi  and  were  not  ashamed  Gen.  2:  25.  Deut.  2: 12. 

§  264.  The  apocopated  and  paragogic  forms  of  the  future 
are  mostly  used  in  their  respective  persons,  §  97,  to  express 
its  optative,  conditional,  or  subjunctive  senses,  §263.  1.  The 
negative  imperative  is  made  by  prefixmg  -^  not  to  the  apoco- 
pated future,  ^5?^r\"^^  harm  not  Ps.  105  :  15  ;  ^:?nn  ^  would 
mean  you  shall  not  harm. 

a.  These  modified  forms  of  the  future,  although  they  give  a  more  dis- 
tinct expression  to  the  modal  senses  just  indicated,  are  not  essential  to  that 
end,  since  the  same  shades  of  meaning  may  be  and  often  are  suggested 
by  the  simple  future.  Instances  are  more  rare,  and  only  found  in  poetry, 
in  which  the  apocopated  or  paragogic  forms  are  used,  when  simple  futurity 


The  Secondary  Tenses. 

§  265.  The  secondary  tenses  agree  in  signification  with 
their  respective  primaries.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive, 
forming  a  secondary  preterite,  §99.1,  has  the  same  variety  of 
senses  with  the  primary  or  proper  preterite,  and  is  in  fact  a 
simple  substitute  for  it.  In  like  manner,  the  secondary 
future  or  the  preterite  with  Vav  conversive,  §100.  1,  is  a 
substitute  for  the  primary  future.  A  narrative  or  a  para- 
graph, which  begins  with  one  of  the  primary  tenses,  is 
mostly  continued  by  means  of  the  corresponding  secondary 


§265  THE    SECONDARY    TENSES.  295 

tense,  provided  the  verb  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  chause, 
so  that  it  can  be  attached  to  the  conjunction,  which  is  an 
essential  part  of  the  secondary  formation.  If,  for  any  reason, 
this  order  of  the  words  is  interrupted  or  prevented,  the 
primary  tense  must  again  be  used.  Thus,  Gen.  22  : 1,  God 
n5D  tempted  Abraham  "tq^^t  and  mid . . .  "^^N^l  and  he  said . .  . 
ver.  3,  D?T?i)!]  and  he  rose  up  earljj  . . .  ii-'nn^^  and  saddled . . . 
Tv^^^  and  took  . . .  S^^n^l  a?id  clave  . . .  Djv^]  and  rose  njj  '^'Vl'^ 
and  icent  unto  the  place  ii'i^ij^nirs  of  which  God  had  told 
him.  Gen.  17:5,  th^  name  ^^'p^'^'^kb  shall  not  he  called  Ahram 
•n;ni  and  it  shall  he  . . .  ver.  6,  ''nnsni  and  I  icill  make  thee 
fruitful . . .  'Jl'^f^ri?^  ct7id  I  will  make  stations  of  thee  D"'pb"a^ 
^i^i"^  ?;i3p  and  kings  shall  come  out  of  thee. 

a.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  describes  an  act  subsequent  to  or 
contemporary  with  the  time  denoted  by  the  words  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected. It  can,  therelbre.  only  relate  to  the  past  when  it  is  preceded  by 
a  preterite  witli  a  past  signification,  or  by  some  other  word  or  phrase  which 
refers  to  past  time,  in  the  year  of  king  UzziaWs  death  nx-sn  (^aml)  J  saw 
Isa.  6 :  1.  But  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  future  tense,  it  lias  a  future  significa- 
tion, pnb';'  he  shall  deride  every  stronghold  "^22?*^  and  shall  heap  up  earth 
Jnnsb^^  and  take  it  Hab.  1:10,  who  r^^Z^  shall  do  evil . . .  li?,*!!  T^}.^  and 
shall  go  and  seroe  other  gods  Deut.  17:2.  3;  unless  a  pause  intervenes  in 
which  a  preterite  is  to  be  supplied,  as  in  Hab.  2: 1,  2.  /  will  watch  to  see 
what  he  will  say  to  me  .  ..  n^n^  "'?r.2;|^!!  and  (after  I  had  thus  watched)  the 
Lord  answered  me.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  occurs  in  a  preterite 
sense  at  the  beginning  of  certain  books,  because  they  were  regarded  by 
their  authors  as  supplements  or  continuations  of  preceding  histories.  ''T)')'\ 
And  it  came  to  pass  Josh.  1  : 1,  Judg.  1 :  1,  1  Sam.  1  :  1.  etc.,  etc. 

b.  The  preterite  with  Vav  has  a  future  signification  only  after  a  future 
tense  or  an  expression  suggestive  of  futurity,  e.  g.  in  thy  distress  T^^ixiiT:^ 
wheji  there  shall  come  upon  thee  all  these  things  Deut.  4:30;  or  ms  the 
initial  word  of  a  prophecy,  which  is  regarded  as  linked  with  other  dis- 
closures of  the  future  previously  made.  >^'^^'}  and  it  shall  come  to  pass 
Isa.  2:2.  After  an  imperative  it  commonly  has  an  imperative  sense,  this 
being  one  of  the  significations  of  the  future,  §263.  1,  go  unto  Phaiaoh 
•r!i7:Nn  and  say  to  him  prop.  and.  thon  shall  say  Ex.  7:26.  When  a 
preterite  precedes,  the  Vav  is  not  conversive.  thy  servant  was  keeping  his 
father\s  sheep  xil  and  there  came  . . .  si*:'^  and  took  . . .  "^r^^?'  <^^nd  I  went 
ow<...  vrsm  and  smote  him.  etc.,  1  Sam.  17:34.  35,  unless  it  involves  a 
reference  to  what  is  to  take  place  hereafter,  /  hare  bles.'ied.  him  (the 
blessing  is  of  course  prospective).  '^n"'']3n';  and  I  will  make  him  fruitful, 
T''?'?!7?  and  I  will  midtiply  him  Gen.  17:20. 


296  SYNTAX.  §  266 

Participles. 

§206.  The  participles  being  properly  verbal  nouns,  do 
not  in  strictness  involve  any  definite  notion  of  time,  and  the 
connection  must  decide  whether  they  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  past,  present,  or  future,  thus  >£b  means  falling  Num. 
24  :  4^,  fallen  Judg.  4  :  22,  or  about  to  fall  Jer.  37  :  14.  Their 
principal  uses  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1 .  They  express  what  is  permanent  or  habitual,  §  1 86.  2. «, 
(the  Lord)  nnb^  lovetJi  righteousness  and  justice  Ps.  33  :  5,  « 
generation  ^T\  goeth,  and  a  generation  i^S  cometh,  and  the 
earth  »~"'cb  ahideth  for  ever  Eccles.  1 : 4.  Passive  participles 
so  used  suggest  not  only  a  constant  experience  of  what  is 
denoted  by  the  verb,  but  in  addition  a  permanent  quality  as 
the  ground  of  it,  i^iiD  not  only  feared  but  icortliy  to  he 
feared,  ^^"^^  worthy  to  he  praised,  ^l2n:  desirable. 

2.  When  a  particular  time  is  intended  the  active  partici- 
ples most  commonly  relate  to  the  present  or  to  the  proximate 
future,  and  passive  participles  to  the  past,  n^'"i  rinx'n^  what 
seest  thou?  Jer.  1:11,  ^'h'^  '^bsr;  behold,  I  am  about  to  bring 
the  food  Gen.  6:17,  1^}^  giving  ^TiJ  given,  S^'ra  restoring 
ife^^  restored. 

a.  The  active  participles  of  neuter  verbs,  which  have  no  passive  forms, 
are  used  in  both  a  past  and  a  present  sense,  n^  dying  and  dtad^  b'si  fall- 
ing mu]  fallen ;  this  is  less  frequently  the  case  with  active  verbs,  who  then 
is  he  "fis'iiin  that  hath  hunted  venison  Gen.  27:33;  these  are  the  gods 
CS:?:!  that  smote  Egypt  1  Sam.  4:8.  Participles  of  passive  form  but 
active  sense  are  ordinarily  used  of  the  present  or  proximate  future,  onba 
Jjghting. 

3.  In  narrations  and  predictions  the  time  of  the  partici- 
ples is  reckoned  not  from  the  moment  of  speaking  but  from 
the  period  spoken  of,  the  tico  angels  came  . . .  n^"^  "crk)  and 
Lot  (was)  sittiiig  in  the  gate  of  Sodom  Gen.  19:1;  he  spake 
to  his  sons-in-law  1"'ri31  ''ripb  who  (were)  to  marry  his  daugh- 
ters ver.  14  ;  he  came  to  Shiloh  . . .  D^i?np  T"n^l  with  his  clothes 


^267  INFINITIVE.  297 

rent!  Sam.  4:12;  thou  shalt  meet  a  comjjanij  of  prophets 
Cni'"^  coming  down  1  Sam.  10:5;  the//  shall  declare  his 
righteousness  unto  a  people  ^ff^  (who  shall  then  be)  horn  Ps. 
22:32,  102:19,  Judg.  13:8. 

a.  The  period  to  which  a  participle  is  to  be  referred  is  sometimes  de- 
termined by  connecting  with  it  the  past  or  future  tense  of  tiie  substantive 
verb.  Moses  nlsrH  T\''r\  was  keeping  ike  flock  of  Jethro  Ex.  3:1,  Ids  throne 
•jibs  n^n^  shall  be  established  for  ever  1  Chron.  17:4. 


Infinitive. 

§  267.  The  mfinitive  is  an  abstract  verbal  noun,  and,  like 
the  participles,  partakes  of  the  character  both  of  a  noun  and 
a  verb.  As  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  of  a  proposition, 
^  242,  or  it  may  be  governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition ; 
it  may  also  be  put  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  de- 
noting either  its  subject  or  its  object. 

a.  The  Infinitive  as  a  subject:  r.XJT  13:')  ni-nl  ^i'fiD^  n"^^  (there  is) 
cursing  and  lying  and  killing  and  stealing  and  committing  adultery  Hos. 
4:2,  I3sq^  r^bv,  to  do  justice  (is)  a  joy  to  the  righteous  Proy.  21  :  15. 

b.  The  construct  iijfinitive  is  used  after  verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions, 
and  when  governed  by  a  verb  or  noun  it  is  usually  though  not  invariably 
preceded  as  in  English  by  the  preposition  h  to,  i2  cn^nb  br^s  /  shall  be 
able  to  fight  with  him  Num.  22:11,  r^iib  rin  nn^b  ri;  a  time  to  be  born 
and  a  time  to  die  Eccl.  3:2;  b  is  seldom  omitted  in  prose  but  oilen  in 
poetry.  /  know  not  (how)  tiil  rx^  to  go  out  and  to  come  in  1  Kin.  3:7, 
t^sn  n:x^  thou  hast  refused  to  be  ashamed  Jer.  3 :  3.  i^p"J  ny^  mED  r?  a 
time  to  mourn  and  a  time  to  dance  Eccles.  3:4,  '^yj  D'^^T?,  ready  to  rouse 
leviathan  Job  3:8.  Various  prepositions  may  precede  the  infinitive,  as  b 
to,  3  in.  3  like.  at.  ^-q  from,  n?  it7itil,  bj  upon,  "i^^b  in  order  to,  '?:  be- 
cause of  "^isb  before,  etc. 

c.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  rarely  governed  by  a  verb,  -'^"!^.  'n'S? 
learn  to  do  well,  y'l^n  Jinrx  redress  wrong  Isa.  1 :  17.  until  he  knoivs 
tJix^  to  refuse  the  evil,  ^inz^  and  to  choose  the  good,  7: 15.  l'^^'^"  ''-^'^'?^ 
Tj-ilin  and  they  would  not  walk  in  his  ways,  42:  2i,  thou  wilt  make  us  off- 
scouring  OiXTSl  and  refuse  Lam.  3:45. 

d.  The  infinitive  in  the  construct  before  its  subject.  DNisnS  in  their 
being  created  \.  e.  when  they  were  created;  in  the  day  S'H'bx  njii"^  rtrs 
of  the  Lord  God's  making  earth  and  heaven  Gen.  2:4;  there  was  no  iroler 
cfn  rri':;b/or  the  drinking  of  the  people  Ex.  17:  1  ;  *r}r'^!'  ^^"^  '"2/  dwelling 


298  SYNTAX.  §  268, 269 

(shall  be)  i.  e,  I sJiaU  dicell  Ps.  23:  G.  Before  its  object.  i'ii:n-^:Q  rkb  the 
accepting  of  the  person  of  the  wicked  Prov.  18:5,  Jinis-rn  to  yield  its 
strength  Gen.  4: 12. 

§  268.  The  absolute  infinitive,  expressing  as  it  does  the 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb  irrespective  of  tense,  number,  or 
person,  may  be  used  instead  of  any  of  the  finite  forms  of  the 
verb,  when  the  sense  is  duly  qualified  by  the  context.  Thus, 
it  may  take  the  place  of 

1.  The  preterite  or  the  future,  when  one  of  those  tenses 
immediately  precedes,  ^3?pn^i  and  they  blew  the  trumpets 
pD2l  and  brake  the  pitchers  ^yo^^.  (there  was)  a  hreahing  of 
the  pitchers  Judg.  7:19;  all  this  ^ibTij  f^T^^  ^n-^k^i  /  have 
seen  and  applied  my  heart  Eccl.  8:9;  ^ip^  they  shall  buy 
fields  for  money  ^12^?^  and  torite  the  papers  DTHt  and  seal 
(them)  "V.^)  and  take  witnesses  Jer.  32  :  44. 

a.  This  rarely  occurs  when  no  verb  precedes  in  the  same  sentence, 
^lioi  "I'HTr-nr  i"in  (shall)  the  faultfinder  contend  with  the  Almighty  Job 
40:  2.  -iL'i  Nii-i  n'T'nn  the  living  creatures  ran  and  returned  Ezek.  1 :  14, 
•iJX^  nid  /jjm /sec/ Eccl.  4:2. 

2.  The  imperative,  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence,  "liit  remember  the  sabbath-day  prop,  (let  there 
be)  a  remembering  Ex.  20 : 8,  ^y^T^,  X^T}  go  and  say 
2  Sam.  24  :  12. 

§269.  The  dependence  of  one  verb  upon  another  is 
most  distinctly  expressed  by  putting  the  second  verb  in  the 
infinitive.  The  second  verb  may,  however,  be  in  form  co- 
ordinated with  the  first  by  being  put  in  the  same  or  an 
equivalent  tense  with  or  without  a  copulative,  the  true  rela- 
tion between  the  verbs  beino:  left  to  be  inferred  from  their 
obvious  signification,  ^?n  b-'i^in  he  toas  loilUng,  tvalked  i.  e. 
he  was  imlling  to  tcalk  or  walked  icillingly  Hos.  5:11, 
Dn'ni<  ^^^^  tl-^b-ls  i^b  I  ivill  no  more  add  to  pity  i.  e.  will  not 
again  pity  Hos.  1  :  6,  tybn  D-'^ra  bei7u/  early  to  go  or  going 
early  Hos.  6  :  4,  how  '^??"'2s*ni  bi^i5  shall  I  endure  and  see  i.  e. 
endure  to  see  Esth.  8  :  6. 


§  270  OBJECT  OF  VERBS.  299 

a.  This  co-ordination  most  frequently  occurs  when  the  second  verb  ex- 
presses the  principid  idea  and  the  first  simply  qualifies  it.  so  that  the  latter 
misrht  be  rendered  by  an  adverb.  Though  even  in  tliis  case  the  second 
verb  is  often  put  in  tiie  infinitive.  HS'^  r;.D'*i  Gen.  8;  10  and  he  added  to 
send  or  riKir'^T  qO'^T  1  Sain.  19:21  and  he  added  and  sent  lor  he  sent  again. 

b.  In  the  Ibllowing  instances  the  verbs  thus  co-ordinated  have  different 
subjects.  i2"n23  bs^ix  /  shall  be  able,  we  shall  smite  him  i.  e.  I  shall  with 
your  aid  be  able  to  smite  him,  Num.  22:6.  ~^"'I><">P';'  '^S'^pir.  i<i  thou  shall 
not  add,  they  shall  call  thee  i.  e.  thou  shalt  no  more  be  called  by  tiiem.  Isa. 
47: 1,  5 ;  or  are  in  different  tenses,  niDX  Ti""!^  ^h  I  know  not  (how)  I  shall 
flatter  i.  e.  how  to  flatter,  Job  32:  22 ;  O  that  S",nx^?3l<T  "'nrn^  /  knew  and 
might  Jind  him  i.  e.  how  to  find  him,  Job  23  :  3. 


Object  of  Verbs. 

§  270.  The  object  of  a  transitive  verb  ordinarily  stands 
after  both  the  verb  and  its  subject,  and  if  it  is  an  indefinite 
noun  is  distinguished  simply  by  its  position  or  by  its  rela- 
tion to  the  verb  as  determined  by  its  meaning ;  if  a  definite 
noun,  or  a  demonstrative,  relative,  or  interrogative  pronoun, 
it  may,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  writer,  be  further  distinguished 
by  prefixing  to  it  ri5  the  sign  of  the  definite  object ;  if  a 
personal  pronoun,  it  is  suffixed  either  to  ri&?  or  to  the  govern- 
ing verb. 

a.  C£nsjderaye  XjbexLy  is  allowed  in  respect  to  the  l^osition  of  >Cords^  T'osii 
particularly  in  poetry;  although,  according  to  thelTatum]  order  in  Hebrew,  Qf~ 
the'^rb  standsTrst,  its  /ubject  Jfe^,  and  its  %jecF^Jt,  nk  n^n'bx  X"^3  OVof^  i 
ri^iQX^r(~God  created  the  heavens  Gen.  1 :  l,':]diis  is  liable  to-^iy  alteration  \A/0  y  t^ 
that  Emphasis  may  rgc[ujre:  the  su^bject  may  precede  the  verb,  and  the  ob-'^«S^Tlf^ 
ject  may  stand  between  them  or  Selbre  them  both.                                                 ' 

b.  A  noun,  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  may  receive  nx , 
tvhether  it  is  definite  by  signification,  as  a  proper  noun,  God  tempted 
cnnas-nx  Abraham  Gen.  22:1,  or  is  made  so  by  the  article,  God  saw 
"lixn-nx  the  light  Gen.  1:4,  a  pronominal  suffix,  take,  7ioiv,  "'nsiaTX  my 
blessing  Gen.  33:11,  or  construction  with  a  definite  noun,  Jacob  called 
cip^sn  ciuTiX  the  name  of  the  place  Gen.  35:15.  The  particle  rx  is  not 
essential  in  any  of  these  cases  and  is  often  omitted,  particularly  in  poetry. 
If  several  definite  nouns  are  connected  together  as  the  object  of  a  verb, 
or  if  a  verb  has  more  than  one  definite  object,  nx  may  be  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  /  have  given  nxtn  7"]xn-rx  this  land . . . '^z^'^r^T^^  the 
Kenite  ^^y^Ty-T'».^  and  the  Kenizzite,  etc.,  etc..  Gen.  15 :  18-21  ;  they  stripped 
ClGi'i-nx  Josep/i  'irisns-nx  of  his  coat  n-icsn  n:n3-nx  the  full-length  coat 


300  SYNTAX.  §271 

Gen.  37:  23;  or  it  may  stand  before  a  part  of  them  only.  Dout.  12:6,  or  it 
may  be  omittt-d  altogether,  Deut.  11:14.  In  a  very  hw  instances  the 
article  is  dropped  after  nx ,  which  of  itself  indicates  the  definiteness  of  the 
noun,  he  reared  up  for  lu'inself  r^k'q"r\iii  the  pillar  2  Sam.  18:18;  and 
carver  strengthened  vjViJ-nx  gilder  Isa.  41:7,  where  the  omission  of  the 
article  is  poetic.  §247. 

c.  Pronouns  with  rx  ;  fiTTX  this  ye  shall  eat  Lev.  11:9;  pid  HTTiX 
this  (fellow)  in  the  prison  1  Kin.  22:27;  ""i-'X  nx  uhom  they  have  cast 
into  the  prison  Jer.  38:9;  he  knew  n"l'y-"ii:;x  rx  what  his  youngest  son 
had  done  to  him  Gen.  9:24;  P.Q^n  "^a'DX  whom  hast  thou  reproached? 
Isa.  37:23;  it  does  not  occur  before  the  neuter  nia .  It  is  also  extended 
sometimes  to  the  following  words,  which  partake  to  a  certain  degree  of  the 
pronominal  character,  b's  all,  every.  Gen.  1:29,  d-^X  any  one,  each  Ex. 
21:28,  inx  one  1  Sam.  9:3.  With  personal  pronouns,  cnnx  ri'^i':^  Gen. 
32:  1,  or  'ci^S-'l  Gen.  48  :  20  and  he  blessed  them. 

>  ••  -:  IT  :  - 

§271.  Many  verbs,  which  are  not  properly  transitive,  are 
nevertheless  capable  of  a  transitive  construction ;  thus 

1.  Verbs  signifying  plenty  or  want :  D^ii?,-^*^  ^7^  f^^'^H  the 
louse  was  fall  (of)  men  Judg.  16  :  27,  n"'^^«  niSi?  ^ni^ii?  I  am 
sated  (with)  hurnt'offerings  of  rams  Isa.  1:11,  -3  ^"-^^X^  toe 
lacked  everg  thing  Jer.  44  :  18.  Here  belongs  that  peculiar 
Hebrew  idiom,  wdiich  expresses  abundance  by  such  phrases 
as  the  following :  the  hills  sSn  r.rDSn  shall  run  (with)  milk 
Joel  4:18,  mine  eye  0*^72  n'ln""  runneth  down  (with)  icater 
Lam.  1  :  16  ;  D'^piir^Gp  i53  nS^  it  had  all  come  njp  (with)  thorns 
i.  e.  was  overgrown  with  them,  Prov.  24  :  31. 

2.  Verbs  signifying  motion  may  have  for  their  object  the 
place  which  it  immediately  concerns,  whether  it  be  directed 
upon  it,  to  it,  or  from  it,  "li^^ri'bs  rx  -fban  and  ive  went 
(througli)  all  the  tvilderness  Deut.  1:19,  and  figuratively, 
nipni^  tjbh  walking  (in)  righteousness  Isa.  33:15,  "i>'n  -i^n;^:) 
and  they  came  into  the  city  Josh.  8:19,  "Prrrn^  ^iii^*;  they 
went  out  (of)  tlie  city  Gen.  44  :  4. 

3.  Intransitive  verbs  may,  as  in  other  languages,  govern 
their  cognate  noun,  Di^n  Tiia^n  /  have  dreamed  a  dream 
Gen.  37:9;  ^SC'P  Dfc"^'isp^'i  and  they  lamented  titer e  a  lamen- 
tation Gen.  50  :  10  ;  ^^inn  bnn  ye  will  be  vain  a  vanity  i.  e. 
utterly  vain  Job  27  :  12  ;  or  even  one  from  a  different  root  if 


§272  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  301 

it  be  related  or  analogous  in  signification,  ^^r^*?.?  S"'?"^-"^  !"'^r? 
I  have  been  zealous  a  fjreat  fury  T^^tokv.  8:2,  f^^^n  'j'ir"'i|:  / 
shall  sleej)  death  i.  e.  tlic  sleep  of  death,  Ps.  13:4. 

4.  Any  verb  may  take  as  its  object  a  noun  which  defines 
the  extent  of  its  apphcation,  I^V^htx  r.jn  he  was  diseased  in 
his  feet  1  Kin.  15  :  23  ;  oidy  -t?^  ^s?2n  i)i  ihe  throne  will  I 
be  greater  than  thou  Gen.  44  :  40  ;  ^"^t  ^^ni<n  ye  jjerish  as  to 
the  way  i.  e.  lose  the  way  Ps.  2:12. 

a.  By  an  impersonal  construction  of  passive  verbs  their  subject  is  some- 
times converted  into  the  object,  which  in  fact  it  logically  is,  71i<ri"nx  "n^ 
dandum  est  terrain,  let  the  land  be  given  Num.  32:5,  ''nn'nTiN  •^J^^'ib  liy^ 
lirr  and  it  was  told  to  Rehekah  (i.  e.  some  one  told  her)  the  words  of  Esau 
Gen.  27:42,  so  Gen.  17:5,  Ex.  10:8,  Lev.  10:18,  2  Sam.  21:  11.  etc.  Tliis 
construction  is  sometimes  extended  to  neuter  verbs  in  familiar  phrases, 
which  have  become  associated  with  an  active  idea.  iil"=7ri~nN  Tj-'p'ra  r"^.;^  bx 
let  not  he  evil  in  thine  eyes  (i.e.  do  not  regard  as  evil)  the  thing  2  Sam. 
11 :  25,  1  Sam.  20 :  13,  Josh.  22 :  17,  Neh.  9 :  32.  In  2  Kin.  IS :  30  n^yn-r5<  )h:r\ 
the  city  shall  be  given^  the  verb  agrees  with  'T^^  notwithstanding  its  re- 
ception of  the  sign  of  the  object:  PN  is  omitted  in  the  parallel  passage, 
Isa.  36 :  15. 

b.  A  noun,  about  which  a  statement  is  to  be  made,  sometimes. stands 
absolutely  and  is  preceded  by  the  sign  of  the  object,  bis  bpaHTX  as  for 
the  iron,  it  fell  2  Kin.  6:5;  b-;n  ^rax  nbx-bsTX  as  for  all  these  (they 
were)  men  of  valonr  Judg.  20:  44:-,  "^ni'pnTX  as  for  my  statides  they  did 
not  walk  in  them  Ezek.  20:  16.  Some  regard  nx  as  the  sign  of  the  object 
in  such  passages  as  ni'nn-nNi  """^i*.;?  5<3  1  Sam.  17:34,  and  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  Arabic  conjunction  is  followed  by  the  accusative  when  it  is  need 
in  the  sense  of  together  with  ;  more  probably,  however,  PN  is  the  preposi- 
tion with,  §238.  2.  and  the  passage  is  to  be  rendered  the  lioncame  and  (that 
too)  \ciih  the  bear,  so  Num.  3  :  26.  1  Sam.  26 :  16.  1  Kin.  1 1 :  25.  etc. 

§272.  1.  AVhen  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  regarded  as  the 
indirect  object  of  a  verb,  the  relation  is  indicated  by  means 
of  the  appropriate  preposition. 

2.  Many  verbs  vary  their  construction  -without  any  ma- 
terial difference  of  meaning  according  to  the  form  of  the  con- 
ception in  the  mind  of  the  speaker  or  writer,  being  followed 
by  one  preposition  or  by  another  or  by  none  at  all,  as  he  views 
the  relation  as  direct  or  indirect,  and  if  the  latter,  under  one 
aspect  or  another :  thus,  they  icent  out  from  the  city  may  be 
expressed  by  the  direct  relation,  'T'i^n-nx  ^i^s;;  Gen.  44  : 4, 


302  SYNTAX.  §273 

or  by  the  indirect,  n^yn-i^  ^^:?;  Josh.  8  :  22  ;  Dnbs  to  jigU  is 
followed  by  DJ'  with  Josh.  10:29,  by  a  in  (na  ^V^  earn) 
ver.  31,  by  ^?  against  ver.  38,  by  nx  Judg.  12:4. 

a.  A  number  of  verbs  are  indifferently  construed  with  a  direct  object  or 
with  b  to.  in  reference  to,  thus.  sriN  ^o  /ore  any  one  and  to  have  love  to 
any  one,  5<E"i  ^o  c?<re  and  to  perform  a  cure  for  any  one,  I^'^iJin  to  save  and 
to  grant  salvation  to  any  one,  nhd  fo  destroy  and  /o  6rt?zo-  destruction  to 
any  one. 

6.  As  the  object  of  an  action  may,  in  certain  cases,  be  regarded  as  the 
instrument  with  which  it  is  performed,  some  transitive  verbs  also  admit  a 
construction  with  3  with,  thus  ^sid  sirpn  blow  the  trumpet^  Hos.  5 :  8, 
-ib^t'3  S'jbpi';]  and  he  blew  with  the  trumpet  Judg.  3:27;  D'^'il^n  bns  to 
spread  forth  the  hands  Ps.  143 : 6,  but  followed  by  a  to  spread  forth  with 
the  hands  Lam.  1 :  17. 

3.  By  a  condensed  style  of  expression  {constructio  praeg- 
nans)  prepositions  are  sometimes  connected  with  verbs,  to 
whose  meaning  they  are  not  strictly  conformed  ;  thus,  motion 
may  be  suggested  by  the  preposition  though  the  verb  of  it- 
self implies  no  such  idea,  ^fy^^  r^Vjn  thou  hast  profaned  to 
the  ground  i.  e.  profaned  by  casting  to  the  ground,  Ps.  89  :  40, 
^"?")'''^  ^""^  ^"^^5  ^^^^y  trembled  one  u?ito  another  i.  e.  one 
turned  tremblingly  to  another,  Jer.  36 :  16,  ^?n-^:?  D^'bn  'in;^^ 
thou  hast  answered  (by  saving)  me  from  the  horns  of  the  uni- 
corns  Ps.  22  :  22. 

§  273.  Some  verbs  have  more  than  one  object,  viz. : 

1.  The  causatives  of  transitive  verbs:  -j^siiaTii?  "inbD^^nn 
nniCS"nN  and  I  will  make  thy  oppressors  eat  their  own  flesh 
Isa.  49  :  26  ;  n^&?"b2"nx  ^^iknn  J«<!:  he  loould  not  have  caused  us 
to  see  all  these  things  Judg.  13  :  23  ;  "irpn^'T^  nsSns:'  he  shall 
cause  Israel  to  inherit  it  Deut.  1  :  38. 

2.  Verbs  whose  action  may  be  regarded  under  different 
aspects  as  terminating  upon  different  objects,  or  which,  under 
the  rules  already  given,  may  take  a  direct  object  of  more 
than  one  kind,  all  irib<  Tkl  "iir«  lohich  God  commanded  him 
Gen.  6  :  22  ;  D-^j^nn-b?  n^?  bk-^iS":  "^b-rx  r/ninb  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  all  the  statutes  Lev.  10:11;  "^i^bf-brri^  tpir) 
''nb  thou  hast  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the  cheek  Ps.  3:8; 


§273  OBJECT   OF   VERBS.  303 

W^p  Di';T*'"iKto  liff  up  your  hands  to  the  sayiduary  Ps.  134  :  2  ; 
rrairra  d^^it  and  he  shall  discomfit  them  a  discomfiture 
Deut.  7  :  23. 

3.  The  instrument  of  an  action,  the  material  used  in  its 
performance,  its  design,  or  its  result,  is  often  regarded  as  its 
secondary  or  remote  object,  15^  ini<  ^T)^!^  and  they  over- 
whelmed him  with  stones  Lev.  24 :  23 ;  t:bnx  Dri5  Tp^rvy  and 
tJiou  shall  gird  them  with  a  belt  Ex.  29  :  9  ;  thy  seed  3?'HTn-n©x 
n'b75?;n"ni<  loith  lohich  thou  shall  soiv  the  ground  Isa.  30  :  23  ; 
nsy  Diijrrrx  ^i^'i'^n  and  he  formed  the  man  of  dust  Gen.  2:7; 
TnnbiD  -itx  for  which  I  have  sent  it  Isa.  55:11;  nin'^n 
naia  0"':3i?n-ns  and  he  built  the  stones  into  an  altar  1  Kin. 
18:32. 

a.  The  person  affected  by  an  action,  of  which  he  is  not  the  immediate 
object,  is  occasionally  regarded  as  its  remote  object,  though  not  so  fre- 
quently as  in  English,  ■'3nn3  D^rn  yix  thou  hast  given  me  the  land  of  the 
south  Judg.  1:15,  comp;  in  the  same  verse,  ''b  •^nral,-  "|^^'::5  nin  they  did 
thee  evil  Gen.  50:  17,  comp.  nrn  cnb  ^im  Isa.  3:9;  J^^s;,^  m^.^tx  1"i3bi>1 
d'^N  vibx  and  they  hired  of  the  king  of  Maacah  a  thousand  men  1  Sam,  10:6. 
The  same  thing  occurs  in  a  few  instances  after  intransitive  verbs,  "^ibna 
he  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Job  31 :  18;  ""SP^^  did  ye  fast  unto  me 
Zech.  7:5. 

4.  Some  verbs  may  govern  the  subject  and  predicate  of 
a  subordinate  clause,  bcs  2?ti?'i  nyib  to  know  wickedness  (to 
h€)  folly  Eccl.  7  :  25,  the  latter,  if  it  be  an  adjective  or  par- 
ticiple, will  remain  without  the  article,  §259.  2,  D'^'^sx  wb© 
"TiiDrra  I  have  heard  Ephraim  bemoaning  himself  ^^x.  31  :  18, 
p-i-r;^  in^ii-i  ^nbf  thee  have  I  seen  righteous  Gen.  7:1. 

5.  If  an  active  verb  is  capable  of  governing  a  double 
object,  its  passive  may  govern  the  more  remote  of  them, 

D^f?^"!^?  "^^*3  ^^  on^^fl  and  ye  shall  be  circumcised  in  the  fiesh 
of  your  foreskin  Gen.  17  :  11,  nnb^  l^n^^n  fi^Sispn  and  the  land 
was  filled  toith  them  Ex.  1  :  7,  "^f^f  J?3  ?^'^i?  rent  as  to  his  coat 
i.  e.  tvith  his  coat  rent  2  Sam.  15  :  32,  r.irjp  Tyot^  sent  (or 
charged)  with  a  painful  message  1  Kin.  14  :  6. 


304  SYNTAX.  'J  274 


Adverbial  Expressions. 

§  274.  The  predicate  of  a  proposition  may  be  further 
quahfied 

1 .  By  adverbs,  which  commonly  stand  after  the  words  to 
which  they  refer,  "^^"^  nit3"nrn^  and  heliold  (it  was)  very  (jood 
Gen.  1  :  31 ;  ni"in  xhry^^  and  lie  was  greatly  provohed  Neh. 
3  :  33  ;  I  am  ^^  •"•^'^n  ^'^l?^  t^fy  exceeding  great  reioard 
prop,  thy  reward  very  much  Gen.  15  ;  1. 

a.  Adjectives  belonging  to  the  subject  may  of  course  be  qualified  in 
the  same  manner  as  though  they  were  found  in  the  predicate. 

2.  By  nouns  used  absolutely  to  express  the  relations  of 
time,  place,  measure,  number,  or  manner. 

a.  Thus,  time  when  :  Ci'^nn^l  ^vM  ^"^^  evening  and  morning  and  noon, 
will  I  pray  Ps.  55:18;  tarry  here  '^\i^'^  to-night  Num.  22:8;  Gideon 
came  rTiTadNn  Di^'n  at  the  beginning  of  the  watch.  Time  how  long:  and 
he  shall  shut  iip  the  house  D'^i^  r^^^^  seven  dayshev.  14:38;  the  land 
rested  n:ir  csiTsd  eighty  years  Judg.  3:30. 

b.  The  place  where:  the  absolute  use  of  nouns  in  this  sense  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  the  familiar  words,  nrb  at  the  door  of  Gen.  18: 1.  Judg. 
9:35,  n^3  at  the  house  of  Gen.  38:11,  Num.  30:11,  and  a  few  proper 
names,  cnb  n^2  at  Bethlehem  2  Sam.  2:32,  ^&?-n"^5  at  Belfiel  Hos.  12:4. 

c.  Measures  of  space :  i^'is  ni52N  iT'iBd  three  cubits  high  Ezek.  41:22  ^ 
he  went  tih^  Tj"!"!]  a  day'^s  journey  1  Kin.  19:4. 

d.  Number:  D"^^'Q  S'sil:  l^ii  return  seven  times  1  Kin.  18:43;  he  of- 
fered sacrifices  D^Js  ~bp^   according  to  the  number  of  them  ail  Job  1 :5. 

e.  Manner,  answering  to  the  Greek  adverbial  accusative:  ye  shall 
dwell  na2  in  security  Deut.  12  :  10  ;  ye  shall  not  go  nain  loftily  Mic.  2:3; 
the  tribes  went  up  ^X'^b'^  rsTi:^  according  to  a-  law  of  Israel  Ps.  122 :  4  ; 
thou  shalt  not  go  there  "^"^^"^  r^k'^'^  for  fear  of  briers  Isa.  7:25;  to  serve 
him  Hnx  cid  with  one  consent  prop,  shoulder  Zeph.  3:9. 

3.  By  nouns  preceded  by  a  preposition  forming  a  qualify- 
ing phrase. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  the  several  prepositions  see  the 
lexicon. 


§275  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  305 


Neglect  of  Agreement. 

§275.  The  general  rule  that  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  respectively  relate,  is  subject  to  some  remarkable  excep- 
tions ;  the  principal  of  which  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  predicate  adjective  or  verb  precedes  the 
noun  it  often  prefers  a  primary  to  a  secondary  form,  that  is 
to  say,  the  masculine  may  be  used  instead  of  the  feminine 
and  the  singular  instead  of  the  plural.  The  reason  of  this  is 
that  the  attention  is  not  so  particularly  drawn  to  the  acci- 
dents of  gender  and  number  in  the  subject  until  it  is  uttered, 
and  consequently  the  predicate  is  not  required  to  conform  so 
precisely  to  it. 

a.  Thus,  the  masculine  for  the  feminine:  'f^'!^i<'^  cnk  xb3"5<b  the  land 
could  not  bear  them  Gen.  13:6,  nyJid"^  D'l^d"!^  p"'"'^  salvation  is  far  from 
the  wicked 'Ps,.\\^'.\bo^  mh^d  siliH  tremble  ye  careless  women  Isn.  32:  ]1. 
The  singular  for  the  plural:  ^'^^.i^'i  i<3'^  let  thy  words  come  to  pass  iudg. 
13: 12,  r,"^::Du;^  "i-i:^  upright  are  thy  judgments  Ps.  119: 137,  H'^rjis^  nlijsisx 
her  wounds  are  incurable, or  the  singular  maybe  understood  distributively, 
each  of  her  wounds  is  incurable  Mic.  1 :  9.  The  masculine  singular  for  the 
feminine  plural:  m'^bs  as7  itb  reproaches  cease  not  Mic.  2:6,  ^inr^'HS 
ni!in  until  calamities  be  overpast  Ps.  57:2,  D'^ba  'i^""''!'?.!  ^^^  there  were  to 
him  wives  1  Kin.  11:3. 

h.  When  the  predicate  consists  of  several  verbs  or  adjectives,  one  of 
which  precedes  and  the  rest  follow  the  noun,  the  latter  must  agree  with  it, 
while  the  first  may  be  put  in  its  primary  form,  nnj<73  ""n^  let  there  be 
lights . ..  nnxb  ^^ri^  and  let  them  be  for  signs  Gen.  1 :  14,  liix  0"'^"?^  ^n^i 
C^xai:  si-in  and  there  were  men  who  were  defiled  Num.  9:6.  In  1  Kin. 
10 :  12  two  verbs  are  put  in  the  masc.  sing,  with  a  plural  subject. 

c.  The  predicate,  even  when  it  follows  the  subject,  occasionally  departs 
from  it  ill  gender  or  number,  retaining  its  primary  form  ;  this  takes  p^ace 
with  passive  or  neuter  verbs  of  familiar  occurrence,  and  which  are  proba- 
bly used  impersonally  as  the  same  verbs  are  elsewhere,  §271.4.  a,  the  sons 
of  Jacob  "ib-i^^  nbs<.  whom  (his  wives)  had  born  to  him  prop,  there  had 
been  born  to  him  Gen.  35 :  26.  comp.  Gen.  4 :  18.  46: 22,  27,  "^S  r\'-^n  r\'!^"^2^ 
there  was  to  me  (i.  e.  I  had)  house-born  servants  Ecclcs.  2:7.  comp.  Gen. 
47:24,  Ex.  12:4^,  28:7.  Num.  9:  14,  15:29,  Deut.  18:2.  1  Chron.  24:28, 
2  Chron.  17:  13,  Tv^jn  J^^bs*  it  was  dark  prop,  darkness  Gen.  15:  17.  The 
disposition  to  recur  to  their  primary  form  discovers  itself  in  a  very  few 
instances  in  qualifying  adjectives  when  separated  from  the  noun  to  which  , 
20 


306  SYNTAX.  §275 

they  belong,  ptn^  n^iia  hsin  a  great  and  strong  wind  1  Kin.  19:11;  in 
Ps.  63:2,  7\T11  ^J::-|'-!^«3  quoted  by  Nordlieimer  as  an  additional  exam- 
pie  the  second  adjective  may  agree  not  with  Y'^k  but  with  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  "inian  for  thee  longs  my  fleshy  in  a  dry  land,  and  weary. 
Alex,  in  loc. 

2.  Collective  nouns  may  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  ^'^^V^.^  D?n  ^^r\m 
and  the  people  hasted  and  passed  over  Josh.  4:10,  r^i"inij:  ysk 
lost  sheep  Jer.  50  :  6,  D-ifcljp  d5>3  niyrj-bs  all  the  congregation, 
all  of  them  are  holy  Num.  16:3. 

a.  When  a  predicate  consists  of  more  than  one  verb  or  adjective,  the 
■first   sometimes  agrees  with   it  formally  in  the   singular  and    the   rest 

logically  in  the  plural,  0^ip-n5<  siDn^l  n'nrn-b3  N^ni  and  all  the  congre- 
gation lifted  up  and  uttered  their  voice  Num.  14:1:  ^li^C's'i  crn  ';?2N'si 
and  the  people  believed  and  they  heard  Ex.  4 :  31. 

b.  The  noun  ynx  /a?z(Z,  ear/^,  which  is  properly  a  feminine  singular, 
may,  when  it  is  put  for  its  inhabitants,  be  construed  with  the  masculine 
plural,  2  Sam.  15:23,  Ps.  66:4.  Names  of  nations  borrowed  from  those 
of  their  progenitors,  as  Israel,  Edom,  Amalek,  may  be  strictly  construed  in 
the  masculine  singular,  Ex.  17  :  1 1,  Am.  1 :  11,  or  as  a  collective  in  the  mas- 
culine plural,  Hos.  8:2,  Ob.  ver.  6,  2  Sam.  10:  17,  or  again  in  the  feminine 
singular,  whether  this  arises  from  a  prominent  reference  to  the  land  or 
from  the  frequent  personification  of  a  people  as  a  maiden,  2  Sam.  10:  11, 
Jer.  13:19,  49:17;  so  D5  people  in  the  following  examples,  r\i2.V  nxi:n 
thy  people  has  done  wrong  Ex.  5: 16,  r.^ibii  C?n  the  people  dwelling  Judg. 
18:7.  Different  constructions  may  be  united  in  the  same  passage,  Jer. 
48:  15,  Hos.  14:1. 

3.  Nouns,  which  are  plural  in  form  but  singular  in  sig- 
^  nification,  commonly  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns 
dWtil  agreeing  with  them  in  the  singular,  D"'nbN  i^^.2  God  created 
^o\.isL  ^^^- 1  •  1>  ^^^'^  ^^"iV^  it^  owner  shall  he  put  to  death  Ex. 
i]k9.      21:29,  niTjp  '^'^^t^'^.  a  hard  master  I'^.d..  19:4,  ^p:*-!^:??  tj-innn 


KKlivL 


t 

£c('  •    thy  youth  is  renewed  Ps.  103  :  5. 

a.  When  the  word  C'^n'bx  refers  to  false  deities,  the  sense  is  plural 
/VVVYV(/K  ^"[^^^ '^  ^^onstrued  accordingly,  ^j'^nbx  n^x  these  are  thy  gods  Ex.32:  4.8, 
r,  g  ^'^'"?''r?  'i^^",'!!"'"'^  so  onay  the  gods  do  1  Kin.  19:2;  but  where  it  refers  to 
MA(XA  the  true  God,  it  is  with  few  exceptions  construed  in  the  singular.  Yet 
^04^ "see  Gen.  20:13,  35:7,  Ex.  22:8,  Josh.  24:19,  1  Sam.  17:26,  2  Sam. 
J^  (A- f  ^  7:23.  The  exceptional  construction  in  these  and  similar  passages  may 
I  /.  have  arisen  from  the  attention  being  directed  to  the  Supreme  Being  in 
^Mvo^     general,  and  to  the  fulness  or  variety  of  his  manifestations  without  spe- 


^276  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  307 

cific  reference  to  the  divine  unity,  and  may,  besides,  involve  an  allusion  to 

the  personal  distinction  in  the  Godhead.     See  Alexander  on  Ps.  11:7  and     n 

58:12.      Xf  ^     ^^  ^^/  ^  f<  ^--^    ^A^'  '  /  ^'^      (}-  XiL"^  U  v^oAfC^ 

4.  Plural  names  of  inanimate  or  irrational  objects  of  ^^  4 
either  gender  are  occasionally  joined  with  the  feminine  singu- 
lar, Tl^'b'N  :\in5?n  nii?  ni^na  the  beasts  of  the  field  pant  for 

thee  Joel  1 :  20,  ri^'n'^po  C]i3»rr\  its  foods  wash  away  Job 
14:19,  nr\Tn«  D'^?nn  ^^o^ngs  have  taken  her  Jer.  49:24, 
ninn  n"i3ri  wild  beasts,  their  lair  Isa.  35  :  7. 

a.  In  objects  devoid  of  personality  the  individual  is  of  small  account, 
and  may  be  easily  sunk  in  the  mass.  A  pluralis  iuhumanus  may  conse- 
quently be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  a  collective,  the  proper  form  of  which 
is  the  feminine  singular.  §198,  and  words  belonging  to  it  maybe  dealt 
with  "accordingly.  The  same  principle  prevails  in  the  construction  of  neu- 
ter plurals  in  Greek,  ra  ^aja  rpix^i. 

5.  Masculine  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  some- 
times used  when  females  are  spoken  of  from  a  neglect  to  note 
the  gender,  if  no  stress  is  laid  upon  it,  O^^^n^l  and  they  (queens 
and  concubines)  praised  her  Cant.  6:9;  the  Lord  deal  kindly 
nir:^  zvith  you  (Ruth  and  Orpah)  as  D^^'ip?^  ye  have  dealt 
Ruth  1:8;  ""irQ  my  dead  (Sarah)  Gen.  23:4;  ^htD  ^pk  thoic 
art  destroyed  Jer.  4 :  30  ;  this  last  passage  may,  however,  be 
rendered  thou,  it  is  destroyed,  zvhat  wilt  thou  do  ? 

6.  Singular  predicates  and  pronouns  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  a  distributive  sense  of  plural  subjects,  "^Tq  ^■'i")5"a 
they  that  bless  thee  shall  each  be  blessed  Num.  24  :  9  ;  n-^b'bn^ 
t\W  niis  they  ivho  profane  it  shall  every  one  be  put  to  death 
Ex.  31 :  14 ;  isia^a  ^I'^p;'  ta^p^sr  np^s  they  take  aioay  the  riyht- 
eousness  of  the  righteous  from  each  of  them  Isa.  5  :  23. 

§276.  1.  AYhen  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more 
words  connected  by  the  conjunction  and,  the  predicate,  if  it 
precedes  its  subject,  may  be  put  in  the  masculine  singular  as 
its  primary  form,  bipi  rnin  on)?  xsrn  and  from  them  shall 
proceed  thanksgiving  and  a  voice  Jer.  30  :  19,  or  it  may  be 
put  in  the  plural,  referring  to  them  all,  l'"^r|¥^    '^^'^  ^''^?^-- 


308  SYNTAX.  §277-279 

and  Moses  and  Aaron  did  so  Ex.  7  :  20,  or  it  may  agree  with 
tlie  nearest  word,  prj?"?  ^11^  ^%'l^^  and  Miriam  and  Aaron 
spahe  Num.  12:1;  ^^Tb.'^^  nnx  vpx  ^  ^^^ou  and  thy  fathers 
have  not  known  Deut.  13:7. 

2.  If  the  predicate  follows  a  compomid  subject  it  is 
commonly  put  in  the  plural,  though  it  may  agree  with  the 
principal  word  to  which  the  others  are  subordinate,  ^^'^t^^  ^'^^.^ 
DISK  /  loith  my  maidens  will  fast  prop,  and  my  maidens  Est. 
4:16,  X3  3i^i"'l  'T17  'inn:?  the  servants  of  David  and  Joab 
came  2  Sam.  3  :  22. 

3.  If  a  predicate  refers  equally  to  two  words  of  different 
genders,  it  will  be  put  in  the  masculine  in  preference  to  the 
feminine,  Q'^ipT  nntol  nn'iSi?  Abraham  and  Sarah  were  old 
Gen.  18  :11  ;  if  they  are  of  different  persons,  the  predicate 
will  be  put  in  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third,  and  in 
the  first  in  preference  to  either  of  the  others,  ^\^  I^J'i??  '^?^ 
n'lnj  I  a7id  Jonathan  my  son  will  be  1  Sam.  14:40,  ririi? 
Dnna^T  ^'V^  I'^H?'!'  thou  and  Aaron  thy  brother  and  ye  shall 
speak  Num.  20  :  8. 

§277.  If  two  or  more  nouns  are  united  in  the  construct 
state  the  predicate  ordinarily  agrees  with  the  first  as  the  lead- 
ing word  in  such  combinations  :  it  may,  however,  agree  with 
the  second,  if  that  is  the  more  important,  or  the  predicate 
might  with  propriety  be  referred  directly  to  it,  T^nr^n  niini? 
bb'rjx  the  fields  of  Heshbon  languish  Isa.  16:8,  nifcs?  n^  ^i^^ft:? 
D'^ii'^ni;  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  the  poor  Jer.  2 :  34. 

a.  The  predicate  agrees  generally  though  not  invariably  with  the 
second  noun  when  the  first  is  Vs,  or  an  abstract  expressing  a  quality  of 
that  which  foHows.  nb-^^7-b3  rn;sn  and  all  the  days  of  Seth  were  Gen. 
5^:8.  D-^tsn-bD  /isipi^  and  all  the  worn  en  went  out  ^x.  15:20,  ^''^Jbi^  -inaia 
51S3I3  the  choice  of  his  captains  were  drowned  ver.  4. 

§278.  Nouns  in  the  dual  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  riisn  njkb  "^rs? 
the  eyes  of  Leah  were  tender  Gen.  29: 17. 

§  279.  The  abrupt  changes  of  the  person  from  the  third 


^280  REPETITION    OF    WORDS.  309 

to  the  first  or  second,  and  vice  versa,  which  are  esi)ecially 
frequent  with  the  prophets  and  psahnists,  Isa.  1  :  29,  Ps. 
81:17,  are  due  to  the  boldness  and  vividness  of  their  con- 
ceptions, in  virtue  of  which  they  often  pass  in  the  course  of 
the  same  sentence  from  speaking  of  God  to  speaking  in  his 
name,  and  from  describing  men  to  directly  addressing  them. 

a.  The  occasional  combination  of  the  pronoun  of  the  first  person  with 
a  verb  in  the  tliird  is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis,  ^h")  ■'33n  behold  /(am 
he  who)  has  laid  Isa.  28: 16,  vlpi"'  '^\zT]  behold  I  (am  he  who)  will  add 
29:14,33:5. 

Repetition  of  Words. 

§280.  The  repetition  of  nouns  may  denote 

1.  Distribution,  nbin  ni©  i/ear  hy  year  Deut.  14:22, 
Ip23  npiis  in  the  morning,  in  the  morning  i.  e.  every  morning 
2  Sam.  13  :  4,  t:n'gb  nn^-t^'^iii  nnx"ir"'X  one  man  for  each  tribe 
Josh.  3:12;  so  with  numeral  adjectives,  §  252. 4,  r;rnic  n^ntD 
by  sevens  Gen.  7  :  2,  and  adverbs,  t2?^  ^dsrq  little  by  little 
Ex.  23 :  30. 

2.  Plurality,  ^ni""!^  generation  and  generation  i.  e.  many 
generations  Deut.  32  : 7,  lj?^  lp  ij?^  T  'i:?^  ^%  1?b  ii  pre- 
cejjt  upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept,  line  upon  line,  line 
upon  line  Isa.  28:10,  13,  rinijtn  n'-^xn  jrj??^  on  pits  Gen. 
14  :  10  ;  or  with  the  implication  of  diversity,  1?J$3  px  a 
weight  and  a  loeight  i.  e.  tveights  of  two  sorts  Deut.  25  :  13, 
^%  nS  a  double  heart  Ps.  12  :  3. 

3.  Emphasis  or  intensity,  p^i  P7?  justice,  justice  i.  e. 
nothing  but  justice  Deut.  16  :  20,  pi?  pi2:^  exceeding  deep 
Eccl.  7  :  24 ;  so  with  adverbs,  'li^'a  ^i573  mightily,  mightily 
Gen.  7:19,  and  even  a  conjunction,  1?^^^  I?"!!  because  even 
because. 

a.  Sometimes  the  second  word  is  put  in  a  different  gender  from  the 
first,  nbrrio!!  'vt-q  all  kinds  of  support  lea.  3:1,  comp.  Jer.  48:19,  or  a 
different  number,  Q^'P'^tin  "li'cn  a  heap,  two  heaps  Judg.  15:16.  nrid 
ri'^iTri  Eccl.  2:8.  Or  a  cognate  word  may  be  employed,  fl^d^l  '""5^^ 
waste  and  desolate  Ezek.  6:  14,  "pna'^i  r^'q  Lev.  23:3. 


310  SYNTAX.  PS1,282 

b.  Instances  occur  of  triple  repetition,  Tlinj?  llJil;?  '^I'^J?  holy.  holy,  holy, 
Isa.  6 :  3.  y^ii,  y^k  y^,i<  O  earth,  earth,  earth,  Jer.  22  :  29^  Jer.  7  :  4,  Ezek! 
21  :  32,  Ex.  25  :  35.' 

§281.  A  separate  pronoun  may  be  added  to  a  pro- 
nominal suffix  for  the  sake  of  emphasis,  "^ii?:  "^n^^  mi/  dying, 
mine  2  Sam.  19:1,  ^^li''  nris?  thee,  thee  shall  they  praise 
Gen.  49:8,  or  to  a  noun  to  which  it  refers,  «in-Da  ntjb  to 
Sethy  to  him  also  Gen.  4  :  26. 

§282.  In  verbs  the  absolute  infinitive  is  joined  with  the 
finite  forms  to  add  emphasis  or  intensity  to  the  idea,  "'!Drn 
•f'bian  shalt  thou  actually  reign  over  us?  Gen.  37  ;  8,  ri^in  ni'b 
thou  shalt  surely  die  Gen.  2:17.  This  combination  some- 
times expresses  continuance  or  repetition,  particularly  when 
two  infinitives  are  connected  together  and  both  follow  the 
finite  verb,  nifcl  i^iir;'  i^i^n  and  it  went  out  going  out  and  re- 
turniiig  i.  e.  it  kept  going  to  and  fro  Gen.  8:7,  'ii?)  ^*^n  ^^r\ 
they  went  on  lowing  as  they  went  1  Sam.  6:12,  D?"^!?^  "'^'^^J 
"till  DiT^'H  and  I  spake  to  you  rising  up  early  and  spieaMng 
Jer.  7 :  13. 

a.  The  infinitive  is  mostly  of  the  same  species  with  the  finite  verb  to 
which  it  is  added,  although  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Thus,  the  Kal, 
on  account  of  its  greater  simplicity  of  form,  may  be  joined  with  a  deriva- 
tive species,  e.g.  Niphal  bj?&";«  bipD  Ex.  19:13,  Piel  rp"^3  rf.^"?-^  Josh. 
24:10,  Pual  qnts  ri'n'J  Gen.  ^37  :  33^,  Hiphil  ens;:  Dnr  1  Sam.' '23 :  22, 
Hophal  n^si-'  ri^  Ex.  19:  12.  Hithpael  nauirrn  ::i^  Isa.  24:19;  or  one 
derivative  species  with  another  of  like  signification,  nn"nE3  t<?  '^^^-T)  Lev. 
19:20.  n^Fjn  i<"i  bnnn  Ezek.  16:4.  Occasionally  the  infinitive  is  bor- 
rowed from  a  cognate  verb,  C^qx  ?1DX  Zeph.  1  : 2  (r|6i<  and  ;]1D),  ;L*nx 
«ia!n;«  Isa.  28  :  28  {tA^  and  t^^). 

b.  The  construct  infinitive  is  very  rarely  used  in  such  combinations  in- 
stead of  the  absolute,  13bin  bin  Neh.  1  : 7.  n"'nx-rT;'ri  Ps.  50  :  21 ;  once 
it  is  added  in  a  varied  form  to  a  preceding  construct  infinitive,  mBiins 
niH:3  2  Sam.  6:  20.  The  finite  verb  is  repeated,  "'DS^::?  ^-^i^^  2  Sam.  15:8 
K'thibh.  A  verbal  noun  takes  the  place  of  the  infinitive,  "lii'n  n^"!^ 
Hab.  3:9. 

c.  When  two  verbs  are  connected  together  to  express  continuous  ac- 
tion, a  participle  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  absolute  infinitive  in  the 
case  of  one  or  both,  nsiisi  npr  . . .  nbr  Tirr  2  Sam.  15:  30,  ^2.3^  ""^n  r^^h 
Jer.  41  :6  ;  an  adjective  may  even  take  the  place  of  the  second,  "^ibn  r|b^1 
bnai    Gen.  26:13,   ^\i::p^  -ii^n  . . .  r.^rn    Judg.  4:24;  the   finite  verb   is 

"  T  1  I  T  '  T  :  I  T  IV"-  53  ' 


§283,284  INTERROGATIVE    SENTENCES.  311 

omitted  in  ^"i"'^;!  ",V'n  '^s'^i'^^  Est.  9  :  4.  the  substantive  verb  takes  its  place, 
-liom  Tjis'n  si-n  Gen.  8 : 5,'  bnsi  Ty^'n  '^scin^  "^n-ji  2  Chron.  17:  12.  The 
second  verb  luay  also  be  put  in  one  of  the  firiite  tenses,  15pn;i  '^O'^'l  ^"rV^ 
Josh.  6:  13.  h^p,':i  -,i3n  ...  r|bh  2  Sam.  16 :  13,  and  in  fact  "other  construc- 
tions, begun  with  a  participle  or  infinitivej  are  not  infrequently  continued 
in  the  preterite  or  iuture,  Job  12  :21. 


Interrogative  Sentences. 

§283.  1.  A  direct  question  is  indicated  by  the  interroga- 
tive particle  n,  '^i'pri'l  ^^^^  ^^^oii  <jo?  Gen.  24:58,  nnnn 
•^rij  D-^nbij  am  I  in  the  place  of  God?  Gen.  50  :  19  ;  an  in- 
direct question  by  T>,  or  dn  if,  to  know  D'lnni^  DDir^n  ichether 
you  love  Deut.  XZA,  inquire  Thrvi^'^'^  whether  I  shall  re- 
cover prop,  if  I  shall  2  Kin.  1:2. 

a.  The  particle  ri.  is  in  Job  4 :  2  separated  from  the  proper  interroga- 
tive clause. 

2.  In  a  disjunctive  question  the  first  member  is  commonly 
introduced  by  n  and  the  second  by  Gi<  or  DXT ,  Tjra  ririnsn 
sS-DX  Kin  is  this  thy  sort's  coat  or  not?  Gen.  37  :32;  1'snn 
is  it  any  pleasure  to  the  Ahniyhty  that  thou  art  riyhteous 
^^jfU)^')  or  is  it  gain  to  him,  etc.,  Job  22  :3. 

a.  The  second  member  is  more  rarely  introduced  by  ii^  or,  who  hnow- 
eth  bbo  ik  n'"'"'^  -?'7'1  y^hether  he  shall  be  a  wise  man  or  afoul  Eccl.  2  :  19. 
or  by  n  repeated  '^t'^n  xin  pjn!^  whether  they  be  strong  or  weak  Num. 
13  :  18.  x'^n  lib  nnx'^p  Jir^'l^bn  have  ye  called  us  to  impoverish  us  or  not? 
Judg.  14  :  15.  The  construction  of  the  second  clause  is  interrupted  and  re- 
sumed again  in  Gen.  17  :  17. 

6.  If  a  question  stand  in  a  disjunctive  relation  to  something  previously 
expressed  or  implied,  it  may  begin  with  CX,  lit'^n  ir'ns'CS  cisEH  your 
pemersion  !  or  is  the  potter  to  be  reckoned  as  the  clay?  Isa. 29 :  IG,  PX^  C6< 
i3"ix  or  is  this  thing  from  my  lord  ?  1  Kin.  1 :  27. 

§284.  A  question  may  also  be  asked  by  means  of  the 
interrogative  pronouns  or  interrogative  adverbs.  Or  it  may, 
without  any  particle  of  interrogation,  be  indicated  simply  by 
the  tone  of  voice  in  which  it  is  uttered,  ^§^3  D'5t?  thy  coming 
is  peaceful?  1  Sam.  16:4. 


312  SYNTAX.  ^285 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§285.  1.  From  simple  we  pass  to  compound  sentences. 
These  are  made  up  of  distinct  clauses  united  for  the  most 
part  by  the  relative  pronoun  or  by  conjunctions.  As  the  rela- 
tive invariably  occupies  the  first  place  in  its  own  clause,  and 
as  the  Hebrew  admits  of  no  inflections  to  represent  case, 
some  special  device  was  necessary  to  indicate  its  relation  to 
the  following  words.  Accordingly,  when  the  relative  *y^i^^  is 
governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition,  this  is  shown  by 
appending  an  appropriate  pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing 
word,  inbir  "ici5  w/iom  he  has  sent  2  Kin.  19  :4  ;  the  ground 
trr\^^  nirx  which  he  has  cursed  Gen.  5  :  29  ;  i^'^T  -ifcs  whose 
seed  Gen.  1  :  11 ;  houses  of  clay  D^^?  *^???  ^^^  ivhose  foun- 
dation is  in  the  dust  Job  4:19;  the  place  T^^?  . . .  "itSi^  tfpon 
which  Ex.  3:5;  thou  ^'T\yy2.  *i©i<  whom  I  have  chosen  Isa. 
41:8. 

a.  When  the  relative  is  the  object  of  a  verb  the  suffix  is  frequently 
omitted,  the  sense  being  sufficiently  plain  without  it,  Tixna—nri^^  whom 
I  have  created  Gen.  6  :  7. 

2.  When  the  relative  ^Ti)^.  is  preceded  by  ri&5  the  sign 
of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  preposition,  these  pertain  not 
to  the  relative  but  to  its  antecedent,  which  is  in  this  case 
embraced  with  it  as  in  the  English  compound  relative 
what  =  that  which,  ilT^^'b:?  T^i^Tiij  'li^l  and  he  conunanded 
him  'who  was  over  his  house  Gen.  44  : 1  ;  to  make  thee  under- 
stand nn|p;^-ni5x  n^5  tohat  shall  befall  Dan.  10  :  14. 

a.  The  only  exception  is  '^Trx  CS  with  whom  Gen.  31 :  32.  Gesenius 
finds  another  in  "ibxa  Isa.  47 :  12,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

3.  The  relative  is  frequently  omitted,  not  only  as  in 
English,  when  it  is  the  object  of  its  clause,  ^ib:j  J^nirs  into 
thejjit  (which)  the?/  have  made  Ps.  9  :  IC,  but  also  when  it  is 
the  subject,  a?id  he  forsook  God  ^ntby  (who)  7nade  him  Deut. 
32:15,  and  even  when  it  would  stand  for  the  compound 


§  286, 287  CONJUNCTIONS.  313 

relative  and  include  its  antecedent,  nbirn-n^s  hy  the  hand  of 
(him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  (so  doth)  ^S'^n  bixp 
the  grave  (those  who)  have  sinned  Job  24  :  19. 

\  286.  The  demonstrative  nr  or  it  is  frequently  used  in 
poetry  with  the  force  of  a  relative,  and  it  then,  like  the 
English  that,  suffers  no  change  for  gender  or  number,  Dipp 
^y^l  ^\  the  place  that  thou  hast  founded  Ps.  104  :  8,  riilST^p 
^nwn  ^T  devices,  which  they  have  contrived  Ps.  10:2. 


Conjunctions. 

^287.  The  Hebrew  sedulously  avoids  all  involution  of 
sentences.  Consequently,  instead  of  linking  its  clauses  to- 
gether into  a  complex  whole  by  conjunctions  of  various 
power  expressing  their  precise  relation  of  dependence  and 
subordination,  it  prefers,  where  this  is  possible,  to  connect 
them  by  means  of  the  simple  conjunction  )  and,  leaving  the 
exact  nature  of  the  connection  intended  to  be  inferred  from 
the  meanings  of  the  clauses  themselves. 

1.  The  conjunction  )  may  accordingly  be  employed  not 
only  where  we  would  use  and,  but  before  an  adversative 
clause,  of  every  tree  thou  mayest  eat  f  ?^^  ^^t  of  the  tree  of 
the  knoivledye,  etc..  Gen.  2:16,  17,  or  one  expressing  a  rea- 
son, yive  us  help  from  trouble  fc^iTT'J  for  vain  is  the  help  of 
man  Ps.  60  :  13,  an  inference,  I  have  no  2jleasure  in  the  death 
of  him  that  dieth  ^n^^irni  loherefore  turn  Ezek.  18  :  32,  design, 
Trv\  Tibsj  rixf  do  this  and  live  i.  e.  in  order  that  you  may  live. 
Gen.  42 :  18,  a  comparison,  man  is  horn  unto  trouble  qi^n  "^ini 
and  (i.  e.  as)  tlte  sparks  fy  upward  Job  5  :  7,  or  a  co-existing 
act  or  condition,  Noah  teas  sice  hundred  years  old  b^'Eni  and 
(i.  e.  when)  the  food  teas  upon  the  earth  Gen.  7  :  6. 

2.  It  serves  to  introduce  the  apodosis  or  second  member 


314  SYNTAX.  §287 

of  a  conditional  sentence,  if  God  loill  he  loitli  me  and  keep  me 
nnrr^  n^ni  then  shall  Jehovah  he  my  God  Gen.  28 :  20,  21. 

3.  It  may  also  connect  a  statement  of  time  or  a  noun 
placed  absolutely,  with  the  clause  to  which  it  relates,  ni-^n 
n'ir:^"nj^  onnn:^  «&*1  "'©"'^ten  on  the  third  day  Ahraham  lifted 
up  his  eyes  Gen.  22  : 4  ;  ^■'?'^^  nir\  ?lf?3i?J^  thy  hope,  (is  it  not) 
the  inteyrity  of  thy  ways?  Job  4:6.  Both  these  uses, 
which  are  wholly  foreign  from  our  idiom,  are  combined  in 
2  Sam.  15  :  34,  thy  father  s  servant  "^'^^^  I  have  heen  so  hith- 
erto, hut  noio  '^i^l  I  will  he  thy  servant. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  other  conjunctions  see  the  lexicon. 


GRAMMATICAL  AJ(ALYSIS. 

GENESIS,   CHAPTER   I. 
VERSE  1. 

>6f?//t/.^n''tiC'ia  composed  oi  the  inseparable  preposition  n, 
^231.1,  with  Daghesh-lene,  §21.  1,  and  the  feminine  de- 
rivative noun  tr^yt^-y^  §198.  «.  (4),  without  the  article, 
§248,  comp.  ev  apxv  John  1:1,  Ger.  anfangs,  Eng.  at  first; 


position  01  the  accent,  §  oii.  i.  z^cA^.n^-'j^t^^jhv^^  ti^fi^c 

icnn,  Nb  verb,  §  162.  2,  the  preterite  denoting  past  time 
absolutely,  §262.  1,  lack  of  formal  agreement  with  its  sub- 


s 


!y 


D"'n'b^  a  monosyllabic  noun  of  class  I.,    §183,  plural, 
§199,  of  majesty,  §201.  2,  without  the  article,  §246. 1. 

ni$  sign  of  the  definite  object,  §  270. 

D^m-n^the  article,  §229.1,  §245.4,  and  noun  of  the 
^  second  form  of  class  I.,  §185.  2.  ^,^only  used  in  the  plm-al, 
Ey'  §201.1,  §203.  5.  d?. 

^J^^,  ^¥^  ^^  conjunction  1,  §234,  and  rii^ . 

y\    o    •  T'^^n  t^^6  article,  §  229.  3,  and  Segholate  noun  of  class  L,      * 
^^i  183  ;  Seghol  changed  to  Kamets  bv,  §  229.  4.  <5,  or  §  65  (1). 

■  'Jiiuvjhis  verse  is  divided  by  the  accents  into  two  clauses, 
§  36.  1 ;  Athnahh   is   preceded   by  Munahh    and  Tiphhha, 

.^§38.  2  ;  Silluk  by  Merka  and  Tiphhha,  and  Tiphhha  again 
by  Merka,  §38. 1.  c^ 


\i 


316  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 


VERSE  2. 

nn;^n,  nb  verb  r^n,  §169.1,  mth  Methegh,  §45.2, 
Kamets  distinguished  from  Kamets-Hhatuph,  §19.  2. 

^nn,  ^nn  Segholate  nouns  of  class  I.  from  tb  roots, 
ilj;(^:^^lS4^.  d,  abstracts^used  instead  of  adjectives,  §254.6.^, 
,  ^  Assonance  or  paronomasia.  Double  accent,  §30. 1. 
^^JT^  '^^^-—  Makkeph,  §43,  nis  noun  of  class  L,  form  2, 
^X^'*  §185.  2,d,  only  used  in  the  plural,  §201.  1,  §209. 1 ;  here 
"1^^  in  the  construct  state,  §  214.  2,  §  216.  1,  with  its  possessive 
Itr^  sense,  §254.  1. 

t^  '  ^  Dinn  noun  of  class  III  from  13?  root  §  1 90.  b,  article  omitted 
fjice^^^  if  fro^^  ^  proper  noun,  §  246. 1,  or  by  a  kind  of  poetic 
."^^^brevity,  §247,  the  face  of  ocean. 

H.'trooj-^r^  ^^^y^  Piel  participle  of  the  Ayin  Guttural  verb  Vpy\ , 
^^*'^  §116.4,  §121.  1,  feminine,  §205,  as  the  predicate  without 
;^A/«^the  article,  §  259.  2,  although  its  subject  is  definite,  §  246.  3; 
^  the  participle  expresses  continuous  action,  §266.  1,  belong- 
^^-^'IJing  to  the  period  before  spoken  of,  §266.  3. 
^^^  f^'^^^^'Bn  noun  used  only  in  the  plural,  §  201.  1,  §  203.  5.  c; 
'  U  -J-  vowel  changed  by  the  pause  accent,  §65.  1. 
^,^^^^^0^°^  This  verse  consists  of  two  clauses,  §36. 1 ;  the  clause  of 
p  '^  Athnahh  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon  and  R'bhia,  §  36.  2  j 
'^AAA^  _Zakeph  Katon  is  preceded  by  Pashta,  and  Pashta  by  Merka, 
Lo^^rv)~§38.4,  Athnahh  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha,  §38.2.  The 
'(3(MM>i  clause  of  Silluk  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon;  this  is 
'''^  preceded  bv  Munahh,  §38.4.  and  SiUuk  by  Merka  and 
^^  Tiphhha,  §38.1. 

VERSE  3. 

^-Qtk^^  Kal  future  of  Pe  Aleph  verb  ^fci? ,  §110.  3,  with 
Vav  Conversive,  §99.  1,  §265,  which  removes  the  accent  to 
the  penult  and  changes  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  §99.  3.  a, 
§111.  2. «. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.  317 

w  apocopated  future  of  nb  verb  r^)r\ ,  ^  171. 1,  §  177. 1, 
with  a  jussive  sense,  §  264. 

"^n'l'i  future  with  Vav  Conversive ;  Daghesh-forte  omitted, 
^99.  S^Methegh,  H^.  2. 

VERSE  4. 

«"^^':'^  Kal  future  of  r:b  verb  t^i<'i  with  Vav  Conversive, 
U71.1,  ^172.4. 

sit:  the  predicate  adjective  without  the  article,  §259.  2. 

b^n^l  Hiphil  future  of  b-ia  with  Vav  Conversive,  §  99.  3. 

I'^n^  Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234,  with  the  preposition  ']''2 , 
§237.1. 

VERSE  5. 

i^n;?^']  from  the  ^b  verb  i^-^j,  §162.  2. 

.D^n-bic  Fsik,  §38.  l.«. 

ni&5b  preposition  b  with  the  vowel  of  the  article,  §  231.  5. 

U^'^  noun,  whose  plural  is  0"'"^^ ,   §207. 1./. 

i^^^jj^  the  preterite,  used  rather  than  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  because  the  verb  does  not  begin  the  clause, 
§265,  the  accent  removed  to  the  penult,  §  35. 1. 

nb;^b  paragogic  n^ ,   §61.  6,  §219.  2,  with  the  noun  b^^, 
^   a  Segholate^of  clajs  j.  from  an  '''y  root,  §184.  3,  having  a 
pause  accent,  §65. 1. 

tnnx  numeral,  §223.1,  agreement  and  position,  §250.1. 


VERSE  6. 

rijn  noun  of  class  I.  form  2,  §185.  1. 
?fin3  preposition  S,   §231. 1,  with  the  construct  of  ^jn, 
§216.  1.  d,  in  a  partitive  sense,  §254.  2. 


318  '  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

b-i'^nia  Hipliil  participle  of  bi? ,  ^  84.  5,  denoting  con- 
tinuous action,  ^266. 1,  and  referred  by  the  tense  of  the  ac- 
companying substantive  verb  to  the  future,  §  266.  3.  a. 

VERSE  1. 

to:?j^  D  guttural  and  nb  verb  ntb?  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§109.3,  §171.  1,  §172.4. 

nnri)3  composed  of  the  prepositions  ^Q  and  t^nn , 
§237.2(1). 

b^'a  composed  of  the  prepositions  I'P  and  b:? . 

VERSE  8. 

D'^r©  with  pause  accent,  §65  (1). 

y       'nj^h,  nns?  class  I.  Segholates,  §183. 

\^}t  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  agreement  with  noun  and 
position,  §252. 1. 

VERSE  9. 

^ig:^  Niphal  future  of  nb  verb  nn;^,  §169.1,  with  an 
imperative  sense,  §  263.  1. 

Dig's  noun  of  class  III.  from  an  "^S  root,  §190.  b, 

nxnn  Niphal  future  of  nsi ,  §  109.  4,  §  168. 

VERSE  10. 

5^,!)i?'pbl  conjunction  1,  §234,  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  and 
noun  of  class  III.  from  nb  root,  §190.  b,  in  the  construct 
state,  §215.  2,  followed  by  the  material  of  which  it  consists, 
§254.4. 

D*^?^  plural,  §207.  2,  of  d;  ,  a  noun  of  class  I.  from  an 
y'r  root,  §186.  2.  c. 


'  ''  GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.  319 

VERSE  11. 

i5©7n  apocopated  Hiphil  future  of  ti^m ,  §97.2,  §264, 
governing  its  cognate  noun  t^t'h ,  §271.3.  Metliegh  by 
§45.2. 

l?'';nT'a  the  participle  expresses  what  is  constant  and  habit- 
ual, §266.  1. 

'p'J  collective  noun,  §201.1,  probably  abridged  from  a 
T^b  root,  class  I.  form  2,  §  185.  2.  d,  in  the  construct,  §215. 1, 
with  the  following  word,  which  denotes  its  quahty,  §254.  6. 

"•IS  noun  from  tib  root  class  I.  form  1,  §184.  d. 

ntob  Kal  participle  of  t\b  verb,  §168;  the  accent  is  not 
Y'thibh  but  Mahpakh,  as  is  shown  by  its  standing  before 
Pashta  in  the  subdivision  of  Zakeph  Katon,  §30.  2,  §38.  4, 
shifted  to  the  penult  by,  §35.  1,  followed  by  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive  in  the  first  letter  of  the  next  word,  §  24.  a. 

ir?ab  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  noun  1^"q  from  an  ""V  root 
class  I,  §186.  2,5,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §220.  1. 

inn^'iT  '^•m^  oblique  case  of  the  relative  pronoun,  §74, 
§285. 1 ;  the  preposition  n  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  §233. 

VERSE  12. 

Kiini  Hiphn  future  of  ^s  and  ^b  verb,  §144.  1,  §162, 
with  Vav  Conversive,  the  accent  remaining  on  the  ultimate, 
§147.  5,  §166.4. 

^nrttb  suffix  of  third  person,  §220.  1.  b,  singular  in  dis- 
tributive sense  referring  to  the  preceding  collective,  §275.  6. 

VERSE  13. 

t  ^iD^blD  ordinal  number,  § 227. 1,  §  252. 1. 


B20  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS 

■j 

VERSE  14. 

W  lack  of  agreement  with  subject,  ^275. 1. 

nni^ia  masculine  noun  in  the  plural,  §200.  c,  class  III. 
from  an  lb  root,  §190.  3. 

b"<^nnb  the  construct  form  of  the  infinitive  used  with  pre- 
positions, §  267.  ^.  M     ■ 

wi  preterite  with  Vav  Conversive,   §100.1,  §265,  in 
the  plural  because  following  the  noun,  §  275. 1.  <5. 

f 

VERSE  15.    . 

^^i^r})  Hipliil  infinitive  construct  of  i:?  verb,  §153.  1. 

VERSE  16. 

*;5T»    cardinal    number,    §223.  1,    joined    with    noun, 
§  250.  2  (2),  without  the  article,  §  251.  4. 

D'^b'iiin  qualifying  adjective  with   the   article   after  the 
noun,  §249.1. 

)b'^'n  . . .  b'ljn  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1,  emphatic  use  of 
the  positive  degree,  §260.  2  (2). 

nbr^'Q  noun  of  class  III.,  §190,  in  the  construct  state, 
§214. 1.  3,  the  following  noun  denoting  the  object,  §254.  9. 
tD^inDisn  noun  of  class  II.  from  an  y'b  root,  §187.  l,e. 

VERSE  17. 

TP^I  from  A  verb  t-h  §129.1. 

or^i^  sign  of  the  definite  object  with  a  pronominal  suifix, 
§238.2. 

VERSE  18. 

b'lisnb;^ . . .  Sw*ab)  construct  infinitive  with  the  preposi- 
tion, §267.5;  Metheghwith  1,   §45.  2.«. 


GENESIS    CHAPTER   I.  321 

YERSE  20, 

tlgir;'  Piel  future  of  'iV  verb,  §154.  2. 

VERSE  21. 

Dpsnn  plural  of  lin,  §199;  the  Hhirik  of  the  ultimate 
is  long,  §  19.  1. 

nte'ann  Kal  feminine  participle,  §205,  with  the  article, 
§249.1. 

'^'to^^  the  object  of  the  verb  ^ii'iij  though  without  the  ap- 
propriate pronominal  suffix,  §285.  l.«. 

nnppb  plural  noun  with  plural  suffix,  §220.  2.  d. 

YERSE  22. 

?f^n;^1  Piel  future  of  ^  Guttural  verb,  §116.4,  §121.  1, 
with  Vav  conversive,  §99.  3.  c^,  no  Daghesh-lene  in  n  since 
the  preceding  ShVa  is  vocal,  §25. 

'^bsb  the  preposition  with  Tsere,  §231.  3.  a,  so  as  to  say 
i.  e.  in  saying. 

*.n%  ins  Kal  imperatives  of  ra'i,  nns,  §169.1. 

n'^';'  Kal  apocopated  future,  §171.1,  Hhirik  short  though 
accented,  §19. 1. 

YERSE  24. 

-inw  construct  of  ri*ri,  §214.1,  with  i  paragogic, 
§218.     Methegh,  §45.  2,  Daghesh-forte  omitted,  §25. 

YERSE  26. 

rmi  Kal  future  of  no,  §109. 1,  §168,  in  the  plural 
number,  §275.  3.  <2. 

^     '^-?'?^^  preposition,   §231.1,    Segholate   noun,   class_I., 
§183,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §221.  5. 
21 


322  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

riy,)  from  n^n,  ^169. 1. 

ninn  preposition,  ^231.2,  construct  of  tlie  collective 
noun  ni^,  §198,  §214.1,  §216.1;  no  Daghesh-lene  in  A, 
§22.«  (5). 

VERSE  27. 

nngr^  nDt  predicates,  §273.4,  and  consequently  in- 
definite. 

:  ani^  pronoun,  referring  to  both  genders  put  in  tlie  mas- 
culine, §  276.  3. 

VERSE  28. 

nmp)  conjunction  1 ,  §  234,  imperative  Kal  of  ©i? , 
§84.4,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §101.  Kibbuts  is  long, 
§19.1. 

VERSE  29. 

^Tr\h^  from  inp ,  §130.1,  preterite  in  the  sense  of  the 
present,  §262.1.^. 

n^n*;!  singular,  referring  formally  to  the  nearest  collective 
subject,  §276. 1,  or  taken  distributively,  §  275.  6. 

VERSE  30. 

p-i^bs-nij,  n«  before  bs  without  the  article,  §270.  d?. 

VERSE  31. 

nsjfa  position  of  adverb,  §274. 1. 

:  ^wiBn  ni,*!  article  omitted  before  the  noun,  §249. 1.  c. 


I 


INDEX    I. 

SUBJECTS  TREATED  FULLY  OR  INCIDENTALLY. 


The  nu7nbers  in  this  and  the  following  Indexes  refer  to  the  Sections  of  the  Grammar. 


Abbreviations  9.  1. 

Absolute  infinitive.     See  Infinitive  abso- 
lute. 
Abstract  nouns,  feminine  198,  plural  201. 

1.  a,  c. 

Accents  28,  use  in  cantillation  28.  6,  forms 
and  classes  29,  meaning  of  names  29.  6, 
like  forms  distinguished  30,  position  of 
32-35,  aid  in  distinguishing  words  34, 
change  of  position  35,  etfect  of  Vav 
conversive  33.  4,  99.  3,  100.  2,  in  place 
of  Methegh  39.  3.  6,  45.  5,  give  sta- 
bility to  vowels  60.  1.  a,  vowel  changes 
produced  by  64. 

Accents,  consecution  of  in  prose  36-39, 
poetic  31,  consecution  of  40-42. 

Accents  pause  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2. 

Accentuation  double  39.  4.  a,  42.  a. 

Addition  of  letters  50.  3. 

Adjectives  in  place  of  participles  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  185.  1.  a,  formation  of  185.  2, 
expressing  permanent  or  variable  quali- 
ties 185.  2.  a,  intensity  187.  1,  189, 
defects  187.  1.  6,  diminutives  of  color 
188,  declension  of  217,  qualifying  nouns 
249.  1,  qualifying  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct 256,  predicate  259.  2,  compari- 
son of  260,  emphatic  use  with  verbs 
282.  c. 

Adjectives  numeral  223-227,  260-252. 

Adverbial  idea  expressed  by  a  verb  269.  a. 

Adverbial  expressions  274. 

Adverbs  235,  with  suffixes  236,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  c,  numeral  252.  4,  position  of 
274. 

Affixes  33. 

Agreement  neglected  275-279. 

Aleph,  sound  of  3.  4,  used  as  a  vowel-letter 
11.  1,  in  a  few  verbal  forms  120.  2,  122. 

2,  156.  3,  once  in  3  f  s.  suffix  220.  2. 
6,  otiant  16.  1,  with  Mappik  26,  with 
Daghesh  forte  (?)  121.  1,  substituted  for 


He  in  Chaldee  51.  3,  in  Xiphal  infini- 
tive 91.  6,  in  Hiphil  94.  a,  6,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a,  in  feminine  ending  of  verbs 
86.  6,  and  nouns  196.  c?,  for  Vav  in  fem. 
plur.  of  nouns  199,  prosthesis  of  53.  1. 
a,  183.  c,  omitted  53.  2,  3,  57.  2  (2)  a, 
111.  2.  b,  c,  151.  2,  164.  2,  quiescent 
57.  2,  after  prefixed  prepositions  231.  3. 
a,  6,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c,  pre- 
fers diphthongal  vowels  60.  1.  a,  110.  3, 
111.  2,  previous  vowel  rarely  short  if 
Daghesh  forte  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86  6, 
I      prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns  189. 

Alphabet  2,  order  of  6,  Lepsius'  theorj 
6.  a. 
.  Animals,  names  of  197.  c. 

Apocopated  future  97.  2,  264,  not  in  pas- 
j  sive  species  97.  2.  6,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh  Guttural  126.  1, 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,  158.  2,  160.  3,  Lamedh  He  171.  1, 
172.  4,  173.  3,  174.  4,  175.  3,  176.  3. 

Apocopated  imperative  98.  2,  171.  1. 

Apposition  of  nouns  253. 

Arabic  letters  3.  1.  a,  currently  read  with- 
out vowels  10.  a,  syllables  18.  2.  <t, 
Teshdid  23.  3.  6,  accent  33.  4.  a,  Elif 
prosthetic  53.  1.  a,  conjugations  83.  c 
(1),  comparative  or  superlative  189.  a^ 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  plural  ending 
199.  c,  dual  202,  article  229.  1.  a,  con- 
junction with  the  accusative  271.  4.  6. 

Article  definite  229,  use  of  245,  with 
verbs,  etc.  245.  5.  6,  with  proper  nouns 
246.  1.  a,  before  nouns  with  suffixes 
246.  2.  a,  before  nouns  in  the  construct 
246.  3.  a,  when  omitted  247,  249.  1.  b, 
c,  249.  2.  6,  c. 

Article  indefinite  229.  1.  6,  248.  a. 

Aspirates  3.  1,  7.  2,  receive  Daghesh  lene 
21,  their  original  sound  21.  6,  affected 


324 


INDEX   I. 


by  concurrence  of  consonants  or  doub- 
ling 54.  1. 

Athnahh  divides  verse  36.  1,  train  of  38.  2. 

Augment,  Greek  and  Sanskrit  99.  1.  a. 

Ayin,  sound  of  3.  4,  Chaldee  substitutes 
for  Tsadhe  51.  3,  elided  53.  3.  a,  128, 
previous  vowel  sometimes  short  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a. 

Ayin  "doubled  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  133-1 3*7,  paradigm 
138,  remarks  139-142. 

Ayin  Guttural  verbs  116,  paradigm  117, 
remarks  118-122. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of 
term  76.  3,  their  peculiarities  152-154, 
paradigm  155,  remarks  156-161. 

Biliteral  roots  68.  b. 

Bohemian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Cardinal  numbers  223-266,  with  dual  end- 
ing 223.  1.  a,  position  and  agreement 

250,  251,   with  suffixes  250.    2  (2)  a, 

251.  4.  a,  with  the  article  251.  4. 
Chaldee  syllables  18.  2.  c,  words  modified 

from  Hebrew  51.  3,  dual  202. 

Changes  of  person  279. 

Cities  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Collectives  with  feminine  ending  198,  con- 
strued with  the  plural  275.  2. 

Commutation  of  letters  50.  1,  Aleph  for 
He  86.  6,  91.  b,  94.  a,  96.  a,  196.  d,  He 
for  Aleph  189.  6,  Aleph  for  Yodh  56. 
4,  or  Vav  56.  4.  a,  199,  Vav  for  Aleph 
57.  2  (2)  a.  111.  2.  6,  d,  Yodh  for  Vav 
56.  2,  Teth  for  Tav  54.  4,  82.  5. 

Comparison,  how  expressed  260. 

Compound  numbers  224,  225.  2,  with 
nouns  251.  3,  with  the  article  251.  4.  a. 

Compound  predicate  275.  1.  6,  275.  2.  a. 

Compound  sentences  285.  1. 

Compound  species  83.  c  (2). 

Compound  subject  244.  1,  276. 

Conjugations  76.  1. 

Conjunctions  239,  287. 

Consecution  of  accents  in  prose  36-39,  in 
poetry,  40-42. 

Consonant  changes,  53-56. 

Consonants  changed  to  vowels  57,  vowel 
changes  occasioned  by  contiguous  con- 
sonants 60,  by  concurrent  consonants, 
61. 

Construct  infinitive.  See  Infinitive  con- 
struct. 

Construct  state  of  nouns  212-216,  rela- 
tions denoted  by  254,  resolved  by  pre- 
position Lamedh  257. 

Constructio  praegnans  272.  3. 

Contraction  of  two  similar  letters  61.  3, 
-134.  1. 

Contracted  verbs  107. 

Copula  258.  2,  3. 

Countries  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Daghesh  meaning  of  word  21,  2.  a. 


'  Daghesh-forte  23,  distinguished  from  Da- 
1  ghesh-lene  23.  2,  from  Shurek  23.  3, 
different  kinds  of  24,  conjunctive,  in- 
stances of  24.  a,  75.  1,  separative  24.  b, 
190.  a,  216.  2.  a,  221.  5.  a,  230.  2.  a, 
emphatic  24.  c,  86.  a,  149.  1,  omission 
of  25,  resolved  by  the  insertion  of  a 
liquid  54.  3,  221.  6.  6,  or  Yodh  141.  1, 
or  by  prolonging  the  previous  vowel, 
59.  a,  never  in  gutturals  60.  4,  108, 
rarely  in  Resh  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  omitted 
from  Hithpael  96.  a,  in  suffixes  of  verbs 
104.  a,  105.  b. 

Daghesh  lene  21,  22,  omitted  from  Kal 
imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  from 
guttural  forms  109.  3.  a,  from  construct 
plural  of  nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  prefixes 
101.  2.  b. 

Daleth  assimilated  to  the  feminine  ending 
Tav  54.  2,  148.  2,  205.  b. 

Day  of  the  month  252.  2.  b. 

Declension  of  nouns,  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples 217. 

Demonstrative  pronouns  73,  qualifying 
nouns  249.  2,  qualifying  nouns  in  the 
construct  256,  predicate  259.  2,  used  for 
relative  286. 

Dental  letters  7.  1. 

Dialects,  effect  upon  words  51.  3, 

Diphthongal  vowels  15. 

Distributive  numbers  252.  4. 

Distributive  sense  expressed  by  repetition 
252."  4,  280.  1. 

Division  erroneous,  of  words  43.  b. 

Divisions  of  Grammar  1. 

Dual,  ending  of  202,  signification  of  203, 
superadded  to  the  plural  203.  5.  6, 
nouns  with  suffixes  221.  4,  joined  with 
the  plural  278. 

Emphasis  expressed  by  repetition  280-282. 

English  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Excess,  how  denoted  260.  2  (2)  b. 

Feminine  endings  196,  how  related  55.  2. 
c,  196.  6,  compared  with  Indo-European 
endings  196.  e,  used  to  form  abstracts, 
collectives,  official  designations  198,  and 
nouns  of  unity  198.  b,  appended  to  in- 
finitive.    See  Infinitive  construct. 

Feminine  nouns  without  fem.  ending  in 
the  singular  197.  «,  with  masc.  ending 
in  plural  200.  b,  with  two  plural  forms 
200.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  2. 

Feminine  sign  of,  duplicated  88  (3  f.),  167. 
3,  169.  1.  a  (?),  neglected  88  (2  f.  s, 
3  f.  pi.),  197.  a. 

Final  forms  of  letters  4,  in  middle  of 
words  4.  a. 

Flexibility  various,  of  different  languages 
69.  b. 

Formative  svllables  differ  from  prefixes 
and  suffixes  33,  69.  c,  101.  2.  b,  123.  4. 

Fractional  numbers  227.  3,  262.  3. 


INDEX    I. 


325 


Future,  formation  of  84.  3,  its  personal 
endings  and  prefixes  85.  1.  a  (2)  with 
surtixes  1<»5,  uses  of  263,  shortened 
form.     See  Apocopated  i'uture. 

Galilean  pronunciation  51.  4.  a. 

Grammar,  function  and  divisions  of  1. 

Grammatical  subject  244.  2. 

Grave  suliixes  72,  221.  1. 

Greek  alpiiabet  5.  rt,  6.  6,  7.  2.  a,  accent 
33.  4.  «,  augment  99.  1.  a,  feminine 
and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223.  2.  a, 
construction  of  neuter  plurals  275.  4.  a. 

Guttural  letters  7.  1,  their  peculiarities  60, 
108,  attract  or  preserve  vowels  60.  3.  c. 

Guttural  verbs  107. 

He  and  Hheth  8.  3. 

He  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  57.  2(2)6, 
with  Mappilv  26,  prosthesis  of  53.  1.  a, 
rejection  of  53.  2,  3,  85.  2.  a  (1),  95.  6, 
211.  a,  229.  5,  231.  5,  preceding  vowel 
often  short  when  Daghesh  omitted  60. 

4.  «,  121.  1,  229.  3,  added  to  2  m.  s. 
and  2  f.  pi.  preterite  86.  6,  to  2  m.  s. 
suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix' 
220.  2.  c,  to  2  and  3  f.  pi.  suffix  104.  </, 
220.  1.  6,  220.  2.  c,  for  3.  m.  s.  suffix 
104.  d,  220.  1.  6,  omitted  from  f.  pi. 
future  88  and  imperative  89,  omitted 
after  prefixes  85.  2.  a  (1),  91.  6,  94.  6, 
95.  6,  113.  2,  229.  5,  retained  in  excep- 
tional cases  95.  e,  142.   3,  150.  2,  231. 

5.  a,  for  Aleph  165.  1,  prefixed  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  189.  b. 

He  directive  219.  1, 

He  interrogative  230. 
jpl^g     He  paragogic,  effect  on  accent  33.  1,  with 
Ls       ^^  Methegh  33.  1.  a,  examples  of  61.  6.  a, 
^A,^     219.     2,    distinguished   from    feminine 
pyjr  iy_6i^*^i^o  196.  c,  added  to  preterite  93.  c, 

^ to  future.     See  Paragogic  future. 

— .-     Hhateph  Seghol  in  1  Sing,  future  Piel  92.  e. 
(XXxj-:^  Hheth,  preceding  vowel  mostly  short,  when 
ffo        Daghesh    omitted    60.    4.    a,    121.    1, 
U><^COt    229.  3. 

Hhirik,  quantity  of  14,  19.  1,  between 
concurring  consonants  61.  1,  85.  2.  a, 
216.  2,  231.  2,  234,  in  Segholates  61.  2, 
184.  6,  never  in  the  ultimate  of  Kal  ac- 
tive participles  90,  in  1  sing.  Xiphal  fu- 
ture 91.  c,  149.  2,  in  Piel  before  suffixes 
104.  A,  in  penult  of  Piel  infinitive  92.  o?, 
in  Hipliil  infinitive  94.  6,  rejected  from 
Hiphil  future  94.  c,  and  participle  94.  e, 
in  the  inflected  preterite  of  Kal,  Hiphil 
119.  2,  and  Hithpael  96.  6,  retained  in 
Hiphil  before  suffixes  104.  A,  in  the  ul- 
timate of  nouns  207.  1.  c,  209.  2. 

Hholem,  stability  of  60.  1.  a  (4),  in  in- 
flected verbs  Ayin  doubled  61.  3,  136. 
2,  141.  2,  and  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin 
Yodh  153.  4,  159.  1,  160.  2,  shortened 
to  Kamets   Hhatuph   in  Kal  infinitive 


construct  87,  future  88,  and  imperative 
89,  once  retained  in  Kal  future  before 
Makkeph  88,  in  intensive  species  92.  6, 
rejected  from  Kal  future  before  suffixes 
105.  d,  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1. 
c,  (/,  207.  2.  c,  215.  1.  c,  209.  2,  in  the 
penult  210.  d,  216.  1.  c. 

Hiphil,  signification  of  79,  relation  to  Piel 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  4,  origin 
of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b  (2),  nouns  de- 
rived from  187.  2.  a,  189. 

Hithpael,  signification  of  80,  relation  to  Ni- 
phal  80.  2.  a  (2),  formation  of  82.  5, 
origin  of  prefixed  syllable  82.  5.  6  (1), 
verbs  having  two  forms  of  122.  2.  141. 

Hophal,  signification  of  79.  3,  formation 
of  82.  4,  origin  of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b 
(2),  no  imperative  84,  except  in  two  in- 
stances 95.  (Z,  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs 
140.  6,  in  Pe  Yodh  verbs  150.  5,  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  160.  5,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  167.  2,  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  175.  5.  j*l'7^    ^ 

Imperative,  formation  of  84.  4,  its  per-^'^^^^ 
sonal  endings  85.  1.  a  (3),  Kal  with  suf-^9<^^ 
fixes  101,  3.  106.  6,  paragogic  98.  1,  /ajlaJ^ 
111.  3.  a,  125.  1,  132.  1,  148.  3,  157.  2,  ''i^i>^  e- 
apocopated  98.  2,  171.  2,  twice  in  Ho-''" 
phal  95.  (/. 

Imperfect  verbs  classified  107. 


0-^^=ft«.j 


Impersonal  subject  243.  3,  construction  of 


;^fe^^<^ 


0'- 


ipersonai  suoject  z*t).  ii,  consirucuon  oi  / 
passive  and  neuter  verbs  271.  4.  a,  275. '^^  ''A.< 

Inanimate  objects,  names  of  198.  c,  in  plu-    ,^ 
ral  203.  5.  a,  plural  with  feiBinine  sin-   '  ^^-^^^ 
gular  275.  4.  V  Z 

Indefinite  subject  243:  2,  article  229.  1.  6,   C, 

248.  a  \ly(p 

Indo-European  roots  69.  a,  pronouns  71.    K-  /r-f, 
6,  feminine  and  neuter  196.  e,  dual  202. 
a,  numerals  223.   2.   a,  conception  of 
time  261, 

Infinitive,  a  verbal  noun  267,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  6,  267.  «,  does  not  admit  the 
article  245.  5.  6,  with  prepositions  242. 
6,   267.  6,  governed  by  verbs  or  nouns 

267.  6,  c,  construction  changed  to  pret- 
erite or  future  282.  c. 

Infinitive  absolute,  formation  of  84.  1, 
w4th  feminine  ending  160.  4,  for  pret- 
erite or  future  268.   1,    for  imperative 

268.  2,  emphatic  use  of  282. 
Infinitive  construct,  formation  of  84.  2,  in 

Kal  usually  without  Vav  87,  with  femi- 
nine ending  in  perfect  verbs  87,  in  Pe 
Guttural  111.  3.  a,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
119.  3,  in  Lamedh  Guttural  125.  2,  in 
Pe  Nun  131.  4,  in  Avin  doubled  139.  2, 
in  Pe  Yodh  148,  in  Piel  92.  d,  in  Ho- 
phal 150.  5,  in  Hiphil  128,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  166.  2,  in  Lamedh  He  168, 
with  suffixes   101.   3,  106.  a,  following 


326 


INDEX    I. 


noun  or  suffix  denote  subject  or  object 
102.  3,  254.  9.  6,  emphatic  use  of  282.  6. 

Inseparable  prepositions  231-2o3. 

Intensity  expressed  by  repetition  280.  3, 
282. 

Interjections  240. 

Interrogative  and  indefinite  pronouns  75, 
trace  of  neuter  in  196.  a. 

Interrogative  sentences  283,  284. 

Intransitive  verbs  construed  transitively 
271. 

Irrational  objects,  plural,  with  feminine 
singular  275.  4. 

Jews  modern,  use  Rabbinical  letter  2, 
their  pronunciation  of  Ayin  3.  4,  use 
abbreviations  9.  1. 

Kal,  meaning  of  term  76.  2,  formation  in 
perfect  verbs  82.  1,  remarks  upon  86-90. 

Kamets  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  distinguished 
19.  2. 

Kamets  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1.  6, 
207.  2.  6,  215.  1,  in  the  penult  210, 
216.  1. 

Kamets-Hhatuph  in  Kal  infin.  constr.  be- 
fore Makkeph  87,  before  suffixes  106, 
in  future  88,  in  imperative  89,  106,  in 
passive  species  82.  5.  6(3),  93.  a,  95.  a. 

Kaph  and  Koph  3.  2. 

Kaph  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  assimilation 
of  54.  2.  a. 

Karne  Phara  38.  10. 

Kibbuts,  quantity  of  19.  1,  in  passive  spe- 
cies 82.  5.  6  (3),  93.  a,  95.  a,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a. 

K'ri  and  K'thibh  46-48,  number  of  46.  a. 

Kushoi  21.  2.  a. 

Labial  letters  7.  1. 

Lamedh  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  132.  2, 
medial  rejected  53.  3.  6,  88  (1  c),  assim- 
ilated to  following  consonant  54.  2,  132, 
2,  appended  in  formation  of  nouns  193. 
2.  c. 
Lamedh  Alepb  verbs  162,  paradigm  163, 

remarks  164-167. 
Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  123,  paradigm  124, 

remarks  125-128. 
Lamedh  He  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  168,   169,   paradigm 

170,  shortened  future   and  imperative 

171,  remarks  172-177. 

Latin  alphabet  6.  6,  7.  2.  a,  accent  33.  4.  a, 
feminine  and  neuter  196.  2,  numerals 
223.  2.  a. 

Lazian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Letters,  sounds  of  3,  double  forms  of  4, 
of  unusual  size  or  position  4.  a,  names 
of  5,  order  of  6,  classification  of  7,  nu- 
merical use  of  9.  2,  commutation  of  50. 
1,  transposition  of  50.  2,  addition  of 
50.  3. 

Lettish  accent  33,  4.  a. 

Light  suffixes  72,  221.  2-4. 


Linguals  7.  1,  substituted  for  sibilants  in 

Chaldee  51.  3. 
Liquids  7.  2. 
Logical  subject,  244.  2. 
Makkeph  43. 
Manner  274.  2.  e. 
Mappik  26,  omitted  from  3  f  s.  suffix  104. 

e,  220.  1.  6. 
Masculine   for   feminine,  suffixes    104  ^, 
220.   1.  6,  future  88  (3  f.  pi.),   lOo.  e, 
predicate  and  pronouns  275.  1.  a,  275.  5. 
Masculine  nouns  with  suffixes  221,  3,  with 
fem.  ending  in  plural  200.  a,  with  two 
endings  in  plural  200.  c. 
Matres  lectionis  11.  1, 
Measure  274.  2.  c. 
Medial  letters  for  finals  4.  a. 
Medium  strength,  letters  of  7.  2. 
Mem  dropped  from  Pual  participle  53.  2.  a, 
93,  <?,  final  rejected  55.  2,  214.   2,  ap-  ■ 
pended  to  3  m.  pi.  future  (?)  88,  pre- 
fixed in  formation  of  nouns  193.   2.  c, 
omitted  from  plural  ending  (?)  199.  h. 
Methegh    44,    45,    aid    in    distinguishing 
doubtful  vowels  19,  45.  2.  a,  with  He 
paragogic  33.  1.  a,  in  place  of  an  accent 
shifted  in  position  35.  1,  or  removed  by 
Makkeph  43,  44.  a,  64.  1.  a,  after  He 
interrogative  230.   2.  a,  its  place  sup- 
plied by  an  accent  39.  3.  6,  45.  5. 
Modern  Hebrew  read  without  vowel  points 

10.  a. 
Monosyllabic  nouns  183. 
Mountains,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 
Multiliteral  nouns  195. 
Mutes  7.  2,  a  p-mute  missing  (?)  7.  2.  «. 
Names  of  letters  5,  their  antiquity  5.  a, 

their  origin  and  signification  5.  h. 
Nations,  names  of  197.  d,  275.  2.  h. 
Neuter  gender,  trace  of  196.  a. 
Neuter  verbs  rarely  have  participles  90, 

with  suffixes  102.  2. 
Niphal,  signification  of  77,  relation  to^ 
Hithpael  80.  2.  a  (2),  its  formation  82.' 
2,  origin  of  the  prefixed  Nun  82.  5.  h 
(1),  participle  from  a  noun  91.  ^,  from 
an  adverb  80.  2.  6,  nouns  derived  from 
187.  2.  a. 
Nouns,  formation  of  181,  Class  I  182-186, 
Class  IT  187,  188,  Class  III  189-192, 
Class  IV  193,  194,  multiliterals  195, 
from  imperfect  roots  184.  6,  185.  2.  c?, 
186.  2.  c,  187.  1.  d,  e,  187.  2.  6,  c,  190. 
6,  plural  from  quiescent  roots  207.  1.  /, 
208.  3.  c,  witli  suffixes  221.  5.  a. 
Nouns,  gender  and  number  of  196-211, 
construct  state  of  212-216,  declension 
of  217,  with  suffixes  220,  221,  para- 
digm 222. 
Nouns,  feminine,  without  fem.  ending  197. 
a,  with  masc.  ending  in  plural  200.  6, 
masculine  with   fem.  ending  in   plural 


INDEX    I. 


3:27 


200.  a,  with  either  ending  200.  c,  of 
doubtful  gender  197.  6,  200.  f,  having 
but  one  number  201.  1,  definite  without 
the  article  246,  used  for  adjectives  254. 
6.  a,  in  construct  before  adjectives  250. 
1.  a,  254.  6.  6,  in  construct  before  pre- 
positions 255.  1,  in  construct  before  a 
clause  255.  2,  placed  absolutely  271.  4. 
b,  274.  2,  repetition  of  280. 

Nouns,  primitive  181.  a,  derivative  181.  6, 
of  unity  198  6. 

Number,  relations  of  274.  2.  d. 

Numeral  adjectives  223-227,  250-252,  ad- 
verbs 252.  4. 

Numerical  use  of  letters  9.  2. 

Nun,  rejected  53.  2.  a,  6,  55.  2,  from 
verbs  129.  2,  131.  3,  4,  from  nouns  184. 
6,  194.  2.  6,  assimilated  to  a  following 
consonant  54.  2,  in  verbs  129.  1,  131.  2, 
132.  1,  in  nouns  184.  6,  190.  a,  205.  b, 
to  initial  Mem  (?)  55.  1,  88  (m.  pL), 
inserted  in  lieu  of  reduplication  54.  3, 
221.  6.  6,  epenthetic  56.  1,  101.  2,  105. 
6,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86.  6,  to  fu- 
ture 88  (2  f  s.,  m.  pi.),  before  suffixes 
105.  c,  inNiphal  absolute  infinitive  91.  b, 
131.  5,  166.  3,  173,  2,  in  Niphal  impera- 
tive (?)  91.  0?,  appended  in  formation  of 
nouns  193,  in  masc.  plur.  ending  199.  a. 

Object,  definite,  sign  of  238.  2,  270,  of 
transitive  verbs  270,  of  intransitive  verbs 
271,  indirect  272,  multiple  273. 

Occupations  186.  2.  a,   187.  1.  a. 

Office,  names  of  198.  a  (2). 

Official  designations  198. 

Ordinal  numbers  227,  252. 

Orthographic  symbols  1-49,  changes  50- 
66. 

Orthography,  various  11.  1.  b,  51.  4.  a. 

Palatal  letters  7.  1. 

Paradigm,  see  Verbs  paradigms  of,  and 
Nouns. 

Paragogic,  future  97.  1,  264,  not  in  passive 
species  97.  2.  6,  in  Lamedh  He  verbs 
172.  3,  imperative  98,  1. 

Paragogic  letters,  effect  on  accent  33.  1, 
instances  of  61.  6.  a,  218,  219. 

Participles,  formation  of  84.  5,  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  with  personal  inflections  90, 
declined  217,  qualifying  nouns  249.  1, 
qualifying  nouns  in  the  construct  256, 
in  the  construct  before  nouns  and  in- 
finitives 254.  9.  6,  signification  of  266, 
emphatic  use  of  282.  c,  construction 
changed  to  preterite  or  future  282.  c. 

Particles  prefixed  228-234,  separate  235- 
240. 

Parts  of  speech  70. 

Passive  species  with  suffixes  102.  2,  of 
doubly  transitive  verbs  273.  5. 

Pattahh "preferred  by  gutturals  60.  1,  108, 
changed  to  Seghol  63.  1,  assimilated  to 


Seghol  61.  1.  b,  63.  2,  to  Kamets  or 
Tsere  63.  2,  in  Segholates  61.  2,  with 
pause  accents  65,  in  Kal  constr.  infin. 
87,  inf  pi.  future  Ij^iphal  91.  c,  and  Piel 
92.  e,  in  preterite  and  imperative  Piel 
92.  c,  in  Hithpael  96.  6,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  207.  2.  a.  \  /:/*crr>i  i-  (^  A^if 

Pattahh  furtive  17,  60.  2,  109.  2,  114  (?), 
123. 

Pausal  forms  with  inferior  accents  65.  6. 

Pause  accents  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2, 
occasion  vowel  changes  65,  with  the 
preterite  86.  a,  with  the  future  88,  with 
the  imperative  89  (f  s.  and  m.  pi.),  with 
2  m.  s.  suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  with  Pe 
Guttural  verbs  112.  4,  with  Ayin  Guttu- 
ral 119.  1,  121.  3,  with  Lamedh  Guttu- 
ral 126.  1. 

Pazer,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  7. 

Pe  Aleph  verbs  110.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  verbs,  origin  of  term,  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  108,  109,  paradigm 
110,  remarks  111-115. 

Pe  Nun  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  their 
peculiarities  129,  paradigm  130,  re- 
marks 131,  132. 

Perfect  verbs  81-85,  paradigm  of  85.  2, 
remarks  86-96,  with  suffixes  101,  102, 
paradigm  103,  remarks  104-106. 

Periods  of  human  life  201.  1.  b. 

Persian  construct  state  61.  6.  o. 

Personal  endings  and  prefixes  of  verbs  85. 

1.  a,  before  suffixes  101.  1,  more  closely 
attached  than  suffixes  or  prefixed  prepo- 
sitions 101.  2.  b. 

Personal  pronouns  7-1,  not  expressed  in 
the  subject  243.  1. 

Pe  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  pe- 
culiarities 143-145,  paradigm  146,  re- 
marks 147-151. 

Piel,  signification  of  78,  relation  to  Hiphil 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  3,  with  the 
active  vowels  82.  5.  6  (3),  uimsual  forms 
of  92.  a,  6,  verbs  with  two  forms  of  122. 

2,  141.  4,  nouns  derived  from  187.  2.  a. 
Pilel,  Pilpel,  Poel  not  distinct  species  from 

Piel  83.  c  (1). 
Place  where  274.  2.  b. 
Plural  endings  199. 

Plural  for  singular  in  verbs  (?)  88  (3  f.  pi.), 
I      of  majesty  201.  2,  275.  3. 
I  Pluralis  inhumanus  275.  4.  a. 
]  Plurality  expressed  by  repetition  280.  2. 
Points  extraordinary  4.  a. 
Points  Masoretic  10,  accuracy  of  49. 
Polish  accent  33.  4.  a. 
Predicate  258,  compound  275.  1.  6,   275. 
2.  a,  agreement  with  nouns  m  the  con- 
struct relation  277. 
Prefixed  particles  228-234,  two  constitut- 
ing a  word  228.  2.  a. 


('^r 


328 


INDEX    I. 


Prepositions  inseparable  231-233,  separate  I 

237,  with  suffixes  238.  ' 

Preterite,  personal  endings  of  85.  1.  a(l), 

with  suffixes  101.   1,    104,   Kal   before 

suffixes  101.  3,  uses  of  262. 
Pretonic  vowels   64.  2,   in  Kal  preterite 

82.  1,  not  rejected  from  Niphal  91.  6, 

106.  a. 
Primary  preferred   to  a   secondary  form 

275.  "l. 
Pronominal  roots  68,  the  basis  of  adverbs, 

prepositions  and  conjunctions  235.  1.  a. 
Pronominal  suffixes  72.     See  Suffixes. 
Pronouns,  personal  71,  243.  1,  repetition 

of  281,  demonstrative  73,  249.  2,   256, 

259.  2,  relative  74,  285,  interrogative 

and  indefinite  75,  196.  a,  284. 
Proper  nouns  with  the  article  246.  1.  a,  in 

loose  apposition  253.  2.  b. 
Pual,  signification  of  78.  3,  formation  of 

82.  3,  with  the  passive  vowels  82.    5. 

q"  c  "h/yj,  b  (3),  no  imperative  84,  in  perfect  verbs 

'^       '^  93.  Avin  Guttural  verbs  121.   1,  Ayin 


^  j'^  •  jjl'  doubled;  verbs  142.  1,  Ayin  Vav  verbs 
<Z  ■  /  (^  161.  4,  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  167.  1, 
'      /    Lamedh  He  verbs  174.  6. 

Pure  vowels  15. 

Quadriliteral  roots  68.  a,  verbs  180,  nouns 
195.  1,  Segholates  plural  of  208.  3.  a. 

Question,  direct  and  indirect  283.  1,  dis- 
junctive 283.  2. 

Quiescent  letters  11.  1,  their  two  uses  dis- 
tinguished 13,  softened  to  vowels  57.  2. 

Quiescent  verbs  107,  143. 

Quinqueliteral  roots  68.  a,  nouns  195.  2. 

Radical  letters  7.  3. 

Raphe  27. 

R'bhi",  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  6. 

Reduplication  of  second  radical  in  verbs 
82.  3,  in  nouns  187,  of  third  radical  in 
verbs  92.  a,  115,  122.  1,  154.  2,  161.  3, 
174.  1,  176.  1,  in  nouns  187.  1.  d,  187. 
2.  c,  of  two  radicals  in  verbs  92.  a,  115, 
122.  1,  137,  141.  2,  154.  3,  161.  2,  in 
nouns  187.  1.  e,  187.  2.  6,  188,  of  a 
short  word  132.  1,  233.  a. 

Relative  pronoun  74,  285. 

Repetition  of  nouns  280,  pronouns  281, 
verbs  282. 

Resh,  sound  of  3.  3,  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing consonant  54.  2,  inserted  in  lieu 
of  reduplication  54.  3,  preference  for 
Pattahh  60.  1.  a,  with  Pattahh  furtive  (?) 
60.  2.  rt,  114,  with  simple  or  compound 
Sh'va  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with  Daghesh- 
forte  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  previous  vowel 
lengthened  on  the  omission  of  Daghesh, 
60.  4.  a,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs  114, 
as  the  second  radical  118.  1,  120.  3,  as 
the  third  radical  125.  3,  126.  2,  127.  2. 
Rivers,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 


Roots  of  words  67,  68. 

Rukhokh  21.  2.  a. 

Samaritan  Pentateuch,  its  negligent  or- 
thography, 51.  4.  a,  99.  1.  a,  and  va- 
riant forms  156.  2. 

Samekh,  Shin  and  Sin  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Sanskrit  laws  of  euphony  21.  2.  6,  55.  1.  a, 
accent  33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  «,  femi- 
nine and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223. 
2.  a. 

Scriptio  plena,  defectiva  14. 

Seasons,  names  of  185.  2,  a. 

Seghol  inserted  between  concurring  con- 
sonants 61,  2,  171.  1,  in  Avin  doubled 
verbs  61.  3,  136.  2,  141.^2,  in  Ayin 
Vav  verbs  153.  4,  157.  3,  160.  3,  final 
rejected  66.  1  (1),  171.  1,  with  pause 
accents  65,  in  Kal  active  participle  90, 
in  Niphal  91.  a,  6,  in  Piel  92.  c,  d,  126. 

2,  before  suffixes  104.  A,  in  Hiphil  94. 
a,  5,  in  Hithpael  96.  6,  in  the  ultimate 

of  nouns  208,   209.   1,   215.  2,   in  the    ^ 
penult  of  feminine  nouns  207.  1.  e.  ^ 

Segholate  forms  from  triliteral  monosylla-  /  ^  5. 
bles  or  final  syllables  61.  1.  6,  183,  184.  . 
«,  in  feminine  205,  construct  214.  1.  b.J^tM^. 

Segholate  nouns  183,  signification  of  184fs/^  ^-O 

/their  feminine  208.  2,  pluial  208.  3, 
dual  208.  4,  construct  216.  2,  with  He 
paragogic  219.  1,  with  suffixes  221.  5. 

Segholta,  verse  divided  by  36.  1,  train  of 
38.  3. 

Sentence,  elements  of  241.  2,  subject  of  * 

242,  predicate  of  258.  l-Tosje;  0  -]\d^'^oy^ 

Separate  particles  235-240.  "  ,^  A  '  ' 

Septuagint,  equivalents  for  Ayin  3.  4, 
mode  of  writing  Hebrew  words  49.  2,  3. 

Servile  letters  7.  3,  anagrams  of  7.  3.  a. 

Shalsheleth,  when  used  38.  9. 

Shin,  Sin,  and  Samekh  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Shurek,  quantity  of  14.  19.  1,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  Segholates  61.  2,  in  the  penult 
of  Segholates  61.  4.  «,  205.  t-,  in  Kal 
future  of  perfect  verbs  88,  before  suffix- 
es 105.  rf,  in  Kal  active  participle  90,  in 
the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  2.  d,  209.  3. 

Sh'va  16,  silent  and  vocal  16.  2,  20.  1, 
simple  and  compound  16.  3. 

Sh'va  compoimd,  with  gutturals  16.  3,  60. 

3,  108,  with  Resh  60.  3.  o,  120.  3,  with 
strong  letters  16.  3.  6,  before  gutturals 
120.  2,  127.  3,  in  construct  plural  of 
nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  He  interrogative  , 
230,  2.  a,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  a, 
which  is  selected  60.  3.  6,  109.  3,  112, 
changed  to  a  short  vowel  60.  3.  c,  with 
pause  accent  to  a  long  vowel  65. 

Sh'va  simple  with  gutturals  60.  3.  a,  in 
Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  2,  5,  in  Lamedh 
Guttural  verbs  123.  4,  127.  1,  changed 
to  Seghol  by  pause  accent  65. 

Sibilants  7.  2. 


INDEX    I. 


329 


Silluk,  position  of  36.  1,  train  of  38.  1. 
Singular  predicate  or  pronoun  witli  plural 

subject  275.  1.  a,   275.  6. 
Sounds  of  the  letters  3. 
Species  of  verbs  76-80,  mutually  supple- 
mentary 80.   2.  a  (3),  what  number  in 
use  in  different  verbs  80.  2.  a  (4),  forma- 
tion of  82,  with  double  forms  in  distinct 
senses  83.  c  (1),   122.  2,   141.  4,  com- 
pound 83.  c  (2). 
Strong  letters  7.  2. 

Subject  242,  omitted  243,  indefinite  243. 
2,  impersonal  243.  8,  compound  244.  1, 
276,  grammatical  and  logical  244.  2. 
Suffixes,  pronominal  72,  of  verbs  101.  2, 
of  nouns  220.   3,  relation  denoted  by 
254,  more  loosely  attached  than  affixes 
101.  2.  6,  with  neuter  verbs  and  passive 
species  102.  2,  with  infinitives  and  parti- 
ciples 102.  3,  with  cardinal  numbers  223. 
1.  a,  250.  2  (2)  a,  omitted  247.  6,  with 
nouns  in  the  construct  256. 
Superlative  degree  260. 
Syllables  18,  intermediate  20.  2,  mutations 

in,  a  source  of  vowel  elianges  59. 
Syriac  currently  read  without  vowels  10. 
a,  aspirates  21.  a,  doubling  of  letters 
23.  3.  6,  words  modified  from  Hebrew 
51.  3,  dual  20.  2. 
Svstema  morarum  18.  b. 
fav  and  Teth  3.  2. 

Tav   unites  with  Tav  of  personal  affixes 
86.  b  (2  m.),  or  feminine  ending  54.  1, 
205.   6,   prefixed  in   anomalous  verbal 
forms  94.  a,  115,  161.  5,  in  the  forma- 
tion of  nouns  190,   192.  2,  in  Hithpael 
assimilated  54.  2,  54.  4.  a,  82.  5,  131.  6, 
transposed  54.  4,   82.  5. 
Tav  of  feminine  ending  rejected  55.  2.  c, 
196.  6,  origin  of  196.  e,  added  to  verbs 
86.  6,   166.   1,  169.  1,  172.  1,  in  nouns 
196.  6,  205. 
Tenses,  primary  84,  262-264,  secondary 
99,  265,  past  and  future  not  promiscu- 
ously used  263.  5.  a. 
Time,  conception  of  261. 
Time,  when  and  how  long  274.  2.  a. 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 

train  of  38.  8. 
Transitive     construction    of    intransitive 

verbs  271. 
Transposition  of  letters  50.  2,  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tsere  rejected  from  the  ultimate  of  verbs 
66.  1  (1),  171.  2,  in  Kal  preterite  86.  a, 
164.  1,  in  fem.  plur.  future  Niphal  91.  ^•, 
and  Piel  92.  e,  in  Piel  inf.  abs.  92.  d,  in 
Hiphil  94.  6,  e,  in  Hophal  inf.  abs.  95.  c, 
with  Aleph  in  place  of  ShVa  60.  3.  c, 
92.  e,  112.  1,  184.  6,  as  union  vowel 
with  the  preterite  1<»4.  a,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  verbs  before  suffixes  104.  A, 
of  Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  126.   1,  of 


Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  164.  5,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  nouns  2()7,  215.  1,  in  the  penult 
of  nouns  210,  216.  1. 
Vav  rejected  after  vowelless  consonants 
53.  3.  a,  184.  6,  initial  changed  to  Yodh 
56.  2,  144.  1,  rarely  redui)licated  56.  3, 
in  verbs  154.  1,   161.  1,  or  nouns  187. 

2.  c,  softened  or  rejected  57.  2,  152, 
184.  6,  186.  2.  c,  190.  6,  2u7.  1./,  208. 

3.  c,  211.  a,  216.  1.  c/,  preceding  a  vow- 
elless consonant  61.  1.  a,  234,  paragogic 
61.  6.  rt,  218,  omitted  from  3.  pi.  pre- 
terite 86.  b,  in  Kal  infinitive  87,  in  Kal 
future  88,  in  Kal  imperative  89,  in  Kal 
passive  participle  90,  in  Pual  93.  6, 
added  to  3.  m.  pi.  suffix  104.  /. 

Vav  in  K'thibh,  where  K'ri  has  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  13.  a,  88,  105.  (/,  215.  1.  o, 
Pattahh  125.  1,  or  Hhateph-Kamets  13. 
rt,  214.  2.  6,  89  (f  s.). 

Vav  Conjunctive  234,  287. 

Vav  Conversive  of  the  future  33.  4,  99, 
with  Ayin  (JJuttural  verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh 
Guttural  126.  1,  Avin  doubled  140.  1.  5, 
Pe  Yodh  147.  5,  150.  3,  150.  2  (p.  182), 
Avin  Vav  and  Avin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,"^  158.  2,  160.  3,"Lamedh  Aleph  166.  4, 
Lamedh  He  171.  1,  172.  4,  173.  3,  174. 

4.  175.  3,  176.  3,  time  denoted  by  265.  a. 
Vav  Conversive  of  the  pretei  ite  33.  4,  99, 

with  Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  3,  time  de- 
noted by  265.  6. 

Verbs,  their  species  76-80,  occurring  in 
all  the  species  80.  2.  a  (4),  denomina- 
tives 80.  2.  6,  perfect  81-100,  with  suffix- 
es 101-106,  imperfect  107-177,  doubly 
imperfect  178,  defective  179,  quadrilite- 
ral  180,  syntax  of  261-269,  coiirdinated 
269,  object  of  270-272,  with  more  than 
one  object  273,  passive,  object  of  273.  5, 
repetition  of  282. 

Verbs,  paradigms  of,  pcfect  85.  2,  with 
suffixes  103*  Pe  Guttur;J  110,  Ayin  Gut- 
tural 117,  Lamedh  Guttural  124,  Pe 
Nun  130,  Ayin  doubled  138,  Pe  Yodh 
146,  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  155, 
Lamedh  Aleph  163,  Lamedh  He  170. 

Verbs,  personal  endings  and  prefixes  of 

85.  1.  «,  85.  2.  r/,  suffixes  of  101-106. 
Verbs,  middle  e  and  o  82.  1.  «,  have  Pat- 
tahh in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a  (1),  inflected 

86.  a,  before  suffixes  104.  h. 

Verbs  with  Pattahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a, 

111.  1,    116.  1,    123.  1,    140.  1,    144.  2, 

with  Tsere  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  6,  130, 

144.  2,   147,   172.  3. 

I  Vowel  changes  58-66,  significant  58.    1, 

!      euphonic  58.   2,   cnu.ses  of  59,  due  to 

'      mutations  of  syllables  59,  to  contiguous 

gutturals  6<>,   to  concurrent  consonants 

I       61,  to  concurring  vowels  63,  to  the  ac- 

I      cent  64,  to  pause  accent3   65,  to  the 


330 


INDEX    I. 


shortening  or  lengthening  of  words  66, 
of  short  vowels  in  mixed  penult  58.  2, 
210.  e,   216.  2.  b. 
Vowel  letters  7.   2,  use  of  11.   1,  distin- 
guished from  their  consonantal  use  13. 
Vowels    10-17,    Masoretic   signs   for    12, 
_  dift'erent  modes  of  dividing  them  12.  a, 
22'i'*''?"'     meanings  of  their  names  12.  b,  mutual 
Af^^'O^^     relation^  of  their  notation  by  letters  and 


~t^yrro^ 


by  points  I'i,  14,  mutable  and  immuta- 
ble 14,  58.  2,  pure  and  diphthongal  15, 


{y\A^  /  Jyy,  ambiguity  of  certain  signs  19,  20,  o  and 
/  c/   irj      u  more  stable  than  i  and  e  60,  1.  a,  in- 
^/^»serted  between  concurrent   consonants 
/lltPiAl^  61.  1,  2,  e  and  6  preferred  before  con- 
/?       (tit       current  consonants  61.  4,  i  and  u  before 
\^f  Pf*     doubled  letters  61.  5,  paragogic  61.  6, 
lb  ()6,   T»  218,  219,  concurring  62,  proximity  of, 
■::::r:^  a  source  of  changes  63,  pretonic  64.  2, 

rejected  or  shortened  66.  1,  2,  of  union 
before  suffixes  101.  2,  twice  e  with  pre- 
terite 104.  a,  sometimes  a  with  future 
105.  a,  final  of  verbs  before  suffixes 
104.  Ar,  /,  vowel  a  retained  in  ultimate 
before  suffixes  105.  d,  118.  3,  164.  5. 
Weak  letters  7.  2,  effect  of  upon  syllables 
18.  2.  c. 


"Words  not  divided  in  writing  8,  ambiguity 
when  unpointed  10.  a,  sources  of  cliange 
in  51,  three  stages  in  the  formation  of  67, 
changes  in  formation  and  inflection  69. 

Written  symbols  of  two  sorts  2. 

Yodh  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  in  Kal  active 
participle  90,  in  Niphal  future  113.  1, 
before  suffix  105.  a,  220.  1.  6,  initial  re- 
jected 53.  2.  o,  6,  144.  3,  148,  150.  1, 
184.  6,  188.  6,  medial  rejected  53.  3. 
a,  6,  150.  3,  168,  169,  softened  or  re- 
jected 57.  2,  152,  184.  b,  186.  2.  c, 
190.  6,  207.  1.  /,  208.  3.  e,  211.  a, 
216.  1.  c7,  changed  to  Aleph  56.  4,  para- 
gogic 61.  6.  a,  218,  added  to  2  f  s.  pre- 
terite 86.  6,  to  2  f  s.  suffix  104.  c,  220. 
1.  6,  220.  2.  c,  omitted  fiom  1  sing, 
preterite  86.  6,  from  Hiphil  94,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  169,  172.  1,  prefixed 
in -formation  of  nouns  190,  192.  1,  ap- 
pended in  formation  of  nouns  194, 
quiescent  after  prefixed  prepositions 
231.  3.  6,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c. 

Zakeph  Gadhol,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
when  used  38.  5. 

Zakeph  Katon,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
train  of  38.  4. 


IITDEX    II 


TEXTS  OF  SCRIPTUEE  EXPLAINED  OE  EEFEERED  TO. 


GENESIS. 

4  :  17  ...  §  35.  1 

12:  12...  §243.  3 

19  :  33  ...  §  249.  2.  b 

18  . .  .  275.  1.  c 

20 ...  43 

33,  35  .  .  .  106.  a 

1 :  1 ...  §  21.  1,  36.  1, 

23...88(f.  pi.),  89 

13  :  2  ...  245.  5.  d 

35 .  . .  38.  1.  a 

242,  245.  4,  262. 

(f.  pi.),  98.  2, 

4 ...  4.  a 

20  :  5  ...  71.  a  (3) 

1,  270.  «,  275.  3 

127.  1 

6...  275.  l.a 

6 ...  164.  2 

2 .  .  .  21.  1,  258.  3 

26 .  .  .  281 

9 . .  .  119.  1,  180.  a 

9  ...  22.  6,  75.  1, 

4...  270.  b 

5:  5...  177.  2,  251. 

14  :  2  ...  71.  a  (3) 

263.1 

6 ...  31.  1 

2.  a 

4  .  .  .  252.  2 

11 .  .  .  254.  9 

6,  7  . . .  245.  1 

8  .  .  .  277.  a 

6  . . .  221.  6.  b 

13 .  .  .  275.  3.  a 

7...  36. 1,203.  5.  c 

11...  38.  1.  a 

8  . .  .  203.  5.  c 

18  .  .  .  127.  1 

9 . .  .  250.  1 

18  . . .  225.  2 

9  .  .  .  250.  2  (1) 

21:  6... 60.2.0,120.2 

11 . .  .  45.  2,  254.  6, 

29 .  . .  39.  4.  a,  285. 1 

10 .  . .  63.  1.  a,  219. 

8 ...  65.  a 

285.1 

6  :  3 ...  74.  «,  139.  2, 

1.  6,  280.  2 

14...  214.  1.  6 

12  .  . ,  220.  1.  b 

157.  3,  158.  2 

19 ...  10.  a 

16...  119.  1,  174.1 

14  . . .  275.  1.  b 

7  .  .  .  285.  1.  a 

15  :  1 .  .  .  246.  3,  249.  2, 

17  .  .  .  39.  3.  b 

16 .  .  .  245.  2,  254.  9 

9 ...  96.  6 

274.  1 

28,  29 .  .  .  220,  1.  6 

18  . .  .  45.  2.  a 

13  .  .  .  262.  2 

2  ...  47,  253.  2.  6 

22:  1...262.  1,  265, 

22  .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

17  .  .  .  266.  2 

8  .  .  .  262.  1.  6 

270.6 

24...  198.  « (4),  218 

18  .  .  .  100.  2.  a  (1) 

11 .  .  .  229.  3 

3 ...  265 

24,  26 .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

19  .  .  .  45.  2.  a,   229. 

12  .  .  .  245.  4 

4  .  . .  287.  3 

29  .  .  .  270.  c 

3.  a 

17  . . .  275.  1.  c 

5 ...  244.  1 

31.  ..249.1.c,274. 1 

22...  273.  2 

18  .  .  .  254.  3 

8. ..44 

2  :  1 ...  244.  1 

7  :  1 . . .  262.  1,  273.  4 

18-21 .  .  .  270.  b 

14  .  .  .  126.  2 

2 .  . .  262.  1 

2  . .  .  252.  4,  280.  1 

22 .  .  .  245.  5.  a 

2S:  1...251.  2,  3 

3 .  .  .  249.  1.  c 

4...  251.  2 

16  :  5  ...  4.  a,  254.  9.  a 

4  .  .  .  275.  5 

4...  4.  a,  259.  2. 

6  . . .  287.  1 

11 ...  90  (2  f.  6.) 

6  .  .  .  165.  3 

267.  d 

9  .  . .  252.  4 

13,  15  ...  43.  a 

10  .  . .  254.  9.  6 

5  .  .  .  258.  3.  b 

13  .  .  .  200.  e,  246.  3, 

30  . . .  60.  3.  b  (2) 

11 .  .  .  125.  1 

6  .  .  .  263.  4 

249.  2,  251.  1.  a 

17  :  4  ...  65.  a 

11,  13 .  .  .  202.  1.  6 

7  .  .  .  147.  5,  273.  3 

19  . .  .  280.  3 

4,  5  .  .  .  215.  1.  e 

16 ...  36.  1 

9  .  .  .  245.  5.  b 

23  .  .  .  173.  3 

5  ...  271 .  4.  a 

19  .  .  .  246.  3 

10  .  .  .  248 

8  :  5  .  . .  282.  c 

5,  6 ...  265 

24:  1...119.  1 

11 .  . .  245.  5 

7 .  .  .  282 

8  ...  30.  2,  254.  5 

8  . .  .  249.  2.  b 

12  .  . .  16.  3.  6,  234. 

10  .  .  .  269.  a 

11 .  .  .  273.  5 

14  .  . .  39.  4 

a,  259.  2.  a 

12  .  .  .  149.  2 

12  .  .  .  254.  6.  a 

15 .  . .  39.  8.  a 

14  .  .  .  258.  2 

17  .  .  .  150.  1 

11...  24.  b,   230.  2. 

20 .  .  .  245.  3 

16,  17  .  .  .  287.  1 

18  . .  .  147.  5 

a,  254.  6.  c,  283. 

22...  251.  2.r,  254 

17  .  .  .  103.  a,  282 

9  :  14  .  .  .  139.  1 

2.  a 

4 

18  .  .  .  242.  b 

20  .  . .  258.  3.  a 

19...90(f.  B.) 

23...  158.  3 

19 . .  .  147.  5 

24  .  .  .  147.  5,  270.  c 

20  .  .  .  265.  b 

30 ...  36.  1 

23  .  .  .  16.  3.  6,  24. 

10  :  •  o...  220.  2.  6 

18  :  1 .  . .  262. 1.  a,  274. 

33  .  .  .  111.  2.  6 

a,  127.  3 

19  .  . .  56.  4,  126.  2 

2.6 

35  .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

25  .  .  .  263.  5.  a 

21 .  .  .  256.  a 

6  . .  .  253.  2 

42  .  .  .  £1.  1 

3  :  2,  3  ...  263.  1 

25  . .  .  250.  2  (2) 

11 .  .  .  276.  3 

42,  48,  65  ...  39.  4 

5  . .  .  106.  a 

26  .  .  .  229.  1.  a 

20 .  .  .  254.  9.  a 

48.  .  .  131.  1 

6 . .  .  258.  1 

11 :  1 .  .  .  223.  1.  a 

21 ...  24.  6,  39.  3.  6, 

58  .  .  .  283.  1 

13 .  .  .  262.  1 

6,  7  .  .  .  141.  1 

2:30.  2.  a 

65  .  .  .  73.  2.  a,   176. 

15 ...  30.  2 

7  ...  86.  a 

28,  29  .  . .  251.  4 

3,  245.  3.  a 

16  . . .  53.  3.  a 

9  ...  57.  1 

19  :  1,  4  .  .  .  266.  3 

67  .  .  .  246.  3.  a,  25& 

22...  21.  1,177.  2 

16 .  .  .  251.  2 

9...  131.  3 

d 

4  :  3 . .  .  231.  3.  a 

30 ...  56.  2 

11 .  .  .  207. 1.  a,  245. 

25:  5...  43 

4  .  .  .  220.  2.  b 

31 ...  22.  6 

5 

8  ...  38.  1.  a 

12 . .  .  267.  d 

12  :  2  .  .  .  263.  1 

12 .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

12  .  .  .  254.  1 

IB  .  .  .  260.  2  (2)  6 

4 ...  10.  a 

14 ...  24.  a 

27 .  .  .  229.  4.  6 

14 . .  .  245.  3.  6,  262. 

5  ...  254.  1  bis 

19...  86.  6  (2m.), 

31 .  . .  98. 1.  a,  125. 1 

1.6 

7  .  . .  262.  1.  b 

105.  fl,  105.  d 

34 ...  65.  a 

16 . .  .  147.  5 

8... 19. 1,220. 1.6 

30 ...  251.  4 

26  :  3 . . .  262.  L  6 

332 

INDEX    II. 

26:    4....U0.2,  246.  3  1 

34:  30....§254.  5 

49:  19. ...§140.1            | 

15:    2....§  56.  1,  105. 

6 36.  1 

31....2o0.  2 

23.... 139.  1 

6, 131.  1,  247.  6 

8 245.  3 

35:     7 275.  3.  a 

50:    9.... 248 

4.... 277.  a 

13....2S2.  c 

15.... 270.  6 

10.... 271.  3 

5.... 61.  6,104./ 

15,  18.... 104.  g 

IS.... 34 

17.... 273.  3.  a 

6.... 60.  3.  a,  61. 

22 156.  4 

22.... 39.  4.  a 

19.... 283.  1 

6.  a 

28 36.  1 

26 275.  1.  c 

23.... 22.  a 

9.... 104./ 

29 60.  3.  a 

29.... 22.  b 

26.... 147.  5 

10....11. 1.6,61.  6, 

27:     1....88(f.  pi.) 

37:     2....249.  1.  6 

139.1 

4.... 263.  1.  b 

8.... 282 

11,  13.... 22.  6 

9.... 119.  1 

9 271.  3 

EXODUS. 

14,  15.... 263.  5.  a 

12.... 141.  6 

12.... 257 

16.... 22.  6,  61.  6.  a 

16.... 36.  2 

14.... 10.  a 

1:    l....§21.1 

17.... 24.  6,190.  a 

19.... 105.  b 

19 73.  2.  a,  254. 

7.... 273.  5 

20.... -m.  a 

23.... 270.  6 

6.  a 

10....88  (3f.pl.) 

21.... 22.  6 

25.... 263.  1 

20.... 104.  i 

16.... 177.  2 

26.... 112.  3 

26 131.  3 

22.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

2:    3.... 24.  6,104.  e 

16:    5....38.  1.  a 

27.... 120.  3 

32....24.  6,  283.  2 

4.... 53.  3.  6,148. 

7,  8.... 71.  ail) 

29.... 177.  1 

33....  105.  a,  282.  a 

2,  150.  3  (p.  182) 

14.... 180.  a 

33....263. 1.6,266. 

38:    9.... 131.  4 

7.... 230.  3 

15.... 39.  3.  6 

2.  a 

11.... 274.  2.  6 

9....  150.  2.151.1, 

23.... 38. 1.  a,  112.1 

36.... 252.  4 

25....71.  a(3) 

161.  5 

27.... 242.  a 

38 16.  3.  6,  230. 

39:    4....U9.  1 

10.... 104.  k 

17:    1....2d7.  d 

2.  a 

7,  12.... 98.  1 

17....104.  ^,  105.  a 

8,  10.... 119.  1 

42....271.  4.  a 

11....231.  5.  a 

20....60.  3.  c,  98.2, 

11....275.  2.  6 

44.... 223.  1.  a 

12.... 22.  6 

164.  3 

18:    8....104.  £ 

28:    2, 6, 6,  7.... 33.1.  a 

14. ...119.  1 

23.... 51.  2 

10.... 215.  1.  b 

9.... 39.  4 

14,  17.... 92.  d 

3:    1....266.  3.  a 

11.... 262.  2 

12....55.  1 

20.... 255.  2 

2....53.  2.  a 

21,  25.... 225.  1.  a 

20,  21.... 287.  2 

40:  15....93.  d,  156.  4 

4....39.  1.  a 

26.... 88 

29:    2 263.4 

16.... 251.  1 

5.... 131.  3,  285.1 

19:    5.... 44.  a 

3....139.  1 

20.... 150.  5 

8.... 248 

9.... 215.  1.  a 

5....  22.  a,  230.  2.  a 

41:    8....119.  1 

13....75.  1 

12.... 282.  a 

6.... 34 

11.... 99.  3 

4:    2.... 24.  a,  75.  1 

13....  149.  2,  282.  a 

8....139.  1 

12.... 257.  2 

10.... 254.  6.  a 

21,  24.... 111.  1 

9.... 34,  257 

19.... 254.  3 

11.... 158.  2 

20:    2-17....39.  4.  a 

10.... 10.  a 

21.... 220.  1.  b 

13.... 255.  2,  285.3 

4....27,  243.  2 

17.... 278 

33.... 35.  2 

23.... 126.  1 

5.... 111.  3.  a 

20.... 223.  1.  a 

35.... 249.  2 

29.... 112.  3 

8.... 268.  2 

23.... 10.  a 

40 260.  2  (2)  a 

31.... 275.  2.  a 

10.... 249.  1.  c 

32.... 105.  o,  118.3 

43.... 94.  6 

5:    5.... 86.  6  (2m.) 

11... .43 

35.... 245.  3.  b 

51.... 92.  c 

7.... 151.  2 

13.... 27 

80:    1....34 

42:    7 262.  2.  a 

8.... 39.  \.a 

21:    7....98.  1.  a 

5.... 127.  1 

11.... 71.  a  (1) 

16.... 166.    1,    275. 

9.... 275.  3 

6 104.  a 

13.... 38.  \.a 

2.6 

11.... 215.  1.  c 

7.... 252.  1 

18.... 287.  1 

6:  14.... 255.  3 

19....92.  d 

15 245.  3.  b 

21.... 39.  4 

16.... 251.  3 

22.... 19.  2.  a,  39. 

16.... 249.  2.  b 

25,  35.... 216.  2.  a 

29.... 10.  a 

3.  6 

19.... 215.  1.  b 

36 220.  1.  6 

1:  10.... 262.  1 

28.... 270.  c 

27 131.  3 

43:    7. ...45.1 

11. ...53.  2.  a 

30.... 55.  1 

31.... 43 

8.... 125.  1 

20.... 276.  1 

35....  19.  2.   a,  39. 

32.... 44.  a 

14.... 65.  a,  82.  1.  a 

22.... 53.  2.  a 

3.  6 

33.... 24.  a 

(3),  249.  1.  6 

26.... 265.  6 

36. ...92.  d 

38.... 45.   2,   88  (f. 

26.... 26 

8:    1....131.  3 

22:     2....216.  1.  6 

pl.)bi:^,216.  2.  a 

29.... 141.  3 

17 258.  3.  6 

3 166.  3 

39.... 60.  3.  6(2) 
31:    4.... 45.  2.  a 

44:    1....285.  2 

23....  100.  2.  o(l) 

4....220.  1.  6 

4....  114,    271.    2, 

9:    3....10.  ff,  177.  1 

8....43,  275.  3.  a 

6.... 71.  a  (2) 

272.  2 

15.... 119.  1 

26.... 220.  1.  6 

9.... 220.  1.  b 

17.... 30.  2 

18.... 27,  104.  e 

23:  11.... 254.  2 

13....  19.  2.  a,  246. 

18.... 263.  1.  a 

25.... 126.  2 

14.... 252.  4 

3.  a 

40.... 271.  4 

29.... 88  (pi.) 

26.... 207.  1.  a 

27.... 126.  1 

45:  22.... 251.  2.  c 

10:    1....249.  2.  6 

30.... 280.  1 

30.... 86.  b  (2m.), 

25.... 45.  3 

3.... 173.  2 

31. ...104./ 

91.  b 

28 45.  5.  a 

8.... 271.  4.  a 

24:    4.... 246.  3 

32.... 104.    i,    285. 

46:    2....38.  1.  a 

24.... 150.  5 

25:  CI.... 11. 1.6, 113.1 

2.  a 

3.... 148.  2 

11:    8....249.  2.  6 

35.... 280.  3.  6 

36..,.75.  1 

22,  27.... 275.  1.  c 

12:    7. ...45.  2 

26:    2....250.  1 

39.... 61.  6.  a 

28.... 22.  6 

16.... 256.  c 

23....216.  2.  a 

32:    1....270.  c 

47:  24.... 275.  1.  c 

21.... 89    (f.    B.   & 

24 53.  3.  a 

5.... 111.  2.  b 

48  :  20.... 270.  c 

m.  pi.) 

33....  100.  2.  fl(l), 

16.... 250.  2(3) 

22.... 223.  1.  a 

39.... 141.  6 

IGO.    2.    a    (2), 

20.... 61.   1.    c,   88 

49:    3.... 65.  a 

49.... 275.  1.  c 

229.  4.  6 

(pi.),  55.  2.  a 

5.... 216.  1.  6 

13:    1....24.  a 

27:  21.... 247.  a 

22.... 45.  3. 

8.... 281 

2.... 92.  c 

28:    1....119.  1 

23 249.  2.  b 

10.... 24.  6 

9.... 254.  7 

2....254.  6.  o 

33:    5....220.  1.  ft 

11....53.  2.  rt,61.  6. 

16.... 220.  1.  6 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

6....88(f.  pi.) 

o,  218,  220.  1.  6, 

22.... 263.  4 

40.... 207.  1.  a 

11.... 43,      106.     1, 

221.  5.  6 

14:    4.... 22.  6,91.  c 

29:    3 248.  a 

270.  h 

12....215.  1.  a,259. 

14.... 119.  1 

9.... 273.  3 

34:  17....100.  2.  a(l) 

2.  b 

17.... 22.  6,  91.  c 

20.... 38.  4.  a 

21.... 258.  2 

17....216.  2.  a 

115:    1.... 22.  6,  263.  5 

30.... 105.  a 

29 


INDEX    II. 

333 

35.... §65.  a            1 

23:  17. ...§26 

22:  33.... §105.  a           1 

7:    2....§119.  1 

37.... 229.  4.  b 

18.... 216.  2.  a 

37.... 141.  1 

6 126.  1 

18.... 109.  3 

22.... 106  a 

23:    7.... 19.  2,  119.3, 

10 92.  c 

23.... 215.  1.  c 

30.... 112.  3 

141.  1,  263.  5 

13.... 104.  A 

34.... 38.  1.  a 

39.... 22.  a 

13. ...141.  3 

15.... 105. a 

13.... 104.  h 

24:    5.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

17....254.  9.  & 

14.... 275.  6 

22.... 250.  1.  a 

19. ...121.  3 

23.... 273.  2 

1....75.  1,  119.  1, 

23.... 273.  3 

24.... 166.  5 

24.... 94.  ?',  112.  3 

249.  2.  a 

25:    5....216.  2.  a 

25.... 139.  1,2 

8:    3.... 80.  t  (3  pi.) 

4,  8.... 275.  3.  a 

21.... 172.  1 

27.... 104.; 

9.... 207.  2.  a 

19....220.  2.  6 

46 39.  3.  b 

24:    3....61.  6.  a 

10.... 55.   2.  a,  86. 

25....  104.  d,  156.  2 

26:    9.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

4.... 266 

b  (3  pi.) 

3....63. 1.6,174.4 

bl8. 

7....  19.  2.  ft,  131.  6 

9:    3.... 112.  3 

13.... 220.  2.  b 

15.... 141.  3 

9.... 275.  6 

6.... 38.  4.  a,  249.  2 

20....  105.  a 

18.... 92.  d 

11.... 127.  2 

14.... 98.  2 

24. ...111.  3.  a 

25.... 132.  1 

15 61.  6.  a 

25.... 251.  4 

3.... 38.  1.  a 

33 92.  e 

17. ...161.  2 

26.... 119.  1 

28.... 216.  2.  a 

34.... 172.  1 

21.... 158.  3 

10:  15. ...119.  3 

27.... 250.  2(2) 

34,  05....65.  a 

22.... 35.  1 

17.... 30.  2 

30....100.  d 

34,  43 140.  6 

25:  13.... 24.  a 

11:  12. ...247.  a 

3.... 166.  4 

27:    7....251.  2.  a 

26:  30.... 246.  3.  b 

14.... 270.  b 

8.... 112.  3 

62.... 96.  a 

18.... 249.  2.  b 

23 246.  2.  a 

28:    4....249.  1.  6 

22.... 87.  88  (pi.) 

LEVITICUS. 

6.... 254.  6.  6 

12:    6.... 270.  6 

8....104.  rf 

10.... 274.  2.  e 

15....§71.  a(3) 

NUMBERS. 

26.... 39.  3.  6 

31.... 45.  5 

13.... 60.  3.  a 

29:  15.... 251.  1 

13:    ^....111.  3.  a 

23,  28.... 150.  5 

1:  10....§13.  6 

30:  11. ...274.  2.  b 

4.... 283.  1 

21.... 61.  4.  a, 

47.... 96.  a 

31:    2.... 131.  3 

5.... 65.  b 

205.  c 

2:  33.... 96.  a 

12.... 45.  5.  a 

7.. ..276.  1 

22.... 119.  1 

3:  26.... 271.  4.  b 

32:    5....271.  4.  a 

14 254.  6.  a 

24....220.  2.  a 

49.... 55.  1 

7. ...113.1 

14:    5.... 57.  2  (3)  a 

14.... 114 

4:  23. ...22.  a 

21.... 254.  9.  b 

7.... 196.  c 

15.... 95.  a 

5:  13,  14....  71.  a  (3) 

33....  71.  a  (1),  246. 

17.-..229.  4.  6 

38.... 216.  1.  a 

22.... 131.  2 

1.  a 

22.... 280.  1 

3.... 119.  1 

6:  23.... 120.  3 

42.... 27 

15:  16.... 119.  1 

7....98.  1.  a 

8:    7.... 121.  3 

33:  30.... 111.  2.  d 

18.... 126.  1 

4.... 39.  4.  a 

24.... 22.  a 

34:    5 61.  6.  a 

16:    1....22.  & 

11.... 273.  2 

9:    6....275.  1.  6 

6,  7,  9.... 24.  a 

3.... 30.  2 

12.... 39.  3.  6 

7.... 249.  2 

18.... 131.  1 

20.... 280.  3 

18.... 271.  4.  a 

14.... 275.  1.  c 

28....57.  2(2)& 

17:    2,  3.... 265.  a 

19.... 230.  2.  b 

20.... 253.  2 

35:    4....251.  2.  a 

18:    2....275.  1.  c 

7.... 126.  1 

10:  23.... 45.  5 

19.... 125.  2 

19:    6.... 114 

9.... 270.  c 

29.... 21.  1 

20 105.  ot 

15.. ..43 

18.... 229.  4.  b 

35.... 4.  a 

20:    2.... 19.  2,  119.  3 

32.... 38.1.  a,  254.  4 

11:    4.... 57.    2  (2)  a, 

7.. ..119.1 

39.... 71.  a  (3) 

229.  3.  a 

DEUTERONOMY. 

21:    7.... 13.   &,  86.   b 

42.... 4.  a 

6.... 263.  4 

(3  pi.) 

43.... 164.  2 

11.... 164.  2 

1:    2. ...§38.1. a 

.  8....83.  c.  (2) 

44.... 96.  &,  242 

15.... 71.  fl(2) 

14.... 259.  2 

11.... 214.  1.  & 

3.... 258.  3.  a 

16.... 111.  3.  a 

15.... 225.  1.  a. 

22:    7....126.  1 

4.... 27,  57.  2  (2) 

20.... 196.  d 

19.... 271.  2 

24.... 255.  2 

A.  220.  1.  b 

25.... 111.  2.  c 

22....99.  3.  a 

23:    5....253.  2.  & 

10,21 71.  «(3) 

51,  52 139.  3 

12:    1....276.  1 

28....38.  1.  a 

11....24.b 

4.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

S5....38.1.a,249.1 

24:    3 104.  A 

55,  56 96.  a 

13:  18.... 283.  2.  a 

38.... 273.  1 

4.... 96.  a 

8 126.  1 

32.... 156.  4 

44.... 245.  5.  d 

25:    4 158.3 

13 175.  2 

14:    1....275.  2.  a 

45.... 112.  3 

7 60.  3.  a 

35 242.  a 

2.... 262.  1 

2:    9....60.  4.  a 

13....2F0.  2 

38 274.  2.  a 

15:    6.... 252.  3 

12....203.  5.  a 

26:    2.... 39.  4 

42 156.  2 

21.  ...39.  3.  b 

24.... 131.  3 

5....254.  6.  J 

43.... 92.  d,  94.  b 

28.... 27,  220.  1.  b 

35.... 139.  1 

12.... 94.  &,  113.  2 

24.... 87 

29.... 275.  1.  c 

3:    4 250.2(1) 

27:    4.... 106.  a 

29 100.  2.  a  (2) 

16:    3.... 275.  2 

13.... 246.  1.  a 

7 24.  a 

32.... 87 

17:    3,  4.... 104.  g- 

17.... 216.  2.  a 

28:  24 104.  b 

4 104.  h 

10 140.  4 

26 21.  1,  151.  2 

45.... 104.  6 

8....n.l.o,188.a 

28.... 125.  2 

4:  10.... 119.  1 

48.... 94.  6    . 

31 71.  a  (3; 

20:    3.... 125.  2 

11 99.  3.  a 

52 126.  1 

4 263.  1 

5 104.  I 

26.... 44.  ?>,  91.  & 

57 164.  2 

7  ff 172.  3 

8.... 276.  3 

30.... 265.  b 

58.... 249.  1 

28 156.  4 

14.... 104.  i 

33.... 3.5.  1 

59....  165.    2,    220. 

20....  175.  5,  282.  a 

21.... 131.  4 

41....  219.      1.      &, 

2.  a 

3 256 

21:    5 104.  i 

256.  rf 

66 177.  3 

7.. ..96.  b 

30....  105.  n,140.  5 

5:    6-21....39.  4.  a 

29:  11.  ...106.  a 

1 96.  a 

33,  35 44.  a 

8. ...27 

30:    3....92.  c 

4 140.  4 

22:    6.... 269.  6 

9....111.3.  a 

3,  4.... 104.  A 

5.... 97.  1.  a 

8.... 274.  2.  a 

14.... 249.  1.  c 

11....  166.1, 205.  c 

9.... 71.  a  (3), 
140.  3 

11....  19.  2,  141.1, 

17.. ..27 

20 39.  4,  87 

267.  f> 

24....71.  a(2) 

31:  28.... 22.  b 

3 280.  3.  a 

25.... 119.  1 

6:    4.. ..4.  a 

29.... 166.  1 

13.... 220.  1.  6 

29.... 262.  1 

25.... 45.  1 

32:    1 245.2 

334 

INDEX    II. 

32:    6....§228.  2.  ffl 

12:  21.... §55.  2.  a 

9:  ll....§  53.     2.     5, 

2:    8....§88,88(2f.), 

7.... 104.  A,  280.  2 

13:  13.... 196.  b 

95.  b 

127.  1 

8.... 11.  1.  h.  94.  6 

1          23.... 247.  a 

12.... 89    (f.   8.    & 

9.... 88  (pi.),  165. 

10.... 63.  c,  105.  b 

14:    8.... 62.  2,175.  1 

m.  pi.) 

3 

13.... 13.  a 

15:  36.... 203.  5.  b 

13....95.  & 

14.... 150.  3 

15.... 285.  3 

38.... 22.  a 

14.... 89 

16.... 139.  2 

18.... 172.  4 

56.... 22.  a 

24.... 220.  \.b 

3:    3.... 86.  6(2f.) 

21.... 111.  2.6 

17:    1....30.  2 

25.... 174.  5 

4....16.1,o5.  2.  a, 

22.... 147.  4 

18:  12,  14.... 86.   b    (3 

29....  164.  5,172.3 

88  (2  f.),  106.  a 

26....  104.  /",  172.  3 

pi.) 

35.... 274.  2.  & 

12.... 258.  3.  b 

28....215.i.  6 

20.... 88 

38.... 91.  b 

13.... 119.  3 

29.... 262. 1 

19:  43....61.  6.  a 

48.... 75.  1 

15.... 60.   3.    b  (2), 

32.... 24.   b,    57.   2 

50.... 172.  4 

53.... 140.  5 

120.    1,   164.    2, 

(2)  a 

61.... 39.  1.  a 

10:    2....60.  3.  &(1) 

251.  2.  c 

34....90(pns3.) 

21;  10.... 227.  1.  a 

4.... 207.  1./ 

20.... 220.  1.  b 

36.... 35.  1,  86.  b 

22:     5.... 87 

9.... 243.  3 

4:    1....147.  5 

37.... 172.  1 

12.... 45.  5 

14.... 119.  4 

15....104.  c,  1 

37,  38.... 220.  2.  c 

16.... 119.  3 

11:    1....254.  6 

41.... 141.  2 

17....271.  4.  a 

18.... 99.  3.  a 

33:  16.... 61.    6.   a,  88 

25.... 148.  1 

25.... 91.  &,  119.  1 

1  SAMUEL. 

(3  f.),  167.  3 

27.... 44.  b 

37.... 98.  2 

21.... 177.  3 

23:    7,  12.... 249.  2.  a 

40....  250.     2    (2), 

1:    1....5  265.  a 

24:  10.... 92.  d,  282.  a 

263.4 

3....219.  1.  a 

15. ...88  (pi.) 

12:    4.... 272.  2 

4.... 245.  3.  b 

JOSHUA. 

19.... 275.  3.  a 

5.... 230.  3.  a 

6.... 24.  6,104.  i 

6.... 3.  1.  a 

8.... 263.  2 

1:    !....§  265.  a 

13:    2.... 248.  a 

9....  104.  rf,  172.  4, 

8.... 36.  2 

JUDGES. 

3....16.  1 

254.  1 

14.... 256 

6,  7.... 90  (2f.  B.) 

14.... 88  (2  f.) 

16.... 263.  1 

1:    1....5  265.  a 

6.... 119.  2 

17.... 53.  2.  a 

2:    8.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 273.  3.  a 

8.... 93.  &,  245.5. 

20.... 119.  2 

14.... 249.  2.  b 

2:    7. ...256 

6,  266.  3 

24.... 104.  i 

16.... 157.  1,  164.2 

3:  15.... 246.  3.  b 

12.... 275.  1.  a 

28.... 119.  2 

17,  18,  20....  104.  k 

24.... 140.  5 

23.... 273.  1 

2:    5....24.  c 

18.... 112.  3 

25.... 157.  1 

14:    1....61.  6.  a 

10.... 119.  1 

20.... 249.  2.  6 

27.... 272.  2.  & 

6.... 245.  b.d 

13.... 203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 246.  3 

30.... 274.  2.  a 

11.... 251.  2.   b 

22.... 88  (pi.) 
27.... 91.  b 

9.... 131.  3 

4:  19.... 164.  2,  262.2 

15.... 283.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  a 

20....  104.  a,  127.  2 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

3:    2....258.  3.  a 

12.... 280.  1 

21.... 11.1.  a,  156.  3 

15:  16 280.  3.  a 

4....263.  1.  6 

13.... 246.  3 

22.... 266 

16:    5....130.  1.  & 

7....263.  1.  b 

14.. -.253.  2.  a 

23.... 126.  1 

13.... 112.  3 

8.... 254.  9.  b 

4:    4....251.  4.  a 

24.... 282.  c 

14.... 246.  3.  a 

19.... 263.  4 

5.... 255.  3 

5:    5.... 86.  a,  141.1, 

16.... 27 

4:    8....266.  2.  a 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

249.  2.  a 

25.... 51.  2 

12.... 265.  3 

8....104.  ^ 

7.... 24.0,74,74.  a 

26.... 150.  1 

14.... 75.  1 

10.... 275.  2 

8.... 92.  f/,  121.  1 

27.... 271.  1 

19.... 148.  2 

13.... 4.5.  5.  a 

12.... 45.  2.  a 

28....  22.  &,  27,  223. 

6:  10....104.  ^,  165.  3 

23....  127.  2 

13.... 148.  3 

La 

12.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

24.... 262.  1 

15....  199.     c,    207. 

17:    2....71.  a.  2 

147.  4,  282 

6.    5.... 125.  2 

2.  a 

IS:     7.... 94.     a,    275. 

14.... 246.  3.  b 

7.... 46 

26.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

2.  & 

15.... 119.  1 

13.... 282.  c 

105.  & 

29.... 9.3.  & 

7:    8....119.  1 

17.... 166.  1 

28.... 60.  3.  b   (2), 

30.... 4.  a 

8:  19.... 24.  a 

7:     7.... 60.    3.  b  (2), 

121.  2 

19:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  89 

9:    3 270.  c 

94.  6,  112.  2 

31.... 263.  1 

11.... 150.  1(2) 

9....243.  2.  a, 

9.... 172.  3 

6:    9....99.  3.  & 

22.... 82.  5.  a 

245.3 

21.... 246.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  b 

20:  13.... 46 

24.... 245.  5.  b 

8:  11.... 246.  3.  a 

14.... 249.  2.  & 

15,  17.... 96.  a 

10:    1-8.... 100.  1 

19.... 271.  2 

15.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

25.... 224.  a 

4..;. 251.  2.  c 

22.... 272.  2 

17.... 74,  74.  a 

31.... 131.  2 

5 266.  3 

24 ."...22.  b 

20.... 73.  2.  a 

32.... 24.  & 

6.... 165.    3,    273. 

33....246.  2.  a 

25.... 249.  1.  c 

39.... 131.  5 

3.  a 

9:    4....161.  1 

31.... 230.  3.  a 

43....24.  & 

13.... 165.  3 

6.  ...119.  4 

34.... 119.  1 

44.... 271.  4.  6 

19.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

8.... 262.  2.  a 

36.... 258.  3.  b 

21:    9....e6.  a 

24.... 24.  b. 

12....  161.    1,    249. 

7:    6.... 22.  a 

21.... 39.  3.  b 

12:    3....38.  1.  a 

2.  a 

12.... 74.  a 

22.... 158.  3 

7.... 91.  c 

13.... 126.  1 

19.... 268.  1 

25....258.  3.  6 

13.... 119.  2 

24.... 9.5.  c,  172.  3 

8:    1....166.  2 

24.... 94.  a 

10:  11.... 38.  4.  a,  39. 

2.... 25 

13:    5.... 250.  2(1) 

1.  a 

10.... 224.  a 

RUTH. 

8.... 149.  2 

20.... 22.  5 

11.... 229.  4.  b 

19.... 86.  A  (3  pi.) 

24.... 86.  &(3pl.), 

19.... 111.  3.  b 

1:    8.... §275.  5 

21.... 19.  2.  i.  65.  a 

245.  5.  b 

26.... 74.  a 

9....89(f.  pi.) 

14:    1....73.  2.  a 

26.... 56.  4 

9:    2....230.  2.  a 

11.... 45.  4 

22.... 94.  c 

29.... 272.  2 

8.... 98.  1.  a 

13.... 25,  71.  rt(3). 

24.... 111.  2.  d 

30.... 21.  1 

9....53.  2.&,63. 1. 

88  (f.  pi.),  91.  c 

29.... 249.  2.  c 

31,  38.... 272.  2 

a,  95.  b 

19....104.  ^- 

32....157.  3,  172.  4 

11:    8. ...21.1 

10.... 89    (f.    B.    & 

20.... 60.  3.  c,  196. 

33.... 57.    2   (3)    a, 

14....94.  & 

m.  pi.) 

d 

164.3 

14:  36.... §141.  1 

INDE 

|28.24....§111.  2.  6 

X   II. 

21:11....§271.  4.  a 

335 

I16:26....§254.  9.  a 

40.... 276.  3 

30  :    1....14.  a 

12.... 177.  3 

29.... 252.  2.  a 

15:    l....r25.  2 

31:    2....94.  c 

22:    7.... 142.  2 

17  :    3.... 100.  1 

5. ...111.  2.  c 

24.... 45.  1 

14. ...177.  3 

6.... 151.  2 

33.... 160.  1 

21.... 43 

9.... 91.  e 

2  SAMUEL. 

37,40....238.  1.  6 

18:    1....252.  1 

19....  157.  3,   172.4 

40. . .  .53.  3.  a.  111. 

12....100.  2.  a(l) 

30 100.  2.  a(l) 

1:    4. ...§242.  c 

2.  c 

13.... 104.  e 

16^    4.... 284 

6.... 91.  6,166.3 

41....53.  2.  6,  132. 

30.... 131.  3 

12.... 214.  2.  6    ' 

9.... 256.  c 

1 

32.... 273.  3 

15.... 221.  2.  a 

10....99.3.6,l06.a 

43....118.  3,  141.  3 

42.... 175.  3 

18....246.  3.  6,254. 

15.... 131.  3 

44.... 199.  6 

43.... 254.  9.  a, 

6.  n,  257,  2 

21.... 255.  1 

48.... 238.  1.  6 

274.  2  d 

23.... 245.  3.  a 

26.... 166.  1 

23:    1....160.  5 

44.... 104.  6 

17  :12....249.  2.c,253. 

2:  19. ...13.  b 

6.... 33.  3,  140.  6, 

19:    2....275.  3.  a 

2.  b 

27.... 65.  a 

221.6 

4.... 274.  2.  c 

25.... 24.  6,  104,  A 

32.... 274.  2.  b 

8.... 199.  6 

7.... 38.  \.a 

26 73.  2.  a,  275, 

3:    2.... 257.  1 

27.... 24.  6 

10.... 92.  rf 

3.  a 

8.... 165.  3 

24:  12.... 268.  2 

11....275.  l.r 

34.... 245.  5.  rf, 265. 

22.... 276.  2 

13.... 253.  2 

15.... 66.  2(2)6, 

b,  271.  4.  6 

4:    6.... 71.  a  (3) 

219.1          ' 

35....  14.  a,  112.3, 

5:    2.... 164.  2 

19.:..251.  4.  a 

265.  6 

6:    1....151.  2 

1  KINGS. 

20.... 98.  1.  a 

42.... 172.  4 

3....249.  1.  & 

20:    9.... 39.  4 

47.... 150.  2 

5.... 16.  3.  b 

1:    6.... §243.1 

13.... 229.  1.  6 

55.... 245.    2,    249. 

13.... 282.  c 

14.... 259.  2.  a 

27.... 96.  a.  161.4 

2.  a 

16.... 253.  1 

15....54.  1,205.  6 

35. ...172.  3 

56....249.  2.  a 

20. . .  .282.  b 

21. ...87 

39.... 91.  6 

18:    1....105.  a 

23.... 56.  2 

27.... 283.  2.  6 

21:    1....45.  1 

6.... 158.  3 

7:  10.... 114 

2:  24.... 105.  a 

8.... 46 

7....250.  2(2)a 

8:  18.... 199.  b 

31....254.  6.  6 

29.... 164.  2 

9.... 156.  1 

10:    3.... 253.  2 

3:    3....126.  i 

22:  12.... 126.  1 

17.... 119.  1 

11, 17.... 275.  2.  b 

7.... 267.  6 

23....249.  2.  6 

20.... 243.  2 

11:    1....11.  1.  6 

15.... 147.  4 

25.... 165.  1 

22.... 220.  2.6 

24.... 177.  3 

4:    5.... 150.    4,    215. 

27.... 253.  2.  o, 

28.... 104.  i 

25.... 245.   5,    271. 

1.  e 

270.  c 

29.... 148.  1,  151.2 

4.  a 

5  :    3.... 253.  2.  a 

"35.... 147.  4 

19:  10.... 249.  2.  b 

12:    1,4.... 156.  3 

10.... 254.  8 

54.... 119.  1 

13, 16.... 201.  2 

4.... 249.  1.  c 

11.... 260.  2  (2)  a 

17.... 104. /c 

14....92.  d 

20.... 119.  1 

21.... 269.  a 

13:    4.... 280.  1 

25....53.  2.  a 

2  KINGS. 

22.... 249.  1.  c 

31.... 254.  10 

6  :  16 10.  a 

20:    6....119.  1 

32.... 158.  3 

19.... 132.  1 

1:    2....§249.  2.  c, 

13....271.  4.  a 

39.... 253.  1 

21.... 207.  1.  c 

283.  1 

21.... 39.  4 

14:    2,  3.... 16.  1 

38.... 251.  4.  a 

6.... 36.  2,39.4 

28.... 119.  1 

7.... 38.  4.  a,  158. 3 

7:  12.... 249.  1.  c 

7.. ..75.  1 

31.... 254.  6.  a 

10 104.  k 

14....  132.  1,  253.1 

10.... 172.  4 

38.... 199.  h 

19.... 57.  2(1), 

37.... 220.  1.  6 

10,  14.... 250.  2 

42....250.  2(2)a 

180.  a 

44.... 251.  4.  a 

(2)  a 

21:    2. ...219.  \.b 

30....  149.  1,  150.4 

8:    1....119.  1 

■      16.... 39.  4 

3.... 92.  6, 221.  3.  a 

15:    8.... 282.  b 

48.... 86.  6(lc.) 

2:    1....16.  S.  6 

7. ...44 

12.... 125.  2 

9:  11.  ...165.  2 

10.... 93.  c 

12.... 44.  a 

23.... 275.  2.  b 

10:    3.... 112.  3 

11....10.  3.  6 

14....  66.  1(1),  105. 

30.... 282.  c 

9.... 254.  8 

16....208.  3.  c 

a,  174.  4 

32.... 273.  6 

12....275.  1.  6 

21.... 165.  2 

15.... 126.  1 

34.... 287.  3 

15.... 254.  3 

22.... 165.  3 

22:    2.... 165.  2 

37.... 215.  1.  e 

11:    1....210.  d 

24....251.  2.  6 

23  :  11.... 94.  d 

16:    1....250.  2(1) 

3.... 275.  I.  a 

3:    4.... 253.  2.  a 

22.... 282.  a 

16.... 215.  1.  e 

13. ...16.  1 

23.... 119.  1 

24:  14.... 245.  b.  a 

17:    9.... 243.  2.  a 

22.... 24.  a 

25.... 65.  6,111.1 

17.... 260.  1 

10.... 140.  4 

25....271.  4.  6 

27.... 263.  1 

19....71.  a(2) 

12.... 71.  a(l) 

39.... 57.  2  (2)  a 

4:    7 220.1.6 

25:    7.... 94.  a 

22.... 223.  1.  a 

12:  10.... 221.  5.  a 

16,  23.... 71.  a.  2 

8..  ..164.  2 

23....  113.    1,    275. 

12.... 164.  2 

24.... 131.  1     , 

14.... 157.  3 

3.  a 

32.... 257.  3 

25....73.  2.a 

18.... 172.   5,    209^, 

18:    3.... 113.  2 

13:    7. ...234.  a 

32.... 95.  a 

3.  a 

18.... 270.  6 

12.... 75.  2 

5:    1....S9.  1.  a 

33.... 165.  3 

19:    1....281 

20.... 60.  3.6(2) 

3.... 112.  3 

34....88(3f.),  167. 

14. ...111.  2.  b 

14:    2.... 71.  ail) 

6....104.J 

3 

18.... 224.  a 

3....60.2.a,127.1 

7....2»4.  9.  6 

43....250.  2(2)a 

19.... 113.  2 

6.... 273.  5 

9.... 257 

26:  16.... 271.  4.  b 

20:    1....257.  2 

24....246.  3.  a 

1S....46,  176.  1 

22....246.  3.  a 

4. ...119.  1 

25.... 257.  3 

6:    5....271.  4.  6 

27:  12.... 119.  1 

5. ...111.  2.  d 

15  :  16 60.  3.  a 

8....220.  2.  a 

28:    7.... 214.  1.  b 

9,... 111.  2.6 

23.... 271.  4 

10.... 252.  4 

8 89(f.  g.  &m. 

21.... 95.  a 

29.... 94.  6 

11. ...74.  a 

pi.) 

21:    2.... 166.  2. 

33.... 257.  3,4 

18.... 98.  2,207. 

10.... 24.  6 

6.... 60.  3.  a,  127. 

16:  10.... 2.52.  2 

1.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  h{2^ 

2 

16.... 247.  a 

19.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 63.   1.   c,   97. 

9.... 160.  5,  223.1. 

17....  172.  4,  175.3 

22.... 230.  3 

L  6,  164.  5 

a,  250.  2  (2)  a 

25.... 172.  4 

23.... 172.  4 

336 

INDEX    II. 

6:32.. 

.§24.  5 

3:    3. ...§247.  a 

6:  11. ...§233.  a 

9:18... 

.§24.6,105.0, 

7  :  12.. 

.165.  1 

5:    2....119.  1 

7  :  34.... 251.  3 

190.  a. 

13.. 

.246.  3.  a 

12.... 180.  a 

8:    2. ...166.  4 

30.. 

.121.  1 

8:    1.. 

.71.  a  (2) 

6:42....98.  1 

5.... 106.  a,  125.  2 

34.. 

.105.  6 

8.. 

.•249.  2.  c 

7:    6.... 94.  e 

9:    5.... 161.  4 

10:12... 

.19.  2 

12.. 

.120.  1 

8:16....246.  3.  a 

6.... 71.  a  (2) 

22.. 

.61.  6.  a 

13.. 

.75.  1 

18.... 13.  a 

18 63.  1.  a 

11:   3... 

.94.  a 

21.. 

.11.  1.  6,  90 

10:    7....231.  5.  a 

19....  249.  1 

12.. 

.139.  3 

9:  17.. 

.196.  b 

10.... 19.  2 

26.... 63.  1.  a 

15.. 

.150.  5 

2b.. 

.220.  1.  b 

15  :    8.... 246.  3.  a 

28.... 249.  1.  a 

17.. 

.97.  1.  a,  260. 

37.. 

.172.  1 

16:    7.  8.... 119.  1 

32.... 271.  4.  a 

2(2)c 

10  :  14.. 

.118.  3 

12.... 177.  3 

35..,. 249.  1.  c 

12:14... 

.111.  1 

30.. 

.39.  4 

17  :  11.... 62.  2.  6,  209. 

10:  39.... 94.  6,  113.  2 

21.. 

.282.  c 

11:    4.. 

.199.  b 

2.  rf 

11:  17.... 150.  2 

13:    9... 

.24.  c 

13.. 

.199.  a 

12.... 282.  c 

12  :44.....39.  3.  6 

15.. 

.83.  6 

12:    1.. 

.252.  2.  b 

13.... 275.  1.  c 

13:  13.... 111.  2.  d 

21.. 

.119.  1 

8.. 

.216.  1,  a 

18:  22.... 249.  2.  b 

16....11.  1.  a 

27... 

.264.  a 

9.. 

.60.  3.  c,  132.  2 

23.... 38.  4.  a 

23.... 210.  d 

14:    1... 

.254.  9.  6 

10.. 

.250.  1.  a 

19  :    2.... 112.  5.  c 

19.. 

.112.  3,  275.  4 

13:    6.. 

.164.  2 

20:    7.... 105.  a 

15:    7... 

.227.  1.  a 

14.. 

.263.  1 ' 

35.... 96.  a 

ESTHER. 

11... 

.260.  2  (2)  6 

15:    1... 

.252.  2.  a 

21:  17.... 125.    1,    260. 

18.. 

.121.  2 

10.. 
16.. 

.19.  2 
.246.  2.  a 

2(2) 
22:    5.... 53.  2.  a 

2:    8.. ..§126.1 

9.... 207.  2.  d 
4  :    3.... 150.  5 
4. ...161.  2 

14.... 127.  1 

16.... 276.  2 
7:    5.... 82.  1.  a(l) 
8:    6. ...269 

15.... 256 
9:    4.... 282.  c 

27.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

16:7.'.'. 

.172.  5 
.104.  h 

16:    7.. 

.156.  2 

11.... 39.  \.a 

11.. 

.147.  3 

17.. 

.253.  2 

23:  19.... 242 

12.. 

.161.  2 

17:13... 

.39.  4.  a 

24  :  18 249.  2.  b 

13.. 

.126.   1,  216. 

36.. 

.39.4 

25:    4.... 254.  7 

1. 

6 

18:23... 

.119.  1 

26:  15.... 148.  1,  177.3 

16.. 

.60.  3.  6  (2) 

30.. 

.126.    1,   271. 

17....25L  2.6 

19.. 

.19.  2 

4. 

a 

19.... 119.  3 

17:    2... 

.24.6 

19:    4... 

.285.  1 

21.... 198.  a.  4 

3.. 

.126.  1 

23.. 
25.. 

.254.  2.  a 
.175.  2 

28:  23.... 94.  e 
29:  31. ...65.  & 

10.. 
16.. 

.215.  1.  c 
.88  (3  f.  pi.) 

29.. 

.131.  3 

36.... 24.5.  5.  b 

18:    2.. 

.54.  3 

22:19.. 

.106.  a 

31:    7....148.  1 

4.. 

.91.  6,  230.  2 

23;   1... 

.251.  2.  b 

14.... 219.  \.a 

JOB. 

19:    2.. 

.105.  c 

17.. 

.73.  2.  a,  246. 

32  :  15 256.  c 

3.. 

.94.  c,  252.  4 

3. 

a 

30.... 150.  2  (p. 

1:    3.... §250.   2  (2), 

7.. 

.113.  1 

25:17.. 

.251.  2.  b 

182) 

260.  2.  (1) 

is'.'. 

.105.  e 

29.. 

.177.  3 

33:  19.... 199.  c 

5.... 263.  4,  274. 

16.. 

.45.4 

34:    4.... 126.  1 

2.  rf 

17.. 

.139.  2 

5.... 220.  l.b 

6.... 245.  3.  b 

23.. 

.88  (pi.),  14L 

1  CHRONICLES. 

6....43.  & 

7.... 45.  1 

1 

35  :  13.... 57. 1 

10.... 71.  a  (2) 

29.. 

.74,  74.  a 

2:13.. 

.§57.2(1) 

11....45.  4,  131.  3 

20:    4.. 

.158.  3 

16.. 
3:    5... 

.13.  b 
.149.  1 

EZRA. 

14.... 220. 1.6,258. 
3 

8.. 
17.. 

.139.  3 
.255.  3.  a 

4:10... 
5:20.. 

.100.  2.  a(l) 
.74.  a 

3:  11.... §95.  c,  150.5 
7:  25. ...39.  4 
8:  18 26 

23.... 99.  3 

25....98.  1.  a,  207. 
1.  &,  245.  5.  h 

26....98.  1.  a 

29.... 246.  3.  a 

31.... 99.  3 
10:  14.... 24.5.  .5.  b 

16.... 122.  2,  141.  1 

17.... 245.  5.  b 

21.... 164.  2 
2:    3. ...36.1.  a 

24.. 
26.. 

.112.  5.  c 
.60.  3.  c,  93.  a, 

12:    1... 

.14.  a 

5.... 45.  4 

111.  2.  e    ■ 

2.. 

.150.  1,  180.  a 

7.... 46 

28.. 

.140.  2 

14.. 

20.. 

.260.  2  (2) 
.14.  a 

10.... 248.  a 
3:    3.... 203.  5 

21:    5.. 
13.. 

.140.  5 
.24.  c 

13:    3.. 

.104.  ? 

8.... 267.  b 

18.. 

.104.  i 

12.. 
15:24.. 

.51.2 

.94.  e,  180.  a 

11.... 263.  5 
13.... 263.  1 

24.. 
22:    3.. 

.88  (pi.) 
.283.  2 

27.. 

.180.    a,   246. 

25.... 168.  a,  172.  3 

20.. 

.220.  1.  6 

3 
17:    4.. 

.266.  3.  a 

4:    2.... 28.3.  1.  a 
4.... 200.  e 

21.. 

a 

.88  (3.f.),  94 
,  167.  3 

20:    2.. 

.254.  5 

6.... 287.  3 

23:    3.. 

.269.  6 

8.. 

.73.  a,  149.  1 

19.... 285.  1 

9.. 

.34 

21:13.. 

.259.  2 

NEHEMIAH, 

5:    7.... 93.  b,  287.1 

11.. 

.79.  3.  a 

22:14.. 

.250.  2  (3) 

8.... 263.  1 

17.. 

.86  6  (2  m.) 

23:    6.. 

..59.  a 

1:    4. ...§125.  2 

16.... 61.  6.  a 

24:14.. 

.83.  6 

24:    3.. 

.59.  o,  113.  1 

7.... 282.  b 

18.... 165.  3 

19.. 

.285.  3 

28.. 

.275.  1.  c 

2:    4....in.2.  e 

6:    2....263.  1 

21.. 

.150.  2 

25:19.. 

.251.  4.  a 

7.... 111.  2.  6 

16.... 96.  b 

24.. 

.139.  1 

26:28.. 

.245.  5.  6 

12.... 39.  4 

22.... 60.  3.   b  (2), 

25.. 

.264.  a 

27:15.. 

.251.  4.  a 

13.... 4.  a,  164.  5 

119.4 

33.. 

.220.  2.  c 

28:    1.. 

.36.1 

3:  13.... 53.  2.  6,62.1 

26....  126.  1 

25:    3.. 

.220.  1.  6 

5.. 

.249.  1.  a 

20 94.  a 

7:    3....243.2.  6 

26:    9.. 

.180.  a 

29:17.. 

.245.  5.  6 

33.... 274.  1 

5.... 119.  1,  139.3 

11.. 

.161.  4 

18.. 

.125.  1 

34.... 210.  c 

14....104. /,  105.  b 

27:    3.. 

.256.  c 

4:    7.... 216.  2.  a 

18.... 105.  "A 

4.. 

.92.6 

5:    8. ...255.1 

8:    8. ...57.  2  (2)   a, 
227.  1.  a 

12.. 

.271.  8 

2  CHRONICLES. 

14.... 6.5.  a 

33.. 

.220.  2.  c 

16.... 112.  3 

21.... 165.  1 

28:  12.. 

.245.  5 

1:    4.. 

.§245.  5.  b 

6:    6. ...177.  1 

9:    2.... 22.  b 

29:    3.. 

.139.  2 

10.. 

.164.  b 

8.... 57.   2  (3)   a, 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

6.. 

.53.  3.  6 

2:    7.. 

.14.  a,  254.  3 

164.  3. 

15.... 92.  6 

14.. 

.  .105.  d 

INDEX    II. 

337 

M:21....§24.  c              | 

9:  17. ...§149.1 

45:    3... 

.?92.  a 

78:63... 

.§93.6 

80:    8.... 24.  b 

18.... 219.  1.  a 

9... 

.199.  h 

65... 

.141.5* 

26.... 99.  3.5 

19.... 126.  1 

10... 

.14.  a,  24.  b 

80:    3... 

.61.  6.  a 

31:    5.... 157.  3 

10:    2.... 31.  «,  286 

47:    5... 

.43.  a 

5,8 

...253.  2.  b 

15v...Gl.  3,  105.  b, 

6.. ..31.  b 

10... 

.112.  5.  c 

G... 

.112.  3 

161.  3. 

8.  10.... 209.  La 

49:    9... 

.55.  1 

11... 

.98.  a 

18.... 273.  3.  a 

12.... 131.  3 

50:21... 

.112.  3,  282.  6 

14.. 

.4.  a,  180.  a 

22.... -n 

13.  14.... 31.  & 

23... 

.105.  b 

15... 

.253.  2.  b 

24.... 60.  1.  a 

11:    1....257.  1 

51:    6... 

.263.  1 

16... 

.4.  n,  139.  2 

32:    2.... 269.  6 

7....  220.  2.  c,  275. 

7... 

.121.  2 

19... 

.157.  3 

10.... 125.  1 

3.  a 

53:    6... 

.220.  1.  b 

20... 

.253.  2.  b 

11.... 53.  2.  a,  111. 

12:    3.... 280.  2 

55:10... 

.92.  c 

81:    3... 

.4.5.  5.  a 

2.  c 

4. ...119.1 

16... 

.164.  2 

11... 

.119.   1,   246. 

18.... 164.  2 

8....73. 1,249. 2.& 

18.. 

.274.  2.  a 

b 

33:    5. ...111.  3.  a 

13:    4.... 271.  3 

19,2 

2....19.  2.  a 

17.  r. 

.279 

9.... 71.  a(iy 

5.... 104.  h 

22.. 

.141.  1 

84:    2... 

.200.  e 

13.... 158.  1 

16:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  90, 

87:    2.. 

.172.  1,  275. 

86:    2... 

.19.  2,  126.  1 

21....26,  121.  1 

151.  3 

1. 

a 

88:17... 

.24.  b,  92.  a 

25.... ISO.  a 

17;    3.... 139.  2 

9.. 

.247.  b 

89:    2... 

.216.  2.  a 

27.... 158.  2 

9....203.  5.  a 

58:    2.. 

.88  (pl.) 

8... 

.111.  3.  6 

30.... 159   2 

18  :    6 104.  I 

4.. 

.156.  2 

9... 

.253.  2.  6 

34:    5. ...65.  a 

10. ...147.  5 

7.. 

.131.  3 

10... 

.131.  4 

13.... 61.  6.  a 

15....S2.  1.  a(3) 

8.. 

.139.  3 

40... 

.272.  3 

18.... 112.  1 

21. ...21.  1 

9.. 

.24.    b,   214. 

44... 

.104.  ?■ 

'.24.  b,  86.  6 

22.... 91.  b 

27.... 142.  2 

1 

b 

45... 

25.... 216.  1.  a 

41.... 132.  1 

12.. 

.275.  3.  a 

(2 

m.) 

35:  11.... 53.  3.  a,  111. 

19:    6....249.  1 

60:    2.. 

.43.  a 

51... 

.249.  1.  a 

2.  c 

8.... 254.  9.  b 

4.. 

.165.  1 

52... 

.24.  6,  216. 

37:    6....177.  1 

14.. ..11.  1.  b 

5.. 

.253.  2.  a 

2, 

a 

12.... 61.  6.  a 

20:    4.... 63.  1.  c,  97. 

13.. 

.287.  1 

90:    2.7 

.263.  1.  6 

24.... 104. /j 

1.  a,b 

61:    1.. 

.196.  b 

10... 

.22.  c 

38:    1....4.  a 

9....243.  1 

62:    4.. 

.93.  a.  bis 

91:    6... 

.140.  1 

12....S6.  &(2m.) 

22:    2....104.  j 

10.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c 

12... 

.105.  c 

24.... 60. 4.  «,  113.1 

9.... 42 

12.. 

.252.4 

92:    2.. 

.242.  b 

35.... 230.  2.  a 

10.... 157.  1 

63:    2.. 

.275.  1.  c 

16.. 

.61.  6.  a 

39:    2....104.  ^ 

17....  156.  3.199.6 

4.. 

.105.  c 

93:    1... 

.1-26.  2 

3. ...161.  2 

22.... 272.  3 

8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

5.. 

.174.  1 

4.... 112.  5.  c 

32.... 206.  3 

64:    7.. 

.54.3 

94:    1.. 

.94.  d 

24 165.  2 

23:    6.... 148.  2,  267.  rf 

65:    7.. 

.112.  5.  c 

9.. 

.126.  1 

40:    2....26S.  1.  a 

24:  14.... 131.  3 

10.. 

.104.  h,  105.  b 

17.. 

.61.  6.  a 

21,  22.... 208.  3.  a 

25:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

66:    4.. 

.275.  2.  b 

19.. 

.141.  6 

22.... 221.  6.  b 

:27....71.  a.  2 

12.. 

.114 

20.. 

.93.   a,    111. 

41:    1....1G0.  5 

26:    2.... 98.  1.  a 

68:    3.. 

.91.  b,  131.  2, 

2. 

e 

2.... 105.  b 

4.... 112.  3 

5 

140.  4 

101  :    5.. 

.92.  6,  93.  a 

17....  131.  4,  164.2 

27:  10.... 112.  3 

5.. 

.111.  3.  a 

102:    5... 

.14.  a 

25.... 172.  5 

13.... 4.  « 

8.. 

.119.  3 

14... 

.139.  2 

26....43,  43.  a 

28:    7.... 150.  2 

18.. 

.21.1 

19.. 

.266.  3 

42:    2.... 86.  &(lc.) 

29:    9....111.  1 

21.. 

.231.  3.  a 

103:    3,4 

....220.  2.  c 

13....223.  1.  a 

30:    4. ...13.  a 

69:10.. 

.22.  a,  104.  u 

■       4.. 

.104.  c,  246. 

8..,. 221.  6.  6 

216.  2.  a 

6 

13.... 105.  6 

19.. 

.98.  1.  a 

5.7 

.275.  3 

PSALMS. 

31:  10.... 31.  a 

24.. 

.119.  1 

7.. 

.203.  5 

14. ...31.  b 

70:    6.. 

.71.  a.  2 

13.. 

.119.1,262.3 

1:    l....§245.  2 

24 119.  4 

71:    6.. 

.157.  1 

104:    8.. 

.286 

2:    2.. ..247 

32:    1....165.  3 

7.. 

.256.  b 

18.. 

.249.  1.  c 

3.... 45.  4,97.1 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

12.. 

.158.  2 

26.. 

.119.  1 

7. ...71.  a  (2) 

33:    5.... 266.  1 

23.. 

.88.  (f.  pl.) 

28.. 

.88  (pl.) 

12.... 35.  1,271.4 

34:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

72:15.. 

.105.  b 

29.. 

.111.  2.  6, 

3:   2.... 141.  1 

35:    8.... 105.  a 

17.. 

..159.3,247 

151.  2 

3 61.  6.  a 

10.... 19.  2.  a,  22. 

20.. 

.93.  a 

105    15.. 

.264 

8.. ..273.  2 

b,  215.  1.  c 

73:    2.. 

.172.  1 

28.. 

.99.3 

4:   3.... 111.  2.  e 

19.... 102.  3 

10.. 

.254.  6.  b 

106:25.. 

.114 

7....3.  1.  a,131.3, 

25.... 127.  2 

16.. 

..99.  3.  b 

47.. 

.126.  1 

165.  1 

36  :  13.... 121.  1 

27.. 

.86.  6  (2  m.) 

107-20.. 

.199.  d 

6:    9.... 31.  &,  150.  1 

37:      ....6 

74:    4.. 

.220  2  a 

27.. 

.126.  1 

11. ...42 

9. ...91.  b 

5.. 

.19.  2.  a 

109:13.. 

.173.  3 

12....112.  5.  c,254. 

15.... 24.  b 

8.. 

.105.  a 

23.. 

.112.  5.  c 

9.6 

23.... 161.  4 

10.. 

..119.  1 

110:    4.. 

.61.  6.  a 

13. ...31.  6 

38:    3....131.  1 

17.. 

..11.  1.  b 

Ill:      .. 

.6 

«:    3. ...42 

11. ...92.  a 

19.. 

.196.  /) 

112:      .. 

.6 

4....71.  o.  2 

21....19.  2.  a 

75:11.. 

.161.  4 

113:    5-9 

...61.  6.  a 

7:    6.... 31.  &, 60.  2. a, 

39-    2. ...97.  1 

76:    3.. 

.203.  5.  c 

6.. 

.218 

114 

5.... 75.  1 

4.. 

.  .22.  a,  126.  2, 

114:    8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

10.... 263.  1.  a 

14.... 35.  2.175.  4 

216.  2.  a 

115:17.. 

"42 

17....2o4.  9.  a 

40:1S....71.  a(2) 

6.. 

.  .96.  a 

116:    6.. 

"."141.2,150.2 

8:    2....132.  1 

41:    5.... 119.  3,  164.  5 

77:    2.. 

.112.  3 

12.. 

.220.  2.  c 

3.... 94.  b 

42  :    9 220.  1.  b 

4.. 

..172.3 

15.. 

.61.  6,  a 

5.... 199.  e 

10. ...in.  2.  b 

10.. 

.  .139.  2 

19.. 

.•2':o.  1.  b 

9  :  14.... 141.  1 

44:    5.... 258.  2 

IS.. 

.  .92.  b 

118:10.. 

.10.5.  a 

15.... 220.  2.  a 

18,  21 127.  2 

20.. 

..24.  6 

11.. 

.139.  1 

16.... 285   3 

27.... 61.  6.  a 

'78;   9.. 

.255.  3.  a 

18.. 

.92.  d,  104.  a 

22 


338 

INDEX   II. 

118:  23.... §166.1 

6:  11. ...§11.1.  a 

30:25....§200.  e 

6:    3....§105.  rf 

119:       ....6 

21.... 104^ 

31.... 229.  l.a 

9.... 104.  k 

18.... 98.  2 

27.... 118.  4 

31:    3.... 199.  a 

12.... 57.  2  (3)  a 

22.... 139.  2 

7  :  13.... 141.  1 

10-31.... 6 

6  :    5.... 45.  5.  a 

43....60.  4.  a 

14....53.  2.  a 

12.... 104.  i 

6.... 220.  1.6 

47.... 141.  6 

8:    3.... 31.  a,  97.1.  c 

31.... 247.  a 

9. . .  .105.  e,  275.  » 

71....120.  1 

11 260.  1 

11.... 141.  1 

101 165.  2 

13.... 166.  2 

7:    3....221.  6.  6 

117.... 172.  3 

15.... 88 

ECCLESIASTES. 

4.... 210.  1.  c 

129.... 104.  i 

17....53.  2.  a,  111. 

8.... 210.  e 

133.... 97.  2 

2.6 

1:    4.. ..§266.1 

13.... 141.  1 

137....275.  1.  a 

25.... 263.  1.  6 

9.... 256.  c 

8:    2.... 199.  6 

139.... 24.  b 

27,  29.... 141.  3 

15.... 161.  4 

5.... 104.  i 

155.... 275.  1.  a 

10:    3....111.  1 

17....3.  1.  a 

6.... 22. a, 216. 2.  a 

122-124:     ....74.  a 

4....11.1.a,156.3 

18.... 90 

122:    4....274.  2.  6 

11.... 249.  1 

2:    5....207.  1.  a 

123:     1....61.  6.  a 

11:    7.... 208.  3.  c 

7....275.  1.  c 

ISAIAH. 

4.... 246.  3.  a 

25.... 150.  5 

8.... 280.  3.  a 

124:    4....61.  6.  o 

12:  25.... 197.  6 

13.... 57.   2  (3)  a. 

1:    3.... §262.  3 

125:     3....61.  6.  a 

13:  23.... 156.  3 

231.  3.  b 

5.... 256.  c 

5....7S).  3.  a 

14:    3....105.  rf 

15.... 260.  2  (2)  a 

6.... 60.  2. a,  156.2 

127:     2....196.  (/,  254. 

10.... 60.  4.  a,  119.1 

19.... 230.  4,  283. 

9....262.  1 

9.  b 

34.... 263.  3 

2.  a 

11.... 271.  1 

129:       ....74.  a 

15:    1....24.a,  60.  4.a 

22.... 74,  177.  1 

15....  104.  /i,  119.  1 

3....243.  2.  a 

9....112.  5.  c 

3:    2,  4.... 267.  6 

16.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

86.... 114 

16:    4.... 246.  2.  a 

17....245.  5.  a 

5.  a 

132:     1....174.  6 

17:    4....111.  2.  c,140. 

18....74,  139.  2 

17.... 185.    2.    c, 

6.... 127.  2 

5 

4:    2....268.  1.  a 

267.  c 

12.... 65.  a,  220. 

10.... 131.  1 

9.... 251.  4 

18.... 245.  5.  d 

2.  a 

14....126.  1, 131.  3 

12.... 105.  a 

21.... 33. 1,61. 6.  a, 

133:     1....24.  a 

26.... 242 

14....53.  2.  a,  111. 

218 

134-137.... 74.  a 

18:    b.... 261(1 

2.  c 

22.... 245.  5 

134:     2.... 220.   2.    b, 

19:    7....19.  2.  a,  215. 

6:    5.... 113.  2 

24.... 245.  4 

273.  2 

l.c 

7.... 38.  l.a,  201. 2 

29.... 279 

135:     7....94.e,  165.2 

13....216.  1.  d 

8.... 112.  5.  c 

31....60.  3.  6(2) 

137:     6....104.  c 

19....215.  1.  c 

7: 16.... 82.  5.  a 

2:    2.... 265.  6 

138:     6.... 147.  2 

24.... 51.  1 

22.... n.  aC2) 

4.... 207.  1.  a 

139:    1....  104.^,147.  5 

25.... 94.  d 

24.... 280.  3 

20 43.  6,  207.  L 

2.... 158.  1 

20:  16.... 111.  3.  a 

25.... 273.  4 

a,  256 

5....220.  1.  6 

21:    8.... 56.  2 

26.... 91.  6,165.2 

3:    1....280.  3.  a 

8.... 53.  3.  b,  88 

13.... 254.  9.  a 

8:    1....177.  3 

9.... 273.  3.  a 

(1.  c),  161.  2 

15.... 267.  a 

9.... 268.  1 

15.... 24.  a,  75.1 

19....83.  & 

22....63.  1.  a 

12.... 165.  2 

16....172.5,209.3.a 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

22:  11.... 215.  l.c 

9:    1....139.  2,  216. 

24.... 53.  3.  a 

86.   6  (3  pi.), 

21.... 253.  2 

l.a 

4:    4....262.  1 

164.3 

24.... 60.  4.  a 

12....59.  a,93.  e 

5:10....22.a,216.2.a 

140:  10.... 172.  3 

23:    1....158.  3 

18.... 165.  2 

19....97.  1.97.  l.a 

13.... 86.  6(lc.) 

12.... 243.  2 

10:    5.... 164.  3 

20.... 10.  a 

141:     3....24.&,98.1.a 

24....158.  2,  3 

10 121.  2 

23.... 275.  6 

5.... 111.  1,164. 2 

27.... 207.  1.  c 

17.... 220.  2.  c 

28.... 24.  6 

8.... 60.  4.  a 

24:    2.... 92.  e 

11:    3.... 177.  1 

6:    1....265.  a 

143:     3.... 165.  2 

7.... 156.  3 

6. ...75.  2 

2.... 203.  5.  a 

6....272.  2.  6 

14....97. 1.6,148.3 

12:    1....201.  2 

5.... 254.  10 

144:       ....74  a 

17....916,231.5.  a 

4. ...87 

9....56.3.a,175.4 

2....199.  & 

23.... 94.  6 

5....11.  1.  a,  122. 

12.... 119.  1 

145:       ....6 

31 93.  a,  207.  2. 

2,  140.  5 

13....92.  rf 

8....215.  1.  c 

d,  271.  1 

6....140.  1,  2 

7:    2. ...157.1 

10 104.  b 

25:    6.... 126.  2 

11....19.  2.  6,  65.  a 

4. ...91.  6 

147:     1....92.  (/ 

7....60.  3.  6(1) 

11....  119.  3,  126.1 

149:     5....112.  5.  c 

9.... 174.  4 

14.... 166.  1 

11.... 10.  a 

SONG  OF  SOLOMON. 

15.... 267.  c 

17.... 127.  2 

19.... 156.  4 

PROVERBS. 

19.... 90 

1:    6.... §105.  e,  141. 

25....274.  2.  e 

26:    7.... 141.  1 

1,  207.  1.  a 

8:    2.... 22.  6 

1:  10.... §111.  2.  b, 

18.... 141.  6 

7.... 45.  5.  a,  74, 

11.... 104.  a 

177.3 

21.... 141.  6 

209.  1.  a 

17.... 100.  2.  a  a) 

20.... 97.  1.  a 

27  :  10.... 215.  1.  c 

8....24.  6.260.  2(2) 

23.... 61.  6.  a 

22.... 31.  6,60.3. 

15.... 83.  c(2) 

10.... 174.  1 

9:    3....24.6,221.5.a 

c.  111.  2.  e 

17.... 140.  1 

2:    5.... 254.  7 

4.... 142.  1 

28.... 105.  c 

25.... 24.6,  216.  2.  a 

10 221.  2.  6 

6.... 4.  a 

2:  11.... 104.  & 

28:    6.  18.... 203.  3. 

15.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

12....246.  2.  5 

3:     3....125.  1 

21 94.  6 

119.4 

17 45.  2 

12.... 4.3.  a 

29:    6.... 140.  1 

3 ".    1 . . .  .45.  5.  a 

10:    1....207.  2.  a, 

17.... 258.  1 

30:    4.... 65.  6 

11.... 148.  3,  164.3 

247.6 

4:     6.... 118.  3 

6.... 22.  6,  66. 1(2) 

4:    1....254.  4 

9.... 22.  6 

13....24.6,106.6 

a,  151.  2 

2....220.  1.  6 

10.... 260.  2(2)c 

16.... 88 

8..,. 11.  1.  a 

5....216.  1.  c 

12.... 255.  3 

25.... 150.  I 

S....65.  a 

9....  104.  k 

13....11.  1.  6,  57. 1 

5:  22.... 105.  c 

17.... 14.   a,  24.  6, 

5:    2.... 57.   2  (3)  a. 

(3)  a,  92.  6,  174. 

6:     8.. ..49 

57.  2  (3)  a 

60.  4.  a            ^ 

1,  231.  3.  & 

INDEX   II. 

339 

10  .-14.... §245.  5.d 

28:10.. 

.§280.  2 

44:    8....§14  7.3 

W:    8....§94.  <J 

16 147.  4 

12.. 

.86.  /;  (3  pi.) 

13..,.19.  2,  60.3.  & 

10.... 139.  1 

17.... 2-21.  5.  b 

13.. 

.280.2 

(2),  120.  1 

65:  20.... 165.  2,248 

27.... •:4  6 

16.. 

.150.  5,  279.  a 

16. ...141.  2 

24....263.  1.  6 

34.... 19.  1,  46.  2 

21.. 

.249.  1.  a 

17. ...13.  a 

66:  12.... 142.  1 

11:    2.... 100.  2.  a  (2), 

27.. 

.113.  1 

18.... 156.  2 

13.... 45.  5 

156.  4 

28.. 

.282.  a 

21.... 102.  2 

20....39.  1.  a 

8.... 141.  6 

29:    1... 

.131.  2 

27. ...111.  3.  a 

15.... 60.  3.  a 

7.. 

.165.  3 

45      1....139.  2 

13:    8.... 65.  6 

9.. 

.141.  6 

11.... 118.  3 

JEREMIAH. 

16.... 91.  c 

14.. 

.90,  279.  a 

47      1....2G9.  & 

18.... 92.  e 

16.. 

.283.  2.  b 

2....88(f.  6.&m. 

1:    5.  ...§10.5.  d 

20.... 53.  a  a,  111. 

21.. 

.86.  h  (3  pi.) 

pi.),  111.  3.  a 

11.... 266.  2 

2.  c 

22.. 

.156.  1 

5.... 269.  b 

2: 11.... 11. 1.6,230.3 

14:    6.... 114 

30:    2... 

.157.  1 

10.... 102.  3,  104.  c 

12....111.  3.  a 

11.... 150.  5 

5.. 

.157.  3 

12.... 285.  2.  a 

19.... 105.  e 

19.... 95.  a 

11.. 

.79.3.  a,  232  a 

13.... 220.  2.  a 

21....220. 1.6,249. 

23.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

12.. 

.19.  2,  119.  3 

14.... 104.  I 

1.  6 

94.  b,  161.  2 

18.. 

.106.0,119.1, 

48:    7....104.  g- 

24.... 105.  c 

31.... 119.  4 

139.  2 

8.... 87 

27....104.  A 

15:    5.... 142.  2,  161.  2 

19.. 

.104. 6, 106.  a. 

11....39.  1.  a 

34.. ..277 

16:    8.... 277 

14] 

.3 

49:    8.... 207.  l.a 

36.... 111.  2.6 

9....168.  a,  174.  4 

21.. 

.180.  a,  258.  1 

18 65.  b 

3:    3. ...267.  6 

10..\.86.  6  (2in.), 

23.. 

.273.  3 

26....  112.  3,  273.1 

5.... 86.  6  (2  f), 

161.4 

28.. 

.160.  4 

51  :14....126.  1 

131.  2 

17:    8....229.  3.  a 

29... 

.96.  b 

15.... 126.  1 

6.... 172.  3 

11....  156.  2,  161.2 

31:   4... 

.22.  a,  43 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a 

7....249.  1.  a 

14.... 139.  2 

32:    1... 

.88 

21.... 255.  2 

8.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

la-:    2.... 139.  3 

11.. 

.275.  1.  a 

52:    5.... 96.  a,  ft,  122. 

207.  1.  a 

4.... 98.  1.  a 

33:    1... 

.24.  h,  87, 131. 

2,  131.  6,  150.  2 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

5 65.  a 

2, 

141.  3. 258.  3. a 

7....174.  1 

11....207.  1.  a 

19:    3.... 141.  1 

6... 

.255.  2 

11.... 140.  4 

22.  ...177.  3 

4.... 275.  3 

7.. 

.24.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

4:    3.... 158.  2 

6.... 24.  c,  94.  a, 

9.. 

.82.  1.  a  (1) 

53:    2....111.  1 

7.... 24.  6,  221. 5.  a 

ISO.  a 

10.. 

.82.  5.  a 

3.... 94.  e 

13.... 141.  1 

9.... 199.  c 

12.. 

.24.  c,  149.  1 

4.... 254. 9. 6, 262.4 

19..., 86.  6(2f.) 

17.... 11.1.  a,  196. rf 

15.. 

.271.  2 

5.... 60.  2.  a,  142.1 

30... 71.  a  (2), 

21.... 92.  c 

21.. 

.56.  1 

10.... 175.  1 

275.5 

20:    4....199.  c 

34:    4... 

.140.    2,    245. 

11....249.  1.  a 

31.... 156.  1 

21:    3....207.  1.  a 

5 

d 

64:    1....207.  1.  a 

5:    6.... 141.  1 

9.... 262.  4 

6.. 

.96.  a 

5.... 201.  2 

7.... 75.  2,125.1 

12....112. 1,172.1, 

11.. 

.21.1,229.4.  b 

6 104.  c 

13.... 245.  5.  6 

177.  3,  247 

17.. 

.104.  t 

9. ...125.  2 

22....56.  1,105.  6,e 

14.... 111.  2.  c 

35:    1... 

.55. 1,88  (pi.), 

12.... 22.  b 

26.... 139.  2 

22:    1....254.  6 

158.  2    ■        ■    " 

55:    5.... 104.  b 

6  :  27 185.  2.  c 

5.... 161.  2 

7.. 

.275.  4 

11.... 273.  3 

7:    4.... 280.  3,6 

10,... 25 

36:    8.. 

.35. 1,246.  3.  a 

56:    3.... 106.  a,  245. 

10.... 65.  a 

11.... 221.  7.  a 

9.. 

.250.  1.  a 

5.6 

13.... 282 

17.... 161.  2 

15.. 

.271.  4.  a 

12.... 164.  5 

27.... 104.  6 

19....45.  3,  111.  1 

37:23... 

.270.  c 

57:    5 140.2 

29.... 141.1 

21....221.  3.  a 

32.. 

.254.  9.  a 

6. ...24.  6 

8:  11.... 165.  3 

24....254.  6.  6 

38:    5.. 

.90,  279.  a 

8....88(2f.) 

22.... 230.  2 

23:    9. ...254.  2 

14.. 

.19.2 

13.... 119.  3 

9:    2,... 94.  c 

11.... 54.  3,   94.  b, 

16.. 

.256.  c 

68:    3.... 24.  6,  131.2 

17.... 118.  4 

221.  6.  b 

40:    1.. 

.263.  2 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 220.  1.  6 

13.... 249.  2.  a 

7.. 

.22.  b,  35.  1 

9.... 125.  2 

10:    5.... 57.  2 (3) a, 86, 

17,  18.... 220.  1.  & 

12.. 

.215.  1.  c 

10.... 216.  1.  b 

6(3pl.),  164.  3 

18.... 113.  1 

17.. 

.260.  2  (2)  C 

59:    3.... 83.  c.  (2), 

12. ...88 

24:    2.... 165.    2,    246. 

21.. 

.263.  2 

122.  2 

17....89(f.  s.&m. 

2.  a 

24.. 

.92.  6 

5.... 112. 3, 166.4, 

pl.) 

3.... 140.  3,4 

30.. 

.147.  4 

196.  d 

11:15....220.  1.  6 

19....139.  2,  282.  a 

31.. 

.245.  5 

10.... 189 

12:    5.... 94.  a 

20.... 82.  1.  a(l) 

41:    7... 

.90,  270.  b 

12.... 127.  2 

9.... 229.  3 

25:    1....104.  h 

8.. 

.285.  1 

13.... 92.  6, rf,  174.1 

10.... 121.  2 

6.... 209.  l.a 

14.. 

.254.  3 

16....104. I 

17.... 92.  d 

10.... 159.  2 

23.. 

.97.2.0,172.3 

17.... 172.  4 

13:    5....127.  1 

11.... 119.  1 

24.. 

.260.  2(2)c 

60:    l...,157.  2 

7.... 147.  2 

26;    5.... 105.  a,b 

42:    4... 

.140.  1 

4....88(f.  pi.) 

13....36.  1 

11.... 254.  9.  a 

5.. 

.126.   1,   221. 

7 105.  c 

19....  172.    1,    275. 

16.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

7. 

6 

9....104.  0 

2.  6 

19.... 221.  2.  b 

6.. 

.97.  2.  a 

10.... 105.  c 

21.... 60.  3.  6  (1), 

20.... 172.  3 

11.. 

.156.  1 

61:    1....43.  6 

86.  6  (2  f.) 

27:    3.... 105.  d 

22.. 

.65.  a 

62:    2....105.  d 

25. . .  .60.  2.  a 

4.... 127.  3 

24.. 

.267.  c 

3....16.  1 

15:    3....119.  1 

8. ...24.  a 

43:    5.. 

.105.  b 

63:    3.... 94.  a,  119.  1 

10....93(pl.),  104 

11....88  (3f.pl.) 

8.. 

.94.  d 

16.... 105.  o 

k 

12....223.  1.  a 

9.. 

.91.  d 

19..,. 86.  a 

15 106.  6 

28;    3.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

23.. 

.112.  3 

64  :    2.... 86.  a 

17.... 112.  5.  c 

91.  r 

44:    2.. 

.105.   6,  193. 

5.... 132.  3 

16:  16 158.  1,  248. 

6. ...60.  3.  a 

2. 

b 

6.... 161.  3 

1.  o 

340 


INDEX    II. 


17:    3. 


17 

18 

18  :  23 

19:11 
20 


21 


22 


25:    3 


26: 


27 


21. 
3. 

18. 

20. 
2S  :  16. 
29:    8. 

23. 

25. 

27. 
30:16. 

19. 
31 :  12. 

18. 

21. 


32:    4 


12 
14 
33 
35 
37 
44 

33:  8 
24 
26 

34:    1. 


37  :  12 
14 
16 

38:  9 
12 
14 

39:18 


40: 


-5  cn.  c.  h 

So.  0  K.2  m.), 

112.  3 

...172.3 

...94.  d 

...46,  172.  3, 

175.  3 

...165.  1 

. .  .22.  h 
....88  (pi.) 

...39.  4 

...131.  1 

...185.  2.  C 

...13.  b 

...161.  4,  199.  c 

. .  .94.  a 

. .  .234.  a 
61.  6.  a,  86. 

&  (2  f.)  90  (2  f. 

B.),  140.  2 
....105.  b 
,...104.1 

...280.  3.  & 

...131.6 

...2.54.  6.6 

...161.  2 

...104.  b 

...177.3 

...91.  c 

. .  .94.  b 

...96.  a 

...246.3.  a 

...161.  5 
.....57.   2  (3)  a, 

234.  c 

...165.3 

...44.  b 

...249.  1.  c 

...156.  2 

...13.  a 

. .  .245.  3.  h 

. .  .94.  e,  112.  5.  c 

...229.  1.  a 

...220.  1.  & 

...24.  6 

...139.3 

...276.  1 

...87,  119.  3 

...273.4 

...249.  2.  b 

...112.  3 

...16.3.&,105.d 

...46 

...91.  7>,  131.  5 

...98.1.  a 

...246.  3.  a 

...249.  1.  c 

...92.  d 

...164.  2 

...10.  « 

...268.1 

...13.  a 

...45.  1 

...11.  1.6 
.  .44.  a 

...272.3 

...251.1 

. .  .11:3.  2 

...266 

...209.3.  a 

...270.  c 

..-56.  4 

...249.  I.e. 

. .  .92.  d 

57.  2(2)  a 

....249.1.  c 
....282.  c 
....175.  2 
....46,  71.  a(l) 
....53.2.6,148.2 


44:  18.... §271.  1 

19.... 104.  e 

23.... 166.  1 

25.... 160.  4 

46:    7,  8.... 122.  2 

8 96.a,  111.2.<i 

11.... 86.  6(2.  f.) 
20.... 43.  6 
48:  11.... 159.  1 
19.... 280.  3.  a 

32 246.  3.  a 

49:    3 54.  4.  a,  82. 

5.  a 
8.... 95.  d 

10 165.  1,  262.  4 

11.... 88  (3  f.  pL), 

98  1 
15,  17.... 275.  2.  6 
18.... 45.  4 

20 140.  5 

24....  104.  /,  275.  4 
28.... 141.  1 

37 86.  b  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  5.  c,  139.  3 
50;    3.... 156.  2 

5 71.    a    (3), 

91.  d 

6.... 275.  2 

11.... 196.  d 

20.... 165.  2 

23 9L  a 

27. ...HI.  3.  a 
34.... 94.  6,  114, 

158.  .3 
44.... 105.  6 
51:    3.... 46 

9....  16.5.  2,  3 
13.... 90  (2  f.  8.) 
30.... 24.  c 
33.... 94.  6 
34.... 165.  2 
50.... 151.  1 
58.... 24.  c,  149.  1 
52:  13.... 254.  6.  6 


LAMENTATIONS. 


1: 

1:   1 


12 
16 

17 
20 

2:      . 

2:    8, 

11 

15, 
3: 
3:12 

14 

22 

33 

42 
45 
48 
63 

58 
4: 

4:    1 
3 


...§6 

...33.1,61.6.0, 

218 

...149.  1,199.  a 

...141.  3 

...142.  1 

...207. 1.  a,  209. 

1.  a,  271.  1 
...272.  2.  6 
...60.  3.  b  (2), 
92.  a 

...6 

...126.1 

. .  .92.  a,  113.  1, 

2,  115 

16.... 74.  a 
...6 
...196.  d 

. .  .199.  b 

....54.    3,   216. 

2.  a 

...1.50.  2(p.  182) 

...71.  a  (1) 

...267.  c 

...147.  2 

...53.  3.  o,  150. 

2 (p.  182) 

...158.1 

...6 

. .  .96.  6, 177.  3 

...43.  6 

...39.3.6,45.5.0 


4:14....§83.c.2,  122. 


17.... 236.  2 
5:    5 160.5 


EZEKIEL. 


9 
11 
14 
16 
7:17 
24 

25, 

27, 

8:    2. 

3. 

6, 
16, 

9:    2. 

8. 

10, 

10  :  17. 

13:    2. 


...§53.  2.  a 
. . .  .203.  5.  a- 
...220.  2.  c  , 
...179. 1.  a,  268. 
1.  a 

...53.2.a,53.3.a 
...254.  10 
,...139.  3 
,...88(f.  pi.) 
...54.  1 
...199.  a 
...157.  3 
. .  .220.  1.  6 
. .  .121.  3,  131.  6 
...119.  1 
...208.  3.  c 
...147.  4 
...173.2 
...24.  c 
...98.  2 
...280.  3.  a 
...118.4 
...203.  5.  a 
.141.  1,  216. 


14 


17:    5, 


2.  a 
...196.  c 
...118.4 

. .  .66.  2  (2)  a 
...165.  3 
...75.  1,119.3 
...90.  (2  m.  pi.), 
176.1 
...249.  1.  c 
. .  .120.  2 
. .  .254.  9.  & 
...157.  1 
...207.1.6,255. 
1 

. .  .199.  c 
...71.  a  (2) 
...220.  1.  6 
...157.  3 
...24.    6,   71.  a 
(2),  220.  2.  c 
...53.  1.   a,  91. 
6,  c,  119.  1 
...141.  3 
...104.  i 
...60.  4.  a,  93. 
a,  95.  c.  121.  1, 
Vie.    1,    127.   1, 
150.  5,  221.  6.  6, 
282.  a 
...87,95.0,111. 

3.  a,  150.  5 

10 99.  3.  6 

...86.  6(2f.) 
...256.  b 
. .  .127.  1 
173   2 
!!!00. '3.  6  (2), 
120.  1 

...14.  0,19.  6 
...91.  b 
...128 

...92.  rf, 220. 2. a 
...220.  1.  6 
. .  .156.  3 
...86.  6(lc.) 
...132.  2 
...166.2,191.4, 
216.  2.  a 


17  :  15. 

23, 

18  :  26. 

32, 
19:  2, 
20:  9. 
16, 
21, 
27, 
36 
37 
21:15 
15, 
18 
19 
21 
26, 
29 
31 
32 
33 
34 
22  :  20 


23: 


5 

16, 
19 

42 
48 

49 

24:10 
11 
12 

26 


25 


27 


24 
24 

29:  3 
15 
18 

30  :  10 
25 


28 


32 


...§65.6 
...88(f.  pi.) 
...221.5.6 
...287.1 
...196.  d 
...140.  4 
...271.4.  6 

65.  6 

...119.  3 
....91.  c 
...  .53.  2.  a 
....24  c,  177.  1 
16.... 93.  e 
....121.1 
....219.  La 
....ISO.  a 
28.... 87 
'....91.  6,  106.  a 
...94.  6, 196.  c 
...280.  3.  6 
...111.  2.  c 
...87 
...131.  2 
...111.  1 
20.... 97.  1.  a 
....175.  3 
...21.1 

...83.  c  (2),  15a 
3  (p.  182) 
...165.  2,  220. 

1.  b 
...197.  6 

....140.  1 
....172.  1 
....128,  189.  6 
,...57.    2  (3)  a, 

106.  a,  125.  2 
....219.  1.  6 
....57.  2  (3)  a 
....140.2 
....19.  2.  c,  22L 

5.  a 

....113.1,2 
....112.  5.  c 
....234.  a 
....90(2.  f.  s.) 
....156.  3 
....24.c,216.1.a 
....22.  a 
,...13.  a 
....93.  b 
....54.  2 
....156.  3 
,...96.  6 
....ll.l.o,196.d 

...86.  6  (2  m.) 
,...230.4 
,...19.2.6,161.4 
....71.  nf(2) 
....61.6.0,104.6 
....53.  2.  o.  111. 

2.  c,  165.  3 
...168   o,  172.  2 
...104. /,  184.  6, 
216.  1.  d 

. '. '.  .*139.  3 
26.... 156.  3 
...102.  1.  a 
...166.  5 
...95.  a 
...254.  6.  6 
...112.3    • 
...140.  5 
...11.  1.0,86.4 
...11.  1.  a,  199 
...93.  c 
...88  (f.  pi.) 
...11.  1.  6 
...95.  a,d 


INDEX    II. 

341 

32:20....§S9  (f.  s.  & 

10  :  14....5177.  3,  285.  2 

AMOS. 

2  :    9 ....  §  89  (f.  P.  & 

m.  \l.) 

17.... 51.  2 

•m.  pi.)  220. 1.  a 

32.... 95.  a 

11:    6. ...11.  1.  6 

1  :  11 §  104.  e,  275. 

14 220.  2.  c 

S3:  12....  106.  2 

12.... 19.  2.  a 

2.b 

3  :    5 114 

13.... 221.  5.b 

14 lol.  6 

13  ...  .  125.  2 

7  ....  93.  a 

30.... 63.  2.  b,  223. 

30.... 11.  1.  & 

2:    4....  119.  3 

8 147.  4 

1.  a  1.18 

31....249.  1.  6 

3  :  11 ....  86.  rt,  140.  2 

11 112.  3 

34:  12.... 249.  1.  b 

34.... 91.  b 

15  ... .  156.  4 

17 24.  6,  142. 

17.. ..71.  a(2) 

35 94.  b 

4  :    2  .  .  .  .  165.  2 

1,  199.  c 

31. ...71.  a  (2) 

36.... 82.  5.  a 

3....  86.  6  (2  pi.) 

55:    6....105.  rf 

40.... 126.  1 

5  :  U 92.  b,  161.  3 

8.... 210.  l.d 

44.... 196.  d 

15  ...  .  139.  3 

9. ...147.  2 

12:  13.... 199.  a 

21,  25  ....  24.  6 

HABAKKUK. 

11.... 220.  2.  a 

6  :    2  ....  54.  2,  253. 

12.... (33.  1.  a 

2.b 

1  :    8 §  100.  2.  a 

36:    3.... 139.  2,  141.1 

HOSEA. 

10  ...  .  243.  1 

(2)  bis 
10 197.6,265.a 

5.... 220.  1.  b 

7  :    1 .  .  .  .  199.  c 

8 221.  5.  c 

1:    2.. ..§255.  2 

8  :    4  ....  94.   b,  231. 

11 73.  1,   249. 

11.... 161.  5 

6. . . .269 

5.  a 

2.  a 

13.... 71.  a (2) 

2  :  14.... 104.  ^ 

8  ....  53.  2.  a,  53. 

12.... 104.  j 
13 126.  1 

28. ...71.  a(l) 

16.... 221.  7.  a 

3.  a,  128 

35.... 73.  2.  a 

3:    2.... 24.  b 

9:    1....125.  1 

15 112.  2 

37:    7....SS  (2f.pl.) 

4:    2.... 267.  a 

8 ....  94.  & 

16....  197.  6 

9.... 131.  3 

6.... 11.  1.  a,  104. 

2  :    1,  2 265.  a 

10.... 131.  6 

b 

7 161.  2 

17....  119.  1,  223. 

13.... 118.  4 

OBADIAH. 

17....  104.^,141. 3 

1.  a 

18.... 43.  6,   92.  a, 

19 254. '6.  6 

38:    8....1G1.  4 

122.  1,  148.  3 

ver.  4....  §158.3 

3  :    6 99.  3.  a 

23.... 90.  b 

5  :    2.... 119.  3 

9  .  .  .  .  183.  a 

•     8  . . .  .  256.  6 

39:  26.... 165.  3 

8....272.  2.  6 

11 ....  45.  2,  106.  a 

9 282.  6 

27.... 249.  1.6 

11.... 269 

13  ...  .  105.  b 

10....  220.  2.  c 

40:    4.... 65.  b 

6:    2.... 172.  3 

16 ... .  156.  4 

16 ...  .  140.  1 

16....220.  2.  c 

4.... 269 

19 47 

22.... 250.  2(3) 

9.... 174.  3 

43.... 19.  2.  6 

7:    4....106.fl,  111.3. 

JOXAH. 

41:    7....141.  1 

a,  158.  3 

9,  11.... 160.  5 

6.... 22.  a 

1:    5....  §114 

ZEPHAXIAH. 

15.... 220.  2.  c 

12.... 150.  1 

2  :    1 . . . .  125.  2 

22.... 274.  2.  c 

8  :    2 60.  3.  a,  275. 

10 ....  61.  6.  a 

1:    2....  §282.  a 

25.... 19.  2.  a 

2.  b 

3  :    3  .  .  .  .  254.  5 

17 100.  2.  a  (1) 

42:    5.... 45.  1,  57.  2 

3 105.  a 

4  :  11 ....  22.  & 

2  :    4 126.  2 

(2)  o,  111.  2.  & 

6.... 275.  2.  6 

9  . .  , .  220.  1.  c 

43: 13.... 197.  b 

12.... 88 

14 ... .  229.  4.  6 

18.... 113.  1 

9:    2....119.  1 

MICAH. 

15  ....  39.  4.  o 

20.... 104. i 

4.... 208.  3.  c 

3  :    9 . . . .  274.  2.  e 

24 100.  2.  a  (2) 

10 119.  3 

1:    7....§92.  c 

11 ... .  125.  2 

27.... 177.  3 

10  :  10.... 105.  c? 

9....275.  1.  a 

14 ....  89  (f.  s.  & 

45:16....246.  3.  a 

11.... 61.  6.  a 

10....  53. 3.  a,  96.6 

m.  pi.).  111.  3.  a 

46:  17.... 86.  b 

12.... 158.  2 

15 164.  2 

■  18  ... .  149.  1 

22.... 95.  e 

13.... 61.  6.  a 

16  ....  89  (f.  s.  & 

19 198, 246.  3.  a 

47  :    7.... 102.  3.  a 

14....11.  1.  a,  156. 

m.  pi.) 

8.... 164.  3 

3 

2:    3....274.  2.  e 

11....11.  1.  a,  199 

11:    3.... 94.  a,  115, 

4  .  .  .  .  141.  2 

15.... 246.  3.  a 

132.  2 

6 275.  1.  a 

HAG GAL 

48: 10.... 39.  4.  a 

4.... 57.   2  (2)   a, 

7  .  . . .  229.  4.  a 

16.... 46 

111.  2.  (^ 

8  ....  88  (pi.) 

1:   4....  §230. 3, 249. 

18....220.  1.  6 

7.... 177.  3 

12....  92.  d,   246. 

l.b 

7,  8.... 56.  4 

2.  a 

12:    1....104.  /,  201.  2 

3  :  12  ...  .  199.  a.  245.4 

4....274.2.  & 

4:    6 151.2 

ZECHARIAH. 

DAXIEL. 

5 105.  & 

8....  111.  2.6 

13:    3.... 92.  b 

10  ... .  158.  2 

1  :    9 ....  §  75.  1 

1:    8.. ..§119.1 

14.... 19.  2,  221.5. 

10,  13  ...  .  157.  2 

17 157.  3 

13.... 172.  3 

a,  275.  2.  & 

-  5  :    2  . . .  .  262.  1 

2  :    8  ....  73.  2.  a 

17.... 250.  2  (2)  a, 

15. ...177.  3 

6:  10....  57.  2(1) 

3  :    1 . .  .  .  106.  a 

251.  4.  a 

14:    1....88(3.  f.  pi.), 

13....  139.  3 

7  ....  94.  e,  151.  1 

2:    1.... 99.  3.  a,  119.1 

209.  1.  a 

7  :    4 . . . .  260.  2  (2), 

9....203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 22.  6 

3.... 256  c 

260.  2  (2)  c 

4  :    5  .  .  .  .  258.  2 

25.... 94.  e 

10 ....  35.  2 

7 .  .  .  .  246.  3.  a, 

5:    9 203.  5.  c 

249.  1.  c 

11.... 22.  b 

JOEL. 

10....  156.  2 

8:    1....245.  5.  b 

NAHUM. 

12 ....  24.  6 

11.... 95.  a 

1:    2.... §230.  4 

5  :    4  .  .  .  .  I.=i6.  4 

13.... 98.  1.  a,  247, 

8.  .  .  .254.  9.  b 

1 :    3  ....  §  13.  a,  215. 

11 ... . 160.  5 

249.  1.  b 

17 24.  b,  190.  a 

1.  c 

6  :    7  ....  96.  6 

16.... 73.  2.  rt 

20.  . .  .275.  4 

4  .  .  .  .  150.   2  (p. 

7  :    1 252.  2.  6 

22.... 88  (3.  f.  pi.) 

2  :    5.  .  .  .60.  3.  b  (1) 

182) 

3 . .  .  .  199.  e 

9:    2....1.=>8.  1 

3  :    3 263.  5.  a 

12....  140.  2 

5  .  .  .  .  102.  2,  104 

19....119.  3,  125.  1 

4  :  11. .  .  .91.  d,  131.  1 

13 ... .  220.  1.  b 

I,  252.  2.  6,  27a 

25....97.  2,225.  2 

18.  . .  .271.  1 

2  :    4 220.  2.  c 

SLa 

342 


7 

9....§89(f.  B. 

m.  pi.)  * 

14....  45.   6,   60. 

3.  c,  92.  e 

8 

2  . . . .  271.  3 

14, 15  ...  .  139.  1 

17  ... .  111.  2.  e 

9 

5 ....  35.  2 

10 

6  . . .  .  151.  3 

11 

4 ....  254.  6 

INDEX   II. 

11 

5... 

.  §  57.  2  (3)  a, 

MALACHI. 

3 

19....  §119.  1 

11] 

.  2.  c,  234.  c 

20 ... .  156.  2 

7... 

.  223.  1.  a 

1:    6....  §263.  3 

8... 

.  119.  1 

7  .  .  . .  106.  a,  127. 

10... 

.  140.  5 

2 

MATTHEW. 

12 

17... 
11... 

.  61.  6.  a 
.  55.  2.  a 

11 ....  95.  a 

13 24.  a,  75.  1 

26 

73 ....  §  51.  4. 

13 

4..  . 

.  166.  2 

14 54.  1,  205. 

14 

2... 
5... 

.  45.  2,  91.  c 
.  199.  c 

b 
2  :  14 86.  J  (2  m.) 

ROMANS. 

10... 

.  156.  3 

3:    9....  140.  2 

3 

.  20  ....  §  256.  e 

IlfDEX    III 

HEBREW  WORDS  ADDUCED  OR  REMARKED  UPON. 


"Words  preceded  by  Yav  Conjunctive  or  Yav  Conversive  will  be  found  in 
their  proper  place  irrespective  of  these  prefixes.  A  few  abbreviations  are 
employed,  which  are  mostly  of  such  a  nature  as  to  explain  themselves  as  v. 
verb,  n.  noun,  pron.  pronoun,  adj.  adjective,  adv.  adverb,  int.  interjection, 
inf.  infinitive,  imp.  imperative,  pret,  preterite.  The  numbers  refer  to  the 
sections  of  the  Grammar. 


DDS^XK  104.  h 

n^  68.  b,  200.  a,   215. 

1.  e,  220.  1.  c 
niif  18.  2,  110.  3 
nni^  215.  1.  b 
nax  92.  d 

nSiJt  92.  c 
nnOifl  216.  1.  b 

yn:i^^  193.  2 
?innKn  53.  2.  a,  111. 

2.  c 

•jin^  22.  a,  193.  2 

Dn'ins  112. 1 
nn«  110.  3 

«^nX  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

•'inx  240. 1 

D^nX  60.  3.  c,  216»  1.6 
D-'D^nS  112.  1 


Dn'^ninx  220.  2.  a 
nninij:  220.  2.  a 
D''nipni5  53.  1.  a 
^:i^  (xia)  164.  2 
•^n^i;  61.  6.  a 
n'^n5<  185.  2.  a 

n^ni^  111.  2.  <f 
•^wn  "^nx  246.  3.  b 
'ji-'nij  193. 1 

DD-ini^  220.  1.  b 
bns  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bnij  185.  2.6,  215.  1.6 
bns  (pp.  n.)  215.  1.  6 
'^bnX  216.  1.  6 
•|n«  197.  6,  200.  6 
inx  183.  6 
t2?n«  183.  c 
n''I22ni5  207.  1.  a 


Tjipanx  221. 3.  a 
tjin5<  94. 6 
j'inbx.^55  94.  a,  119.  1 
"75X1  99.  3 
1^4x3  99.  3 
DSX  207.  2.  a 
laX  200.  a 
n-iS^X  53.  1.  a 
^"1?^]  99.  3.  6 

n^iiiji  207. 1.  e,  211 

nanjjl  99.  3 

nnn'iiiii  99. 8 

0^60.3.6(1),  197.  a 
■jinx  231.  3.  a 

n^T'ix  11. 1. 6 

Onsj  112.  5.  a 

OnX  185.  2.  6,  207.  2.  < 

D'^tinx  188 


344 

INDEX  III. 

nto'a'ji?  207.  1.  e 

^njj)  99. 3.  a 

nii5  (n.)  197.  h 

ri^-I^ni?  205 

bnb^   61.  2.  a,  181.  6, 

Wii<  220.  1.  h 

r\w^.  201. 1 

208.  3.  h 

•^ni^  157.  2 

••tini?:  60.  3.  h  (1) 

n'bnx  220. 1.  h 

ty^)^  149.  2 

\3n5i:    199.    c,    201.    2, 

nibnx  200.  c 

?ir^^b5  149.  2 

231.  3.  a 

■"bnij  216.  2.  6 

nii^  197.  5,  200.  a 

Wi5^  234.  c 

D^bnb5  60.  3.  c 

nn^«  140.  2 

\5li^5  234  c 

n-^bni^  200.  c 

DnhiX  220.  2.  a 

cn  -^nif:  21.  1 

n;t!nx  172.  3 

Ti^  235.  1 

n-^pn.SJ  201.  2 

ii5  239.  1,  283.  2. 

a 

niT^  60.   3.  c,    184. 

*, 

D^-IX  ,  D)5^X  141.  3 

Iii5  200.  a 

216.  1.  h 

n'J^5  112.  5.  a 

5^ii^  105.  5 

I^Tif  53.  2.  a,  111.  2, 

,    /! 

D'^:b*l'7i<  53.  1.  a 

S^'l^^.ii:  149.  2 

1T&^^  189 

T  T  :     - 

D-i"Ii5  11.  1.  ;^ 

'^ii^  240.  1 

ipnSTiJ  104.  c 

TTI^i^  91.  c 

"    T       • 

n::i5<  186. 2 

nbts:  86.  h 

TIJn-fi5o3.1.«,91.6,119.1 

.  b^lijt  194.  2 

n^  nbTi5  35.  1 

T           -  :  JT 

nnSJ  82.  1.  a  (2),   110. 

^b'llX  194.  2 

•jTbi!  197.  a,  217,221. 

,5 

3,  112.  5.  c 

b^^piii  57.  2  (2)  a, 

111. 

njTS*  189 

JlHif  119.  1 

2.d 

^:Tb5  221.  4 

-  :    T 

nns*  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  5 

AT    ••                                        ' 

'ib-^i?  149.  2 

n^STi^  203.  1 

ninx  87, 119.  3 

Db^,«   207.    2.    5, 

215, 

.   ^rSTK  221.  4 

nnn^^  iis.  3 

1.  a 

DD!TN  220.  1.  6 

^2nj§  119.  4 

"l^iX  111.  2.  6 

D^I^Tii:  53.  1.  a 

^nn  ^nn^j  43.  6,  92.  a, 

IJif  63.  2.  a 

nti^  112.  5.  c 

122. 1 

■jiX  186.  2.  c 

rr\i^^  60.    3.    b   (1), 

D'^nnif:  201. 1 

ni^:i5{:  13.  a 

92.  e 

iTinni?^  101.  3.  a,  104.  A, 

D'':ii5  208.  3.  c 

:?i-ltX  53.  1.  «,  183. 

c 

119.  1 

^C^^wSJ  149.  2 

njj  (n.)  68.  6,    197. 

«, 

CDnr.bJj  221. 3.  a 

-i:?^.i^  56.  3 

207.  2.  5,  215.  1. 

c, 

Dnnij  119.  3 

1Sii5  207.  2.  a 

220.  1.  /• 

nnnnn.N:  io4.  i 

■^r;«  200.  a,  216. 

1 

ri5J  (int.)  240.  1 

^pnn'^  61.  6.  a 

nn2fi55  111.  2.  c? 

nnij    223.    1,  248. 

a» 

^nnni5  io4.  c 

nix  (V.)  82.  \.  c 

.    (3),        250.  1. 

nni^  240. 1 

156.  2 

W^yn^^  223.  1.  a 

INDEX    III. 


345 


njnx  189 

T^niJ  90  pass. 
ninij  205.  r,  209.  3 
rnij  34,  110.3,  118.2 
mX  34,  1V2.  4 

mX  60.  3.^(2),  119.  4 
''Tns^  60.  3.  b  (2),  120.  1 
pmi?  97.  2.  a 

nnrni!:  io4.  i 

'^m  61.  6.  a 
^jnTHi^  220.  2.  a 
DTIi^  60.  1.  a 
bni?  140.  3 
nni^  237.  1,  238.  1 

•nni?  210.  e 

nni?  60.  4,  111.  2.  ^^ 
^111155  60.  3.  ^>  (2),  121.2 

•jiinK  193.  1 

•^nni^  238.  1.  a 
niinX  198.  a  (4) 

nnmstn  99.  3.  b 

IS-l^Cns^  195.  2 

'jnrnrns  195.  2 

rnx  54.  2,  205.  5,  223. 

1.  a 
nn«  223.  1.  a 

AT    ••• 

tJX  175.  3 

■jrJi?  216.  1.  & 

D-J5J  112.  5.  a 

TJi<  112.  5.  «,  125.  3 

''S?  61.  6,  236 

^ijJ  (n.)  184.  b 

•'^  (int.)  240.  1 


n::X  156.  1 
n;:^  61.  6 

nbn^iitn  99.  3.  b 
r.T  "^K  75.  2 

1\^i^  51.  2 

b;^i5  208.  3.  c 

b^'iK  183.6 
n^b^JJ^  60.  3.  b  {!) 
nSTb  -^X   75.  2 
T'h^T'^  150.  2 

r-ob1^?  151.  1 
nb^x  200.  c 

D''^bJ  207.  2.  c 

nti^^  200.  c 

rim-^^  61.  6.  a 
1;^^?  236,  258.  3.  b 
DTO:^J!?   150.   1 
IT"^^  207.  2,  243.  2.  a 
•jiirj"'^  193.  2.  a 
,  "^T^^K  57.  2  (1) 
on-is^  11.  1.  b 
ur\^^  140.  1 

"jn-iX  189,  210.  c 
tJX   (adv.)  235.  2  (2) 
^XJ   (v.)  175.  3 

n^nsic  91.  c 

nSi^l   175.  3 
STDi^  189 
\TDi^  189 
'^"iTpX  194.  2 
ni^'ITDX   198.  a  (4) 
'iHDi^J  119.  1 
bDiJ  110.  3 

bbx,  bb55  112.  1 


bDi5^  (nb)  174.  4 
bDi^  111.  2.  6 

bDi^T   99.  3.  a 
n'b25<   104.  d 

^bDN:   (rib)  63.   i.  6, 

174.  4 
TjbDi^   106.  a 
nDbD5<   106.  a 

■^innbDi?:  io4.  i 
innbDi^  104.  i 

:  AT  T    -: 

■^nbDif  65.  a 

iTjnbDfii:  104.  z 
Dnbp^  112.  1 

-^prb^y:  104.  ^ 
?"'2DX1  99.  3.  b 
tl5Di51  99.  3.  h 
v]5i?  140.  3 
^1^5  187.  1.  a 
nn255  24.  6 

rb^  140.  1 

nunroif  i6.  3.  b,  105.  d 

-niPDiJ  88 

bx  235.  1,  264 

b^5  (pron.)  58.  1,  73.  1 

bx  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

"b^  237.  1,  238.  1 

tD^njbs;  229.  1.  a 

n''l?n5bi?  14.  a,  51.  4 

nb«  216.  1.  a 

nbj^  200.  b 

nbi?  58.  1,  61.  6,  73.  1 

"'n'bxi  234.  c 

U'^r\b^  11.  1.  ^> 
D'^n'biJ:  201.  2,  231.  3.  a 


346 


INDEX   III. 


Wn'bx  220.  2.  c 
^Dinbsi   234.  c 

nibx  11.  \.b 
nib«  (v.)  172.  2 

''bX  238.  1.  a 

npn"'bx  220.  2.  c 
b-ibi^  184 

?fbi51   99.  3 

riDbx  npbs^  45.  5.  a 

^bbsC  20.  2,  240.  1 

nb5|i  187. 1. 6 
n-ia^bx  51.  4 
nabi?  200.  c 

"lli^bi^  229.    1.  a 
bl)a-bi5  237.  2  (1) 
•jTObi^  193.  1 
n^Dpbi^     198.     a   (4), 

199.  d,  200.  6 
nnrbi^  237.  2  (2) 
5]bx  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

?qbx  226 

''Sbi?  250.  2  (2)  a 
DD'^Sbi^  250.  2.  (2)  a 
Dl'Sbx  203.  4,  226 
D^bx  229.  1.  a 
"Tlbx  221.  2.h 
Di<  68.  5,  197.  a 
Di^  239.  1,  283 
'7XDX1355  11.  1.  a 
^IKOX-QiJ   104.  h 
n^i?  53.  3.  6,  211.  a. 
n^i<   198.  c 
nB«   200.  c 


ll'Q^^  184.  b 

nj^^X    60.    3.    b    (1), 

201.  1.  a 
D^?112i^  201.  1.  a 
DbitJij:  105.  a 
n-jb^i^n  99.  3 

T    :       IT      •    T 

bb^fci:  187.  1.  d 

bb^ii  92.  a,  115 

^DiJ  bb^ij  42 
D^bb^iJ;  210.  c 
n;tj«  235. 2  (1) 

DJtJiJ  235.  2  (1) 

f  ^aj  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

f^N  112.  1 

ni:ij  110.  3, 125.  3 

"l^X  65 

AT     T 

yq)^^  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
Itta?  208.  3 
"ibijIOO.  3.  5(1),  112.  1 
'yq^^  60  3.  5  (1) 
n^'Qi^t  208.  3 
'n^^a?  60.  3.  b  (1) 
DDn^X  106.  a,  127.  2 
nniax  127.  2 

miaij^  33.  4 

TjraX  157.  3 
raS|  60  3.  b  (1),  205.  6 
iMi?  60.  3.  6  (1),  221. 
2.  a 

^Jinnbii;^  99.  3.  b 
'Ti^nsx  101. 3.  a 
npi^;,  nsi^  63.  1.  c 
^ia?  71.  a  (1) 

^D&5  46 


^niiSi^  131. 1 

TlJiSiC   184 
'^rii  197.  6 

•  t: 

"^?2<  71 

^2g  65,  71.  a  (1) 

■^DX  65.  b 

•  JT 

rr^Di^  198.  b 

T  •  t: 

■'pbx  71 

•jSaf  141.  3  (p.  175) 

S^pif  84.  3.  a  (2) 
pbi^  112.  1 
P5fi<  50.  1 
ni©;x  207.  2.  e 
?1^CN   185.  2.  a 
-nibcij  125.  1 

l^':^5?D^{'^  60.  3.  c,  92.  <? 

qciji  110.  3,    112.  5.  c, 

115,  151.  2 
iqbS  112.  1 

nscaj  111.  3.  a,  112. 1 
nsob^  151.  2 

^BCS  89  (f.  s.) 
TiSlCb^  151.  2 
5]DSDii5  188 

irsciit  104.  j 

pSiJ  53.  3.  5,  88  (1  c.) 
^CJf  112.  5.  b 
"IDK  60.  3.  c 
"iDa^  60.  3.  c 
^y:)k  61.  6.  a 
tnc'^  105.  d 
Tl^iC^,  TS^ajl  160.  3 
bV^)  172.  4,  175.  3 
ll^i^J  172.  4 


INDEX    III. 


347 


r\2^i^  113. 1 

n2^«1  57.  2  (2)  a 
W^^  172.  4 
niBl^iJI  172.  4 
nO^XT  57.  2  (3)  cf, 
111.  2.  f,   234.  c 
C|X  (n.)  184.  6,   207.  2 
5]«  (conj.)  239.  1 
Dn-iSiSS  104.  f.,  172.  3 
nS«  112.  5.  a 

nsif  110.  3 

i|S»?  112.  1 
Dl'SX  203.  1 
n-iSXI   100.  2.  a  (1) 
13  r]S<  239.  2  (1) 
nbSX    198.  a  (2),  216. 

1.  b 
•jSi^n   172.  4 
DSS5  235.  3  (1) 
WTSSX  127.  3 
nSX"l  173.  3 

T     V  T 

n«Si5  164.  5 

T    :    •• 

5?3^i<  183.  c,  197.  a 

ni:?n]rx  207.  2.  a 
i^ij:n  174.  4 
ir^-n^ij  105.  c? 

bSi<  237.  1 
n2i<  50.  3 
T|"I^X  101.  3.  o 
n3*ISIi5  105.  cZ 

5^npi|;  105.  6 

D^pijn  99.  3.  a 

n^ipifl  56.  3 

D"'pi<J  99.  3.  a 


Q!?^  56.  3 
Di5«1   99.  3.  a 
nxnpXJ   63.  1.  c,  97.  1. 

6,  164.  5 
i^-li^n  99.  3.  a,  172.  4 
ns-lfi<j   172.  4 
D^K'IX  24.  a 

nanNi  175.  3 

Dn-liJ  22.  a 

n:y?-lX  207.  2.  a,  214. 

1.  b,  223.  1 
Di2?5-li5  225.  1 
D'P^fani?  223.  1 
DPl^S-li?  250.  2  (2)  a 
l^a-lfi?  51.  4 
1'525*15<  51.  4,  195.  2 

-nnij  141.  1 
'^b-nns  19.  2 

n;"lN  208.  3.  b 
DOTi?  82.  5.  a 
^12)3i-|«  104.  A 

•jinx  197.  b 
nini<  139.  2 

T 

^ni-isji  141.  2 

nii<  197.  b,   200.  a, 
208.  3.  b 

riy<  198 
nn"ii<  198 
rnhni^  6o.  3.  c 

1-Iii{   200.  c.  208.  3.  d 
^;?':i^  56.  3.  a,  168.  a, 

174.  4 
tfnX  79.  2,  118.  1 
•r'-iX  185.2.6,207.2.0 


^f'lij  216.  1.  e 
•jitt-ll!?  200.-a 
'^^IK   194.  1 

n'^'anyt  235.  3  (3) 
^np^a^ns  56. 1,  105. 6 

niDlSlX  216.  1.  c 
ni3-li?  197.  c 
f"lX  51.    3,     63.   2.   a, 
197.  6 

n?ni^  61.  6.  «,   219.  1 

)m  n^nx  22.  b 
)T.2  n2-ii<  22. 6 

nn^f  141.  1  (p.  175) 
©IX  119.  1 
nbiXWX  180.  a 
Wi<  197.  6,  201.  1 

m  57. 2  (1) 

^)^W  101.  3.  a 

rnrxn  99.  3.  a 
t^^^iim  210.  d 

tnW^  216.  2.  a 
r\m  200.  b,  e,  207.  2 
'11©X  197.  a 
Dp™«  118.  3 

mr'^TTx  200  c 
U'^^m  94. 6 

biST&X  200.  a,  210.  tf 

nibsiTi^  216.  1.  c 

nibsT^X  216.  1.  c 
nbCX  60.  2.  a 
♦  r»brii|  60.  2.  a 

^nbcx  126.  1 

^f'lbCXJ  99.  3 


348 


INDEX  III. 


HD'^btJ^J  99.  3 
DTTJJ  82.  l.-a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

T'Q-ri^J  99.  3 
)m^_  189 
nS^^rs^l  98.  1.  a 

T    7;      :     •/  T 

rrcattis,  97.  i 

T    :     :    ••• 

nptX   183.  f,  221.  6.  a 
n^Trj?  172.  3 
t3S\;t'^  91.  c 

rsirx  207.  2.  c 

npjj^^  98.  1.  a 
np5t'5^.^  175.  3 

rrj^;;t^«  98.  i.  a 
Tb^pm^  98.  i.  a 

nbplL'^n  98.  1.  a 
m»ii:  74,  285 
ntCS:  (conj.)  239.  1 

nnirs  200.  c 

TTCi^  221.  5.  d 
Is^y&d^  220.  2.  c 
'Ti'inUJi?  221.  5.  d 
ni2«  205,  214.  1.  h 
J^TSSn  172.  4 

nbbimrx  96.  a 

Vtl}T\t^  141.  6 
n&?  (n.)  207.  2.  e 
Di?,  ri^  58.  2.  «,  238. 

2,  270 
-nij5  43.  a 
nij  43.  a 
ni<    (prep.)    237.    1, 

238.  2 
-ni5  61.  5 


r,i5,  n«  71.  a  (2) 
r\55  71.  a  (2) 
i5n&5  177.  3 

T     T 

nni^  11.  1.  a 

nni<  71 

nri§,  nn^  71.  a  (2) 

■jin^  197.  a,  c 
^Snni5   96.  a 
^ni?  71.  a  (2) 
^rii<  61.  5 

rn^  112. 1,  172. 1 
^*^'■^^^^  220.  2.  c 

%rp,  65.  a 

n^nb^  65.  a 

T    AT 

biW&J  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 

in^  210.  c 

•jri^ ,  "jn^  71.  a  (2) 

njns? ,  r^i'm  71.  a  (2) 
^:ni5  177.  3 

r     T 

Ijni!;  207. 2.  & 
narn^  220. 1.  5,  221.  6 

jpipnij  105.  b 

a  231.  1,  233,  267.  h, 

272.  2.  h 
)k^  157.  2 

ni{?  34 
nxi  34 
ni<n^  156.  4 

D'^bjli^S  229.  4. 6 

•      T     t;    T 

1^53  156.  2 
1^3  (pret.)  156.  2 
^Xn^  156.  4 
n"';?T^*5  57.  2  (2)  a 


^i^a  216.  1.  a. 
DDSCi^S  22.  a 

nx2  121.  1 

"1S?:3  60.  3.  c,  197.  a 
t)^^  60.  3.  c 

rii?5i,  nxn-^  le.  i 
•^rni^n^  nxni  loo.  2. 
«(i)  ^   ^ 

bsa  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 

^bnS  237.  2  (4) 

'l.nn  84.  3.  a  (3) 

1?h  90 

^3i3  22.  «,  197.  h,  200.  c, 

221.  5.  a 
^h3  87 

nnra  207.  1.  a 

nn^.^^  86.  h  (2  m.) 
TO?  87,  210.  a 
bbs  237.  2  (2) 

wn  61. 1 

b'l?  80.  2.  a  (3) 
ni?n3na  4.  a 

T   :   IT  •    : 

^ra  57. 2  (4),  184. 6 

3nW2  177.  1 
•j-^pna  245.  5.  b 

Dbi^jna  91. 6 
bna  121. 1 

™n3  216.  2 

ni-ana  201.  2 

■jnn  61.  2.   a,   184.   a, 

197.  o,  208.  3.  b 
^^nn  113.  1,  2 

nisrn?  140.  6 

i5i3  79.  1,  157.  1 


INDEX   III. 


349 


njsia  104.  g 
nra  90 

DST'n  57.    2    (3)  a, 
164.  3 

n^pia  209. 1,  a 

bia  53.  2.  a,  184.  h 
D'lp'ia  156.  2 
npia  186.  2.  a 
-113  139.  2 

nis  200.  a 
T^''i5-n'3  201.  2 

TDin  82.  1.  a  (3),  156. 

2,  157.  1,  2. 
D'^tJia  156.  2 
DDDTS^'a  92.  5,  161.  3 
T3  (n.)  207.  2.  a 
ra  (from  T^a)  156.  2 
Tia  139.  2 
1i5T5  139.  3 
1Di-n  141.  2 
m  141.  1  (p.  175) 

linn  185.  2.  c 
-i^na  210.  a 
o'lnina  60.  3.  c 
m-jn^  27 

Tn3  185.  2 

ina  50. 1 
■jHia  121. 1 
inn  50.  1 
nn-'na  nna  43.  h 
^ina  19.  2 
D^ina  201.  1.  h 

nrja  90.  ^ass. 


nt:a  i84.  6 
n"jn  126. 1 
•jin-Lin  193.  2 

•j-uia  197.  a 
D'^rja  208.  3.  a 

nrja  239.  2  (3),  263. 

\.h 

^^  (for  '^^'3)  53.   3.  a, 

240.  2 
TS  237.  2  (2) 
Va  16.  2.  a 
ni^n"'Il  57.  2  (2) 
V^  158.  2,  3 
I'^n  237.  1,  238.  1 

^'■'rni  4.  a 

^T}':^^  158.  1 
np?:'^  16.  2.  a 
D^2^4  200.  6 

^'^nin;^''^  14.  a,  24.  6 
ri;'^  61.  2,  63.  2.  «, 

197.  5,  208.  3.  c 
ri^3  57.  2   (5),    62.    1, 
216.  1.  d 

*irn?n-n^3  246.  3.  b 
^Wi^rrry^^  246.  3.  h 

^^5^5  65 
•ra  65.  a 

•  AT 

nD3  184.  b 

iD2  172.  2 

Iba  (for    i3?3?)    53. 

3.  a 
iibn  50.  1 
nm  50.  I 

■^33  184.  6 


ibCSa  91.  5,  231.  5.  a 
niPDa  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 
bn  53.  3.  a 

nnbn  i98.  a  (3) 
•^i^ibn  56.  4 

1^XtJ"jba  18.  2.  c 

n^-ibn  195.  3 
b:?l)b3  195.  3 

bba  141.  3  (p.  175) 

3?ba,  :?bn  126. 1 

^'lyba  237.  2  (4) 

ir,^:?b2  127.  2 

•'nba  61.  6.  a,  237.  1 
li^'JSa  235.  3  (1) 
ni32  231.  4.  a 
it53  233.  « 

''ni'55  13.  a,  214.  2.  6 
-^l^tia  45.  4 

n:5?^a  45.  3 
■-•  -■•  1- 1- 

nibrip-aa  i6.  2.  a 
^^ran  19.  2,  216. 1.  c 

in  51.  3,  185.  2.  c/,  215. 
1.  b 

'^r^'Q^n-'jn  246.  3.  b 

1^^  n:3  35.  1 

IDS  (fi'om  iCiSl)  104.  2 
lb  34 

T 

^:n  34 

i:!^  (suf.)  221. 3.  a 

i:n  (parag.)  61.  6.  a 
ni2?  207.  1.  a. 
tf:^niS3  (v.)  173.  2 
DD-^niDn  220.  1.  b 
''pn  61.  6.  a,  218 


350 


INDEX   III. 


n^Sa  207.  1.  a 
m^  86.  b  (1  c.) 
T^pa  221.  3.  a 

yb:n  4.  a 

bb:n  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 

nri:3  132. 1,  isa  1 

nifDSiCn  24.  a 

n'n?c)^,nn?c5i6. 3.6 

lin?S  237.  2  (2) 
n?:s  237.  1 

q-jija,  cit?:?^  113. 1. 2 

*l'^3?a  172.  1 
D;'5'a  60.  3.  a 
D''b?n  201.  2 

n:^2  ii2i.  1 
nn^a  i96.  c 
^itoy^  113.  2 

i<W2  60.  3.  a 

n:?a  121. 1 
ni^ka  199 
in^^arn  11. 1.  a 

TSa  185.  2.  a 
???  42.  a 

n?2n  125. 1 

pSa  82.  1.  a  (2) 

nnka  207. 1.  c^ 

:?P5  80.  2.  a  (4) 
D^Jtpa  125.  2 
pP3  141.  3  (p.  175) 
npa  197.  c,  201.  1 
npia  50.  1,  208.  3.  b 
nai86.  2.  c 
«n3  78.  1 
«na  166.  8 


tj^iJ^n  164.  4 
n*l2l  185.  2.  6 

?yi-i:a  92.  d 

TlJiia  51.  1 

n™  51. 1 
bna  193.  2.  c 
rria  50. 1 
r\^^^  210.  a 

'^S'^'lla  194.  2.  a 
?fnn  80.  2.  a   (1),   80. 
2.  a  (2),  120.  3 

^•nsi,  tjnia  119.  1 

1\'^^  197.  a 

nD'nn  16. 2.  a 
nsna  216. 1.  b 

iona  60.  3.  a,  120.  3 
*^5-i2  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 

Dn''D"ia  22.  a 
D^S'na  208.  4 
D"!?  139.2 

npnn  19.  2.  &,  i96.  b 

TO  141.  1  (p.  175) 
D?m  74.  a,  139.  2 
^^SniTJJSl  102.  3.  a 
bm  80.  2.  a  (1) 

riD-am  220.  1.  6 
ninpira  45.  2 

ns  205.  b 
iPS  221.  2.  a 

'^DDina  220.  1.  6 
n-ib^na  201.  1.  b 

^1^3.  58.  2 
D'^P^  208.  3.  c 
DDna  221.  6 


riiea  ni^a  22.  b 

T  T  T 

nsa  185.  2.  c/ 
D'^b^N^  201.  1.  a 

ni-'^^a  208.  3.  c 

bi55  117 

-  T 

bS5  116.  4 
nb«5  201.  1.  a 
^byij  119.  3 
DSbb^a  221.  3.  a 
na  200.  c 
riDJ  143.  a 
-nn5  215.  1.  c 
nhll  185.  2.  6 

rnali  i84. 6 
scnn^  11. 1.  a 
Knn5  86. 6 
nnn5  125.  2 

T    :  T 

pnnj  60.  3.  a 
n^nina  201.  2 
bin;;  184 
nii^ns  201. 1.  c 

nnna  198.  a  (3) 

^■'na  50. 1 

-lias  187.  1,  215.  1 

in^niaa  220.  2.  c 

lah  199.  c 

n'ina  i84 

bD5  50.  1 

-   T 

nbn^  11. 1. 6 

135  187.  1.  b 
pas  207.  2.  c 
D^3pn5  187.  2.  c 

bbna  193.  2.  c 

135  82.  1.  a  (2) 


INDEX    III. 

3S 

naa  183.  h,  184.  a 

fl3ia  186.  2.  6 

nba  57. 2  (5),  80. 2.  c 

nnj  184.  a 

yi^  125.  2,  156.  1 

(4),  143.  cf,  170 

bs-^nna  ei.  6.  a 

n^a   (v.)  179.  2.  a 

n^ba  216.  1.  a 

n-ina  205 

bnia  200.  a 

nba  126. 1 

W  200.  a 

n  139.  2 

nbsba  196.  c 

"IT]^  141.  3  (p.  175) 

nap  195. 1 

D-^b^ba  16.  2.  a 

bina  58.  1,  185.  2.  6, 

nn  68.  b 

wba,  ■TT^bii  174.  2 

210,  217 

m  50.  3,  68.  h 

^bba  139.  1 

-bTO  215.  1.  c 

Tira  139.  2 

'i^^ba  195. 1 

nb"bTO1  13.  a 

"'b  141. 1 

nnba  61.  6 

T  :  IT 

•ina  208.  3.  c? 

•  : 

n^W  50.  3 

b^a  197.  c,  207.  2.  b 

rr^'ra  200.  2.  h 

T   •  : 

bn  50.  3, 68.  b 

r^12^  101.  3.  a 

^3  216.  1.  a 

bn  216.  1.  e 

^nnb^a  104.  i 

b^ia  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ITJ  50.  1,  3,  68.  5,  84. 

wbra  104.  i 

bnj  (v.)  58.  1 

3.  a  (3),  125.  3 

ia  197.  6,  217 

bna  (adj.)  185.  2.  b 

m  158.  3 

DDa  77. 1 

b^h  58.  1,  184 

llnj  4.  a 

nsa  187. 1.  a 

-b"ia  215.  1.  c 

''nil  157.  1 

n^a  93.  c/ 

bna,  b;ja  92.  c 

•^m  157.  2,  158.  2 

nn:;i  21 6. 1. 6 

:?^a  126. 1 

n-ibm  216. 2.  6 

^na:a  104.  i 

nnj  197.  6,  216.  1.  e, 

nbm  200.  b,  210.  e 

"^rnra  65. « 

217 

i5;^a  183.   6,  197.  5, 

•innpa  61.  6.  a 

nn^ia  217 

208.  3.  c 

Dni:a  104.  i 

TOh^a  221.  2. 5 

K^a  216.  1.  fZ 

nsa  217 

D:^ni"Ta  203.  5.  b 

ri'^a  158. 2,  3 

•jisa  139.  2 

T^a  50.  3,  68.  b 

b^a  158.  2,  3 

D'^Tja  50.  1 

•^rH  157.  1 

ba  (rib)  98.  2,  i74.  5 

ra  131. 3 

•>ia  221.  3.  a 

ba,  ba  (r-'b)  139. 2 

i2?a  172.  2 

l^ia  220.  1.  c 

baba  187.1.^,207.  2.a 

'^n  125. 2 

ury^y^  220. 2  6 

baba  187.  1.  e 

nya  131.  4 

njnw'^^?  220.  2.  c 

baba  141.  4 

•jsa  197. 6. 200.6 

?;na  221.  3.  a 

nbaba  i87.  1.  e,  207. 

nana  207. 2.  a 

bi:^  158.  3 

1.  d,  217 

na  50.  3,  68.  b 

bbia  141.  4 

nb;;  11.  1.  a 

■jna  193. 2. 6 

352 


INDEX  III. 


ph  197.  h,  200.  a,  208. 

3.  h 
njnh  219.  1 
niD-lJ  216.  2 
n*].?  141.  3  (p.  175) 
'istpna  194.  1 
iiancna  i04./. 

tja,  nZJ?  131.  3 
^•te5,  1t?i  131.  3 
T.»J  65.  h 
©CJ  141.  1  (p.  175) 

mrj  131.  4 
ini»5  131.  4 

n5  207.  2.  a 

rxym  87, 119.  3 

^X1  11.  1.  a 

^i^=^  51.  4 

n'lin'^  198.  &,  200.  & 

nbn'l  200.  b,  214.  1.  6 
pn'l  82.  1.  a  (2) 
87 


"111   10.  a 

^nn  210 

W  80.  2.  a  (2) 

-na'i  92.  f/ 

ni'l,  ^in  92.  c,  126.2 

^inS^  65 

'^*11'7  61.  1,  216.  2 

Pl'igl  65.  a 

T\y^"r\  100.  2.  a  (1) 

^pr^:2r\  86. 6  (2  f.) 

^mnn  61.  6.  a 

tjn'n  183.  h 


''irn'i  221.  5.  c 

y^  185.  2.  cZ,  198,  217 

nrn  i98,  217 
n:'7^  219. 1.  & 
n^'^  207.  1./. 
'^^y\'^  216.  1.  a 
D-'Jsiin^^  66.  4,  207.  2.  a 
^^^^  194.  2.  6 
r^.'^i^  51.  4 
T-Tl  11.  1.  5 
ni"!  139.  2 

ni-^  200.  c 
"kr^tirm  44. 6 
tj^n  158.  3 

"»1Cil  157.  2 

Th  121. 1 

'I'n  215.  1.  d 
y^'^  187.  1.  a 

n^rn  158. 1 

i"!^  184.  h 
1^^  158.  2,  3 
i;^'!  187.  1.  a 
i©'''^  158.  3 
KS'n  165.  2 
^^52'!  167.  1 
b"!  207.  2.  a 

nb'n  50.  1 
^nib^  141.  2 
^'^b^  141.  1 
l^ib^  19.  2.  ft 
ni^b"!  209.  2.  a 

trh'^  210.  a 

rb^  197.  ft,  199.  c/,  211 
ninb'l  216.  2.  a 


^Tbr\   216.  2 

D^^nb^  203.  2,  208.  4 

Dl   139.  2 

^m  57.  2  (4) 

DD'S'n  58.  2,  221.  1.  a 

Dm  141.  3  (p.  175) 

pra^l  51.  2 

ptL-m   195.  1 

^^."^   194.  1 

•     T 

''35'n  104.  a 

2?^^  148.  3 

"Sn  148.  2 

nij^l  53.  2.  a,  148.  2 

?^?V,n:?^9'J'-l.^,  148.3 

^2?^  16.  2.  a 

i&i!?n5^^^  45.  4 

1\T}  50.  1 

n:?^  148.  2 

^^n^^'^  148.  2 

■jn"!^  19.2.ft,  65.«,  200.  a 

nth-l'^  19.  2.  ft,  65.  a 

:   IT  ' 

Din^  193.  2.  c 
tJi'in^  122.  2,  141.  1 
tj'n'n  197.  ft,  200.  ft 
tj'nj,  tj'l^  65.  a 
D'^Dn^  203.  3,  208.  4 

■   -  T    :  ' 

^TiD'^^   220.  2.  ft 
pm^'n  51.  2,  54.  3 
^npTLh^  104.  I 
)^t^  196.  (Z 
i^tC^  18.  2.  c 
'{TT'l  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 
V*???  (^^^J-)  185.  2 

m  200.  ft 


INDEX    III. 


353 


.n,  n,  n  229, 245 
n,  n,  n  230,  283 
n-:ni5n  112.  3 
nnn5?ni  112.  3 
'in-ini^n  60.  3.  h  (1) 
•^p-injiirn  60.  3.  ^>  (1) 

rn^T}  246.  1.  a 

ibni^n  246.  2. « 
17«n  80. 2.  6, 112.  3 
■{iTifinn  112.  3 

S^STi^n  88  (pi.  f.) 
^n^DTajn  94.  a,  I8O.  a 
npTxnn  112.  3 
n^r\  240.  1 
o?^n^r»  60. 3.  c 

^'yW^^  246.  3.  h 
W^^Ts  230.  3.  a 

■^nbDxni  112.  3 
nnbD5(:n  112.  3 

D"^n"bsn  246.  1.  a 

tjbi^n  60.  3.  c 

n^^Xn  229.  4.  a 

"ibs*n  112.  1 
n!5<n  126.  1 

qODOXn  57.    2  (2)  a, 
229.  3.  a 

'^nnsi^n  230.  3.  a 

f  nxn  63.  2.  h,  229.  4.  5 
Dnxn  230.  3.  a 

nn  148.  3 
TT'^xnn  151.  3 
iCNnn  119. 1 
nxnn  i66.  i,  i67.  2 
ni^nnn  100. 2.  a  (1) 

23 


nr.fe^nn  ler.  2 
iri^nn  104.  ^ 
anj^nn  leo.  2 
nb-i-nn)  100.  2.  a  (2) 
b'nnn  94.  6 
nnn  i48.  3,  240.  2 
D^nnnn  188.  b 
^nn  148.  3 
Tian  140.  4 
p'ian  140.  4 
""J3n  94.  J 

^nn  (from  iiia)  164.  2 
i^^an  (imp.)  94.  d 

T^^^yr^^  100.  2.  «  (2) 
nrii^^nn  160.  2 
TT'^nn  179. 2.  o 
^TC-^nh  150.  2 
niis-^nn  160.  2 
nn':'an  219. 1 

bin  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

bnn  216.  1.  e 
inbnn  111.  3.  « 
ni:an  173.  2 

b:?ari  246.  1.  a 

nnn  140.  5 
tjg-isn  104.  6 
^i^nan  164.  4 
i-inn  140.  4,  141.  1 
ro'inn  16. 3.6, 230. 2.  a 
D'^ran  45.  2 
n'lar^n  126. 1 
-'^sn  94.  c? 
'lan  95.  c 


b'^^n  94.  a 
njn  112.  5.  a 

njn  18.  2.  c,  184.  6 

"■^n  172.  2 
i:jh  92. 6, 174. 1,  3 
r.w  210. 1.  a 
nbr>n,  nb^n  175. 1 
nibjn  173.  2 
n^b^n  175.  1. 
'in^'b^^n  175. 1 
nb^n  172. 1 
ny^n  127. 1 
pa^n  82.  5 

ina'^n  246.  2.  a 
TS^'in  159.  2 
^512'in  141.  3 
Zy^  207.  2.  a 

n^'^n  245.  5. 6 
tl^rn  112.  5.  a 
pjn  140.  5 

p'^r?  (pret.)  140.  5 
yrr^  (inf.)  140.  5 

nip-n  141.  2 

-l^n  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

na-i-i^n  (inf.)  94.  h 
nac'nn  96.  a 
nn  240. 1 
i^^abnn  245.  5.  h 

^■"^pr^n  245.  5.  h 
^r\r}  63.  2.  ^),  229.  4. 6 

rmrj,  219. 1 
n-^ninnn  246.  2.  a 

D'l'inn  63.  1.  a,  229.  4 

Kin  177. 1 


354 


INDEX    III. 


i5in  47,  71.  a  (3) 
i^in  58.  1,  71,    73.    3, 

258.  2 
N^n  30.  2 

Kn^n  167.  2 
^i^n^n  167.  2 
Tijinin  179.  2.  a 
a^pnin  i3. «,  208.  3. « 
ynin  150.  5 
n:],n  57.  2  (5)  a,  177. 1 
nin  177.  1 
rrxpn  140.  6 
bnin  140.  6 
■>in  240.  1 

r^n'^in  229.  1.  a 

r\'fT\  177.  1 

HDin  (inf.)  126.  1 
n->pin  (imp.)  94.  d 

r"i?in  150.  5 
tj^bin  151.  1 
bbin  141.  4 
^bbin  93. 6 
nibbin  198.  a  (4) 
abin  90 
n:^n  160.  5 

"TO^n  95.  c,  150.  5 

rnp^n  27, 104.  e 
:rDin  (imp.)  94.  d 
NS^n  150.  1 

xyi^'l'^TS  167.  2 

ns^sin  16.  1 
N^^rcin  (imp.  ?)  94.  d 
n-in^srin  149. 1, 150. 4 
p^^n  57. 2.  (5) 


npin  153. 1 

D12?pin60.  3.  a,  127.  2 

^y\T\  57.  2.  (2) 
^2mnin  104.  k 
n^ijin  66.  1  (2)  h 
D'^ninirin  151.  3 
n^pin  57. 2  (5) 
'^n'l^pin  61. 6.  a 
5?tnn  126. 1 
ntJin  150. 1 
n^nn-TH  24.  b 
b'l-Tn  160.  1 
nib^Tn  141.  3 

^S-Tn  54.  2,  4.  a,  82.  5.  a 
DD^lDjn  91.  6,  106.  a 
tV'lIT}  175.  1 

-p^rn  119. 1 

D?''f}'i"^?'n  173.  2 
'^:&'2.nT\  167.  2 

AT    :    T 

nni<nnn  166. 1 
nnnn  i65.  1 

ynr\  63.  1.  a,  229.  4 

''r^^inn  53.  2.  &,  63. 
1.  a,  95. 6 

D'lp'inn  63.  1.  a,  229.  4 
"'p'^T^n  (iiif-)  112.  3 

^nprnn  112.  3 

''r^pinn^i  112.  3 
•iripTnn^  112.  3 
^pnn  164.  2 
''pnn  164.  2 
"•nn  229.  3.  a 
nn^nn  111.  3. 6 

DDnn  63.  1.  a,    229.  4 


traDnn  229.  4. « 
bnn  140.  5 
bnn  140.  4 
ibnn  i4o.  4 
^bnn  175. 1 
'in'bnn  141.  2 
D'^aiann  229.  3.  a 

r^mr\  246.  2.  a 

n"inn  119.  i 

••   t:   t 

Dnnn  119. 1 
''t?''2"?nri  60. 3.  h  (1) 

'^M'?'"^^  60.  3.  h  (1) 

''r^i^j'inni  112.  3 
bnnn  95.  c 
nnnn  141.  2 
'innnn^  86.  b  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  139.  3 

m  175.  4 
^inhpni  161.  5 
ntsn  175.  4 
"ini^n  82.  5 
innton  63.  1.  a,  121.  3 

AT     V       •  ' 

niron  159.  2 
^sb^pn  160.  2 
^n^rpn  175. 1 
r.ifiatsn  96.  «,  166.  5 

in  53.  2.  o,  184.  6 
N^in  71.  a  (3) 
DnS^l^n  230.  2.  a 

rr^n  11.  \.a 

r\^r\  50.  1, 77.  3, 112.  5. 

T      T  '  ' 

a,   152.  2.  «,   156.   1, 
177.  1,  258.  2 

ni^n  86. 6  (3  pi.) 


INDEX   III. 


355 


n:^n(iinp.)  112. 1,177.1 
7^:!T\  (inf.)  177.  1 
n^T}-]  61.  1.  a,  234.  b 
WT  61.  1.  «,  234.  b 

V7}^^  46 

\ib^'^T^  245.  5.  b 
UVT}  245.  3.  b 

r\m  112.  1, 177.  1 

S-J^n  235.   3  (2) 

ni"j^n  145.  2 
n-j^^n  230.  2.  & 
n^-^m,  n-i^ni  i6.  i 

:       •    T  ;   '  •    T  : 

an-iiin  60.  3.  b  (i), 

112.  1 

nn"':'n"i  112.  2,  234. 6 
?f^n  51.  2 

bD-in   189.    6,     197.   b, 
200.  c,  210.  c,   216. 

'^p-'b^n  151.  1 
bib^n  57.  2  (5) 
bb^n  186.  2 
■T^^^n  11.  1.  6 
•^r^tj^^n  150.  1 
Xi?;'n  150.  1 
nbi-^n  65.  6 

1""^!^!  246.  1.  a 
TC^n  150.  1 

n^n  172.  1 
nn";n  246.  3.  a 

1\r\  98.  2,  175.  4 

nnDn  94.  b 

Casn  96.  a 

nsn  175.  4 


pn  159.  2 
b-^pn  (I'b)  160.  4 
b-'DH  (b^pxn)  111.  2.  c 
irpn  160.  2 
^rpn  160.  2 
^:irpn  160.  2 
m's-iDn  160.  2 

-lS2n  246.  1.  a 
^12bpn  95.  a 

Di:rbpn  94.  a 

^spn  160.  2 

?:Tnp?2rpn  24.  b,  230. 

2.  a 

npn  112.  5.  a 
-npn  94.  6 

b)2npn  246.  1.  a 

r:hpn  24.  6 
nsbr,  172.  1,  175.  1 

^nbn  24.  6,  230.  2.  a 
•jtnbn  246.  1.  a 

T»nbn  94.  b 
n^ibn  150.  5 
ibn  139.  2 
nrxibn  44.  a 
Tbn  58.  1,  73.  2 
nrbn  58.  1,  73.  2 
irbn  58.  1,  73.  2 
cnbn  119.  1 
cnbn  91.  6 
Tbh  150.  2 
nb-ibn  245.  3.  b 
t^bn  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  r,  115,  151.  1,179. 
2.  a 


tj'bn  151.  1 

'iDbn  151.  1 
i<^2bn  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
niDbrn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
nDbnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
robh  205 
bbn  137,  141.  4 
bbn  137 
^bbn  20.  2,  45.  2 

:    1-  ' 

n^bbn  139.  1 
Dbn  111.  1 
)2n  4.  a 
on,  n-jsn  61.  6 

liW  197.  6 

biisn  159.  2.  bis 
^birn  159.  2 
D^i^^i^n  177.  3 
I'^'cn  150.  2 
rr^rn  loo.  4 
rp^rrii  14.  a 
'r^r.-irn  -160.  2 
^npisn  246.  2.  6 

^Dtin  140.  6,  141.  1 

ribrn  126. 1 
nb-cn  80.  2. 6 
mbtsn  127. 1 
?[brn  95.  a 

n^bbtJ^n  246.  3.  a 

nir:7in  246. 1.  a 

tlZT}  140.  4 
^Dttn  140.  5 
I^Crn  62.  2,  175.  1 
:T3?"'2n  119.  1 
'^pnt2r')2ni04.c,  246.  2. 


356 


INDEX   III. 


7]b:?72n  246.  2.  h 

i<s?iQn  106.  3 
Tin-^iian  i65.  3 

r.DSlSn  246.  1.  a 

nrn  140.  5 
nisn  140.  5 
nni"ii2n  24.  h 
bujiari  45.  2,  230.  2 
bTD-an  94.  ^> 
n-an  160.  4 
in^n,  ^n^n  160.  5 
■'n'an  160.  2 
Dr\)an  leo.  2 

]n  (pron.)  71.  a  (3) 
1p  (adv.)  236 

^i^insn  54.  2 
ini^nin  166.  2 
inxnsri  131.  6 

q^Sn  91.  5,  131.  5 

nan  236,  240.  2 

nan  (pron.)  Yl.  a  (3) 
T^f\  (adv.)  235.  3  (4) 

•^inDn  131.  1 
"inan  246.  i.  a 
nnsn  i89. 6 
bn:n  94.  h 

'^TWrf)  63.  1.  a,  121. 
3,  131.  6 

nmn  131.  1 
■innsn  160. 2 

rf^r?,  ^'^?r'  83.  c  (i), 

160.  1 

nn^an  i60.  5 
"'nin-'rn  i60.  2 


DDB^an  160.  4 
'^'P'^'ir^  150.  2 

1i52Z"a3n  245.  5.  6 

ns:n  160.  4 

nSDn  160.  2 

u^sn  141.  1 
npsn  173.  2 
^■'nfn  131.  2 
fniin  91. 6, 131.  5 

'^'pVm  131.  2 
Cn  240.  1 

npn  140.  5 

nDn61.4,  135.3, 140.5 
^non  61.  4.  a,  140.  5 

"i^pn  61.  4 
ninpn  ei.  5,  i36.  2 

n^n^on  (a-iniD«n)  53. 

2.  a.  111.  2.  c 

r^in^on  160.  2 

T        •     •■•: 

rjTpn  160.  4 
n'lpn,  rripn  160. 1 
•fpn  140.  5 
•jscn  94. 6 
-i^'^m  94.  <^ 
b^npn  82.  5 
bbinpn  i4i.  5 
*iriDn  91. 6 
Pr\y$r\  63.  3. 6  (2) 
Tl^'n'insrn  112.  3 
^^nnnsini  112. 3 

n^nSjn  (inf.  abs.)  94.  h 

r\nn3?n  112.  2 
TThm  160.  2 
nt5?n  141. 1 


n^W  160.2 

^tfrvr^  60. 3.  c 
'"»nn''5^n  44.  b 

'^yy)^  ti^'i^n  229. 3 

■^ni'T'i'n  160.  2 

byn  (v.)  175.  4 

5^^??\},  nb5):n  112. 2 

nb5?h  60.3.  6(2),  112.  2 

nbijn  63.  1.  a 
n-'bijn  245.  5.  5 
^^n^b^n  104.  I 
in'bi^n  173.  2 

D^n  63.  2.  fe,  229.  4.  h 
nwn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
TlS^n  94.  5 

i'lwn'i  112.  3 
nn^s^n  104.  e 
tj'inynn  112.  3 
n^^ir^n  229.  4  * 

^3^:?n  246.  2.  a 

inito?n  173.  2 
inwn  113. 1 
n5?n  18.  2.  c 
nir^sn  i87. 2.  a 
msn  175. 1 
mpn  175.  4 
ri£n  140.  5 

ntiT)  80.  2.  h 

^mr^t^rv]  160.  3 

TSn  140.  5 

•fpn  112.  5.  h 

'^pSh  61.  6 

^eppn  188 

Xbsn  166.  3 


INDEX    III. 


357 


xbsn  165.  2 
^:sn  95.  d 

D:?3n  245.  8.  b 
"-[-^i^n  (inf.  abs.)  91.  6 
npsn  93.  ff,  95.  a 
"ISn  229.  4.  h 
^2n   140.  5 
nsn  Go.  a,  140.  5 
nSn  140.  5 

nnsn  119.  1 
•^n-i-^.sni  100.  2.  a  (1) 

DDlDn  141.  3 
D7,2n  141.  3 

nnisn  141.  2 
nnsn  126.  1 
pi-j^n  82.  5 
n^"jj;n  80.  2.  s 
^:"i:^i3tn  161.  1 

11^-Jl^n  161.  1 

AT  -    :     • 

^■^2271  145.  2 
np-'in  160.  2 

nbiin  189.  6 

nb^n  126.  1 

nn^:;n  86.  h  (2  m.) 

irs:rn  24.  b 

-i2:n  140.  5 

lin  140.  5 

''nh]:n')  100.  2.  a  (1), 

141.  2 

r5j!;:n  229.  4.  b 
iri5;:n  16O.  2 
ir-'-ipn  94.  6 

a-iirnpn  229.  4.  b 


^npn  119.  1 
"bnpn  119.  1 
ni-jpn  94.  6 

D"^pn  160.  4 
D'^pn  160.  4 

n-ipn  57.  2  (5),  59, 

153.  1 

ni^'^pn  66.  2  (2)  c 
bpn  140.  5 
bpn  140.  5 

Dpn  160.  4 

Dpn,  Dpn  160.  5 
^2bpn  66.  2  (2)  c 
inbpn  104.  y 
nii^pn  94.  ■^>,  175.  2 
5n  119.  1 


nn-^cpn  98.  1 

"in  207.  2.  a 

nj5in,  nx-in  114, 

175.  1 

ni^^n  173.  2 
nix^nn  173.  2 

^'^n-'X'in  175. 
Dn'iijt'nn  24.  b 
snn,  nann  175.  4 
nsnn  175.  2 
nn-in,  nann  175.  2, 

235.  3  (2) 

n'^snn'i  100.  2.  a  (1) 
■'n^anni  100.  2.  a  (1) 

T''3"in  (inf.)  94.  ^,114 
y">5nn  (inf.)  114 

^ns-iT^n  24.  b 


T\y)  63.  1.0,  219.  1.  h 

i"in  172.  2 

inn  92.  ^  174.  1,  3 

?i:inn  53.  3. « 
-nn-in  119.  1 
VVi^:^,  PO';^^)  119. 1 

^y\  199.  c 

ni^'in  209.  1.  a 
D'^nn  59 
ri'ii2"'"in  160.  2 
'»^'^"in  160.  4 
ODis'^nn  160.  4 
i^^'i'in  160.  2 
DniJ'^nn  160.  2 
n-^-inn  16. 1    . 
?jnn  140.  5 
pns^in  114 
^nnn  140.  4 
D'l^'-in  (Q^^-'.icn)  53 

2.  a 

nb^'.n  160.  2 
cnn  111.  1 
:?"in,  ynn  uo.  5 

-     T     '  -  A"     T 

S'^in  140.  5 
^:!?":.n  160. 2 
nr2?^n  24. 6 
onb'in  160.  2 

!:]nn  66.   1  (1),   98.  2, 
175.  4 

ncnn  175.  4 
nsnn  i65.  1 
ni^-in  172. 1 
^^y^  221.  6.  ^» 
•^nnn  221. 6.  b 


358 


INDEX    III. 


D"''l'nn  207.  2.  a 
niin  221.  6.  h 
■j-JlSin  246.   1.  a 

bston,  b-isirin  94. 6 
ibi^irn  iso.  a 
^ini!3n  82.  5 

«T2?n  166.  3 

^ninbxirn  ii9.  2 
:3Trn  65.  a 

I-    T 

iirn  160.  4 
nrnrnOT  io4.  h 
^nntpn  86.  6  (2.  m.) 
^nhipn^,  100.  2.  a  (i) 
D"'nmnn"i  lo.  a 
r\tr\  140.  5 
n^ijn  160.  4 
in^irn  6o.  3.  i  (2) 
in^ujn  60.  3.  h  (2) 
''nin^OTi  33.  4 
^r^niipr.  101.  3.  a 
Dnh"'©n  160.  2 
nsT»n  94.  h 
nsi^n  95.  a 
nns^Dn  95.  «,  rZ 
DS'cn,  Q'^stpn  94.  5 
:\^bT»n  80. 2. 6 
t[''bT»n  94.  6 
^a-'btJnT  100.  2.  a  (2) 
i^tr\  (inf.)  94. 6 

^fblCn  (imp.)  94.  d 

tfbirn  95.  a 
robirn  95.  a 

npPDbcn  86.  h  (2  pi.) 

n^birn  95.  a 


"Tfityy  94. 6 

"I^irn  (iuf.  abs.)  91.  5 
Tjnppn  (inf.)  94.  h 
lrX±T\  104.  6 

'at    :    IT    • 

n^CT  140.  6 
^^tT\  140.  5 

\^^tr\  140.  5 
^n'^ni'Qi^n  141.  3 
Diairn  139.  3 
rMn  126.  1 

TPmtr\  128,  189.  5 
D37  3?)aiSJn  35.  1 

T  1-  JT   -: 

n^\L^n  64.  1,  91.  h 
njl^n  245.  3.  h 
"IT??  D'^^l^n-  251.  4.  a 
S^^n  (5?b)  140.  5 

5?t?n  (nb)  35.  2,  175.  4 
inis;rn  (nisiiji^n)  53. 

2.  6,  62.  1 
b'^Sirn  (inf.  abs.)  94.  h 
^S-(?n  91.  h 
nipicn  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

t:;?irn  94.  t/ 
nantcn  126. 1 
'j.^inrn  141.  5 

mnntn  i76.  2 
''O^^TOrn  176.  1 
T"'!]nJ!^Trn  176.  2 
winnirn^  100.2.  «(i) 
Dti'innrnDn  i76.  2 
nnnmn  i76. 1 
n^inrn  i76.  2 
^5?T»yr\rn  141.  6 


tJSJ^tn  82.  5 
*'^^v^0•7  176.  2 

n"snn  126.  2 

AT   -    :     • 

irinrn  158.  4 
^:?psnn  126.  1 

Vt  -     :     • 

T'r'^pn'l  96.  h 

nbsnn  126.  1 
^r^hnn  96.  a 
"i5nn  176.  4 

T    : 

rim^in  176.  2 
tjbnnn  96.  h 
"tybnnn  96.  ^» 
^npbnrn"^  100.  2.«(i) 
b^nnn  137 

mnnn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
5?T,nr;  150.  3  (p.  182) 
•j^.nn  187. 2.  a 
nsinn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
rh^inn  246.  3.  a 
:Trn  65.  a 
bbinnn  161.  2 
p^nnn  96. 6 
bnnn  i76.  4 

AT    :     • 

in;^nn  80.  2.  h 
wn  111.  2.  f,  172.  1 
^iDn;:nrr  60.  3.  a 
'Ti^^nn  141.  3 
nst^nn  50. 1,  179. 2.  a 
^nsnn  96. 6 
br,n  115 
D^bnn  142.  3 
Dnn  140.  5 
^nbnn  141.  5 
n-antjnn  i4i.  6 


INDEX    III. 


359 


t^isnn  140.  5 

D72nn  82.    5 

-i^-i^nn  141.  5 
nis:nn  i6o.  3. 
n^srnn  i6o.  3 
bbiynn  ui.  5 
b^:^^^^  ui.  5 
n-i^rnn  i76.  2 
nn:^nn  119.  i 
♦.■^irbDnn  96.  h 
^"ijpsnn  59.  «,  96.  a 
^njpsnn  96.  a 
«"i]?nn  96.  6 
-©ipnn  96.  h 
^o^pnn  96.  6 

AT '-    :     ■ 

^rnrnpnnn  96. 6 
QJJTP^pnn  61.  4.  a, 

96.  h 

?i2ipnn  96.  6 
•jsi-inn  141.  5 
'^mn'nrin  121.  1 
ri^snnn  i76.  2 
nsD'jiTZJnn  54.  4.  «, 

T    :    -  :     •  ' 

82.  5.  a 
n>OTn  45.  2,  230.  2. 

nnn  i4i.  3  (p.  175) 

■}   100.  1,  234,  287 

'^  99.  1 
r\  56.  2 
nn  56.  2 

^51   56.  2 
"ibl  56.  2 


ni^T  183.  6,  197.  c 
^n«T  216.  1.  6 
n&5T  11.  1.  a 
Di^T   39.  4.  a 

nnt  50. 1 

-T 

nnr  200.  c 
innj  125.  2 
wnnt  220.  2.  c 
wnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 

•jlblT  193.  2.  a 

^T  186.  2.  c 

HT  73.  1,  235.   3   (4), 

249.  2.  a 
ui  39.  4.  a 

nr,  IT  11.  1.  h 

n'T,  it  73.  1 

nnr  50. 1,  51. 3, 201. 1 

nm  16.  3.  5,  61.  I.  a, 

234.  a 
^T  73.  1 
IT  53.  3.  a 

nb§5  M  22.  5 

nV'^.T  209.  2.  a 

•   T 

mj  210.  a 

nb^T  237.  1 
a  'inbiT  61.  6.  a 
ro^T  14.  a,  93.  6 
nn^.T  156.  4,  196.  cZ 
"jiTT  193.  2.  a 
D'^:iTT  210.  c 
n';'T  208.  3.  c 
^3T  141.  1 
"^^DT  90.  pass. 
niDT  98.  1 


lilDT  25 

'jTOT  200.  c,  210,  210. 

h,  217 
'iinDT   106.  b 
'^n'lDT  86.  6  (2  f.) 
?i:?bT  68.  a 
nS:fbT  210.  e 

nnirT  200.  6 

^W   185.  2.  a 
^nr)2T   139.  1 
•J"J2T  207.  2.  h 

rnt:T  92.  (Z 

TiTOT  196.  h 

^rmi  139.  2 
npDn'sT  220.  1.  b 

IT  207.  2.  a 

njT  200.  a 

ri:T   200.  6 

^?I  51.  1 

D?T  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 

n^?T  119.  3 

iS^T  119.  3 

p?T  51.  1 

p2?T  119.  1 

^p5?T  60.  1.  a,  119.  4 

^p5?T  119.  4 

tjps?!  119.  3 

H  (v.)  79.  2,  82.  1.  a 

1PI  (adj.)  90,  215.  1 
nippT  201.  1.  5 
ppT   141.  1  (p.  175) 
i51T  196.  d 


360 


INDEX    III. 


'.IT,  r\1  156.  2 

?i"lT  183.   c,    197.   a, 

200.  c 
n">nT  187.  1.  e 
5|:Q"1T  92.  b 

5?nT  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  e 
y-^r  216.  1.  e 
pnT  80.  2.  a  (3) 

iCnn  112.  5.  a 

T     T 

ijcan  167.  1 

nn^an,  min  6o.  2.  a 

tsnn  112.  5.  a 

^nn  172.  3 

bnn  50. 1, 112.  5.  b 

bnn  186. 2.  a 

*'bnn  61.  1 

^jnban  104.  t 

p:2,r}  187.  2 

nnn  112.  5.  a 

ninnnnn  188 

•Cnn  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  b 
yn  186.  2.  c 

t<yn  11. 1.  a 
Kjn  196.  ^ 
n^n  112. 5.  a 

nn  53.  2.  5,  223.  1.  a 

i"nn  100.  2.  a  (2) 

b'ln  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
^bnn  24.  c 
"I'ln  216.  1.  e 
tJnn  208.  3.  b 


D'lttJnn  60.  3.  b  (2) 
PTin  199.  c 

n-'h  207.  1./ 
ns^n  14.  a 

T 

b-^n  158.  2 
bbin  161.  4 
bbin  141.  4 
lain  141.  4 
}^^n  200.  a 
ipin  59.  «,  141.  3 

•^P^n  14.  a 

•^Ijri  125.  3 

^^in  194.  2.  b 
i'^'TiTl  199.  c 
ll^'^in  186.  2.  a 

niB^n  158.  2 
onin  186.  2 
nrn  200.  a 
p'^-n  200.  a,  210.  b, 

216.  2.  5 
prn  84.  3.  a  (2),  110. 

2,  112.  5.  5 
pjn  185.  2.  6 
prn  185.  2.  6 
p-jn  92.  c 

^prn  61.  1 

^J^^Ptn,  J^JpTH  57.  2 
(2)  5 

nn  207.  2. 5 

Ktpn  183.  b,  208.  3 
i5"jh  165.  2 

h>?pri  220.  1. 5 

n^Jipn  198.  a  (3) 
''ijii:!!  60.  3.C,  216.  1.  a 


D'lXpn   57.    2    (3)   a, 
164.  3 

nx::n  i66.  i 

Dis^l^n  198.  a  (3),  205, 

217 
nxisn  57.  2  (3)  a 
ini^bn  166.  2 

Dr,&5bn  220.  2.  cr. 

T 

nt:ri  50.  1, 112.  5.  a 
ntpn  200. 6 
itsn  164.  2 

f  tin  199.  a 
^n  (v.)  177.  2 
^n  (n.)  215.  1.  (/ 

a^n  161. 1 

rr^n  50. 1, 112. 5.  a, 

152.  2.  «,  177.  2 

:n;^n  i77.  2 

n'^ri'l  234.  b 

n^n  201. 1.  a 

T      - 

Wn  234.  b 

pp'^jn  220.  2.  c 

D"'!'n  201.  1,  201.  1.  a 

cn'^^nj  234. 6 
b^n  158.  2 
b^^ri  208.  3.  c 
nis-'n  158.  2 
n:n  i96.  b 
in^n  61.  6,  218 

'isn  ]74.  3 

^rrn  172.  3 
^n-i^ni  100.  2.  a  (1) 
''b'^bDn  187.  2.  c 

nibbsn  198.  a  (4) 


INDEX  III. 


361 


DDn  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2), 
112.  5.  a 

niT2pn  198.  a.  4 
^)2Dn  21G.  2 

bn  174.  5 
nbn  215.  1.  a 
•jnibn  220.  2.  6 

nbn  80.  2.  a  (4),  112. 

5.  b 
TOT}  80.  1 
Dibn  200.  a 
"jibn  197.  6,  200.  c 
''iTbn  194.  2.  6,  199.  c 
nbnbn  187.  l.  e,  198. 

«  (3) 
•jbri  112.  5.  a 
^bn  208.  3.  d 

^bh  65 

nb-ibn  219.  1.  a,  240.  2 
D'^S^Dbn  209.  1.  a 

robn  209.  1.  a 
bbn  141.  4 

Dbn  112.  5.  c 

t'^'Cibri  195.  1 

qbn  80.  2.  a  (1),  112. 
5.  c 

•jrbn  92.  d 

pbn   112.  5.  b 

r.pbn  51.  3 

'ipbn  24.  b,  216.  2.  « 
p^)f'"T^  188 
nnpbn  104.  ^ 

tJbn  84.  3.  a  (3) 

rbn  187. 1 


i^'an  196.  J 

nrn  111.  1,  112.  5.  a 

nrn  (HijtiTi)  53. 3.  ^> 
nian  i84.  b,  216.  1 
pian  185.  2.  c 
ni-an  197.  c 
ni"an  205.  c 
•^ni^n  141.  2 

^l^">ttn  59.  a,  227.  1 

bttn  112.  5.  a 
nb-an  87, 111.  3.  a 

Um  84.  3.  «  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175),  179.  2.  a 
can  112.  5.  a 
^m  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
yah  184 

in^an  106.  o,  111.  3.  a 
*irn  112. 5.  a 
^irnan,  ^na"Tan  60. 

::--:'  t    :    -  t: 

3.  b  (2) 
l-IBirn  92.  o,  115 

:    :    -  i:  ' 

luan  46 

tJan  205,  215.  1.  5 
can  227.  3 

m?rn  223.  1 

"irari  59.  a,  227.  1 

on^'it^an  250.  2  (2)  a 

TOrn  250.  2  (2)  a 
^^OTH  250.  2  (2)  a 

D^'iSan  225.  1 
wiran  220.  2.  a 

"li!)3?  nMn  224.  a 

T   T  •••    ••    -: 

ran  214. 1.  b 


D^^nan  203.  5.  6 

in  186.  2.  c 

■jirn  139.  2 

■j-iin  187.  1 

nisn  139.  2 

ni^:n,  ni^:n  209.  3.  a 

n^:n  199.  cZ,  200.  c 

r^:r}  112. 5. « 

trrn  220.  1.  b 

'At 

Din  235.  2  (1) 

barn  195. 1 

T  T    -: 

■jrn  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (3) 
lin  141.  4 

n::n  139.  2 

•^rin  61.  5 

t]D::n  106.  «,  139. 2 

^2!3n  141.  1 
?i:n  82.  1.  a  (2) 
p:n  50.  1 

Tl^T},  '^'iTpr?  216.  2.  a 

ncn  112.  5. 6 
n^cn,  Tcn  i69.  1, 

T  AT     T    '  AT     T  ' 

172.  1 

ben  112.  5.  a 
ccn  112.  5.  a 

ICn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

nsn  112.  5.  a 

TSn  112.  5.  a 
'}*£n(v.)82.1.a(l),84. 

3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
fSn  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
jni^Sn  86.  a 
^ttn  216.  1.  6 


36; 


INDEX    III. 


^Sn  82.  1   a  (2),  112. 
'     5.  a 

-iSn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

niisnsn  iss 

iODn  112.  5.  a 

irsn  80.  i 
mirsn  i98.  a  (4) 

^TlJBn  209.  2 

n-trBn  los. « (4) 

n^n  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1), 
84.  3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
"^itn  199.  h 
^p^_  65,  227.  3 
f2?n  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nn^"2^ri  iss.  a 

niSn  50.  3,  197.  Z»,  200.  c 
pn207.  2,  207.  2.a,215. 

1.  c,  217 
-pn  61.  5 

n;?n  217 
ipn  59.  a 
^pn  61.  5 
ppn  141.  5 
ppn  141.  5 

Vi?n  20.  2,  207.  2.  a 
"Ipn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 

'^?Ji»"?pn  104.  y 
nnn  iis.  1 

inn  197.  a 

^nnn,  ^n-\n  111.  3.  a 
niinn  216. 2.  a 
nninnn  220.  2.  a 


"^nnn  111.  3.  a 

•  AT  t; 


r^^n  112. 5.  a 
bhnn  193.  2.  c 
inn  112.  5.  c,  118.  1 
inn  185.  2.  6 
b^in  207.  2.  c? 
y^nn  210.  a 
nnnn  i87.  2.  6 

Dbin  193.  2.  c,  207.  2.  c 

TJJ^nn  185.  2.  a 

rann  195.  1 

nonn  61.  6.  a 

qnn  118. 1 

niSnn  22.a,216.  2, 2.  a 

fnn  118.  1 
n's:nn  207.  2.  c 
nnn  141.  2  (p.  175) 

ty}  187.   1.  a,  210.  a, 

216.  1.  a 
TlJnn  50.  1,  80.  2.  a  (2), 

84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 
•©nn  187.  1.  h,  210.  c 

''irnn  21 6. 1.  a 
nnn  50.  1 

■^B^iUn  194.  2.  6,  199.  c 

•jt?n  112.  5.  6 

yjOT  112.  5.  h 

liSton  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.a 

niTTl  112.  5.  6 

linCT  200.  a 
nijn  112.  5.  c 

1\tn  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  ^> 

nDirn  200.  ^>,  201.  1.  a 
D^Dirn  201.  1.  a 


brisn  53.  2.  a 
nb-om  66.  2  (2)  6 
nn  139.  2,  207.  2.  a 

nnn  112.  5.  « 
!nnnni87.  i.e,  207. 2.  a 
n^pn  209.  2 
tynn  112.  5.  a 
bnn  112.  5.  a 
DSnn  112.  5.  a 
qnn  112.  5.  a 
nnn  50. 1, 112.  5.  a 
nnn  112. 5.  c,  141. 1 

(p.  175) 

'linnn  104.  y 
m^xipxp  57.  2.  a  (2), 

161.  2 

nntp  50. 1 

nrj  187.  1.  a 

ri^rj  207. 1.  e 

nintp  185.  2.  6 

-nnp  215.  1.  c 

nnt:  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1) 

nrj  186.  2.  c 

nit:  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (3), 

156.  2,  179.  2.  a 
nit:    (adj.)    186.    2.    c, 
235.  3  (3) 

nistpit:  57.  1,  i87.  i.e 
nt:,  n"j  i56. 2 

n-iijlbp  209.  1.  a 

nbt2bt:  187.  1.  e 
bbtp  141.  1  (p.  175) 
i^-atp  82.  I.  a  (1) 


INDEX    III. 


363 


ns:i2-j  87,  166.  2 
nD5<;i2'J   104.  4 
n5<13"J  164.  1 
)12'i2  50.  1,  77.  2 

nrj  131.  4 
q-j  201. 1 

q-'lS-J  139.  2 

nD"J  200.  a 

'^"ID  185.  2.  c? 

DTJ  263.  1.  b 

?|TJ  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 

^'STJ  216.  2.  a 

nni5\  "ini^-'  111.  2,  a 
^2^-}  16.  2.  a 
^^^^^.l  105.  a 

irnni^;:  105.  «,  lis.  3 

Tni5-',  Tni^^'T  ill.  2.  a 

^n^THi^"'  60.  3.  b  (1) 

^^,Tni5-«  60.  3  6  (1) 

y-^^'^  158.  2 

bDi^-'  57.  2  (2)  a,  60.  1.  a 

bDi^'^n   99.  3.  a 

bi^'^l   111.  2.  d,  175.  3 

f^S^   111.  2.  a 

"rbs^^  npij7  126.  2 

112i5n   111.  2.  a 

T\'a^^'\   46 

«?  TCi^'^l   24.  a 

qrx;:  111.  2.  a 
pbx;:  111.  2.  a 

qbi5^   111.  2.  a,  112.  3 
^^^^'^  ^9^.^1   99.  3.  a 
CjOi^'^n   151.  2 


^Bp5?^  112.  3 
'^PSCX;:  112.  3 
"ibij;?,  m"^Cfi^^  60.  1.  a 
mncK^n  104.  (/ 

b^X^I   111.  2.  b 

nir^.7  113. 1 

ni^.':  159.  3 

^jh^::!  112. 3 

ni"n^fi^^  105.  e 

ni^l^l  61.  2.  o,  172.  4 

^r'^::  159. 3 

WS!;:  172.  1 
'^D.':n^^^'1  172.  3 
b^n^  60.  1.  a 

xn-in  10.  a 

Xn^l   160.  3,  166.  4 

nn;"  141. 1  (p.  175) 

^i'T'^2'^  105.  a 

b^n::n  66.  1  (2)  6 
in^n  164.  2 
i^in;:'  157.  3 
nn:pin:'  15 8.  4 
■'P^.n;'  194.  1 
Trin"?  157.  3 
rn^i  172.  4 
in;'  141.  1 
n-ji:"  126. 1 

Xn;"],  Xnji  160.  3, 
166.  4 

i^^n^-i  26 

■ifn^^l  61.  4,  172.  4 

l^'^^n:'  172. 1 

15?  158.  2 
1??  1V2.  4 


r.:3^n  172.  4 
TOjpn^  125.  1 
it';pn:'i  20.  2 
^nh;*  60.  4 
^-inn  99.  3.  a 
inpnn-'i  60.  3.  a 
nDiDnn;^  104. 6 
ir.DDnn":^  105.  6 

m^  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 

146,  147.  1 
1D2^  147.  1 

m^  148. 1 

imrs^n  150.  2  (p.  182^ 

r\t2'-:  148.  1 
tri2^'}  60.  1 

-bia;;;'  88 
j^iaro  60.  2 
"»ro  140. 1 

Tj^J?:'   104.  A 

nj^l  150.  2  (p.  182) 

bi;^""  158.  2 

tj^l   140.  1 

'jibi;;;'  158.  2 
'^r^;'  216.  1.  b 
-r^^  b^;!  158. 2 

bj^^l   C*:?)   158.  2 
b??1   (S^'b)  140.  5 
b?^  172.  4 
bj^n  99.  3.  a 

br,p.  99.  3.  a 
bj^n  175.  3 
bs;'  140. 3 
nb^:>  57.  2  (5) 

i<12:\''  165.  2 


364 


INDEX    III. 


b^S^I   65.  a 
irp  140.  5 
^^-^  147.  1 
^'.n->,  nr5"^  147.  4 

AT  •     '  AT 

nya^  60.  2 

nh;'  (v.)   82.   1.  a  (3), 

179.  2.  a 
"ih;"  (adj.)  90  . 
nrOT  157.  3 
^S""  140.  1 

AT  • 

ffinj^'l  99.  3.  a 
DlttJ'^j;']   104.  g 
T^y-)  86.  a 
\''197.«,215.1, 217,222 

s^:::}  172. 4 
pnn;!  97.  2 
^psn^i  94.  c 

"I?"?!!  99.  3 

ni^'  139.  3 

^T  148.  3 

^^1^^  53.  3.  a,  150.  2 

(p.  182) 
"li"^^  139.  3 
■jiT  157.  3,  158.  2 
ni-i;!  203.  5.  a 
''"];'  216.  1 
•IT  199.  c 
ini^^  220.  2.  c 

nnin;!  220.  1.  b 
l"^";^  157.  3 

^537;^  167.  7 
^S3'^:»  54.  2 
ron'i  220.  1.  a 


DD7;)  58.  2,  63.  2.  a, 
22.1.  1.  a 

n^^-j  220. 2. 6 
b^':'  140. 3 
rh"^  140.  1 
^^^i;*  141. 1 

ri^  80.  2.  a  (4),  147. 

5?!^::,  147. 5 

1^2?7;  55.  2.  a,   86.  6 
(3  pi.) 

r.:;'!'^  60. 3.  a 
^^r^n;'  60.  3.  a 
D^:i?'i;'  127.  2 

n^^^  86.  5  (1  c.) 
nni^-i;^  86.  &  (2  m.) 
Tr\^T  104.  ^ 

nV\V^^  60.  3.  a 
p*7J1   140.  5 
11T  46 
^D'l^l^l  94.  c 
npth;'63.1.  c,  97.1.a, 
nn;)  179.  2.  a 

n^n;:  60.  3.  a 
qw  111.  1 
125 -in;)  105.  d 
t^'^n^  177.  1 
n'l^n;'  197.  d 
TVl'^r\^  150.  2 

'^nm*'  194.  2.  a 

n'^n^n;'  235.  3  (3) 

T\^T\'^  47 
nin^n  234.  c 
D'lp^in;'  195.  3 
n^P^''in;i''  44.  & 


l^^lpW  150.  2 

•^n;*  57.  2  (4),  177.  1 

W  177.  1 

W;i   45.  2,   61.   1.  a, 
177.  1 

r.'^n^  11. 1.  a 
2  n;^n;'  19.  1,  60.  3.  a, 
112.  2,  177.  1 

ri^DS  "^n^^i  22. 6 
^b-^b^iri^  150. 2 
br;;>  140.  5 
-ro  (bris?;')  53.  3.  a, 

111.  2.  c 

tj'bn^  151. 1 
nibbn^i  105.  e 

D'bn^  (n.)  190.  a 

•'r'cbn;:  111.  1 
Dn;^i  140.  1 
ch':>  140.  3 

ttj^^   80.  2.  b 

b  t'^^r\^_  111.  1 
^D"in^  ^"iri;^  111. 1 
Ticnn;:  111.  1 
bnn;'  142.  3 
^bhri';'  142.  3 

■^X^'^  140.  6 

AT 

i?n'^'^  167.  2 

^^2V  167.  2 

bni''  197.  5 
^ni^'iii  92.  5 

p'l^''  140.  6 

nni^i  111.  2.  c? 
^bDi->  57.  2.  (2)  «,  111. 

2.  6 


INDEX  III. 


365 


i^V  93.  b 

rnbi''  20 7.  1.  a 

UV  200.  c,  d,  207.  1./ 
a"'12i"i  203.  3 
D^i"^  235.  2  (1) 

in;"  215. 1.  h 
nrii  197.  c,  200. 6 

pDi-'  217 

n;:3i'i  207.  1.  €,  217, 

221.  5 

nD^i  UO.  6 

AT 

qpi-i  90 

^3^i7i"<  105.  6 
D:?1^  140.  6 

i^sri'^i,  i5:2i^i  166.  4 

nii-^  186.  2.  a 

n"^Cpr  (D-'^j^^lO)  59.  «, 

93.  e 
-li^n   175.  3 

i5ni->  150.  5 

n^i^^n  99.  3.  a,  150.  3 

T^^,^  140.  6 
iD^n-^tpi""  105.  a 
)Vtr^  105.  a 
•JSTTii  53.  3,  a 

mri^  158.  4 
ri  175. 3 
rn,  ri  172.  4 
nr  140.  3 

W;  141.  1 
It^l  175.  3 
p5?ri  119.  1 

nr^i  157. 3 

-in   172.  4 


^i^?*?T?  57.  2  (3)  a 

vi^n^i  113.  1 
T^-inn;^  93.  a 
irnn;:  60.  3.  «,  65.  a 
run*^  65.  a 

AT     :   V 

^rsn^  60.  3.  a 

-in";  (3?'b)  140.  1 
'in;'  C's)  147.  2 
"in^  iv'v)  140.  5 

■^n;*  109.  2,  172.  4 
1W  235.  3  (1) 

bnn;)  63.  1.  6 
?ib'in\  ib^ni  63.  1.  6 

:     :  -  '  AT    :  V 

l^b'nn^  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 
c^n;!,  cin;'  157.  3 

'^Ti^Ti^^.   156.  1 

ITTn;!  172.  1 
^prn;  61. 1 
Kt:n;?  63. 1.  5 

i5pn^^   166.  4 

^n?.  ^n?^  1'^'^-  2 

^n;)  65 
n-^n;!  i77.  2 
^r.^n;'  172.  3 
no^n;'  97. 1 
■jn^^n;^  104.  g,  ui.  3 
^^^  ^r??  140.  5 

^bn;"  141. 1 
^bn^i  (ibn:^i)  24.  c 
pbn;;  60.  4.  «,  113.  1 
Dpbn-^  59.  a 
npbn^i  113.  1 
'^nbri-'  60.  4.  a 


on;"  147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

on.':  140. 1 
iot;;  60. 3.  ^>  (2) 
^tin;)  140.  1 

nD-cn::  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
'ipmn;!  121.  2 
in;",  "jn^^  i40.  i 
TT!  61.  2 

imi  60.  1.  a,  172.  4 
"jni^  140.  6 

rm^_  172.  4 
i:n^  60.  1.  a 
1i:n::i  99. 3.  a 

'TiDTi;'  61.  1,  141.  3 
■jSn;  139.  3 

p^:n):i  113. 1 
ITcn;;  i69. 1,  i72.  1 

■JOT  113.  1 

j^n?^  25 

l^sn^  ygn;)  65.  a 

TOH^  TOH^  111.  1 

f^?^^  T^)!'^  i'^2.  4 
npn;;'  141.  1 
-in;«  147. 1 
nn:)n  175.  3 
-in;;!  140.  3 
nn^  172.  4 
nn^i  60. 1.  a 
rnn;i  i72.  4 
qnn^  119. 1 
si^in;*^  99. 3.  a 
qm:;  111.  1 
^^n^i  99.  3 


366 


INDEX    III. 


nn.*:  ()£)  131.  1 
nn:  {vv)  140. 1 
nnn^  nnn."?  24.  c 

OT  175.  3 

t:;:  172.  4 

n-j;"   150.  1,  179.  2.  a 

:bio-',  tb-j-i  160.  5 

IT  •._  IT  •.. 

X72:2;^  54.2,96.0,166.5 

rp-j^  qrj;'  65.  a 

tt?3"«;i  144.  2 

:y'i:i;>  147.  2 
bn^^^i  149.  1 
n-j^;'  147.  4 

n*ji^n  147.  5 
rj"'?1  150.  3 
inpi";!  145.  2,  150.  2 

n^'p.':''  150. 2 

b-ib':'^  150.  2 
Cji^n  172.  4 

nsi^n  147.  4,  5 
f;:^^  63.  2.  c,  147.  4 

"^P^  "^r.'?  147. 4 

©T'*']  147.  5 
Dir-i'^T  147.  5 
^TTD^'^  150.  1 
'jTS-'^l   147.  5 

mp-';'  147.  4 
on©^^:;  150.  2  (p.  182) 
?y^n  175.  3 
'^rz'iSD;^  105.  b 

V'S"*   159.  3 

n;^2iD;>  13.  a 

1S2^D''61.3,105.6,161.3 


TTHD'^   119.  1 

^rp;*  160.  3 

nniS^'l   105.  a 
^n-'S'i   105.  a 

AT       •   - 

bb;  80.  2.  a  (3),   82.  1. 

a  (3) 
^?!^  172.  4 
bD-'l   174.  4 
nbD-i  165.  3 
^bb^  86.  a 
"jl^bD;^  172.  1 

nbb;'  i48.  i 

ribD;tn  86.  a,  100.  2 

''r\bb;>  86.  a 

l^nbD^  86.  a,  104.  h 
:?DP::1  126.  1 
tD^^   174.  4 
W0D;»61.  6,   104./, 

172.  1 
WpD';»  172.  3 

Dp:)i  119. 1 

nnD^:!  172.  4 
ns'CO'lD;^  180.  a 

nnD;:  ii9.  i 
•jin-i?:'  91.  6 

ibliriD''  88 
ri'2^  140.  6 

n^\D^  ninD^'  88,  loi, 

2.  ^> 

nn?':'!  99. 3.  a 

l^nns^'  88  (m.  pi.) 
inSt"   140.  5,  141.  1 

nnb':'  139. 3 

Dirsb*!  105.  a 


™ab;i  105.  d 

•ibj  56.  2,  80.  2.  a  (4), 

147.  2 
'jl^b'i  64.  2 
n^lb^i  22.  a 
^'ib'i  216.  2.  a 
Pl^b'-'  90  (2  f.) 
^nnb^)  104.  i 

^tyib^,  :t^n^b;i  i04. » 
^rnnb;'  104.  A; 
^?nnb^  104.  Jc,  150.  1 

(p.  182) 

^rb:'  159. 3 
Dnb;'  119. 1 
nnb^^  99. 3.  «,  119. 1 
rb:'  160. 1 

r^?,  r^D  160. 1 

^^i:'  151. 1 

•jb^l  65.  a 
"IDb;^  91.  & 
IDb^^  99.  3.  a 

i:75b;'  105.  c 

bb;i  139.  3,  150.  1 

bb;^  183.  b 

ribb-^n  57.  2  (3)  a,  234.  c 
ib;^^  158.  2 
t:ipb^  192.  1 
'jrjpb^  88.  (m.  pi.) 
n^  207.  2,  215.  1.  a 
D^tl'^n  119.  1 
1DJj|!tl''  139.  3 
^^;^1   140.  1 
ni?':'   140.  3 

^nitt'^i  99.  3.  a 


INDEX    III. 


367 


1:^12'^  159.  3 

biiQ;'  159.  3 

niQ"'  GO.  1.  a 
niQt'1   173.  3 
55^n  ^131  220.  1.  a 
D'^p;'  53.  3.  a 
rvr^rr^  219.  1.  a 
l-i-a;"   197.  h,  199.  a 
'jITC^'D''   160.  3 

Dn^'a;'  leo.  3 

^^^^  140.  3 
b)2;i   157.  3 

b^:'  140. 1 

nb^a;'  i65.  i 
^■b12^  -tjbia^  88 

^blGt'l   99.  3.  a 

^D'b?a;i  88 
■jia^  150.  1 

C721  140.  3 
bTq-}  60.  1.  a 
^la^n   172.  4 

insijip;'  60.  3.  c 

T^l^'iicra^  105.  c 
T]55:it):'   164.  5 

^aijiy-a^  105.  h 
^^i^'ra^  105.  c 

"1)2^  150.  1 

Itt':   135.  2,  140.  1 

M;"  140.  5 

nb;"  157.  3 

nb^n  65,  157.  3 

m^^  157.  3 

r^^l   160.  3 

fi^:"^  11.  1.  a 


fi^i;'  57.  2  (3)  a  (?), 

122.  2,  140.  5 
f]^2^1   99.  3.  a 

ro;'  147.  1 

hid;"  60.  2 
p;'  159.  3 
2?i3:'  159.  3 

n:^n  157.  3 

nri  160.  3 

ni'Ds;'  131.  2 

^^'^  164.  2 

•    T 

■j-'S"'  159.  3 
ISIM^I   160.  3 
5?5J]  157.  3 
^.?;^  160.  3 

ps;;"  147. 1, 150. 1 

-njpD:'  131.  2 

naps':  131.  2 

nnSS'i  131.  2 

I  :  • 

fc^^toa;'  57.  2  (3)  a,  86.  h 

(3  pi.),  164.  3 
nb;"  61.  3,64.2,  135.  2, 

140.  1 
nOJI  64.  1,  99.  3.  a 
DD^  140.  5 
nb;'  135.  2,  140.  1 

lab;  136.  1 

^a©:'  61.  3 

^nao;!  141.  3 

^DaO-l^  61.  5,  141.  3 
ib-nn5D;i  13.  a 
^b;!  148.  1 
^no^  148.  1 
n^DJ  (n.)  192.  1 


t^p;;'  147. 1 

^9r  140.  5 

tfD^  140.  6 

D^DD;'  157.  3 

^l!b^  92.  6 

?]C;  80.  2.  «  (3),  151.  2 

qCh   151.  2 

nBp;»1  99.  3 

nD"^  147.  3 

-  T 

nb?  92.  (? 

ID'^l  60.  1.  a 

-T  - 

n^lD'^  92.  d 

T    :  - 

'^3'ID;'  104.  a 
■'DnD'^  104.  a 

^nr-in:?^  56.  i,  105.  b 

T\T\y$_^_    105.  c 
^S*???:*  56.  1 
1S^  bQ.  2,  147.  1 

'Tib;»  161. 1 

W":  159.  3 

^3n^3?;'  105.  b 
ry^  140. 1 

-nT5|::  64.  1 
jnTS'::  105.  5 
Wr\  (^'b)  157.  3 

t3??::  (ri'b)  172. 4 

t:?;i   157.  3 

^?r^  5"'^?:^::  (k.)  172.4 

^?!':),5^^?^MHi.)l75.  3 
nb?^  207.  1.  a 
^b5?^1   45.  3 
'^i^Tl  161.  2 

nb?:!  60. 3. 6  (1) 
n^y;>  60.  3. 6  (2) 


368 

INDEX  III. 

^"TP?!?  109.  3.  a 

ns;',  ns;n  140.  5 

-is;;  (/:?)  uo.  5 

^ib?^  112.  4 

nS^n  175.  3 

n'2S;  140.  1 

T^r^T.   88  (2  f.  pi.) 

i^'^'lB^  177.  3 

nsi^n   147.  5 

^_'^_     190.    6,   237.    1, 

OTS":  65.  a 

"1^:^  147.  4 

267.  h 

rcttf)  65.  a 

^HDnSI^  105.  h 

"ITTN:  1?.^  239.  2.  (2) 

ns:^  175.  3 

m^  147.  3,  150.  4 

1?!!L  '^??-^  i'^2.  4 

riB^I  172.  4 

n^:'  144.  2 

nj?:"  207.  1.  a 

nns:^  192. 1 

^n^^  24.  c,  149.  1 

nD^:r  lo-i-  ^ 

'^ns;'  221.  2. 6 

^n:jj  164.  2 

niy'S?;^  142.  2,  161.  2 

X?^  147.  2 

i5p;n   166.  4 

q??:  (v.)  82.  1.   a  (2), 

i^a?::^  147. 5 

^SDJ^"^   105.  (^ 

147.  1 

Xlj'i  164.  3 

'fapt'1  99.  3 

q?;  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 

ni^ii'^i  164.  2 

!r|snp;>  104.  A 

q:?^^,  157. 3 

yri  150.  4 

nn|5^^  99.  3.  a 

^?!^^  157.  3 

r^a;'  145.  3,  150.  5 

^p:^  144.  2,  147.  4 

y?J  77.  2,  147.  1,  179 

.  nn^:'  192.  1 

^'p:*  140.  1 

2.  a 

^%'^^  66.  i  (i),  i74. 

4     llp^  141.  1 

ron^iS'^  104.  ^> 

nmSS^  156.  1 

D?"Ip^  22.  a 

T    :    T  -:  - 

nip:?"^  11. 1.  h 

D'lSJI  157.  3 

bnp^  b^np^  119.  i 

n?^  200.  c 

pn^^i  192. 1 

bnp'^i  119. 1 

toy^i,  nirs^^i  i72.  4 

pn^S:^  120.  2 

nnp:*  24.  h 

13"}0^  104.  h 

l^-isr^  145.  2 

"U^Yl  190.  5,  192.  1 

nS^  147.  1 

f-i^;"   158.  2 

D^p;  153.  2 

nSM85.2.cZ,  209. 1,210  2?^;  150.  4 

'j^)31p'?  157.  3 

n^S-nS^i  43.  5,  188 

S'^^'  150.  5 

D'aip;'  161.  1 

nSJ  (v.)  160.  3 

5]^?  172.  4 

uj^pj  ,  icip;;  185.  2. 

ns;  (adj.)  215.  1.  6 

32^1  25 

np^'  54. 2,  132.  2 

ri'ip^S;  92.  a 

pa;;  i50.  4 

np;«  132. 2 

bs;'  101.  2.  h 

pi;»  148.  3 

bbp:'  51.  3 

n?s;^  120. 1 

pk^  144.  2,  147.  4 

D'^P^  153.  1 

ISl^l  172.  4 

pS'^l  147.  4 

n:^p;'  161. 1 

T??;  160.  3 

^-T]  148.  3 

^P!?  64.  2 

'^DlTB^fS;'  161.  2 

ns;«  50.  3,   84.  3.  a 

(3),  Dlj:,DpV157.3 

f2?b;'  161. 2 

147.  2 

Dp^l  99.  3.  a,  157.  3 

INDEX    III. 


369 


a;?^^  99.  3.  a,  160.  3 
Ip^'l  172.  4 

yp;;  147.  2,  i79.  2.  a 

■f-p;   179.  2.  a 
T")?^^  157.  3 
T|5^  147.  4 
'jm]^:'  88  (m.  pi.) 
I^n'srp-'  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 
np"^  147.  4 
*i;?''^   172.  4 
n;p^:)  173.  3 
'iDrSJnpp')  105.  c 

nn;:"'  177.  3 
nnip^  97.  \.a 

©p;"  82.  1.  a  (3) 
tp^l  172.  4 

nirp::')  99. 3 
l^irp;^  86. 6  (3  pi.) 
b«!np;»  22.  a 
xn;'  148.  3 
i^n;'  148.  1 

i5n^(v.)  82.  l.a(l),  147.1 
«n;  (adj.)  215.  2.  c 
^KV'^   (k.)  60.  1.  a,  61. 

2.  a,  114,  172.  4 
i^ni^n  (Hi.)  175.  3 
^^n-;'  61.  2.  a,   172.  4 
Xn^n  173.  3 
nX'i;'  87, 148.  1,  166.  2 
nijn;'  114 

nxn^T  172.  4 
iVnx'i';"  19.  1 

^i^n*^   164.  3 


li^'l';'  19.  1,  147.  1 
^X-l,-?  19.  1,    147.  1 

1i<-l^1  177.  3 

imx'i;'  104.  h 

n5<n;i  i64.  1 

nv  158.  2 

nvT  (nii^^i)  111.  2. 

Sn;"  61.  2,  172.  4 

nn;;  63.  2.  a 
nnji  175.  3 
l^iian^  172. 1 

n^,:'  114 

123in^^  114 

:  IT"  - 

nn;*  us.  3 

^n^^  79.  1,   147.  2 
TlJI   140.  5 

"nn^i  172.  4 

n-l'^l  147.  5 

A~"  - 

n"i-i^i  114 

A-  T  ••  - 

pj^n:'  114 

q^n;^  60. 2.  a,  114 

iS^-i;'  105.  a 
^l^n-^  105.  d 
^Ts^r^l  86.  5  (2  f.) 

r\y^  147.  1 
nn;'  i48. 3 
i5i-i;»  148.  1, 177.  3 
l^^^^n^i  172.  1 

Din;'  19.  2.  a 
1^-1;'  140.  1 
1B3Dil^   161.  4 

AT        : 

y^'T:  (5^3?)  140. 1 


pi-i;  185.  2.  6 

n:'b©in;',  obic^-i;'  47, 

203.  5.  c 

m'n;^  i48.  1 

n"^?,  ^\^^   160.  3 

^T^');^.  147.  3 
^t^y^^  88.  (3.  f.  pi.) 

c  n-^np  (n.)  190.  6,  192.  1 
"l^yi  (v.)  153.  2 
l''"!^''  158.  2 
tl"!;  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 
^'^!?  140.  I 

roV  198.  c,  207.  1.  a 
'G^TOy^,  22.  a,  203.  5.  a 
^'a'n.7  140.  3 
?*-|^  140.  1 
yn^^  140.  5 

ynji  (yi)  140.  5 

S^'l^l  (I'b)  160.  3 

vy  (y'i?)  34 

y*!^  (nb)  34, 172.  4 

Dl^n^  119.  I 
l?^?'-^!  161.  4 

AT      : 

V\\y\  172.  4 

p*!^  179.  2.  a 

p'l;'  185.  2 

ph^  140.  1 

'jipn'^  193.  2 

pnpn;^  188,  207.  2.  a 

ty  82.  1.  a  (2),  147.  1 

T^lty  148.  3 

nnirn;*  150. 1  (p.  182) 

DniSn;'  61.  4.  a,  150.  1 
(p.  182) 


370 


INDEX    III. 


T^pni^T?'?   105.  c 
'Jiya'lIJ;'  88  (in.  pi.) 

Tj2?nir-'  127.  2 

'^3>*3\U:'  105.  a 
DliU^  158.  2 
M.:"   172.  4 
a^^ilJ''  105.  a,  158.  2 

D"ir;>  147.  1 
air;'  158.  2 

DiS;*]  64.  1,  158.  2 

''bsnia^  194.  1 
a^iriri;'  55.  i,  88  (m.  pi.), 

158.  2 
IDOTn  47 

-ll^n'tC;'  54.  4 

12?.':  236,  258.  3.  b 

•Jlbifffii  88  (m.  pi.) 

nir;!  i46,  147.  2 

nirj;^  66.  1  (2)  6, 153.  5, 

157.  3 

-ni?;  157.  3 

n©^1  153.  5,  157.  3 

'iiy^'\  157.  3 

nUJ;",  11^^1153. 5,  160.3 
m?.":  63.  2.  c,  84.  3.  5, 

144.  2 
•=i"$:::!  147.  5 

nt3;^]  99.  3.  a 

2'r^:',   172.  4 

T|:^nnT2?;>  105.  c 

imr-'  61.  6.  a 

nnir^T  33.  4 

innT»->  61.  6.  «(?),  90 

■(2f.) 


'linn©'!  90  (2  f.) 

D^^Itj?  141.  1 
n^TD;"  140.  1 
D^ill?:'  82.  5.  a 
X^-d"!  148.  1 

nri:f^T2J:'  61.  6.  a 
'ipSTiJ;'  157.  3 
ntj^  140.  1 
ni^'i  140.  3 
nrjn-.j?;'  118.  3 
ippint;?;'  105.  c 
^is;:  164.  2 

02"'©:'^  160.  3 

D^t^^   140.  5 

inSt":'  88.  (m.  pi.) 

HDl?^  126.  1 

^T?.?  l'J'2.  4 
^^^T^n  141.  3 

rht''!  172.  1 

-Q^TC^  92.  c 

niz?"'  140.  1 

"SIIW"}  60.  1.  a 
^^mt^  57.  2  (3)  a 
'jtp^  147.  1 
NStS:^  177.  3 
i^zt)  177.  3 
^312?:^  19.  1,  147.  1 
^Dtp;;'  19.  1,  147.  1 
i31?;^1   105.  a 
W:"  216.  1.  b 
yiZJ.':',  ^l^;j  65.  a,  201. 
^^HC'}^  172.  4 

w:^®;'  141.  6 

nB©^  19.  2. 6 


rj^.B©;'  88 
Jnb^BUJ^  105.  a 

nib^s©::  105.  b 

•JBT^t^l  99.  3.  a 
ptJ^I  10.  a 

!ptD::i  175. 3 

^npt^l^i]  4.  a 
ntj;'  158.  2 

llltD"'  193.  2.  a 
nplS:"  88   (3    f.    pi), 
147.  4 

n'lC':^  99. 3.  a,  119.  1 
tT^^nnc'^  105.  c 

I  :•  :    IT  : 

JntC;"  66.  1  (2)  b,  158.  2 
M::'!    66.  1  (1),  172.  4 

DriiniC:'  82.  5.  a 

^nnTr^^57. 2(4),  176. 1 

WniZJ^I  176.  1 
•jl^PtC^  172.  1 

niaric;^  54.  4 
a^T}'!  111.  2. 6 
i^n^^i  177.  3 
ijjn^:}  176. 3 
^nniijn;'  eo.  3.  b  (2) 
w^n;'  19. 2,  60.  3.  b 

(2),  120.  1 
bi^^n;',  jbjjjn;'  119.  1 
b^^n*:  96. 6 
b^r^^  176.  3 
szrin';'  96.  b 
1  ^iz??5r)^  96.  «,  122.  2 
icran^  96.  a,  122.  2 
*in;;>  197.  ^> 
rnnn'i  221. 2. 6 


INDEX   III. 


371 


Ti;i1  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

mnn'^  i66.  5 
bnn^i  176.  3 

AT    :  •  - 

Tn;'  160.  1 

D?n^n  176.  3 
msbrr^  96.  b 

IT  -    :   • 

on;:  140.  5 
D'n;'  140.  1 
rar\^  141.  1 
n-an^  uo.  i 

t'jIX^rn''  166.  5 
^tS^TCn-'  96.  6 

AT   -    :  • 

'jn;'  54.  2,  84.  3.  6 

msn^'  126.  1 
Dn:n;'  121.  3 
xi&:n^  166.  5 
yn;:i  175.  3 
b:?n^  176.  3 
"Db:?n^  96.  b 
nn^n;'  119.  1 

J-j12Sb3n;'88.(m.pl.),96.6 

mrbsn;^  96.  b 
"i;?sn-'  96.  a 
^c^pn;^  96.  6 

DJj^n''  96.  b 

:?j5n':  126.  1 
iBpn;'  105.  a 
nr\::i  (13?)  160.  1 
D'ainn^  82.  5.  a 

S  231.  1,  242.  a,  267.  b 
lijiS  183.  b 

n^^i^S  57.  2  (3)  a,  231. 
3.  6 


^i55  (ni^^S)  53.  2.  a 
^nXS  156.  3,  199.  b 
nirSS  239.  2  (2) 
nn?  (v.)  82.   1.  a  (1), 

85.  2 
nn3(adj.)216.  1.  e,2l7 
n'lSS  198.  a  (4) 
^inD  185.  2,  197.  6 

oins  87 

ens  82.  5.  a 

cas,  ca3  92.  c 
iun3,ni5ns5i.  2,197.  c 
tjns  87 

Jin"in53  246.  2.  a 
^3  197.  6,  200.  b 
nb  235.  3  (4) 

nnD  121. 1 

T    T 

Di^n3  231.  5.  a 
inb  186.  2.  a 
ins  80.  2.  6 
nsnS  198.  a  (2) 
OniS  186.  2.  a 
3?ni3  50.  1,  216.  1.  e 
D'^ynis  207.  2.  a 

m:i  11. 1. 6 

DDiS  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 
I^S  82.  5.  a 

"jSiS  59 

nrjis  161.  4 

Ci3  184.  b,  197.  a 
13TS  22.  a 
*in3   116.  4 
^nns  121.  2 

tns  119.  1 


'^S  (n.)  53.  3.  a,  184.  6 
3  (conj.)  239.  1 
D«l  -"S  239.  2  (1) 
'in'^3  187.  1.  c 
nT3  187.  1.  c 
Di-'S  16.  2.  a 
ni'^S  200.  c 
^b-^D  184.  b,  194.  2.6 
Pjb'^?  186.  2,  210.  c 
D^r:?  ^3    43.  6 
"jiiri-^S    57.    2   (3)  a, 

231.  3.  6 
"np  187.    1.  e,    197.  a, 

200.  c,  (/,   207.  1.  b 
D;i'1S3  203.  3 
bS  AaZ  215.  1.  c 
bs  Ml9.  2.  a,  215.  l.c 
bb  277.  o 
i^bS  179.  1.  a 
i5b3  184.  a 
Xb3  220.  1.  b 
n^ii^bs  203.  4 
^nxbD  165.  2 
nb3  197.  c 
nbs  179.  1.  a 
nbS  174.  3  bis. 
DnbS  33.  3,  220.  1.  6 

-AT     \  ' 

njnbs  220.  i.  6 

^bS   165.  3 
^bD  93.  a 
ibS  220.  1.  6 

nib^bs  201.  1.  6 
nibs  174.  3 

^'bS  61.  2,  184.  b 


372 


INDEX   III. 


X-^bs  184.  a 
'7\'^b'2>  221.  5.  c 
Wh^  208.  3.  d 
W>3,  W>3  174.  2 
^"^n-i^S  174.  2 
D^n-"??  174.  2 
bsbS  154.  3,  161.  2 
^ibsbs  161.  4 
D>2  220.  1.  h 
npbS  220.  1.  b 
"•Stlbs  165.  3 
r»133  231.  4.  a 

nDSsrnaD  45.  4 

i^3  233.  a 
DtJ?  90  (pass.) 
n^ntiS  187.  2.  c 
15  (n.)  221.  6.  a 
13(adv.)43.a,235.3(4) 
naS  139.  2 

n|5i  4.  a 

n33  54.  2 

■niss  200.  c 
ni:3  211.  a 

Tjnn'bs?  24.  6,  131.  2 
DD3  50.  1,  2 
■j^rS  208.  3.  a 
ClJS  197.  a,  210,  217 
niSJS  203.  5.  a 
D^BJS  203.  1 
bSDS  22.  a 

ni-ips  45.  2 

np3  198 

KDS  51.  3,  200.  a 

^iflU2  221.  3.  a 


^DS  93.  a 

T 

nnXIDD  220.  1.  b 
bps  51.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
i-DDS  61.  6 
n^D3  200.  6 
qps  80.  2.  a  (3) 
'^BD3  216.  2.  a 
nOS  199.  <Z 

njD-'ninps  24.  b,  220. 

2.  c 

d:?s  121. 1 
nrip5?3  104.  i 

?13  197.  a,  217 

nB3  198.  c 

•^SS  237.  2  (2) 

i^iES  220.  2.  c 

:nD93  220.  1.  5 

D:'bB3  203.  4 

nSD  82.  5.  a 

•nSb  208.  3.  b 

n^D  80.  2,  92.  c,  126.  2 

D'^'ISS  187.  2 

nnnns!)  io4.; 

1^5  199.  b 

nint'ns  199.  (^ 

nns  50.  3,  197.  b 
D13  183.  b 

•/AT 

Clb  186.  2.  a 

b^^S  50.  3,   193.  2.  c, 

221.  6.  a 
Dp'13  68.  a 
'TIS  141.  2  (p.  175) 

itj'is  221.  5.  c 
-nns  119.  1 


ri-nS  60.    4.  a,    61.  5 

93.  «,    121.  1 
^nns  119.  4 
'in'lS)  199.  6 

airs,  nairs  51.  2 

D^^irS  197.  d 
"IT??  82.  1.  a  (1) 
"jinirS  193.  2 
nm  183.  6,  215.  1.  a 

nn?  77. 1, 78. 1 
riins  139.  2 
n:n3  216.  2.  5 
r;h5  207. 1.  d 

^ns  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 

?in?  61. 1.  b 
nisris  203.  5.  a 
nnj  50.  1 

rns  141.  1  (p.  175) 

b  231.  1,    233,   242.    5, 

267.  b,  272.  2.  a 
^5b  11.  1.  a,  b 
fc^b  51.  4.  a,  235.  1 

t^^!^,  ^5^&!|b,  W=ii|:b 

57.  2  (2)  a 

\D^fi5b,  '^?'i&5b,  Wi^b 

57.  2  (2)  a 
n^ri^Xb  14.  a 
"lixb  159.  2 
•USb  11.  1.  a 
t:sb  156.  3 
n^sV^  39.  4.  a 

in'bxb,  D^n'bsb  57.  2 

(2)  a 


INDEX    III, 


373 


nibsb  57.  2.  (2)  a 

U^b  207.  2.  c 

-ibsb  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 

2.  c,  231.  3.  a 
nS-lP  i5b  27 
nb  61.    3,    186.   2.  c, 

197.  6,  215.  1 
n^2b  208.  3.  f/ 

nnb  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nnb  61.  3,    200.  c,  216. 
1,217,  221.  1,  3,222 

anbi  61.  1.  a 
■»:rnnb  lo-t.  k 

^nb  235.   3  (1),   237. 
2(2) 

■jri'inb  220.  1.  b 
nnab  220.  1.  b 

©12b  90  (pass.) 

S'^ab  196.  d,  209.  2.  & 

T    •    :  ' 

y'bnb  125.  2 
•jnb  80.  2.  b 
inb  207.  1.  b,  215.  1.  a 

n:nb  200.  b 
)Y^  "i^nb  35.  1 

©nb,  TlJnb  82.  1.  a  (1) 
tJn"b  90  (pass.) 

Dirnb  104.  A 

rnb  (nnnb)  53.  2.  a 

?^Sb  125.  2 
t^mb  231.  4.  a 

n'lb  148.  2 
n^b  148.  2 
•'nnb  148.  2 
r\:n^b  104.  ^ 


hb  27 

nnnb,  nnnb  63.  1.  a, 

214.  1.  6,  216.  2.  6 

nnb  141.  2  (p.  175) 
t2rb  119. 1 
niT-ib  112.  2,  177.  1 
nrnb  231.  5.  a 
npsnb  91.  6 
b'^'Qirnb  180.  a 
n-iarnb  94.  6 
Ti2Trnb  94.  6 
lb  11.  1.  b 

ib  51.  4.  a 
lb  239.  1 

n^b  200.  a 

•''lb  194.  2.  a,  210 
ii^b^b  4.  a 

nisbib,  see  ni^bb 
^b^b  194.  2.  Z> 
■^bnb  239.  2  (3) 
D-^b^b  187.  1.  e 
l^b  158.  3 
nb  207.  2.  a 
i^'^prib  113.  2 
D'l^nb  208.  4 
^.■^nb  216.  1.  a 

^bnb  61.  1 
p'^bnb  113.  2 
onb  77.  2 
Dnb  92.  f/,  121.  1 

Onb  60.  1.  a,  61.  2.  a, 
184.  5,  197.  b 

canb  139.  2 
n::nb  63.  1.  b 


"listib  61.  1 
nils  lisnb  43.  b 
-nn"inb  141.  6 
nicnb  175.  2 
O'^nnb  203.  5.  b 
nn'^i^b  53.  2.  a 

^^5^''^,  '^i'n'^^  231.  3.  a 
b^b  184.  b,  200.  a,  208. 
3.  c 

nb;«b  61.  6 

•j-ib  158.  2,  3 

"ib'^b  148.  1 
-nn;^''b  i4.  a,  24.  b 

57.  2  (3)  a 
•yb  65.  a 
tfb,  ^b  151.  1 

HDb   151.  1,  240.  2 

-birb  13.  a 

IDb  239.  2  (3) 

n:Db,  ^*jDb  151.  1 

riDb  61.  2,  151.  1 

nDb  151. 1 

V/ST 

niPDb  22.  a 

^r^d^  151.  1 

ni5bbl87.  1.^,  207.  2.  a 
•jnbb  94.  b 

"Tiab  78.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
^•ffib  92.  c^ 
-TEb  92.  c 
^nn^b  86.  6  (2  f.) 

n-ab,  ni2b  231.  4.  a 

ittb  233.  a 

nnnriab  219. 1.  a 
nro-ab  219. 1.  a 


374 


INDEX    III. 


W'l'Qb  220.  1.  i 
l^b  237.  2  (1) 
n^:72b  45.  2 
nbs^TOb  219.  1.  a 


nri;:b  64.2,127.1,132.2  tb;y^^  191.  5.  a,  207. 
ppb  141.  1  (p.  175)  1.  e 

r.sn|:)b  57.  2  (3)  a,  237.  ^s^yi  60.  4 


2(3) 


■}3?rb  237.  2  (2),  267.  6  i^lb  148.  1 

nTr«  -j^iab  239.  2  (2) 

^n:2?^b  246.  2.  a 

nanab  4. « 
^^:b  237. 2  (1) 
n:bi  156.  4 

D"*;!?  156.  2 
HDbb  237.  2  (1) 

bs:b  131.  2 
bspb  22.  a 

Tl?b  113.  2 

irbi  156.  4 

Dbi3?b  16.  2.  a 
ni2yb  237.  2  (2) 

ni:?b  173.  2 
"it?:?b  94.  h,  113.  2 
nnsb  22.  a 

•'Sb  237.  2  (2) 
^:Bb  194.  2 


nib  231.  4.  a 
n^lb  231.  4.  a 
DDOT'nb  119.  1 
n*>nb  231.  4.  a 
Ti^icb  131.  4 
p™b  119.  1 
nbii5l2Jb  219.  1.  a 
n'^a^b  94.  6,  231.  5.  a 
•jit^b  197.  6 

nsirb  51.  4 
nbiDb,  nbffib  60.  2.  a 
"lOTb  94. 6 
nb  54.  2, 148.  2 

nnb  231.  4.  a 

qb  nnb  35. 1 

p,  "52  see  I'D 
^i5^  235.  3  (1) 


"izpb  237.  2  (2),   267.  h  O'liJ^  93.  a 

fb  156.  2 

xasb,  i^h^fb  22.  a 

pn^b  119. 1 

npb,  ''npb  132.  2 

npb  132.  2 

npb  (npb)2)  53.  2.  a, 

93.  e 


nift-a  207.  1./,  226 
bj^&^'Q  93.  6 
^y^yi  207.  2.  a 
nti-^i^a  195.  3 


nDC^)2  19.  2,  119.  3 
DC^)2  119.  3 

'i^'rcfii'a  33.  2 
n^rci^'a  33.  2 
n;^b&i|:"a  195.  3 

Tmi  237.  2  (1) 
n:'ni?12  203.  4,  226 

n-jn^  207.  2. 6 
rinpn^  63. 1.  a 
*iri"L:ni2  60.  1.  a 
^nti  164.  2 
•'n^^ba'a  237.  2  (4) 
:T]n^n72  119.  1,  221. 
2.  a 

T^^n-Q  25 

"i^n-a  197.  ^»,  200.  c, 

207.  1.  6 

wa:'^  61.  6 
'ji'^r^^,  TO"a  55.  2.  a 
b'Mij'a  200.  c 
nbbi:*^  142.  1 

ni3»)2  207.  1.  c 
1^^  190.  6,  207.  2,  210. 
a,  215.  1.  6,  216.  1.  a 
n5?513  205 


nnpb  16.  3. 5, 127.  3    '^nni?^  237.  2  (1) 

CTpb-1  100.  2.  a  (1)       bDii^'a  190.  a,    191.  5, 
nnpb  60.  2.  a,  127.  1         197.  6 


'^i^'?3  190.  h,  191.  5.  a,  nB5)2  216.  1.  6 
200.  c  tnr^tl  207.  1.  h 

D'^rTXb  203.  2  TS^'a  61.  5 

"la  207.  2.  a 
pan'a  95.  a 

nna^-a  219.  i 


INDEX    III. 


375 


n-iian^   66.  2   (2)  6, 
219.  1 

^i-a  141.  5 

™  184.  b 
T^-jl-Q  190.  b,  191.  4 
•j™  190.  6,  207.  1./ 
y^'^13  2.35.  2  (3) 
i;^n)p  100.  6 

''rnp  216. 1.  c? 
^5^*^^  i67.  i 

ptJ  190.  6 
y^«  190.  b 

T      - 

^:P^'lb  220.  1.  b 
TO,    TO,    n^    75.    1, 

196.  a 
HTO  141.  2  (p.  175) 

nia^rra  i98.  a  (3) , 

m'-^TO  177.  1 

b  nxbTO  237.  2  (4) 

D-^pbTO  94.  e,  151.  1 

DTO  75.  1 

n-'tp?  n^  63.  1.  a 

HDETO  191.  4,  198.  a 

(3),    207.  1.  a,  216. 

1.  h 
nmpTO  95.  e 
nTO  60.  4.  a,  235.  3  (2) 

ni!?r,TO  1  ^2.  3 

nsil3  197.  d 

rr^nKi-a  205 
Kn^-a  167.  2 
t:iia  157.  1 
bra,  bi-a  237.  1 
bbi^  141.  4 


loTa  200.  c 
^'ora  150.  5 
no^'a  190.  b 
npii3  200.  c 

'irilD  190.  6 

n^:ji^  90 

ni23?il2  207.  1.  a 
TS^-a  140.  6 
i^^i)2  191.  5.  a 
N*3ii^  C^S)  94.  f,  165.  2 

i5:2i^  (i^b)  165.  2 

'^i^Si'a  60.  .3.  c,  216.  1.  a 
nx^173  167.  2 

:n;[?5i)2  150.  4 
r^nitj  207. 2.  a 
D-'^niia,  D^;\^ni^  59.  a 

'^Onitt  216.  1.  a 
mjitt   191.  3,  5.  a,  200. 

c,  215.  1 
^n-'TJJi'a  61.  6.  a 
mi3  61.  2,  183.  b,  208. 

3.  c,  217 

niia  57. 2  (5) 
nm-a  61.  6.  a 

T  :    IT 

'^ni^  221.  5.  a 

nnt'a  60.  2.  a,  190.  a, 

191.  3,  197.  6,  200.  a, 
215.  1.  b 

naT-a  126.  1 
D'^ninsT'a  220.  1. 6 
Dnh^T^  220.  2.  a 

nja  24.  a,  75.  1 

I'^r'a  53.  2.  «,  111.  2.  c 

r\bT"a  207.  1.  a,  210.  £> 


-littra  191.  5 

niTOTa  207.  1.  a 
^■'^TI^T^  161.  2 

nn'iT'a  219.  1.  6 

p^^lT^  200.  c 
'm^™  164.  4 

mnna  54.  1, 205.  6 
bbint)  142.  1 
bra  140.  5 
D-'-'bHia  190.  6 
D^'abra  94.  e 

I^j?"^™  207.  1.  J 

mbn-a  190.  a 

n:ra  197.  z»,  200.  c, 

209.  1 

^nrra  220.  1.  6 

p:ni2  190.  a 

CEon^  ISO.  ci 

T    :     -..     : 

D-inSS^ra  180.  a 

n^'^^m  94.  ^ 

D'^^niira  180.  a 
^Ijpra  190.  a 

nnra  19.  2.  ^,  196. 5 

ninrra,  nincn^  6q 

3.  a,  216.  2.  a 
ptm  207.  2.  6 

na-j-a  191.  4 
nro^  197.  ^>,  200.  c 
^ni:b  220.  1.  b 
iincj-a,  i^nrc^  24. 6 

T     :     •   '  T  t;    • 

^iriulTa  168.  a,  174.  1 

nixb-Jti  167.  1 
'nbub-j^  161.  2 
ni5i3"ja  167.  1 


376 


INDEX  III. 


^D'ap'Q  216.  1.  c 
T^-Q  190.  a 
•il^D^  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  a 
ni:i3  200.  a 

T      T 

X-JD)?  196.  c? 
ip  75.  1,  196.  a 
•Tl^p  220.  2.  6 
-i^ni^TQ  13.  a 

in;'ri3,  hd-'^  57.  2 

(2)  b 
n'^'Q  201.  1,  203.  5.  c 

•'XS-'Ta  57.  2  (2) 
D^'D'^lS^'a  150.  1 

mp'^riQ  11.  1.  a 

np.ri3  61.  4,  207.  1.  e 
'[^'^12   4.  a 

-T      • 

np^i'a  150.  4 
niir-^t)  190.  6 

™''P  57.  2  (2) 

-iir^ri  190.  ^,  191.  4 
n'''i(L"''a  210.  c 

n'isp'Q  200.  c 
bbp  260.  2  (1) 
U'hD'a,  DbD)a  94.  a 
nb3)2  53.  2.  a 
DD)a  190.  6    ' 
HDia  77.  2,  80.  2 
baiDtl  54.  3,  180.  a 
rnD'Q  216.  1.  6 
n-lDia  98.  1.  a,  125.  I 

T   :      •  ' 

•^13)2  216.  1.  a 
D'^blCD'a  95.  a 
nstJDia  207.  1.  a 
Tunisia  220.  2.  a 


i^b-Q  82.  1.  a  (1) 
i^bri  (v.)  77.  3,   82.  1. 

J(l) 
i5bl3  (adj.)  90  ^ 
i^b^  166.  2 
i5>^  165.  2 
riijbp  201.  1.  a 
r\^'ikb)2  166.  2 
nii^b^  166.  2 
D^i|:b^  201.  1.  a 
nDXb^57.  2(3)a,  214. 

1.  b 
D'^DKb'a  11.  1.  b 
:nDD5jb)2  220.  2.  c 
ni^'b^  166.  2 
•'ri^b^  33.  1,  61.  6.  a, 

218 
nnb)2  237.  2  (2) 

innb)?  220. 1.  b 

pbl2  191.  3 
nb^  200.  b.  e 

^b)a  165.  3 

HDlbla  198.  a  (2) 
riDlb^  98.  1.  a 

ybri  207. 1.  c 

liinib^  92.  b 
nb)2  187.  1.  a 

^nb-a  216.  1.  a 

Ubtl  92.  c? 

-i2bp,  JT^bigso.  1,  92.  c 

D^b^,  V^^  199.  a 
V^y^  217 

nii-^b^a  2i7 

-^btl  89 


1\Vi2  63.  2.  a,   217.  22L 
5,  222 

tfb^  65.  a 

bn^-^i^t)  44.  a 

Tdra  11.  1.  a 
nsb^a  211,  217,  222 

Itf^n-tibia  44.  a 
iDb-a  11.  1.  a 
i3bl2  66.  2  (2)  a 

iDb-a  61.  1 

n^Db^22.  a,  209.  3,217 

nibb-a  64.  2 

•iDb^   11.  1.  a 

^pb-p  61.  1,  216.  2,  2.  a 

^±11  89  (f.  s.) 
ni^Db^  62.  2 
Q^pb-a  64.  2 
l^pb-a  199.  a 

p^:^-^3b)2  61.  6.  a,  195. 
3,  218.  a 

ufm  75. 1 
bbtt  141.  4 

^)2b^   191.  2 

nbi^^ab-a  235.  2  (3) 
•nrsb-a  53.  3.  a,  111.  2.  c 

'^rsb'Q  237.  2  (2) 
nipbia  191.  5 
©ipb-a  190.  a 

D'^npb'Q  190.  «,  203.  2 
■^DTpb^a  93.  a 

^Tb*q  164.  2 
niypb-Q  51.  4 
n^^iari  139.  3 
nin^ia'a  24.  6, 190.  a 


INDEX    III. 


377 


0^™*??  209.  1.  a 
■13^12  191.  5.  a 
D'^X^P^  107.  1 
rdVffa  191.  5.  a,  211, 

214.  1.  b 
nDbt3"D  61.  1.  h 

^yysira^  45.  3 

ni3)2  190.  h 

tr^'nmi  24.  6,  i9o.  a 

?TMp  93.  e 

TbtfTQ  198.  a  (3),  214. 

1.  6,  221.  2.  a 
113  174.  5 
IP  232,  233,  242.  a,  260. 

1,  267.  h 
Va  4.  a 
fijr*a  96.  a,  6,  122.  2, 

131.  6 

njia,  ^s-a  140.  6 
nir-Q  207. 1.  c 

Dtl3  207.  1.  c 

T!^}}'^  24.  h 

nsp  160.  5 

•1313   61.   6.  a,    199.    6, 

232.  a 
*'3'a  232.  a 
^'SVq  127.  2 
ni'';??)^  209.  2.  a 

rns:^  4.  a 

njTQ  196.  6,  211.  a 

"Djp  19.  2.  a 

D13  54.  2.  a,  207.  2.  a 

nop  140.  5 

riEl3  54.  2.  a 


^^P"a   140.  5 
tJC-a  190.  h,  216.  1. 
MDCna  216.   1.  6 
I^C-a  190.  a 
15972  93.  e 

ni:2pp  50.  2 

D''K^C'Q  167.  1 
TOpia  200.  c 
X±rq  139.  2 
"15013    190.  a,   191. 
215.  1.  6 

trtrq  53.  2.  a 

"IPDl?  94.  e 

"ir\rici3  54.  4 

''"12^13  216.  1.  a 

riray-a,  nins3?i3 

1.  b 
b  nn:?i3  237.  2  (2) 
■j^?)?  200.  c 

!^?P  210 

Ti:>i3  190.  ^>,  210.0, 

1.  a 

p'S^tt  207.  1.  c 

t^im  161.  4 
mryp  54.  3,  221. 

D*inT5'13  94.  e 
myi  60.   3.  c,   183. 
207.  2.  a 

t:;?i3  78.  1, 121. 1 
Dn^s^'a  221.  2.  6 

D''2?13   201.  1 

y^m  200.  c 

i:^?13  61.  6.  a 
T5'13  158.  3 


nD?13  196.  b 
a      ^TOm  194.  2.  a 

bm  190. 6 

bm  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.2 
bm  237.  2  (1) 

bm  190. 6 

nb57'J3   190.  b 

T   -:    - 

Db5l3  119.  3 
tim  237.  2  (1) 
4,     I?!?  190.  6 

tj'n-n::?!?  60.  4.  a 
n^y-a  216.  1.  a 
ir\'^'':r\Ti2  21 6.  2.  a 

"^Dn?!?  216.  2.  a 

tr\m  60. 3.  c 
207.  nir5?i3  209. 1 

^ir^-a  200.  0,  215. 1 
bs-a  191.  1 

T      - 

'^rE'a  237.  2  (2) 

n^"i]:sti  95.  a 

216.  "^S-a  140.  5 

nrs"a  191.  2, 215.  1.  h 
n-^i^sip  221.  I.a 

yo  156.  2 
6.  b  ^^"^  11.  1.  6 

^TQ  57.  2  (2),  163 
6,     DrJ^l^a  61.  1.  f,  164.  4 
^•jKStJ  89  (f.  pi.) 

ri52ra  57.  2  (2),  205 
onjcis'a  104.  e 
prr^c^'a  104.  i 
Dnh^'a  220.  2.  a 

^'I'O  190.  ^>,  200.  a 
T\^Ta  190.  6 


378 


INDEX    III. 


nto  207.  1.  c 

T\r}%*a  198.  c 

bTCi  140.  5 
^Ta  190.  h 

^v:ra  i9i.  5 

p^^   150.  5 
^TQ  190.  ^>,  210 

^ni-a  194.  1 
tr^'rra  idi.  d 

n^"^?^3  207.  2.  a 
"'mia  164.  2 
p12  186.  2.  c 
te^pp  191.  5.  a 
t>7;?'a  24.  b,  190.  a 
^C^ptJ  216.  2.  a 
DD'iJ°;?P  104.  A,    221. 

3.  a 
Diptl  197.    6,    200.   a, 

216.  1   ' 
bi-JplO  217.  a 
TJpTS  95.  a 
"i^^pp  61.  6.  a 
bp)2  200.  a,  215.  1.  6 


a  90  (3  pi.; 
rOp^  165.  3 
njpip  221.  7 

^^nssp^a  90  (2  f.) 

nb:i2pa  216.  2.  a 
^H^yp'a  167.  1 
''SiJ'^pa  216.  1.  a 
nnp13  24.  6 
nnpa  95.  a 
">PP^  161.  2 


ii'^a  196.  d 

nx-ia  217 
Hijn^  217 

n^n^  220.  1.  & 

^nij5-i)a  220.  1.  6 
nii2Ji5'ia  201. 1 
•^nuJNnia  214.  2.  6 
s^ania  80.  2. 5 

I'Sn'a  191.  3,  215.  1.  b 

Sn^'Tia  22.  a 

ns^ina  119. 3 
ri^^^  114 
rinh  34, 141. 1 
rni2  34 

m^  61.  5 

T      T 

i-ia  172.  2 
DW™  161.  4 

nm)2  161.  4 

f™  190.  b 

ni'-y'a  215. 1.  b 

pnna  191.  5,  207.  2.  J. 

210.  e 
n^^'b  24.  c,  93.  e 
!mT^)9  198.  a  (4) 

tf'nb  190.  b 

nsna  190.  a 

nnsn*)?  58.  2.  «,  210.  ^. 

214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  6 

nnsna  114 

5^*1)2  140.  5 

n:^-ia  190. 6 
^ni^'na  220.  1. 6 

Wna  190.  6 

n'lTa  141.  5 


nnn-a  216. 1.  b 

trna  60.  4.  a 

u^tyra  203.  5 
nii^tL^a  166.  2, 191.  4 

njM  221.  6.  a 
^^m  190.  a,  191.  2 

^^2to  191.  1 
D*'b"^&5rto  180.  a 

irto  164.  2 

n"}i<TZJa  3.  1.  a 
^11Z)2  215.  1.  6 
mra  191.  4 

nnniira  161.  4 

'HHTJ'a  (inf.)  125.  2 
nra^  215.  1.  b 
nnOT  54.  1,  205.  b 

n'i'ir'a2io 
^nwrti  104.  k 
n2tL"73  200.  c 
nsria  95.  a 

^Dt'ia,  ma  89(m.  pi.) 

nbsira  207. 1.  a 
riapt^a  27. 

■jSffip  200.  c,  e 

^D^ria  66. 2  (2)  c 
^bira  95.  a 

D^aTL'12  139.  3 

caaM  191.  5 
QP5'"aTra  60.  3.  a 
ntnra  217 
snnaOT  214.  1,  217 

r\:^t)2  207.  1.  a 

nnsira  214. 1.  6 
nnsca  61.  1.  b 


INDEX    III. 


379 


ipHEr'a  60.  3.  a 
^'C^m   92.  b 
•ibiEM  61.  6.  a,  218 
'p-^'Q  190.  b 
nj^t'^  80.  2.  b,  93.  e 
q-ipir^   190.  a 

nmia  210.  c 

rnt^)2  54.  1,  205.  5 

irra  ui.  1  (p.  175) 
:?5nra  126. 1 
Dn"'nnpr'2  9o  (2  m.), 

176.  1 
\"1M  22.  b,  223.  1.  a 

D"^nrp  22.  6 

m  57.  2  (5),  82.  1.  a 

(1),  153.  1,  156.  2  bis 
m  54.  1 

D^ps^n^  82.  5.  a 

r.nb  34 
nr,^  34 

nn^  86.  b  (2  in.) 
pin^  185.  2.b,  207.  1.  c 
np^nl3  66.  2  (2)  c 

nbi^^nt:  218.  « 
nnnnp  94.  a 
nnriia  237.  2  (1) 

D*ri2  201.  1,  207.  2.  a 
^320)2    96.  6 
nif.bM  24.  a,  75.  1 
^^V^V''?   141.  6 

ybriia  80.  2.  6 
nirbra  51.  4 

D™  190.  6 
•JM  215.  1.  a 


t^'^ino  208.  4 

?p::?™  141.  6 

pn^  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

liiin^  141.  5* 
nra  54. 2, 205./ 

i<D  46 

XD  240.  2,  263.  1.  a 
"li^D  200.  « 

"'"1^X5  60.  3.  a,  61.  6.  a 
nn^3   168.  a,  174.  1 
nii5D  57.  2  (2)  a,  187. 

1.  f? 
1155J  174.  1 

nii^j  159.  1 

SniXD  56.  4 

^rnxbiii.  2.  c? 

Dif2  90  {2X188.) 
V\'^2  121.  1 

r.Si|:.p  60.  3.  6  (2) 

D^D^SSD  187.  2.  c 
f&5D  82.  5.  ff,  121.  1 
f  i^p  60.  4.  a,  92.  d 
m'SiJp  63.  1.  a 

^^ni2£SlJ  63.  i.  a 

"IJi^p   121.  1 
ni-lX?   140.  2 

nxt;s:  120.  2 

i^np  50.  1,  82.  5.  a 
&5:a5  207.  1.  b 

nn:  219.  1.  b 
^bnns)  65.  6 

nsjinp  198.  a  (2) 
n2rx:"tDiiD  51.  4 


^2ixn'iD^n3  51.  4 
"jinp  158.  4 
nn:  ui.  1 

T  T 

^Thj  140.  2 
mS   165.  3 
^Dhj  159.  1 

D-'pn:  159.  3 

bnj  82.  1.  a  (1),  84.  3. 
«(1) 

bn3i  132.  3 

^33   90 

nbn:  {v^)  141. 1 
pi  bDD  35.  1 

I  •  l"JT 

inbn?  221.  2.  6 
''inbnD  221.  2.  6 
^nbnD  221.  2.  6 
^ni:np  i58.  4 

5?np  50.  1 
npSD  141.  1 

't    :it 

nt'pnai  99.  3 
"in:  140.  2 

ibxb:  83.  c  (2),  122.  2 
ro^:  219. 1 

"^^2  237.  1 

"l^Z^   99.  3 

S?*!;?.?  91.  a 

nro  184.  «,  197.  a,  208. 

3.  6 
nnirO   184.  a,  198.  a.  2 

^•-i^:  140.  2 

T 

rii5:  131.  5 
in:''^:  i96.  6 

STb.^D  91.  b,  173.  2 

^bh:  140.  2 


380 


INDEX      III. 


nto   173.  2 

nrbro  173.  1 
n^b;;D  173.  1 

?1"\2   131.  4 

r^rs^2  60.  3.  a 
mz  207.  1.  e 

ninjD  140.  2 

T2?5?  80.  2.  a  (3),  84. 

3.  a  (2),  130.  1 
-ID  (v.)  156.  2 
"I'j:  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

(p.  175) 
^13  156.  2 
lljiip  57.  2  (5) 
nb"I3   173.  2 
-inj  84.  3.  a  (3),  125. 
DiPID  131.  1 

n;rc  112.  2 
bro  121. 1 
ni^bro  80.  2.  6 
b'bn?  187.  2.  c 

QHD  118.  2 

tysn;  60. 3.  a 

-inj  200.  c,  207.  1.  & 

n^'}r\^  203.  3 

,  niD»1D  149.  1 

^;j^a  149. 1 

nniD  142.  1 

ni:  156.  1 
ni:,  niD  157. 1 

Dn''"pi3  221.  7.  a 
^^b^D  149.  1 
™^D  83.  c  (2),    150 
(p.  182) 


:?iD,  :?iD  157. 1 

©pis  149.  1 

nniDiD  13.  6 

TTD  158.  4 

b'Tp   82.  1.  a  (3),  84.  3. 

a(l) 
ibrj  86.  a,  141.  1 
^brj  86.  a 

nb  60.  2 
i^nnD  63.  1.  6 
3  n^^nriD  63.  i.  6 
nanp  i65.  i 
onsriD  164.  2 

nnp  100.  2. a  (2),  156. 4 
^m   156.  4 
3  U'^'qTi^  187.  2.  a 
tij^np  185.  2 

nir^ns  205 
bn:  80. 1 

bnD  60.  3.  a 

bn?  131.  1 
briD  140.  2 

AT  • 

nbnS  60.  3.  a,  61.  6.  a 
nbriD  60.  3.  a 

^briD  141.  1 
niabna;]  99.  3 
ybn^j  113.  1 

nbriD   196.  b 

nbn:  i4i.  2 

DHJ  77.  2 

OnS  60.  4.  a,  131.  1 

in^ttn?  111.  1 
3  ni'anD  140.  2 

"jHD  135.  2 


'^m  53.  2.  a,  71.  a  (1) 

^p:nD  140.  2, 141.  2 

nnj  140. 2 

nnp  135.  2, 140.  2 

1-ins  141.  1 

nrn?  197.  b,  205,  211 

^rnrnp  193.  1 

nnp  131. 1 

nns  (yy)  140. 2 

^rriD  (fc)  131.  1 

nt::  79.  3.  a 

nrip  131.  3 

nilTSD   172.  5,  209.  3.  « 

iijit:?  131.  3 

TOD  172.  1 

TOD  172.  1 

i^'apD  207.  1.  b 

^D-i^StpD  173.  1 

Ori'CpD  164.  2,  173.  1 

rJ3  60.  3.  c,  184.  a 

:^I2D  131.  4 

rJD  184.  a,  216.  1.  e 

yt:b  126.  1 

'^T^^  131.  3 

npj  51. 1 
nnub  207.  1.  a 

'ip  53.  3.  a 
HTp  59.  a 
nh""?  187.  2.  c 
Dp-ip  105.  a 
fis^D  187.  1.  c 
^Tp  158.  2 
D'^'^p   105.  a 
^i5SD  24.  6 


INDEX    III. 


381 


nSDD  207.  2.  h 
npS  210 
XO}  159.  3 
npiD3   159.  1 
nSIDD  159.  1 

T         : 

HDD   237.  1 

:rnD2  127.  1 

DDD  50.  2 
•PlbD3  91.  6 
nriBOpp  86.  b  (2  m.) 
"I23D  83.  c  (2) 
nD2  216.  1.  h 
•^■ipj  194.  2 

npbp  so.  2.  6 

^ibs  91.  d 
Tibp  159.  3 
DhbD  91.  6,  119.  1 
npbp  132.  2 

nrn-a:  9i.  e 

^™  159.  1 

;\™  159. 1 
rjitij  159.  1 
bir::  159.  1 
cbiTs:  159.  3 
nb^3  200. 5,  e 
^Vnp  159.  1 
onbipp  141.  2 
cti:,  c^p  140. 2 

«^PD  207.  1.  b,  209. 
3.  b 

^T\)^TCl':  60.  1.  a 

nn'f5'522  141.  2 
n-a:  (I'i?)  159.  1 

ni32  185.  2 


njnDj  45.  4,  97. 1 

D3  174.  5 

np5  135.  2,  140.  2 

nxac?  164.  5 
nncD  141. 1 
nncp  140.  2 

nOD  3.   1.  a,    131.  3, 

165.  1 
!\iCp  (K.  fut.)  157.  3 
TO3  (Ni.)  159.  1 
D\V"C3  159.  3 
•'mnOD  11.  1.  a 
^^naiDD     66.    2    (2)    c, 

159.  1 
^Dp  50.  1 
^??  184 

rao":^  220.  1. 6 

*12P3  216.  2.  a 
Cpj  141.  3  (p.  175) 
nyCSI  99.  3 
•ISPSI  99.  3 
D'inS'p  111.  3.  a 
W?  159.  1 
tf^'n'^S??  62.  2 
D'^n^S'p  201.  1.  6 
bys   197.  a,  200.  c 
D^'b??  203.  2,  208.  4 
nbs?:  60.  3.  «,  112.  3 
nrb2?D.  D^'^b?'?  112.  3 
02/3  82.  1.  a  (2) 
n";i32?3  32.  3.  a 

T     :    -J- 

f  1^53   187.  2.  c 

n?3  121. 1 

n2?3  58.  1,  184.  h 


nr:  i84.  6 

nn?|3  58.  1 
pS??  ill.  3.  b 
r\WV\  172.  3 
'^rn^Bp  159.  1 
yiB3  159.  1 

anisisp  159.  1 
n-'sisp  159.  3 
nii^bsp  235.  3  (3) 

riCbSS  166.  1 
nj^bsS  166.  1,  205.  c 

nrii<bB3  166. 1 

ib£3  106.  a 

^i'^bs?  173.  1 

WbB3  173.  1 

bb£3  92.  a 

1?3^  61.  4 

ysp  179.  2.  a 

t:B3  50.  2,102. 1,  197.5, 

200.  c 
d-ibmSS'  187.  2.  ff 
f:  217 

nsp  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 
n^3  217 
T^^l}^  99.  3 
.nS3  61.  2 
P'^'PSS  54.  4,  96.  5 
^:b^3  65.  a 
"^n^i?  86.  b  (2  m.) 
nsp  50.  3,  51.  1 
"123  131.  3 

nnsrs  24.  ^>,  98.  1.  a 

nisrp  24.  5,  106.  6 
Dn-l23  104.  i 


382 


INDEX  III. 


m?  149. 1 
nnp:  i3i.  3 
isnpp  di.  d 

lp5  185.  2.  b 

np:  174.  3 

^ISipj  24.  c 
bippD  217 

□nbp:  159. 1 

"ipD,  i^^pj  185.    2.  c?, 

209.  2 
n'ipS   173.  1 
Wp5  173.  1 

bpp,  bpD  140.  2 

•^n'^pa  141.  2 

Dp5  217 
npD    131.  3 
n)9p5  217 
3?P5  179.  2.  « 
i5'-lpD  91.  5,  166.  3 
nS  43.  cf,  200.  a 
i^-ID  97.  2.  a 
"in:  183.  b 
"5^21  '99.  3,  147.  5 
^5<Sn2   164.  3 
pD  140.  2 
stop  82.  5.  a 
SitJp   131.  3 
XiUS  131.  4 

xir:  (Pi.)  165.  2 
ixirp  164.  4 
r\m:  164.  4 

li2J3  165.  3 
X^irj  57.  2  (3)  a,  86. 
(3  pi.),  164.  3 


^W^  165.  3 
XilJJ  177.  3 
i^t^D  165.  2 

Vb5i23p  119.  1 

112)21   150.  3 

nnintjp  205 

1D^12?D  141.  2 
^'D^t^  220.  1.  6 

n"'t:j;  207. 2.  e 

D''ffi2^   140.  5 
tJTJJ;  84.  3.  a  (3) 
112m   51.  4 
b©p  84.  3.  a  (2) 
n'btJp   124.  a 

ro^biTD  97.  1 
niai^j  141. 1 
n^t?5  141. 1 

'^ptD:  92.  c 
PjtDD  50.  2 
nplSD  53.  3.  «,  128 

nriT^p  24.  c 
nint'p  83.  c  (2) 

WMD  172.  3 

priD  11.  1.  6 

DDinD  11.  1.  6 
tjnp  50.  1,  80.  2.  a 

84.  3.  a  (2) 
•jnj   130.  1,  132.  1 
ihD,  -^rii  131.  4 
"]n2  130.  1.  6 
^snj    24.  c 

D^rns  11.  1.  b 
b  !r^:nD  101.  3.  a 
yn:  50. 1 


fn5  131. 3 
^ni:p!nD  24.  b 
-inp  125. 3 

T2Jnj  50.  1 

nnriD  132. 1 

n^Jp  200.  6,  207.  1./ 

D;ini5D  203. 3 
•  nb,  nho  134. 1, 139.2 
nno  138 
nsp  141.  4 
'iwnno,  ^DnpD  104.  ^, 

139.  1 
^p'^lap  139.   1 

^niap  61.  3 
n^3D  11.  1.  & 
n'^np  235.  3  (1) 

T^2b  90 

-tjnp  19.  2.  a 

iDSp  24.  5,  221.  5.  a 

^Dn?  19.  1,  45.  2 

b^p   187.  1.  a 

ib3C  24.  5,  221.  5.  a 

t;  •..  ' 

nbinp  3. 1.  a 

"1.^5  51.  1 
(3),  n-^^lSp  187.  2.  c 

,nniD  137,  141.  4 

T'O  184.  b 

nnio  186.  2.  a 

DID  58.  1 
npID  58.  1 
^pID  62.  2 
^C'^D  66.  1  (2)  b 
VO^O  62.  2 


INDEX    III. 


383 


nSIOlSG.  2.  a 

n^O  3.  1.  a 

nhiO  53.  2.  a,  220.  1.  b 

nnp  119. 1 

nn-ino  92.  a,  122.  1 
Tip  197.  b,  200.  c,  ^ 
1\^0d1.  1,141.  2  (p.  175) 
bDD  3.  1.  a,   51.  1,  80. 

2.  a  (1) 
tJCDD  138 
IDO  3.  1.  a,  51.  1 

nnbp  125.  1 
bpbp  141.  5 
r,i!?cbpi87.1.^,207.2.a 
pbo  84.  3.  «  (2) 
Dbo  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 

rhb  197.  5 

"1^129  195.  1 

nnnr-ac  io4.  ^ 

n:D  183.  b,  184.  b 
n-ilirp  207.  1.  a 
D-ispDO  207.  2.  a 
-l-iSrO  195.  1 
n?9  19.  2.  a,  89 
n^ljp^  234.  a 
^2?P  131.  3 

n?p,  n:?b  122.  2 
nnijp  51.  1 

CjO  200.  c,  207.  2.  a 

r\tD  3.  1.  a 

^ECI    156.  4 

■jSD  50.  1 

qSD  141.  3  (p.  175) 

nso  61.  4 


D^"1D  210.  a 

•     T 

^D-ilD,  ^D'lnO  60.  3.  c 
nsnO  68.  a 

T  -   :   - 

ino  184.  6 

Diianp  104.  ff 
nnp  217 
nnnp  217 
iinp  66.  2  (2)  a 

n?  197.  6,  200.  c,  215. 
1.  a 

n?  (om.?)  19. 2.  a 

W  112.  5.  c 
12V  65 

V  AT 

mns?  111.  3.  a 

T  :    T 

^12V  220.  2.  6 

T   T   -: 

^12V  65 

AT    T 

i"in?i  61. 1.  (I 

i^in?  216.  1.  a 

''"in?  61.  1 
^n;'nnb  195.  3 
:T|-Tn2?  220. 1.  b 

T)12V  22.  a 
W  112.  5.  b 
•''^n?194.  1,  209.2,  217 
nnn?  62.  2 

ni'^nns?  62.  2 
Q«i^n22?^  n-inny  62.  2 
mns?  217 

^"in?  106.  a 

Dpnn?  106.  a,  127.  2 

nh?^  200.  c 
n^:^  112.  5.  a 

353?  186.  2.  6 


b:.:^  185.  2.  6 

b??  197.  c 

nbs:^  197.  c 

"I?  237.  1,  238.  1,  267.  b 
IV  65.  a 

A- 

n:?  43.  a 
r\iv  112. 5.  a 

T\yj  184.  6 
n^"I?  209.  3 
^It  238.  1.  a 
^3  "1?  239.  2  (2) 
V\]V  112.  5.  a 
W  112.  5.  a 

■^n^:?  220. 2.  a 

nW  186.  2.  b 
TO  235.  3  (1),  236 
■715^  161.  1 
TO  (v.)  157.  1 
•JTO  156.  1 

bn:?,  bi:^  184. 6, 216. 
1.  d 

b-^V  161.  1 

rb^V  51.  1,  208.  3.  c 

^b^v  221.  5.  6 

\h*V  142.  1 

bbi::?  141.  5 
'i;?^  Dbi>  63.  1.  c 
nnb-iy  61.  6.  a 
pS?  156.  1 

p:^  200.  c 

Ills'  141.  4 
D-iy^ir  187.  1.  e 

qis?  201.  1 


384 


INDEX     III. 


y^:p  179.  2.  a 

W  200.  a 

■^?i?  (v.)  57.  2  (5)  a, 

161.  1 
n-^^  (adj.)  187.  1.  h 
li-l^lS?  193.  2 


nir5?  203.  5.  a 

niD*^:?  216. 1.  d 

•'r:?  221.  5.  6 

^n^r:?  220.  2.  c 

T\t^^^  156.  1 

T  :  IT 

^^^  208.  3.  c 


Dy  237.  1 

^tt:?  110. 1 

nb?  60.  3.  5  (1) 
r\12^_  65,  89  (m.  pi.) 
^"TaS'  60.  1.  a 
^"1125?  111.  3.  « 


nn:^,2?  198.  a  (3),  201.  1  W  197.  o,  200.  5,  207.  ^^^?  45.  2,  106.  a 


n?^'  161.  1 
ty,  Tb  65.  a 

at' 

rS?  200.  b,  207.  2 
bTb5T?  11.  1.  a,  168.  a 

nnr?  98.  i 

?[\:inTy  22.  a 
"inrb  61.  6.  a 
tjnT:^  111.  3.  a 

^Dr\nT2?  104.  ?• 

•  AT  :  -  •:  " 

l^rj  60.  3.  5  (1),  184 
^•T3?,  '^•TS'  221.  6 
?]-J?  61.  5 
W  112.  5.  6 
TO  184 
nnt:?  196.  6 

T  :    V 

nmry  6i.  e.  a 

T    T   :     V 

rrj:?  112.  5.  b 

n^-ji?  209.  1.  a 

T    : 

5]^^?  195.  1 
n^Sb-JS?  207.  1.  a 
™  50.  1,  112.  5.  b 
rTlt32?  214.  1.  & 
1^  53.  3.  a 
i:':?  201.  1 
"p^:?  199.  a 


1./  D'^S'TE?  209.  2,  210.  d 

n'TO220.  1.  b,  221.  5.  6  '^'B:?   199.  6 
D"TO  207.  2.  c  "^"fil?  214.  2 

TD'^:?  197.  a  ^^?  65.  a 

©^nS?  195.  1 
15^,  -IDIJ  51.  4 
n?:^  112.  5.  a 
by  237.  1,  238.  1,  267.6 


bb  186.  2.  c 
nib5?  51.  1 

T  :   - 

U^12^bV  201.  1.  b 
ibv  112.  5.  c 
rbS?  185.  2.  6 

••    T 

^rb^  111.  3.  a 

^Tb^  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.  a  ni25^  60.  3.  6  (1) 

lbs?  238.  1.  a  inis57  174.  6 


D'^m:?  207.  2.  « 

pb?  185.  2.  6,  207.  1.  C 

217 
p^3?  184 
^•DS?  208.  3.  b 

rrnbr:  3.  4 

^nsy  24.  6,  216.  2.  a 
ns?  174.  3 
153?  185.  2.  c^ 


^b3?  3.  4 

■ji^b:^  193.  1 

njbib?  198.  a  (4) 
)ybV  239.  2  (3) 
DblJ  112.  5.  b 
nprb:?  237.  2  (2) 

nsb:^  93.  c 

''S-b:?  237.  2  (2) 
yb?  112.  5.  c 


)'^'P  184.  6,  197.  a,  208.  nribb  61.  6.  a 


3.  c  bis,  217 


D5?  197.  6,  207.  2.  a 


W  185.  2.  c? 
:tf3?  104.  6 
Ijy  198,  217 
1.25^   141.  4 
njp?  198,  217 
-iDD:?  139.  1 
DDBp?  221.  6.  c 
p5?  50.  1 
'^tT\^^_   24. '6 
OniCy  141.  2 
D''i5S5>  208.  3.  d 


INDEX   III. 


385 


bS?  112.  5.  a 
"ysV  200.  a 

T    r 

nsb  208.  3.  b 
D^n?5?  60.  3.  b  (2) 

nns::'  ci.  6.  « 


nii'i:?,  min'i^  45.  5.  «  n^tox;  214. 1.  b,  223. 1 
"in^i:?  22.  a  nnt?:j  loe.  c?,  224 

D^'ifl'^nn:?  62.  2.  Z;,  209.    )^^W  210.  5,  227.  3 


a^nicy  208. 3.  a,  225. 1 

tr\m  225.  1.  a 

™:j  172. 1 

pic:?  185.  2.  c 

•jir?  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  b 
)tV  216.  1.  e 

rra^i?  200.  c,  216. 1.  b  ■'Ip'nj^o  i7.  2 
^y'ly  187. 1.  e  nir?  79. 2, 112. 5. 6, 

125.  3 

nt;:^  197.  a 

'^nUpi?  224.  a 
rilhTTS?  207.  1.  d 


:^.  a 

U^:iy_   208.  4 
f37  43.  a,  185.  2  c?,  198,  ^TO  60.  3.  b  (l) 

217  W"l?  187.  1.  e 

]^2^^  193.  2  '^'i:?  216.  1.  a 

DD^nsr?  24.  b,  216.  2.  a  l^-inij  210.  a 
nii?  184.  6  C'S),  217      riD-^.ij  lll.  3.  a 
ms?  198 

n:^nb:??  203.  5 

Di?  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  C]"!?  80.  2.  6 

a  (2)  bans?  193.  2.  c 

02!^  197.  b,  200.  c  ^^5?  197.  a 
D:23?  217 

nt52r5?  217 

T    :  T 

"IIS:^  50.  3,  112.  5.  b 

DD''n''^s::?  24.  ^ 

^;^n22?   220.  2.  a 

np:j  112.  5. 6' 

np?  200.  c,  d,  215.  1.  b  ^iuy   (part.)  l72.  5 

ntjx,  np5?  239.  2  (2)     iiay  172.  2 

ninpy  24.  b,  216.  2.  a    itoS^  172.  2 

^^ninp^  24. 6  iiui?  62.  2.  c 

■'np:?  24.  6,  216.  2.  a  nillTi'  172.  5,  209.  3.  a 

np?  185.  2.  6  n'i'O  221.  7.  a 

bpbp3?  188  tyteS?  201.  2 

nnp:?  195.  1,  207.  2.  6  '^T"U'?  227.  1 

TCP?  112.  5.  a  n-itoy  86.  b  (1  c.) 

tDp^  187.  1.  b  "'^r-'^W  102.  1.  a 

^2?  156.  2  ^Tl):j  62.  2.  c 

nn^  118.  1  niZJy  224 

nn:?  197. 6 


2m  200.  a 

nin'ffi'S?  24.  6,  216.  2.  a   n5?  43.  a,  197.  6,  200.  c, 

nto  172.  2  207.  2,  215.  1.  6 

nirs?  62.  2.  c  "in^  80.  2 

bKnir5?,  bi{-nir?  13. 5  nr:?  219.  1.  a 

^to?  (pret.)  62.  2.  c         ^r\^.  104.  2 

nn:^  112.  5. « 

pt^V  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
nnij  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

iiS  11.  1.  b 
n^"lN3  189.  2.  c 
tJ-liJIS  104.  c 
:?j;^J<2  104.  5 
TOS  125.  2 
bi^n'lS)  57.  2  (2)  b 

n^^in^D  13. 6 

ni^r  80.  2.  5,   112.  5.  a  Oi-i^B  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 


386 


INDEX    III. 


•j'-^ns  193.  2.  c 

nni?  nns  33.  i.  a,  219. 

1.  h 
n&  11. 1.  h 

ns  185.  2.  6/,  209.  1.  «, 

215.  2.  6,  220.  1.  c 
nb  235.  3  (4) 

^t)  11.  1.  h 

I^^S  179.  2.  a 
lis  139.  1 
niis   141.  4 
TTS  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nns  78. 1 

"ins  184.  b 

nns  198,  211.  a 

ins    131.  3 

nns  131.  4 

TJD  125.  3 
■"D  61.  6.  a 
n-^S   198.  c 

^n-iE,  r^^  62.  2 

©5^2   59.  a,   195.  1, 

197.  a,  200.  h 
^nffiSibiS)  220.  1.  h 
Xbs   18.  2.  c 
r^bs  92.  c 
:^>B  92.  c 
TZJDtbD    59.    Of,    195.  1, 

197.  a,  200.  6,  208. 

3.  a 
D^pbs  66.  2  (2)  c 
ID-lbs   207.  1.  c 

mp-^bs  198 

■^"J-'bs   216.  1.  h 


nb^bS   198.  a  (2) 
n^b^bs  198.  a  (4) 
bbs  141.  1  (p.  175) 
"^Dbbs  68.  «,  75.  3 

''pbbx  "^sbs  75.  3 
■^nirbs  194. 1 

^nbs  199.  h 
•JS  239.  1 
n2S  143.  a 

T     T 

OJS  39.  4.  « 
n-irs  197.  5,  201.  1 
WDS  220.  2.  c 
''12"'2S   194.  2 

^tr^'':lJ^  loo.  2.  a  (1) 

nSS  187.  1.  h 
bos  208.  3.  h 
b:?S   76.  2,  83.  5,  84.  3. 

a  (3),  118.  2 
b:?2  60.  1.  «,  61.  2,  4, 

208.  3 
ib?S  60.  3.  h  (2),  221. 

5.  a 
ibjS  221.  5.  a 
'^bjS  60.  3.  5  (2) 
^b?S  61.  1 
DDbyS  19.  2 
ars   60.   1,    63.   2.  a, 

197.  5,  200.  c,d 
niiS  50.  2,  125.  3 
ipS  80.  2.  a  (4) 
"IpS    89 
^"IPS  86.  a 
'^npS  106.  6 
D"'nipS187.  2 


npS  187.  1 
nip-npS43.  h,  188 
"IS  197.  c 

«^S  18.  2.  f,  61.  2.  a, 
209.  3.  h 

ni^nsii.  1.  a 

ni5-IS   199 
"l^nS  207.  1.  6 
U^^T}'^_   207.  1.  a 

nns  197.  c 
tr^^y^^  207. 1. 6 
•jins  193.  2 

"•ns  194.  2 

•   T    : 

nns  50.  1,  79.  2 

nn-is  187. 1.  d 

^'"IS  57.  2  (4),  184.  &, 

221.  5.  c 
n^nS  62.  2.  f,  209.  1.  a 
'^^^nS  62.  2.  6 
pnS  210.  a 
nDhS  216.  1.  a 

T 

nons  200.  c 

ns  200.  a 

nns  11. 1.  a 
nns  104.  d 

nsns  141.  4 
pS  50.  2 

f^ns  200.  c 

pnS  50.  1 

tJns  210.  a,  216.  1.  a 

on?  50.  3 

tjns  119. 1 

tens  50.  3,  68.«,  180.  a 
DDirnS  104.  A,  119.  1 


INDEX    III. 


387 


n^.S  196.  h,  209.  1.  a 
ItDDI  100.  2.  a  (2) 
tlTTD  80.  2.  a  (l),  84. 
3.   a  (3) 

nnirs  200.  h 
Dnirs  156.  1 
ns  197.  «,  200. 5,  207. 

2.  a 

ni^ns  235.  2  (1) 

WnS    215.  1.  a 

m'ns  139.  2 

nps  80. 1 

inns  106.  «,  125.  2 

■•ns   208.  3.  (/ 

bhbns  188 

«3?  148.  3 
nssr  (n.)  216.  1.  h 
tnsjs:  (v.)  148.  3,  164.  5 
npiJiS  148.  3,  164.  3 
D^bxsr  208.  3.  a 
■jfi^'^S   201.  1 
'iXiNIS?  216.  1.  a 
n'^X^i52  188.  a 

nssr  148.  2 

•^nXSr  148.  2 

?|ns2  30.  2 

Xn^  200.  a,  215.  2.  c 

n-'i^n^  56.  4 
n^sin^t  53.  4 

''n^f  208.  3.  (? 

n^n2  209.  2.  6 
n^n'i:  i65.  3 

n:2  207.  2.  a 


p-^^lt  187.  1 
pn^   84.  3.  a  (2) 
pn^  184,  198.  a  (2) 

p^sr  80.  1 

np72£  198.  a  (2),  216. 
•ippn^   65.  a 
^np^S  92.  d 

nh:2  50.  1 
nnbr  i97.  a 
r^^yy^  19. 2,  203. 5, 

208.  4 
12  174.  5 
nX12   11.  1.  a 
ni51^  200.  c,    215.  1, 

216.  1.  d 
rm  174.  5 

n^^.3s  57.  2  (2) 
'^n'^isr  11. 1.  a 
DT1112S,  Drr^i^  11. 1. 

pi2  207.  1.  c 
ni3S  (v.)  50.  3 
-lliT  (n.)  51.  3 
pn^  51.  2 

pn?  92.  (/ 
nns  50. 1 
nh:y  185.  2.  6 

•'S  209.  2 
n;'?  208.  3.  c 
T^  187.  1.  a 

^fr^^  2\o.d 

pr^  187.  1.  c 
r^bp'^S  14.  a 
b^r  207.  2.  a 


nbs  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ninbs  57.  1 
nnb?  57. 1, 210.  e 
ibb^  139.  1 
ibbs  20. 2, 221.  6. 6 

2  D'^bb^  209.  2.  a 
ni'ob^  195.  3 
VbiL  197.  a,  200.  c,  216. 

1.  e 
n?b'2i    198 

b^b^  187.  1.  e,  207.  2. 
a,  216.  2 

D-ib^bsr  16.  3.  6 
i5'a:2  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1) 
K-QIJ  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
•""nm  22.  «,  216.  2.  a 
nm  80.  2.  a  (1) 
ni32  165.  3 

•     T 

'^n'a^f  164.  2 
a  '^rraS?   102.  2,  104.  I 

^TtyrrB'i  24.  ^',  92.  a 
'^pnn^G^r  24. 5 

?]1D?,  q^:?  185.  2 

nrp^  200.  a 

^^^^   119.  3 
p?i  51.  2,  121.  1 
IB?   (part.)  172.  5 
•jiSS  197.  6 
npilDlJ  219.  1 
•^SiBr  194.  2 
niSi:  197.   c,  200.  a, 

207.  1.  d 
•JS?  50.  1 

n:Bt  132. 1 


388 


INDEX   III. 


qS?  141.  2  (p.  175) 
yi-|33r  68.  a,  195.  2 
1"1S2  193.  2.  6,  208.  3. 
pS   T48.  3 
)^pi  86.  6  (3  pi.) 
nj^  148.  2 
nna  216.  1.  a 
nSI-li  98.  1.  a 

nra  200.  a 

n^l?  50.    3,    141.    3 
(p.  175) 

T^'kp  156.  4 

T  It 

Di^p  11.  1.  a 
nxp  156.  3 
rii^p  196.  & 
np  139.  2 

nnp  184. 6 
"nnp  19.  2, 141.  1 
ninp  104.  d 

b3p  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

i^np,  i^np  19.  2.  c, 

221.  5.  a 

n?-bnp  19.  *2 
i:3p  141.  3 

yap   92.  c/ 
n^ip  92.  c 
TjSap  92.  c,  101.  3.  a, 
104.  A 

^ap  78.  1 

nap  200.  c 

inap  104.  j 

T»i"Ip  185.  2.  b 
D'^lpinp  201.  2 


D'lp   65.  a 
ipnp  187.  1.  e 
a  t?np  80.  2.  a  (l),  82. 
a  (2) 
t^p  208.  3.  6 
"ttj'lp   92.  c 
mp    92.  c 
D^tt?7p  19.  2 

nnp  121.  1 
nbnp  197.  (? 
'^nnp  194. 1 
raip  50.  1 
m^p  11. 1.  b 

w^ip,  ''n^':!p  174. 2 

bip  200.  a 
Dip  153.  2,  155 

nriip,  n^a^p  157.  2 
"•^^p  34 

^)2^p  34 
Di^aip  156.  2 

D^ip  83.  c  (1) 
ni^mip  198.  a  (4) 
flp  179.  2.  a 

ni221p  57.  2  (3)  a 

inhnp  21.  1 
np  132.  2 

np  53.  2.  0!,  132.  2 
"^np   132.  2 

nnp  132.  2 

"nnp  60. 3.  c,  132.  2 

nnp  132.  2 

'^nnp  132.  2 

^atpp  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 


brjp  217 

b-Jp  51.   3,   83,    83.    b, 
1.        85.  2,  103 
bt:p  183.  a 
bpp   217 
TiP^  185.  2,  207.  2.  &, 

217 
Ibp  (adj.)  185.  2 
fbp  (v.)    82.    1.    a  (3), 

84.  3.  a  (1) 
T^p  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 
ntJp  80.  2.  a  (1) 
"irj-^P  187.  1.  c 
D.^P   83.  c  (1),   154.  1, 

161.  1 
tJWp  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 

li^'^p  220.  1.  b 

■jibp-^P  187.  1.  e 
Tp  200.  a 
1%   141.  1 
1%1  100.  2.  a  (2) 

nibp  214.  2 
nibp  141.  2 

bbp  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bbp  141.  4 

nbbp  20.  2 

ncbp  198.  a  (3) 

bpbp  141.  4 

bpbp  187.  1.  € 

Dp  57.   2  (5),    153.  1, 

185.  2.  a 
TZJiiap  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 
D'l'Pp  156.  2 
b^p,  b^p  82.  1.  a  (1) 


INDEX   III. 


389 


^.ilSlJ  24.  c 

nptJp   61.  4,  66.  2  (2), 

157,  2 
f  T2p  208.  3.  h 

n^P  59 

IP  215.  1.  b 
i^ijp  92.  d,  166.  3 
inS53p  166.  2 
HDp"  200.  c 

nbp  172.  2 

i2p   172.  2 

-|'a:p  215.  1.  c 

15p  141.  1  (p.  175) 
lap  80.  2.  6 
''???  54.  3 
''IQipp  89  (f.  s.) 
DDp  84.  3.  a  (3) 
-nop  87 

DDp  141.  3  (p.  175) 
niSp  196.  c 
nSp    50.  1 
r^'l-p^   18.  2.  c 

^nip  220.  1.  h 
n^P  184.  5 

n^Sp  185.  2.  a 
■pl^p  141.  1  (p.  175) 
*12?p    50.  1,  2,    84.  3. 

(3),  125.  3 
DD-lSp   106.  a 
nap  196.  6,  211.  « 
K!^  179.  1.  a 
i<np  166.  2 
^np  167.  1 
nib^"lp   166.  2 


^iJ'^P  104.  c 

nb^b  x-ip  35.  1 

T    :  AT  T  IjT 

l^np   60.    3.  c,    98.  2, 
164.  3 

ni^np  166.  1 

Tfi^np   166.  2 

n'lp   77.  3,  78.  2,  82. 

1.  a  (2),  118.  1 
n'^p  (imp.)  119.  1 
nnp   185.  2.  5 
nnp  200.  a 
"inp  19.  2.  a 
nnnp  98.  1.  a 
^nnp  39.  4.  a 
DDinp  19.  2,  119.  3 
]nnp  19.  2.  6,  193.  2 
''Da^p  216.  1.  a 
D^'lp  200.  c 
rrip  179.  1.  a 

ninp  185.  2.  5 
n'lp  187. 1.  b 
«nnp  11.  1.  a 

Xn-lp  196.  c^ 
^n-lp  89  (f.  s.) 
D'lp  118.  1 
PP  197.  a 
a  nianp  203.  5.  a 
''.np  214.  2 
mp,   "T^J-lp  221.  4 
0^-'?p,    Q\2';!p  203.  1, 

208.  4 
bbnp  193.  2.  c 
f  np  50.  2 
5)p"ip  187.  1.  e 


"^p-lp  161.  2 

nirpirp  207.  1.  ^ 
mrp  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
rnrp  210 
nirp  216.  1.  d 

prp  61.  4,  183.  b 
"lirp  80.  2.  a  (2) 
"ITTp  80.  1 
D'lTTp  125.  1 
irrp  141.  3  (p.  175) 
mrp   197.  b,  199.  d 
™p  187.  1.  a 

Driiru'p  24.  6 

npirp  216.  2.  a 

nxn  77, 2, 79. 1, 80. 1, 

114 

T\)ir\  172.  2 
'^'X'l  172.  2 
^J^n  26,  121.  1 

''rn^x'i  57.  2  (3)  a 

njifin  172.  2 
nii^'i  172.  2 
'^ytn  60.  3.  5  (2) 

ni^iji  207.  2.  <; 

f.t^^^  227.  1.  a 

ni25f:^'i  156.  3 

n'TaSl  11.  1.  a 

trrtit!r\  i56.  3 
^:5$i  102.  3 

IfXn   11.  1.  a  bis 
rxn  156.  3 
ti^n  61.  2.  a,  207.  1./ 
pir«-|  11.  1.  6 


390 


INDEX      III. 


•jiffiS-l  193.  1,  227.  1 
n2it?«"1  235.  3  (3) 
D-^TTXn   57.  2  (3)  a 
n^CXn    198.  a  (4) 

nn  c'i?)  153. 1 

an,ai(2!''3^)82.  l.  a(3) 

nn  217 

nh  C"':?)  158.  3 

in  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
inn  141.    1    (p.  175), 

179.  2.  a 
"T^nhn-l  250.  2  (2)  a 
nnn  179.  2.  a 
nan  235.  3  (3) 

nan  172.  3,  174.  5 
'inn  C^'is?)  156.  4 
^in  141. 1 

^ah  139.  1 

inn,  i^inn  197.  a,  209 
3,  226 

ninn  eo.  3. « 
n:'niai  203.  4, 226 

D'^an  249.  1.  a 
"^^y}  227.  1 

n^:^"'n-i  227. 3 

2?!-),  2>nn  227.  3 
D"':^!-)  207.  1.  a 
fan  84.  3.  a  (2) 

ro'n  158.  1 
nan  235.  3  (3) 
^nan33. 1, 61. 6.a,  218 
pn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

bSin  50.  1 

^?'^  197.  a,  217 


''b^^n  194.  2 

D^bjn   203.  5.  a 

y^ih  126.  1 

'^":?  (T^D   53.  2.  5,  150 

1  (p.  182) 
"rn  (2?'i?)  139:  2 
^!l,  f^7^  148.  3 
T\y\  (inf.)  148.  2 
qi"?  78.  1 
Pinn  114 
"'DlS'in  114 
''Sin  19.  2.  a 
ri'jn  148.  2 

T^nn  148. 2 
Dinn  22.  a 
am  158.  3 

nin  57.  2  (5)  a,  156.  1 

nin  184. 5 
.  mn  197. 6 
n?n  161. 1 
bain  186.  2.  a 

Din  80.  2.  a  (4) 

nm  157. 1 

T^  1^9. 1. « 
T^in  141.  4 
i2?in  57.  2  (2)  a 
ann,ainni97.6,2oo.a 
D^nn  187. 1 

p^"^"^  185.  2.  6 

bnn  197.  c,  200. 6 
onn  118.  2 
Dnn  119.  1 

rirn  61.  2.  a,  197.  b 

rrafin  196.  c 


D'^^nn  201.  1,  208.  3.  a 
Y^"^  80.  2.  a  (3) 

ni^nn  119.  3 
pnn  185.  2.  h 
pnn  119.  1 
riipnn  119.  3 
3t:n  84.  3.  «  (2) 

TTS-jn  68.  a,  180.  a 
'^n  184.  6 

a^n  (v.)  153.  2,   155, 
158.  2,  3 


a^'n  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nia'^n  158.  1 

p'^n  186.  2.  c 

tDp^n  235.  2  (1) 

©'•n  186.  2.  c 

'jittJ'^n  57.  2  (2)  a,   227c 

1.  a 
^n  50.  1,  186.  2.  c 

aan  84. 3.  a  (2) 
^in  141.  1 

^?:i  141. 1  (p.  175) 

ban  50. 1 
Jnban  i98.  a  (2) 

^tJh  139.  1 

^^ri2r\  199.  6 
Jn^ah  208.  3.  6 
"ipni^n  104.  Jc 
^in,  '^in  141.  1 
Ipn  139.  3 
111  141.  5 
?n  60.  2,  215.  1.  e 
n5?n   (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 
n?n  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 


INDEX    III. 


391 


W-l  139.  2 

Wl   186.  2.  a,  215.  e 

in5?n  220.  1.  b 

^:?ni  141. 1 

^:^^  221.  3.  a 
Tj^n  221.  3.  a 

b:?n  114 

-    T 

'|5?'1  122.  1 

iJS^n  187.  1.  ^,  207.  2.5 
y?n  141.  3  (p.  175) 
''DnS'"!  220.  1.  b 

■      ••     T    T 

i^Sn  186.  2.  a 
XSn  92.  ^,  166.  3 
nX&^l    164.  5 
i:i5Sn  165.  2 

"'nssn  165.  2 

nsn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nsn  165.  1 
''n^?3S'^  i77.  3 

fc^isn  179.  1.  a 
)^^'^  199.  a 
f^n  141.  4 
p"!  50.  1 
npn  84.  3.  a  (2) 
nph  186.  2.  a 
Dp   186.  2.  a 
ypl  126.  1 
^?)pn  106.  a,  125.  2 
ppn  179.  2.  ci 
«n  {<^)  186.  2.  c 
t?l,  W-l  (^S)  148.  3 
S?©"!  198.  a 
n:?0-|  198.  a  (1) 
D'^ns?©^   203.  5 


•'Bir'n,  ^JDTOn  22.  a,  216, 

2.  « 
©01  141.  5 
©©*!  141.  5 
ncn  (v.)  148.  2 
Don  (n.)  184.  b 
mr\X^  148.  2 

T     :    • 

pin^l  200.  a,  207.  1.  c 
Dln'-I  197.  b,  208.  3.  6 

a^W  131.  3 

^^^iri,  ^i^to   16.  2.  a,  45. 

5.  a 
n'^ip   3.  1.  a 
tni^to  16.  2.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

131.  4 
nxte  61.  2.  a 
S'nto  82.  1.  a  (2) 

J'nin  185.  2.  b 

-    ••      T 

tni^nio  127. 1 
nni?  3.  1.  a 
^"tto  141.  1  (p.  175) 
n^iri   185.  2.  (/,   200.  r, 

210,  215.  2,  221.  7 
'^miD  220.  1.  6 
^nte  185.  2.  c? 
™  201.  1,  215.  2 
'^'i™  19.  2 
Xiiri  131.  4 
niTU  158.  3 
nW  158.  3 
n^^i2J158.  3 
n^TD3.  1.  cr,  179.  2.  a 
^nto  184.  b 


pTO  51.  2 
DM,  y^iD  51.  4 
irJTp  106.  a 
X-ito  184.  6 
iny©  221.  7.  a 
™  221.  7.  a 
n'^to  158.  2,  3 
n^to  158.  2,  3  bis 

rra^nj  i58.  3 
to'^iri  158.  2 
tjDir)  51. 1 

bDi?  3.  1.  a,  79.  2 

n^bDTp  3.  1.  a, -51.  4.  a 

^Diri  3.  1.  a 

ibte  184.  6,  207.  1.  6 

^7319  156.  4 

HtiT?  82.  1.  a  (2) 

'^TOir',  "^n™  216. 1. 6 
iMi?  104.  y 

^:\D  82.  1.  a  (1) 
nij:to  87,  166.  2 

nxriri  104.  A 
''^riri  102.  3 

^NtriU  60.  1,  164.  4 

nsbto  166. 2 
"^rii^rto  164. 1 

^'^nXpTp  220.  2.  a 
"^ytD  3.  1.  a,  121.  1 
"1?te  207.  1.  b 

nni^to  51.  1 

nn^^tp   198.  b 

rribto  200. 6 
hnyiri^  27,  57.  2  (2)  b, 
220.  1.  6 


392 


INDEX   III. 


nST?   3.   1.  a,    199.   d, 

2lV,  221.  2.  4 
lETT  50.  1 
iriETp  216.  2.  a 

nn^O'i^?^  221. 1 
Dn^"?s^p  221.  i 

-Ip  207.  2.  a 
nni?  179.  2.  a 
ini?  199.  c 
D"'Sy"lil?  68.  a 

nns^ii?  104.  ^ 

phiO  185.  2.  h 

-nto  141.  1  (p.  175) 
•Tiniu  61.  6.  « 

•    T      T 

Dtl  131.  4 

nnb  90  (jiw5s.) 

©  53.  2.  a,  74 

nnrOT  45.  5.  a 
bixir  197.  ^> 

•Jijlp  57.  2  (3)  a 
D'^IpiJTD  156.  3 
TjIpJJ^T?  57.  2  (3)  a 
bsiD  78.  1,  121.  1 
bij'tL*,  ^ib»?  119.  2 
nb5<i^  119.  3 
^:^b^{^p  119.  2 
'':^b5j:T»  118.  3 

^bi5T23   119.  2 
?Tbs*l23   104.  a 
^■^pbxtj  119.  2 
Dr\b&5-ir  119.  2 
):^1D  122.  1 

IJi^ia  187.  1.  €7,207.  2, 


I'^Cii'C?  139.  3 
-lifiT   183.  b 
ni-lXty    198.  a  (4) 
ni?  53.  2.  a,    144.    3, 
148.  3 

-nio,  nntD  i48.  3 
ntj  157. 1 
nntJ  11. 1.  a 
^nT?  34 
^nij  34 

T 

^nffl    39.  4.  a 

^^-^n©  200.  c,  210.  a 

nintD  198.  a  (4) 

inn^mij  220. 1.  b 

T2nT2?  51.  2,  197.  6 
'^tsntp  216.  2 
''M  221.  5.  c 

■^^■^nuj  227.  1 
n^niC  198.  a  (4) 
b^bSTl?  24.  5 

^bsnij  24.  6 


natJ,  na©  126.  2 

rai?  84.  3.  a  (3),  86.  6 

nn©  148. 2 

V    AT 

nniD  144.  3,  148.  2 
nSt?  197.  b,  221.  6.  a 
'j'inSl^  193.  2.  a 

•inn©,  •'nn©  us.  2 

bjlD  197.  a 
•n^©  216.  1.  e 
it  207.  2.  a 
^^ir  139.  2 
*Tnt?  141.  4 

rmt  93.  a 

^"I^T?  141.  1 
^ilTO  139.  2 
'^^TIJ  199.  c. 
D™  45.  5.  a 
KITT  61.  2.  a 

:     T 

n-^TlJ  157.  1 

siiij  (nitj;«?)  53.  2. 6, 

148.  2 


nbinir  3.  1.  «,  200.  b,  ^nnnii:^  104.  c 

207. 1.  d  ni^TT,  nn^©i57.  2 

njnizj  157.  2  "niTU  11. 1.  a 

'S>2t  216.  1.  e  '1T12J   141.  4 

nrnffi  223.  1  ntj^oitjj  207.  i.  a 

m^2t  208.  3.  a,  225.  1  T^'Oit!?   199.  a 

Uy2ia  203.  3  •'p^tj  194.  2.  a 

n::^ni23  223.  1.  a  T.t  161.  1 

ornyni?  221.  2.  ft  b:^^©  186.  2 

C'^nyn©203.4,223.1.a  n5?itJ  186.  2.  a 

apynt^  223.  1.  0,  250.  t2Sil2J  186.  2.  a 

2  (2)  a  nSitJ  200.  a 

b  nni^  3. 1.  a  piir  207. 1.  / 


INDEX    III. 


393 


pW  197.  a 
11©  3.  1.  a 
ni©  (v.)  158.  3 
niTD(n.)  197.  c,  201.  1, 

207.  1./. 
inipi©  92.  b,  174.  1 
]mW  207.  2.  6 
?-lTO  60.  3.^(2),  119.  4 

nni»  141. 1 

T       T 

inty  60.  4.  o,   141.  1 
n-JTO  119.  3 
n-^Tltp   199.  (? 

"irn?  185. 2.  6 

ihintt?  188 
rnij  78.  2 
inn©  121.  2 
DDnnt?  119. 1 

n^T»  200.  b 
n^M  156.  3 
in^tp  187.  1.  c 
irir,  ■^D'b-'t?  55.  2.  rt 
"1^1^   158.  2,  3 

rrn-o  220.  1. 6 

n^TlJ  158.  2,  3 

in-ip  221.  5.  6 

r\W  139.  2 

nD©  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nbtj  87 

DDTD   87 
HID©   98.  1 
rinD©  106.  a 
inDlO  106.  a 
blDTS   184 
I^DT?  90  (pass.) 


■jiDlD  87 

HDir    80.  2,  82.  1.  «  (2) 

'^HDTp  216.  1.  6 

i:nD©  127.  2 

T^OTDTZ?   127.  2 
PHD©  60.  2.  o,  127.  1 
bDir  3.  1.  a 
bbud  82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 

a  (1),  85.  2 
nnb5'.»65.a,  82.  l.a(3) 
'inbbT?  65.  a 
DDtp  183.  6 
DDTg   65 
'I'api^  221.  5.  c 
p-i?   82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 

a{l) 
5b©  87 

)D©  90  (^Jttss.) 
''pp©  61.  6.  a 
p:3©  132.  1 
^r:D©    90  (2  f.) 
ID©   3.  1.  a,  125.  3 
ID©   185.  2 
"b©  131.  3 
b©  139.  2 
irxb©  68.  a 

n;'nnnb©  195.  3 

^b©  185.  2.  d 
-tb©  184.  6 

rin  lb©  21.  1 
a^n^.b©  187.  2 
nib©  187.  2 

•'Plb©   168.  a 

nb©  so.  2.  a  (1),  124 


nb©   60.  1 
nb©   125.  2 

nb©  126. 1 
nb©  126.  1 
nnb©  125. 1 
Tinb©  221.  3.  a 
^nb©  126. 1 
■jnb©  200.  a 
K:-nb©  45.  4 

r\nb©  123.  5.  a 
t:b©  84.  3.  a  (2) 
''b©  54.  2 
©•lb©  210.  a 
''©'^b©   199.  b 
itjib©  227.  1 
n'^©'>b©  227.  3 

nn©"^!?©  219. 1.  a 

T-^^,t  92.  d 
bb©  141.  3  (p.  175) 
Cb©  84.  3.  a  (2) 
Db©-92.  d 
Db©  92.  c 
Cb©  93.  a 
1135©  92.  c 
""pb©  194.  2.  a 
-©b©  215.  1.  c 
©b©  51.  3 

r.©b©  220.  1.  b 
n©b©  223.  1 

D-«©b©  225.  1 
DU'b©  207.  1.  a 
D©b©  235.  2  (1) 

•f^nirb©  220.  1.  6 

D?P©b©  250.  2  (2)  a 


394 


INDEX      III. 


nni&bU?  250.  2  (2)  a        DDS^^l^  125.  2 

1\rht  53.  2.  a  ll^at  89  (f.  p].),    98, 
W  235.  1  127.  1 

D©  43.  ff,  200.  a,  215.  Jl^r^l?©  127.  2 

1.  ^  ■'?2?^T2?  125.  1 

^tttf  80.  2.  a  (3)  P;?TQT?  127.  1 

n^TJ  219.  I.  a  tW21^  205 

I'lSlO  221.  3.  a  in?t)T5  106.  a 

Mittl&  64.  2  ^I3tj  77.  2 

niB©  139.  2  ni2it?  186.  2.  a 

nn-J)3Tp  86.  h  (2  m.)  "nn^tt?  125.  1 

^m:  66.  2  (2)  c  nntJTJ  19.  2 

D'^^UJ  10.  a  '^'??P  104.  e 

U-jy^-d  201.  1,  203.  5.  c    T&tlT?  197.  S 

rrq^^t  219.  1  itjj  197.  «,  217 

'^?''t3T»  227.  1  NpT»  196.  c/ 

D^T?  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3.  ^^ti  177.  3 

«  (1),  141.  3  (p.  175)  ?1JT?  200.^,^,211,216. 

Q^^  90  "ijnisTn  141.  2 

faia  79.  2,   84.  3.  a  (2)  '^Dtj  227.  1 

njb©  223.  1  D-,:,^  203.  4,  223.  1 

D'^SblJJ  225.  1  -liyiyn  n^Dl»  251.  4.  a 

^w  n±T»  224.  «        ^ra©  250. 2  (2)  a 

y^T?  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  Jn^D©  235.  3  (3) 


a  (2) 
:?^10  60.  1.  a 
5?i2©  65.  5 
5?rn??  184.  h 
TQ'^  60:  1.  a 
VlZ-d  60.  1 

n:?^©  125.  1 
rr^^-d  98.  1, 125. 1 

^mt    125.  2 
^?^»  106.  a 


1?t?  141.  1  (p.  175) 
ll©  141.  5 

r;©  196.  5 

D^'np©  203.  3 
2?pt)*  126.  1 
M:?©  195.  2 
^Vti  208.  3.  J 
''^?1?  216.  2 
3??T?  141.  2  (p.  175) 
"1?1?  197.  6 


m'15^T»,   \TT\V'6   60.  3.  a 
2,  ^T\^t  3.  1.  a 
J^T^?^  187.  2.  c 
2?1??T2:60.  3.  6(2),  141.  6 

Ci^TTT*??  187.  2.  6 
^iSlC  89 

nnsp©  214. 1 

^nbir  89  (m.  pi.) 

1\^t   80.  2.  a  (2) 

?fb©   89 

nDST5l3.  S,  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

riDS^  22.  a 

^S?  82.  1.  a  (1) 

bSl^  87 

nbs'ip  196.  c 

1ST?  207.  2.  6 

n:?si»  196.  h 

1  T^BT?  187.  2.  c 
minST^  203.  5.  a 
Dl^nST^  203.  5.  a 
f"'j?^"1   131.  3 
^p©  209.  3 
ppT»   187.  2 
n-^ipp©,  ni^i-piJ^  208.  3.  a 
pp?   141.  2  (p.  175) 
J^pilJ  199.  d 
ninp:^  216.  2,  216.  2.  a 
^T^fii'-m?  60.  4.  a 
t2*'a^©22.«,  51.2,  68.a 
^TIT?  60.  4.  a,   221.  6.  6 

"^ym  221. 6. 6 

TZ^'^itJ  208.  3.  h 
ttJn©,  TiJ-liU*  83.  c  (1), 
92.  ^»,  122.  2 


INDEX    III. 


395 


nClT?  187.  1.  e 

U^t-W   19.  2 

tt  43.  a 

TWt  223.  1 

*^m  227.  1 

Qiffi©  225.  1 

n©  200.  a 

nn©  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

in©  172.  2 
imn,  nin©  i72.  2 

"^nO  209.  2.  h 
n^™  209.  2.  6 

'jn-'rno  250.  2  (2)  a 

D'^nUJ  22.  6,  223.  1.  a 

ni?r\  51. 1 
bnxn  111.  2.  a 
^T-i"!  nnnxni  35. 1 
l^nn^^h  64.  2 

"ihNin  111.  2.  a 

^nnxn  60. 3.  c,  111.2.6 

i55n  57.  2  (3)  a,  184.  6 

"i^isn  216.  1.  c 
tnsn  111.  2.  a 
inbpxn  60.  3.  c  (?), 

93.  a,  111.  2.  e 

n:bDijn  91.  c 
qbijtn  111.  2.  <z 

■'TSiJn  216.  1.  c 

:n!rsn  88  (f.  pi.) 
in^i^in  88  (m.  pi.) 

nD&?r\  200.  6,  216.  1.  h 
I^BDi^h  151.  2 
•"BDi^n  112.  3 


^yy^r^  112.  3 

inijjp,  ins^n  60. 3. 5  (2) 

n:-ii^n  157.  3 

n"^T2?SP  190 

nr«n  111.  2. 6 
snh  111.  2. 5, 177.  3 
npxhn  157.  3 
;}i5nn  88  (f.  pi.) 
nji^nn  157.  3 
•^nsnn  88  (3  f.),  i67.  3 
n:bnnn  11 8.  4 
nijinri  97.  \,  a 
nnxinn  220.  1.  b 
nn55inn88(3f.),  167. 3 
Tjnijinn  88(3f.),  i67. 3 
ran  140.  3 
■Jinn  192.  2 
pi!in  140.  3 
^.sinnn  105.  b 
^n"jnn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
^i^'inn  26 
itj-inn  160.  3 
nsnnn  172.  4 
nrsnn  1 72.  3 

bnn  190.  5,  197.  a 

bnn  190.  6 
b>nn  190 
innn  158.  2 
iTirnn  172. 1 
njrapi  126. 1 
''rns^nn  105.  6 
j:?;^nn  126. 1 

■Jltj^nn  88  (m.  pi.) 
''ppnn^  234.  a 


^D'lnn  120. 3 

^}T}^T\  105.  6 

nrrarinn  128 
b'^^T\^  99.  3 
l^r'M^n  126. 1 
mnn  158.  2 

'j1*'Sr\l72.  1 
:b5n   174.  4 

'T    : 

bjn  66.  1  (1),  173.  3 
nbsn  172.  3 
r.baini  173.  3 
n:bM^  158.  2 
''riib^ia^^pi  220.  2.  c 
1^t:s^\^  88  (f.  pi.) 
I^p^^n  88  (2  f.) 

''ppS'in  105.  a,  (^ 

na'iPi  99.  3 

l^nann  55.   2.  a,  88 

(m.  pi.) 
■j^'^n'jn  88  (m.  pi.) 

nnn'jin  92.  e 
n^n  139.  3 
nnnn  192. 2 
■^sr-^N^^n  105.  c 
n:bnn  172.  3 

1TT2^n  172.  1 
:2?nP\1  147.  5 

xr^in  45. 2 
^nn  61.  2 
^nn  30.  1 

Dinn  190.  b,   197.  [>, 
200.  a 

n^nn  172.  3 
p:nn  88  (f.  pi.) 


396 


INDEX    III. 


nr'^nn,  ns'^nn  ii.  i.a 
n3")2^nn  i60.  3 
TOnn  94.  c 
bnn  140.  5 
nbnn  190.  b 
5bnni9. 1,  60.  3.  6(2), 

112.  2,  151.  1 

^^-:5n^  220.  2.  a 
nnnn  172.  4 
rannn  118.  4 

^bnnn  24.  c,  142.  3 

IP  185.  2.  fZ 
«in  57.  2  (3)  a 
njin  190.  b 

^nn  63.  2.  a,  184.  6 
•jin  216.  1.  d 

n:roin  220.  1.  6 

tfilDin  105.  e 

tf-'pin  90,  151.  3 
?loin  22.  6,  151.  2 
qcir^  151.  2 
nn3?ir\  207.  1.  a 
nin  217 
rnin  217 

il2Tr^Tn  104./ 

n'Cin  190.  b,  192.  2 

■inTCin  216.  l.a 

nnirn  157. 3 
jip-jn  88  (f.  pi.) 
nrnsjn  61.  4.  « 
^biv\  111.  2.  & 

n^2Tn  190.  5,  199.  c? 

'^rrni  (3  f.)  172.  3 


'^pntr:  53.  s.a,  111.2. 
i5nnn;i  166.  4 
nib^^nn  201.  1 
binnn  60.  3.  a 
Tnn  172.  4 
rnnn  111. 2. 6 
njnn  172.  4 
''nn  16.  2.  a 
^b^nn  158.  2 
bnni  158.  2 
bnn  140.  3 
nbnn  190.  b 
j'^p^iij^bnn  220.  2.  c 
npbnn  141.  2 

Cmn  190.  a 

^^n^!^!]  104.  e 
r^i:nn  190.  5 
^ribnn  220.  2. « 
cnn;i  60.  1.  a,  157.  3 
fnn  173.  3 
©nn;:  157.,  3 
''pnt^nn  105.  e 
nnn  237.  1,  238. 1 

^^"^  (f2)  131.  1 

^r\r\r\  194.  2 

DO"'^nJ?  238.  1.  b 

■^D  nnn  239. 2  (2) 
Dnnn  238. 1.  b 
''snnn  238.  1. 6 
•'rj-'n  147.  4 
■jiD^n  193.  1 

l-Q^n  190.  6,  197.  6 

ppn;}  150. 3 
nw^r\  ii.i.b 


c  TWTr\  113.  1 
^p-^n  147.  4 
tJTn  190.  6 
t?;'^  208.  3.  c 

ninin'^n  147.  2 
nr^tJTi  147.  4 
^73Dn  101. 3.  a 
r^sni  172.  4 

r^i?^^  88  (f.  pi.) 

nnsni  119. 1 

bDPl   172.  4 

nbpn  177.  3 
•jsn  50. 1 
nD2n  54.  2 

tJ^"lDri  192.  2 

-rriDn  88  (2  f.) 
iibni  172.  4 

nxbn  190.  b,  198.  a  (3) 
D^iibn  177.  3 

nbni  147.  5 
nj'ibn  147.  2 
nbri  50.  1 

D'^i^'^bn  56.  4,  177.  3 

fnbn:)  119. 1 

TObn  105.  a 

^Dbn  65.  b 

r.r^bn  61.  4.  a,  151.  1 

^'ii^bn  88 
T-abri  192.  2 
"]^J3^,  l^n  158.  2 

Dn  186.  2.  c,  207.  2 
Dn  (v.)  139.  2 
Sn  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

»nian  143.  a 


INDEX    III. 


397 


"S^'TOP^  118.  4 
^:MP1    161.  3 

npc^'an  i57.  3 
bi^n  183.  c 
1in^t)n  157.  3 
nsn^ian  i57.  3 
n^n  175.  3 

'imn  (2m.)  172.3,175.3 
D'^ian  53.  3.  a 

i^i5b^n  104./ 
^D-'b'ani  99.  3 

D'on  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175) 
^:^n  54.  3,  141.  2 

nnjtjn  ei.  6.  a 
'C'Q^\^  175.  3 

^m7\  60.  1.  a 

r.pN^^n  165. 2 

;|5{2r^n  60.  1.  a 

n:pi2n  i4i.  2 
n73r)n  175.  3 

"l12n  140.  5 

^•ran  111.  2.  & 
n^n'59n  192.  2 
D'^nin^Pi  187.  2.  c 
tJisn  157.  3 
in  53.  2.  a 
:n:B5j:n  11 8.  4 
nir.jrn  131.  2 
nbn  157.  3 
ri^Dp  131.  2 
n:n  132.  1 
•n^an  192.  2 
npnn  eo.  1.  a 
n^nin  205.  c 


ns-i^:p  104.  h 

Vil2l7\  131.  6 

^Diran  102.  2 
nz-^scn  61.  3, 136.  2, 


X^V-^^  55.  2.  Of,  88.  2.  / 

nniryn  105.  h 


nnsp  131.  1  "i:?n  197. 6 

^S^r?!?*!   150.  2,  161.  5  "i:?n   60.  4.  a 

"i::?ni  174.  4 
mr^  173.  3 
nii??n  172.  3 

'7\Yr\tVT\  27 
141.  2 

^on  140.  5 
;]cr  111.  2.  h,  151.  2    nnijtn  192.  2.  a 

n:?r  51. 1, 121.  1  ^r.^hi  111. 2. 6 

n5?n  60.  4.  a  n^sn  192.  2 

•j^nhi^n  88  (m.  pi.)  DD^nirisn  161.  5 

D'lnyn  19.  2,  111.  3.  a  nr^^sr  157.  3 

^yorj^  88  n:i"i£r\,  ns^^sn  157. 3 

sayni  111.  1  Tbt7\  190. 6 

n^as^ni  97. 1.  a  i^ni  172.  4 

n5??n25,88(f.pl.),91.c  5?Eh^    150.3 

713.52?^,  ri3a?n  157.  3    D:?£ni  99. 3.  «,  119. 1 

?lSr\  141.  3  (p.  175) 


^?ni    172.  4 

wn  51.  3 

nwn  198.  a  (3) 

ryni  140. 1 
nr^n  91.  5 
nri^n  60.  4 
u^rii  (^'i?)  157.  3 
nb^n  216.  1.  a 
^b?ni  140.  5 

S^?"'^?^?]  172.  3 

nb:^n  60.  3.  c 
l^n^yni  09.  3.  a 

S^.rS^Fl   192.  2,  200.  c 

nr:5?n,  nsjyn  172.  3  i;^t\  50. 1 
^:?n  141.  2  (p.  175)      n^ph  46 
ns:^n  97.  1.  «  ypn  157.  3 

ng^n  126.  2  i^'Dlpz?^  166.  4 


^2"TpBn  105.  b 
*l£n  140.  5 
irjlfsn  88  (m.  pi.) 

n^iisn  147.  2 
n:"iTOn  161.  3 
nr^2:r\  141.  2 
n:b2:n  i4i.  2 
^snpn  139.  1 
rnpn  190.  ^,  i98. «  (3) 


^^?T^ 


(f.  pi.),  161.  3 


nr-c^pn  160.  3 
bpn  140.  1 


398 


INDEX  III. 


nj55n;?r\  ss  (3  f.  pi.) 
^nnpn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
I^nipni  99.  3.  a 
cpni  1 74.  4 
nnpn  95.  a 

iCnn  35.  2 
i^'ini    172.  4 

nxnn  172.  3 
'ipsinn  105.  e 
n"?ni  172.  4 
nnnni  175.  3 
n^nnn  190.  ^ 
■inb^nn  94.  «,  115 
^■^.n  147.  2 
nl^'^'^^l92.2.a,  216.1.5 

nDn-in88(3f.pl.),147.2 

^nin  147.  3 
^in  156.  4 
ni3i"in  190.  b 
nz-aiai-in  16I.  4 
fi-in  140.  3 
nrTTiann  92.  e 
rT>'ann  192.  2. « 
n:95iri88(3f.pi.),9i.c 

)'\r\  190.  6 

npn  97.  1.  a 
nrann  88  (f.  pi.) 
nn  (v.)  140.  5 
qin  175.  3 
D-'Sin  201.  2 
nps-in  165.  3 
pni  140.  5 
fnni  172.  4 
^nsinn,  insrnn  93.  a 
ns^i^'^n  165.  2 


njKt'n  164.  2 
''DD^iiwri  161.  2 

m-^WV}   61.  4.  a,  205.  c 

bsipn  97.  2 
^b^^^airn  I80.  « 
nj'tri  164.  2 
njniijn  157.  3 
npntjn  61.  4,  160.  3 
nnn^^n  88  (3  f.  pi) 
nnirn,  nsion  65.  a 
nrn^irn  157.  3 
D^iizJn  54.  2 

ny^tJn  190.6,  192.  2.  a, 
198.  a  (3) 

''"inirn6o.3.6(2),i20. 1 
nrapi  119.  1 
■"©n  172.  4 

^3?"''pn    227.  1 

njnj'i^n  91.  c 
n:bt?n  88.  (f.  pi.) 
nrnbian  ss  (3  f.  pi.), 

105.  b 

'd^m  97.  2 
^pbisn  95.  a 

Qi?n   147.  4 

D'n^iairn  105.  (^ 
^"iMn  65.  b 
■jiitnrn  ss  (m.  pi.) 

^m  216.  1.  e 
3?©n  60.  3.  c 

r»:^tDn  223. 1 

D'^rtJn  208.  3.  a,  225. 1 

tm^tjn  142.  1 
"n^ni  158.  2 
n2sii!?n  lis.  4 


l^sn^sn  88  (2  f.) 
ynirn  176.  3 

96.  b 

nri  131.  4 
-nn  61.  5 
•.rb^nn  126. 1 
nnnn  142.  2 

AT      T        • 

"Ijnn  60.  4.  a,  176.  3 

nnn  (nnn:)  53. 2. 5, 

132.  1 

n^nnn  126.  2 
nrDbnnn  96.  b 
bnbnnn  16I.  2 
"nnnn  i76.  3 
•^■;}ris^jn  94.  a 
•^nn  61.  5,  131.  4 
jcsnn;:,  176.  3 
Dnn  140.  1 
n:x™nri  161.  3 
:Di!2Pn  142.  2 
)r\r\  132. 1 
.^;nnn  105.  a 
rarnn  166.  5 
is^nn  172.  4 
tbsnn  142.  2 
iibenn  166.  5 

D::'Snpi  99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

jbnenn  96.  b 

n^nn  53. 3.  b,  150. 3 

(p.  182) 

^snn  25 
nnh^  150.  3 
rnnri  60.  4.  a,  i76.  3 
nsp-jirnn  161.  3 


INDEX    IT. 

HEBKEW  GRAMMATICAL   TERMS. 


nbDi  Tsm  )'n^^  7.  3 

nniD  rrchiD  '^z^  7.  3.  a 
riDS  "i?3  21.  1 

iDirS  85.  1.  a 

D^r:a  ve.  1 

a5^3r5  45.  4.  a 

prn  tj-^n  23.  1 

r    T      T  ••    T 

bp  irs^'i  21.  1 
nr"i^n  i^n  229.  1 
nbs^irn  sn  230. 1 

n'Q■i:^n  9. 1, 243.  2.  a* 
tj^EH  13  99. 1 

-IDT   196 

q-jn  16.  3.  a 

pT\^ri  45.  4.  a 
OrJ  28 

i^nyj  29. 6 

D-'inS  76.  2 
n'i'il3D  71.  c 


*ji^n  ni<  b^ntDD  7.  3. 

n-ins  46 

^"ijp  i^bi  n^ns  46 

nia-iSib  29. 6 

TH^  pUJb  199 

n-inn  li^b  199 

D^^DTp  lilDb  199 
tJ-^-li^l?  45.  4.  a 
^^^12  71.  c 

nnD^'a  212 

m^-a  70.  a 

n^pb'a  28 
b-ii^b^a  32 
^"ibia  32 
nnioa  10.  46 

p-'ST?  26 
"lip-Q  85.  1.  a 

Cjpia  43 

iD^bfi^  nno  ntJ'a  7. 

3.  a 

:^rii9  44 
nir;;3  28.  b 
ns  16. 2 


a  XIJ^?  71.  c 
tJl2CD  212 
"IPCD   71.  c 

rj  16. 2 
nnp:  196 

D'l'I^pD  2 
pXE  qiO  36.  1 
^^.•CD  212 
^^12^  28 
"15^  85.  1  a 
T^n?  85.  1.  a 
D-'biye  70.  a 
'il^S?  85.  1.  a 
^^^  46  ■ 

n-^nD  i^bn  i-ip  46 
nsn  27 

^nnD^  -j^n  bxir"  7.  3.  a 
^5nlr,  xjtp  16. 1 
nsnn  ^s  -^^ibt?  7. 3.  a 
nitt©  70.  a 
isc'En  ni-Q©  223. 1 
nrn  irDjcb-ais  7. 3.  a 
niy^:n  12 


Karnes  of  the  letters  §  2,  their  signification  §5.  5 
I^ames  of  the  vowels  ^  12,  their  signification  §  12.  b 
Names  of  the  accents  §  29,  their  signification  §  29.  h 
Names  of  the  verbal  species  §76.  1,  2. 
Designations  of  imperfect  verbs  §  76.  3. 


i^ 


I 


^^M 


iifc 


5^ 


s^ 

i 

